MSF Furnishing Training Package

Release: 3.0

Contents

MSF Furnishing Training Package	31

MSF10113 Certificate I in Furnishing	32

MSF20113 Certificate II in Furnishing	35

MSF20213 Certificate II in Furniture Finishing	44

MSF20313 Certificate II in Furniture Making	47

MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing	51

MSF20516 Certificate II in Furniture Making Pathways	55

MSF30113 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing	58

MSF30213 Certificate III in Furniture Making	62

MSF30313 Certificate III in Timber and Composites Machining	66

MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing	72

MSF30513 Certificate III in Picture Framing	79

MSF30613 Certificate III in Soft Furnishing	83

MSF30713 Certificate III in Upholstery	87

MSF30813 Certificate III in Flooring Technology	91

MSF30913 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles	98

MSF31013 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services	104

MSF31113 Certificate III in Cabinet Making	108

MSF31213 Certificate III in Piano Technology	115

MSF31313 Certificate III in Kitchens and Bathrooms - Retail Services	119

MSF40113 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration	123

MSF40213 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Technology	127

MSF40313 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces	133

MSF40413 Certificate IV in Glass and Glazing	137

MSF50113 Diploma of Stained Glass and Leadlighting	142

MSF50213 Diploma of Interior Design and Decoration	146

MSF50313 Diploma of Furniture Design and Technology	152

MSF60113 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design	157

AHCLSC308A Install metal structures and features	163

BSBADM311 Maintain business resources	168

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM311 Maintain business resources	171

BSBCMM301 Process customer complaints	173

Assessment Requirements for BSBCMM301 Process customer complaints	176

BSBCRT401 Articulate, present and debate ideas	178

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT401 Articulate, present and debate ideas	181

BSBCRT402 Collaborate in a creative process	183

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT402 Collaborate in a creative process	187

BSBCRT403 Explore the history and social impact of creativity	189

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT403 Explore the history and social impact of creativity	192

BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts	194

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts	198

BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers	200

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers	204

BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers	206

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers	209

BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	211

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	215

BSBCUS402 Address customer needs	217

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS402 Address customer needs	220

BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service	222

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service	225

BSBDES201 Follow a design process	227

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES201 Follow a design process	230

BSBDES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context	232

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context	235

BSBDES301 Explore the use of colour	237

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES301 Explore the use of colour	240

BSBDES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms	242

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms	245

BSBDES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms	247

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms	250

BSBDES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge	252

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge	255

BSBDES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design	257

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design	260

BSBDES401 Generate design solutions	262

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES401 Generate design solutions	266

BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice	268

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice	272

BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	274

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	278

BSBDES601 Manage design realisation	280

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES601 Manage design realisation	284

BSBDES602 Research global design trends	286

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES602 Research global design trends	289

BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	291

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	294

BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	296

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	300

BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes	302

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes	305

BSBINM501 Manage an information or knowledge management system	307

Assessment Requirements for BSBINM501 Manage an information or knowledge management system	311

BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation	313

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation	316

BSBITU101 Operate a personal computer	318

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU101 Operate a personal computer	321

BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents	323

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents	326

BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness	328

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness	331

BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace	333

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace	337

BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan	339

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan	343

BSBMKG413 Promote products and services	345

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG413 Promote products and services	349

BSBMKG501 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities	351

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG501 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities	354

BSBOHS404B Contribute to the implementation of strategies to control OHS risk	356

BSBPMG409 Apply project scope management techniques	365

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG409 Apply project scope management techniques	368

BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	370

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	374

BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services	376

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services	379

BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	381

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	384

BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	386

Assessment Requirements for BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	389

BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	391

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	395

BSBSMB303 Organise finances for the micro business	397

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB303 Organise finances for the micro business	401

BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business	403

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business	406

BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business	408

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business	412

BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances	414

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances	417

BSBSMB403 Market the small business	419

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB403 Market the small business	423

BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning	425

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning	429

BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations	431

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations	435

BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances	437

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances	440

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	442

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	447

BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements	449

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements	453

BSBWHS504 Manage WHS risks	455

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS504 Manage WHS risks	458

BSBWOR204 Use business technology	461

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR204 Use business technology	464

BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	466

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	469

CPCCBC4005A Produce labour and material schedules for ordering	471

CPCCBC4012B Read and interpret plans and specifications	478

CPCCBC4037A Prepare drawings for heritage works	486

CPCCCM2001A Read and interpret plans and specifications	496

CPCCCM2002A Carry out excavation	505

CPCCCM2006B Apply basic levelling procedures	515

CPCCCM2010B Work safely at heights	525

CPCCCM3001C Operate elevated work platforms	533

CPCCCO2013A Carry out concreting to simple forms	544

CPCCCO3046A Repair and rectify concrete	555

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry	564

CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	575

CPCCWP3002A Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas	589

CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques	602

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques	604

CUAACD201 Develop drawing skills to communicate ideas	606

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD201 Develop drawing skills to communicate ideas	609

CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	611

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	614

CUAACD302 Produce computer-aided drawings	616

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD302 Produce computer-aided drawings	620

CUAACD303 Produce technical drawings	622

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD303 Produce technical drawings	625

CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	627

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	631

CUAANM303 Create 3D digital models	633

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM303 Create 3D digital models	637

CUAANM502 Create 3D digital environments	639

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM502 Create 3D digital environments	643

CUACAL301 Produce calligraphy	645

Assessment Requirements for CUACAL301 Produce calligraphy	648

CUACAL401 Experiment with techniques to produce calligraphy	650

Assessment Requirements for CUACAL401 Experiment with techniques to produce calligraphy	654

CUADES403 Research and apply techniques in spatial design	656

Assessment Requirements for CUADES403 Research and apply techniques in spatial design	659

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	661

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	665

CUADIG304 Create visual design components	667

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG304 Create visual design components	670

CUADIG507 Design digital simulations	672

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG507 Design digital simulations	676

CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills	678

Assessment Requirements for CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills	681

CUAGRD401 Research and apply graphic design techniques	683

Assessment Requirements for CUAGRD401 Research and apply graphic design techniques	686

CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work	688

Assessment Requirements for CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work	691

CUAPPR405 Develop and discuss ideas for own creative work	693

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR405 Develop and discuss ideas for own creative work	696

CULMS010B Contribute to the preservation of cultural material	698

CUVICS04B Originate and develop a concept	705

HLTAID003 Provide first aid	713

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID003 Provide first aid	716

ICPPRN384 Set up and produce basic digital print	721

Assessment Requirements for ICPPRN384 Set up and produce basic digital print	726

ICPSUP455 Supervise and schedule work of others	728

Assessment Requirements for ICPSUP455 Supervise and schedule work of others	732

MEM05003B Perform soft soldering	734

MEM05007C Perform manual heating and thermal cutting	739

MEM05012C Perform routine manual metal arc welding	745

MEM07001B Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment	750

MEM14003B Undertake basic production scheduling	756

MEM15001B Perform basic statistical quality control	762

MEM16006A Organise and communicate information	768

MEM16007A Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment	774

MEM16008A Interact with computing technology	780

MEM16013A Operate in a self-directed team	786

MEM18001C Use hand tools	794

MEM30017A Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools	800

MEM30024A Participate in quality assurance techniques	806

MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements	812

MEM30033A Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	819

MSAPMSUP201A Receive or despatch goods	824

MSFAH4001 Advise on security technology, hardware and services	831

Assessment Requirements for MSFAH4001 Advise on security technology, hardware and services	837

MSFAH4002 Prepare architectural door hardware schedules	839

Assessment Requirements for MSFAH4002 Prepare architectural door hardware schedules	848

MSFBA1001 Construct a basic roll-up blind	850

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA1001 Construct a basic roll-up blind	854

MSFBA2001 Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools	856

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2001 Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools	862

MSFBA2002 Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings sector static machines	864

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2002 Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings sector static machines	870

MSFBA2003 Select and apply blinds and awnings hardware and fixings	873

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2003 Select and apply blinds and awnings hardware and fixings	878

MSFBA2004 Construct roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings	880

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2004 Construct roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings	886

MSFBA2005 Construct vertical-style blinds	889

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2005 Construct vertical-style blinds	894

MSFBA2006 Construct textiles for canopy-style awnings	897

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2006 Construct textiles for canopy-style awnings	902

MSFBA2007 Construct plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds	905

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2007 Construct plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds	910

MSFBA2008 Construct aluminium Venetian-style blinds	912

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2008 Construct aluminium Venetian-style blinds	917

MSFBA2009 Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings	919

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2009 Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings	924

MSFBA2010 Construct aluminium roll-up style awnings	926

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2010 Construct aluminium roll-up style awnings	931

MSFBA3001 Install interior blinds	933

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3001 Install interior blinds	938

MSFBA3002 Install exterior blinds and awnings	940

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3002 Install exterior blinds and awnings	945

MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters	947

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters	952

MSFBA3004 Construct folding-arm style awnings	954

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3004 Construct folding-arm style awnings	959

MSFBA3005 Construct framework for canopy-style awnings	961

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3005 Construct framework for canopy-style awnings	966

MSFBA3006 Construct pleated-style blinds	968

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3006 Construct pleated-style blinds	973

MSFBA3007 Construct wood weave-style blinds	975

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3007 Construct wood weave-style blinds	980

MSFBA3008 Construct pelmets	982

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3008 Construct pelmets	987

MSFBA3009 Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings	989

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3009 Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings	994

MSFBA3010 Assess suitability of blinds or awnings	996

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3010 Assess suitability of blinds or awnings	1000

MSFCP2001 Use coopering sector hand and power tools	1002

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2001 Use coopering sector hand and power tools	1007

MSFCP2002 Produce barrels using non-fired processes	1009

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2002 Produce barrels using non-fired processes	1016

MSFCP2003 Produce barrels using fired processes	1019

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2003 Produce barrels using fired processes	1026

MSFCP2004 Maintain and repair barrels	1029

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2004 Maintain and repair barrels	1035

MSFDN4001 Produce drawings from design concepts	1037

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4001 Produce drawings from design concepts	1041

MSFDN4002 Produce line and component production drawings	1043

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4002 Produce line and component production drawings	1046

MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates	1048

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates	1052

MSFDN4004 Design, construct and test jigs	1054

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4004 Design, construct and test jigs	1057

MSFDN4005 Work within a furniture design team	1059

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4005 Work within a furniture design team	1063

MSFDN5001 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications	1065

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN5001 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications	1069

MSFFDT4001 Apply finishing techniques to custom furniture	1071

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4001 Apply finishing techniques to custom furniture	1076

MSFFDT4002 Assemble custom furniture	1078

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4002 Assemble custom furniture	1082

MSFFDT4003 Assess and record the lifecycle of a product	1084

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4003 Assess and record the lifecycle of a product	1090

MSFFDT4004 Assess environmental impact of a design	1092

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4004 Assess environmental impact of a design	1098

MSFFDT4005 Construct and evaluate furniture prototypes and samples	1101

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4005 Construct and evaluate furniture prototypes and samples	1108

MSFFDT4006 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of designs	1110

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4006 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of designs	1116

MSFFDT4007 Prepare and present furniture design information	1118

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4007 Prepare and present furniture design information	1125

MSFFDT4008 Produce and evaluate developmental furniture models to scale	1127

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4008 Produce and evaluate developmental furniture models to scale	1133

MSFFDT4009 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs	1135

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4009 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs	1139

MSFFDT4010 Research and select furniture finishes	1141

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4010 Research and select furniture finishes	1147

MSFFDT4011 Research and select furniture materials and technology	1149

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4011 Research and select furniture materials and technology	1156

MSFFDT4012 Research furniture styles and movements	1158

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4012 Research furniture styles and movements	1163

MSFFDT4013 Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom furniture	1165

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4013 Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom furniture	1169

MSFFDT4014 Set up and operate a wood-turning lathe to produce off-centre work	1172

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4014 Set up and operate a wood-turning lathe to produce off-centre work	1176

MSFFDT4015 Produce templates and jigs for custom-made furniture	1178

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4015 Produce templates and jigs for custom-made furniture	1183

MSFFDT5001 Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product	1185

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5001 Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product	1190

MSFFDT5002 Assess and resolve technical integrity of a design	1193

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5002 Assess and resolve technical integrity of a design	1199

MSFFDT5003 Develop self as a furniture designer	1201

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5003 Develop self as a furniture designer	1206

MSFFDT5004 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques	1208

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5004 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques	1214

MSFFDT5005 Design a batch or limited production item of furniture	1217

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5005 Design a batch or limited production item of furniture	1223

MSFFDT5006 Design a furniture product using high volume technology services (HVTS) in production	1225

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5006 Design a furniture product using high volume technology services (HVTS) in production	1231

MSFFDT5007 Design a one-off item of furniture	1234

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5007 Design a one-off item of furniture	1239

MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes	1242

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes	1247

MSFFDT5009 Research and recommend machine technology	1249

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5009 Research and recommend machine technology	1255

MSFFDT5010 Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts	1257

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5010 Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts	1263

MSFFDT5011 Assess economic impact of a design	1265

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5011 Assess economic impact of a design	1270

MSFFDT5012 Design for mass production	1272

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5012 Design for mass production	1276

MSFFDT5013 Evaluate and participate in design industry networks	1279

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5013 Evaluate and participate in design industry networks	1283

MSFFDT5014 Investigate legal requirements for design	1285

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5014 Investigate legal requirements for design	1290

MSFFDT5015 Work collaboratively on a design project	1292

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5015 Work collaboratively on a design project	1298

MSFFF1001 Complete a basic furniture finishing project	1300

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF1001 Complete a basic furniture finishing project	1305

MSFFF2001 Use furniture finishing sector hand and power tools	1307

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2001 Use furniture finishing sector hand and power tools	1311

MSFFF2002 Dismantle and re-assemble furniture	1313

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2002 Dismantle and re-assemble furniture	1317

MSFFF2003 Remove surface coatings	1319

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2003 Remove surface coatings	1323

MSFFF2004 Prepare surfaces for finishing	1325

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2004 Prepare surfaces for finishing	1329

MSFFF2005 Maintain spray equipment and booth	1331

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2005 Maintain spray equipment and booth	1335

MSFFF2006 Apply surface coatings by spray gun	1337

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2006 Apply surface coatings by spray gun	1341

MSFFF2007 Apply stains, fillers and bleach	1343

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2007 Apply stains, fillers and bleach	1347

MSFFF2008 Apply surface coatings by hand	1349

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2008 Apply surface coatings by hand	1353

MSFFF3001 Match and make up colours	1355

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3001 Match and make up colours	1359

MSFFF3002 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems	1361

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3002 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems	1365

MSFFF3003 Apply plural component coatings	1367

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3003 Apply plural component coatings	1371

MSFFF3004 Apply soft rubber techniques	1373

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3004 Apply soft rubber techniques	1377

MSFFF3005 Enhance finishes	1379

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3005 Enhance finishes	1383

MSFFF3006 Repair and touch up surfaces	1385

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3006 Repair and touch up surfaces	1390

MSFFF3007 Apply graining and decorative finishes	1392

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3007 Apply graining and decorative finishes	1396

MSFFF3008 Apply traditional French polishing techniques	1398

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3008 Apply traditional French polishing techniques	1403

MSFFF3009 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems	1405

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3009 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems	1409

MSFFL1001 Complete simple floor covering installation	1411

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL1001 Complete simple floor covering installation	1416

MSFFL2001 Use flooring technology sector hand and power tools	1418

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2001 Use flooring technology sector hand and power tools	1424

MSFFL2002 Receive and prepare floor covering materials for installation	1426

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2002 Receive and prepare floor covering materials for installation	1431

MSFFL2003 Select, operate and maintain floor covering cutting machine	1433

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2003 Select, operate and maintain floor covering cutting machine	1437

MSFFL2004 Moisture test timber and concrete floors	1439

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2004 Moisture test timber and concrete floors	1444

MSFFL2005 Remove existing floor coverings	1446

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2005 Remove existing floor coverings	1450

MSFFL2006 Prepare, select and apply smoothing and patching compounds	1452

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2006 Prepare, select and apply smoothing and patching compounds	1456

MSFFL2007 Select and apply appropriate compounds and additives	1458

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2007 Select and apply appropriate compounds and additives	1462

MSFFL2008 Prepare concrete sub-floors using wet cleaning methods	1464

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2008 Prepare concrete sub-floors using wet cleaning methods	1468

MSFFL2009 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers and damp proof membranes to concrete sub-floors	1470

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2009 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers and damp proof membranes to concrete sub-floors	1474

MSFFL2010 Prepare walls for coverings	1476

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2010 Prepare walls for coverings	1480

MSFFL2011 Select, operate and maintain grinding equipment	1482

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2011 Select, operate and maintain grinding equipment	1486

MSFFL2012 Select, operate and maintain shot blasting equipment	1488

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2012 Select, operate and maintain shot blasting equipment	1492

MSFFL2013 Select, operate and maintain demolition equipment	1494

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2013 Select, operate and maintain demolition equipment	1498

MSFFL2014 Select, operate and maintain scarifying equipment	1500

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2014 Select, operate and maintain scarifying equipment	1504

MSFFL2015 Coarse sand timber flooring	1506

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2015 Coarse sand timber flooring	1511

MSFFL2016 Install hard underlays	1513

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2016 Install hard underlays	1517

MSFFL2017 Install carpet cushion underlays and gripper accessories	1519

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2017 Install carpet cushion underlays and gripper accessories	1523

MSFFL2018 Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings	1525

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2018 Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings	1529

MSFFL2019 Install carpet tiles using standard installation procedures	1531

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2019 Install carpet tiles using standard installation procedures	1535

MSFFL2020 Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings to stairs	1537

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2020 Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings to stairs	1541

MSFFL2021 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings	1543

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2021 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings	1547

MSFFL2022 Install resilient tiles using standard installation procedures	1549

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2022 Install resilient tiles using standard installation procedures	1553

MSFFL2023 Install laminate timber and bamboo flooring	1555

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2023 Install laminate timber and bamboo flooring	1560

MSFFL2024 Install engineered timber flooring	1563

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2024 Install engineered timber flooring	1568

MSFFL2025 Install impact and sound absorption underlay	1571

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2025 Install impact and sound absorption underlay	1575

MSFFL2026 Nail strip timber flooring	1577

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2026 Nail strip timber flooring	1582

MSFFL2027 Install expansion joints	1584

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2027 Install expansion joints	1589

MSFFL2028 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring	1591

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2028 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring	1596

MSFFL3001 Plan and cost flooring technology work	1598

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3001 Plan and cost flooring technology work	1604

MSFFL3002 Establish and maintain a safe flooring technology work environment	1606

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3002 Establish and maintain a safe flooring technology work environment	1611

MSFFL3003 Inspect sub-floors	1613

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3003 Inspect sub-floors	1617

MSFFL3005 Install carpet tiles using custom designs	1619

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3005 Install carpet tiles using custom designs	1623

MSFFL3006 Install adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings	1626

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3006 Install adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings	1631

MSFFL3007 Install commercial carpet floor coverings	1634

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3007 Install commercial carpet floor coverings	1638

MSFFL3008 Install patterned carpet floor coverings	1641

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3008 Install patterned carpet floor coverings	1645

MSFFL3009 Install custom design carpet and decorative finishes	1647

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3009 Install custom design carpet and decorative finishes	1652

MSFFL3010 Install synthetic floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces	1655

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3010 Install synthetic floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces	1660

MSFFL3011 Install carpet floor coverings to custom design stairs	1663

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3011 Install carpet floor coverings to custom design stairs	1668

MSFFL3012 Install linoleum floor coverings	1671

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3012 Install linoleum floor coverings	1676

MSFFL3013 Install commercial vinyl floor coverings	1678

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3013 Install commercial vinyl floor coverings	1683

MSFFL3014 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes	1685

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3014 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes	1690

MSFFL3015 Install resilient tiles using custom designs and decorative finishes	1693

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3015 Install resilient tiles using custom designs and decorative finishes	1697

MSFFL3016 Install rubber floor coverings	1700

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3016 Install rubber floor coverings	1705

MSFFL3017 Install resilient sheet to walls	1707

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3017 Install resilient sheet to walls	1712

MSFFL3018 Install resilient sheet to bench and counter tops	1715

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3018 Install resilient sheet to bench and counter tops	1720

MSFFL3019 Install anti-static resilient floor coverings	1722

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3019 Install anti-static resilient floor coverings	1727

MSFFL3020 Install conductive resilient floor coverings	1729

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3020 Install conductive resilient floor coverings	1734

MSFFL3021 Cut and install resilient floor coverings to stairs	1736

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3021 Cut and install resilient floor coverings to stairs	1741

MSFFL3022 Mix and apply epoxy and seamless floor coverings	1743

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3022 Mix and apply epoxy and seamless floor coverings	1747

MSFFL3023 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring	1749

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3023 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring	1754

MSFFL3024 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring	1756

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3024 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring	1760

MSFFL3025 Apply oil-based coatings to timber flooring	1762

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3025 Apply oil-based coatings to timber flooring	1766

MSFFL3026 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring	1768

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3026 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring	1772

MSFFL3027 Apply emulsion wax to timber flooring	1774

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3027 Apply emulsion wax to timber flooring	1778

MSFFL3028 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring	1780

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3028 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring	1785

MSFFL3029 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring	1787

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3029 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring	1791

MSFFL3030 Cut and install timber flooring materials to stairs	1793

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3030 Cut and install timber flooring materials to stairs	1798

MSFFL3031 Install direct stick timber flooring	1800

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3031 Install direct stick timber flooring	1805

MSFFL3032 Inspect defective timber flooring	1807

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3032 Inspect defective timber flooring	1811

MSFFL3033 Install block parquetry flooring	1813

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3033 Install block parquetry flooring	1818

MSFFL3034 Install cork tiles	1820

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3034 Install cork tiles	1824

MSFFL3035 Install patterned parquetry flooring	1826

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3035 Install patterned parquetry flooring	1831

MSFFL3036 Install mosaic parquetry flooring	1833

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3036 Install mosaic parquetry flooring	1838

MSFFL3037 Install sprung timber flooring	1840

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3037 Install sprung timber flooring	1845

MSFFL3038 Install strip timber flooring onto battens	1847

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3038 Install strip timber flooring onto battens	1852

MSFFL3039 Install strip timber flooring onto plywood	1854

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3039 Install strip timber flooring onto plywood	1859

MSFFL3040 Repair timber flooring	1861

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3040 Repair timber flooring	1866

MSFFL3041 Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring	1868

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3041 Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring	1874

MSFFL3042 Fine sand timber flooring	1877

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3042 Fine sand timber flooring	1882

MSFFL3043 Edge sand timber flooring	1884

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3043 Edge sand timber flooring	1888

MSFFL3044 Sand cork flooring	1890

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3044 Sand cork flooring	1895

MSFFL3045 Sand and fill parquetry flooring	1897

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3045 Sand and fill parquetry flooring	1904

MSFFL3046 Apply finishes to cork flooring	1906

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3046 Apply finishes to cork flooring	1910

MSFFL3047 Polish concrete floors using planetary machines	1912

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3047 Polish concrete floors using planetary machines	1917

MSFFL3048 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing	1919

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3048 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing	1924

MSFFL3049 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces	1926

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3049 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces	1930

MSFFL3050 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings	1933

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3050 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings	1937

MSFFL3051 Install timber flooring to joists	1939

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3051 Install timber flooring to joists	1944

MSFFM1001 Construct a basic timber furnishing product	1946

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM1001 Construct a basic timber furnishing product	1951

MSFFM1002 Operate basic woodworking machines	1953

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM1002 Operate basic woodworking machines	1957

MSFFM2001 Use furniture making sector hand and power tools	1959

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2001 Use furniture making sector hand and power tools	1963

MSFFM2002 Assemble furnishing components	1965

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2002 Assemble furnishing components	1969

MSFFM2003 Select and apply hardware	1971

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2003 Select and apply hardware	1975

MSFFM2004 Apply sheet laminates by hand	1977

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2004 Apply sheet laminates by hand	1981

MSFFM2005 Join solid timber	1983

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2005 Join solid timber	1987

MSFFM2006 Hand make timber joints	1989

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2006 Hand make timber joints	1993

MSFFM2007 Follow plans to assemble production furniture	1995

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2007 Follow plans to assemble production furniture	2000

MSFFM2008 Bend and form cane	2002

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2008 Bend and form cane	2006

MSFFM2009 Construct cane furniture	2008

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2009 Construct cane furniture	2013

MSFFM2010 Set up and operate basic static machines	2015

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2010 Set up and operate basic static machines	2020

MSFFM2011 Apply manufactured board conversion techniques	2022

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2011 Apply manufactured board conversion techniques	2026

MSFFM2012 Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines	2028

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2012 Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines	2032

MSFFM3001 Construct chair and couch frames	2034

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3001 Construct chair and couch frames	2039

MSFFM3002 Construct furniture using leg and rail method	2041

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3002 Construct furniture using leg and rail method	2046

MSFFM3003 Produce angled and curved furniture using manufactured board	2048

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3003 Produce angled and curved furniture using manufactured board	2053

MSFFM3004 Produce angled and curved furniture using solid timber	2055

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3004 Produce angled and curved furniture using solid timber	2060

MSFFM3005 Fabricate custom furniture	2062

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3005 Fabricate custom furniture	2067

MSFFM3006 Install furnishing products	2069

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3006 Install furnishing products	2074

MSFFM3007 Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture	2076

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3007 Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture	2080

MSFFM3008 Select timbers for furniture production	2082

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3008 Select timbers for furniture production	2085

MSFFM3009 Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings	2087

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3009 Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings	2090

MSFFM3010 Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications	2092

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3010 Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications	2095

MSFFM3011 Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products	2097

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3011 Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products	2101

MSFFM3012 Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines	2103

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3012 Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines	2108

MSFFM3013 Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines	2110

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3013 Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines	2114

MSFFM3014 Set up, operate and maintain joining machines	2116

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3014 Set up, operate and maintain joining machines	2120

MSFFM3015 Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines	2122

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3015 Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines	2126

MSFFM3016 Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines	2128

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3016 Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines	2132

MSFFM3017 Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines	2134

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3017 Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines	2138

MSFFM3018 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical wood-turning lathes	2140

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3018 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical wood-turning lathes	2144

MSFFM3019 Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines	2146

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3019 Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines	2150

MSFFM3020 Fabricate synthetic solid surface products	2152

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3020 Fabricate synthetic solid surface products	2156

MSFFM3021 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines	2158

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3021 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines	2162

MSFFM3022 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres	2164

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3022 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres	2168

MSFFM3023 Produce and maintain cutting tools	2170

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3023 Produce and maintain cutting tools	2174

MSFFM3024 Construct jigs and fixtures	2176

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3024 Construct jigs and fixtures	2181

MSFFM4001 Hand carve wood to custom design	2183

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM4001 Hand carve wood to custom design	2188

MSFFM4002 Construct joints for custom furniture	2190

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM4002 Construct joints for custom furniture	2194

MSFFM4003 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture	2196

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM4003 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture	2201

MSFFM4004 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture	2203

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM4004 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture	2209

MSFFP2001 Undertake a basic furniture making project	2211

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2001 Undertake a basic furniture making project	2216

MSFFP2002 Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry	2218

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2002 Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry	2221

MSFFP2003 Prepare surfaces	2223

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2003 Prepare surfaces	2227

MSFFP2004 Apply domestic surface coatings	2229

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2004 Apply domestic surface coatings	2234

MSFFP2005 Join furnishing materials	2236

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2005 Join furnishing materials	2240

MSFFP2006 Make simple timber joints	2242

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2006 Make simple timber joints	2246

MSFFP2007 Identify materials used in furnishing production	2248

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2007 Identify materials used in furnishing production	2253

MSFFP2008 Make a simple upholstery product	2255

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2008 Make a simple upholstery product	2259

MSFFP2009 Identify materials suitable for kitchen or bathroom construction	2261

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2009 Identify materials suitable for kitchen or bathroom construction	2266

MSFFP2010 Research and draw a basic kitchen or bathroom design	2268

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2010 Research and draw a basic kitchen or bathroom design	2272

MSFFT4001 Coordinate on-site installation of furnishing products	2274

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4001 Coordinate on-site installation of furnishing products	2278

MSFFT4002 Customise stock lines	2280

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4002 Customise stock lines	2283

MSFFT4003 Organise production processes	2285

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4003 Organise production processes	2289

MSFFT4004 Establish and monitor production inventory requirements	2291

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4004 Establish and monitor production inventory requirements	2295

MSFFT4005 Install and commission computer numerically controlled (CNC) software	2297

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4005 Install and commission computer numerically controlled (CNC) software	2300

MSFFT4006 Construct prototypes and samples	2302

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4006 Construct prototypes and samples	2306

MSFFT4007 Sample, inspect and test products to specifications	2308

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4007 Sample, inspect and test products to specifications	2312

MSFFT4008 Interpret and use workplace information	2314

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4008 Interpret and use workplace information	2317

MSFFT4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements	2319

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements	2322

MSFFT4010 Identify and calculate production costs	2324

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4010 Identify and calculate production costs	2328

MSFFT4011 Purchase materials and consumables	2330

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4011 Purchase materials and consumables	2334

MSFFT4012 Prepare a tender submission	2336

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4012 Prepare a tender submission	2340

MSFFT5001 Evaluate and select production materials and equipment	2342

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5001 Evaluate and select production materials and equipment	2346

MSFFT5002 Establish and develop production processes and area layout	2348

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5002 Establish and develop production processes and area layout	2352

MSFFT5003 Manage installation and commissioning of equipment	2354

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5003 Manage installation and commissioning of equipment	2358

MSFFT5004 Develop and document procedures and specifications	2360

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5004 Develop and document procedures and specifications	2363

MSFFT5005 Organise enterprise maintenance programs	2365

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5005 Organise enterprise maintenance programs	2369

MSFFT5006 Plan production	2371

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5006 Plan production	2375

MSFFT5007 Optimise computer numerically controlled (CNC) operations	2377

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5007 Optimise computer numerically controlled (CNC) operations	2381

MSFFT5008 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes	2383

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5008 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes	2387

MSFFT5009 Determine production feasibility of designs	2389

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5009 Determine production feasibility of designs	2393

MSFFT5010 Develop products and related processes	2395

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5010 Develop products and related processes	2398

MSFGG1001 Complete a basic glass and glazing project	2400

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG1001 Complete a basic glass and glazing project	2404

MSFGG2001 Use glass and glazing sector hand and power tools	2406

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2001 Use glass and glazing sector hand and power tools	2410

MSFGG2002 Use, handle and store glass and glazing products and consumables	2412

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2002 Use, handle and store glass and glazing products and consumables	2418

MSFGG2003 Operate glass freefall rack and table	2420

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2003 Operate glass freefall rack and table	2423

MSFGG2004 Process thin glass by hand	2425

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2004 Process thin glass by hand	2430

MSFGG2005 Apply basic glass handling	2432

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2005 Apply basic glass handling	2436

MSFGG2006 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means	2438

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2006 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means	2442

MSFGG2007 Process glass by basic machines	2444

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2007 Process glass by basic machines	2449

MSFGG2008 Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors	2451

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2008 Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors	2457

MSFGG2009 Fabricate and assemble frames	2460

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2009 Fabricate and assemble frames	2465

MSFGG2010 Fabricate and install insect and security screens	2468

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2010 Fabricate and install insect and security screens	2473

MSFGG3001 Store and handle glass	2475

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3001 Store and handle glass	2480

MSFGG3002 Assess glass and glazing requirements	2482

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3002 Assess glass and glazing requirements	2485

MSFGG3003 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means	2487

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3003 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means	2491

MSFGG3004 Process thick glass	2493

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3004 Process thick glass	2498

MSFGG3005 Process glass by semi-automatic machines	2500

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3005 Process glass by semi-automatic machines	2505

MSFGG3006 Process glass by automatic machines	2507

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3006 Process glass by automatic machines	2512

MSFGG3007 Apply and handle films and coated glass	2514

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3007 Apply and handle films and coated glass	2519

MSFGG3008 Form glass	2521

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3008 Form glass	2525

MSFGG3009 Apply patterns and designs to glass	2527

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3009 Apply patterns and designs to glass	2531

MSFGG3010 Set up and operate glass laminating equipment	2533

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3010 Set up and operate glass laminating equipment	2538

MSFGG3011 Set up and operate glass toughening equipment	2540

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3011 Set up and operate glass toughening equipment	2545

MSFGG3012 Set up and operate glass mirroring equipment	2547

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3012 Set up and operate glass mirroring equipment	2552

MSFGG3013 Set up and operate insulated glass unit (IGU) manufacturing equipment	2554

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3013 Set up and operate insulated glass unit (IGU) manufacturing equipment	2559

MSFGG3014 Construct and repair leadlight panels	2561

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3014 Construct and repair leadlight panels	2565

MSFGG3015 Fabricate and install shower screens and wardrobe doors	2567

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3015 Fabricate and install shower screens and wardrobe doors	2572

MSFGG3016 Fabricate and install residential windows and doors	2574

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3016 Fabricate and install residential windows and doors	2580

MSFGG3017 Fabricate and install commercial glazing	2583

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3017 Fabricate and install commercial glazing	2589

MSFGG3018 Prepare and install architectural engineered glazing	2591

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3018 Prepare and install architectural engineered glazing	2597

MSFGG3019 Conduct commercial and structural re-glazing	2599

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3019 Conduct commercial and structural re-glazing	2605

MSFGG3020 Use static machines for aluminium and unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) fabrication	2607

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3020 Use static machines for aluminium and unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) fabrication	2612

MSFGG3021 Prepare and install mirrors and glass splashbacks	2614

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3021 Prepare and install mirrors and glass splashbacks	2619

MSFGG4001 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry	2621

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4001 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry	2625

MSFGG4002 Use glass industry data systems	2628

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4002 Use glass industry data systems	2632

MSFGG4003 Manage glass industry production scheduling	2634

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4003 Manage glass industry production scheduling	2638

MSFGG4004 Perform laser measurement and levelling for glass windows and doors in buildings	2641

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4004 Perform laser measurement and levelling for glass windows and doors in buildings	2645

MSFGG4005 Set up, configure, upgrade and troubleshoot glass and glazing plant and ancillary equipment	2647

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4005 Set up, configure, upgrade and troubleshoot glass and glazing plant and ancillary equipment	2651

MSFGG4006 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems	2653

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4006 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems	2659

MSFGG4007 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and re-start	2662

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4007 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and re-start	2666

MSFGG4008 Undertake planning and coordination for commercial glazing installation operations	2668

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4008 Undertake planning and coordination for commercial glazing installation operations	2673

MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations	2675

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations	2679

MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products	2681

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products	2685

MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents	2687

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents	2690

MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job	2692

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job	2695

MSFID1001 Plan the decoration of a simple space	2697

Assessment Requirements for MSFID1001 Plan the decoration of a simple space	2702

MSFID3001 Source and specify decoration products	2704

Assessment Requirements for MSFID3001 Source and specify decoration products	2709

MSFID3002 Style a retail display	2711

Assessment Requirements for MSFID3002 Style a retail display	2716

MSFID4001 Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces	2718

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4001 Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces	2727

MSFID4002 Decorate residential interiors	2729

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4002 Decorate residential interiors	2738

MSFID4003 Prepare a materials board for client presentation	2741

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4003 Prepare a materials board for client presentation	2747

MSFID4004 Research and recommend furniture and accessories	2749

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4004 Research and recommend furniture and accessories	2757

MSFID4005 Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors	2759

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4005 Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors	2766

MSFID4006 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors	2768

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4006 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors	2775

MSFID4007 Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors	2777

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4007 Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors	2780

MSFID4008 Assess interior light and recommend light fittings	2782

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4008 Assess interior light and recommend light fittings	2789

MSFID4009 Research architectural styles and movements	2791

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4009 Research architectural styles and movements	2797

MSFID4010 Research interior decoration and design influences	2799

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4010 Research interior decoration and design influences	2804

MSFID4011 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects	2806

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4011 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects	2812

MSFID5001 Design residential interiors	2814

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5001 Design residential interiors	2822

MSFID5002 Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site	2824

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5002 Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site	2830

MSFID5003 Evaluate site for interior design brief	2832

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5003 Evaluate site for interior design brief	2839

MSFID5004 Specify structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces	2841

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5004 Specify structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces	2846

MSFID5005 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space	2848

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5005 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space	2852

MSFID5006 Design interior lighting	2854

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5006 Design interior lighting	2860

MSFID5007 Decorate for events	2862

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5007 Decorate for events	2871

MSFID5008 Design for people with disabilities and the elderly	2873

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5008 Design for people with disabilities and the elderly	2883

MSFID5009 Research and recommend colour and applied finishes	2885

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5009 Research and recommend colour and applied finishes	2892

MSFID5010 Provide interior styling service	2894

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5010 Provide interior styling service	2901

MSFID5011 Specify soft furnishings for complete interior solution	2904

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5011 Specify soft furnishings for complete interior solution	2910

MSFID5012 Research and recommend artwork	2912

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5012 Research and recommend artwork	2919

MSFID5013 Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors	2921

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5013 Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors	2929

MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects	2931

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects	2937

MSFID5015 Decorate interiors for restoration projects	2939

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5015 Decorate interiors for restoration projects	2947

MSFID6001 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling	2949

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6001 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling	2953

MSFID6002 Apply 3-D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs	2956

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6002 Apply 3-D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs	2961

MSFID6003 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors	2963

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6003 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors	2971

MSFID6004 Design interiors for hospitality environments	2973

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6004 Design interiors for hospitality environments	2981

MSFID6005 Design for retail interiors	2983

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6005 Design for retail interiors	2991

MSFID6006 Design for conservation and restoration projects	2993

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6006 Design for conservation and restoration projects	3001

MSFID6007 Select and instruct consultants and contractors	3003

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6007 Select and instruct consultants and contractors	3008

MSFID6008 Evaluate design project outcomes	3010

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6008 Evaluate design project outcomes	3015

MSFID6009 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects	3017

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6009 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects	3025

MSFKB2001 Prepare for cabinet installation	3027

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB2001 Prepare for cabinet installation	3031

MSFKB2002 Provide assistance in cabinet installation	3033

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB2002 Provide assistance in cabinet installation	3037

MSFKB3001 Identify processes in kitchen and bathroom projects	3039

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3001 Identify processes in kitchen and bathroom projects	3044

MSFKB3002 Determine requirements for installation of cabinets	3046

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3002 Determine requirements for installation of cabinets	3051

MSFKB3003 Check and measure fit of cabinets	3054

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3003 Check and measure fit of cabinets	3057

MSFKB3004 Conduct on-site adjustments to cabinets and components	3059

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3004 Conduct on-site adjustments to cabinets and components	3063

MSFKB3005 Fabricate cabinets for the built-in environment	3065

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3005 Fabricate cabinets for the built-in environment	3070

MSFKB3006 Install fitted cabinets and components	3072

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3006 Install fitted cabinets and components	3076

MSFKB3007 Provide advice on cabinet design features	3078

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3007 Provide advice on cabinet design features	3083

MSFKB3008 Identify cabinet construction and installation methods	3085

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3008 Identify cabinet construction and installation methods	3089

MSFKB4001 Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen design	3091

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4001 Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen design	3096

MSFKB4002 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs	3098

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4002 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs	3104

MSFKB4003 Identify and document services required to support fitted furniture designs	3106

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4003 Identify and document services required to support fitted furniture designs	3112

MSFKB4004 Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design	3114

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4004 Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design	3119

MSFKB4005 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs	3121

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4005 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs	3127

MSFKB4006 Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design project	3129

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4006 Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design project	3133

MSFKB4007 Design ancillary residential cabinetry	3135

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4007 Design ancillary residential cabinetry	3139

MSFKB4008 Determine layout for laundry components	3141

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4008 Determine layout for laundry components	3145

MSFMB2001 Prepare and assemble base unit	3147

Assessment Requirements for MSFMB2001 Prepare and assemble base unit	3151

MSFMB2002 Assemble mattress components	3153

Assessment Requirements for MSFMB2002 Assemble mattress components	3157

MSFMB2003 Cut mattress and base fabrics	3159

Assessment Requirements for MSFMB2003 Cut mattress and base fabrics	3163

MSFMB2004 Assemble springs for mattresses	3165

Assessment Requirements for MSFMB2004 Assemble springs for mattresses	3169

MSFMB2005 Make springs for mattresses and bases	3171

Assessment Requirements for MSFMB2005 Make springs for mattresses and bases	3175

MSFMB2006 Set up, operate and maintain a tape edging machine	3177

Assessment Requirements for MSFMB2006 Set up, operate and maintain a tape edging machine	3181

MSFMB2007 Set up, operate and maintain a quilting machine	3183

Assessment Requirements for MSFMB2007 Set up, operate and maintain a quilting machine	3187

MSFPF1001 Frame a simple artwork	3189

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF1001 Frame a simple artwork	3194

MSFPF2001 Use picture framing sector hand and power tools	3196

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2001 Use picture framing sector hand and power tools	3201

MSFPF2002 Cut mouldings to length	3203

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2002 Cut mouldings to length	3207

MSFPF2003 Join mouldings	3209

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2003 Join mouldings	3213

MSFPF2004 Mount artwork	3215

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2004 Mount artwork	3221

MSFPF2005 Cut mat boards	3223

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2005 Cut mat boards	3227

MSFPF2006 Cut and handle glazing materials for framing	3229

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2006 Cut and handle glazing materials for framing	3233

MSFPF2007 Assemble a basic artwork package	3235

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2007 Assemble a basic artwork package	3239

MSFPF2008 Recognise and repair finishes of framing materials	3241

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2008 Recognise and repair finishes of framing materials	3245

MSFPF3001 De-frame artwork	3247

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3001 De-frame artwork	3251

MSFPF3002 Decorate mat boards	3253

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3002 Decorate mat boards	3256

MSFPF3003 Set up and operate computer numerically controlled (CNC) machines for picture framing work	3258

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3003 Set up and operate computer numerically controlled (CNC) machines for picture framing work	3262

MSFPF3004 Prepare textiles for framing	3264

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3004 Prepare textiles for framing	3268

MSFPF3005 Recognise and handle artwork for framing	3270

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3005 Recognise and handle artwork for framing	3274

MSFPF3006 Prepare design requirements for framing	3276

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3006 Prepare design requirements for framing	3280

MSFPF3007 Apply frame finishes	3282

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3007 Apply frame finishes	3287

MSFPF3008 Assemble a complex artwork package	3289

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3008 Assemble a complex artwork package	3293

MSFPF3009 Install artwork	3295

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3009 Install artwork	3299

MSFPF4001 Design and construct ornamental frames	3301

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF4001 Design and construct ornamental frames	3306

MSFPF4002 Determine and apply gilding techniques	3308

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF4002 Determine and apply gilding techniques	3313

MSFPT3001 Apply piano industry knowledge and work techniques	3315

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3001 Apply piano industry knowledge and work techniques	3319

MSFPT3002 Select materials for piano repair and manufacture	3321

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3002 Select materials for piano repair and manufacture	3326

MSFPT3003 Repair upright and grand piano actions, keys and pedals	3328

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3003 Repair upright and grand piano actions, keys and pedals	3333

MSFPT3004 Rebuild upright and grand piano actions, keys and pedals	3335

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3004 Rebuild upright and grand piano actions, keys and pedals	3339

MSFPT3005 Re-string and re-pin a piano	3341

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3005 Re-string and re-pin a piano	3346

MSFPT3006 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos	3348

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3006 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos	3352

MSFPT3007 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of grand pianos	3354

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3007 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of grand pianos	3358

MSFPT3008 Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics	3360

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3008 Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics	3363

MSFPT3009 Develop control of tuning hammers	3365

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3009 Develop control of tuning hammers	3369

MSFPT3010 Pitch raise a piano	3371

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3010 Pitch raise a piano	3375

MSFPT3011 Tune unisons aurally to a beatless condition	3377

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3011 Tune unisons aurally to a beatless condition	3381

MSFPT3012 Tune octaves aurally to appropriate stretch	3383

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3012 Tune octaves aurally to appropriate stretch	3387

MSFPT3013 Tune a temperament octave to produce an equally tempered scale	3389

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3013 Tune a temperament octave to produce an equally tempered scale	3393

MSFPT3014 Tune a piano aurally and electronically within time and accuracy constraints	3395

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3014 Tune a piano aurally and electronically within time and accuracy constraints	3400

MSFPT3015 Voice a piano	3402

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3015 Voice a piano	3406

MSFPT3016 Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repair	3408

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT3016 Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repair	3412

MSFSF1001 Produce basic soft furnishing accessories	3414

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF1001 Produce basic soft furnishing accessories	3418

MSFSF2001 Cut single layer fabrics	3420

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2001 Cut single layer fabrics	3424

MSFSF2002 Machine sew materials	3426

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2002 Machine sew materials	3430

MSFSF2003 Machine sew specialised sewn products	3432

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2003 Machine sew specialised sewn products	3437

MSFSF2004 Hand sew soft furnishings	3439

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2004 Hand sew soft furnishings	3443

MSFSF2005 Operate a steam press	3445

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2005 Operate a steam press	3449

MSFSF2006 Calculate fabric quantities for window coverings	3451

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2006 Calculate fabric quantities for window coverings	3455

MSFSF2007 Construct unlined curtains and drapes	3457

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2007 Construct unlined curtains and drapes	3462

MSFSF2008 Construct lined curtains and drapes	3464

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2008 Construct lined curtains and drapes	3469

MSFSF2009 Construct padded pelmets	3471

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2009 Construct padded pelmets	3475

MSFSF2010 Make up tracks for window coverings	3477

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2010 Make up tracks for window coverings	3481

MSFSF2011 Fit and adjust curtain hardware	3483

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2011 Fit and adjust curtain hardware	3487

MSFSF2012 Fit and adjust interior blinds	3489

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2012 Fit and adjust interior blinds	3493

MSFSF2013 Dress windows	3495

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2013 Dress windows	3499

MSFSF2014 Use soft furnishing sector hand and power tools	3501

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2014 Use soft furnishing sector hand and power tools	3505

MSFSF3001 Operate drop cutting machines	3507

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3001 Operate drop cutting machines	3511

MSFSF3002 Use automated curtain pleating equipment	3513

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3002 Use automated curtain pleating equipment	3517

MSFSF3003 Follow patterns to produce window toppings	3519

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3003 Follow patterns to produce window toppings	3523

MSFSF3004 Construct Roman-style blinds	3525

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3004 Construct Roman-style blinds	3530

MSFSF3005 Construct Austrian festoon-style blinds	3532

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3005 Construct Austrian festoon-style blinds	3537

MSFSF3006 Chemically join textiles	3539

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3006 Chemically join textiles	3542

MSFSF3007 Lay out patterns and cut fabrics	3544

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3007 Lay out patterns and cut fabrics	3548

MSFSF3008 Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings	3550

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3008 Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings	3554

MSFSF3009 Manufacture bedspreads, bed linen and table cloths	3556

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3009 Manufacture bedspreads, bed linen and table cloths	3560

MSFSF3010 Advise customers on interior decoration	3562

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3010 Advise customers on interior decoration	3566

MSFSF3011 Install motorised curtains and blinds	3568

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3011 Install motorised curtains and blinds	3572

MSFSF3012 Follow patterns to produce soft furnishing accessories	3574

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3012 Follow patterns to produce soft furnishing accessories	3578

MSFSF3013 Provide technical advice to customers	3580

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3013 Provide technical advice to customers	3583

MSFSL2001 Assemble leadlight and stained glass components	3585

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL2001 Assemble leadlight and stained glass components	3589

MSFSL3001 Apply product and material knowledge to leadlight and stained glass operations	3591

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL3001 Apply product and material knowledge to leadlight and stained glass operations	3595

MSFSL3002 Protect stained glass and leadlighting	3597

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL3002 Protect stained glass and leadlighting	3601

MSFSL3003 Fabricate and install residential leadlight and stained glass windows and doors	3603

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL3003 Fabricate and install residential leadlight and stained glass windows and doors	3608

MSFSL3004 Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass	3610

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL3004 Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass	3615

MSFSL3005 Paint and fire glass	3617

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL3005 Paint and fire glass	3621

MSFSL3006 Assemble copper foil glass components	3623

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL3006 Assemble copper foil glass components	3627

MSFSL3007 Fuse glass	3629

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL3007 Fuse glass	3633

MSFSL3008 Process coloured and textured glass by hand	3635

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL3008 Process coloured and textured glass by hand	3640

MSFSL5001 Assess conservation requirements	3642

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL5001 Assess conservation requirements	3647

MSFSL5002 Remove heritage leadlight and stained glass	3650

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL5002 Remove heritage leadlight and stained glass	3654

MSFSL5003 Conserve heritage leadlight and stained glass	3656

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL5003 Conserve heritage leadlight and stained glass	3661

MSFSL5004 Install heritage leadlight and stained glass	3663

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL5004 Install heritage leadlight and stained glass	3667

MSFSL5005 Apply innovation in contemporary leadlight and stained glass	3669

Assessment Requirements for MSFSL5005 Apply innovation in contemporary leadlight and stained glass	3673

MSFSS2001 Rectify faults in product	3676

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS2001 Rectify faults in product	3679

MSFSS2002 Prepare product for Australian Standards testing	3681

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS2002 Prepare product for Australian Standards testing	3684

MSFSS2003 Undertake surface preparation	3686

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS2003 Undertake surface preparation	3690

MSFSS3001 Install security screens and grilles	3692

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS3001 Install security screens and grilles	3696

MSFSS3002 Apply patterns and designs to security screens and grilles	3698

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS3002 Apply patterns and designs to security screens and grilles	3702

MSFSS3003 Resolve quality and compliance issues	3704

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS3003 Resolve quality and compliance issues	3708

MSFUP1001 Complete a basic upholstery project	3710

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP1001 Complete a basic upholstery project	3714

MSFUP2001 Use upholstery sector hand and power tools	3716

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2001 Use upholstery sector hand and power tools	3721

MSFUP2002 Fit upholstery components	3723

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2002 Fit upholstery components	3727

MSFUP2003 Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture	3729

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2003 Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture	3733

MSFUP2004 Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials	3735

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2004 Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials	3739

MSFUP2005 Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric	3741

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2005 Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric	3745

MSFUP2006 Dismantle and re-assemble furniture for upholstering	3747

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2006 Dismantle and re-assemble furniture for upholstering	3751

MSFUP3001 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture	3753

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3001 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture	3757

MSFUP3002 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques	3759

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3002 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques	3763

MSFUP3003 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using decorative techniques	3765

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3003 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using decorative techniques	3770

MSFUP3004 Lay out patterns and cut leather	3772

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3004 Lay out patterns and cut leather	3776

MSFUP3005 Machine sew complex upholstery final cover materials	3778

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3005 Machine sew complex upholstery final cover materials	3782

MSFUP3006 Fit and apply leather to furniture	3784

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3006 Fit and apply leather to furniture	3788

MSFUP3007 Manufacture and fit loose covers	3790

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3007 Manufacture and fit loose covers	3794

MSFUP3008 Apply finishing techniques to upholstered furniture	3796

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3008 Apply finishing techniques to upholstered furniture	3800

MSFUP3009 Develop cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabric	3802

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3009 Develop cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabric	3806

MSFUP3010 Cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture	3808

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3010 Cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture	3812

MSFUP3011 Cut, sew and fit or fill cushions	3814

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3011 Cut, sew and fit or fill cushions	3818

MSFUP3012 Apply marine sewing and installation techniques	3820

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3012 Apply marine sewing and installation techniques	3824

MSFUP3013 Cut and sew canvas and acrylics	3826

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3013 Cut and sew canvas and acrylics	3831

MSFUP3014 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) cutting machines	3833

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3014 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) cutting machines	3837

MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	3839

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	3843

MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	3845

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	3849

MSMENV672 Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability	3851

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV672 Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability	3855

MSMOPS101 Make measurements	3857

Assessment Requirements for MSMOPS101 Make measurements	3861

MSMOPS212 Use organisation computers or data systems	3863

Assessment Requirements for MSMOPS212 Use organisation computers or data systems	3869

MSMOPS363 Organise on-site work	3872

Assessment Requirements for MSMOPS363 Organise on-site work	3878

MSMPCI101 Adapt to work in industry	3881

Assessment Requirements for MSMPCI101 Adapt to work in industry	3889

MSMPCI103 Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work	3891

Assessment Requirements for MSMPCI103 Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work	3897

MSMPER200 Work in accordance with an issued permit	3899

Assessment Requirements for MSMPER200 Work in accordance with an issued permit	3905

MSMSUP102 Communicate in the workplace	3908

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP102 Communicate in the workplace	3912

MSMSUP106 Work in a team	3914

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP106 Work in a team	3917

MSMSUP240 Undertake minor maintenance	3919

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP240 Undertake minor maintenance	3924

MSMSUP273 Handle goods	3926

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP273 Handle goods	3932

MSMSUP390 Use structured problem-solving tools	3934

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP390 Use structured problem-solving tools	3940

MSMWHS100 Follow WHS procedures	3942

Assessment Requirements for MSMWHS100 Follow WHS procedures	3946

MSMWHS200 Work safely	3948

Assessment Requirements for MSMWHS200 Work safely	3954

MSMWHS300 Facilitate the implementation of WHS for a work group	3956

Assessment Requirements for MSMWHS300 Facilitate the implementation of WHS for a work group	3962

MSS015002 Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources	3965

Assessment Requirements for MSS015002 Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources	3969

MSS402001 Apply competitive systems and practices	3971

Assessment Requirements for MSS402001 Apply competitive systems and practices	3975

MSS402002 Sustain process improvements	3977

Assessment Requirements for MSS402002 Sustain process improvements	3981

MSS402010 Manage the impact of change on own work	3983

Assessment Requirements for MSS402010 Manage the impact of change on own work	3988

MSS402020 Apply quick changeover procedures	3990

Assessment Requirements for MSS402020 Apply quick changeover procedures	3994

MSS402021 Apply Just in Time procedures	3996

Assessment Requirements for MSS402021 Apply Just in Time procedures	4000

MSS402030 Apply cost factors to work practices	4002

Assessment Requirements for MSS402030 Apply cost factors to work practices	4006

MSS402031 Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements	4008

Assessment Requirements for MSS402031 Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements	4013

MSS402040 Apply 5S procedures	4015

Assessment Requirements for MSS402040 Apply 5S procedures	4020

MSS402050 Monitor process capability	4022

Assessment Requirements for MSS402050 Monitor process capability	4026

MSS402051 Apply quality standards	4028

Assessment Requirements for MSS402051 Apply quality standards	4034

MSS402060 Use planning software systems in operations	4036

Assessment Requirements for MSS402060 Use planning software systems in operations	4040

MSS402061 Use SCADA systems in operations	4042

Assessment Requirements for MSS402061 Use SCADA systems in operations	4046

MSS402080 Undertake root cause analysis	4048

Assessment Requirements for MSS402080 Undertake root cause analysis	4052

MSS402081 Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy	4054

Assessment Requirements for MSS402081 Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy	4058

MSS403021 Facilitate a Just in Time system	4060

Assessment Requirements for MSS403021 Facilitate a Just in Time system	4064

MSS403030 Improve cost factors in work practices	4066

Assessment Requirements for MSS403030 Improve cost factors in work practices	4070

MSS403051 Mistake proof an operational process	4072

Assessment Requirements for MSS403051 Mistake proof an operational process	4076

MSS404050 Undertake process capability improvements	4078

Assessment Requirements for MSS404050 Undertake process capability improvements	4082

MSS404052 Apply statistics to operational processes	4084

Assessment Requirements for MSS404052 Apply statistics to operational processes	4089

MSS405031 Undertake value analysis of product or process costs in terms of customer requirements	4091

Assessment Requirements for MSS405031 Undertake value analysis of product or process costs in terms of customer requirements	4095

MSTGN2005 Perform minor maintenance	4097

Assessment Requirements for MSTGN2005 Perform minor maintenance	4101

MSTGN4012 Fabricate or machine tooling	4103

Assessment Requirements for MSTGN4012 Fabricate or machine tooling	4106

MSTTF2009 Identify and select canvas and sail materials	4108

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2009 Identify and select canvas and sail materials	4112

MSTTF2014 Weld plastic materials	4114

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2014 Weld plastic materials	4118

MSTTF2015 Install products on and off site	4120

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2015 Install products on and off site	4125

MSTTF3004 Perform advanced welding of plastic materials	4127

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF3004 Perform advanced welding of plastic materials	4132

PSPPCM008 Manage contract performance	4134

Assessment Requirements for PSPPCM008 Manage contract performance	4137

PSPPCM011 Plan to manage a contract	4139

Assessment Requirements for PSPPCM011 Plan to manage a contract	4142

SIRRINV002 Control stock	4144

Assessment Requirements for SIRRINV002 Control stock	4147

SIRRMER020A Create and implement exhibition space	4149

SIRRMER512 Produce perspective drawings, plans and elevations	4156

SIRRRPK010A Recommend home and home improvement products and services	4161

SIRXSLS001 Sell to the retail customer	4168

Assessment Requirements for SIRXSLS001 Sell to the retail customer	4171

SIRXSLS303 Build relationships with customers	4174

SITXMPR003 Plan and implement sales activities	4182

Assessment Requirements for SITXMPR003 Plan and implement sales activities	4185

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction	4187

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction	4191

TAEDEL402 Plan, organise and facilitate learning in the workplace	4193

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL402 Plan, organise and facilitate learning in the workplace	4197

TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace	4199

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace	4203

TLIA2011 Package goods	4205

Assessment Requirements for TLIA2011 Package goods	4207

TLIA2013 Receive goods	4209

Assessment Requirements for TLIA2013 Receive goods	4212

TLIA2021 Despatch stock	4214

Assessment Requirements for TLIA2021 Despatch stock	4217

TLIA3016 Use inventory systems to organise stock control	4219

Assessment Requirements for TLIA3016 Use inventory systems to organise stock control	4222

TLIA4028 Assess and monitor optimum stock levels	4224

Assessment Requirements for TLIA4028 Assess and monitor optimum stock levels	4227

TLIA4032 Organise transport of freight or goods	4229

Assessment Requirements for TLIA4032 Organise transport of freight or goods	4232

TLID1002 Shift a load using manually-operated equipment	4234

Assessment Requirements for TLID1002 Shift a load using manually-operated equipment	4237

TLID2003 Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances	4239

Assessment Requirements for TLID2003 Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances	4242

TLILIC2001 Licence to operate a forklift truck	4245

Assessment Requirements for TLILIC2001 Licence to operate a forklift truck	4249

UEENEEH166A Troubleshoot microcontroller based hardware systems	4254

MSF Furnishing Training Package	4264

MSFSS00001 Piano Tuning Skill Set	4268

MSFSS00002 Insulating Glass Unit Manufacturing Skill Set	4270

MSFSS00003 Insulating Glass Unit Fabricator/Installer Skill Set	4272

MSFSS00004 Kitchen and Bathroom Installer License	4274

MSFSS00005 Fitted Furniture Installer	4276

MSFSS00006 Fitted Furniture Estimator	4278

MSFSS00007 Furniture Products Compliance	4280

MSF Furnishing Training Package

Copyright Statement
© 2016 Commonwealth of Australia. With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Department’s logo, any material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Australia licence. You are free: to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work to make commercial use of the work Under the following conditions: Attribution - You must give the original author credit. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Special Conditions (Waiver) For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work carry with it the respective licence, and is thus “partitioned”. The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be attributed as the MSF Furnishing Training Package Release 3.0.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of Department of Education and Training or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. The Commonwealth, through the Department of Education and Training, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.

Published by:	Innovation and Business Skills Australia

Release Date:	12 July, 2016

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF10113 Certificate I in Furnishing

Modification History

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform basic furnishing industry tasks used in a range of industry job roles involving given routines and procedures and limited accountability for the quality of outcomes while supporting others.

This qualification is typically used to develop skills and knowledge in basic furnishing techniques that include a variety of employment-related skills, including preparatory access and participation skills, broad-based induction skills and/or specific workplace skills. It involves collaboration with others through members of a group or team.

Meaningful involvement of industry is essential to achieving this qualification outcome and workplace visits and placement to ensure exposure of learners to realistic workplace conditions and employer expectations is required.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF10113 Certificate I in Furnishing, competency must be achieved in eight (8) units of competency.

five (5) core units of competency

three (3) elective units of competency.

CORE UNITS

Complete all five (5) units from this list:

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS100	Follow WHS procedures
MSMOPS101	Make measurements
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select a maximum of three (3) elective units from Group A or B.

Group A

Select up to three (3) elective units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBDES201	Follow a design process
BSBDES202	Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context
BSBDES301	Explore the use of colour
MSFBA1001	Construct a basic roll up blind
MSFFF1001	Complete a basic furniture finishing product
MSFFL1001	Complete simple floor covering installation
MSFFM1001	Construct a basic timber furnishing product
MSFFM1002	Operate basic woodworking machines
MSFGG1001	Complete a basic glass and glazing project
MSFGG2010	Fabricate and install insect and security screens
MSFID1001	Plan the decoration of a simple space
MSFPF1001	Frame a simple artwork
MSFSF1001	Produce basic soft furnishing accessories
MSFUP1001	Complete a basic upholstery project

Group B

Two (2) units may be chosen from units available in this Training Package or from other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. The units must be aligned at Certificate I or II level.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF10108 Certificate I in Furnishing. Outcomes are not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF20113 Certificate II in Furnishing

Modification History

Release 4 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Two unit titles corrected for MSFFM2010 and MSFSF2014. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform basic furnishing industry tasks used in a range of industry job roles involving known routines and procedures and some accountability for the quality of outcomes.

This qualification is typically used to develop skills and knowledge in basic furnishing techniques that include employment-related skills, including preparatory access and participation skills, broad-based induction skills and/or specific workplace skills. It involves collaboration with others through members of a group or team.

Meaningful involvement of industry is essential to achieving this qualification outcome and workplace visits and placement to ensure exposure of learners to realistic workplace conditions and employer expectations is required.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF20113 Certificate II in Furnishing, competency must be achieved in fourteen (14) units of competency.

five (5) core units of competency

nine (9) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all five (5) units from this list:

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select up to nine (9) elective units from Groups A and B as specified below.

Group A

Security screens and grilles

Unit code	Unit title
MSFBA2001	Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools
MSFFM2010	Set up and operate basic static machines
MSFGG2009	Fabricate and assemble frames
MSFGG2010	Fabricate and install insect and security screens
MSFSS2001	Rectify faults in product
MSFSS2003	Undertake surface preparation

Picture framing

Unit code	Unit title
MSFPF2001	Use picture framing sector hand and power tools
MSFPF2002	Cut mouldings to length
MSFPF2003	Join mouldings
MSFPF2004	Mount artwork
MSFPF2005	Cut mat boards
MSFPF2006	Cut and handle glazing materials for framing
MSFPF2007	Assemble basic artwork package

Soft furnishings production

Unit code	Unit title
MSFSF2001	Cut single layer fabrics
MSFSF2002	Machine sew materials
MSFSF2003	Machine sew specialised sewn products
MSFSF2004	Hand sew soft furnishings
MSFSF2005	Operate a steam press
MSFSF2006	Calculate fabric quantities for window coverings
MSFSF2007	Construct unlined curtains and drapes
MSFSF2008	Construct lined curtains and drapes
MSFSF2009	Construct padded pelmets
MSFSF2014	Use soft furnishing sector hand and power tools

Blinds, awnings and shade sail - production

Unit code	Unit title
MSTTF2009	Identify and select canvas and sail materials
MSTTF2014	Weld plastic materials
MSFBA2001	Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools
MSFBA2002	Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings sector static machines
MSFBA2004	Construct roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings
MSFBA2005	Construct vertical-style blinds
MSFBA2006	Construct textiles for canopy-style awnings
MSFBA2007	Construct plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds
MSFBA2008	Construct aluminium Venetian-style blinds
MSFBA2009	Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings
MSFBA2010	Construct aluminium roll-up style awnings

Blinds, awnings and shade sail - installation

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AHCLSC308A	Install metal structures and features
CPCCCM2002A	Carry out excavation	*
CPCCCO2013A	Carry out concreting to simple forms	*
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
MSTGN2005	Perform minor maintenance
MSTTF2015	Install products on and off-site
MSFBA3002	Install exterior blinds and awnings

Window coverings installation

Unit code	Unit title
MSFBA2003	Select and apply blinds and awnings sector hardware and fixings
MSFSF2010	Make up tracks for window coverings
MSFSF2011	Fit and adjust curtain hardware
MSFSF2012	Fit and adjust interior blinds
MSFSF2013	Dress windows
MSFSF2014	Use soft furnishing sector hand and power tools

Upholstery

Unit code	Unit title
MSFUP2001	Use upholstery sector hand and power tools
MSFUP2002	Fit upholstery components
MSFUP2003	Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture
MSFUP2004	Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials
MSFUP2005	Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric
MSFUP2006	Dismantle and re-assemble furniture for upholstering

Flooring technology

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFL2001	Use flooring technology sector hand and power tools
MSFFL2002	Receive and prepare floor covering materials for installation
MSFFL2003	Select, operate and maintain floor covering cutting machine
MSFFL2004	Moisture test timber and concrete floors
MSFFL2005	Remove existing floor coverings
MSFFL2006	Prepare, select and apply smoothing and patching compounds
MSFFL2007	Select and apply appropriate compounds and additives
MSFFL2008	Prepare concrete sub-floors using wet cleaning methods
MSFFL2009	Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers and damp proof membranes to concrete sub-floors
MSFFL2010	Prepare walls for covering
MSFFL2011	Select, operate and maintain grinding equipment
MSFFL2012	Select, operate and maintain shot blasting equipment
MSFFL2013	Select, operate and maintain demolition equipment
MSFFL2014	Select, operate and maintain scarifying equipment
MSFFL2015	Coarse sand timber flooring
MSFFL2016	Install hard underlays
MSFFL2017	Install carpet cushion underlays and gripper accessories
MSFFL2018	Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings
MSFFL2019	Install carpet tiles using standard installation procedures
MSFFL2020	Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings to stairs
MSFFL2021	Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings
MSFFL2022	Install resilient tiles using standard installation procedures
MSFFL2023	Install laminate timber and bamboo flooring
MSFFL2025	Install impact and sound absorption underlay
MSFFL2026	Nail strip timber flooring
MSFFL2027	Install expansion joints
MSFFL2028	Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring

Mattress and base making

Unit code	Unit title
MSFMB2001	Prepare and assemble base unit
MSFMB2002	Assemble mattress components
MSFMB2003	Cut mattress and base fabrics
MSFMB2004	Assemble springs for mattresses
MSFMB2005	Make springs for mattresses and bases
MSFMB2006	Set up, operate and maintain a tape edging machine
MSFMB2007	Set up, operate and maintain a quilting machine
MSFSF2014	Use soft furnishing sector hand and power tools

Coopering

Unit code	Unit title
MSFCP2001	Use coopering sector hand and power tools
MSFCP2002	Produce barrels using non-fired processes
MSFCP2003	Produce barrels using fired processes
MSFCP2004	Maintain and repair barrels
MSFFM2006	Hand make timber joints
MSFFM2012	Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines
MEM05007C	Perform manual heating and thermal cutting
MEM05012C	Perform routine manual metal arc welding

Group B

A maximum of three (3) relevant units may be selected from:

units not previously selected from Group A

units from Group B, below

relevant units from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are available at Certificate II or Certificate III level.

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group B must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCUS201	Deliver a service to customers
BSBINN201	Contribute to workplace innovation
BSBITU101	Operate a personal computer
BSBITU306	Design and produce business documents
HLTAID003	Apply first aid
MSFGN2002	Move and store materials and products
MSS402001	Apply competitive systems and practices
MSS402002	Sustain process improvements
MSS402010	Manage the impact of change on own work
MSS402020	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402021	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402030	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS402040	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402050	Monitor process capability
MSS402051	Apply quality standards
TLIA2011	Package goods
TLIA2013	Receive goods
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF20213 Certificate II in Furniture Finishing

Modification History

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of finishing techniques for furniture and covers basic dismantling and assembly of furniture items for surface finishing involving known routines and procedures and some accountability for the quality of outcomes. It involves collaboration with others through members of a group or team.

Meaningful involvement of industry is essential to achieving this qualification outcome and workplace visits and placement to ensure exposure of learners to realistic workplace conditions and employer expectations is required.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF20213 Certificate II in Furniture Finishing, competency must be achieved in thirteen (13) units of competency.

eight (8) core units of competency

five (5) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all eight (8) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS100	Follow WHS procedures
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFFF2001	Use furniture finishing sector hand and power tools
MSFFF2003	Remove surface coatings
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select five (5) units from Groups A and B as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of three (3) units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2002	Dismantle and reassemble furniture
MSFFF2004	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFF2005	Maintain spray equipment and booth
MSFFF2006	Apply surface coatings by spray gun
MSFFF2007	Apply stains, fillers and bleach
MSFFF2008	Apply surface coatings by hand

Group B

A maximum of two (2) relevant units may be chosen from other units not selected in Group A, or units available in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. The units must be aligned at Certificate II or III level.

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group B must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF20202 Certificate II in Furniture Finishing. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF20313 Certificate II in Furniture Making

Modification History

Release 4 – Group A selection corrected. Additional information in qualification descriptor. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Unit title corrected for MSFFM2010. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform the manufacture of free-standing furniture or built-in cabinets, and provide on-site assistance in the installation of furniture or cabinets involving known routines and procedures and some accountability for the quality of outcomes. It reflects vocational outcomes for those performing assistant cabinet maker, assistant installer of built-in cabinets, and production operator within a cabinet making enterprise. Cabinets include free-standing and built-in furniture or fitted cabinets, such as those used in kitchens and bathrooms. Skills are also included that cover assisting in the installation or renovation of kitchens and bathrooms and other fitted cabinets, which involves collaboration with others through members of a group or team. This qualification does not cover shopfitting.

Meaningful involvement of industry is essential to achieving this qualification outcome and workplace visits and placement to ensure exposure of learners to realistic workplace conditions and employer expectations is required.

This qualification is not suitable for students who are not formally engaged in a traineeship in accordance with the Australian Apprenticeships policy. The MSF20516 Certificate II in Furniture Making Pathways is the appropriate qualification for VET delivered to secondary students.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the state and territory where work is undertaken licensing may relate to this qualification where the candidate is required to work on-site. The licensing requirement will usually involve construction induction training. Where licensing is required the unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry should be selected. If no licensing requirement exists (e.g. where all work will be off-site) then the unit MSMWHS200 Work safely should be selected

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF20313 Certificate II in Furniture Making, competency must be achieved in thirteen (13) units of competency.

five (5) core units of competency

eight (8) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all five (5) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFFM2001	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select eight (8) unit from Groups A, B or C as specified below.

Group A

Select one (1) unit only from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
CPCCOHS1001A	Work safely in the construction industry
OR
MSMWHS200	Work safely

NB: Unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry above is necessary to achieve a National Construction Safety Card required for all on-site work access.

Group B

Select a minimum of four (4) units from Group B with a maximum of two (2) units coded MSS.

Unit code	Unit title
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSMSUP240	Undertake minor maintenance
MSMSUP273	Handle goods
MSFFF2004	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFF2006	Apply surface coatings by spray gun
MSFFM2002	Assemble furnishing components
MSFFM2003	Select and apply hardware
MSFFM2004	Apply sheet laminates by hand
MSFFM2005	Join solid timber
MSFFM2006	Hand make timber joints
MSFFM2007	Follow plans to assemble production furniture
MSFFM2008	Bend and form cane
MSFFM2009	Construct cane furniture
MSFFM2010	Set up and operate basic static machines
MSFFM2011	Apply manufactured board conversion techniques
MSFFM2012	Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines
MSFKB2001	Prepare for cabinet installation
MSFKB2002	Provide assistance in cabinet installation
MSS402001	Apply competitive manufacturing practices
MSS402002	Sustain process improvements
MSS402020	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402010	Manage the impact of change on own work
MSS402050	Monitor process capability
MSS402051	Apply quality standards
MSS402081	Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy

Group C

Up to three (3) relevant units may be chosen from other or units available in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 3 units) or Certificate III level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group C must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 4 – Group A selection corrected. Additional information in qualification descriptor. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Unit title corrected for MSFFM2010. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - Supersedes and is based on LMF20309 Certificate II in Furniture Making. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing

Modification History

Release 4 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Unit title corrected for MSFGG3020. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform basic glass and glazing job roles, such as safely processing and moving thin glass. It may include assembly/repair of leadlight and stained glass involving known routines and procedures and some accountability for the quality of outcomes.

This qualification is typically used to develop skills and knowledge in basic glass and glazing techniques that include employment-related skills, including preparatory access and participation skills, broad-based induction skills and/or specific workplace skills. It involves collaboration with others through members of a group or team.

Meaningful involvement of industry is essential to achieving this qualification outcome and workplace visits and placement to ensure exposure of learners to realistic workplace conditions and employer expectations is required.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing, competency must be achieved in thirteen (13) units of competency.

five (5) core units of competency

eight (8) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all five (5) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS100	Follow WHS procedures
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations

ELECTIVE UNITS

Complete eight (8) elective units of competency from Groups A, B and C as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of five (5) units from this Group.

Unit code	Unit title
HLTAID003	Apply first aid
MSFGG2001	Use glass and glazing sector hand and power tools
MSFGG2002	Use, handle and store glass and glazing products and consumables
MSFGG2003	Operate glass freefall rack and table
MSFGG2004	Process thin glass by hand
MSFGG2005	Apply basic glass handling
MSFGG2006	Move single glass sheets by mechanical means
MSFGG2007	Process glass by basic machines
MSFGG2008	Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors
MSFSL2001	Assemble leadlight and stained glass components

Group B

Select a maximum of three (3) units from this Group.

Unit code	Unit title
CUAACD101	Use basic drawing techniques
CUADRA201	Develop drawing skills
MSFFM3024	Construct jigs and fixtures
MSFGG2009	Fabricate and assemble frames
MSFGG2010	Fabricate and install insect and security screens
MSFGG3014	Construct and repair leadlight panels
MSFGG3020	Use static machines for aluminum and unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) fabrication
MSFSS2003	Undertake surface preparation

Group C

Up to three (3) relevant units may be chosen from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 3 units) or Certificate III level (maximum 2 units).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF20411 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF20516 Certificate II in Furniture Making Pathways

Modification History

Release 1. New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to structured on-the-job learning in a workplace may not be available. This qualification is only for institutional delivery.

The qualification is intended for people interested in exposure to a furniture making or related working environment with a view to entering into employment in that area.

This qualification delivers broad-based underpinning skills and knowledge in a range of furniture making tasks which will enhance the graduates’ entry-level employment prospects for apprenticeships, traineeships or general employment in a furniture manufacturing environment or related workplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF20516 Certificate II in Furniture Making Pathways competency must be achieved in a minimum of twelve (12) units of competency, chosen as outlined below:

all five (5) core units of competency

a minimum of six (6) units of competency from Group A

a maximum of one (1) unit of competency from Group B.

There are no units with prerequisite requirements in this qualification.

This qualification does not allow for the importation of units of competency from other Training Packages or other MSF qualifications. The units listed below are the only units that can be accessed for achievement of this qualification.

Core units
Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMPCI103	Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFFP2001	Undertake a basic furniture making project
MSFFP2002	Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry
Elective units Group A
Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MSFFM2001	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools
MSFFM2002	Assemble furnishing components
MSFFM2003	Select and apply hardware
MSFFP2003	Prepare surfaces
MSFFP2004	Apply domestic surface coatings
MSFFP2005	Join materials used in furnishing
MSFFP2006	Make simple timber joints
MSFFP2007	Identify materials used in furnishing production
MSFFP2008	Make a basic upholstery product
MSFFP2009	Identify materials suitable for kitchen or bathroom construction
MSFFP2010	Research and draw a basic kitchen or bathroom design
Group B
Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSMPCI101	Adapt to work in industry
MSMSUP106	Work in a team

The units coded MSFFP are pathways units for use in this qualification and other pre-vocational pathways qualifications. They should not be imported to other MSA manufacturing work based qualifications.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 1. New qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30113 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing

Modification History

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform a wide range of tasks associated with the preparation of surfaces and applying stains, coatings and finishes to furniture in manufacture or repair. Participation in teams, including group or team coordination, may be required.

A specialisation in French polishing can be recognised in this qualification where the following elective units are achieved:

MSFFF2003 Remove surface coatings

MSFFF2004 Prepare surfaces for finishing

MSFFF2007 Apply stains, fillers and bleach

MSFFF2008 Apply surface coatings by hand

MSFFF3001 Match and make up colours

MSFFF3007 Apply graining and decorative finishes

MSFFF3008 Apply traditional French polishing techniques

Where this specialisation is achieved, RTOs should identify this as follows:

MSF30113 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing

(specialising in French Polishing)

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF30113 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing, competency must be achieved in twenty-three (23) units of competency.

ten (10) core units of competency

thirteen (13) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all ten (10) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFFF2001	Use furniture finishing sector hand and power tools
MSFFF2002	Dismantle and re-assemble furniture
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select thirteen (13) units from Groups A, B and C as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of eight (8) units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2003	Remove surface coatings
MSFFF2004	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFF2005	Maintain spray equipment and booth
MSFFF2006	Apply surface coatings by spray gun
MSFFF2007	Apply stains, fillers and bleach
MSFFF3001	Match and make up colours
MSFFF3003	Apply plural component coatings
MSFFF3004	Apply soft rubber techniques
MSFFF3006	Repair and touch up surfaces

Group B

Select at least one (1) unit from Group B.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2008	Apply surface coatings by hand
MSFFF3002	Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coatings systems
MSFFF3005	Enhance finishes
MSFFF3007	Apply graining and decorative finishes
MSFFF3008	Apply traditional French polishing techniques
MSFFF3009	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems

Group C

Up to four (4) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected from Groups A and B, or units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate III level (maximum 4 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group C must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF30202 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30213 Certificate III in Furniture Making

Modification History

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform a wide range of tasks in furniture making, including interpretation of specifications drawings, use of specialised machines and hand techniques.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF30213 Certificate III in Furniture Making, competency must be achieved in twenty-eight (28) units of competency.

fifteen (15) core units of competency

thirteen (13) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all fifteen (15) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFFF2004	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFM2001	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools
MSFFM2002	Assemble furnishing components
MSFFM2006	Hand make timber joints
MSFFM2010	Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines
MSFFM2011	Apply manufactured board conversion techniques
MSFFM3009	Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select thirteen (13) units from Groups A or B as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of seven (7) units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFM2003	Select and apply hardware
MSFFM2004	Apply sheet laminates by hand
MSFFM2005	Join solid timber
MSFFM2007	Follow plans to assemble production furniture
MSFFM2008	Bend and form cane
MSFFM2009	Construct cane furniture
MSFFM2012	Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines
MSFFM3001	Construct chair and couch frames
MSFFM3002	Construct furniture using leg and rail method
MSFFM3003	Produce angled and curved furniture using manufactured board
MSFFM3004	Produce angled and curved furniture using solid timber
MSFFM3005	Fabricate custom furniture
MSFFM3006	Install furnishing products
MSFFM3007	Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture
MSFFM3008	Select timbers for furniture production
MSFFM3010	Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications
MSFFM3011	Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products
MSFFM3012	Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines
MSFFM3013	Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines
MSFFM3014	Set up, operate and maintain joining machines
MSFFM3015	Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines
MSFFM3016	Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines
MSFFM3017	Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines
MSFFM3018	Set up, operate and maintain mechanical wood-turning lathes
MSFFM3019	Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines
MSFFM3020	Fabricate synthetic solid surface products
MSFFM3021	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines
MSFFM3022	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres
MSFFM3023	Produce and maintain cutting tools
MSFFM3024	Construct jigs and fixtures

Group B

Up to six (6) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected from Group A, or units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate III level (maximum 6 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group B must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF30302 Certificate III in Furniture Making. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30313 Certificate III in Timber and Composites Machining

Modification History

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform timber and composites machining for the manufacture of furniture, cabinetry, windows and doors, and other components utilising a range of specialist machinery, and includes preparing and working from drawings and cutting lists. The skills include static and computer numerically controlled (CNC) machine set up, operation maintenance and basic troubleshooting.

There are three possible specialist streams embedded in this qualification:

Stream 1 -- Flat Panel Machining

Stream 2 – Solid Timber Machining

Stream 3 – Machining Technician

Units may be chosen from the specialist stream elective groups to achieve any of the three specialisations or a broad combination of competencies can be selected from all electives with no identified specialisation.

Where specialisation is achieved, RTOs should identify this as follows:

MSF30313 Certificate III in Timber and Composites Machining

(Flat Panel Machining)

or

MSF30313 Certificate III in Timber and Composites Machining

(Solid Timber Machining)

or

MSF30313 Certificate III in Timber and Composites Machining

(Machining Technician)

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF30313 Certificate III in Timber and Composites Machining, competency must be achieved in twenty-seven (27) units of competency.

eleven (11) core units of competency

sixteen (16) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all eleven (11) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFFM2001	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools
MSFFM2010	Set up and operate basic static machines
MSFFM3009	Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings
MSFFM3010	Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select sixteen (16) units from Groups A, B, C, D or E as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of seven (7) units from Group A for a specialisation in Stream 1 - Flat Panel Machining

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2004	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFM2002	Assemble furnishing components
MSFFM2004	Apply sheet laminates by hand
MSFFM2007	Follow plans to assemble production furniture
MSFFM2011	Apply manufactured board conversion techniques
MSFFM3012	Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines
MSFFM3013	Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines
MSFFM3019	Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines
MSFFM3020	Fabricate synthetic solid surface products

Group B

Select a minimum of seven (7) units from Group B for a specialisation in Stream 2 – Solid Timber Machining

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFDT4009	Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs
MSFFM2005	Join solid timber
MSFFM3008	Select timbers for furniture production
MSFFM3014	Set up, operate and maintain joining machines
MSFFM3015	Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines
MSFFM3016	Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines
MSFFM3017	Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines
MSFFM3018	Set up, operate and maintain mechanical wood-turning lathes
MSFFM3024	Construct jigs and fixtures

Group C

Select a minimum of seven (7) units from Group C for a specialisation in Stream 3 –Machining Technician

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSTGN4012	Fabricate or machine tooling
MEM07001B	Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment	*
MEM14003B	Undertake basic production scheduling
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM30017A	Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools
MSFFM3021	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines
MSFFM3022	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres
MSFFM3023	Produce and maintain cutting tools
MSFFT4005	Install and commission computer numerically controlled (CNC) software
MSS402001	Apply competitive manufacturing practices
MSS402020	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402060	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402081	Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy
MSS403051	Mistake proof an operational process
UEENEEH166A	Fault find microcontroller based hardware

Group D

Select up to five (5) units from Group D.

Unit code	Unit title
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MSFDN4003	Produce patterns and templates
MSFFM2012	Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines
MSFFM3007	Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture
MSFFM3011	Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products
MSFFT4007	Sample, inspect and test products to specifications
MSS402010	Manage the impact of change on own work
MSS402021	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402051	Apply quality standards
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

Group E

Up to five (5) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected from Groups A, B C, or D or units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate III level (maximum 5 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group E must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF30502 Certificate III in Furniture Making (Wood Machining). Outcomes are not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing

Modification History

Release 5 - Group A and Group E selection corrected. Additional information in qualification descriptor. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 4 - Inclusion of three (3) new units in Group D. Imported units updated. Equivalent

Release 3 - Unit codes corrected for MSFFM3024 and HLTAID003. Unit titles corrected for MSFGG3020 and MSFGG4003. No change in outcomes

Release 2 - Two unit titles corrected - no change in outcomes

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of glass and glazing job roles, including safely manufacturing, processing, moving and installing various types of glass and handling glazing materials and components.

The MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing reflects vocational outcomes for those performing glass processing, glazing or architectural glass functions in residential and commercial operations and could include manufacturing, processing, installation and stained glass and leadlighting design. Job roles would be in a defined range of skilled operations, usually within a range of broader related activities involving known routines, methods and procedures, where some discretion and judgement is required in the selection of equipment, services or contingency measures and within known time constraints.

Specialisation is possible in this qualification depending on the electives chosen. A specialisation can be identified on the testamur where a minimum of six (6) elective units of competency are achieved in one of the three elective groups and units chosen must include those marked with ‘#’ in each specialist group:

Group B - Glass Processing

Group C - Glazing

Group D - Architectural Stained Glass

Where specialisation is achieved, RTOs should identify this as follows:

MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing

(specialising in Glass Processing/Glazing/Architectural Stained Glass)

There are no specific licenses that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the state and territory where work is undertaken licensing may relate to this qualification where the candidate is required to work on-site. The licensing requirement will usually involve construction induction training. Where licensing is required the unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry should be selected. If no licensing requirement exists (e.g. where all work will be off-site) then the unit MSMWHS200 Work safely should be selected

Depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Licensing of glazing work applies in Queensland, NSW and South Australia. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing, competency must be achieved in twenty-four (24) units of competency:

eleven (11) core units of competency

thirteen (13) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all of the following eleven (11) units of competency.

Unit code	Unit title
HLTAID003	Apply first aid
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFGG2001	Use glass and glazing sector hand and power tools
MSFGG2003	Operate glass freefall rack and table
MSFGG2004	Process thin glass by hand
MSFGG2005	Apply basic glass handling
MSFGG2006	Move single glass sheets by mechanical means
MSFGG2007	Process glass by basic machines
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select thirteen (13) units from Groups A, B, C, D, E and F as specified below.

Group A

Select one (1) unit only from Group A

Unit code	Unit title
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
OR
MSMWHS200	Work safely

Select a minimum of seven (7) units from Groups B, C or D (at least six (6) units must be selected from one group to achieve that specialisation and chosen units must include those marked with ‘#’ in each specialist group)

Group B – Glass Processing

Unit code	Unit title
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MSFFM3024	Construct jigs and fixtures
MSFGG3001	Store and handle glass
MSFGG3003	Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means #
MSFGG3004	Process thick glass #
MSFGG3005	Process glass by semi-automatic machines
MSFGG3006	Process glass by automatic machines
MSFGG3007	Apply and handle films and coated glass
MSFGG3008	Form glass
MSFGG3009	Apply patterns and designs to glass
MSFGG3010	Set up and operate glass laminating equipment
MSFGG3011	Set up and operate glass toughening equipment
MSFGG3012	Set up and operate glass mirroring equipment
MSFGG3013	Set up and operate insulated glass unit manufacturing equipment

Group C – Glazing

Unit code	Unit title
MSFGG2002	Use, handle and store glass and glazing products and consumables
MSFGG2008	Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors #
MSFGG2009	Fabricate and assemble frames
MSFGG2010	Fabricate and install insect and security screens
MSFGG3002	Assess glass and glazing requirements #
MSFGG3015	Fabricate and install shower screens and wardrobe doors
MSFGG3016	Fabricate and install residential windows and doors
MSFGG3017	Fabricate and install commercial glazing
MSFGG3018	Prepare and install architectural engineered glazing
MSFGG3019	Conduct commercial and structural re-glazing
MSFGG3020	Use static machines for aluminium and unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) fabrication
MSFGG3021	Prepare and install mirrors and glass splashbacks

Group D – Architectural Stained Glass

Unit code	Unit title
MSFGG3014	Construct and repair leadlight panels
MSFSL2001	Assemble leadlight and stained glass components #
MSFSL3001	Apply product and material knowledge to leadlight and stained glass operations
MSFSL3002	Protect stained glass and leadlighting
MSFSL3003	Fabricate and install residential leadlight and stained glass windows and doors
MSFSL3004	Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass
MSFSL3005	Paint and fire glass
MSFSL3006	Assemble copper foil glass components
MSFSL3007	Fuse glass
MSFSL3008	Process coloured and textured glass by hand

Group E

A maximum of four (4) units, may be selected from:

units not previously selected from Groups B, C or D

a maximum of three (3) units from Group F, below

a maximum of four (4) relevant units from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are available at Certificate II level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate III level (maximum 4 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Group F

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBWHS401	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements
CPCCCM2001A	Read and interpret plans and specifications
CPCCCM2006B	Apply basic levelling procedures	*
CPCCCM2010B	Work safely at heights	*
CPCCOHS1001A	Work safely in the construction industry
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CUAACD301	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUAACD201	Develop drawing skills to communicate ideas
CUACAL301	Produce calligraphy
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSFBA2009	Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings
MSFFM3009	Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings
MSFGG4003	Manage glass industry production scheduling
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
TAEDEL404	Mentor in the workplace
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substance
TLILIC2001	License to operate a forklift truck

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 5 - Group A and Group E selection corrected. Additional information in qualification descriptor. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 4 - Inclusion of three (3) new units in Group D. Imported units updated. Equivalent

Release 3 - Unit codes corrected for MSFFM3024 and HLTAID003. Unit titles corrected for MSFGG3020 and MSFGG4003. No change in outcomes

Release 2 - Two unit titles corrected - no change in outcomes

Release 1 - New Qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF30611 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing. Outcomes are not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30513 Certificate III in Picture Framing

Modification History

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare design requirements for framing and use mouldings and mat to frame pictures, artwork, and textiles, including use of glass and glazing materials, where required.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF30513 Certificate III in Picture Framing, competency must be achieved in twenty-one (21) units of competency.

fourteen (14) core units of competency

seven (7) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all fourteen (14) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFPF2001	Use picture framing sector hand and power tools
MSFPF2002	Cut mouldings to length
MSFPF2003	Join mouldings
MSFPF2004	Mount artwork
MSFPF2005	Cut mat boards
MSFPF2006	Cut and handle glazing materials for framing
MSFPF3001	De-frame artwork
MSFPF3005	Recognise and handle artwork for framing
MSFPF3006	Prepare design requirements for framing

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select seven (7) units from Groups A, B and C as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of four (4) units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
ICPPRN384	Set up and produce basic digital print
MSFPF2007	Assemble a basic artwork package
MSFPF2008	Recognise and repair finishes of framing materials
MSFPF3002	Decorate mat boards
MSFPF3003	Set up and operate computer numerically controlled (CNC) machines for picture framing work
MSFPF3004	Prepare textiles for framing
MSFPF3007	Apply frame finishes
MSFPF3008	Assemble a complex artwork package
MSFPF3009	Install artwork

Group B

Select up to three (3) units from Group B.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCUE304	Provide sales solutions to customers
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBITU306	Design and produce business documents
BSBSMB303	Organise finances for the micro business
BSBSMB305	Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business
BSBWOR301	Organise personal work priorities and development
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job

Group C

Up to three (3) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected from Groups A and B, or units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate III level (maximum 3 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group B must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF30802 Certificate III in Picture Framing. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30613 Certificate III in Soft Furnishing

Modification History

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform soft furnishing sewing, selection, manufacture and installation of curtains and drapes and/or blinds with required fittings and may include production administration, quality assurance, sales and manufacture of bedspreads, linen and soft furnishing accessories.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF30613 Certificate III in Soft Furnishing, competency must be achieved in twenty (20) units of competency.

six (6) core units of competency

fourteen (14) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all six (6) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFSF2014	Use soft furnishing sector hand and power tools
MSFSF3008	Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select fourteen (14) units from Groups A, B and C as specified below.

Select a minimum of ten (10) units from Groups A and B.

Group A - Manufacture

Unit code	Unit title
MSFSF2001	Cut single layer fabrics
MSFSF2002	Machine sew materials
MSFSF2003	Machine sew specialised sewn products
MSFSF2004	Hand sew soft furnishings
MSFSF2005	Operate a steam press
MSFSF2007	Construct unlined curtains and drapes
MSFSF2008	Construct lined curtains and drapes
MSFSF2009	Construct padded pelmets
MSFSF3001	Operate drop cutting machines
MSFSF3002	Use automated curtain pleating equipment
MSFSF3003	Follow patterns to produce window toppings
MSFSF3004	Construct Roman-style blinds
MSFSF3005	Construct Austrian festoon-style blinds
MSFSF3006	Chemically join textiles
MSFSF3007	Lay out patterns and cut fabrics
MSFSF3009	Manufacture bedspreads, bed linen and table cloths
MSFSF3012	Follow patterns to produce soft furnishing accessories

Group B - Installation

Unit code	Unit title
MSFSF2010	Make up tracks for window coverings
MSFSF2011	Fit and adjust curtain hardware
MSFSF2012	Fit and adjust interior blinds
MSFSF2013	Dress windows
MSFSF3011	Install motorised curtains and blinds

Group C

Up to four (4) relevant units may be chosen from:

units not already selected from Groups A and B

Group C units, below

other units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate III level (maximum 4 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group C must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBITU306	Design and produce business documents
BSBMKG413	Promote products and services
MSMOPS212	Use enterprise computer or data systems
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSFFT4009	Match furnishing style materials to customer requirements
MSFFT4011	Purchase materials and consumables
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
MSFSF3010	Advise customers on interior decoration
MSFSF3013	Provide technical advice to customers
MSS402020	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402021	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402040	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402050	Monitor process capability
MSS402051	Apply quality standards
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction
TLIA4032	Organise transport of freight or goods

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF30902 Certificate III in Soft Furnishing. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30713 Certificate III in Upholstery

Modification History

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform upholstery, including dismantling and reassembling furniture; selecting, cutting, sewing and fitting fabric and leather upholstery materials; and producing loose covers. There is a specialist stream in production upholstery.

Specialisation is possible in this qualification depending on the electives chosen. A specialisation can be identified on the testamur where a minimum of two (2) Group A elective units of competency are achieved in production upholstery.

Where the production upholstery specialisation is achieved, RTOs should identify this as follows:

MSF30713 Certificate III in Upholstery

(specialising in Production Upholstery)

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF30713 Certificate III in Upholstery, competency must be achieved in twenty-five (25) units of competency.

fourteen (14) core units of competency

eleven (11) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all fourteen (14) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
MSFUP2001	Use upholstery sector hand and power tools
MSFUP2002	Fit upholstery components
MSFUP2004	Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials
MSFUP2005	Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric
MSFUP2006	Dismantle and reassemble furniture for upholstering
MSFUP3002	Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select eleven (11) units from Groups A, B and C as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of two (2) units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
Production Upholstery Stream
MSFUP2003	Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture
MSFUP3008	Apply finishing techniques to upholstered furniture
Upholstery Stream
MSFUP3010	Cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture
MSFUP3011	Cut, sew and fit or fill cushions

Group B

Select up to nine (9) units from Groups B and C.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFSF3010	Advise customers on interior decoration
MSFUP3001	Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture
MSFUP3003	Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using decorative techniques
MSFUP3004	Lay out patterns and cut leather
MSFUP3005	Machine sew complex upholstery final cover materials
MSFUP3006	Fit and apply leather to furniture
MSFUP3007	Manufacture and fit loose covers
MSFUP3009	Develop cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabric
MSFUP3012	Apply marine sewing and installation techniques
MSFUP3013	Cut and sew canvas and acrylics
MSFUP3014	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) cutting machines

Group C

Up to six (6) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected from Groups A or B, or from units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate III level (maximum 6 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group C must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF31002 Certificate III in Upholstery and LMF31102 Certificate III in Production Upholstery. Outcomes are equivalent. Additional elective units available.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30813 Certificate III in Flooring Technology

Modification History

Release 5 - Additional advice re elective choice and WHS units. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 4 - One new unit in Group A - Timber. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Two unit titles corrected for MSFFL3027 and MSFFL3039. No change in outcomes.

Release 2 - One imported elective unit updated with current release. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform flooring technology tasks, including preparing flooring surfaces, including polished concrete floors; and installing and finishing carpet, resilient, vinyl and timber flooring materials and polished concrete floors.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF30813 Certificate III in Flooring Technology, competency must be achieved in twenty-five (25) units of competency.

eleven(11) core units of competency

fourteen (14) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all eleven (11) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFFL2001	Use flooring technology sector hand and power tools
MSFFL2002	Receive and prepare floor covering materials for installation
MSFFL3001	Plan and cost flooring technology work
MSFFL3002	Establish and maintain a safe flooring technology work environment
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select fourteen (14) units from Groups A, B and C as specified below.

A minimum of nine (9) units in any combination from Groups A and B with at least four (4) units being coded MSFFL****

A maximum of five (5) units from Group C

Note that the unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry may be selected only if a licensing requirement exists (e.g. where work is to be conducted on site). Where work is undertaken off-site, WHS is covered by the core unit MSMWHS200 Work safely.

Group A

Unit code	Unit title
Carpets
MSFFL2017	Install carpet cushion underlays and gripper accessories
MSFFL2018	Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings
MSFFL2019	Install carpet tiles using standard installation procedures
MSFFL2020	Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings to stairs
MSFFL3005	Install carpet tiles using custom designs
MSFFL3006	Install adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings
MSFFL3007	Install commercial carpet floor coverings
MSFFL3008	Install patterned carpet floor coverings
MSFFL3009	Install custom design carpet and decorative finishes
MSFFL3010	Install synthetic floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces
MSFFL3011	Install carpet floor coverings to custom design stairs
Resilient
MSFFL2021	Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings
MSFFL2022	Install resilient tiles using standard installation procedures
MSFFL3012	Install linoleum floor coverings
MSFFL3013	Install commercial vinyl floor coverings
MSFFL3014	Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes
MSFFL3015	Install resilient tiles using custom design and decorative finishes
MSFFL3016	Install rubber floor coverings
MSFFL3017	Install resilient sheet to walls
MSFFL3018	Install resilient sheet to bench and countertops
MSFFL3019	Install anti-static resilient floor coverings
MSFFL3020	Install conductive resilient floor coverings
MSFFL3021	Cut and install resilient floor coverings to stairs
Coatings
MSFFF3001	Match and make up colours
MSFFL3022	Mix and apply epoxy and seamless floor coverings
MSFFL3023	Apply solvent-based coatings to timber floors
MSFFL3024	Apply water-based coatings to timber floors
MSFFL3025	Apply oil-based coatings to timber floors
MSFFL3026	Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring
MSFFL3027	Apply emulsion wax to timber flooring
MSFFL3028	Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring
Timber
MSFFL2004	Moisture test timber and concrete floors
MSFFL2015	Coarse sand timber flooring
MSFFL2023	Install laminate timber and bamboo flooring
MSFFL2024	Install engineered timber flooring
MSFFL2026	Nail strip timber flooring
MSFFL2027	Install expansion joints
MSFFL2028	Install mouldings and edge trims to timber floors
MSFFL3029	Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring
MSFFL3030	Cut and install timber flooring to stairs
MSFFL3031	Install direct stick timber flooring
MSFFL3032	Inspect defective timber flooring
MSFFL3033	Install block parquetry flooring
MSFFL3034	Install cork tiles
MSFFL3035	Install patterned parquetry flooring
MSFFL3036	Install mosaic parquetry flooring
MSFFL3037	Install sprung timber flooring
MSFFL3038	Install strip timber flooring onto battens
MSFFL3039	Install strip timber flooring onto plywood
MSFFL3040	Repair timber flooring
MSFFL3041	Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring
MSFFL3051	Install timber flooring to joists
Sanding and Finishing
MSFFL3042	Fine sand timber flooring
MSFFL3043	Edge sand timber flooring
MSFFL3044	Sand cork flooring
MSFFL3045	Sand and fill parquetry flooring
MSFFL3046	Apply finishes to cork flooring

Concrete Polishing	Prerequisites
CPCCCO3046A	Repair and rectify concrete	*
MSFFL2008	Prepare concrete sub-floors using wet cleaning methods
MSFFL2011	Select, operate and maintain grinding equipment
MSFFL3047	Polish concrete floors using planetary machines
MSFFL3048	Select and fit diamond polishing tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing
MSFFL3049	Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces

Group B

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBSMB406	Manage small business finances
CPCCOHS1001A	Work safely in the construction industry
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCWP3002A	Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic design elements
MSFFL2003	Select, operate and maintain floor covering cutting machine
MSFFL2005	Remove existing floor coverings
MSFFL2006	Prepare, select and apply smoothing and patching compounds
MSFFL2007	Select and apply appropriate compounds and additives
MSFFL2010	Prepare walls for covering
MSFFL2016	Install hard underlays
MSFFL2025	Install impact and sound absorption underlay
MSFFL3003	Inspect sub-floors
MSFFL3050	Provide advice to customers on flooring products
MSFFT4009	Match furnishing styles to customer requirements
MSS402051	Apply quality standards
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction
TAEDEL404	Mentor in the workplace

Group C

Up to five (5) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected from Groups A or B, or units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 2 units), Certificate III level (maximum 5 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 2 units).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group C must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 5 - Additional advice re elective choice and WHS units. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 4 - One new unit in Group A - Timber. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Two unit titles corrected for MSFFL3027 and MSFFL3039. No change in outcomes.

Release 2 - One imported elective unit updated with current release. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF31208 Certificate III in Flooring Technology. Outcomes are not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30913 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles

Modification History

Release 3 - Additional advice re elective choice and WHS units. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to design, construct, install and repair interior and exterior blinds and awnings and security screens and grilles using a range of materials, fixtures and fittings for residential and commercial premises.

Work is usually performed in a defined range of skilled operations, usually within a range of broader related activities involving known routines, methods and procedures, where some discretion and judgement is required in the selection of equipment, services or contingency measures and within known time constraints.

Specialisation is possible in this qualification depending on the electives chosen. A specialisation can be identified on the testamur where a minimum of five (5) Group A elective units of competency are achieved in blinds and awnings or a minimum of five (5) Group B elective units of competency are achieved in security screens and grilles.

Where a specialisation is achieved, RTOs should identify this as follows:

MSF30913 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles

(specialising in Blinds and Awnings) or (specialising in Security Screens and Grilles)

Licensing applies in some jurisdictions for installation of blinds, awnings, security screens/grilles and shade sails. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF30913 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles competency must be achieved in twenty-five (25) units of competency.

ten (10) core units of competency

fifteen (15) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all ten (10) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBFLM303	Contribute to effective workplace relationships
BSBPRO401	Develop product knowledge
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSFBA2001	Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles sector hand and power tools
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN2002	Move and store materials and products
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select fifteen (15) units from Groups A, B, C and D as specified below.

Select a minimum of five (5) units from Groups A or B.

Group A – Blinds and Awnings

Unit code	Unit title
MSFBA2002	Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings sector static machines
MSFBA2003	Select and apply blinds and awnings sector hardware and fixings
MSFBA2004	Construct roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings
MSFBA2005	Construct vertical-style blinds
MSFBA2006	Construct textiles for canopy-style awnings
MSFBA3001	Install interior blinds
MSFSF2001	Cut single layer fabrics
MSFSF2002	Machine sew materials

Group B – Security Screens and Grilles

Unit code	Unit title
HLTAID003	Apply first aid
MSFGG2001	Use glass and glazing hand and power tools
MSFGG2008	Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors
MSFGG2010	Fabricate and install insect and security screens
MSFSS2002	Prepare product for Australian Standards testing
MSFSS2003	Undertake surface preparation
MSFSS3001	Install security screens and grilles
MSFSS3002	Apply patterns and designs to security screens and grilles
MSFSS3003	Resolve quality and compliance issues

Group C

Select a minimum of five (5) units from Group C.

Blinds, Awnings and Shade Sail Installation

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
AHCLSC308A	Install metal structures and features
CPCCCM2002A	Carry out excavation	*
CPCCCO2013A	Carry out concreting to simple forms	*
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
MSFBA3002	Install exterior blinds and awnings
MSTGN2005	Perform minor maintenance
MSTTF2015	Install products on and off-site

Group D

Up to five (5) relevant units may be chosen from:

units not already selected from Groups A, B and C

units in Group D, below - note that the unit CPCCOHS1001A may be selected only if a licensing requirement exists (e.g. where work is to be conducted on site).

units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 2 units), Certificate III level (maximum 5 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 2 units).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group D must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBADM311	Maintain business resources
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBFLM309	Support continuous improvement systems and processes
BSBINN201	Contribute to workplace innovation
BSBITU306	Design and produce business documents
BSBPRO301	Recommend products and services
BSBRKG304	Maintain business records
CPCCCM3001C	Operate elevated work platforms
CPCCOHS1001A	Work safely in the construction industry
MSTTF3004	Perform advanced welding of plastic materials
MSFBA2007	Construct plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds
MSFBA2008	Construct aluminium Venetian-style blinds
MSFBA2009	Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings
MSFBA2010	Construct aluminium roll-up style awnings
MSFBA3003	Install timber shutters
MSFBA3004	Construct folding-arm style awnings
MSFBA3005	Construct framework for canopy-style awnings
MSFBA3006	Construct pleated-style blinds
MSFBA3007	Construct wood-weave style blinds
MSFBA3008	Construct pelmets
MSFBA3009	Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings
MSFBA3010	Assess suitability of blinds or awnings
MSFFM2010	Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines
MSFSF3004	Construct Roman-style blinds
TLIA2011	Package goods
TLIA2013	Receive goods
TLIA3016	Use inventory systems to organise stock control
TLIA2021	Despatch stock
TLILIC2001	Licence to operate a forklift truck
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances
TLID1002	Shift a load using manually operated equipment

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3 - Additional advice re elective choice and WHS units. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification that supersedes and is based on LMF31608 Certificate III in Security Screens and Grilles and LMF31808 Certificate III in Blinds and Awnings. Outcomes are not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF31013 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services

Modification History

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A removed from Group B elective bank. Not applicable to this qualification. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to provide practical assistance and advice to customers on interior decorating in a retail, showroom or domestic environment.

The qualification reflects vocational outcomes for job roles in retailers/department stores and showrooms that provide products for interior decoration. It involves a defined range of skilled operations, usually within a range of broader related activities involving known routines, methods and procedures, where some discretion and judgement is required in the selection of equipment, services or contingency measures and within known time constraints.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF31013 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services, competency must be achieved in thirteen (13) units of competency.

four (4) core units of competency

nine (9) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all four (4) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select nine (9) units from Groups A, B and C as specified below.

Group A

Select one (1) unit from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFFL3001	Plan and cost flooring technology work
MSFSF3008	Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings

Group B

Select a minimum of five (5) units from Group B.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCUE304	Provide sales solutions to customers
BSBCMM301	Process customer complaints
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBDES202	Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context
BSBDES301	Explore the use of colour
BSBDES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
BSBFIA301	Maintain financial records
CUADIG304	Create visual design components
CUAACD301	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUAACD302	Produce computer-aided drawings
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSFBA3009	Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings
MSFFL2004	Moisture test timber and concrete floors
MSFFL3003	Inspect sub-floors
MSFFL3050	Provide advice to customers on floor coverings
MSFFT4009	Match furnishing styles and materials to customer requirements
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
MSFID3001	Source and specify decoration products
MSFID3002	Style a retail display
MSFSF3010	Advise customers on interior decoration
MSFSF3013	Provide technical advice to customers
MSS402051	Apply quality standards
SIRRRPK010A	Recommend home and home improvement products and services
SIRRINV002	Control stock
SIRXSLS001	Sell to the retail customer
SIRXSLS303	Build relationships with customers
SITXMPR003	Plan and implement sales activities

Group C

Up to three (3) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected in Groups A and B or units available in this Training Package or in other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate III (maximum 3 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group C must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A removed from Group B elective bank. Not applicable to this qualification. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on, but extends, LMF31908 Certificate III in Interior Decoration (Retail Services). Outcomes are not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF31113 Certificate III in Cabinet Making

Modification History

Release 5 – Group A and Group E selection corrected. Imported units updated. Equivalent.Release 4 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Packaging for pathways clarified and choice for Group A corrected. No changes to packaging rules.

Release 2 - One unit title corrected for MSFFM3010. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of skills at trade-level for those working in furniture making and those involved in the manufacture and installation of fitted furniture typically in a kitchen, bathroom and related context. Installation skills may be applied to new or renovation work. The work is in a defined range of skilled operations, usually within a range of broader related activities involving known routines, methods and procedures, where some discretion and judgement is required in the selection of equipment, services or contingency measures and within known time constraints.

This qualification offers a generic Certificate III in Cabinet Making, as well as two pathways targeting the skill requirements of free-standing furniture makers and kitchen and bathroom cabinet makers and installers.

The following additional qualification descriptors are approved for this qualification:

Pathway 1:	MSF31113 Certificate III in Cabinet Making (Furniture)
Pathway 2:	MSF31113 Certificate III in Cabinet Making (Kitchens and Bathrooms)

The MSS30312 Certificate III in Competitive Systems and Practices is available for employees at this level who already possess technical skills and who require additional manufacturing practice skills above those available in this qualification.

Depending on the state and territory where work is undertaken licensing may relate to this qualification where the candidate is required to work on-site assisting in kitchen and bathroom installation. The licensing requirement will usually involve construction induction training. Where licensing is required the unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry should be selected. If no licensing requirement exists e.g. where all work will be off-site then the unit MSAPMOHS200A Work safely should be selected.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF31113 Certificate III in Cabinet Making, competency must be achieved in twenty-eight (28) units of competency.

six (6) core units of competency

twenty-two (22) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all six (6) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFFM2001	Use furniture making hand and power tools
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select twenty-two (22) units from Groups A to F as specified below.

Generic qualification

one (1) unit from Group A

a minimum of eight (8) units in any combination from Groups B, C or D

a minimum of eight (8) units from Group E

Pathway 1 – Furniture

one (1) unit from Group A

a minimum of eight (8) units from groups B or D

a minimum of eight (8) units from Group E

Pathway 2 – Kitchens and Bathrooms

one (1) unit from Group A

a minimum of eight (8) units from Groups C or D

and a minimum of eight (8) units from Group E

The balance of units (up to 5) can be chosen from Group F, or from Groups B, C or D.

Group A

Unit code	Unit title
CPCCOHS1001A	Work safely in the construction industry
OR
MSMWHS200	Work safely

Group B

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2004	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFM2002	Assemble furnishing components
MSFFM2005	Join solid timber
MSFFM2006	Hand make timber joints
MSFFM3002	Construct furniture using leg and rail method
MSFFM3005	Fabricate custom furniture
MSFFM3006	Install furnishing products

Group C

Unit code	Unit title
MSFKB2001	Prepare for cabinet installation
MSFKB3001	Identify processes in kitchen and bathroom projects
MSFKB3002	Determine requirements for installation of cabinets
MSFKB3003	Check and measure fit of cabinets
MSFKB3004	Conduct on-site adjustments to cabinets and components
MSFKB3005	Fabricate cabinets for the built-in environment
MSFKB3006	Install fitted cabinets and components

Group D

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
MSFFM2003	Select and apply hardware
MSFFM2010	Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines
MSFFM2011	Apply manufactured board conversion techniques
MSFFM3010	Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications
MSFFM3021	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines
MSFFM3022	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
MSS402030	Apply cost factors to work practices

Group E

Unit code	Unit title
CUAACD302	Produce computer-aided drawings
MSMOPS363	Organise on-site work
MSMPER200	Work in accordance with an issued permit
MSMSUP390	Use structured problem solving tools
MSFFF2006	Apply surface coatings by spray gun
MSFFM2012	Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines
MSFFM3001	Construct chair and couch frames
MSFFM3003	Produce angled and curved furniture using manufactured board
MSFFM3004	Produce angled and curved furniture using solid timber
MSFFM3007	Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture
MSFFM3008	Select timbers for furniture production
MSFFM3009	Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings
MSFFM3011	Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products
MSFFM3012	Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines
MSFFM3013	Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines
MSFFM3014	Set up, operate and maintain joining machines
MSFFM3015	Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines
MSFFM3016	Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines
MSFFM3017	Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines
MSFFM3018	Set up, operate and maintain mechanical wood-turning lathes
MSFFM3019	Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines
MSFFM3020	Fabricate synthetic solid surface products
MSFFM3023	Produce and maintain cutting tools
MSFFM3024	Construct jigs and fixtures
MSFFT4001	Coordinate on-site installation of furnishing products
MSFFT4007	Sample, inspect and test products to specifications
MSFFT4008	Interpret and use workplace information
MSFFT4009	Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements
MSS402001	Apply competitive manufacturing practices
MSS402002	Sustain process improvements
MSS402010	Manage the impact of change on own work
MSS402020	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402021	Apply Just in Time procedures
MSS402040	Apply 5S procedures
MSS402050	Monitor process capability
MSS402051	Apply quality standards
MSS402060	Use planning software systems in operations
MSS402061	Use SCADA systems in operations
MSS402080	Undertake root cause analysis
MSS402081	Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

Group F

Up to five (5) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected from Groups B to E, or units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate III level (maximum 5 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group F must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 5 – Group A and Group E selection corrected. Imported units updated. Equivalent.Release 4 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Packaging for pathways clarified and choice for Group A corrected. No changes to packaging rules.

Release 2 - One unit title corrected for MSFFM3010. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification

Release 1. New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF32109 Certificate III in Cabinet Making. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF31213 Certificate III in Piano Technology

Modification History

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to repair, rebuild, re-pin, re-string and tune upright and grand pianos.

Credit can be granted towards this qualification by those who have completed a relevant Certificate II Furnishing qualification, such as MSF20213 Certificate II in Furniture Finishing or achieved equivalent industry experience.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF31213 Certificate III in Piano Technology, competency must be achieved in twenty-five (25) units of competency.

five (5) core units of competency

twenty (20) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all five (5) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select twenty (20) units from Groups A, B and C as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of twelve (12) units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSFPT3001	Apply piano industry knowledge and work techniques
MSFPT3002	Select materials for piano actions and key repairs
MSFPT3003	Repair upright and grand piano actions, keys and pedals
MSFPT3004	Rebuild upright and grand piano actions, keys and pedals
MSFPT3005	Re-string and re-pin a piano
MSFPT3006	Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos
MSFPT3007	Regulate actions, keys and pedals of grand pianos
MSFPT3008	Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics
MSFPT3009	Develop control of tuning hammers
MSFPT3010	Pitch raise a piano
MSFPT3011	Tune unisons aurally to a beatless condition
MSFPT3012	Tune octaves aurally to appropriate stretch
MSFPT3013	Tune a temperament octave to produce an equally tempered scale
MSFPT3014	Tune a piano aurally and electronically within time and accuracy constraints	*
MSFPT3015	Voice a piano
MSFPT3016	Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repairs

Group B

Select a minimum of three (3) units from Group B.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2008	Apply surface coatings by hand
MSFFF3005	Enhance finishes
MSFFF3006	Repair and touch up surfaces
MSFFF3008	Apply traditional French polishing techniques
MSFFM2002	Assemble furnishing components
MSFFM2006	Hand make timber joints
MSFFM2010	Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines
MSFGN2002	Move and store materials and products
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
TLID1002	Shift a load using manually-operated equipment
TLID2003	Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

Group C

Up to five (5) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected from Groups A and B or units available in this Training Package or other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 2 units), Certificate III level (maximum 5 units) or Certificate IV level (maximum 2 units).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group C must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF31508 Certificate III in Piano Technology. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF31313 Certificate III in Kitchens and Bathrooms - Retail Services

Modification History

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A removed from Group A elective bank. Not applicable to this qualification. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required by those working in the kitchen or bathroom industry providing limited technical advice to customers within a showroom or domestic environment. Advice will relate to a standardised range of kitchen or bathroom designs and fittings to meet client design requirements. It reflects vocational outcomes for those working in a sales environment providing technical and design information and advice on kitchen, bathroom, laundry or related products and design packages. Job roles, such as showroom sales assistants, customer liaison, and marketing officers, use sales and other customer liaison techniques with limited technical information on kitchen and bathroom products and services.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF31313 Certificate III in Kitchens and Bathrooms - Retail Services, competency must be achieved in thirteen (13) units of competency.

four (4) core units of competency

nine (9) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all four (4) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select nine (9) units from Group A and B as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of six (6) units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCUE304	Provide sales solutions to customers
BSBCMM301	Process customer complaints
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBDES202	Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context
BSBDES301	Explore the use of colour
BSBDES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
BSBFIA301	Maintain financial records
CUAACD301	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSFFT4009	Match furnishing styles and materials to customer requirements
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
MSFID3001	Source and specify decoration products
MSFID3002	Style a retail display
MSFID4009	Research architectural styles and movements
MSFKB3001	Identify processes in kitchen and bathroom projects
MSFKB3007	Provide advice on cabinet design features
MSFKB3008	Identify cabinet construction and installation methods
MSS402051	Apply quality standards
SIRRRPK010A	Recommend home and home improvement products and services
SIRRINV002	Control stock
SIRXSLS303	Build relationships with customers

Group B

Up to three (3) relevant units may be chosen from units not already selected in Group A, or units available in this Training Package or in other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate III level or Certificate IV level (maximum 1 Certificate IV unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group B must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A removed from Group A elective bank. Not applicable to this qualification. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF32009 Certificate III in Kitchens and Bathrooms (Client Services). Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF40113 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration

Modification History

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A replaced by MSMWHS200. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to provide advice and practical assistance on the finishing and furnishing of existing interior spaces to meet client requirements. Decoration at this level includes residential or commercial environments and involves working directly with the client or with associated professionals, such as architects, builders, retailers, interior designers and suppliers required to implement a project. It reflects vocational outcomes in retail, consulting and building businesses as interior decorators or colour consultants performing a broad range of skilled applications in furnishing, including requirements to evaluate and analyse current practices, develop new criteria and procedures for performing current practices, and provision of some leadership and guidance to others in the application and planning of the skills.

This qualification is typically used to develop skills and a breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge in a range of decoration advice and services, including:

research and analysis of the client's goals and requirements

planning, designing and arranging space

interior styling

specifying finishes and furnishings

selection of colours

specifications and purchasing.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Work may require access to construction sites and require construction induction training and certification covered by the unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry. Local regulations should also be checked for requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF40113 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration, competency must be achieved in nineteen (19) units of competency.

eight (8) core units of competency

eleven (11) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all eight (8) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBDES302	Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms
BSBDES303	Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms
CUAACD301	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUAACD303	Produce technical drawings
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFID4001	Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces
MSFID4002	Decorate residential interiors
MSFID4011	Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select eleven (11) units from Groups A and B as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of seven (7) units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCRT401	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBCRT402	Collaborate in a creative process
BSBDES301	Explore the use of colour
BSBDES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
BSBDES401	Generate design solutions
BSBDES403	Develop and extend design skills and practice
BSBMGT402	Implement operational plan
BSBSMB405	Monitor and manage small business operations
BSBWOR204	Use business technology
MSMWHS200	Work safely
CUADIG303	Produce and prepare photo images
CUADIG304	Create visual design components
CUAACD302	Produce computer-aided drawings
CUADES403	Research and apply techniques in spatial design
CUAILL401	Research and apply techniques for illustrative work
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFDN4001	Produce drawings from design concepts
MSFID3001	Source and specify decoration products
MSFID4003	Prepare a materials board for client presentation
MSFID4004	Research and recommend furniture and accessories
MSFID4005	Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors
MSFID4006	Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors
MSFID4007	Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors
MSFID4008	Assess interior light and recommend light fittings
MSFID4009	Research architectural styles and movements
MSFID4010	Research interior decoration and design influences

Group B

Up to four (4) relevant units can be chosen from units not already selected from Group A, or units available in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate III level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate IV level (maximum 4 units) or Diploma level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group B must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A replaced by MSMWHS200. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF40408 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF40213 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Technology

Modification History

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A replaced by MSMWHS200. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform design of furniture and the application of the design into a finished furniture product. This qualification is streamed to reflect three complementary occupational outcomes in the areas of:

Fine furniture making - with a focus on skills required to design and produce individual fine furniture for display or custom production.

Furniture design - with a focus on skills required to design furniture for volume production.

Furniture production - with a focus on purchasing, quality assurance and specialist techniques

This is a senior qualification with scope for entry from relevant trade and non-trade backgrounds.

This qualification is typically used to develop skills and a breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge in a range of furniture making, design and production techniques. The work would cover a broad range of varied activities or applications in a wide variety of contexts, most of which are complex and non-routine. Leadership and guidance would be involved when organising self and others as well as contributing to technical solutions of a non-routine or contingency nature.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF40213 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Technology, competency must be achieved in nineteen (19) units of competency.

five (5) core units of competency

fourteen (14) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all five (5) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFFDT4011	Research and select furniture materials and technology
MSFFDT4012	Research furniture styles and movements

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select fourteen (14) units from Groups A to E as specified below.

Group A

Select one (1) unit from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
Stream 1: Fine Furniture Making and Furniture Production
BSBOHS404B	Contribute to the implementation of strategies to control OHS risk
Stream 2: Furniture Design
MSFFDT4006	Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of designs

Select a minimum of eight (8) units from Group B, C or D with at least five (5) units being coded MSF******

Group B – Fine Furniture Making

Unit code	Unit title
BSBDES301	Explore the use of colour
BSBPMG522	Undertake project work
BSBSMB403	Market the small business
BSBSMB404	Undertake small business planning
CUADIG303	Produce and prepare photo images
CUAACD303	Produce technical drawings
MSFDN4003	Produce patterns and templates
MSFFDT4001	Apply finishing techniques to custom furniture
MSFFDT4002	Assemble custom furniture
MSFFDT4005	Construct and evaluate furniture prototypes and samples
MSFFDT4008	Produce and evaluate developmental furniture models to scale
MSFFDT4009	Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs
MSFFDT4013	Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom furniture
MSFFDT4014	Set up and operate a wood-turning lathe to produce off-centre work
MSFFDT4015	Produce templates and jigs for custom-made furniture
MSFFM4001	Hand carve wood to custom design
MSFFM4002	Construct joints for custom furniture
MSFFM4003	Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture
MSFFM4004	Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture
MSFFT4010	Identify and calculate production costs

Group C – Furniture Design

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBCRT401	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBCRT402	Collaborate in a creative process
BSBCRT403	Explore the history and social impact of creativity
BSBCRT501	Originate and develop concepts
BSBDES303	Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms
BSBDES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
BSBDES401	Generate design solutions
BSBDES403	Develop and extend design skills and practice
BSBDES502	Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief
BSBSMB407	Manage a small team
CUADIG304	Create visual design components
CULMS010B	Contribute to the preservation of cultural material
CUAACD302	Produce computer-aided drawings
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM16013A	Operate in a self-directed team	*
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*
MSFDN4001	Produce drawings from design concepts
MSFFDT4003	Assess and record the lifecycle of a product
MSFFDT4004	Assess environmental impact of a design
MSFFDT4007	Prepare and present furniture design information
MSFFDT4010	Research and select furniture finishes
MSFFT4009	Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements
MSS402030	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS403030	Improve cost factors in work practices

Group D – Furnishing Technology

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFAH4001	Advise on security technology, hardware and services
MSFAH4002	Prepare door hardware schedules
MSFDN4002	Produce line and component production drawings
MSFDN4004	Design, construct and test jigs
MSFDN4005	Work within a furniture design team
MSFFT4001	Coordinate on-site installation of furnishing products
MSFFT4002	Customise stock lines
MSFFT4003	Organise production processes
MSFFT4004	Establish and monitor production inventory requirements
MSFFT4005	Install and commission computer numerically controlled (CNC) software
MSFFT4006	Construct prototypes and samples
MSFFT4007	Sample, inspect and test products to specifications
MSFFT4008	Interpret and use workplace information
MSFFT4011	Purchase materials and consumables
MSFFT4012	Prepare a tender submission
MSFPF4001	Design and construct ornamental frames
MSFPF4002	Determine and apply gilding techniques

Group E

Up to five (5) relevant units can be chosen from other units not already selected from Groups B, C or D, or units available in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate III level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate IV level (maximum 5 units) or Diploma level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group E must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A replaced by MSMWHS200. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF40508 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Technology and LMF40202 Certificate IV in Furnishing Technology. Outcomes are not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF40313 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces

Modification History

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to design kitchens, bathrooms and interior spaces to meet client requirements. It targets those designing kitchens, bathrooms and other interior spaces that typically feature built-in cabinetry and furniture. Employment outcomes include small business operators in kitchen and bathroom design or product supply, and specialist design personnel. Work involves a broad range of skilled applications, including requirements to evaluate and analyse current practices, develop new criteria and procedures for performing current practices, and provision of some leadership and guidance to others in the application and planning of the skills.

This qualification is typically used to develop specialist kitchen and bathroom design skills. However, units in the qualification also support the application of design skills to other interior spaces. It is suitable for those working in the kitchens and bathroom industries, or with furnishing, joinery or cabinet making skills, in order to prepare them for providing a design service in these industries.

Work may require access to construction sites and require construction induction training and certification covered by the unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry. Local regulations should also be checked for requirements.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF40313 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces, competency must be achieved in twenty (20) units of competency:

thirteen (13) core units of competency

seven (7) elective units of competency

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Select all thirteen (13) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBDES401	Generate design solutions
CPCCOHS1001A	Work safely in the construction industry
MSFDN4001	Produce drawings from design concepts
MSFFDT4004	Assess environmental impact of a design
MSFFM3011	Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products
MSFID4001	Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces
MSFID4007	Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors
MSFID5005	Explore and apply creative design principles to interior space
MSFKB3001	Identify processes in kitchen and bathroom projects
MSFKB3008	Identify cabinet construction and installation methods
MSFKB4003	Identify and document services required to support fitted furniture designs
MSFKB4006	Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design project
MSFKB4007	Design ancillary residential cabinetry

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select seven (7) units of competency:

two (2) units must be chosen from either Group A or Group B

five (5) units may be selected from Group A, B or C

Group A - Kitchen Specialisation

Unit code	Unit title
MSFKB4001	Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen designs
MSFKB4002	Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs

Group B - Bathroom Specialisation

Unit code	Unit title
MSFKB4004	Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design
MSFKB4005	Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs

Group C

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCRT401	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBCUS402	Address customer needs
BSBDES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
CUADES403	Research and apply techniques in spatial design
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP390	Use structured problem solving tools
MSFFM3009	Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings
MSFFT4007	Sample, inspect and test products to specifications
MSFFT4008	Interpret and use workplace information
MSFFT4009	Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements
MSFID4003	Prepare a materials board for client presentation
MSFID4008	Assess interior light and recommend light fittings
MSFID4009	Research architectural styles and movements
MSFID4011	Determine work, health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects
MSFKB3003	Check and measure fit of cabinets
MSFKB3007	Provide advice on cabinet design features
MSFKB4008	Determine layout for laundry components

Group D

Up to three (3) relevant units can be chosen from units not already selected from Group A, B or C or units available in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate III level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate IV level (maximum 3 units) or Diploma level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group D must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF40609 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF40413 Certificate IV in Glass and Glazing

Modification History

Release 4 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - One unit title corrected for MSFGG4007. Prerequisite for MSS404050A identified and included in elective Group D. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform in a range of specialist and/or leadership roles, including sales, scheduling, design, production control and quality assurance functions, in a glass and glazing enterprise. This is a senior qualification with scope for entry from trade and non-trade backgrounds with relevant glass industry experience.

Leadership job roles include higher tradesperson (post-trade), factory-based leading hands/supervisors or site supervisors in glass processing, glazing or architectural glass functions in residential and commercial operations. The roles could include requirements to evaluate and analyse current practices, develop new criteria and procedures for performing current practices, and provision of leadership and guidance to others in the application and planning of glass and glazing skills. The qualification has elective options in sales and estimating, production planning, scheduling, stock control and procurement.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry and it is an industry expectation that it will be undertaken primarily by those who have completed the MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing qualification or achieved equivalent industry experience.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF40413 Certificate IV in Glass and Glazing, competency must be achieved in eighteen (18) units of competency.

four (4) core units of competency

fourteen (14) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all four (4) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBMGT401	Show leadership in the workplace
BSBWHS401	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFGG4001	Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select a minimum of ten (10) units from Groups A, B, C, D and E as specified below.

Group A – Sales and Estimating

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCUS402	Address customer needs
BSBCUS501	Manage quality customer service
BSBPMG409	Apply project scope management techniques
BSBPRO401	Develop product knowledge
BSBSLS408	Present, secure and support sales solutions
CPCCBC4012B	Read and interpret plans and specifications
MSFFT4012	Prepare a tender submission
MSFGG4002	Use glass industry data systems
MSS402031	Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements

Group B – Production and Scheduling

Unit code	Unit title
CPCCBC4005A	Produce labour and material schedules for ordering
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSFFT4007	Sample, inspect and test products to specifications
MSFFT4010	Identify and calculate production costs
MSFFT4011	Purchase materials and consumables
MSFGG4003	Manage glass industry production scheduling
TLIA4028	Assess and monitor optimum stock levels
TLIA4032	Organise transport of freight or goods

Group C - Technical

Unit code	Unit title
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic design elements
MSFDN4003	Produce patterns and templates
MSFDN5001	Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications
MSFFM3009	Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings
MSFGG4004	Perform laser measurement and levelling for glass windows and doors in buildings
MSFGG4005	Set up, configure, upgrade and troubleshoot glass and glazing plant and ancillary equipment
MSFGG4006	Operate complex glass industry control systems
MSFGG4007	Manage glass processing plant shutdown and re-start

Group D – Leading and Supervising

Unit code	Unit title
BSBLDR403	Lead team effectiveness
ICPSUP455	Supervise and schedule the work of others
MSFGG4008	Undertake planning and coordination for commercial glazing installation operations
MSS403021	Facilitate a Just in Time system
MSS404050	Undertake process capability improvements*
MSS404052	Apply statistics to operational processes
TAEDEL404	Mentor in the workplace
TAEDEL402	Plan, organise and facilitate learning in the workplace

Group E

Up to four (4) relevant units can be chosen from other units not already selected from Groups A to D or units available in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate III level (maximum 1 unit), Certificate IV level (maximum 4 units) or Diploma level (maximum 1 unit).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 4 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - One unit title corrected for MSFGG4007. Prerequisite for MSS404050A identified and included in elective Group D. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF50113 Diploma of Stained Glass and Leadlighting

Modification History

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform advanced design manufacture, repair and installation of stained glass and leadlighting, including heritage conservation. It reflects vocational outcomes for those performing design and manufacture of stained glass and leadlighting job roles, including heritage conservation. Work involves self-directed application of knowledge and skills, with substantial depth in some areas where judgement is required in planning and selecting appropriate equipment, services and techniques for self and others.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

Not applicable

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF50113 Diploma of Stained Glass and Leadlighting, competency must be achieved in twenty-three (23) units of competency.

nine (9) core units of competency

fourteen (14) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all eleven (11) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
HLTAID003	Apply first aid
MEM05003B	Perform soft soldering
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFGG2001	Use glass and glazing sector hand and power tools
MSFGG3001	Store and handle glass
MSFGG3014	Construct and repair leadlight panels
MSFGG4001	Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry
MSFSL2001	Assemble leadlight and stained glass components
MSFSL3002	Protect stained glass and leadlighting
MSFSL3003	Fabricate and install residential leadlight and stained glass windows and doors
MSFSL3004	Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select fourteen (14) units from Groups A, B, C and D as specified below.

Group A

At least one (1) unit must be selected from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFSL5001	Assess conservation requirements
MSFSL5002	Remove heritage leadlight and stained glass
MSFSL5003	Conserve heritage leadlight and stained glass
MSFSL5004	Install heritage leadlight and stained glass
MSFSL5005	Apply innovation in contemporary leadlight and stained glass

Group B

At least four (4) units must be selected from Group B.

Unit code	Unit title
CULMS010B	Contribute to the preservation of cultural material
CUAACD301	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUACAL401	Experiment with techniques to produce calligraphy
CUADES403	Research and apply techniques in spatial design
CUAGRD401	Research and apply graphic design techniques
CUVICS04B	Originate and develop a concept
CUAPPR405	Develop and discuss ideas for own creative work
MSFDN4001	Produce drawings from design concepts
MSFDN4002	Produce line and component production drawings
MSFDN4003	Produce patterns and templates
MSFDN5001	Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications

Group C

At least four (4) units must be selected from Group C.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBSMB401	Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business
BSBSMB402	Plan small business finances
BSBSMB403	Market the small business
BSBSMB404	Undertake small business planning
BSBSMB405	Monitor and manage small business operations
BSBSMB406	Manage small business finances
BSBSMB407	Manage a small team
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Group D

Up to five (5) relevant units may be chosen from units in Groups A, B and C not already selected, or units available in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate IV level (maximum 2 units), Diploma level (maximum 5 units) or Advanced Diploma level (maximum 3 units).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group D must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is based on LMF50311 Diploma of Stained Glass and Lead Lighting. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF50213 Diploma of Interior Design and Decoration

Modification History

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A replaced by MSMWHS200. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform design and decoration advice for building interiors. Design and decoration at this level covers the development of complete decorative schemes for the effective use of residential and commercial or institutional interior spaces, working with a client brief and within project parameters. It may also include specialist design areas, such as facilities for people with disabilities and the aged. Vocational outcomes include:

self-employment as an interior decorator, colour consultant or interior stylist

in-house interior designer or decorator for design and decoration consultancies, furniture, furnishings and fabric suppliers, furnishing departments of retail stores or shop fitters.

This qualification is typically used to develop a breadth, depth and complexity of skills and knowledge covering furnishings, finishes and aesthetic presentation to meet the purpose, efficiency and comfort of the space and encourage the principles of environmental sustainability. It covers a detailed understanding of the application and effect of colour and pattern in interior space and the application of historic furnishing styles and their relationship to architectural periods and heritage projects to provide a full range of decoration services, consultation and design advice, including:

researching and analysing the client's goals and requirements

planning, arranging and styling the space, and preparing detailed client presentations

selecting and specifying colour schemes, furniture, fabrics and fixtures, including layouts and detailed specifications

preparing design documentation for specialty floor coverings, fabrics and wall finishes

working with builders, architects and service contractors to advise on changes to the interior structure

producing documentation for shop fitters, cabinet makers, furniture suppliers and materials suppliers

preparing documentation for power and communications locations, reflected ceiling plans and lighting designs that reflect an understanding of basic building protocols

providing contract documentation for the pricing, procurement and installation of materials and furniture

organising the purchasing of materials, accessories, artwork and furnishings

contracting and supervising tradespeople required to implement a project.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Work may require access to construction sites and require construction induction training and certification covered by the unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry. Local regulations should also be checked for requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF50213 Diploma of Interior Design and Decoration, competency must be achieved in twenty-nine (29) units of competency.

ten (10) core units of competency

nineteen (19) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all ten (10) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBDES302	Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms
BSBDES303	Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms
BSBDES502	Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief
CUAACD301	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUAACD303	Produce technical drawings
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFID4001	Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces
MSFID4002	Decorate residential interiors
MSFID4011	Determine work, health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects
MSFID5003	Evaluate site for interior design brief

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select nineteen (19) units from Groups A, B, C and D as specified below.

Group A

Select one (1) unit from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title
MSFID5001	Design residential interiors
MSFID5002	Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site

Group B

Select a minimum of five (5) units from Group B.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
CPCCBC4037A	Prepare drawing for heritage works
BSBCRT501	Originate and develop concepts
BSBDES304	Source and apply design industry knowledge
BSBPMG522	Undertake project work
CUAANM303	Create digital 3D models
CUADIG507	Design digital simulations
MSFFDT5003	Develop self as a furniture designer
MSFID5004	Specify structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces	*
MSFID5005	Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space
MSFID5006	Design interior lighting	*
MSFID5007	Decorate for events
MSFID5008	Design for people with disabilities and the elderly
MSFID5009	Research and recommend colour and applied finishes
MSFID5010	Provide interior styling service
MSFID5011	Specify soft furnishings for complete interior solution
MSFID5012	Research and recommend artwork
MSFID5013	Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors
MSFID5014	Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects
MSFID5015	Decorate interiors for restoration projects
MSS015002	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources
SIRRMER512	Produce perspective drawings, plans and elevations
SIRRMER020A	Create and implement exhibition space

Group C

Select a minimum of eight (8) units from Group C.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCRT401	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBCRT402	Collaborate in a creative process
BSBDES301	Explore the use of colour
BSBDES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
BSBDES401	Generate design solutions
BSBDES403	Develop and extend design skills and practice
BSBMGT402	Implement operational plan
BSBSMB405	Monitor and manage small business operations
BSBWOR204	Use business technology
MSMWHS200	Work safely
CUADIG303	Produce and prepare photo images
CUADIG304	Create visual design components
CUAACD302	Produce computer-aided drawings
CUADES403	Research and apply techniques in spatial design
CUAILL401	Research and apply techniques for illustrative work
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFDN4001	Produce drawings from design concepts
MSFFDT4012	Research furniture styles and movements
MSFID3001	Source and specify decoration products
MSFID4003	Prepare a materials board for client presentation
MSFID4004	Research and recommend furniture and accessories
MSFID4005	Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors
MSFID4006	Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors
MSFID4007	Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors
MSFID4008	Assess interior light and recommend light fittings
MSFID4009	Research architectural styles and movements
MSFID4010	Research interior decoration and design influences

Group D

Up to five (5) relevant units can be chosen from other units not already selected from Groups A, B and C, or units available in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate IV level (maximum 2 units), Diploma level (maximum 5 units) or Advanced Diploma level (maximum 2 units).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group D must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3 - CPCCOHS1001A replaced by MSMWHS200. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF50408 Diploma of Interior Design and Decoration. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF50313 Diploma of Furniture Design and Technology

Modification History

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required where the design of furniture and the application of the design into a finished furniture product is the central focus. This qualification reflects two primary occupational outcomes in the areas of furniture design and technology - with a potential to focus on skills required to design and produce furniture for custom or volume production.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF50313 Diploma of Furniture Design and Technology, competency must be achieved in twenty-three (23) units of competency.

five (5) core units of competency

eighteen (18) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all five (5) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFFDT4011	Research and select furniture materials and technology
MSFFDT4012	Research furniture styles and movements
MSFFDT5003	Develop self as a furniture designer
MSFFDT5010	Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select eighteen (18) units from Groups A, B or C as specified below.

Group A

Select at least eight (8) units from Group A, including a minimum of five (5) units coded MSF******

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBCRT501	Originate and develop concepts
BSBDES403	Develop and extend design skills and practice
BSBDES502	Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief
BSBDES601	Manage design realisation
BSBMKG501	Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities
BSBPMG522	Undertake project work
CUAANM303A	Create digital 3D models
MSFFDT4006	Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of designs
MSFFDT5001	Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product
MSFFDT5002	Assess and resolve technical integrity of a design
MSFFDT5004	Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques
MSFFDT5005	Design a batch or limited production item of furniture
MSFFDT5006	Design a furniture product using high volume technology services (HVTS) in production
MSFFDT5007	Design a one-off item of furniture
MSFFDT5008	Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes
MSFFDT5009	Research and recommend machine technology
MSFFDT5011	Assess economic impact of a design
MSFFDT5012	Design for mass production
MSFFDT5013	Evaluate and participate in design industry networks
MSFFDT5014	Investigate legal requirements for design
MSFFDT5015	Work collaboratively on a design project
MSFFT5001	Evaluate and select production materials and equipment
MSFFT5004	Develop and document procedures and specifications
MSFFT5008	Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes
MSFFT5009	Determine production feasibility of designs
MSS015002A	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources
MSS402030	Apply cost factors to work practices
MSS404050	Undertake process capability improvements	*
MSS404052	Apply statistics to processes in manufacturing
MSS405031	Undertake value analysis of product costs in terms of customer requirements

Group B

Select at least four (4) units from Group B. A minimum of two (2) units must be units coded MSF*****

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBCRT401	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBCRT402	Collaborate in a creative process
BSBINM501	Manage an information or knowledge management system
BSBWHS504	Manage WHS hazards and risks
MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment
MEM16008A	Interact with computing technology
MEM16013A	Operate in a self-directed team	*
MEM30024A	Participate in quality assurance techniques	*
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic design elements
MEM30033A	Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models	*
MSFDN5001	Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications
MSFFT5002	Establish and develop production processes and area layout
MSFFT5003	Manage installation and commissioning of equipment
MSFFT5005	Organise enterprise maintenance programs
MSFFT5006	Plan production
MSFFT5007	Optimise computer numerically controlled (CNC) operations
MSFFT5010	Develop products and related processes
PSPPCM011	Plan to manage a contract
PSPPCM008	Manage contract performance

Group C

Up to six (6) relevant units can be chosen from other units not already selected from Groups A and B, or units available in this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Certificate IV level (maximum 2 units), Diploma level (maximum 6 units) or Advanced Diploma level (maximum 2 units).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group C must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF50508 Diploma of Furniture Design and Technology and LMF50202 Diploma of Furnishing Technology. Outcomes are not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF60113 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design

Modification History

Release 4 - CPCCOHS1001A replaced by MSMWHS200. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Unit title for MSFID6001 corrected. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required for creative and technical solutions for built interior environments. Interior design at this level covers the planning and detailing of complex residential, commercial and institutional design projects with an emphasis on space creation, space planning and the factors that affect peoples' responses to living and working environments. It may also include specialist design areas, such as facilities for people with disabilities, institutional design, exhibitions, the aged and adaptive re-use projects. Vocational outcomes include interior designers for interior design and architectural practices, self-employed design consultants, design project administrators and design managers. Work involves using a significant range of fundamental principles and complex techniques across a wide and often unpredictable variety of contexts in relation to either varied or highly specified functions. Accountability and responsibility for self and others in achieving outcomes is involved.

This qualification is typically used to develop a breadth, depth and complexity of skills and knowledge for interior design processes which follow a systematic and coordinated methodology, including research, analysis and integration of knowledge into the creative process, and knowledge of the principles of interior design and building technologies. Designs must meet the purpose, efficiency, comfort, safety and aesthetic requirements of interior spaces, adhere to regulatory requirements and encourage the principles of environmental sustainability.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Work may require access to construction sites and require construction induction training and certification covered by the unit CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry. Local regulations should also be checked for requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF60113 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design, competency must be achieved in thirty-nine (39) units of competency.

fourteen (14) core units of competency

twenty-five (25) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all fourteen (14) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBDES302	Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms
BSBDES303	Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms
BSBDES502	Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief
BSBDES601	Manage design realisation
CUAACD301	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUAACD303	Produce technical drawings
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSFID4001	Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces
MSFID4011	Determine work, health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects
MSFID5001	Design residential interiors
MSFID5003	Evaluate site for interior design brief
MSFID5013	Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors
MSFID6001	Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling
MSFID6002	Apply 3-D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs

ELECTIVE UNITS

Select twenty-five (25) units from Groups A, B, C and D as specified below.

Group A

Select at least five (5) units from Group A.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBDES602	Research global design trends
CUAANM302	Create 3D animations
CUAANM502	Create digital 3D environments
MSFFDT5013	Evaluate and participate in design industry networks
MSFFDT5014	Investigate legal requirements for design
MSFID5002	Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site
MSFID6003	Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors
MSFID6004	Design interiors for hospitality environments
MSFID6005	Design for retail interiors
MSFID6006	Design for conservation and restoration projects
MSFID6007	Select and instruct contractors and consultants
MSFID6008	Evaluate design project outcomes
MSFID6009	Produce digital presentations for commercial projects	*

Group B

Select at least six (6) units from Group B.

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBCRT501	Originate and develop concepts
BSBDES304	Source and apply design industry knowledge
BSBPMG522	Undertake project work
CPCCBC4037A	Prepare drawing for heritage works
CUAANM303	Create digital 3D models
CUADIG507	Design digital simulations
MSFFDT5003	Develop self as a furniture designer
MSFID5004	Specify structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces	*
MSFID5005	Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space
MSFID5006	Design interior lighting	*
MSFID5007	Decorate for events
MSFID5008	Design for people with disabilities and the elderly
MSFID5009	Research and recommend colour and applied finishes
MSFID5010	Provide interior styling service
MSFID5011	Specify soft furnishings for complete interior solution
MSFID5012	Research and recommend artwork
MSFID5014	Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects
MSFID5015	Decorate interiors for restoration projects
MSS015002	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources
SIRRMER020A	Create and implement exhibition space
SIRRMER512	Produce perspective drawings, plans and elevations

Group C

Select at least seven (7) units from Group C.

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCRT401	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBCRT402	Collaborate in a creative process
BSBDES301	Explore the use of colour
BSBDES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
BSBDES401	Generate design solutions
BSBDES403	Develop and extend design skills and practice
BSBMGT402	Implement operational plan
BSBSMB405	Monitor and manage small business operations
BSBWOR204	Use business technology
MSMWHS200	Work safely
CUADIG303	Produce and prepare photo images
CUADIG304	Create visual design components
CUAACD302	Produce computer-aided drawings
CUAILL401	Research and apply techniques for illustrative work
CUADES403	Research and apply techniques in spatial design
MSFID3001	Source and specify decoration products
MSFID4003	Prepare a materials board for client presentation
MSFID4004	Research and recommend furniture and accessories
MSFID4005	Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors
MSFID4006	Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors
MSFID4007	Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors
MSFID4008	Assess interior light and recommend light fittings
MSFID4009	Research architectural styles and movements
MSFID4010	Research interior decoration and design influences
MEM16006A	Organise and communicate information
MSMENV672	Develop workplace policy and procedures for sustainability

Group D

Up to seven (7) relevant units can be chosen from other units not already selected from Groups A, B and C; units available in this Training Package; other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses. Those units must be aligned at Diploma level (maximum 3 units) or Advanced Diploma level (maximum 7 units).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses via Group D must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 4 - CPCCOHS1001A replaced by MSMWHS200. Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 3 - Imported units updated. Equivalent.

Release 2 - Unit title for MSFID6001 corrected. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New qualification. Supersedes and is based on LMF60208 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design. Outcomes are equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

AHCLSC308A Install metal structures and features

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers the process of installing metal structures and features as a component of landscape project works and defines the standard required to: plan and set out a site for the installation; prepare and cut metal components; assemble and erect structure; check quality of work and clean up site.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the installation of metal structures and features as a component of landscape project works.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Not Applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and prepare work	1.1. Plans and specifications are interpreted and clarified with the supervisor. 1.2. The quantity and quality of materials are checked to ensure they conform to design drawings and specifications. 1.3. Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability according to enterprise guidelines. 1.4. Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) hazards are identified, risks assessed and controls implemented. 1.5. Environmental implications of installing metal structures are identified and reported to the supervisor.
2. Set out the site for the structure	2.1. Services are determined and located from site plans. 2.2. The position of the structure or feature is marked out according to design drawings and specifications. 2.3. Profiles are established to conform to the tolerances nominated within the design drawings and specifications. 2.4. Footings are excavated and prepared according to the type of structure or feature to be installed.
3. Prepare and cut metal components	3.1. Components are laid out ready for assembly to the requirements contained in the design drawings and specifications. 3.2. The length of components and the positions of joins are marked out according to designated specifications in design drawings. 3.3. Cutting tools are selected, used and maintained according to manufacturer's recommendations and OHS specifications. 3.4. Components are cut and joined in preparation for assembly.
4. Assemble and erect structure	4.1. Metal components are assembled into position and fixed into place according to design drawings and specifications. 4.2. Remaining components are installed and fixed into position according to design drawings and specifications. 4.3. Structure is finished off to ensure all components are secure and complete. 4.4. Coatings are applied according to specifications, manufacturer's recommendations and OHS guidelines.
5. Check quality of work and clean up site	5.1. Quality of finished work is inspected to ensure the standard of the finished structure or feature is in accordance with design drawings and specifications. 5.2. Debris is cleaned from structure and site according to enterprise guidelines. 5.3. Waste material is disposed of in an environmentally aware and sensitive manner. 5.4. Unused metal components are stored for future re-use according to enterprise guidelines. 5.5. Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored according to enterprise guidelines.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
measure and mark lengths of metal components accurately join and cut metal components using different techniques and methods use some surveyor's instruments use literacy skills to read, interpret and follow organisational policies and procedures, follow sequenced written instructions, record accurately and legible information collected and select and apply procedures for a range of tasks use oral communication skills/language competence to fulfil the job role as specified by the organisation, including questioning techniques, active listening, clarifying information and consulting with supervisors as required use interpersonal skills to work with and relate to people from a range of cultural, social and religious backgrounds and with a range of physical and mental abilities.
Required knowledge
surveying principles and techniques the correct use of hand and power tools and other OHS requirements associated with installing structures and features comparative environmental implications associated with excavation and construction activity.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit must be relevant to workplace operations and satisfy holistically all of the requirements of the performance criteria and required skills and knowledge and include achievement of the following: plan and set out a site for the installation prepare and cut metal components assemble and erect structure check quality of work and clean up site.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Competency requires the application of work practices under work conditions. Selection and use of resources for some worksites may differ due to the regional or enterprise circumstances.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole.
Installation may include:	fences handrails screens seats bollards playground equipment rubbish bins plant surrounds sculptures other ornamental features.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Landscape

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field

BSBADM311 Maintain business resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine, administer and maintain resources and equipment to complete a variety of tasks.

It applies to individuals who are skilled operators and apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts. They may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of business resources and their basic maintenance to provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Administration – General Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Advise on resource requirements	1.1 Calculate estimates of future and present business resource needs in accordance with organisational requirements 1.2 Ensure advice is clear, concise and relevant to achieve organisational requirements 1.3 Provide information on the most economical and effective choice of equipment, materials and suppliers 1.4 Identify resource shortages and possible impact on operations
2 Monitor resource usage and maintenance	2.1 Ensure resource handling is in accordance with established organisational requirements including occupational health and safety requirements 2.2 Use business technology to monitor and identify the effective use of resources 2.3 Use consultation with individuals and teams to facilitate effective decision-making on the appropriate allocation of resources 2.4 Identify and adhere to relevant policies regarding resource use in the performance of operational tasks 2.5 Routinely monitor and compare resource usage with estimated requirements in budget plans
3 Acquire resources	3.1 Ensure acquisition and storage of resources is in accordance with organisational requirements, is cost effective, and consistent with organisational timelines 3.2 Acquire resources within available timelines to meet identified requirements 3.3 Review resource acquisition processes to identify improvements in future resource acquisitions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.4, 2.5, 3.3	Identifies and interprets information from a range of sources, including organisational policies and procedures
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.5, 3.3	Uses clear and succinct language and appropriate layout to provide information, advice and support materials
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.3	Presents information or advice choosing language appropriate to the context and needs of the audience Uses active listening and questioning to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.3	Selects and uses appropriate tools to aid with estimation and other resource assessment requirements Uses a combination of mainly informal and some formal written mathematical equations to represent the outcomes of the resource allocation process
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to organisational procedures and protocols
Interact with others	2.3	Uses collaborative techniques to engage personnel in consultations and negotiations
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.5, 3.3	Plans a range of routine tasks and required resources, accepting goals and aiming to achieve them within allocated timeframes Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role Understands the purpose and some specific functions of some common digital tools used in work contexts Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they met stated goals

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBADM311 Maintain business resources	BSBADM311A Maintain business resources	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM311 Maintain business resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

collect and record data on resource use

observe resource use over defined and operational timeframes

perform routine resource maintenance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list the key provisions of relevant legislation

identify the organisational resource acquisition policies, plans and procedures

identify the organisational procedures for record keeping/filing systems, security and safe recording practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the general administration field of work and include access to office equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCMM301 Process customer complaints

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to handle formal and informal negative feedback and complaints from customers.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of competencies and may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate knowledge of products, customer service systems and organisational policies to provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Communication – Interpersonal Communication

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Respond to complaints	1.1 Process customer complaints using effective communication according to organisational procedures established under organisational policies, legislation or codes of practice 1.2 Obtain, document and review reports relating to customer complaints 1.3 Make decisions about customer complaints, taking into account applicable legislation, organisational policies and codes 1.4 Negotiate resolution of the complaint and obtain agreement where possible 1.5 Maintain a register of complaints/disputes 1.6 Inform customer of the outcome of the investigation
2 Refer complaints	2.1 Identify complaints that require referral to other personnel or external bodies 2.2 Make referrals to appropriate personnel for followup in accordance with individual level of responsibility 2.3 Forward all documents and investigation reports 2.4 Followup appropriate personnel to gain prompt decisions
3 Exercise judgement to resolve customer service issues	3.1 Identify implications of issues for customer and organisation 3.2 Analyse, explain and negotiate appropriate options for resolution with customer 3.3 Propose viable options in accordance with appropriate legislative requirements and enterprise policies 3.4 Ensure matters for which a solution cannot be negotiated are referred to appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 3.3	Recognises, identifies and interprets textual information to determine legislative, regulatory and organisational requirements
Writing	1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 2.2, 3.3	Documents complaints and actions taken in accordance with organisational requirements Records spoken information clearly and accurately for future reference
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 1.6, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Presents or requests information using words and non-verbal features appropriate to the audience and context Uses listening and questioning techniques to gather information and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 3.1, 3.3	Takes personal responsibility for following organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.4, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Follows organisational communication practices and procedures when referring complaints, seeking advice or negotiating outcomes
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2-2.4, 3.1	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and completing tasks to achieve required outcomes Addresses less predictable problems applying problem solving processes in determining solutions that meet organisational requirements Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCMM301 Process customer complaints	BSBCMM301B Process customer complaints	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCMM301 Process customer complaints

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

process and document customer complaints according to organisational and legislative requirements

use effective communication techniques to discuss options and resolve complaints

follow correct procedures when referring and following up complaints.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the key provisions of relevant legislation from all forms of government that may affect aspects of business operations

explain the communication skills required when handling customer complaints

outline organisational procedures and standards for processing complaints

list external bodies to which complaints could be referred.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced by individuals using interpersonal communication skills in the workplace and include access to:

organisational policies and procedures relevant to customer complaints

relevant legislation or codes of practice

office equipment and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT401 Articulate, present and debate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0 Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to articulate, present and debate ideas in a work or broader life context using creative techniques in order to provoke response, reaction and critical discussion.

This unit applies to individuals who contribute and present ideas that may be complex in nature and may relate to new products, services, processes or creative works using a degree of risk taking and storytelling.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Creative Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse ideas for communication to others	1.1 Distil key themes, messages and positions to aid in clarity of thought and presentation 1.2 Reflect on different ways of communicating ideas for different purposes and to different people 1.3 Identify the enabling skills and attributes of individuals who can effectively participate in discussions about ideas
2. Provoke response and reaction	2.1 Explore and use different techniques to engage, fascinate and involve others in the process of communication and exchange 2.2 Explore the ways that storytelling can be used to communicate ideas 2.3 Create innovative approaches to different communication challenges 2.4 Be prepared to take risks in the way ideas are presented 2.5 Identify specific ways to provoke and encourage response in particular individuals or groups
3. Debate and discuss ideas	3.1 Present and argue substantiated positions on ideas 3.2 Be open to critical analysis of own ideas and to the ideas of others 3.3 Identify and participate in conversations that challenge and explore different concepts and approaches and generate new ideas 3.4 Respond to questions about ideas with confidence and relevant information 3.5 Reflect on and appraise the views of others, and use to refine ideas and to embrace new ideas

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.5	Considers opinions of others to improve and enhance own learning
Oral Communication	2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Articulates ideas and requirements clearly and creatively using techniques appropriate to audience and environment Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning Uses a range of persuasive responses and makes comparisons which show an understanding of topics and concepts
Interact with others	2.1, 2.2, 2.3	Demonstrates sophisticated control over oral, visual and/or written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.3, 3.5	Recognises opportunities to develop and apply new ideas and select ideas for implementation Considers key themes and ideas to be explored and identifies ways to respond to and use diverse perspectives Uses features and functions of digital tools and technologies to store and present information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCRT401 Articulate, present and debate ideas Release 2	BSBCRT401 Articulate, present and debate ideas Release 1	Updated to clarify assessment conditions	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT401 Articulate, present and debate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0 Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

present ideas and information to a unfamiliar audience and environment that provoke interest and response

reflect on and appraise the views of others

participate actively and confidently in critical debate and discussion of ideas while responding to new and different communication situations

investigate and evaluate creative and different ways of expressing and communicating ideas while making an opportunity pitch.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain different ways in which individuals receive and respond to ideas and information, and what influences their response

identify the enabling skills and attributes of people needed to effectively discuss ideas

describe the nature and role of risk taking in the presentation and debate of ideas

explain the role of storytelling in communicating ideas and key storytelling techniques

describe common techniques to tailor comments to particular audiences.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation – critical thinking field of work and include access to opportunities to present, discuss and debate ideas with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT402 Collaborate in a creative process

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to collaborate in a creative process that is underpinned by a commitment to trust and ethics.

It applies to individuals who are involved in what is traditionally considered a creative endeavour but is also very important in broader business and community activities where creative team effort is highly valued.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Creative Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Enter into a collaborative creative process	1.1 Adopt a personal philosophy of trustworthy and ethical behaviour 1.2 Maximise the possibilities of sustaining creative partnerships through trustworthy and ethical behaviour 1.3 Use professional discretion and judgement in dealing with others 1.4 Acknowledge and respect the different ways that different people may contribute to the creative process 1.5 Acknowledge and work within the legal framework that applies to creative content as part of individual commitment to an ethical approach 1.6 Respect collaborative efforts by relinquishing individual ownership of ideas
2 Engage in a collaborative creative process	2.1 Maintain a belief in personal ideas, combined with a willingness to move on as ideas are discarded and others evolve 2.2 Be prepared to let go of own vanity and ego to allow new ideas to emerge 2.3 Use language and adopt a demeanour that demonstrates respect and trust for others 2.4 Listen to, value, respect and trust the contributions of others as material to work with rather than positions to argue against 2.5 Challenge, test and share ideas in a supportive way as part of the creative process 2.6 Move on from initial positions and preconceptions to accept and embrace new and unpredictable ideas as they emerge during the creative process 2.7 Play a role that encourages the movement and shift of ideas within the group towards a wellconceived solution
3 Reflect on own role in the collaborative creative process	3.1 Reflect on own level of participation, relationships with others and personal behaviour in the collaborative process 3.2 Identify ways to do better next time and follow up on any issues that need to be resolved 3.3 Identify and seek opportunities to refine and expand own skills and knowledge, including learning from failing

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.2, 3.3	Reflects on own performance and seeks opportunities to improve own skills and knowledge
Writing	3.2, 3.3	Notes comments, suggestions and ideas for own use
Oral Communication	2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7	Presents ideas clearly using language and features suitable to diverse audiences Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit the views and opinions or others and to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.5	Understands own legal and ethical responsibilities with specific reference to personal responsibilities in a creative context
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.3	Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channel, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience Reflects on personal values, behaviours and assumptions and considers how these might be perceived by others Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people Responds to and uses diverse perspectives to enrich the creative process
Get the work done	2.1, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 3.2	Reflects on processes and outcomes and identifies some key principles that may be relevant in future situations Contributes to creating a climate where people feel comfortable to suggest, explore, adapt and adopt new ideas as a regular part of work life Uses problemsolving skills to evaluate and challenge ideas and move towards solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCRT402 Collaborate in a creative process	BSBCRT402A Collaborate in a creative process	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT402 Collaborate in a creative process

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

make a positive contribution to a collaborative creative process that generates, expands and develops ideas into a wellconceived solution

reflect on and evaluate own role in the collaborative process

identify and act on ways to enhance own ability to contribute effectively to a collaborative creative process.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the legal framework that applies to the creative process

describe the concepts of trust and ethical behaviour in the context of creative endeavour

identify different roles people may play in a collaborative creative process and how these roles contribute to the overall effort

describe how the potential for creativity can be maximised within a team

explain barriers to creativity in a group environment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation – critical thinking field of work and include access to a team of people in a collaborative creative process.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT403 Explore the history and social impact of creativity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to explore the history and social impact of creativity.

It applies to individuals who develop and apply a broad knowledge of the history of creativity. Understanding the concept of creativity, how creative people think and how creativity has been applied throughout history can provide individuals with inspiration and ideas to take into their own work and lives.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Creative Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Investigate the history of creativity	1.1 Identify relevant sources of information on the history of creativity 1.2 Investigate and review different definitions of creativity and how these relate in an historical context 1.3 Assess the ways that individuals and collaborative groups have demonstrated creativity 1.4 Explore the relationship between creativity and different cultures and relate these to current contexts
2 Assess the impacts of creativity	2.1 Explore the impacts of creativity on the ways that people live and work 2.2 Explore the ways in which creativity has occurred in different fields of human endeavour 2.3 Determine and evaluate the factors that affect the presence or extent of creativity in a given situation
3 Evaluate the potential for enhancing creativity in own life	3.1 Extract key information and ideas from the history of creativity for possible relevance to own life and work 3.2 Discuss and explore ideas with others 3.3 Reflect on how creativity or creative thinking might be integrated into own life and work 3.4 Identify and access opportunities to build own creative thinking skills

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.4	Seeks opportunities to improve own skills and knowledge
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.3, 3.1	Interprets, evaluates and extracts relevant information from a range of texts
Writing	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.3, 3.1	Documents key research findings and ideas
Oral Communication	3.2	Presents ideas clearly using language and features suitable to diverse audiences Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit the views and opinions or others
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Uses digital technologies to access information Seeks and nurtures new ideas by making links between history and the present

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCRT403 Explore the history and social impact of creativity	BSBCRT403A Explore the history and social impact of creativity	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT403 Explore the history and social impact of creativity

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

conduct at least ONE research project into the historical and social impact of creativity that includes:

using a range of information sources

presenting findings and encourage discussion and debate, respecting different perspectives and ideas

identifying and accessing ways to build own creative thinking skills.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the impact of creativity at different points in history, including contemporary perspectives

explain the potential links between the history of creativity and current individuals and communities

identify sources of information on the history and social impact of creativity

outline different factors that impact on creativity.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation – critical thinking field of work and include access to sources of information on the history of creativity.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to originate and develop concepts for products, programs, processes or services to an operational level.

It applies to individuals who develop concepts for any business or community activity or process, such as marketing and advertising campaigns, staff development programs, information technology and communication systems, radio and television programs, entertainment events, films, exhibitions and digital media products. Individuals operate with a high degree of autonomy, but collaborate with others to generate ideas and refine concepts to the point where they can be implemented.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Creative Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Evaluate and explore needs and opportunities	1.1 Research and evaluate existing information that informs new concept development 1.2 Where appropriate, identify and use gaps in current range of products, programs, processes or services as the catalyst for generating new ideas or concepts 1.3 Expand the potential of new ideas through exploration of opportunities beyond the obvious 1.4 Identify factors that could have an impact on ideas or concepts to be developed, including potential for commercialisation 1.5 Determine whether other players are filling identified gaps or investigating similar opportunities 1.6 Develop preliminary ideas on innovative and different ways to address needs and opportunities 1.7 In consultation with relevant stakeholders, agree on broad parameters for developing ideas and concepts to meet market requirements
2 Develop a range of creative approaches	2.1 Use a range of creative thinking techniques to generate innovative and creative concepts to address identified needs 2.2 Challenge, test and experiment with different concepts and ideas as part of a collaborative process 2.3 Evaluate concepts in terms of their suitability for the target audience or purpose, their feasibility and their commercial potential 2.4 Take account of social, ethical and environmental issues as concepts and ideas are generated and discussed 2.5 Identify resources required to achieve desired creative and innovative outcomes 2.6 Evaluate the effectiveness of different strategies for achieving desired outcomes 2.7 Select concepts or approaches that achieve required outcomes in an innovative and feasible way 2.8 Present proposed concepts or approaches in an appropriate format
3 Refine concepts	3.1 Ensure concept development process is open to ongoing refinement and testing 3.2 Seek input and feedback on concepts from relevant stakeholders 3.3 Seek specialist advice on creative and technical aspects of proposals as required 3.4 Compare concepts with best practice examples of similar products, programs, processes or services 3.5 Use a range of creative and practical criteria to determine the advantages and disadvantages of different concepts 3.6 Evaluate constraints on the realisation of concepts or ideas 3.7 Refine proposals based on analysis and feedback
4 Develop concepts to an operational level	4.1 Use refined concepts as the basis for developing detailed implementation specifications 4.2 Present specifications to relevant parties for approval, funding or endorsement 4.3 Reflect on methodology used to generate concepts and ideas and note ways of improving this in the future

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.1, 3.7, 4.3	Reflects and evaluates methods used to develop concepts and seeks ways to improve Actively elicits the views and opinions of others to develop and refine ideas
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.3, 2.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 4.1	Interprets and evaluates a range of complex information and considers how to develop and adopt ideas to deliver products or services at an operational level
Writing	1.1-1.4, 1.6, 2.4-2.6, 2.8, 3.2-3.7, 4.1, 4.2	Documents findings and ideas using language and structure to suit the purpose Develops documents designed to gain feedback from others Prepares proposals and plans for relevant stakeholders incorporating appropriate vocabulary and grammatical structures
Oral Communication	1.7, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 4.2	Expresses thoughtful and challenging opinions using engaging language and non-verbal features Elicits views and information from others using a range of active listening and questioning techniques
Interact with others	1.7, 2.2, 2.4, 2.8, 3.2, 3.3, 4.2	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction and influencing direction Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information
Get the work done	1.1- 1.5, 2.1-2.7 , 3.1, 3.4-3.6, 4.2, 4.3	Plans and implements complex activities with multiple considerations, monitors implementation, and manages relevant feedback Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations to gather required information, identify and evaluate possible concepts, and select the most appropriate concept for development Develops new and innovative ideas through exploration, analysis and critical thinking Monitors outcomes, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable to future situations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts	BSBCRT501A Originate and develop concepts	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

generate concepts and ideas that provide innovative solutions to identified issues

evaluate and test concepts and ideas

present ideas and information to others and reflect on responses

develop at least two concepts, substantiated and supported with sufficient information to allow implementation to occur.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must :

describe the broad context in which concepts are being developed

outline cultural, social and environmental issues and impacts to be considered in developing new concepts

identify issues and requirements to commercialise the concept

outline practical and operational issues to be considered in a specific work or community context

describe the range of broad practical and operational issues that determine whether a concept can be implemented

identify techniques for generating creative ideas and solutions, and for translating these ideas into workable concepts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation – critical thinking field of work and include access to:

a full range of background information required to evaluate the operational factors that will affect the implementation of concepts

opportunities to collaborate with others throughout the concept development process.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to process sales enquiries requiring complex solutions, and to follow up to ensure customer satisfaction.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of competencies in a varied work context, using some discretion and judgement and relevant theoretical knowledge, and who may provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Engagement

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify customer needs	1.1 Question customers in detail and listen actively to determine product and service requirements 1.2 Verify and agree customer needs with customer 1.3 Access existing customer records and offer technical and specialist advice to customer, where such advice is considered beneficial to closing of the sale and customer understanding and decision-making 1.4 Identify customer’s financial limitations 1.5 Discuss estimates and quotes with team and specialist staff if necessary, prior to submission to customer
2 Respond to customer needs	2.1 Prepare, present and discuss estimates and quotes with customer, as role permits 2.2 Fully explain benefits of various options and pricing structures to customer 2.3 Give customer opportunity to question options and quotes provided 2.4 Promote advantages of dealing with the organisation 2.5 Manage customer objections effectively by promoting specific benefits
3 Close sales	3.1 Agree on product or service to be purchased with customer 3.2 Establish customer’s preferred purchase and payment arrangements 3.3 Finalise documentation relating to sale and forward to customer for agreement and signature 3.4 Negotiate and arrange payment method with customer 3.5 Conduct appropriate credit checks 3.6 Clearly record delivery/installation arrangements as agreed with customer 3.7 Comply with relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards during engagement and sale
4 Input sales records	4.1 Fully record details of sale 4.2 Amend existing customer records where appropriate 4.3 Initiate invoices according to organisational policy 4.4 Organise delivery/installation according to organisational policy
5 Provide sales support where required	5.1 Verify customer satisfaction after delivery/installation 5.2 Identify additional action to satisfy customer needs 5.3 Initiate action in an efficient and timely manner

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3	Recognises and interprets textual information from relevant sources to determine customer requirements
Writing	3.3, 3.6, 4.1-4.3	Prepares specific information, in formats required by organisation, to conduct and close sales
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.6, 5.1	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and listening and questioning to confirm understanding Elicits views and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Numeracy	1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.4, 3.5	Interprets numerical information and applies basic mathematical calculations relating to estimates and quotes Extracts, evaluates and compares numerical information
Navigate the world of work	3.7, 4.4	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to legal/regulatory requirements and organisational policy in planning and undertaking work
Interact with others	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 5.1, 5.2	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with customers and relevant authorities Recognises importance of establishing rapport to engage customers and provide effective service solutions in complex situations
Get the work done	1.3, 2.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6, 4.1-4.4, 5.1-5.3	Plans and implements customer sales tasks, accepting stated goals and aiming to achieve them efficiently Uses systematic, analytical processes to gather relevant credit information Recognises and takes responsibility for anticipating and addressing predictable problems to achieve customer satisfaction promptly Uses familiar digital systems and tools to access, organise, analyse, record and display information relevant to customer sales activities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers	BSBCCO304C Provide sales solutions to customers	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Code changed to reflect industry practice	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

recommend product or service to match customer need with a clear explanation of price and payment options

apply appropriate credit checks

organise customer payment and delivery details

record sales, payments and delivery arrangements

provide after sales service.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain estimate and quote procedures

outline marketing and sales principles and practices

identify organisational pricing policies

identify organisational protocols associated with customer service and sales

identify statutory, regulatory and legislative requirements related to providing sales solutions to customers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the stakeholder relations – customer engagement field of work and include access to:

relevant standards, guidelines and legislation, workplace information and data

relevant office resources and equipment

a work environment or simulated customer contact centre to observe interaction with customers.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to deliver all aspects of customer service at an introductory level. It includes creating a relationship with customers, identifying their needs, delivering services or products and processing customer feedback.

It applies to individuals who perform a range of routine tasks in the workplace using a limited range of practical skills and fundamental knowledge of customer service in a defined context under direct supervision or with limited individual responsibility.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Establish contact with customers	1.1 Acknowledge and greet customer in a professional, courteous and concise manner according to organisational and legislative requirements 1.2 Maintain personal dress and presentation in line with organisational requirements 1.3 Communicate using appropriate interpersonal skills to facilitate accurate and relevant exchange of information 1.4 Maintain sensitivity to customer specific needs and any cultural, family and individual differences 1.5 Establish rapport/relationship with customer and express a genuine interest in customer needs/requirements
2 Identify customer needs	2.1 Use appropriate questioning and active listening to determine customer needs 2.2 Assess customer needs for urgency to identify priorities for service delivery 2.3 Provide customer with information about available options for meeting customer needs and assist customer to identify preferred option/s 2.4 Identify personal limitations in addressing customer needs and seek assistance from designated persons where required
3 Deliver service to customers	3.1 Provide prompt customer service to meet identified needs according to organisational requirements 3.2 Provide information regarding problems and delays, and followup within appropriate timeframes as necessary 3.3 Communicate with customers in a clear, concise and courteous manner 3.4 Identify opportunities to enhance the quality of service and products, and take action to improve the service whenever possible
4 Process customer feedback	4.1 Promptly recognise customer feedback and handle sensitively according to organisational and legislative requirements 4.2 Accurately record any feedback and communication between customers and the organisation according to organisational standards, policies and procedures and legislative requirements 4.3 Identify any unmet customer needs and discuss suitability of other products/services 4.4 Support customers to make contact with other services according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4	Understands requirements in organisational policy and procedure documents Interprets product and service information in a range of formats to provide customer advice
Writing	4.2	Records customer information according to organisational requirements
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1-2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 4.3	Provides information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience Asks questions and listens to gain information or confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4	Follows organisational procedures and practices relevant to own role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4	Uses accepted communication practices to establish connections, build rapport and develop professional working relationships Adjusts personal communication style in response to the opinions, values and particular needs of others
Get the work done	3.2, 3.4, 4.1- 4.3	Addresses routine problems in familiar work contexts Recognises opportunities to enhance work practices and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers	BSBCUS201B Deliver a service to customers	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS201 Deliver a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

greet customer and establish rapport/relationship in accordance with organisational requirements

identify customer needs using appropriate interpersonal skills

provide prompt service to address customer needs in accordance with organisational requirements

identify and follow up opportunities to increase the quality of service and products

respond to and record all customer feedback according to organisational standards, policies and procedures.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify and briefly describe key provisions of relevant legislation from all forms of government that apply to provision of customer services

identify and explain workplace organisational policies and procedures relating to customer service and the customer service process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

office equipment and technology

workplace documents, organisational policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer complaints and feedback

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify customer needs, deliver and monitor customer service and identify improvements in the provision of customer service.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts. In this role, individuals often exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of customer service to provide technical advice and support to customers over short or long term interactions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify customer needs	1.1 Use appropriate interpersonal skills to accurately identify and clarify customer needs and expectations 1.2 Assess customer needs for urgency to determine priorities for service delivery according to organisational and legislative requirements 1.3 Use effective communication to inform customers about available choices for meeting their needs and assist in the selection of preferred options 1.4 Identify limitations in addressing customer needs and seek appropriate assistance from designated individuals
2 Deliver a service to customers	2.1 Provide prompt service to customers to meet identified needs in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.2 Establish and maintain appropriate rapport with customers to ensure completion of quality service delivery 2.3 Sensitively and courteously handle customer complaints in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.4 Provide assistance or respond to customers with specific needs according to organisational and legislative requirements 2.5 Identify and use available opportunities to promote and enhance services and products to customers
3 Monitor and report on service delivery	3.1 Regularly review customer satisfaction with service delivery using verifiable evidence according to organisational and legislative requirements 3.2 Identify opportunities to enhance the quality of service and products, and pursue within organisational and legislative requirements 3.3 Monitor procedural aspects of service delivery for effectiveness and suitability to customer requirements 3.4 Regularly seek customer feedback and use to improve the provision of products and services 3.5 Ensure reports are clear, detailed and contain recommendations focused on critical aspects of service delivery

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.5	Comprehends textual information to determine customer service requirements Proofreads texts for clarity of meaning and accuracy of grammar and punctuation
Writing	2.3, 3.5	Completes responses to customer complaints in required format Prepares reports using sequencing, format and words to communicate recommendations clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4	Provides information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience Asks questions and listens to gain information or confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Recognises, understands and applies organisational policies and procedures relevant to role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.4	Selects and uses appropriate communication conventions to establish connections, build rapport, seek information and develop professional working relationships Adjusts personal communication style in response to the opinions, values and particular needs of others
Get the work done	1.2, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1-3.5	Plans and implements systems to gather and organise information Monitor actions and progress against goals and implements adjustments as appropriate Uses problem-solving skills to analyse and respond to customer complaints or enquiries Identifies and follows up on opportunities to improve work practices and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	BSBCUS301B Deliver and monitor a service to customers	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use communication skills to establish rapport and build relationships with customers in accordance with organisational requirements

identify customer needs using appropriate questioning and active listening skills

provide customer service in accordance with organisational requirements

respond to and record customer feedback and action taken according to organisational standards, policies and procedures

produce a report which identifies and recommends ways to improve service delivery.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise key provisions of relevant legislation from all levels of government that may affect aspects of business operations

explain organisational policy and procedures for customer service, including handling customer complaints

provide examples of verifiable evidence that could be used to review customer satisfaction

outline the interpersonal skills needed for serving customers, including customers with specific needs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

office equipment and technology

workplace documents, organisational policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer complaints and feedback

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUS402 Address customer needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0 Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage an ongoing relationship with a customer over a period of time. This includes helping customers articulate their needs and managing networks to ensure customer needs are addressed.

It applies to individuals who are expected to have detailed product knowledge in order to recommend customised solutions. In this role, individuals would be expected to apply organisational procedures and be aware of, and apply as appropriate, broader factors involving ethics, industry practice and relevant government policies and regulations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Assist customer to articulate needs	1.1 Ensure customer needs are fully explored, understood and agreed 1.2 Explain and match available services and products to customer needs 1.3 Identify and communicate rights and responsibilities of customers to the customer as appropriate
2 Satisfy complex customer needs	2.1 Explain possibilities for meeting customer needs 2.2 Assist customers to evaluate service and/or product options to satisfy their needs 2.3 Determine and prioritise preferred actions 2.4 Identify potential areas of difficulty in customer service delivery and take appropriate actions in a positive manner
3 Manage networks to ensure customer needs are addressed	3.1 Establish effective regular communication with customers 3.2 Establish, maintain and expand relevant networks to ensure appropriate referral of customers to products and services from within and outside the organisation 3.3 Ensure procedures are in place to ensure that decisions about targeting of customer services are based on uptodate information about the customer and the products and services available 3.4 Ensure procedures are put in place to ensure that referrals are based on the matching of the assessment of customer needs and availability of products and services 3.5 Maintain records of customer interaction in accordance with organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Interprets textual information obtained from a range of sources and determines how content may be applied to individuals and to organisational requirements
Writing	1.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Prepares written reports, up-to-date procedures and other workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Clearly articulates customer’s needs using language suitable to diverse audiences and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	3.5	Recognises and applies organisational protocols and meets expectations associated with own work
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Selects and uses appropriate communication techniques to establish and maintain positive working relationships Establishes connections and shares information with others who can contribute to effective work outcomes
Get the work done	2.3, 2.4, 3.3-3.5	Develops and implements plans for routine and non-routine tasks recognising the importance of aligning goals and expectations to achieve outcomes Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable and non-predictable problems in own work context Uses digital systems to organise and store information relevant to own work

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUS402 Address customer needs Release 2	BSBCUS402 Address customer needs Release 1	Updated to clarify assessment conditions	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS402 Address customer needs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0 Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

communicate effectively with customers including

helping customers to articulate their needs and evaluate options

explaining products/services and how they match customer needs

establishing regular communication

explaining customer rights and responsibilities

address customer’s needs

use organisational procedures to document customer satisfaction

develop and maintain networks to support meeting customer needs

identify potential difficulties in meeting customer needs and taking appropriate action.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain organisational procedures and standards for establishing and maintaining customer service relationships

describe informed consent

explain consumer rights and responsibilities

describe ways to establish effective regular communication with customers

outline details of products or services including with reference to:

possible alternative products and services

variations within a limited product and service range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

business technology

organisational policies, procedures, quality systems, manuals and guidelines for customer management

examples of products/services and promotional strategies

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop strategies to manage organisational systems that ensure products and services are delivered and maintained to standards agreed by the organisation.

It applies to individuals who supervise the provision of quality customer service within an organisation’s procedures framework by others. At this level, individuals must exercise considerable discretion and judgement, using a range of problem solving and decision making strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan to meet internal and external customer requirements	1.1 Investigate, identify, assess, and include the needs of customers in planning processes 1.2 Ensure plans achieve the quality, time and cost specifications agreed with customers
2 Ensure delivery of quality products and services	2.1 Deliver products and services to customer specifications within organisation’s business plan 2.2 Monitor team performance to consistently meet the organisation’s quality and delivery standards 2.3 Help colleagues overcome difficulties in meeting customer service standards
3 Monitor, adjust and review customer service	3.1 Develop and use strategies to monitor progress in achieving product and/or service targets and standards 3.2 Develop and use strategies to obtain customer feedback to improve the provision of products and services 3.3 Develop, procure and use resources effectively to provide quality products and services to customers 3.4 Make decisions to overcome problems and to adapt customer services, products and service delivery in consultation with appropriate individuals and groups 3.5 Manage records, reports and recommendations within the organisation’s systems and processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5	Interprets and analyses textual information from a variety of sources and applies the knowledge that has been gained to evaluate standards for organisation’s products and services
Writing	1.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5	Produces a range of text types to convey information, requirements or recommendations matching style of writing to purpose and audience
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 3.2	Clearly articulates systems and standards in a team environment using language suitable to diverse audiences Uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain feedback and confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.2	Interprets and comprehends mathematical information in organisation’s business and customer service plans.
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.5	Recognises and applies organisational protocols and meets expectations associated with own work
Interact with others	1.1, 2.3, 3.4	Identifies and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with colleagues and customers Collaborates with others, taking into account their strengths and experience, to achieve desired outcomes Provides support in field of expertise to team
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.5	Develops and implements plans using logical processes and monitors and evaluates progress against stated goals Accepts responsibility for addressing complex or non-routine difficulties, applying problem solving processes in determining a solution. Uses digital technology to access, organise and present information in a format that meets requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service Release 2	BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service Release 1	Updated to clarify assessment conditions	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0 Version created to clarify assessment conditions
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop and manage organisational systems for quality customer service

develop and review plans, policies and procedures for delivering and monitoring quality customer service

implement policies and procedures to ensure quality customer service

solve complex customer complaints and system problems that lead to poor customer service

monitor and assist teams to meet customer service requirements

develop, procure and use human and physical resources to support quality customer service delivery.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the legislative and regulatory context of the organisation relevant to customer service

describe organisational policy and procedures for customer service including handling customer complaints

identify service standards and best practice models

summarise public relations and product promotion

outline techniques for dealing with customers including customers with specific needs

explain techniques for solving complaints including the principles and techniques involved in the management and organisation of:

customer behaviour

customer needs research

customer relations

ongoing product and/or service quality

problem identification and resolution

quality customer service delivery

record keeping and management methods

strategies for monitoring, managing and introducing ways to improve customer service relationships

strategies to obtain customer feedback.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

legislation, regulations and codes of practice related to customer service

business technology

workplace documentation and resources

complex customer complaints

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES201 Follow a design process

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to follow a design process at a basic level, incorporating an element of problem solving to identify and resolve challenges that may hinder the process.

It applies to individuals who work under direct supervision and respond to specific issues or changes which may relate to product and service requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Clarify the challenge	1.1 Confirm the nature and scope of the challenge with stakeholders 1.2 Agree on specific objectives with stakeholders 1.3 Identify constraints that may impact the design process 1.4 Identify and source relevant supporting information and assistance
2 Explore different ideas and solutions	2.1 Generate a range of ideas to respond to the challenge 2.2 Explore different options and ideas for meeting objectives 2.3 Involve others in the process of developing ideas and solutions
3 Select and present a solution	3.1 Reflect on different ideas and feedback, and select a preferred solution 3.2 Summarise the key ideas in the solution and present to stakeholders in appropriate format 3.3 Obtain any required approvals to take the solution to the next stage
4 Implement solution	4.1 Schedule key tasks and organise resources to support implementation 4.2 Carry out testing, prototyping or trialling of the proposed solution 4.3 Maintain any required documentation 4.4 Identify problems and seek advice and guidance from others
5 Evaluate solution	5.1 Check success of the solution based on original objectives 5.2 Seek feedback from appropriate stakeholders 5.3 Review both the solution and the process undertaken to develop the solution as part of an ongoing learning process

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	5.3	Reviews own work to identify improvement opportunities
Reading	1.4, 2.2, 4.3	Reviews and interprets textual information from a range of sources to scope job requirements and generate ideas
Writing	3.2, 4.3	Produces meeting summaries using simple language and structure
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.3, 3.2, 4.4	Uses questioning and listening techniques to gain information, confirm understanding or seek feedback Presents ideas using correct pronunciation and vocabulary
Numeracy	4.1	Recognises and interprets numerical information relating to timeframes and dates
Interact with others	5.2	Cooperates with others to achieve results in immediate work context
Get the work done	1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes Seeks assistance when problems are beyond immediate responsibilities or experience Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations May reflect on outcomes and identify what worked, or develop an improved approach for future situations Identifies ideas in use in other contexts and considers how they might be applied in own context with minimal adjustment

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES201 Follow a design process	BSBDES201A Follow a design process	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES201 Follow a design process

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

determine project objectives, possible constraints and required support materials

collaborate with others when generating ideas, solving problems, and seeking approvals and feedback

schedule tasks and create project documentation to support proposed solutions

review work to determine future improvements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe creative thinking techniques that can be used to generate ideas

summarise the key steps in the design process as a way of thinking and solving problems

list potential sources of information for new ideas, relevant to specific context.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to office equipment required to implement solutions.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to examine and consider the design process in a particular industry.

It applies to individuals working in any context, who need to develop a basic appreciation and knowledge of the way design works in a particular industry, and of its potential impacts on industry and individual work practice.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Source information on design in given industry context	1.1 Investigate the nature, history, role and importance of design in the industry 1.2 Evaluate roles played by designers and other contributors in design process 1.3 Source information on impact of technology on design in the industry
2 Examine links between design and own work	2.1 Investigate impact of design on own work 2.2 Consider role of individual workers across the industry in affecting future design directions
3 Keep up-to-date with industry design trends	3.1 Identify and access opportunities to maintain currency of knowledge about industry design trends 3.2 Evaluate how design trends affect the overall industry and how it operates 3.3 Share information and proactively discuss emerging trends with work colleagues 3.4 Identify trends that will impact on own work and seek opportunities to develop appropriate skills

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.1, 3.4	Identifies and uses opportunities to maintain and improve skills and knowledge
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 3.1	Reviews textual information from a range of sources to identify relevant information
Writing	3.3	Prepares specific information using clear and appropriate language to present to other personnel
Oral Communication	3.3	Participates in verbal exchanges using vocabulary, style and tone appropriate to audience Uses listening techniques to clarify understanding
Interact with others	3.3	Collaborates with others to achieve shared goals
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 3.4	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations Identifies ideas in use in other contexts and considers how they might be applied in own context with minimal adjustment Recognises and applies some general design and operating principles of digital tools to inform design work

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context	BSBDES202A Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and interpret a range of information sources on design and apply concepts to own work

seek opportunities to maintain currency of industry trends and design skills and share information with colleagues.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

investigate and explain consumer/enduser expectations

explain current and emerging technologies and their effects on design in the industry

identify influential designers, both past and present

describe major design trends in the industry

explain and describe the role of design in a given industry context.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

sources of information on design in a specific industry context.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES301 Explore the use of colour

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to explore the use of colour and to apply colour theory.

It applies to individuals whose work involves understanding and applying the effective use of colour.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Source information on colour and colour theory	1.1 Identify and access sources of information on colour and colour theory 1.2 Evaluate and collate information to build knowledge of colour and its application in different contexts
2 Experiment with colour	2.1 Test different colours and colour-combinations through experimentation 2.2 Use own ideas as a way of testing, challenging or confirming colour theory 2.3 Ensure safe use of materials, tools and equipment during experimentation with colour
3 Communicate concepts and ideas through use of colour	3.1 Investigate how colour might be used to communicate a particular idea or concept 3.2 Select materials, tools and equipment relevant to the idea or concept 3.3 Apply colour to communicate the concept or idea based on own knowledge of colour and colour theory 3.4 Review and reflect on own use of colour and what it communicates 3.5 Seek and obtain feedback from others about the way colour has been used and its success in communicating the concept or idea 3.6 Present and store work any samples in a way which takes account of the need for professional presentation and potential relevance for future work

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.3, 3.1	Evaluates and integrates facts and descriptions of colour from a range of texts including text embedded in visual media
Writing	1.2, 3.6	Produces a range of text types using appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure and conventions Applies basic referencing and sequencing of professional and archival resources
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.5	Presents ideas, asks questions and listens, to seek feedback or generate ideas
Numeracy	2.1	Selects and uses mathematical information for measurement and volume
Navigate the world of work	2.3	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements with specific reference to safety
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.4, 3.6	Plans, sequences and implements tasks required to achieve outcomes Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations Evaluates effectiveness of decisions on how well they meet stated goals Contributes to the design of new approaches within immediate work environment Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES301 Explore the use of colour	BSBDES301A Explore the use of colour	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES301 Explore the use of colour

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research information on colour and colour theory to inform work

experiment with different colours and techniques to communicate a concept or idea

review completed work and present and store samples for future reference.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain colour attributes and colour relationships

describe and interpret different colour theories and their applications in different contexts

describe individual interpretation and choice in relation to the use of colour, and the potential limitations of theory

identify different materials, tools and equipment required to experiment with colour

describe ways other practitioners use colour in their work.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

materials, resources and equipment needed to apply colour in the relevant work context.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to explore and creatively apply the design process to the development of two-dimensional (2D) forms.

It applies to individuals who apply the creative design process to the development of 2D forms. The unit underpins many other specialised design units.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Source information on 2D design	1.1 Identify and access relevant sources of information on 2D design 1.2 Evaluate and collate information to build knowledge of 2D design
2 Explore the creative design process for 2D forms	2.1 Use creative thinking techniques to generate a range of ideas and options 2.2 Use experimentation to explore and challenge a range of different ideas 2.3 Challenge assumptions, reflect on ideas and refine approaches 2.4 Consciously change perspective, and evaluate ideas and situations in new ways
3 Communicate concepts or ideas through application of design processes to 2D forms	3.1 Investigate and reflect on how a particular concept or idea might be communicated in 2D 3.2 Select materials, tools and equipment relevant to the realisation of the concept or idea 3.3 Apply a creative design process to produce a range of 2D concept realisations 3.4 Reflect on own application of design process and success in communicating the concept or idea 3.5 Seek and obtain feedback from others about the 2D form and its success in communicating the concept or idea 3.6 Present and store concept realisations or samples in a format which takes account of the need for professional presentation and the work’s potential value for future jobs

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 3.1	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to determine and adhere to requirements
Writing	2.1, 3.6	Produces a range of text types using appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure and referencing conventions
Oral Communication	2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.5	Participates in verbal exchanges using vocabulary, style and tone appropriate to audience Uses listening techniques to clarify understanding
Numeracy	3.1, 3.3, 3.5	Performs mathematical calculations to produce 2D designs
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4, 3.6	Plans and organises tasks required to achieve required outcomes Identifies ideas in use in other contexts and considers how they might be applied in own context Selects new ideas that may improve a process in immediate work context Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations Evaluates effectiveness of decisions on how well they meet stated goals

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms	BSBDES302A Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce a range of samples or concept realisations which demonstrate creative thinking techniques and experimentation processes based on available resource materials

review own work to determine future improvements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify creative thinking techniques that can be used as part of the design process

describe the elements and principles of design as applied to twodimensional (2D) forms

list materials, tools and equipment required for the design of 2D forms in the relevant work context

describe the notion of individual interpretation and choice within the design process

explain the particular challenges that may arise in the design of 2D forms.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to the materials, resources and equipment needed to apply design processes to 2D forms.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to explore and creatively apply the design process to the development of three-dimensional (3D) forms.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision and apply an understanding of the design process using discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Source information on 3D design	1.1 Identify and access relevant sources of information on 3D design 1.2 Evaluate and collate information to build knowledge of 3D design
2 Explore the creative design process for 3D forms	2.1 Use creative thinking techniques to generate a range of ideas and options 2.2 Use experimentation to explore and challenge a range of different ideas 2.3 Challenge assumptions, reflect on ideas and refine approaches 2.4 Consciously change perspective, and evaluate ideas and situations in new ways
3 Communicate concepts or ideas through application of design processes to 3D forms	3.1 Investigate and reflect on how a particular concept or idea might be communicated in 3D form 3.2 Select materials, tools and equipment relevant to the realisation of the concept or idea 3.3 Apply a creative design process to produce a range of 3D concept realisations 3.4 Reflect on own application of design process and success in communicating the concept or idea 3.5 Seek and obtain feedback from others about the 3D form and its success in communicating the concept or idea 3.6 Present and store concept realisations or samples in a format which takes account of the need for professional presentation and the work’s potential value for future jobs

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 3.1	Interprets textual information from relevant sources to determine and adhere to requirements
Writing	2.1, 3.6	Produces a range of text types using appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure and referencing conventions
Oral Communication	2.1-2.3, 3.5	Participates in verbal exchanges using vocabulary, style and tone appropriate to audience Uses listening techniques to clarify understanding
Numeracy	3.1, 3.3, 3.5	Performs mathematical calculations required to produce 3D concept designs
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4, 3.6	Plans and organises tasks required to achieve outcomes Identifies ideas in use in other contexts and considers how they might be applied in own context Selects and adopts new ideas to improve a process in immediate work context Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations Evaluates effectiveness of decisions on how well they meet stated goals

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms	BSBDES303A Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce a range of samples or concept realisations which demonstrate creative thinking techniques and experimentation processes based on available resource materials for three-dimensional (3D) forms

review own work to determine future improvements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify creative thinking techniques that can be used as part of the design process

describe the elements and principles of design as applied to 3D forms

list materials, tools and equipment required for the design of 3D forms in the relevant work context

describe the notion of individual interpretation and choice within the design process

explain the particular challenges and issues in the design of 3D forms

outline the relationships between form and space.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to the materials, resources and equipment needed to apply design processes to 3D forms.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to source, apply and update general knowledge of the design industry based on problem solving, aesthetics, materials and processes appropriately used within the design industry.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision and support the professional design process such as evaluating the nature of design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Source and apply information on the structure and operation of design industry	1.1 Identify and access information on the design industry and professional design practice 1.2 Use and analyse knowledge of the design industry appropriately, to inform own design practice and work
2 Source and apply knowledge on employment obligations and opportunities impacting designers	2.1 Obtain information on employment obligations and opportunities in the design industry 2.2 Apply knowledge of employment obligations and opportunities appropriately within daytoday work activities
3 Seek information on new design technology	3.1 Correctly identify sources of information on new technology affecting different areas of design practice 3.2 Investigate relevant technologies to assist effective work performance
4 Update industry knowledge	4.1 Identify and use a range of opportunities to update knowledge of the design industry and monitor current issues of concern to the industry 4.2 Share updated knowledge with colleagues and peer group as appropriate, and incorporate into daytoday work activities
5 Apply information on ethical and legal work practices	5.1 Source information on ethical and legal work practices in the context of design 5.2 Share updated knowledge on ethical and legal work practice in daytoday work activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 5.1	Evaluates a variety of texts to determine legislative and regulatory requirements, and current industry practices
Writing	4.1, 4.2, 5.2	Produces a range of text types using appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure and referencing conventions
Oral Communication	4.2, 5.2	Presents information using vocabulary, style and tone appropriate to audience
Numeracy	1.2	Identifies and comprehends numerical information in a range of familiar texts
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.2, 5.1, 5.2	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal, ethical and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 3.1, 3.2	Plans and organises tasks required to achieve required outcomes Contributes to the design of new approaches within immediate work environment Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations Uses common digital systems and tools to complete routine tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge	BSBDES304A Source and apply design industry knowledge	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

source and use a broad body of information to inform own professional practice

work collaboratively with peers through open information-sharing processes and use of industry terminology

investigate new technologies and how they can affect and assist design output

Identify and participate in activities to maintain currency in design industry trends and practices.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the history and evolution of the design industry

explain the relationship between design and allied industries design industry

describe the impact of legislation, including intellectual property, on the design industry

explain the relevance of ethical work practices to the design industry

describe current and emerging technologies used within the design industry

explain the obligations of employers and employees in the design industry

outline key organisations that may provide advice or information about the design industry

identify sources of information on the design industry and ways of maintaining current industry knowledge.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to sources of information on the design industry.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to source information on design history and theory, and to apply that information in the individual’s design work.

It applies to individuals who work in design and need to develop and maintain a general knowledge of design history and theory.

More complex research into design theory and design trends is covered by BSBDES602 Research global design trends and BSBDES801 Research and apply design theory.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Collect information on design history and theory	1.1 Identify and access relevant sources of information on design history and theory 1.2 Organise research material and findings for current or future use in design practice, facilitating easy access and crossreferencing
2 Apply information to own area of work	2.1 Evaluate information in the context of current design practice 2.2 Assess which aspects of information on design history and theory could be used or adapted to inform current practice 2.3 Use relevant information in a culturally appropriate way to develop an understanding of own area of work
3 Update and maintain knowledge of design trends	3.1 Identify and use opportunities to update and expand knowledge of design trends and developments 3.2 Incorporate and integrate knowledge into design activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1, 3.1	Identifies, interprets and evaluates information on historical and current design trends from a range of sources
Writing	1.2, 3.1	Notes findings and sources of information for design knowledge, trends and developments Documents information for colleagues and peers as requested
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.1	Asks questions to clarify information, listens to responses and shares ideas with others
Navigate the world of work	2.3	Understands main tasks, responsibilities and boundaries of own role
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 3.2	Plans and implements tasks required to achieve required outcomes Contributes to new approaches within immediate work environment Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design	BSBDES305A Source and apply information on the history and theory of design	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

show how the history and theory of design can be adapted and used in own professional practice

maintain currency of theoretical and design knowledge.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise current design trends

describe the evolution of design

identify the organisational information practices and their application

outline sources of information on design history and theory relevant to own design work.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to information sources on design history and theory.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES401 Generate design solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to generate design solutions in response to a particular design need.

It applies to individuals who generate concepts and solutions in response to a design challenge in any industry context. The starting point may be an open or closed brief; a spontaneous idea; modification of an existing product, service, process or system; or a point in an ongoing design process.

This unit builds on BSBDES201 Follow a design process, and places greater focus on research, concept generation and collaboration with others as key aspects of the design process.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Define the design challenge	1.1 Determine and evaluate user/client needs 1.2 Clarify specifications, parameters and constraints of the design challenge in consultation with relevant stakeholders 1.3 Articulate essence of the design challenge in an appropriate format
2 Undertake research to inform the design solution	2.1 Source, evaluate and acknowledge information that may assist in responding to the design challenge 2.2 Consider historical, current and future perspectives and trends that might inform design solutions 2.3 Consider relevant social, economic, environmental, ethical and cultural issues that may impact design solutions 2.4 Analyse, distil and collate information to inform the development of the design solution
3 Communicate and collaborate with others	3.1 Establish and develop working relationships with key stakeholders 3.2 Seek and integrate input and ideas from others during design process 3.3 Inform key stakeholders about progress of the design and related implications 3.4 Negotiate and agree on any changed requirements or modifications
4 Generate ideas and responses to the design challenge	4.1 Reflect on and integrate ideas generated from research and consultation 4.2 Use a range of creative thinking techniques to generate different options and ideas 4.3 Apply relevant principles of functionality, ergonomics, aesthetics and sustainability to development of different options
5 Select a design solution	5.1 Develop and use a range of criteria to evaluate different options and ideas 5.2 Select a preferred solution based on agreed criteria and in consultation with relevant key stakeholders 5.3 Adjust and refine proposed design solution based on research, testing and reflection 5.4 Present proposed design solution with appropriate supporting documentation according to project requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.4	Researches, collates and analyses textual information from a wide range of sources
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4	Documents ideas, sources and concepts using appropriate formats and specific language Refines and edits work
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 3.2-3.4, 5.2, 5.4	Actively participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and elicits views and opinions of others by listening and questioning Clarifies, explains or presents information relating to design solution using clear and specific language appropriate to audience
Numeracy	1.3, 4.3, 5.1, 5.4	Interprets numeric data and applies mathematical calculations relevant to design solution
Navigate the world of work	2.3	Understands nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities and how it contributes to the work of others in immediate work context
Interact with others	1.3, 3.1, 5.4	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities and contributes to specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability
Get the work done	1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1-4.3, 5.1-5.3	Takes responsibility for planning and implementing tasks required to achieve outcomes, including those times when interaction with others is Systematically analyses and evaluates information to aid in decision making and problem solving Applies some basic principles of lateral thinking to generate new or innovative ideas

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES401 Generate design solutions	BSBDES401A Generate design solutions	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES401 Generate design solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop and document a design solution through research, reflection, and generation and refinement of ideas

demonstrate effective collaboration with others in the design process.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the elements and principles of design and their application in the relevant design context

describe key features of the wider industry, and the economic, social and historical context design solutions are being generated in

discuss design trends and technologies including other designs and the work of other design practitioners in the relevant industry context

identify sources of information that support the development of technical and other knowledge

describe the materials, tools, equipment, techniques and processes used in the generation of design solutions in the relevant industry context.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to:

interaction with others to reflect the collaborative nature of the design process

sources of information on design for the relevant industry context.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and extend skills as a practising designer.

It applies to individuals who work as a designer, in any industry context, either independently or employed by an organisation.

Designers must continually refine, develop and evaluate their own conceptual and technical skills. Research, experimentation and collaboration are key factors in this process.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Acquire and develop technical skills	1.1 Plan strategies to ensure the development of appropriate technical skills in design practice 1.2 Plan and use opportunities to develop and assess technical skills 1.3 Identify and use practice, feedback, discussion and evaluation opportunities to continuously improve technical skills 1.4 Develop and extend technical skills through testing capabilities of materials, tools and equipment 1.5 Identify and use relevant media to stimulate technical and professional development
2 Develop conceptual skills and ideas	2.1 Engage in ongoing experimentation and exploration of different ideas and techniques 2.2 Discuss ideas with others and apply knowledge gained to inform own work 2.3 Use work practice to gain experience in a range of genres and interpretations 2.4 Study the work of others to stimulate conceptual and technical skills development 2.5 Research and share ideas across a range of design disciplines 2.6 Identify and use a range of opportunities to develop own skills and keep informed about current design practice
3 Develop own voice	3.1 Explore and experiment with new ideas in making and/or interpreting design work 3.2 Explore and use technology, where appropriate, to develop own voice and expand practice 3.3 Demonstrate own voice through design project realisation implementation
4 Evaluate own work	4.1 Seek and apply constructive criticism from others to improve own work 4.2 Evaluate own work against planned strategy for own practice 4.3 Evaluate own work in the context of work by others to extend own practice 4.4 Adjust work processes and practice as necessary to improve technical, conceptual and commercial outcomes
5 Research work opportunities	5.1 Correctly identify sources of information relating to work opportunities for designers 5.2 Identify networks and promotional opportunities for designers which may be helpful in developing career opportunities 5.3 Incorporate research results and information into own work and career planning

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.1-1.5, 2.2, 2.4, 2.6, 3.2, 4.1-4.3	Uses practical strategies to identify and implement improvements in own creative skills and technical design skills and practice
Reading	1.5, 2.4, 2.5, 5.1-5.3	Researches and evaluates a variety of textual information from a wide range of sources
Writing	2.5, 4.1, 5.3	Uses clear and specific language to document ideas, feedback and research results
Oral Communication	1.3, 2.2, 2.5, 4.1	Participates in a range of verbal exchanges and presentations using appropriate tone and vocabulary to suit the audience Uses active listening and questioning techniques to clarify and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 4.1, 5.2	Recognises the importance of developing technical skills and of learning from feedback and self-reflection Begins to broaden areas of interest and focus, seeking new challenges and recognising that expertise can be adapted and applied in diverse contexts
Interact with others	2.5, 4.1, 5.2	Begins to cultivate relationships with people with the knowledge, skills and influence to provide collaborative support
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 3.1-3.3, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1	Takes responsibility for planning and implementing tasks required to achieve outcomes, including those times when interaction with others is Systematically analyses and evaluates information to aid in decision making and problem solving Applies some basic principles of lateral thinking to generate new or innovative ideas Recognises the potential of new approaches to enhance work practices and outcomes Evaluates effectiveness of decisions on how well they meet stated goals Understands key principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and applies these when seeking to understand the potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice	BSBDES403A Develop and extend design skills and practice	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use strategies to develop or extend skills, ideas and a unique voice

adjust work processes as a result of peer feedback and self-evaluation

research work options, networking and promotional opportunities and incorporate information into own work and career development.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list current and emerging designers in the relevant design discipline

discuss current and emerging trends and technologies in the relevant design discipline, and the opportunities and challenges they represent

identify professional development information and resources available to designers

summarise sources of information relating to work opportunities and career planning.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to materials, resources and equipment used in the development of technical and conceptual skills in the relevant design context.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work proactively with a client or commissioning organisation to develop and negotiate a design brief.

It applies to individuals working in any industry or design context where the designer plays a key role in determining the scope and nature of work required. Establishment, negotiation and refinement of a design brief requires the integration of highly-developed creative thinking, communication and planning skills in a process that may not be linear. Adaptability and effective responses to change and new ideas are crucial.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Establish design requirements	1.1 Identify and make appropriate contact with relevant stakeholders for the design project, in addition to the client 1.2 Identify and source information and references relevant to the design project 1.3 Undertake critical analysis of sources and extract key information to inform the design project 1.4 Liaise with client and other key stakeholders to determine overall objectives and parameters for the design project 1.5 Proactively seek, review and act on information needed to inform constructive communication with client 1.6 Build trust and respect between self and client through effective communication and demonstration of professional integrity
2 Develop and refine design brief	2.1 Develop concepts and ideas for inclusion in design brief, taking account of overall objectives and parameters 2.2 Undertake own analysis of concept and challenge ideas and approaches taken to ensure responsiveness to project needs 2.3 Present ideas in an appropriate format/medium and seek feedback from key stakeholders 2.4 Use effective communication techniques to generate discussion, debate and critical analysis 2.5 Reevaluate and refine options based on own analysis and discourse with others 2.6 Establish and agree on final nature and scope of design brief with client and accurately document details
3 Negotiate terms and conditions	3.1 Negotiate and agree terms and conditions of brief in accordance with relevant organisational and professional standards 3.2 Clarify, agree and document roles and responsibilities of those involved in the project 3.3 Confirm agreements in writing in accordance with organisational requirements 3.4 Identify the need for specialist advice when developing formal agreements or contracts, and seek appropriate assistance

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.3, 2.2, 2.5	Identifies and interprets textual information from various sources to develop ideas and concepts
Writing	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 2.6, 3.1-3.3	Develops a range of documents using appropriate vocabulary, context and formatting for different audiences
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4-1.6, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2	Participates in discussions to elicit views of others by asking questions and listening to responses Presents ideas and seeks feedback from others using appropriate tone, vocabulary and language structures
Numeracy	1.2-1.4	Interprets and applies numeric information relevant to design brief
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Identifies and adheres to organisational policies and procedures, industry standards and legislative requirements during planning and design of design solution
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4-1.6, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 3.1, 3.4	Uses appropriate communication conventions and protocols to seek information from stakeholders Uses a range of collaborative techniques to clarify and refine ideas and negotiate agreeable outcomes with others
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication Applies formal problem-solving processes when responding to unpredictable issues and challenges that arise during the testing process Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking client and organisational requirements and possible constraints into account Generates new or innovative ideas or concepts through exploration, analysis and critical thinking

Range of Conditions

This section specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.

Information and references relevant to the design brief must include consideration of:	legislative and regulatory context financial/budgetary information organisational materials technical reports/data.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	BSBDES502A Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor edit to clarify meaning of PC 3.4	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop and finalise at least TWO design briefs for a specific industry purpose

demonstrate highly-developed interpersonal skills, self-evaluation techniques and the ability to seek expert advice when required.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss the legal issues that affect negotiations and contracts in the relevant work context

explain the design process within the specific industry context/design discipline

compare and contrast the scope, nature and potential variations that occur within design briefs relevant to a specific context

identify sources of information to assist the development of design concepts within a specific industry context.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to:

appropriate equipment and media to communicate and present ideas and concepts

sources of information relevant to industry context

interaction with others to reflect the collaborative nature of the work, and communication and negotiation skills required.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES601 Manage design realisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the process of taking a design from concept to final realisation or production. It has a strong focus on planning, implementation and monitoring skills, combined with a sound knowledge of design and production issues and challenges in a given context.

It applies to individuals working in any industry context or design discipline who take responsibility for turning design concept into reality – a product or service of value to the end-user. This person could be an individual designer-maker or a designer working as part of a larger design/production team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan realisation of design	1.1 Collect, analyse and maintain relevant information on the design 1.2 Discuss and agree on standards of work and monitoring requirements with appropriate stakeholders 1.3 Develop clear plan and schedule for design realisation, including key roles and responsibilities linked to timelines and budget
2 Implement and monitor realisation of design	2.1 Organise and/or allocate resources to achieve realisation of design within required standards, timeframes and budget 2.2 Liaise with others involved in design realisation to ensure obligations and quality standards are met within time, budget and technical resources 2.3 Maintain accurate, relevant and complete documentation in accordance with agreed standards 2.4 Monitor process to ensure integrity of design is maintained at all times, including through the process of challenging and interrogating own design work 2.5 Promptly identify difficulties or problems that arise in relation to realisation of design and take action to rectify situation
3 Liaise and negotiate with stakeholders	3.1 Establish and maintain appropriate communication channels with relevant stakeholders 3.2 Proactively seek and provide information to facilitate effective design realisation 3.3 Adhere to agreed terms and conditions or negotiate appropriate changes in light of changed circumstances 3.4 Negotiate and agree on revisions with relevant parties in a professional manner, to enhance quality of outcome
4 Complete design process	4.1 Finalise design outcomes in accordance with terms and conditions 4.2 Seek feedback from key stakeholders on finished design and make final adjustments as agreed 4.3 Evaluate completed design in relation to own work and overall process, to inform future practice

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.3	Collates and analyses textual information from a range of sources relevant to the design realisation
Writing	2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.3	Produces documentation using appropriate structure, language and context to articulate own ideas and positions
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.2-3.4, 4.2	Articulates clearly using specific language and appropriate tone to convey information Uses active questioning and listening techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.3, 2.1	Interprets and uses numeric information in budgets and to determine work schedules
Navigate the world of work	2.3, 3.3, 4.1	Works independently and collectively within broad parameters, with a strong sense of responsibility and ownership of plans, decisions and outcomes Adheres to organisational policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.2, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Recognises the importance of taking audience, purpose and contextual factors into account when making decisions about what to communicate, with whom, why and how Fosters a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of cohesion and commitment
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5	Takes responsibility for planning and organising tasks to meet workplace deadlines, including those tasks that require liaison with other people Applies formal problem-solving processes when responding to unpredictable issues and challenges that arise during the design process Uses each experience to reflect on how variables impact outcomes to inform future practices

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES601 Manage design realisation	BSBDES601A Manage design realisation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES601 Manage design realisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce a design according to all brief requirements

demonstrate highly-developed interpersonal and negotiation skills to deliver the finished product.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline key responsibilities of relevant personnel in this context

describe best practices when dealing with setbacks in the production process

explain production processes in a particular industry context or discipline including required materials, tools and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to:

resources, tools, materials and equipment required for realising a design in a specific context

a design concept that the candidate can take to realisation stage

other people to reflect the collaborative nature of the work.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBDES602 Research global design trends

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and critically evaluate global design trends. The focus is on research and analysis of information and ideas at a complex level, plus the evaluation and extension of the individual’s professional skills.

It applies to individuals who need to maintain a current and comprehensive knowledge of global design trends to inform their own professional practice. Although predominantly for designers, this unit may also be relevant to those who work in related management, marketing and production areas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Research design trends	1.1 Analyse and select formal and informal research strategies to source information on global design trends 1.2 Identify and explore new and alternative sources 1.3 Evaluate the credibility of information gathered and ensure research scope is sufficiently broad
2 Analyse design trends to inform own practice	2.1 Use information to challenge and extend own perspectives and ways of thinking 2.2 Examine and assess implications and consequences of design trends on own work 2.3 Use critical analysis to identify creative or commercial opportunities presented by emerging trends and technologies 2.4 Develop systems to identify and respond to future opportunities
3 Develop and articulate positions and ideas	3.1 Develop substantiated positions and ideas on global design trends 3.2 Generate informed discussion, debate and critical analysis with peers and colleagues 3.3 Use debate and feedback to challenge and refine own positions
4 Extend own design skills	4.1 Proactively identify and use opportunities presented by research to extend own design skills 4.2 Reevaluate and refine approaches to work in the context of current and emerging trends 4.3 Use practice, discussion and ongoing evaluation to continuously improve skills

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	4.1-4.3	Plans and implements strategies to improve and extend own knowledge and skills
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.2	Analyses and synthesises complex and varied information from a range of sources
Writing	2.4	Documents methods for identifying future opportunities using vocabulary and structure appropriate to context and purpose
Oral Communication	3.2, 3.3, 4.3	Elicits the views others by participating in critical discourse and debate on conceptual and technical design trends Uses active listening techniques to gain input and feedback
Navigate the world of work	2.3	Keeps abreast of trends and issues, appreciating the world of work is dynamic, with changing needs and priorities, and that career development is not a linear process that can be closely controlled
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.3, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising tasks required to conduct required research, including how to link with the work of others Keeps abreast of innovations and good practice beyond own context, borrowing, adapting, combining and redesigning for own purposes Uses reflection and feedback from others to evaluate outcomes to inform future practices Actively identifies digital systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and/or future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBDES602 Research global design trends	BSBDES602A Research global design trends	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBDES602 Research global design trends

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

conduct research on a complex range of design issues, trends and ideas

document the analysis, critique and synthesis of complex sources to develop own positions and ideas

use opportunities to refine own design skills.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe broad global design trends that apply to all design disciplines

discuss the business implications/consequences of adopting trends and emergent technologies

compare and contrast different research methodologies and options

outline sources of information on global design, design trends and broader references that may inform emerging and innovative design practice

critique specific current and emerging design technologies and trends (at a global level) in at least one area of design.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the design process field of work and include access to a current and varied range of familiar and unfamiliar information sources.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain daily financial records such as reconciling debtors’ and creditors’ systems, preparing and maintaining a general ledger and trial balance and includes activities associated with monitoring cash control for accounting purposes.

It applies to individuals who are skilled operators and apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts and may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of financial records.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Finance – Financial Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Maintain daily financial records	1.1 Correctly maintain daily financial records in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements for accounting purposes 1.2 Identify and rectify or refer discrepancies or errors in documentation or transactions to designated persons in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 1.3 Accurately credit and debit transactions and promptly enter into journals in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements
2 Maintain general ledger	2.1 Maintain general ledger in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.2 Post transactions into general ledger in accordance with organisational and legislative reporting requirements 2.3 Reconcile systems for accounts payable and receivable with general ledger 2.4 Accurately prepare trial balance from general ledger in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements
3 Monitor cash control	3.1 Ensure cash flow is accurately accounted for in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 3.2 Make and receive payments in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 3.3 Collect or follow up outstanding accounts within designated timelines 3.4 Check payment documentation for accuracy of information and despatch to creditors within designated timeline

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Recognises and interprets numerical and textual information to determine and complete required activities
Writing	1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Integrates data from different sources and records numerical information in a format appropriate to context and purpose of material Prepares clear and detailed information and instructions using format, structure and tone suitable to audience
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.2, 3.3	Explains financial issues and requirements clearly, using facts and examples, and uses listening and questioning techniques to obtain sequenced instructions
Numeracy	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Uses a limited range of mathematical calculations to reconcile amounts using whole numbers and decimals and arrange/compare numerical information
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.3	Recognises, understands and monitors adherence to legislative and organisational requirements in undertaking own work
Interact with others	3.3, 3.4	Understands the importance of using appropriate practices and protocols when handling confidential information
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4	Takes responsibility for own workload and monitors adherence to specified goals and timelines Uses digital technologies to access, record, store, organise and compile data as required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	BSBFIA301A Maintain financial records	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor edits to clarify meaning of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

maintain daily transactions and identify and respond to discrepancies and errors

transfer and record financial data accurately

reconcile expenditures and revenue in a timely manner.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify the key provisions of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards that may affect financial record keeping

discuss organisational policies and procedures relating to maintaining financial records

define credits/creditors and debits/debtors

describe principles of double entry bookkeeping and accrual accounting

identify methods of presenting financial data.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the financial administration field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

computer equipment and relevant software

examples of source documents relating to financial record keeping

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather information and maintain effective relationships and networks, with particular regard to communication and representation.

This unit applies to individuals who use leadership skills including motivation, mentoring and coaching to develop efficient, effective and unified teams and facilitate communication between team members and management of the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Frontline Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Seek, receive and communicate information and ideas	1.1 Collect information associated with the achievement of work responsibilities from appropriate sources 1.2 Communicate ideas and information to diverse audiences in an appropriate and sensitive manner 1.3 Seek contributions from internal and external sources to develop and refine new ideas and approaches in accordance with organisational processes 1.4 Facilitate consultation processes to allow employees to contribute to issues related to their work, and promptly communicate outcomes of consultation to the work team 1.5 Promptly deal with and resolve issues raised, or refer them to relevant personnel
2 Encourage trust and confidence	2.1 Treat people with integrity, respect and empathy 2.2 Encourage effective relationships within the framework of the organisation’s social, ethical and business standards 2.3 Gain and maintain the trust and confidence of colleagues, customers and suppliers through competent performance 2.4 Adjust interpersonal styles and methods in relation to the organisation’s social and cultural environment
3 Identify and use networks and relationships	3.1 Identify and utilise workplace networks to help build relationships 3.2 Identify and describe the value and benefits of networks and other work relationships for the team and the organisation
4 Contribute to positive outcomes	4.1 Identify difficulties and take action to rectify the situation within own level of responsibility according to organisational and legal requirements 4.2 Support colleagues in resolving work difficulties 4.3 Regularly review workplace outcomes and implement improvements in consultation with relevant personnel 4.4 Identify and resolve poor work performance within own level of responsibility and according to organisational policies 4.5 Deal constructively with conflict, within the organisation’s established processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 4.3	Comprehends textual information to determine regulatory requirements and adhere to job processes and internal policies
Writing	1.1-1.5, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Uses appropriate language to record key information related to the outcomes of the job Varies writing style to meet requirements of audience and purpose
Oral Communication	1.2-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 4.2-4.5	Speaks clearly using tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose Uses appropriate techniques, including active listening and questioning, to clarify information and to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to explicit and implicit organisational policies, procedures, standards and legislative requirements within own job role and in all interactions with others
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to build rapport, establish networks, seek or share information, Adjusts personal communication style in response to a diverse range of individuals in the work context Uses collaborative techniques to engage team members in consultations and negotiations Implements strategies to respond appropriately to conflict and poor work performance
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4,1.5, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for effective outcomes Uses formal analytical thinking techniques and broad ranging consultative processes to identify issues and implement a constructive approach to solutions and improvement opportunities Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access, present and communicate information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	BSBFLM303C Contribute to effective workplace relationships	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

access and analyse information to achieve planned outcomes

apply techniques for resolving problems and conflicts and dealing with poor performance within organisational and legislative requirements

review and improve workplace outcomes in consultation with relevant personnel

adjust interpersonal style and communications to respond to cultural and social diversity

apply relationship management and communication skills with a range of people that:

demonstrate integrity, respect, empathy and cultural sensitivity and promote trust

forge effective relationships with internal and/or external people and help to maintain these networks

encourage participation and foster contribution of and respect for ideas and feedback

provide support to colleagues to resolve difficulties.

communicate ideas and information to diverse audiences

develop networks and build team relationships.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

give examples of how work relationships and the cultural and social environment can support or hinder achieving planned outcomes

explain techniques for developing positive work relationships and building trust and confidence in a team

identify relevant legislation from all levels of government that affects business operation

describe a range of methods and techniques for communicating information and ideas to a range of stakeholders

outline problems solving methods

explain methods to resolve workplace conflict

explain methods to manage poor work performance

explain how to monitor, analyse and introduce ways to improve work relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation and regulations

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support the organisation’s continuous improvement systems and processes. Particular emphasis is on actively encouraging the team to participate in the process, monitoring and reporting on specified outcomes and supporting opportunities for further improvements.

It applies to individuals with roles of responsibility who use initiative, organisational and communication skills to influence the ongoing development of the organisation.

At this level, work will normally be carried out within known routines, methods and procedures, and may also involve complex or non-routine activities that require some discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Frontline Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Contribute to continuous improvement systems and processes	1.1 Actively encourage and support team members to participate in decision-making processes and to assume responsibility and exercise initiative 1.2 Communicate the organisation’s continuous improvement processes to individuals and teams 1.3 Effectively utilise mentoring and coaching to ensure that individuals/teams are able to support the organisation’s continuous improvement processes
2 Monitor and report specified outcomes	2.1 Utilise the organisation’s systems and technology to monitor team progress and to identify ways in which planning and operations could be improved 2.2 Apply continuous improvement techniques and processes to improve customer service
3 Support opportunities for further improvement	3.1 Communicate agreed recommendations for improvements in achieving the business plan to team members 3.2 Document and use work performance to identify opportunities for further improvement 3.3 Maintain records, reports and recommendations for improvement within the organisation’s systems and processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.3	Contributes to ongoing organisational improvement by mentoring others to support continuous improvement processes
Reading	2.1, 3.3	Interprets everyday workplace documentation
Writing	1.2, 3.1-3.3	Uses appropriate vocabulary and grammatical structures to achieve precise meaning in a range of documentation
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 3.1	Articulates information in a positive manner using appropriate terminology, tone and style appropriate to context and audience Uses questioning and listening techniques to exchange and clarify information
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 3.3	Understands the nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities and how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader work goals Takes responsibility for adherence to organisational processes and systems
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3	Shares information and resources, offers assistance voluntarily and facilitates effective group interactions
Get the work done	2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 3.3	Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they meet stated goals Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to organise, monitor, manage and communicate relevant information effectively

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes	BSBFLM309C Support continuous improvement systems and processes	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

perform actions to support continuous improvement including:

using work performance to identify improvement

adjusting plans to reflect changes

communicating effectively with all stakeholders

using technology to monitor operational progress

applying suitable recordkeeping processes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain principles and techniques relating to:

continuous improvement systems and processes

benchmarking

best practice

describe the benefits of continuous improvement

list quality approaches which the organisation may implement

explain methods that can be used in continuous improvement

outline barriers to continuous improvement

explain recording, reporting and recommendation processes to facilitate continuous improvement applied within the organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others

business technology.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBINM501 Manage an information or knowledge management system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to organise training for others for an information or knowledge management system and to manage the use of the system.

It applies to individuals who are responsible for seeing that key information and corporate knowledge are retained, accessible to others and improve business outcomes.

The unit applies to information or knowledge management systems which comprise policies, protocols, procedures and practices to manage information or knowledge within the organisation and among relevant stakeholders.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Knowledge Management – Information Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Organise learning to use information or knowledge management system	1.1 Identify learning needs of relevant personnel and stakeholders for input into and use of an information or knowledge management system 1.2 Identify and secure human, financial and physical resources required for learning activities to use an information or knowledge management system 1.3 Organise and facilitate learning activities 1.4 Promote and support use of the system throughout the organisation 1.5 Monitor and document effectiveness of learning activities
2 Manage use of information or knowledge management system	2.1 Ensure implementation of policies and procedures for the information or knowledge management system are monitored for compliance, effectiveness and efficiency 2.2 Address implementation issues and problems as they arise 2.3 Monitor integration and alignment with data and information systems 2.4 Collect information on achievement of performance measures 2.5 Manage contingencies such as system failure or technical difficulties by accessing technical specialist help as required
3 Review use of information or knowledge management system	3.1 Analyse effectiveness of system and report on strengths and limitations of the system 3.2 Review business and operational plan and determine how effectively the system is contributing to intended outcomes 3.3 Make recommendations for improvement to system, policy or work practices

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.3	Researches and critically analyses documentation from a variety of sources to determine requirements
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.4, 3.2, 3.3	Prepares and produces documentation for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.5, 3.3	Presents information using structure and language to suit the audience Uses active listening and questioning and reading of verbal and non-verbal signals to clarify information and to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 3.3	Takes full responsibility for following policies, procedures and legislative requirements and identifies organisational implications of new legislation or regulation Modifies or develops organisational policies and procedures to comply with legislative requirements and organisation goals
Interact with others	1.1-1.4, 2.5, 3.3	Implements strategies for a diverse range of colleagues and clients in order to build rapport and foster strong relationships Collaborates with others sharing information to build strong work groups and avoid behaviours that are not conducive to a productive environment Elicits feedback and provides feedback to others in order to improve self or workgroup behaviours
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Accepts responsibility for planning and sequencing complex tasks and workload, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account capabilities, efficiencies and effectiveness Monitors progress of plans and schedules and reviews and changes them to meet new demands and priorities Applies systematic and analytical processes to address problems and make decisions in complex situations Investigates new and innovative ideas as a means to continuously improve, work practices and processes Uses and investigates new digital technologies and applications to manage and manipulate data and communicate effectively with others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBINM501 Manage an information or knowledge management system	BSBINM501A Manage an information or knowledge management system	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBINM501 Manage an information or knowledge management system

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify learning needs and plan and implement learning activities to enable personnel to use information or knowledge management system including

providing human, financial and physical resources as required

use of coaching, mentoring, information sessions, workshops, training programs and e-learning as appropriate

monitor performance and address issues and contingencies as they arise including

accessing technical specialists as required

correct application of policies and procedures for the information or knowledge management system

alignment and effectiveness of the policies and procedures

effectiveness of information or knowledge management system for intended outcomes

recommend improvements to systems, policies and practices as appropriate.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards relevant to privacy, freedom of information and knowledge management

explain organisational policies and procedures including:

records management

information management

customer service

commercial confidentiality

describe the organisational operations and existing data and information systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the knowledge management – information management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulation, standards and codes

relevant workplace systems, documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to make a pro-active and positive contribution to workplace innovation.

It applies to individuals working in any industry or community context, in both small and large organisations who take a pro-active approach to identifying, suggesting and developing ideas about better ways of doing things at a practical operational level in a specific area of activity. While the individual’s overall work is undertaken with some supervision and guidance, they apply discretion, judgement and effective interpersonal skills in order to contribute to workplace innovation.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Innovation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify opportunities to do things better	1.1 Be aware of own role in workplace innovation 1.2 Proactively identify opportunities for improvement in own area of work 1.3 Gather and review information which may be relevant to ideas and which might assist in gaining support for ideas
2 Discuss and develop ideas with others	2.1 Identify people who could provide input into ideas for improvements 2.2 Select the best way of approaching people to begin sharing ideas 2.3 Seek feedback on improvement of ideas, and discuss and develop options and possible variations 2.4 Review and select ideas for follow up based on feedback and further review
3 Address the practicalities of change	3.1 Take action to implement routine changes in consultation with others and within scope of own responsibility 3.2 Identify and articulate issues and practical processes for implementing proposed ideas 3.3 Present ideas and practical suggestions to the appropriate people about how improvements could be made

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 2.4, 3.2	Categorises, interprets and reviews information from a range of sources to generate ideas relevant to the workplace
Writing	3.2, 3.3	Communicates information using clear language and formats appropriate for the audience
Oral Communication	2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Actively participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning Uses clear and relevant language to clarify workplace issues and promote ideas
Numeracy	1.3, 3.2	Performs basic mathematical calculations to estimate time and cost in relation to implementation of ideas
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 3.1	Understands responsibilities of own role
Interact with others	2.3, 3.1-3.3	Follows accepted communication practices and protocols when discussing or presenting ideas to others Seeks and takes into account perspectives and opinions of others
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Plans and implements routine tasks making limited decisions and seeking assistance, when necessary Uses analytical or lateral thinking processes to identify improvements or new ways of approaching tasks Identifies and anticipates operational problems and develops possible solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation	BSBINN201A Contribute to workplace innovation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify ideas for improvements and use information from a range of sources including other people to review and select ideas to put forward for implementation

communicate the ideas and seek input from others in order to identify how the ideas could be implemented

implement routine changes within scope of responsibility.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the role of individuals in suggesting and making improvements and the importance of proactive involvement

list the positive impacts and the challenges of change and innovation

provide examples of the types of changes that can occur as a result of effective individual participation within own scope of responsibility

give examples of the types of changes that are within and outside own scope of responsibility

list typical reasons why suggested improvements or innovations may not be implemented, including operational and management constraints

explain how to prepare and communicate ideas for improvement to maximise likelihood of support.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation and include access to:

workplace documents

case studies and, where possible, real situations

office equipment and resources

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITU101 Operate a personal computer

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to start up and use a range of basic functions on a personal computer or business computer terminal.

It applies to individuals who perform a range of routine computer tasks in the various sectors of the business services industry and generally work under direct supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Start computer, system information and features	1.1 Adjust workspace, furniture and equipment to suit user ergonomic requirements 1.2 Ensure work meets organisational and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for computer operation 1.3 Start computer or log on according to user procedures 1.4 Identify basic functions and features using system information 1.5 Customise desktop configuration, if necessary, with assistance from appropriate persons 1.6 Use help functions as required
2 Navigate and manipulate desktop environment	2.1 Open, close and access features by selecting correct desktop icons 2.2 Open, resize and close desktop windows by using correct window functions 2.3 Create shortcuts onto the desktop, if necessary, with assistance from appropriate persons
3 Organise files using basic directory and folder structures	3.1 Create folders/subfolders with suitable names 3.2 Save files with suitable names in appropriate folders 3.3 Rename and move folders/subfolders and files as required 3.4 Identify folder/subfolder and file attributes 3.5 Move folders/subfolders and files using cut and paste, and drag and drop techniques 3.6 Save folders/subfolders and files to appropriate media where necessary 3.7 Search for folders/subfolders and files using appropriate software tools 3.8 Restore deleted folder/subfolders and files as necessary
4 Print information	4.1 Print information from installed printer 4.2 View progress of print jobs and delete as required 4.3 Change default printer, if installed
5 Shut down computer	5.1 Close all open applications 5.2 Shut down computer according to user procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 3.1-3.8, 4.1-4.3, 5.1, 5.2	Recognises textual information within internal procedures and technical documents to determine and complete work requirements
Writing	1.3, 3.1-3.3, 3.7	Inputs information using familiar text types and records numerical and textual information for file naming conventions
Oral Communication	1.5, 2.3	Asks simple questions and comprehends answers that contain short and explicit information
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3, 5.2	Recognises and follows organisational procedures and legislative responsibilities, with particular reference to health and safety
Interact with others	1.5, 2.3	Uses appropriate communication practices to seek guidance from more experienced work colleagues
Get the work done	1.3-1.6, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.8, 4.1-4.3, 5.1, 5.2	With guidance, is beginning to understand and use the specific functions and features of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITU101 Operate a personal computer	BSBITU101A Operate a personal computer	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU101 Operate a personal computer

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

adjust equipment, furniture and workspace to suit individual ergonomic requirements

follow organisational and WHS requirements when operating a computer

follow user procedures and system information when using the basic functions on a computer, seeking assistance when necessary

use desktop icons and create shortcuts

create and manipulate folders and subfolders

check and delete print jobs and change default printer

correctly shut down software applications and the computer.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the main work health and safety requirements for working with a computer

list the main points to consider when setting up an ergonomic work environment

list the main components of the computer system, and briefly explain what each one does

briefly explain the functions of the operating system

outline the organisation’s conventions for naming files

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT use field of work and include access to:

organisational policies and procedures

information about work health and safety requirements.

computer user and system information

suitable workspace including a personal computer or computer terminal with relevant software and printer.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and produce various business documents and publications. It includes selecting and using a range of functions on a variety of computer applications.

It applies to individuals who possess fundamental skills in computer operations and keyboarding. They may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of document design and production to provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and prepare resources	1.1 Select and use appropriate technology and software applications to produce required business documents 1.2 Select layout and style of publication according to information and organisational requirements 1.3 Ensure document design is consistent with company and/or client requirements, using basic design principles 1.4 Discuss and clarify format and style with person requesting document/publication
2. Design document	2.1 Identify, open and generate files and records according to task and organisational requirements 2.2 Design document to ensure efficient entry of information and to maximise presentation and appearance of information 2.3 Use a range of functions to ensure consistency of design and layout 2.4 Operate input devices within designated requirements
3. Produce document	3.1 Complete document production within designated timelines according to organisational requirements 3.2 Check document produced to ensure it meets task requirements for style and layout 3.3 Store document appropriately and save document to avoid loss of data 3.4 Use manuals, training booklets and/or helpdesks to overcome basic difficulties with document design and production
4. Finalise document	4.1 Proofread document for readability, accuracy and consistency of language, style and layout prior to final output 4.2 Make any modifications to document to meet requirements 4.3 Name and store document in accordance with organisational requirements and exit application without data loss/damage 4.4 Print and present document according to requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1	Recognises and interprets textual information from a range of sources to determine and adhere to requirements Applies strategies to self-correct and verify clarity and conformity of information
Writing	2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 4.2, 4.3	Develops documents using required format, accurate spelling and grammar and terminology specific to requirements Organises content to support purposes and audience of material, using clear and logical language
Oral Communication	1.4	Confirms requirements with relevant personnel using specific terminology and listening and questioning techniques
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2-4.4	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Interact with others	1.4	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating in a range of familiar work contexts
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.4	Uses basic features and functions within applications to access, store, organise data and perform routine work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents	BSBITU306A Design and produce business documents	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

select appropriate technology and software for design and production of business documents

adhere to organisational requirements when:

selecting layout and style

opening and generating files

producing documents within designated timelines

naming and storing documents

printing and presenting documents

adhere to task requirements when producing documents including:

applying basic design principles

applying consistent formatting

using appropriate styles

using correct layouts

proofreading as required

use appropriate data storage options

apply knowledge of functions and features of contemporary computer applications

print and present completed documents.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify appropriate technology for production requirements

describe functions and features of contemporary computer applications

outline organisational policies, plans and procedures

list organisational requirements for document design e.g. style guide.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT use field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

relevant software applications

examples of style guides

organisational procedures.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit defines skills, knowledge and outcomes required to plan and supervise the performance of the team and develop team cohesion.

It applies team leaders, supervisors and new emerging managers who have an important leadership role in the development of efficient and effective work teams.

Leaders at this level also provide leadership for the team and bridge the gap between the management of the organisation and the team members. As such they must 'manage up' as well as manage their team/s.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership - Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan to achieve team outcomes	1.1 Lead the team to identify, establish and document team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals, plans and objectives in consultation with team members 1.2 Engage team members to incorporate innovation and productivity measures in work plans 1.3 Lead and support team members in meeting expected outcomes
2. Lead team to develop cohesion	2.1 Provide opportunities for input of team members into planning, decision making and operational aspects of work team 2.2 Encourage and support team members to take responsibility for own work and to assist each other in undertaking required roles and responsibilities 2.3 Provide feedback to team members to encourage, value and reward individual and team efforts and contributions 2.4 Recognise and address issues, concerns and problems identified by team members or refer to relevant persons as required 2.5 Model expected behaviours and approaches
3. Participate in and facilitate work team	3.1 Actively encourage team members to participate in and take responsibility for team activities and communication processes 3.2 Give the team support to identify and resolve problems which impede its performance 3.3 Ensure own contribution to work team serves as a role model for others and enhances the organisation's image within the work team, the organisation and with clients/customers
4. Liaise with management	4.1 Maintain open communication with line manager/management at all times 4.2 Communicate information from line manager/management to the team 4.3 Communicate unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by the team/team members to line manager/management and ensure follow-up action is taken 4.4 Communicate unresolved issues, concerns and problems related to the team/team members raised by line managers/management to the team and ensure follow-up to action is taken

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Writing	1.1, 4.2	Prepares workplace plans that communicate intent and elicits feedback clearly and effectively
Oral communication	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2-4.4	Engages in discussions or provides information using structure and language appropriate to the audience and situation
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 4.1	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with team members Adapts personal communication style to model required behaviours, build trust and positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions and values of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 3.2	Develops, implements and monitors plans and processes to ensure team engagement and effectiveness Uses formal analytical thinking techniques to identify issues and generate possible solutions, seeking input from others as required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness	BSBWOR402A Promote team effectiveness	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Title change Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

apply knowledge of organisational goals, objectives and plans

develop a team work plan including documentation of how it was generated and how it will be monitored

identify and incorporate innovation and productivity measures into a team work plan

communicate with team members and management to identify and establish the team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals plans and objectives and resolve problems

use techniques to consult, encourage, support and provide feedback to team members

model team leadership behaviours and approaches

liaise with management to develop the teamwork plan, resolve issues and ensure follow-up action is taken.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must explain principles and techniques associated with:

delegation and work allocation

goal setting

group dynamics and processes

individual behaviour and difference

leadership styles

motivation

negotiation

problem solving

planning

workplace innovation

workplace productivity.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

information about the organisation, including organisational structure, goals, objectives and plans

case studies, and where possible, real situations

workplace equipment and resources

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead teams and individuals by modelling high standards of conduct to reflect the organisation's standards and values.

It applies to individuals who are making the transition from being a team member to taking responsibility for the work and performance of others and providing the first level of leadership within the organisation. These managers have a strong influence on the work culture, values and ethics of the teams they supervise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Model high standards of management performance and behaviour	1.1 Ensure management performance and behaviour meets the organisation’s requirements 1.2 Ensure management performance and behaviour serves as a positive role model for others 1.3 Develop and implement performance plans in accordance with organisation’s goals and objectives 1.4 Establish and use key performance indicators to meet organisation’s goals and objectives
2. Enhance organisation’s image	2.1 Use organisation’s standards and values in conducting business 2.2 Question, through established communication channels, standards and values considered to be damaging to the organisation 2.3 Ensure personal performance contributes to developing an organisation which has integrity and credibility
3. Make informed decisions	3.1 Gather and organise information relevant to the issue/s under consideration 3.2 Facilitate individual’s and team’s active participation in decision-making processes 3.3 Examine options and assess associated risks to determine preferred course/s of action 3.4 Ensure decisions are timely and communicate them clearly to individuals and teams 3.5 Prepare plans to implement decisions and ensure they are agreed by relevant individuals and teams 3.6 Use feedback processes effectively to monitor the implementation and impact of decisions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6	Gathers, interprets and analyses text relating to organisational goals, standards and values to aid planning and decision making
Writing	1.3, 1.4, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6	Records and reports key information related to the organisational goals, standards and objectives Researches, plans and prepares documentation for relevant stakeholders
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6	Uses appropriate structure and language when developing performance plans, or when seeking and providing information about organisational goals and objectives
Numeracy	1.4	Identifies and comprehends mathematical information in familiar texts to establish key performance indicators
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.3	Understands how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader work goals Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective outcomes Recognises the importance of taking audience, purpose and contextual factors into account when making decisions about what to communicate with whom, why and how
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they meet stated goals

Range of Conditions

This section specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.

Organisation’s standards and values must be identified by considering:	explicitly stated values values that are implied by the way the organisation conducts its business.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace	BSBMGT401A Show leadership in the workplace	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify the organisation’s standards and values, whether stated or implied by the way the organisation conducts its business

evaluate own behaviour and performance against these and adjust to achieve required standards

develop and implement performance plans and key performance indicators (KPIs) to meet organisation’s goals and objectives

use established communication channels to raise questions about standards and values that may be damaging to the organisation

ensure own behaviour and performance contributes to the integrity and credibility of the organisation

facilitate processes to make decisions that are based on:

relevant information

examination of options and associated risks

input from relevant people

communicate about making and implementing decisions including:

facilitating agreement on the preferred course of action and implementation plans

monitoring and feedback on the implementation and impact of decisions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain how to identify an organisation’s standards and values when they are:

stated

implied

articulate organisational values and expectations of behaviour

explain basic theory of group behaviour

outline the organisation’s process for raising questions about standards and values

give examples of behaviours and performance that would typically be considered damaging to an organisation

explain concepts including:

organisational values

role modelling

integrity and credibility

leadership.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement the operational plan by monitoring and adjusting operational performance, planning and acquiring resources and providing reports on performance as required.

It applies to individuals who plan activities to achieve the measurable, stated objectives of the team and the organisation. At this level work will normally be carried out within routine and non-routine methods and procedures which require planning, evaluation, leadership and guidance of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement operational plan	1.1 Collate, analyse and organise details of resource requirements in consultation with relevant personnel, colleagues and specialist resource managers 1.2 Implement operational plans to contribute to the achievement of organisation’s performance/business plan 1.3 Identify and use key performance indicators (KPIs) to monitor operational performance 1.4 Manage contingencies by adjusting the implementation of the operational plan in consultation with others 1.5 Provide assistance in the development and presentation of proposals for resource requirements in line with operational planning processes
2. Implement resource acquisition	2.1 Recruit and induct employees within organisation’s policies, practices and procedures 2.2 Implement plans for acquisition of physical resources and services within organisation’s policies, practices and procedures and in consultation with relevant personnel
3. Monitor operational performance	3.1 Monitor performance systems and processes to assess progress in achieving profit/productivity plans and targets 3.2 Analyse and use budget and actual financial information to monitor profit/productivity performance 3.3 Identify unsatisfactory performance and take prompt action to rectify the situation according to organisational policies 3.4 Provide mentoring, coaching and supervision to support individuals and teams to use resources effectively, economically and safely 3.5 Present recommendations for variation to operational plans to the designated persons/groups and gain approval 3.6 Implement systems, procedures and records associated with performance in accordance with organisation’s requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.4	Actively reinforces learning by applying new knowledge and skills in mentoring, coaching and supervising others
Reading	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.6	Identifies, interprets, analyses and reviews textual information related to the operational plan and monitoring of operational performance
Writing	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2-3.6	Communicates relationships between ideas and information, matching style of writing to purpose and audience Researches, plans and prepares workplace documentation for relevant stakeholders using organisational formats
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with a range of audiences varying structure and language to suit the audience
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Selects and uses familiar mathematical techniques to organise timely supply of adequate resources for the operational plan and to use budgetary information to monitor performance
Navigate the world of work	1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse individuals to build rapport, seek or present information Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group communication, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.6	Takes responsibility for planning, organising, implementing and monitoring tasks required to achieve required outcomes Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they met stated goals Recognises and addresses an increasing range of familiar problems by implementing contingency plans

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan	BSBMGT402A Implement operational plan	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Edits to clarify intent of Performance Criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interact with a range of people/groups to identify resource requirements, performance objectives, systems, procedures and records relating to the operational plan

vary the operational plan and gain approval to deal with contingencies

monitor operational performance against the performance objectives and budgets and take action to rectify unsatisfactory performance

plan and acquire physical and human resources using organisation’s systems and procedures

manage and support personnel to achieve performance objectives. including inducting new employees and providing mentoring and coaching

present information and recommendations to support implementation and variation of the operational plan

document and provide reports on performance as required by the organisation.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe performance monitoring systems and processes

describe methods for problem solving

explain how organisational policies and procedures relate to the operational plan.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership field of work and include access to:

organisational operational plans, policies and procedures

workplace documentation and resources including budgets, physical and human resource procurement documentation, employee induction and performance monitoring procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMKG413 Promote products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to coordinate and review the promotion of an organisation’s products and services.

It applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of the promotion of products and services specific to an organisation. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Development – Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan promotional activities	1.1 Identify and assess promotional activities to ensure compatibility with organisational requirements 1.2 Plan and schedule promotional activities according to the marketing needs of the organisation 1.3 Determine overall promotional objectives in consultation with designated individuals and groups 1.4 Ensure that timelines and costs for promotion of activities are realistic and consistent with budget resources 1.5 Develop action plans to provide details of products and services being promoted
2. Coordinate promotional activities	2.1 Ensure personnel and resources to support promotional activities are identified and prepared to facilitate the achievement of promotional goals 2.2 Identify and agree roles and responsibilities for delivery of promotional services and allocate to relevant personnel 2.3 Establish and conduct relationships with targeted groups in a manner which enhances the positive image of the organisation 2.4 Use networks to assist in the implementation of promotional activities
3. Review and report on promotional activities	3.1 Analyse audience feedback and data to determine the impact of the promotional activity on the delivery of products and services 3.2 Assess effectiveness of planning processes to identify possible improvements in future activities 3.3 Collect feedback and provide to personnel and agencies involved in promotional activity 3.4 Analyse costs and time lines to evaluate the benefits accruing from the promotional activities 3.5 Prepare conclusions and recommendations from verifiable evidence and provide constructive advice on future directions of promotional activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 3.1	Interprets, analyses and collates textual information relevant to promotional activities from a range of sources
Writing	1.2, 1.5, 2.3, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5	Uses clear and specific language to develop formal and informal documents for different audiences in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	1.3, 2.3, 3.3, 3.5	Actively participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and elicits the views and opinions of others by listening and questioning Uses clear and specific language to clarify, explain and present information relating to the promotional activity
Numeracy	1.4, 1.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Classifies, analyses and compares numeric information, including costs and timelines, relevant to the promotional activity
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Adheres to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures
Interact with others	1.3, 2.3, 2.4, 3.3, 3.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols with a range of stakeholders to project a professional image while seeking or sharing information Recognises the importance of building rapport to establish and maintain positive working relationships
Get the work done	1.2, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, gathering relevant information and identifying and evaluating options against agreed requirements Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they meet stated goals Uses a range of digital tools to access data, and to extract, organise, integrate and share relevant information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMKG413 Promote products and services	BSBMKG413A Promote products and services	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG413 Promote products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify the context for the promotional activities including:

relevant legislation/regulations

organisation’s goals, objectives, systems, policies and procedures

budget and timelines

marketing needs and, if defined, marketing plans

objectives of the promotional activities

consult with relevant stakeholders to plan promotional activities to meet objectives, budget and timelines

coordinate promotional activities including:

allocation of personnel, roles and responsibilities

sourcing other resources and promotional products as appropriate

use of networks and relationships

analyse feedback and data to evaluate the effectiveness of planning processes and promotional activities and make recommendations on future directions of promotional activities.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the legislative and regulatory context of the organisation as relevant to the marketing plan

outline the planning processes for organising promotional activities

explain the organisation’s marketing objectives and how they support the overall business objectives

explain how common promotional activities could be used to support the marketing objectives with reference to

advertising

client functions

employee functions

media announcements

product launches

web pages.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the business development – marketing field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMKG501 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, evaluate and take advantage of marketing opportunities by analysing market data, distinguishing characteristics of possible markets and assessing viability of changes to operations.

It applies to individuals working in a supervisory or management marketing or advertising role within a marketing or advertising team or media organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Development – Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify marketing opportunities	1.1 Analyse information on market and business needs to identify marketing opportunities 1.2 Research potential new markets and assess opportunities to enter, shape or influence each market, and the likely contribution to the business 1.3 Explore entrepreneurial, innovative approaches and creative ideas for their potential business application, and develop into potential marketing opportunities
2. Investigate marketing opportunities	2.1 Identify and analyse opportunities in terms of their likely fit with organisational goals and capabilities 2.2 Evaluate each opportunity to determine its impact on current business and customer base 2.3 Use an assessment of external factors, costs, benefits, risks and opportunities to determine the financial viability of each marketing opportunity 2.4 Determine probable return on investment and potential competitors 2.5 Describe and rank marketing opportunities on their viability, and likely contribution to the business
3. Evaluate required changes to current operations	3.1 Identify and document changes needed to current operations to take advantage of viable marketing opportunities 3.2 Ensure organisational changes to service an increased or different customer base including provision for continued quality of service to existing customers 3.3 Estimate resource requirements for changed operations 3.4 Determine and communicate viability of making changes to current operations to key stakeholders 3.5 Document newly identified marketing opportunities and required changes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1	Evaluates and comprehends textual information from a range of sources and draws own conclusions
Writing	1.1-1.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5	Integrates information from a number of sources to develop material that supports purposes of documentation using suitable grammatical structure and clear, logical language
Oral Communication	2.5, 3.4	Presents opinions, ideas and organisational requirements clearly and creatively using language and presentation techniques appropriate to audience and environment Elicits views and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Numeracy	2.3, 2.4, 3.3	Evaluates financial and marketing data using whole numbers, decimals and percentages to make accurate calculations
Navigate the world of work	2.1	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit organisational protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Interact with others	2.5, 3.4	Selects appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Develops plans to manage relatively complex tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Makes decisions by systematically analysing information, identifying and evaluating options against set criteria, and choosing most appropriate option Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement Develops new and innovative ideas through exploration, analysis and critical thinking

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBMKG501 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities	BSBMKG501B Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG501 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and evaluate marketing opportunities to determine whether they can meet organisational objectives

document how current business operations need to be modified, and list resources required, to take advantage of newly identified and evaluated opportunities.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline key provisions of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards affecting marketing operations

describe organisational marketing plan, structure, products and services

explain principles of marketing and marketing mix

describe statistical methods and techniques to evaluate marketing opportunities, including forecasting techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the business development – marketing field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

organisational strategic and marketing plans

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOHS404B Contribute to the implementation of strategies to control OHS risk

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to contribute to the implementation of strategies to control occupational health and safety (OHS) risks. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to individuals with supervisory responsibilities for managing OHS in the workplace who contribute to the implementation of OHS risk controls in the workplace.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Develop option/s for risk control	1.1. Review hazard register, outcomes of incident investigations and risk assessments to identify hazards requiring control action 1.2. Apply knowledge of OHS legislation and standards to develop a range of options to control specific risks in the workplace 1.3. Apply the principles of the hierarchy of control when developing risk control options 1.4. Seek input from stakeholders and key personnel 1.5. Seek advice from OHS specialists and technical advisors where required
2. Select appropriate option/s to control risks	2.1. Review outcomes of risk assessments to inform the process of selecting option/s to control risks 2.2. Prioritise appropriate interventions when selecting risk controls 2.3. Identify potential factors that may limit effectiveness of controls 2.4. Consult with and involve workplace stakeholders in selecting appropriate control options 2.5. Communicate recommendations for risk control to stakeholders
3. Contribute to implementation of controls	3.1. Seek appropriate authority and relevant resources to implement controls 3.2. Identify and document actions required to achieve change 3.3. Consult with and involve workplace stakeholders in implementation of change 3.4. Provide advice on the fitting, use, maintenance and storage of personal protective equipment (PPE)
4. Contribute to monitoring and evaluation of effectiveness of controls	4.1. Monitor and evaluate the extent of change as a consequence of new controls, in consultation with stakeholders 4.2. Monitor and document compliance with new procedures 4.3. Access workplace sources of information and data to evaluate effectiveness of risk controls and to check for new hazards introduced as a result of controls 4.4. Identify areas for further improvement in consultation with stakeholders and action as appropriate 4.5. Develop and document an improvement plan

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
consultation and negotiation skills to develop risk management plans and implement risk controls effectively culturally appropriate communication skills to relate to people from diverse backgrounds and people with diverse abilities across all levels of an organisation evaluation skills to analyse the effectiveness of own performance in implementing strategies chosen to control OHS risks information management skills to evaluate OHS data interpersonal skills to establish rapport and build networks with a range of internal and external stakeholders literacy skills to prepare reports for a range of target groups organisational and time management skills to sequence tasks and meet timelines research and data analysis skills to assess resources required to systematically manage OHS and to analyse relevant workplace information and data research and data analysis skills to evaluate interactions between employees, their activities, equipment, environment and work systems technology skills to access internal and external OHS data.
Required knowledge
appropriate data collection methods for OHS purposes characteristics, mode of action and measurement of major hazard types concepts of risks, factors that affect risk and difference between a hazard and a risk internal and external sources for OHS information and data legislative requirements for: consultation and communication information and data collection notification of incidents record keeping reporting of incidents specific hazards organisational culture as it impacts on the workgroup organisational policies and procedures for managing OHS organisational work processes and structure principles and practices of systematic approaches to managing OHS principles of incident causation and injury processes principles of the hierarchy of control principles, tools and techniques to identify and control workplace hazards and manage risks in the OHS context relevant state/territory and commonwealth OHS legislation, codes of practice and standards requirements for individual fitting, use, maintenance and storage of a range of PPE items roles and responsibilities of personnel as specified in relevant OHS legislation sources of OHS data standard industry controls for a range of hazards.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the following is essential: contribution to the development and implementation of risk control options to control risks associated with hazards in the workplace or simulated environment contribution to the monitoring and evaluation of the effectiveness of risk controls implemented and the making of appropriate adjustments where necessary knowledge of the principles of the hierarchy of control.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: access to office equipment and resources access to relevant legislation, standards and guidelines access to workplace documentation.
Method of assessment	A range of assessment methods should be used to assess practical skills and knowledge. The following examples are appropriate for this unit: analysis of responses to case studies and scenarios demonstration of techniques used to select, implement, monitor and evaluate risk controls direct questioning combined with review of portfolios of evidence and third party reports of on-the-job performance by the candidate observation of the application of risk control techniques oral or written questioning to assess knowledge of the principles, tools and techniques to identify and control workplace hazards and manage risks in the OHS context review of communication to stakeholders of recommendations for risk control review of documented compliance with new procedures evaluation of improvement plan.
Guidance information for assessment	Holistic assessment with other units relevant to the industry sector, workplace and job role is recommended, for example: BSBOHS403B Identify hazards and assess OHS risks.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Hazard register may include:	a list of hazards location of hazards range of possible scenarios or circumstances under which hazards may cause injury or damage results of the risk analysis related to the hazards
Hazards may include:	sources of potential harm in terms of human injury, ill health, damage to property, damage to the environment, or a combination of these, including: biological chemical environment mechanical and/or electrical physical psychosocial radiological nuclear
Risks may include:	the chance of something occurring that will result in injury or damage measured in terms of consequences (injury or damage) and likelihood of the consequence
Principles of the hierarchy of control may include:	eliminating hazards and where this is not practicable, minimising risk by: substitution isolating hazard from personnel using engineering controls using administrative controls (such as procedures, training) using PPE
Stakeholders may include:	community employees health and safety, and other employee representatives managers OHS committees supervisors
Key personnel may include:	managers from other areas people involved in OHS decision making or who are impacted by decisions
OHS specialists may include:	ergonomists health professionals injury management advisors occupational hygienists
Technical advisors may include:	engineers (design, acoustic, safety, mechanical, civil) legal practitioners maintenance and tradespeople workplace trainers and assessors
Factors that may limit effectiveness of controls may include:	cultural diversity language literacy and numeracy shift work and rostering arrangements training required workplace culture related to OHS, including commitment by managers and supervisors, and compliance with procedures and training workplace organisational structures (for example geographic, hierarchical)
Actions required to achieve change may include:	development of new procedures or revision of existing procedures purchase of equipment or modification of equipment training
Personal protective equipment may include:	equipment designed to be worn by a person to provide protection from hazards such as: clothing and footwear face and eye protection hand protection head protection hearing protection respiratory protection
Workplace sources of information and data may include:	audits Australian Standards hazard and incident reports incident investigations manufacturers' manuals and specifications material safety data sheets (MSDSs) and registers minutes of meetings OHS legislation reports workplace inspections

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Competency field

Competency field	Regulation, Licensing and Risk - Occupational Health and Safety

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

BSBPMG409 Apply project scope management techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute to the control of a project's scope by assisting with identifying its objectives, deliverables, constraints, assumptions and outcomes; and by applying controls once the project has commenced.

It applies to individuals who are project practitioners working in a project support role.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Contribute to defining project scope	1.1 Review project initiation documentation and assist in identifying project objectives and requirements 1.2 Contribute to identifying project deliverables 1.3 Contribute to identifying measurable outcomes to enable evaluation of project performance 1.4 Contribute to developing and documenting the scope management plan 1.5 Assist in obtaining agreement to scope from relevant project authority
2. Apply project scope controls	2.1 Undertake work according to agreed project scope management plan and by using established change control procedures and performance measurement procedures 2.2 Communicate instances of non-compliance with overall scope to the project manager and other team members
3. Contribute to review of scope controls	3.1 Measure progress to determine potential, perceived and actual scope changes 3.2 Appropriately report scope changes 3.3 Assist in review of project outcomes to determine effectiveness of initial and subsequent scope management approaches

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1	Interprets and analyses complex texts
Writing	1.4, 1.5, 3.2	Develops and amends plans and associated documentation using appropriate organisational formats and vocabulary
Oral Communication	1.2-1.5, 2.2	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges, using clear language to convey information, and active listening and questioning to clarify understanding
Numeracy	1.3, 3.1	Selects and applies a range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies to develop timelines and monitor progress
Interact with others	1.2-1.5, 2.2	Uses appropriate communication practices in a range of work contexts Collaborates and cooperates with others to achieve shared goals
Get the work done	2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Plans and organises tasks required to monitor and report on project implementation Analyses outcomes to identify future improvements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPMG409 Apply project scope management techniques	BSBPMG409A Apply project scope-management	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG409 Apply project scope management techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

contribute to delineating and controlling project scope

record project scope management plan

interpret and follow project initiation documentation for purposes of documenting project scope.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list components of a project scope management plan

identify and describe factors likely to impact project scope

outline formal change-control processes

identify and discuss methods for measuring work outcomes and progress against plans

identify and discuss methods for segmenting and documenting a work breakdown structure

explain procedures for reporting a change in scope

describe types of project initiation documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership – project management field of work and include access to:

project documentation which includes information about project scope

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG522 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake a straightforward project or a section of a larger project. It covers developing a project plan, administering and monitoring the project, finalising the project and reviewing the project to identify lessons learned for application to future projects.

This unit applies to individuals who play a significant role in ensuring a project meets timelines, quality standards, budgetary limits and other requirements set for the project.

The unit does not apply to specialist project managers. For specialist project managers, the other units of competency in the project management field (BSBPMG) will be applicable.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Define project	1.1 Access project scope and other relevant documentation 1.2 Define project stakeholders 1.3 Seek clarification from delegating authority of issues related to project and project parameters 1.4 Identify limits of own responsibility and reporting requirements 1.5 Clarify relationship of project to other projects and to the organisation's objectives 1.6 Determine and access available resources to undertake project
2. Develop project plan	2.1 Develop project plan in line with the project parameters 2.2 Identify and access appropriate project management tools 2.3 Formulate risk management plan for project, including Work Health and Safety (WHS) 2.4 Develop and approve project budget 2.5 Consult team members and take their views into account in planning the project 2.6 Finalise project plan and gain necessary approvals to commence project according to documented plan
3. Administer and monitor project	3.1 Take action to ensure project team members are clear about their responsibilities and the project requirements 3.2 Provide support for project team members, especially with regard to specific needs, to ensure that the quality of the expected outcomes of the project and documented time lines are met 3.3 Establish and maintain required recordkeeping systems throughout the project 3.4 Implement and monitor plans for managing project finances, resources and quality 3.5 Complete and forward project reports as required to stakeholders 3.6 Undertake risk management as required to ensure project outcomes are met 3.7 Achieve project deliverables
4. Finalise project	4.1 Complete financial recordkeeping associated with project and check for accuracy 4.2 Ensure transition of staff involved in project to new roles or reassignment to previous roles 4.3 Complete project documentation and obtain necessary sign-offs for concluding project
5. Review project	5.1 Review project outcomes and processes against the project scope and plan 5.2 Involve team members in the project review 5.3 Document lessons learned from the project and report within the organisation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 3.3, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.3	Develops plans, reports and recommendations using vocabulary, structure and conventions appropriate to text Establishes and maintains records according to organisational requirements
Numeracy	1.6, 2.4, 3.4, 4.1	Uses formal and some informal, oral and written mathematical language and representation to prepare and communicate budgetary and financial information
Oral communication	2.5, 5.2	Participates in verbal discussions using clear language and appropriate features to present or seek information Using listening and questioning skills to seek information and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 4.3	Recognises and responds to organisational and legislative/regulatory requirements
Interact with others	2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 5.2	Selects and uses appropriate communication protocols and practices to ensure shared understanding of project roles and expectations Uses collaborative techniques to engage stakeholders in consultations and negotiations
Get the work done	1.2, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.6, 3.1-3.7, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3	Develops and implements plans to manage projects that involve diverse stakeholders with potentially competing demands Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to make informed decisions Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement Uses digital technologies and applications to access, organise and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPMG522 Undertake project work	BSBPMG522A Undertake project work	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG522 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

define the parameters of the project including:

project scope

project stakeholders, including own responsibilities

relationship of project to organisational objectives and other projects

reporting requirements

resource requirements

use project management tools to develop and implement a project plan including:

deliverables

work breakdown

budget and allocation of resources

timelines

risk management

recordkeeping and reporting

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to generate input and engagement in planning, implementing and reviewing the project

provide support to team members to enable them to achieve deliverables and to transition them as appropriate at completion of the project

finalise the project including documentation, sign-offs and reporting

review and document the project outcomes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

give examples of project management tools and how they contribute to a project

outline types of documents and other sources of information commonly used in defining the parameters of a project

explain processes for identifying and managing risk in a project

outline the organisation's mission, goals, objectives and operations and how the project relates to them

explain the organisation's procedures and processes that are relevant to managing a project including:

lines of authority and approvals

quality assurance

human resources

budgets and finance

recordkeeping

reporting

outline the legislative and regulatory context of the organisation in relation to project work, including work health and safety (WHS) requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management and leadership – project management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide advice and information within an organisation about the development and distribution of its products and services.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of administrative competencies in varied work contexts, using some discretion and judgement and who may provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Product Skills and Advice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and maintain knowledge of products and services	1.1 Actively and regularly research knowledge and understanding of industry products and services using authoritative sources 1.2 Use available product and service documentation to identify and understand characteristics of products and services, and to make comparisons with other products and services 1.3 Accurately document and maintain information on products and services in a format consistent with organisational requirements 1.4 Apply acquired knowledge to improve quality within personal work areas
2. Recommend products and services	2.1 Ensure that recommendations on products and services are in line with organisational requirements 2.2 Provide recommendations that emphasise product and service issues relevant to client needs 2.3 Ensure that evidence in support of recommendations is verifiable and presented in a suitable format 2.4 Structure recommendations to identify clear benefits to clients and the organisation
3. Advise on promotional activities	3.1 Provide advice that is clear, is supported by verifiable evidence and is compatible with organisational requirements 3.2 Ensure that promotional documentation and materials are appropriate to presentation of the organisation’s products and services 3.3 Ensure that costs of promotional activities conform to budget resources 3.4 Estimate impact of promotional activities from verifiable customer feedback sources 3.5 Evaluate the benefits of promotional activities and incorporate in plans for future promotional activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 3.4	Interprets, understands and compares textual information about products and services from a range of sources
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Uses clear and specific language to develop documents for different audiences in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	3.1	Provides recommendations using language appropriate to the purpose and audience
Numeracy	3.3, 3.4	Extracts and evaluates meaning from data to calculate actual costs against budget and impact of promotional activities
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 3.1	Understands and follows organisational policies and procedures relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Plans and implements tasks required to achieve required outcomes Analyses information in order to decide on appropriate advice or recommendations Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services	BSBPRO301A Recommend products and services	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use appropriate sources to document accurate information about the organisation’s products and services

prepare and provide advice about products and services according to organisational requirements

evaluate promotional activities including consideration of:

whether promotional materials meet organisational requirements

actual costs against budget

customer feedback.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list authoritative sources of information about the organisation’s products and services

outline the organisation’s products and services

outline the policies and procedures that apply when providing advice or recommendations about products and services

list and describe organisational promotional activities

explain methods used to gather verifiable customer feedback about products and services

explain how and why customer feedback is analysed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability – product skills and advice field of work and include access to:

relevant organisational policies and procedures

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop product knowledge in preparation for the sales process.

It applies to individuals who need to solve a defined range of unpredictable problems, analyse and evaluate information from a variety of sources and who may provide leadership and guidance to others with some limited responsibility for the output of others.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Product Skills and Advice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Acquire knowledge of products in a specified area	1.1 Identify information sources about products in a specified area and evaluate them for reliability and validity 1.2 Identify product purpose/s and use/s 1.3 Identify key features of the product/s 1.4 Identify product strengths and weaknesses 1.5 Articulate guarantees and warranties and identify service support details
2. Convert product knowledge into benefits	2.1 Identify features of the product which have potential buyer appeal 2.2 Present features of the product which have buyer appeal as benefits to the buyer 2.3 Present product benefits within the context of organisational requirements and legislation
3. Evaluate competitors’ products	3.1 Use a range of information sources to identify competitors’ products 3.2 Compare features, benefits, strengths and weaknesses of competitors’ products with own products 3.3 Establish relative standing of the organisation’s product with the competitors’ product/s and communicate differences to the buyer

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Identifies, interprets, understands and compares information to monitor and evaluate quality of product and services and check against client requirements
Writing	1.1, 1.5, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2	Records results of product evaluations to show clear comparisons of features, benefits and weaknesses Uses clear and specific language to develop documents for different audiences in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 1.5, 3.3	Provides recommendations using language appropriate to the purpose and audience
Numeracy	1.3, 1.4, 3.2, 3.3	Analyses numerical information to measure, compare and evaluate features
Navigate the world of work	2.3	Understands and follows organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirement relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.1, 3.1, 3.3	Plans and implements tasks required to achieve required outcomes Analyses information to decide on appropriate recommendations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	BSBPRO401A Develop product knowledge	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use valid and reliable sources to gather information about the organisation’s products and competitors’ products

determine buyer needs and present key features and benefits of product to match needs, in accordance with organisational and legislative obligations

compare competitors’ products with own organisation’s products and communicate differences to buyer.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list sources of information for own organisation’s products and competitors’ products

explain why it is important to discuss features, benefits, strengths and weaknesses when describing products

summarise industry competitors, including products offered and potential buyer markets

outline organisational policies and procedures, relevant to the sales process

outline the key provisions of relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice that are relevant to the sales process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability – product skills and advice field of work and include access to:

information sources regarding an organisation’s and competitors’ products, service or ideas

office equipment and resources

relevant organisational policies and procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBRKG304 Maintain business records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain the records of a business or records system in good order on a day-to-day basis.

It applies to individuals who follow established guidelines and processes to assist them to carry out their work. They work under supervision or in consultation with more senior staff or system users to support effective recordkeeping and governance practices across the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Knowledge Management – Recordkeeping

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collate business records	1.1 Identify individual records or information which should be incorporated into business or records system according to organisational criteria 1.2 Sort records in accordance with workplace requirements 1.3 Follow security and access requirements in accordance with organisational procedures
2. Update business or records system	2.1 Identify and record control information for describing new records to be incorporated into business or records system 2.2 Update control information describing movement or use of records within business or records system 2.3 Accurately record and update control information in business or records system 2.4 Identify and remove records of completed business activities from current system for disposal
3. Prepare reports from the business or records system	3.1 Interpret requests for reports and clarify the content and frequency sought, where necessary 3.2 Prepare reports from business or records system in accordance with instructions or request 3.3 Prepare reports in accordance with organisational security and access procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1	Gathers and interprets textual information from different sources to determine how information may be applied to job requirements
Writing	2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Uses clear and industry related terminology to complete and update workplace information
Oral Communication	3.1	Uses questioning and active listening techniques to confirm job requirements
Numeracy	1.1	Recognises and uses numerical systems associated with recordkeeping systems
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 3.3	Takes some personal responsibility for following organisational procedures
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload to ensure work deadlines are met Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	BSBRKG304B Maintain business records	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBRKG304 Maintain business records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

collate business records in compliance with organisational procedures and workplace requirements

record and update control information accurately in business records system.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the organisational requirements regarding the maintenance and security of business records

describe the general principles and processes of records management and records management systems, such as:

systems of control

records continuum theory

mandate and ownership of business process

environmental context

records characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the knowledge management – recordkeeping field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to present sales solutions that respond to specific buying needs of a client, and to use sales processes associated with securing prospect commitment to proceed with a sale.

It also includes attending to post-sales activities that build and strengthen the partnership between a salesperson and client, and enhance the likelihood of future sales.

It applies to individuals working in sales-related positions in a small, medium or large enterprise, in a wide variety of industries, who may provide sales solutions individually, or provide advice and support on aspects of sales solutions to support a sales team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication

Unit Sector

Business Development – Sales

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for sales presentation	1.1 Obtain and organise products, ideas and services for use within sales presentation 1.2 Review product information to ensure familiarity with products 1.3 Identify sales tactics, and assess and choose options that meet needs and preferences of the prospect 1.4 Consider variety of sales solutions and prepare to meet buyer needs 1.5 Identify and select sales aids 1.6 Identify alternatives for prospects and assess in relation to anticipated buyer needs
2. Present sales solution	2.1 Use gestures, posture, body language, facial expressions and voice to create a supportive selling environment 2.2 Use listening skills and open-ended questions to identify buyer needs, preferences, motives and objections 2.3 Adjust presentation to match needs and preferences of buyer 2.4 Use persuasive communication techniques to secure buyer interest 2.5 Ensure presentation demonstrates and communicates key features of product and emphasises benefits in relation to identified buyer needs 2.6 Obtain and present proof of benefits through product purchase 2.7 Use sales aids to build buyer understanding of how product aligns with needs
3. Respond to buyer signals	3.1 Identify and assess verbal and non-verbal buying signals 3.2 Use probing to identify source of buyer resistance 3.3 Identify strengths and limitations of buyer resistance strategies 3.4 Select and implement strategy for managing buyer resistance 3.5 Use trial closes strategically during different stages of sales process
4. Negotiate and finalise sale	4.1 Initiate formal close to sales process following one or more trial closes 4.2 Select strategy to close sale, and use supportive and confirming language to support closure 4.3 Negotiate conditions of agreement, outline a summary of agreement to buyer, and confirm buyer’s decision 4.4 Provide advice on financing arrangements, if required 4.5 Prepare and complete sales documents, and process and monitor client order 4.6 Identify and present cross-selling opportunities to buyer
5. Support post-sale activities	5.1 Ensure contact is made with buyer post-sale to ensure agreed expectations have been met 5.2 Provide technical assistance or advice and assist clients to access appropriate after-sales support 5.3 Use feedback solicitation regarding sales process and product satisfaction 5.4 Address and resolve service problems and difficulties identified through feedback 5.5 Develop and implement client loyalty strategies to secure buyer loyalty and facilitate ongoing contact 5.6 Offer and implement additional sales solutions and benefits to clients when opportunities arise

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.6, 2.7, 4.3-4.6, 5.1-5.6	Analyses and evaluates textual information to develop research strategies, integrate facts and ideas, and meet organisational requirements
Writing	1.1, 4.5-4.6, 5.1-5.6	Creates documents using specific and detailed language to convey explicit information, requirements and recommendations
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.1-2.7, 3.1-3.5, 4.1-4.6, 5.1-5.6	Obtains information by listening and questioning, and Participates in discussions using detailed, clear and persuasive language to contribute details, express requirements and provide advice
Numeracy	2.6, 4.3-4.5, 5.5	Identifies, interprets and compares mathematical information in simple and familiar written texts
Interact with others	2.3, 2.4, 3.2-3.4, 4.2, 5.3-5.5	Uses a range of interpersonal skills to build rapport and establish relationships with others Tailors communication to achieve purpose, demonstrating a sophisticated understanding of audience needs
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.7, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 4.1-4.6, 5.1-5.6	Sequences and schedules complex activities to achieve outcomes in a timely fashion Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, designing strategies, gathering relevant information and evaluating options Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	BSBSLS408A Present, secure and support sales solutions	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify principles of effective sales presentation

identify buyer needs and present sales solution

manage buyer resistance

finalise a sale

implement support for post-sale activities.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

demonstrate detailed product knowledge, including product:

advantages and disadvantages

features

service benefits

identify materials and aids that support presentations

identify principles for achieving an effective sales presentation mix

describe statistical methods used to demonstrate sales performance

describe strategies used to:

manage client accounts

build client goodwill

develop client loyalty.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the business development – sales field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

support materials for effective presentations

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB303 Organise finances for the micro business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to estimate start-up costs, financial viability and projected cash flow for a micro business with reference to candidates’ personal financial situation.

It applies to individuals who are establishing or operating a micro business providing self-employment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Ascertain own financial position and ability to provide capital or equity for the business	1.1 Realistically detail personal, family or community financial situation showing funds available and commitments already incurred 1.2 Determine equity finance and assets available for micro business from personal, family or community sources
2. Determine projected cash flow for the business	2.1 Determine level of forecast business activity over a year and the business mix 2.2 Estimate establishment costs for the business and repayment schedule for borrowings 2.3 Calculate monthly variable and fixed costs needed to conduct business activity over a year 2.4 Estimate personal drawings needed from the business 2.5 Estimate monthly income generated by the business for a year, based on price per unit item or hourly charge rate for labour 2.6 Develop a cash flow budget for the first year of business operation 2.7 Seek professional advice to estimate goods and services tax and operating finance required for the business
3. Source required funds to establish the business	3.1 Estimate required funding to establish and run the business based on expected sales and activity levels, available finances and commitments 3.2 Investigate methods of accessing alternative sources of finance 3.3 Identify strategies for meeting financial obligations 3.4 Implement plans to access available funds as required
4. Monitor business profitability	4.1 Maintain and review monthly expenditure and income records 4.2 Compare equity at beginning and end of a year to estimate business performance 4.3 Assess financial viability of the business after a year of operation 4.4 Seek professional advice on depreciation, insurance and tax implications of the business

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1, 3.2, 4.1-4.3	Gathers, interprets and analyses a variety of textual information from a range of sources and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	1.1, 2.6, 2.7, 3.4, 4.4	Uses factual information and industry related terminology to complete required workplace documentation
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.7, 4.4	Articulates clearly using vocabulary and tone suitable to audience Uses listening and questioning techniques to seek information and confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.7, 3.1, 4.1-4.3	Analyses numerical information to calculate revenue and expense forecasts and estimate funding required to run the business
Navigate the world of work	1.1	Uses a systematic process for developing career, identifying personal commitments and accepting realistic possibilities
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.7, 3.1-3.4, 4.3, 4.4	Understands and explicitly applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information Usually seeks input and expert advice when decisions involve unfamiliar issues Determines priorities and sequences steps involved in clearly defined familiar tasks, and identifies and assembles resources required.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB303 Organise finances for the micro business Release 2	BSBSMB303 Organise finances for the micro business Release 1	Minor edits to clarify intent of unit	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB303 Organise finances for the micro business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

conduct an investigation of own financial position, commitments and needs

determine projected cash flow for the business

estimate the funding needed to establish and operate the business

assess the financial viability of the business.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify sources of specialist financial advice for micro business operators

describe appropriate accounting software for use in the business

locate the Australia Taxation office (ATO) website and summarise data for operating a micro business

explain key financial terminology relevant to micro business

describe the relationship between finances and business sales and marketing strategies

describe methods of costing or pricing and preparation of financial forecasts

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business technology including internet access

specialist accounting software

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies, or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to source advice and specialist services to manage business compliance requirements.

It applies to individuals who are establishing or operating a micro business providing self-employment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements of the business	1.1 Identify regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements that might be relevant to operation of the business 1.2 Gather information that assists in interpreting and explaining regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements 1.3 Investigate relationships between legislation, regulations, codes of practice, associated standards and written material to determine compliance requirements of the business
2. Develop procedures to ensure compliance and risk minimisation	2.1 Identify business advisors and other sources of assistance relevant to compliance requirements and business type 2.2 Explain business type and operations to advisors, covering full scope of the business 2.3 Clarify and confirm compliance requirements and risk minimisation needs with advisors 2.4 Access sources of advice and specialist services for regulatory, taxation and insurance compliance 2.5 Review advice and procedures against compliance requirements and their appropriateness for the business
3. Implement compliance procedures	3.1 Implement procedures within provided guidelines 3.2 Take action to ensure the business complies with relevant taxation and business registration requirements, legislation, regulations, codes of practice and associated standards 3.3 Arrange appropriate insurance cover for the business

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.3	Identifies and interprets legislative and regulatory information pertinent to business requirements
Writing	1.1, 2.1, 3.2, 3.3	Develops material for a specific audience using clear and detailed language to clarify information and requirements
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 3.3	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.5, 3.3	Analyses numerical information to calculate specific business requirements Uses formal and informal mathematical language to discuss compliance
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.3, 3.1, 3.2	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.3	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes, taking some limited responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing Understands and explicitly applies some basic principles of analytical and lateral thinking Takes responsibility for the outcomes of routine decisions related directly to own role Determines priorities and sequences steps involved in clearly defined familiar tasks, and identifies and assembles resources required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business Release 2	BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business Release 1	Minor edits to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify regulatory, taxation and insurance compliance requirements, and risk minimisation needs of the business

identify, select and access sources of advice on compliance and risk minimisation procedures for the business

complete a development and review of procedures for compliance and risk minimisation (with assistance from advisors).

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify micro business registration and licensing requirements

list government legislative requirements relating to business operation

categorise the nature of legal responsibility

pinpoint relevant industry codes of practice

list relevant WHS responsibilities and procedures

name sources of advice and specialist services

identify sources of information about regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements and issues

outline taxation requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business technology including internet access for research

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and comply with all regulations affecting the business.

It applies to individuals operating a small business who use analytical skills to interpret legislation and regulations and develop procedures to manage compliance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and implement business legal requirements	1.1 Identify and research possible options for the business legal structure using appropriate sources 1.2 Determine legislation and regulatory requirements affecting operations of the business under its chosen structure 1.3 Develop and implement procedures to ensure full compliance with relevant legislation and regulatory requirements
2. Comply with legislation, codes and regulatory requirements	2.1 Establish systems to ensure legal rights and responsibilities of the business are identified and the business is adequately protected, specifically in relation to work health and safety (WHS), business registration and environmental requirements 2.2 Identify taxation principles and requirements relevant to the business, and follow procedures to ensure compliance 2.3 Identify and carefully maintain legal documents and maintain and update relevant records to ensure their ongoing security and accessibility 2.4 Monitor provision of products and services of the business to protect legal rights and to comply with legal responsibilities 2.5 Conduct investigations to identify areas of noncompliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and take corrective action where necessary
3. Negotiate and arrange contracts	3.1 Seek legal advice on contractual rights and obligations, if required, to clarify business liabilities 3.2 Investigate and assess potential products and services to determine procurement rights and ensure protection of business interests where applicable 3.3 Negotiate and secure contractual procurement rights for goods and services including contracts with relevant people, as required, in accordance with the business plan 3.4 Identify options for leasing or ownership of business premises and complete contractual arrangements in accordance with the business plan
4. Identify and treat business risks	4.1 identify potential internal and external risks to the business 4.2 assess the probability and impact of identified risks 4.3 prioritise risks for treatment 4.4 develop actions to mitigate risks including identifying insurance requirements and adequate cover

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.2-3.5	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and related business requirements
Writing	1.3, 2.1, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.5	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	2.5, 3.1, 3.3	Uses specific and relevant language to clearly articulate legal issues, and uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify solutions Participates in verbal negotiations using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	2.2, 2.5, 3.3, 3.4	Reviews, analyses, compares and contrasts numerical data which may be embedded in documents Calculates business insurance costs and compares costing options
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.1	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and legislative responsibilities and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of work environment
Interact with others	3.1, 3.3	Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating high-level influencing skills, focusing and shaping awareness, and engaging and motivating others
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Implements actions as per plan, making adjustments if necessary and addressing unexpected issues Understands importance of secure information and privacy in relation to own work and takes personal responsibility for identifying and managing risk factors Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business Release 2	BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business Release 1	Minor edits to clarify intent of unit	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

demonstrate a systematic approach to identifying, managing and meeting legal and regulatory requirements, specifically in regard to WHS, business registration and environmental requirements

ensure compliance, by:

following taxation and industrial relations principles

updating and maintaining legal documents

investigating areas of non-compliance

monitoring provision of products and services

taking corrective action where necessary

negotiate and arrange contracts, including:

seeking legal advice

investigating procurement rights

identifying options of leasing or ownership of business premises.

Identify, assess and treat risks specific to the business including

prioritising risks with highest probability of occurrence and greatest negative impact on the business

identifying insurance requirements

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline business registration and licensing requirements

identify all government legislative requirements relating to the specific business operation

explain creation and termination of relevant legal contracts

summarise relevant cultural differences and legal implications

describe legal rights and obligations of alternative ownership structures

outline necessary record keeping to meet minimum legal and taxation requirements

summarise relevant consumer legislation and industry codes of practice

outline the key steps in the risk management process

explain relevant insurance requirements and products.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

business technology including internet access

specialist software for analysis of data

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies, or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify financial requirements of a business, including profit targets, cash flow projections and strategies to garner financial support.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business or work within an existing micro or small businesses and interpret financial data.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify costs, calculate prices and prepare profit statement	1.1 Identify and document costs associated with production and delivery of business products and services 1.2 Calculate prices based on costs and profit margin, as an hourly charge-out rate for labour or unit price for products 1.3 Calculate breakeven sales point to establish business viability and profit margins 1.4 Identify appropriate pricing strategies in relation to market conditions to meet business profit targets 1.5 Prepare projected profit statement to supplement the business plan
2. Develop a financial plan	2.1 Set profit targets or goals to reflect owner’s desired returns 2.2 Identify working capital requirements necessary to attain profit projections 2.3 Identify noncurrent asset requirements and consider alternative asset management strategies 2.4 Prepare cash flow projections to enable business operation in accordance with business plan and legal requirements 2.5 Identify capital investment requirements accurately for each operational period 2.6 Select budget targets to enable ongoing monitoring of financial performance
3. Acquire finance	3.1 Identify startup and ongoing financial requirements according to financial plan/budget 3.2 Identify sources of finance, including potential financial backers, to provide required liquidity for the business to complement business goals and objectives 3.3 Investigate cost of securing finance on optimal terms 3.4 Identify strategies to obtain finance as required to ensure financial viability of the business

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.5, 2.1-2.5, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex information from a range of sources
Writing	1.1, 1.5, 2.1, 2.4, 3.2	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.2	Uses specific and relevant language to secure finance and uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify outcomes Participates in verbal negotiations using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4-2.6, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4	Analyses numerical information to determine costs, prices, profit and losses, and other financial data
Navigate the world of work	2.4	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Get the work done	1.1, 1.4, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4	Sequences and schedules complex activities, including implementing and monitoring financial strategies Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account, making adjustments as necessary Regularly uses formal thinking techniques to generate new ideas

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances Release 2	BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop a financial plan which identifies financial requirements of the business, including cash flow projections and a projected profit statement

follow the financial plan, including:

demonstrating an awareness of appropriate legal requirements

implementing strategies to monitor financial performance

identify sources and investigate costs of securing appropriate financial assistance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain breakeven analysis

clarify costing for the business, including margin or markup, hourly charge-out rates and unit costs

summarise financial decision-making relevant to the business

outline methods and relative costs of obtaining finance

summarise principles for preparing balance sheets

provide a detailed explanation of:

principles for preparation of cash flow forecasts

principles for preparation of profit and loss statements

purpose of financial reports

explain relevant accounting terminology

describe working capital cycles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

software for financial calculations

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB403 Market the small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to monitor and improve business performance via a clear marketing strategy integrated into the business plan.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business independently or within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role analyse and interpret market data.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop marketing strategies	1.1 Analyse the business and its key products or services to determine focus of marketing activities, in accordance with objectives of the business plan 1.2 Evaluate customer base and target market for the small business as a basis for marketing objectives and strategies 1.3 Conduct a competitor analysis to inform development of marketing strategies 1.4 Determine marketing objectives in consultation with relevant people and in accordance with the business plan 1.5 Ensure strategies are ethically and culturally appropriate and aligned with customer and industry expectations
2. Determine a marketing mix for the business	2.1 Assess product mix, volumes and pricing opportunities to determine marketing focus and optimise profit 2.2 Evaluate costs and benefits of using different distribution channels or providing different levels of customer service, and consider results in determining marketing mix 2.3 Determine marketing and promotional activities including the role of digital engagement to suit target market 2.4 Consider the customer journey and conversations in determining marketing mix
3. Implement marketing strategies	3.1 Brief those involved in the marketing effort on their roles and responsibilities, to ensure success of marketing strategies 3.2 Plan and implement marketing activities, in accordance with marketing objectives and budgetary requirements 3.3 Consider digital devices, platforms and technologies for effectiveness in implementing marketing activities
4. Monitor and improve marketing performance	4.1 Monitor marketing activities and evaluate business performance according to objectives and targets of the business plan 4.2 Analyse performance gaps and take corrective action or set new targets 4.3 Encourage all relevant people to propose ways to improve marketing performance 4.4 Seek and analyse customer reaction to all aspects of the marketing mix, using culturally appropriate processes, to improve targeting and outcomes 4.5 Conduct ongoing research of customer requirements and expectations in both on-line and off-line environments to identify opportunities for change and improvement 4.6 Identify and respond to opportunities to aid business development through new technologies and different ways of marketing

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.2-2.4, 3.2, 4.1, 4.4, 4.6	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex information from a range of sources
Writing	1.3, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 4.4-4.6	Prepares reports and other workplace documentation using structure, layout and terminology appropriate to the audience
Oral Communication	1.3, 3.1, 4.3, 4.4	Presents ideas and requirements clearly and using language and non-verbal techniques appropriate to audience and environment Uses questioning and listening to check and confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 4.2	Analyses numerical information to determine budgetary requirements and product quantities Uses a range of calculation methods to evaluate costs and benefits
Navigate the world of work	4.5	Regularly reviews current situation and develops strategies to address improvements in marketing performance
Interact with others	4.3	Recognises importance of building rapport to establish effective working relationships
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.5, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts, and redesigns these to suit own situation Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB403 Market the small business Release 2	BSBSMB403 Market the small business Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB403 Market the small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

determine marketing activity focus in line with objectives of the business plan

evaluate customer base

understand what is ethically and culturally appropriate

determine a marketing mix according to market and business needs, including:

ability to optimise sales and profit

ability to evaluate costs and benefits

determine customer needs and promotional activities

determine marketing strategies, including briefing appropriate personnel on their responsibilities

identify marketing opportunities in the digital environment

develop approaches to engage, respond and monitor customers in the digital space

monitor and evaluate activities and performance, and correct performance gaps

consult and communicate effectively with relevant people

research and monitor ongoing changes and improvements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss industry market trends

identify performance evaluation methods

explain methods of analysing costs and benefits of marketing strategies

summarise methods of developing marketing objectives and marketing mix

compare current digital devices, platforms and technologies for effectiveness in achieving marketing objectives

outline methods of monitoring customer satisfaction

identify relevant market analysis and research

provide a detailed explanation of relevant marketing concepts and methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business technology

software for analysis of data

workplace documents and case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and develop an integrated business plan for achieving business goals and objectives.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business that operates independently, or as part of a larger organisation. Individuals in this role interpret business information and numerical data competently.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify elements of the business plan	1.1 Identify purpose of the business plan 1.2 Identify and review essential components of the business plan 1.3 Identify and document business goals and objectives as a basis for measuring business performance
2. Develop a business plan	2.1 Research resources, legal and compliance requirements, specifically in relation to work health and safety (WHS), in accordance with business goals and objectives 2.2 Research market needs, and market size and potential 2.3 Identify sources and costs of finance, from financial plan, to provide required liquidity and profitability for the business 2.4 Identify methods, from marketing strategies, to promote market exposure of the business 2.5 Identify methods or means of production or operation from production or operations plan to conform with business goals and objectives 2.6 Identify staffing requirements to effectively produce or deliver products and services 2.7 Identify, assess and prioritise internal and external risks 2.8 Identify specialist services and sources of advice, where required, and cost in accordance with available resources
3. Develop strategies for minimising risks	3.1 Identify specific interests and objectives of relevant people and seek and confirm their support of planned business direction 3.2 Identify and develop risk management strategies according to business goals and objectives, and relevant legal requirements 3.3 Develop a contingency plan to address possible areas of nonconformance with the plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.7, 3.1, 3.2	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex workplace documentation during planning process
Writing	1.3, 2.3-2.7, 3.1-3.3	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.1	Articulates ideas and requirements clearly and creatively based on techniques appropriate to assess business performance
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3, 2.5-2.7	Interprets numerical information to determine prospective markets, resource allocations and business profits/losses
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 3.2	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Interact with others	3.1	Looks for strengths in others, finding ways of working with and building on these and sharing own knowledge and experience freely
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.7, 3.2, 3.3	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and to evaluate alternative strategies Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary, and addressing some unexpected issues Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts, and redesigns these to suit own situation Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions and reflect on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning Release 2	BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop a business plan which provides for finance, marketing and provision of products or services to facilitate all business goals and objectives

identify and plan all work health and safety (WHS) and duty of care responsibilities

identify and assess internal and external risks to the business

develop risk management strategies including a contingency plan for non-conformance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss all government legislative requirements relating to business operation, especially in regard to WHS and environmental issues, equal employment opportunity, industrial relations and antidiscrimination

explain methods of evaluation

summarise WHS responsibilities and procedures for identifying hazards relevant to the business

outline planning processes

describe preparation of a business plan

identify principles of risk management relevant to small business planning

outline common risks particular to the small business type or industry

explain reasons for, and benefits of, business planning

clarify relevant industry codes of practice

outline setting goals and objectives

explain types of business planning – feasibility studies; strategic, operational, financial and marketing planning.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement a business plan and modify operations as required.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business which stands alone, or is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role use problem-solving skills and take responsibility for developing approaches to manage business operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop operational strategies and procedures	1.1 Develop an action plan to provide a clear and coherent direction, in accordance with business goals and objectives 1.2 Identify work health and safety (WHS) and environmental issues, and implement strategies to minimise risk factors 1.3 Develop a quality system for the business in line with industry standards, compliance requirements and cultural criteria 1.4 Develop performance measures and operational targets to conform with the business plan 1.5 Develop strategies for innovation, including utilisation of existing, new or emerging technologies, where practicable, to optimise business performance
2. Implement operational strategies and procedures	2.1 Implement systems and key performance indicators or targets to monitor business performance and customer satisfaction 2.2 Implement systems to control stock, expenditure or cost, wastage or shrinkage and risks to health and safety in accordance with the business plan 2.3 Maintain staffing requirements, where applicable, within budget, to maximise productivity 2.4 Carry out provision of goods or services in accordance with established legal, ethical cultural and technical standards 2.5 Provide goods or services in accordance with time, cost and quality specifications, and customer requirements 2.6 Apply quality procedures to address product or service and customer requirements
3. Monitor business performance	3.1 Regularly monitor and review achievement of operational targets to ensure optimum business performance, in accordance with business plan goals and objectives 3.2 Review systems and structures, with a view to more effectively supporting business performance 3.3 Investigate and analyse operating problems to establish causes and implement changes as required, as part of the business quality system 3.4 Amend operational policies and procedures to incorporate corrective action
4. Review business operations	4.1 Review and adjust business plan, as required, to maintain business viability, in accordance with business goals and objectives 4.2 Clearly record proposed changes to aid future planning and evaluation 4.3 Undertake ongoing research into new business opportunities and adjust business goals and objectives as new business opportunities arise

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 4.1	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 4.2	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	3.2	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.2, 2.3, 2.5	Interprets numerical information to manage performance information and regulate cash flow
Navigate the world of work	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of the work environment Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work with specific reference to safety
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1-3.3, 4.1, 4.3	Reflects on how digital systems and tools are used or could be used to achieve work goals, and begins to recognise strategic and operational applications Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts and considers how these may suit own situation Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Uses each experience to reflect on how variables impact decision outcomes, and to gain insights into what constitutes ‘good’ judgement and an effective decision in different contexts Recognises and addresses some unfamiliar problems of increasing complexity within own scope

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations Release 3	BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations Release 2	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB405 Monitor and manage small business operations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 3	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.1. Version created to correct mapping table information
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

develop strategies and procedures to successfully manage business operations, including:

developing an action plan

identifying risk management procedures

developing a quality system

implementing performance measures

utilising technologies to optimise business performance

implement and monitor strategies and procedures developed, including:

analysing and correcting business problems

reviewing and adjusting the business plan

record and research business improvements

make appropriate adjustments to business operations as required.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise relevant industry codes of practice

explain methods for implementing operation and revenue control systems

summarise methods for monitoring performance and implementing improvements

outline work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards

identify relevant principles of risk management, including risk assessment

clarify quality system principles and methods

summarise relevant performance measures

discuss role of innovation

outline systems to manage staff, stock, expenditure, services and customer service

identify technical or specialist skills relevant to business operations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and review financial management strategies on a regular basis.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business that stands alone, or is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role interpret financial reports and other numerical data to develop financial management strategies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement financial plan	1.1 Identify financial information requirements and obtain specialist services, as required, to profitably operate the business in accordance with the business plan 1.2 Produce financial budgets or projections, including cash flow estimates, as required for each forward period, and distribute to relevant people in accordance with legal requirements 1.3 Negotiate, secure and manage business capital to best enable implementation of the business plan and to meet requirements of financial backers 1.4 Develop and maintain strategies to enable adequate financial provision for taxation in accordance with legal requirements 1.5 Develop, monitor and maintain client credit policies, including contingencies for debtors in default, to maximise cash flow 1.6 Select key performance indicators to enable ongoing monitoring of financial performance 1.7 Record and communicate financial procedures to relevant people to facilitate implementation of the business plan
2. Monitor financial performance	2.1 Regularly monitor and report on financial performance targets, and analyse data to establish extent to which the financial plan has been met 2.2 Monitor marketing and operational strategies for their effects on the financial plan 2.3 Calculate and evaluate financial ratios according to own or industry benchmarks 2.4 Assess financial plan to determine whether variations or alternative plans are needed, and change as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.4	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	1.2-1.5, 1.7, 2.1	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.3, 1.7, 2.1	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding Participates in verbal negotiations using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	1.1-1.5, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4	Interprets numerical information to calculate all relevant financial information
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.4	Appreciates implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities related to own work
Interact with others	1.7, 2.1	Selects appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.4-1.6, 2.2, 2.4	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of ideas and reflect on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances Release 2	BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

operate the business according to the business plan, including:

adhering to legal requirements

meeting requirements of financial backers

defining strategies for debt collection and contingencies for debtors

managing cash flow

defining key performance indicators

communicating with relevant people

monitor the business against financial plan and make changes as required.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss benchmarking

explain financial decision-making relevant to the business

summarise significant financial indicators

outline purposes of financial reports

clarify preparation and interpretation of budget/actual reports

identify principles for preparing balance sheets and their interpretation

outline debt collection procedures or strategies

characterise principles for preparing profit and loss statements and their interpretation

discuss stock records and stock control relevant to the business.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, induct, train and develop staff members to enhance business operations within the parameters of all relevant legislative requirements.

It applies to individuals who operate a small business that stands alone, or is part of a department within a larger organisation. Individuals in this role have a good knowledge of industrial relations and team management and use effective, responsive and supportive communication in workplace interactions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop staffing plan	1.1 Determine staffing requirements to allow the business to run effectively, in accordance with requirements outlined in the business plan 1.2 Identify and compare existing skills of owner/s and staff with business requirements to identify any gaps 1.3 Develop policies and procedures for owner/s and staff, in accordance with the business plan
2. Recruit, induct, train and retain team	2.1 Develop job or position descriptions, competencies required and selection criteria to meet business’ needs 2.2 Judge information obtained from each candidate against specified selection criteria, and select according to business needs and legal requirements 2.3 Induct new staff members in accordance with policies and procedures of the business 2.4 Make team members aware of their responsibilities and performance requirements as soon as practicable, and take opportunities to coach team members who are unfamiliar with procedures of the business 2.5 Develop and implement a staff development program and career paths based on requirements of business and staff competencies 2.6 Advertise staff vacancies appropriately in accordance with staffing plan
3. Comply with industrial relations obligations	3.1 Clarify workplace rights and obligations of employers and employees, in accordance with legal requirements and codes of practice 3.2 Counsel staff, if required, in a positive and constructive manner and record outcomes accurately
4. Maintain staff records	4.1 Develop staff records system to provide timely and accurate information, in accordance with confidentiality, legal and taxation requirements 4.2 Monitor and accurately maintain system for recording and retrieving personnel and payroll information, and seek specialist advice where required
5. Manage staff	5.1 Regularly review contribution and skills of self and other team members to ensure performance is in line with agreed performance measures 5.2 Monitor and adjust staffing requirements to respond to any changes in tasks and functions required by the business 5.3 Support and encourage staff, and acknowledge and reward their contribution 5.4 Regularly provide opportunities for staff to discuss work related issues 5.5 Develop contingency plans to cope with unexpected or extreme situations and take appropriate corrective action as required
6. Review team performance	6.1 Develop positive and constructive relationships with and between team members 6.2 Review and update team objectives in support of business goals on a regular basis in consultation with team members 6.3 Identify strengths and weaknesses of team against current and expected work requirements 6.4 Schedule time, on a regular basis, for team members to review work operations to maintain and improve operational efficiency 6.5 Encourage team members to monitor their own performance, suggest improvements and identify professional development needs, in accordance with personal and business requirements 6.6 Monitor and review staff turnover rate

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 4.1, 5.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	1.3, 2.1-2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 5.5, 6.1-6.3, 6.5	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.2-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.5	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding Participates in verbal negotiations and coaching using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	6.4	Uses basic mathematical formulas to review staff performances within available work schedules
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.2. 3.1, 4.1	Understands own legal rights and responsibilities and is extending understanding of general legal principles across work contexts Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Interact with others	2.4, 2.6, 5.3, 6.1, 6.5	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people Actively identifies important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channels, format, tone and context to suit purpose and audience, and monitors impact
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2, 5.5, 6.3, 6.6	Uses digital technologies and systems safely, legally and ethically when gathering, storing, accessing and sharing information Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking a range of constraints into account Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of ideas and reflect on outcomes Recognises and anticipates an increasing range of familiar problems, their symptoms and causes, actively looking for early warning signs and implementing contingency plans

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBSMB407 Manage a small team Release 2	BSBSMB407 Manage a small team Release 1	Updated to clarify intent	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 2.0. Version created to clarify intent of unit
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use the business plan to:

determine staffing requirements

coordinate skill-gap training where required

develop human resource policies and procedures

develop job descriptions and selection criteria

determine induction processes

implement staff development program

adhere to legal requirements and codes of practice

develop staff records system

conduct ongoing performance measures

communicate effectively with staff members

develop contingency plans

develop strategies to review team performance

monitor and review staff.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

discuss all government legislative requirements relating to staffing the business operation

explain work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards

summarise relevant industry awards or enterprise agreements

outline staff development pathways

identify training course options for staff development

summarise staff counselling, grievance and disciplinary procedures

identify unfair dismissal legislation and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the Management and Leadership – Small and Micro Business field of work and include access to:

business equipment and resources

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies or where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package release 1.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and monitor an organisation’s work health and safety (WHS) policies, procedures and programs in the relevant work area in order to meet legislative requirements.

It applies to individuals with supervisory responsibilities for implementing and monitoring the organisation’s WHS policies, procedures and programs in a work area. These individuals have a broad knowledge of WHS policies and contribute well developed skills in creating solutions to unpredictable problems through analysis and evaluation of information from a variety of sources. They provide supervision and guidance to others and have limited responsibility for the output of others.

NOTE: The terms 'occupational health and safety' (OHS) and 'work health and safety' (WHS) are equivalent and generally either can be used in the workplace. In jurisdictions where the Model WHS Legislation has not been implemented RTOs are advised to contextualise the unit of competency by referring to the existing State/Territory OHS legislative requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Work Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Provide information to the work team about WHS policies and procedures	1.1 Accurately explain to the work team relevant provisions of WHS Acts, regulations and codes of practice 1.2 Provide information about the organisation’s WHS policies, procedures and programs, and ensure it is readily accessible to, and understandable by the work team 1.3 Regularly provide and clearly explain to the work team information about identified hazards and the outcomes of risk assessment and control
2. Implement and monitor participation arrangements for managing WHS	2.1 Communicate to workplace parties the importance of effective consultation mechanisms in managing health and safety risks in the workplace 2.2 Apply consultation procedures to facilitate participation of the work team in managing work area hazards 2.3 Promptly deal with issues raised through consultation, according to organisational consultation procedures and WHS legislative and regulatory requirements 2.4 Promptly record and communicate to the work team the outcomes of consultation over WHS issues
3. Implement and monitor organisational procedures for providing WHS training	3.1 Identify WHS training needs according to organisational requirements and WHS legislative and regulatory requirements 3.2 Make arrangements to meet WHS training needs of team members in consultation with relevant individuals 3.3 Provide workplace learning opportunities and coaching and mentoring assistance to facilitate team and individual achievement of identified WHS training needs 3.4 Identify and report to management the costs associated with providing training for work team, for inclusion in financial and management plans
4. Implement and monitor organisational procedures and legal requirements for identifying hazards and assessing and controlling risks	4.1 Identify and report on hazards in work area according to WHS policies and procedures and WHS legislative and regulatory requirements 4.2 Promptly action team member hazard reports according to organisational procedures and WHS legislative and regulatory requirements 4.3 Implement procedures to control risks using the hierarchy of control, according to organisational and WHS legislative requirements 4.4 Identify and report inadequacies in existing risk controls according to hierarchy of control and WHS legislative requirements 4.5 Monitor outcomes of reports on inadequacies, where appropriate, to ensure a prompt organisational response
5. Implement and monitor organisational procedures for maintaining WHS records for the team	5.1 Accurately complete and maintain WHS records of incidents of occupational injury and disease in work area, according to WHS policies, procedures and legislative requirements 5.2 Use aggregate information and data from work area records to identify hazards and monitor risk control procedures in work area

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 5.2	Interprets and analyses complex WHS legislative and organisational texts
Writing	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1, 4.4, 5.1	Documents WHS legislative and organisational information using structure, layout and language suitable for audience Records WHS issues and actions taken according to reporting requirements Prepares and maintains required records using appropriate structure and vocabulary
Oral communication	1.1-1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.4	Provides WHS legislative and organisational information and advice using structure and language suitable for audience
Numeracy	3.4, 5.2	Extracts, interprets and comprehends mathematical information in relation to training costs and risk management data
Navigate the world of work	1.1,1.2, 2.3, 3.1, 4.1-4.5, 5.1	Takes responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory responsibilities and organisational policies and procedures in relation to WHS Keeps up to date on changes to WHS legislation or regulations and organisational policies and procedures
Interact with others	2.2, 3.2, 3.3	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols to facilitate consultation or provide feedback Initiates and contributes to facilitating consultative role, responding, explaining, clarifying and expanding on ideas and information as required Collaborates with others to achieve individual and team outcomes
Get the work done	2.2, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1-4.5, 5.1	Uses combination of formal, logical planning and intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks, and identify and evaluate alternative strategies Uses formal decision-making processes, setting or clarifying goals, gathering information and identifying and evaluating choices against a set of criteria Recognises and takes responsibility for reporting WHS risk control inadequacies Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementations of WHS solutions and reflect on outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements	BSBWHS401A Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages Minor edits to clarify intent of performance criteria	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

explain clearly and accurately to work team the relevant work health and safety (WHS) information including:

WHS legislative and organisational requirements

identified hazards and outcomes of risk assessment and control

ensure that the team has access to information about WHS policies, procedures and programs in appropriate structure and language

implement and monitor procedures according to organisational and legislative WHS requirements including:

consultation and communications to enable team members to participate in managing WHS risks and hazards

identifying WHS training needs and providing learning opportunities, coaching and mentoring as appropriate to needs

identifying, reporting and taking action on WHS hazards and risks

identifying and reporting inadequacies in existing risk controls and monitoring outcomes to ensure a prompt organisational response

reporting on the cost of WHS training

keeping WHS records

analysing aggregate WHS data to identify hazards and monitor risk control procedures in work area.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the legal responsibilities and duties of managers, supervisors, persons conducting businesses or undertakings (PCBUs) and workers in relation to WHS risk management in the workplace

identify key provisions of relevant WHS Acts, regulations and codes of practice that apply to the business and outline how they apply in the work area

explain organisational policies and procedures relating to hazard identification, risk management, fire, emergency and evacuation, incident investigation and reporting

explain the importance of effective consultation mechanisms in managing health and safety risks in the workplace

explain how the hierarchy of control applies in the work area.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced by individuals carrying out work health and safety duties in the workplace and include access to:

an actual workplace or simulated environment

workplace equipment and resources

examples of documents relating to workplace safety, hazard identification and risk assessment

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWHS504 Manage WHS risks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct work health and safety (WHS) risk management processes.

It applies to individuals who manage WHS risks, based on the organisation’s WHS management system (WHSMS), WHS information system (WHSIS) and risk-management approach (as covered in BSBWHS503 Contribute to the systematic management of WHS risk). These individuals will work in a range of WHS roles across all industries and apply a substantial knowledge base and well-developed skills in a wide variety of WHS contexts.

NOTE: The terms 'occupational health and safety' (OHS) and 'work health and safety' (WHS) are equivalent and generally either can be used in the workplace. In jurisdictions where the Model WHS Legislation has not been implemented RTOs are advised to contextualise the unit of competency by referring to the existing State/Territory OHS legislative requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Work Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Access information and data on WHS hazards and risk management	1.1 Identify sources of information and data 1.2 Obtain information and data to determine the nature and scope of hazards, the range of harms they may cause, and how these harms are caused 1.3 Obtain information and data to determine techniques, tools and processes to assess risk associated with identified hazards, and identify risk control options
2 Prepare to manage WHS risks	2.1 Apply knowledge of the organisation’s WHSMS and WHSIS to identify WHS risk management requirements 2.2 Apply knowledge of WHS legislation to identify duty holders and legislative requirements for WHS risk management
3 Develop and implement WHS risk-management processes	3.1 Apply techniques, tools and processes to identify hazards, assess associated risks and identify risk control options 3.2 Apply knowledge of hazards and risks to select appropriate risk controls 3.3 Develop and implement a risk control plan and evaluate risk controls 3.4 Carry out hazard identification and risk management according to organisational and legal requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3	Organises, interprets evaluates and critiques ideas and information in relation to WHS risk management
Writing	3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4	Uses industry specific terminology and appropriate formats to draft and develop risk control plans and processes Records results of risk-management processes according to organisational requirements
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.2, 3.4	Monitors adherence to legal, regulatory and organisational rights and responsibilities for self and others in relation to WHS risk management
Interact with others	3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction and taking a leadership role when required
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Uses logical planning processes, and an increasingly intuitive understanding of context, to identify relevant information and risks, and to identify and evaluate strategies and resources for risk management planning Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages relevant communication in relation to risk management planning Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals, gathering relevant information, identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria Uses common digital systems and tools to locate and store information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWHS504 Manage WHS risks	BSBWHS504A Manage WHS hazards and risks	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Title change	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS504 Manage WHS risks

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

access information and data on hazards and how to manage associated risks

identify duty holders and legislative requirements for work health and safety (WHS) risk management

use the organisation's WHS management system (WHSMS) and WHS information system (WHSIS) to conduct the following risk management processes:

identify hazards and potential hazards

assess the associated risks

identify control options

select suitable options

develop and implement a risk control plan

evaluate risk controls

carry out hazard identification and risk management.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the basic principles of workplace incident, injury and disease causation

explain the meanings of 'hazard' and 'risk' and how they differ

identify formal and informal communication and consultation processes and key personnel related to communication

describe how the characteristics and composition of the workforce impact on WHS risk and the management of WHS, including:

communication skills

cultural background and diversity

gender

labour market changes

language, literacy and numeracy levels of the workforce

structure and organisation of the workforce, including part-time, casual and contract workers; shift rosters and geographical location

workers with specific needs and limitations

workplace culture in relation to alcohol and other drug use

identify internal and external sources of WHS information and data and how to access them

explain the limitations of generic hazard identification and risk assessment checklists and risk ranking processes

outline methods for providing evidence of compliance with WHS legislation

describe the nature of workplace processes (work flow, planning and control) and hazards relevant to the workplace

describe organisational culture as it impacts on the work team

summarise organisational WHS policies, procedures, processes and systems

list other functional areas that impact on the management of WHS

outline the principles and practices of a systematic approach to managing WHS

outline Commonwealth and state or territory WHS Acts, regulations, codes of practice, standards and guidance material and other publications relevant to the organisation

outline risk management as a duty of persons conducting businesses or undertakings or officers under WHS legislation

describe the roles and responsibilities of individuals and parties under WHS legislation

outline standard industry controls for a range of hazards

identify techniques, tools and processes for identifying health and safety hazards and assessing and controlling the associated risks, including:

hazard and risk checklists

hazard hunts

job safety analyses

manifests and registers, including for dangerous goods, hazardous chemicals and plant

safe work method statements

surveys using questionnaires, interviews and other survey techniques

workplace inspections and walk-throughs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced by individuals carrying out work health and safety duties in the workplace and include access to:

workplace policies and procedures

office equipment and resources

relevant Acts, regulations, codes of practice, standards and guidelines relating to risks found in the workplace

case studies and, where possible, real situations.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWOR204 Use business technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use computer software and organise electronic information and data.

It applies to individuals who apply a limited range of practical skills with a fundamental knowledge of equipment use and the organisation of data in a defined context, under direct supervision or with limited individual responsibility.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and use technology	1.1 Select appropriate technology and software applications to achieve requirements of the task 1.2 Adjust workspace, furniture and equipment to suit user’s ergonomic requirements 1.3 Use technology according to organisational requirements and in a way that promotes a safe work environment
2. Process and organise data	2.1 Identify, open, generate or amend files and records according to task and organisational requirements 2.2 Operate input devices according to organisational requirements 2.3 Store data appropriately and exit applications without damage to or loss of, data 2.4 Use manuals, training booklets and/or online help or helpdesks to overcome basic difficulties with applications
3. Maintain technology	3.1 Identify and replace used technology consumables in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and organisational requirements 3.2 Carry out and/or arrange routine maintenance to ensure equipment is maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and organisational requirements 3.3 Identify equipment faults accurately and take action in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions or report fault to designated person

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Recognises and interprets information from familiar sources to determine job role and task requirements
Writing	2.1, 2.3, 3.2, 3.3	Produces and amends files to meet task and organisational requirements Completes required documentation using organisational formats
Oral Communication	3.3	Uses specific and relevant language to refer faults to others
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3	Recognises and follows legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures associated with own role
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.3	Uses business technologies and systems safely, when gathering, storing, accessing and sharing information Understands purposes, specific functions and key features of common digital systems and business tools Operates digital systems and business tools effectively to complete routine tasks using some basic troubleshooting strategies as required

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWOR204 Use business technology	BSBWOR204A Use business technology	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR204 Use business technology

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

select and use technology safely and according to organisational requirements

access, retrieve and store required data

demonstrate basic maintenance on a range of equipment using manuals or help-files

identify and address faults according to requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the organisation's work health and safety requirements

outline the organisation's requirements for file naming and storage

explain why regular backups of data are done

list 'routine maintenance' tasks

summarise the procedure for addressing equipment faults.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability – workplace effectiveness field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

electronic files and data

workplace documentation and equipment manuals

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to organise own work schedules, to monitor and obtain feedback on work performance and to maintain required levels of competence.

This unit applies to individuals who exercise discretion and judgement and apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Workplace Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise and complete own work schedule	1.1 Ensure that work goals, objectives or Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are understood, negotiated and agreed in accordance with organisational requirements 1.2 Assess and prioritise workload to ensure tasks are completed within identified timeframes 1.3 Identify factors affecting the achievement of work objectives and incorporate contingencies into work plans 1.4 Use business technology efficiently and effectively to manage and monitor scheduling and completion of tasks
2. Monitor own work performance	2.1 Accurately monitor and adjust personal work performance through self assessment to ensure achievement of tasks and compliance with legislation and work processes or KPIs 2.2 Ensure that feedback on performance is actively sought and evaluated from colleagues and clients in the context of individual and group requirements 2.3 Routinely identify and report on variations in the quality of and products and services according to organisational requirements 2.4 Identify signs of stress and effects on personal wellbeing 2.5 Identify sources of stress and access appropriate supports and resolution strategies
3. Co-ordinate personal skill development and learning	3.1 Identify personal learning and professional development needs and skill gaps using self assessment and advice from colleagues and clients in relation to role and organisational requirements 3.2 Identify, prioritise and plan opportunities for undertaking personal skill development activities in liaison with work groups and relevant personnel 3.3 Access, complete and record professional development opportunities to facilitate continuous learning and career development 3.4 Incorporate formal and informal feedback into review of further learning needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.1-3.4	Employs a range of approaches and investigative techniques to source the knowledge necessary to arrange personal learning experiences
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 2.1	Interprets textual information to determine organisation’s procedures, own work performance and objectives
Writing	1.3, 1.4, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Prepares written reports and workplace documents that communicate information clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Clearly gives and receives feedback using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3	Understands responsibilities and scope of role and complies with organisational policies, procedures and protocols
Interact with others	1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Fosters and nurtures a culture of constructive and respectful feedback Proactively collaborates with others to achieve specific goals
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.4, 2.5, 3.2	Plans and organises work commitments to ensure deadlines and objectives are met Uses formal analytical thinking techniques to recognise and respond to routine problems Uses digital systems and tools to enter, store and monitor information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	BSBWOR301B Organise personal work priorities and development	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

prepare a work plan according to organisational requirements and work objectives

use business technology to schedule, prioritise and monitor completion of tasks in a work plan

assess and prioritise own work load and deal with contingencies

monitor and assess personal performance against job role requirements by seeking feedback from colleagues and clients

identify personal development needs and access, complete and record skill development and learning.

Note: if a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline key provisions of legislation that relate to own work role

describe goals, objectives or key performance indicators of own work role

explain ways to elicit, analyse and interpret feedback when communicating with other people in the workplace

explain the principles and techniques of goal setting, measuring performance, time management and personal assessment of learning and development needs

explain signs and sources of stress and strategies to deal with stress in the workplace

identify methods to identify and prioritise personal learning needs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability - workplace effectiveness field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

work schedules and performance improvement plans

workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

CPCCBC4005A Produce labour and material schedules for ordering

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to produce schedules of resource requirements so that orders can be placed for materials and labour for residential and commercial projects and to record and track costs as they are incurred. Knowledge of codes, regulations and approval processes, contractor systems, physical resource and supplier identification and the ability to assess the availability of and requirements for skilled labour are essential.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports the needs of site managers and forepersons, estimators, project managers and builders in the construction industry with a responsibility for producing schedules for ordering materials and labour.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify and apply all contract conditions to the schedules.	1.1. All contractual requirements are included in the schedules. 1.2. Local government and regulatory bodies ' conditions of approval are included in the schedules. 1.3. Schedules include colour selections. 1.4. Variations to contracts, raised by the client or the builder, are included in the schedules.
2. Produce material and labour schedules, overlays and orders.	2.1. Nominated suppliers and contractors are detailed in work schedules. 2.2. Relevant overlay drawings are produced. 2.3. Orders include contract details and instructions. 2.4. Contract rates are applied to material and labour schedules.
3. Prepare site files.	3.1. All necessary site documents are included, including approved plans and specifications. 3.2. Call forward sheets are prepared detailing all orders.
4. Monitor and report on project costs.	4.1. Project costs are analysed against estimates during construction. 4.2. Approved variation costs are analysed. 4.3. Final project cost analysis is provided.
5. Maintain data files of standard costs.	5.1. Approved variation cost increases are incorporated into site files. 5.2. Changes to standard plans, specifications and cost files are included in site files.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand communicate information effectively within the organisation and to external agencies and the client read and interpret: contracts drawings and specifications use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication written skills to: prepare and maintain site files produce schedules and orders identify and analyse relevant information numeracy skills to apply calculations.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: operation and structure of the organisation's costing and contracting system state or territory building and construction codes, standards and regulations relevant to the form of building or construction being undertaken types of building or construction drawings and specifications commonly used in the industry types, scope and usage of labour through the employee and contractor systems.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by the preparation of schedules for materials and labour for a building project. This unit of competency can be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: identify materials required for the project and gather supply information effectively plan and allocate human and physical resources produce documentation that meets the timeframes and quality standards established by the organisation communicate information effectively within the organisation and to external agencies and the client, as required.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: documentation that should normally be available in a building or construction office relevant codes, standards and regulations office equipment, including calculators, photocopiers and telephone systems computers with appropriate software to view 2-D CAD drawings, run costing programs and print copies a technical reference library with current publications on measurement, design, building construction and manufacturers' product literature a suitable work area appropriate to the construction process. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Local government and regulatory bodies include:	electricity regulatory authorities environmental authorities health departments shire or municipal councils water corporations.
Plans and specifications include:	building codes colour selections contract requirements material and labour schedules materials specifications plans, sketches and drawings statements of requirements.
Project costs include:	building or construction materials communications costs fuels, lubricants and other consumables organisational and subcontract labour costs overheads professional indemnity and other insurance costs project administration costs site facilities, such as toilets and storage sheds.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCBC4012B Read and interpret plans and specifications

Modification History

Minor change in unit descriptor and evidence guide overview information

Equivalent to CPCCBC4012A

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to read and interpret plans and specifications applicable to low rise residential and commercial projects in order to inform estimation, planning and supervisory activities.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports the needs of site managers, forepersons, estimators, builders, managers and other building and construction industry personnel responsible for ensuring the currency of plans and specifications and for reading and interpreting these for application to estimation, planning and related supervisory activities.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Nil

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Identify types of drawings and their purposes.	1.1	Purpose and advantage of different types of drawings are identified.
1.2	Different aspects of drawings are identified.

2	Apply commonly used symbols and abbreviations.	2.1	Commonly used symbols and abbreviations on drawings are identified, understood and applied
2.2	Common building and construction terms used on drawings are identified, understood and applied

3	Locate and identify key features on a site plan.	3.1	Building site is identified from location drawings.
3.2	True north and building orientation are identified from details provided on site plan.
3.3	Key features of site plan are identified.

4	Identify and locate key features on drawings.	4.1	Key features of plans, elevations and sections are identified.
4.2	Client requested variations to standard plans are identified on drawings.

5	Correctly read and interpret specifications.	5.1	Provisional sum (PS) and prime cost (PC) values are identified and correctly applied.
5.2	Customer variations to standard specifications are identified.
5.3	Correct interpretations of essential elements are applied to estimation, planning and supervisory tasks and are communicated.
5.4	Building codes or standards affecting the work to be undertaken are identified, including references to Australian standards and the National Construction Code (NCC).

6	Identify non-structural aspects to the specification.	6.1	Key features of products included in the specification are identified, including the design, purpose, aesthetics and cost relationships.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: consult with industry professionals enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand interact effectively by telephone, facsimile, email and in writing with clients, organisational personnel and appropriate local authorities read and interpret: tender documentation other relevant workplace documentation use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication written communication skills to produce required documentation identify and analyse relevant information numeracy skills to calculate labour hours and costs and material quantities and costs translation of documented requirements into on-site activities and site and structural features from two-dimensional to three-dimensional formats.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: building and construction practices internal documentation systems regulatory approvals processes and timeframes relevant state or territory building and construction codes, standards and regulations types of building and construction drawings and drawing perspectives types of building and construction industry contracts.

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by correctly interpreting a range of plans and specifications for activities relating to low rise residential and commercial construction projects. This unit of competency can be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: read and interpret plans and specifications including identification of key features, levels, contours, sections, service entry points, site features to be removed or retained and other details pertinent to the construction process identify the characteristics and features of sites and structures pertinent to a construction project, including: determine correct orientation of structures on site establish location of key on-site features in relation to building or other structures identify and incorporate customer variations to agreed plans and specifications correctly interpret essential elements and apply these to estimation, planning and supervisory tasks effectively communicate specification changes to organisational personnel and confirm variations with the client.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: documentation that should normally be available in either a building or construction office relevant codes, standards and government regulations office equipment, including calculators, photocopiers and telephone systems computers with appropriate software to view 2-D CAD drawings, run costing programs and print copies technical reference library with current publications on measurement, design, building construction and manufacturer's product literature suitable work area appropriate to the construction process. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Types of drawings include:	CAD drawings construction information detailed amendment drawings details of: roads and pathways parking areas boundaries and landscaping initial sketches preliminary and final drawings and plans presentation drawings service details, such as: wiring piping ducts and waste disposal sketch plans working drawings.
Aspects of drawings include:	elevations plans sections views in isometric projection and perspective.
Key features of site plan include:	access and egress contours and slopes drainage lines easements existing dwellings, buildings or other structures location and situation major geological and topographical features paving retaining walls service connection points set backs stormwater disposal trees and vegetation.
Specification includes:	levels and survey information materials lists performance data and material technical data schedules of quantities stress, load and bearing calculations.

Unit Sector(s)

Functional area
Unit sector	Construction

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPCCBC4037A Prepare drawings for heritage works

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to prepare drawings for heritage works associated with historic buildings and structures of cultural significance. To successfully prepare drawings requires a comprehensive understanding of architectural forms, specifically period architecture, and appropriate drafting techniques. The unit requires the ability to interpret specifications for drawings, measure and calculate dimensions accurately, and work to scale.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports builders, project managers and related construction industry professionals responsible for heritage works during residential and commercial projects.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and prepare for drawing requirements.	1.1. Specifications for drawing are identified from request or conservation authority requirements. 1.2. Dimensions of the historical or significant building are determined in accordance with appropriate methods, taking into account the type of structure, access to details and previous drawings available, if applicable. 1.3. Method of recording feature details is determined in accordance with nature of the feature, location and accessibility. 1.4. Method and system of recording identification, location and dimensional information are determined and applied in accordance with requested drawing requirements. 1.5. Equipment and instruments required are identified, listed and used in accordance with recording task requirements.
2. Organise information for drawing preparation.	2.1. Information is gathered and organised to determine overall dimensions of the building, structure or details to be drafted. 2.2. Information is gathered to identify and group all recorded details associated with each area or section of the building or structure. 2.3. Size of the drawing and scale to be used is determined in accordance with dimensions of building, structure or section. 2.4. Sketches, tracings or photographs of recorded features are identified and located with other recorded information related to feature work.
3. Draw or develop orthographic description.	3.1. Block layout of views and designed spacings, where applicable, are drawn or developed to planned layout and scaled accurately to recorded or calculated dimensions. 3.2. Orthographic description views are detailed to show visible lines of structure and elements as seen with each view to correct scale representation of recorded dimensions. 3.3. Architectural drawing conventions, symbols and hatching, where applicable, are shown on drawings in accordance with AS1100.301 - 1985 Architectural Drafting. 3.4. Plans of large buildings are produced by use of grids, where applicable, to provide cross-referencing and dimensioning by coordinates. 3.5. Dimensions and reference notations are located relevantly on drawings to provide full detailed descriptions as required with each view. 3.6. Appendices and reference details of drawing are provided with drawing as required and in accordance with overall request.
4. Draw or develop sectional detailed drawings.	4.1. Sectional detailed drawings are drawn or developed to scale to show detailed structural description of relationship between elements in accordance with recorded dimensions. 4.2. Architectural hatching is shown on drawings to represent materials, in accordance with relevant Australian standards. 4.3. Dimensions and reference notation are located on drawings to provide full details of sectional description.
5. Develop detailed drawings of feature work.	5.1. Photographic recording of feature work shape and design is enlarged by photocopying to provide more realistic size for analysis and reproduction. 5.2. Gridlines are determined in accordance with actual dimensions of the feature work shape and are reproduced to enlarged photocopy. 5.3. Enlarged photocopy is closely examined for distortion from the photographing process and adjustments are made to the design, as necessary. 5.4. Tracing recordings are examined in accordance with the whole feature or part thereof and linked with other tracings or sketches to ascertain the feature shape to be reproduced. 5.5. Design shape drawings are developed to produce accurate design to scale with grid lines where applicable. 5.6. Cross-sectional details are produced accurately to scale, to provide three-dimensional information. 5.7. Dimensions, reference notation, specific location and appendices are produced for drawings in accordance with client request or design aims.
6. Complete work.	6.1. Drawings are checked for accuracy, clarity of line, completeness of drawing and associated dimensions and details. 6.2. Copies are made, where applicable, in accordance with original request. 6.3. Production details and coded reference information are recorded.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: ability to use instruments and equipment for measuring communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand read and interpret: documentation from a variety of sources plans, specifications and drawings use and interpret non-verbal communication use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences written skills to record relevant information numeracy skills to calculate measurements organisational skills, including the ability to set out work work to scale.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: Australian standards - AS1100.101 and AS1100.301 conservation processes, including good conservation practice arising from principles of Burra Charter finishing trade applications to materials methods and processes relating to historic building construction, including the range and use of building materials, structure of buildings and drafting techniques methods of measuring relevant architectural knowledge, including orders of architecture and the characteristics and features of period architecture workplace and equipment safety requirements, including relevant statutory regulations, codes and standards.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by carrying out the necessary preparatory processes and developing at least two examples of each form of drawing specified, using sample or case study heritage projects for any of the buildings listed in the range statement. This unit of competency can be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: clearly understand conservation considerations and consultative processes associated with preservation of historic structures clearly appreciate preservation of fabric comply with OHS regulations applicable to workplace operations apply organisational quality procedures and processes within the context of preparing drawings to conservation requirements apply recording and identification system for measurements, locations and details select and use appropriate processes, instruments and equipment to measure and record information use appropriate and safe techniques to obtain measurements and details apply accurate techniques in preparing information for related drawings select and use appropriate techniques to ascertain accurate analysis of featured design shapes apply techniques to ensure all relevant information is included in orthographic description select and use appropriate techniques to produce accurate, sharp and complete drawings.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: historic locations appropriate to competency range drafting and computer equipment equipment relevant to measuring processes. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Historical or significant building includes:	built or sculptured artefacts cathedrals and churches civic buildings commercial and retail buildings doors external features fences government buildings houses mansions out buildings walls wharves windows.
Methods include:	accurately trace shapes or features calculate height by use of levelling equipment and/or trigonometry physically tape and measure all internal and external measurement scale proportion of roof, chimney and spire heights from photograph where wall height is determined.
Feature work includes:	decorative tiling mosaic tiling ornamental mouldings ornamental plasterwork ornamental stonework.
Orthographic description includes:	front, rear and side elevations plans sectional elevations sectional plans.
Sectional detailed drawings include:	ceiling and roof framing construction ceiling construction chimney construction cladding details external wall construction fence construction footings and foundation internal wall construction roofing details sub-floor construction.
Development of drawings includes:	computer aided drafting drafting techniques drawings developed in accordance with National Trust guidelines or in accordance with AS1100.101 - 1992 Technical Drawing - General Principles, and AS1100.301 - 1985 Architectural Drawing.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCCM2001A Read and interpret plans and specifications

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to read and interpret plans and specifications relevant to construction operations. It includes the identification of types of plans and drawings and their functions, the recognition of commonly used symbols and abbreviations, the identification of key features and specifications on a site plan, the comprehension of written job specifications and the recognition of document status and amendment detail.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports achievement of basic reading and interpretation of plans and specifications commonly used in the construction industry.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify types of drawings and their functions.	1.1. Main types of plans and drawings used in the construction sector of the industry are identified. 1.2. Key features and functions of each type of drawing are identified. 1.3. Quality requirements of company operations are recognised and adhered to. 1.4. Environmental requirements and controls are identified from job plans, specifications and environmental plan.
2. Recognise amendments.	2.1. Title panel of project documentation is checked to verify latest amendments to drawing. 2.2. Amendments to specifications are checked to ensure currency of information and conveyed to others where appropriate.
3. Recognise commonly used symbols and abbreviations.	3.1. Construction symbols and abbreviations are recognised. 3.2. Legend is located on project drawings, and symbols and abbreviations are correctly interpreted.
4. Locate and identify key features on a site plan.	4.1. Orientation of the plan with the site is achieved. 4.2. Key features of the site are identified and located. 4.3. Access to site is gained and services, main features, contours and datum are identified.
5. Identify project requirements.	5.1. Dimensions for project and nominated locations are identified. 5.2. Construction types and dimensions for nominated locations are identified. 5.3. Environmental controls and locations are identified. 5.4. Location, dimensions and tolerances for ancillary works are identified.
6. Read and interpret job specifications.	6.1. Job specifications are identified from drawings, notes and descriptions. 6.2. Standards of work, finishes and tolerances are identified from the project specifications. 6.3. Material attributes are identified from specifications.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand read and interpret: documentation from a variety of sources drawings and specifications use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals identifying and accurately reporting to appropriate personnel any faults in tools, equipment or materials numeracy skills to apply measurements and make calculations, including heights, areas, volumes and grades organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology, such as two-way radio and mobile phones voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: basic calculations of heights, areas, volumes and grades commonly used construction symbols and abbreviations construction terminology drawing conventions features of plans and elevations, including direction, scale, key, contours, symbols and abbreviations job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements key features of formal job specifications processes for application of scales in plan preparation and interpretation project quality requirements site and equipment safety (OHS) requirements techniques for orienting/confirming the orientation of a plan.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with site safety plan, OHS regulations and state and territory legislation applicable to workplace operations comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements communicate and work effectively and safely with others for a minimum of two different projects, read and interpret the project plans, including: confirmation of amendment status and drawings confirmed 'for construction' orientation of plans to the ground six key features on both the plan and the site confirmation of six items of information from the title block of the project plans six construction dimensions, levels and locations from the project plans six ancillary works dimensions, levels and locations from the project plans for a minimum of two formal specifications, identify the dimensions, material requirements and processes to be followed.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Plans and drawings include:	construction plans cross-sectional plans dimensions and notes illustrations longitudinal plans project specifications site plans structural detail and specification providing illustrations and dimensions.
Key features of plans and specifications include:	characteristics compatibility construction location pattern dimension quantities sizes type of product or service.
Quality requirements include relevant regulations, including:	Australian standards internal company quality policy and standards manufacturer specifications, where specified workplace operations and procedures.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up management waste management.
Project documentation includes:	contracts drawings schedule of rates specifications standard procedures and practices supplementary specifications work schedules.
Specifications include:	detail relating to materials and quality of work, quality assurance, nominated subcontractors, and provision of site access/facilities details relating to performance, including: characteristics material types standards of work tolerances treatments and finishes.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches and graphics instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel manufacturer specifications and instructions maps material safety data sheets (MSDS) memos organisation work specifications and requirements. plans and specifications regulatory and legislative requirements pertaining to operations and the environment relevant Australian standards safe work procedures related to construction site operations signage verbal or written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules.
Material attributes include:	characteristics construction requirements treatments and finishes types.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCCM2002A Carry out excavation

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to undertake hand excavation tasks and excavations requiring the assistance of plant machinery to form excavations for footings, and the provision of services. It includes excavation to new and existing sites, and new services or the diversion of existing services.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports achievement of skills to safely and efficiently undertake basic excavation on a construction site, which includes working with others and as a member of a team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and prepare.	1.1. Work instructions and operational details are obtained, confirmed and applied from relevant information for planning and preparation. 1.2. Safety (OHS) requirements are followed in accordance with safety plans and policies. 1.3. Signage and barricade requirements are identified and implemented. 1.4. Tools and equipment selected to carry out tasks are consistent with job requirements, checked for serviceability, and any faults are rectified or reported prior to commencement. 1.5. Material quantity requirements are calculated in accordance with plans and specifications. 1.6. Materials appropriate to the work application and quality requirements are identified, obtained, prepared, safely handled and located ready for use. 1.7. Environmental requirements are identified for the project in accordance with environmental plans and statutory and regulatory authority obligations, and are applied.
2. Locate excavation site and erect safety equipment.	2.1. Excavation route is located, and line and depth are established from site plans and instructions. 2.2. Site pegs/profiles are used to identify service markers and to set out service points and the excavation limits are marked. 2.3. Safety barricades and signs appropriate to the project are erected in positions as required by site safety plan. 2.4. Temporary drainage system is established to divert surface and sub-surface water from excavation. 2.5. Service markers or taped areas are identified and damage or interference with underground services avoided.
3. Dig excavations.	3.1. Excavations are safely dug with hand tools to ensure correct route, line and depth, and that procedures are used to minimise risk to self and others. 3.2. Machine operator is assisted with excavation to ensure correct route, line and depth, and that correct procedures are used to minimise risk to self and others. 3.3. Trench/excavation support is installed where specified by job specifications and regulations. 3.4. Excavation is cleaned free from loose material with hand tools and according to job requirements and instructions.
4. Clean up.	4.1. Work area is cleared and materials disposed of, reused or recycled in accordance with legislation, regulations, codes of practice and job specification. 4.2. Tools and equipment are cleaned, checked, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and standard work practices.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: assist machine operator determine requirements enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand follow instructions read and interpret: documentation from a variety of sources drawings and specifications report faults use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals identifying and accurately reporting to appropriate personnel any faults in tools, equipment or materials numeracy skills to apply measurements and make calculations organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology, such as two-way radio and mobile phones voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: commonly used in-ground services and identification by relevant markers construction terminology excavation materials excavation techniques job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements material safety data sheets (MSDS) materials storage and environmentally friendly waste management plans, specifications and drawings processes for the calculation of material requirements quality requirements regulatory requirements for excavation support for safe access safe work with common plant used on construction industry sites types, characteristics, uses and limitations of tools and equipment workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with site safety plan and OHS legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to workplace operations comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements safely and effectively use tools, plant and equipment communicate and work effectively and safely with others determine from an existing set out, a mark out and then excavate site as part of an overall project to job specifications without damaging services.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel manufacturer specifications and instructions where specified maps memos MSDS organisation work specifications and requirements plans and specifications regulatory and legislative requirements pertaining to carrying out excavations relevant Australian standards safe work procedures related to carrying out excavations signage verbal or written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules.
Planning and preparation include:	work site inspection equipment defect identification assessment of conditions and hazards determination of work requirements.
Safety (OHS) is to be in accordance with legislation, regulations, codes of practice, organisational safety policies and procedures, and project safety plan and may include:	emergency procedures, including extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation handling of materials hazard control hazardous materials and substances safe operating procedures, including the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: earth leakage boxes lighting power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits restricted access barriers surrounding structures traffic control trip hazards work site visitors and the public working at heights working in confined spaces working in proximity to others working with dangerous materials organisational first aid personal protective clothing and equipment prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices use of firefighting equipment use of tools and equipment workplace environment and safety.
Tools and equipment include:	automatic levels brooms buckets crow bars hammers hoses laser levels levels measuring tapes and rules picks profiles saws set out pegs shovels staff straight edges string lines wheelbarrows.
Materials include:	nails pegs sheet material shoring (timber and metal) timber.
Quality requirements include relevant regulations, including:	Australian standards internal company quality policy and standards manufacturer specifications, where specified workplace operations and procedures.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up management noise and dust vibration waste management.
Statutory and regulatory authorities include:	federal, state and local authorities administering applicable Acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Set out includes:	identification of services that can be damaged or impede excavation marking out of the project.
Excavations include:	extension of existing structures, to provide provisions for new services and to modify or repair existing services provisions for footings/slabs to new structures shoring (timber, metal or piling) those being undertaken on sloping ground, flat ground, wet ground, dry ground, loose ground or any type of foundation material, with mechanical assistance possibly required for rock trench/excavation support using sheet material.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCCM2006B Apply basic levelling procedures

Modification History

Minor editorial and formatting changes

Equivalent to CPCCCM2006A

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to carry out levelling in a single plane for the purpose of establishing correct and accurate set-out of building components. It includes the set-up, testing and use of levelling devices, and establishing and transferring heights using a range of levelling equipment.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports achievement of skills to undertake levelling work using a variety of methods and equipment commonly used in the construction industry, which includes working with others and as a member of a team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Plan and prepare.	1.1	Work instructions, including plans, specifications, quality requirements and operational details, are obtained, confirmed and applied from relevant information to prepare for basic levelling activities.
1.2	Safety (OHS) requirements are followed in accordance with safety plans and policies.
1.3	Signage and barricade requirements are identified and implemented.
1.4	Tools and equipment selected to carry out tasks are consistent with job requirements, checked for serviceability, and any faults are rectified or reported prior to commencement.
1.5	Environmental requirements are identified for the project in accordance with environmental plans and statutory and regulatory authority obligations, and are applied.

2	Set up and use levelling device.	2.1	Heights or levels to be transferred/established are identified from project plans or instructions for levelling procedures.
2.2	Levelling devices are set up and tested in accordance with manufacturer instructions, including levelling device tolerance checks.
2.3	Levelling staffs are accurately applied.
2.4	Levels are shot and heights transferred to required location and marked and/or recorded to job requirements.
2.5	Results of levelling procedure are documented to organisational requirements.

3	Clean up.	3.1	Work area is cleared and materials disposed of, reused or recycled in accordance with legislation, regulations, codes of practice and job specification.
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, checked, maintained, including levelling device operator maintenance, and stored in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and standard work practices.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: determine requirements enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand follow instructions read and interpret: documentation from a variety of sources drawings and specifications report faults use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals identifying and accurately reporting to appropriate personnel any faults in tools, equipment or materials numeracy skills to apply measurements and make calculations organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology, such as two-way radio and mobile phones voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: application and requirements for line, level and plumb in construction projects basic construction processes basic mathematical techniques associated with levelling construction terminology job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements levelling device types, characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations levelling techniques related to essential tasks processes for interpreting engineering drawings and sketches processes for setting out project quality requirements site and equipment safety (OHS) requirements site isolation and traffic control responsibilities and authorities symbols and construction terminology of construction plans.

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with site safety plan, OHS regulations and state and territory legislation applicable to workplace operations comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements safely and effectively use tools and equipment communicate and work effectively and safely with others transfer levels and record differences in height on one project to job specifications using: a spirit level and straight edge levelling with water technique laser levelling devices optical levelling devices confirm accuracy of the readings taken for all above, including set-up and movement of device in two locations conduct a two peg test with an automatic level to confirm that instrument meets manufacturers' tolerances accurately record the results of each levelling procedure to organisational requirements.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel manufacturer specifications and instructions maps material safety data sheets (MSDS) memos organisation work specifications and requirements. plans and specifications relevant Australian standards safe work procedures related to performing levelling signage verbal or written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules.
Basic levelling activities may include:	setting up of devices recording of heights or level and the transfer of data points transferring levels/heights for formwork shooting levels for concrete slabs recording ground levels at respective critical set out points recording slab or pad levels for placement of steel columns or masonry piers recording or checking levels in drainage positioning offsets and recovery pegs for construction projects.
Safety (OHS) is to be in accordance with legislation, regulations, codes of practice, organisational safety policies and procedures, and project safety plan and may include:	emergency procedures, including extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation handling of materials hazard control hazardous materials and substances safe operating procedures, including the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: earth leakage boxes lighting power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits restricted access barriers surrounding structures traffic control trip hazards work site visitors and the public working at heights working in confined spaces working in proximity to others working with dangerous materials organisational first aid personal protective clothing and equipment prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices use of firefighting equipment use of tools and equipment workplace environment and safety.
Tools and equipment may include:	chalk lines hammers marking equipment measuring tapes and rules, spirit levels and straight edges plumb bobs saws, bolt cutters and saw stools signage for laser levelling string lines and laser targets water levels, laser levels, optical levels and automatic levels wooden and steel pegs.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up management waste management.
Statutory and regulatory authorities include:	federal, state and local authorities administering applicable Acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Heights or levels may be indicated by:	chalk or nail mark and marks on vertical surface datum and survey peg drawing or sketch verbal or written instructions.
Levelling procedures:	include open or closed traverse using height of instrument or rise and fall methods of reduction may be completed in a team arrangement.
Levelling devices may include:	automatic level inclinometers laser level levelling staff levelling using water optical level string line survey pegs tape measure batter pegs or boards plumb bob.
Levelling device tolerance checks may include:	reverse readings for spirit level two peg test for automatic level.
Levelling device operator maintenance:	includes: authorised servicing cleaning monitoring, recording and reporting of faults may include conduct of authorised minor replacements.

Unit Sector(s)

Functional area
Unit sector	Construction

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPCCCM2010B Work safely at heights

Modification History

Photovoltaic (solar) panels added to range statement

Equivalent to CPCCCM2010A

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to work safely on construction sites where the work activity involves working above 1.5 metres from ground level and where fall protection measures are required.

Application of the Unit

Construction work is undertaken on domestic and commercial work sites within new construction, renovation or refurbishment, and maintenance.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Identify work area requirements.	1.1	Site of proposed work at heights is identified from relevant information.
1.2	Method of accessing work area is identified.
1.3	Tasks to be completed are identified from work orders and supervisor instructions.
1.4	Fall protection equipment is identified if required by site job workplace health and safety (WHS) analysis and statutory and regulatory requirements.
1.5	Approved methods of moving tools and equipment to work area are identified to minimise potential of falling objects, removal of scaffold components, inappropriate carrying of materials on ladders, and excessive bending or twisting in pass-up situations.

2	Access work area.	2.1	Fall protection equipment where required is correctly fitted, adjusted and anchored.
2.2	Arrangements are made to appropriately install required equipment taking account of all potential hazards.
2.3	Appropriate methods are used to access work area for self, tools and equipment, and materials.
2.4	Tools and materials are placed to eliminate or at least minimise the risk of items being knocked down.

3	Conduct work tasks.	3.1	Work is conducted following workplace approved procedures.
3.2	Fall protection equipment is kept in place and adjusted appropriately to cater for movement during work.
3.3	Scaffold components and fall barriers are kept in place during work.
3.4	Egress from work area is completed following work site supervisor approved methods for self, tools, materials and environmental requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: construction terminology job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements material safety data sheets (MSDS) quality requirements types, characteristics, uses and limitation of plant, tools and equipment workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with site safety plan, OHS regulations and state and territory legislation applicable to workplace operations safely and effectively use tools, plant and equipment communicate and work effectively and safely with others select and use appropriate height access and fall protection equipment and work methods, including inspecting fall protection equipment, scaffold and fall barriers for faults apply knowledge of industry products to identify: manual handling risks types of lifting and support structures approved for use modify work activities to cater for variations in work site procedures, contexts and environment and use appropriate behaviour for safe work at heights use safe handling requirements, based on information provided, for equipment, products and materials.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Work at heights includes:	assessment of conditions and hazards determination of work requirements identification of equipment defects inspection of work sites.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel material safety data sheets (MSDS) memos signage verbal or written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules, plans and specifications.
Workplace health and safety is to be in accordance with state or territory legislation and regulations, organisational safety policies and procedures, and project safety plan and may include:	emergency procedures, including extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation handling of materials hazard control hazardous materials and substances safe operating procedures, including the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: earth leakage boxes lighting photovoltaic (solar) panels power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits restricted access barriers surrounding structures traffic control trip hazards work site visitors and the public working in confined spaces working in proximity to others working with dangerous materials organisational first aid personal protective clothing and equipment prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices relevant OHS legislation applying in the jurisdiction where work is carried out, including: AS6001 - 1999 Working platforms for domestic application AS1576 - Scaffolding AS/NZS4576 - 1995 Guidelines for scaffolding use of tools and equipment workplace environment and safety.
Statutory and regulatory authorities include:	federal, state and local authorities administering applicable Acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Hazards include:	air temperature construction activity involving other workers and contractors dust and vapours electrical equipment energy sources equipment and materials hazardous materials light manual handling moisture noise pholtovoltaic (solar) panels stationary and moving plant work at heights.
Tools and equipment include:	air compressors and hoses hand and power tools nail guns power leads scaffolding.
Materials include:	materials used on the construction work site.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up management noise and dust vibration waste management.

Unit Sector(s)

Functional area
Unit sector	Construction

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPCCCM3001C Operate elevated work platforms

Modification History

Prerequisite unit identifier code updated

Equivalent to CPCCCM3001B

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to safely and effectively operate some types of elevated work platforms (EWPs) in a variety of different terrains and situations to access isolated work areas. The unit includes locating, setting up, operating and shutting down EWPs. In addition to achievement of this competency, an EWP operator may need to obtain additional certification of training and experience before being allowed to operate the equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency assists in the safe and effective operation of electrical, hydraulic or mechanical EWPs. The unit does not cover powered telescoping devices, hinged devices or articulate d devices, or any combination of these used to support a platform on which personnel, equipment and materials may be elevated to perform work and which has a boom length of 11 metres or more. An OHS authority Certificate of Competency may be required to operate boom type EWPs of 11 metres or more in some jurisdictions.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

CPCCCM2010B	Work safely at heights
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and prepare.	1.1. Work planning and preparation are conducted using plans, specifications, quality requirements and operational details, obtained, confirmed and applied from relevant information. 1.2. Safety (OHS) requirements for the types of EWP to be operated are followed in accordance with safety plans and policies. 1.3. Signage and barricade requirements are identified and implemented. 1.4. Plant, tools and equipment and personal protective equipment are selected to carry out tasks are consistent with job requirements, checked for serviceability, and any faults are rectified or reported prior to commencement. 1.5. Materials appropriate to the work application are identified, obtained, prepared, safely handled and located ready for use. 1.6. Environmental requirements are identified for the project in accordance with environmental plans and statutory and regulatory authority obligations, and are applied.
2. Conduct routine checks of platform.	2.1. Power source is determined and connected to platform equipment according to manufacturer specifications. 2.2. Routine pre-operational equipment checks are carried out in accordance with checklist from operator's manual or manufacturer specifications. 2.3. Equipment is switched on in accordance with start up procedures and controls are checked for correct operation and ease of movement. 2.4. Emergency safety devices are checked to comply with instructions from operator's manual and checked for manual operation. 2.5. Work location is checked for level ground or floor surface to determine stabilising and safe working area requirements.
3. Locate equipment in place for work application.	3.1. Platform is positioned for work application and stabilisers are engaged to set equipment base level into place according to safe operating procedures. 3.2. Tools, equipment and materials are placed into bucket or on platform according to job application requirements.
4. Elevate platform to work location.	4.1. Harness is fitted securely and lanyard connected to attachment point. 4.2. EWP operation and controls are operated to manufacturer recommendations and platform is elevated to work position. 4.3. Power is switched off where specified and locking devices are engaged according to operator's manual. 4.4. Work is carried out to job specification and safety (OHS) requirements of operator's manual.
5. Lower platform and shut down.	5.1. Controls are operated to manufacturer recommendations and platform is lowered to down position. 5.2. Shut down procedures are carried out to operator's manual and equipment is switched off.
6. Clean up.	6.1. Work area is cleared and materials disposed of, reused or recycled in accordance with legislation, regulations, codes of practice and job specification. 6.2. Plant, tools and equipment are cleaned, checked, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and standard work practices. 6.3. Work completion procedures are applied and relevant personnel notified that work is finished.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: determine requirements enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand follow instructions read and interpret: documentation from a variety of sources drawings and specifications report faults use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals written skills to complete inspection log and handover identifying and accurately reporting to appropriate personnel any faults in tools, equipment or materials numeracy skills to apply measurements and make calculations organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology, such as two-way radio and mobile phones voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: designs, functions and operational limitations of EWP equipment EWP equipment types and OHS authority certification of competency requirements EWP techniques fault finding and identification general construction terminology job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements material safety data sheets (MSDS) materials storage and environmentally friendly waste management plans, specifications and drawings processes for the calculation of load mass requirements quality requirements relevant Acts, regulations and codes of practice safe working at heights signalling methods and communications types, characteristics, uses and limitations of plant, tools and equipment workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with site safety plan and OHS legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to workplace operations comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements safely and effectively use tools, plant and equipment communicate and work effectively and safely with others complete set up and operation of a range of EWPs as listed in the range statement, including all functions.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Work planning and preparation include:	assessment of conditions and hazards consideration that EWPs must not be operated anywhere with overhead powerlines above, or within specified clearance distances set out in documentation such as Electrical Safety - Power line NO GO Zones, unless permission has been obtained from the power authority and a JSA has been developed determination of work requirements equipment defect identification work site inspection.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel manufacturer specifications and instructions where specified MSDS memos regulatory and legislative requirements pertaining to EWPs relevant Australian standards safe work procedures related to operating EWPs, including the safe working load written on the EWP which must be checked to ensure it is not exceeded signage verbal or written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules, plans and specifications.
Safety (OHS) is to be in accordance with legislation, regulations, codes of practice, organisational safety policies and procedures, and project safety plan and may include:	procedures related to equipment operation, including emergency shutdown and stopping, extinguishing equipment fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation handling of materials hazard control hazardous materials and substances organisational first aid personal protective clothing and equipment use of firefighting equipment use of tools and equipment workplace environment and safety.
Types of EWP:	EWPs include scissor lifts, boom and knuckle boom lifts with a boom length under 11 metres EWPs are classified as: trailer mounted boom lift (TL) self-propelled boom lift (BL) vertical lift (VL) scissor lift (SL) truck-mounted boom lift (TM), which is not covered by this unit of competency.
Tools and equipment include:	EWPs, extension leads, logbooks, service manuals, operation manuals, safety harnesses and lanyards special attachments, which may have to be installed if equipment is to be shifted with the EWP, as lifting loads via cables and ropes from an EWP is not permitted.
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations, codes of practice and workplace policies and practices.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up protection noise and dust sedimentation control vibration waste management.
Statutory and regulatory authorities include:	federal, state and local authorities administering applicable Acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Emergency safety devices include:	bleed valves electronic override emergency descent devices ground controls hydraulic accumulators.
Safe operating procedures include:	conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: earth leakage boxes lighting power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits restricted access barriers surrounding structures traffic control trip hazards work site visitors and the public working at heights working in confined spaces working in proximity to others working with dangerous materials not using slab terrain EWPs on any surface other than concrete or level asphalt.
Harnesses include:	energy or shock absorbers that must be used with all fall arrest lanyard, harness and inertia reel systems full body rescue harness lanyards and inertia reels, which should be attached to the harness installed so that the maximum distance a person equipped with a harness would free fall before the fall arrest system takes effect is 2 metres.
EWP operation includes:	boom up and down operate attachments operate outriggers slew left and right telescope in and out.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCCO2013A Carry out concreting to simple forms

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to safely install formwork, reinforcement and place and finish concrete for the construction of minor slabs, pathways and other minor works to a specified design finish. The unit includes positioning the truck, placing concrete from truck to work area, spreading concrete and cleaning up site.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports the attainment of the understanding and skills to use concrete tools, equipment and materials with simple forms, which may include working with others and as a member of a team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and prepare.	1.1. Work instructions and operational details are obtained using relevant information, confirmed and applied for planning and preparation purposes. 1.2. Safety (OHS) requirements are followed in accordance with safety plans and policies. 1.3. Signage and barricade requirements are identified and implemented. 1.4. Plant, tools and equipment selected to carry out tasks are consistent with the requirements of the job, checked for serviceability and any faults are rectified or reported prior to commencement. 1.5. Materials quantity requirements are calculated in accordance with plans, specifications and quality requirements. 1.6. Materials appropriate to the work application are identified, obtained, prepared, safely handled and located ready for use. 1.7. Environmental requirements are identified for the project in accordance with environmental plans and regulatory obligations and applied.
2. Erect and strip simple formwork.	2.1. Subgrade is prepared. 2.2. Formwork design is identified from drawings. 2.3. Formwork is erected safely on commencement. 2.4. Form release agent is applied to erected formwork where specified. 2.5. Timber components are de-nailed following stripping of formwork. 2.6. Components are cleaned, stacked and stored for reuse or bundled for removal. 2.7. Formwork components are removed from site.
3. Place and tie reinforcement.	3.1. Reinforcing components are handled and positioned safely. 3.2. Reinforcing bars and mesh are positioned. 3.3. Bar chairs and spacers are positioned, with minimum edge cover.
4. Place concrete.	4.1. Formwork or excavation is cleaned of excess material and debris prior to concrete placement. 4.2. Concrete is safely transported by wheelbarrow. 4.3. Pump line/chute is controlled and concrete placed. 4.4. Concrete is placed in formwork to specified depth. 4.5. Concrete is screeded to the alignment of formwork and project specified datums. 4.6. Surface of concrete is finished in accordance with specifications.
5. Clean up.	5.1. Work area is cleared and materials disposed of, reused or recycled in accordance with legislation, regulations and codes of practice and job specification. 5.2. Plant, tools and equipment are cleaned, checked, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and standard work practices.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: determine requirements enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand follow instructions read and interpret: documentation from a variety of sources drawings and specifications report faults use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals evaluating own actions and making judgments about performance and necessary improvements identifying and accurately reporting to appropriate personnel any faults in tools, equipment or materials organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work recognising procedures, following instructions, responding to change and contributing to workplace responsibilities, such as current work site environmental and sustainability frameworks or management systems teamwork skills to coordinate own work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology, such as two-way radio and mobile phones voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: concrete materials concreting techniques general construction terminology job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements levelling techniques material safety data sheets (MSDS) materials storage and environmentally friendly waste management plans, drawings and specifications processes for the calculation of material requirements quality requirements simple formwork and reinforcing componentry types, characteristics, uses and limitations of plant, tools and equipment workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with site safety plan and OHS legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to workplace operations comply with organisational policies and procedures including quality requirements safely and effectively operate and use tools, plant and equipment communicate and work effectively and safely with others prepare subgrade; erect formwork; cut, place and tie reinforcement; place and hand screed concrete for a slab of (4 square metres is recommended) and a minimum depth of 100mm to the required finished level and job specification.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel manufacturer specifications and instructions, where specified MSDS memos regulatory and legislative requirements pertaining to concreting relevant Australian standards safe work procedures relating to concreting signage verbal, written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules, plans and specifications.
Planning and preparation include:	assessment of conditions and hazards determination of work requirements and safety plans and policies equipment defect identification work site inspection.
Safety (OHS) is to be in accordance with state and territory legislation and regulations and project safety plan and may include:	emergency procedures, including extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation handling activities that may require the assistance of others or the use of manual or mechanical lifting devices where size, weight or other issues, such as a disability are a factor hazard control hazardous materials and substances organisational first aid PPE prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices safe operating procedures, including the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: earth leakage boxes lighting power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits restricted access barriers surrounding structures traffic control trip hazards work site visitors and the public working at heights working in confined spaces working in proximity to others use of firefighting equipment use of tools and equipment workplace environmental requirements and safety.
Tools and equipment:	include: brooms chutes edging tools shovels trowels wheelbarrows may include: bull floats hand floats kibbles line pumps stipple devices trowelling machines.
Quality requirements include:	internal company quality policy and standards manufacturer specifications where specified relevant regulations, including Australian standards workplace operations and procedures.
Materials:	include: bar chairs bracing edge form/boards fabric sheet mesh pegs spacers may include reinforcing bars.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up management dust and noise stormwater management vibration waste management.
Simple formwork includes:	timber or steel edge form to a maximum of 100mm in depth.
Simple reinforcing:	includes: bar chairs fabric sheet mesh spacers may include: reinforcing bars trench mesh.
Simple forms of concrete:	include slabs (not requiring internal beams and piers) may include: beam thickeners channels garden edges pathways post holes simple concrete aprons.
Concreting includes:	finishing of concrete floating of the concrete placing of concrete screeding, limited to include a hand screed.
Placing of concrete involves movement of concrete from the truck to the work and:	includes: chutes wheelbarrows may include: kibbles pump lines.
Finishing of concrete includes:	broomed hand floating power floating sponged stipple device finish trowelled trowelling machine finish wood floated other project specified finish.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCCO3046A Repair and rectify concrete

Modification History

This version first released CPC08 Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 9.

Changes to unit title, performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement, critical aspects for assessment, and methods of assessment

Range of other minor editorial changes

Not equivalent to CPCCCO3026A Carry out repair and rectification of concrete

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to repair and rectify minor and major defects in concrete work in order to fix damaged areas.

The unit includes patching, refinishing, sealing and colouring concrete. It may also include working with others and as a member of a team.

Application of the Unit

This unit of competency supports the role of concreters working on residential, commercial or civil construction sites to repair damaged concrete on surfaces that could include driveways, foundations and footpaths.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to concreting work in different states and territories. Candidates are advised to consult with the relevant regulatory authorities.

Pre-Requisites

CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Plan and prepare.	1.1	Work instructions, work health and safety (WHS) requirements and other information relevant to the work are identified, confirmed and applied for planning and preparation purposes.
1.2	Plant, tools and equipment consistent with job requirements are selected and checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified and reported before work begins.
1.3	Material quantity requirements are identified and calculated according to plans, specifications and quality requirements.
1.4	Materials appropriate to the work application are obtained, prepared, safely handled and located ready for use.
1.5	Environmental requirements are identified for the project according to environmental plans and regulatory requirements.

2	Carry out minor repairs.	2.1	Types of surfaces that may require repair are identified and repair work is categorised as major repairs or minor repairs.
2.2	Colour variations are repaired by applying a concrete staining agent.
2.3	Effects of dusting are repaired by applying an appropriate surface hardener/dust inhibiting agent or removing the weak top layer.
2.4	Damaged or blistered concrete is repaired either by grinding or topping.
2.5	Repair mortars and self-levelling floor compounds are applied according to manufacturer specifications.
2.6	Sealers and coloured paints are applied to concrete surfaces according to manufacturer specifications.

3	Repair cracks and other major defects.	3.1	Root cause of defect is determined and rectified.
3.2	Concrete is prepared and flexible epoxy resins are applied to manufacturer specification.
3.3	Toppings are applied to concrete using correct materials and techniques.
3.4	Acid etching and cleaning are applied safely according to manufacturer requirements.

4	Clean up.	4.1	Work area is cleared and materials disposed of, reused or recycled according to regulations, codes of practice and job specification.
4.2	Plant, tools and equipment are cleaned, checked, maintained and stored according to manufacturer recommendations and standard work practices.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
learning skills to: evaluate own actions and make judgments about performance and necessary improvements respond to change, such as differences in work site, and environmental and quality requirements numeracy skills to: calculate and confirm correct quantities of materials for work tasks estimate time required for repair and rectification of concrete oral communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, and share information report work site hazards to appropriate personnel, including faults in tools, equipment or materials use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences reading skills to: interpret documentation, including drawings and specifications understand written instructions, procedures and signage interpret manufacturer instructions for safely handling tools, equipment and materials writing skills to complete equipment fault forms
Required knowledge
types, location and use of relevant safety resources and information: job safety analyses (JSA) and safe work method statements (SWMS) safety data sheets (SDS) signage and barricades principles and processes for general concreting work: materials and techniques for repairing concrete preparation and placement of formwork and reinforcement use of control joints levelling techniques mortar mix composition and additives placing and finishing of concrete to ensure timely completion of job within quality requirements and specifications general construction terminology processes for material storage and environmentally friendly waste management processes for calculating material requirements quality requirements relevant to the repair and rectification of concrete types, characteristics, uses and limitations of concreting plant, tools and equipment: safe operating procedures operational, maintenance and basic diagnostic procedures workplace and equipment safety requirements

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed by undertaking a range of tasks in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person should demonstrate the ability to: identify and apply the correct repair method and top coat to a minimum of one square metre of affected area for three minor repairs and one major repair listed in the range statement remove a section or whole defective area of concrete, cleaning and preparing the affected area and applying the necessary bonding locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications relating to repairing and rectifying concrete comply with site safety plans and procedures comply with organisational policies and procedures relating to repairing and rectifying concrete while maintaining quality requirements safely and effectively operate and use plant, tools and equipment required to repair and rectify concrete communicate and work effectively and safely with others at each stage of the process to repair concrete.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment of this unit: must be in the context of the work environment may be conducted in an off-site context, provided it is realistic and sufficiently rigorous to cover all aspects of workplace performance, including task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills must meet relevant compliance requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies safety data sheets.
Method of assessment	Assessment for this unit must verify the practical application of the required skills and knowledge, using a combination of the following methods: direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application review of relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.
Guidance information for assessment	This unit could be assessed on its own or in combination with other units relevant to the job function. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support. Assessment processes and techniques should, as far as is practical, take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed.

Range Statement

The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Work health and safety (WHS)requirements must comply with state and territory legislation and regulations and project safety plan, and may include:	assistance of others or the use of manual or mechanical lifting devices with handling activities where size, weight or other issues, such as disability, are a factor emergency procedures, including extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements, and evacuation procedures hazard control hazardous materials and substances personal protective equipment (PPE) prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices safe operating procedures, including the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: earth leakage boxes lighting power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits restricted access barriers surrounding structures traffic control trip hazards work site visitors and the public working at heights working in confined spaces working in proximity to others working outdoors in warm climates use of firefighting equipment use of tools and equipment workplace environmental requirements and safety.
Information may include:	instructions issued by authorised organisational and external personnel memos regulatory and legislative requirements relating to repairing concrete relevant Australian standards safe work procedures relating to repairing concrete safety data sheets signage verbal, written and diagrammatical instructions, including manufacturer specifications and instructions where specified work bulletins work schedules, plans and specifications.
Planning and preparation must include:	assessing conditions and hazards determining work requirements and safety plans and procedures identifying equipment defects inspecting work sites.
Tools and equipment may include:	brooms concrete mixers floats grinders hoses polishers rollers screeds shovels trowels, including power trowels water blasters wheelbarrows.
Quality requirements must include:	internal organisational quality policy and standards manufacturer specifications where specified relevant regulations and Australian standards workplace operations and procedures.
Materials:	must include concrete may include: bonding agents acrylic co-polymers resin based compounds silicate compounds curing compounds retardants.
Environmental requirements may include:	clean-up management dust and noise control stormwater management vibration management waste management.
Types of surfaces that may require repair may include:	beams columns concrete aprons pathways ramps slabs stairs walls.
Repair work may include:	dowelling drilling formwork patching replacing concrete resurfacing self-levelling compounds.
Major repairs may include:	cracks (wet, live and dormant) non-bonding of new to old interfaces non-compliant surfaces subsidence.
Minor repairs may involve:	acid etching and cleaning bonded toppings levelling compounds mortars slippery surfaces topping existing concrete unbonded toppings.
Damaged or blistered concrete may include:	blow holes dusting rain damage spalling stamped concrete defects stencilled concrete defects wavy or uneven surfaces.

Unit Sector(s)

Concreting

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to undertake Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) induction training within the construction industry. It requires the ability to demonstrate personal awareness of OHS legislative requirements, and the basic principles of risk management and prevention of injury and illness in the construction industry. Licensing requirements will apply to this unit of competency depending on the regulatory requirements of each jurisdiction.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports the attainment of the basic OHS knowledge required prior to undertaking designated work tasks within any of the sectors within the construction industry. The unit relates directly to the general induction training program specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Unit Descriptor

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify OHS legislative requirements.	1.1. Applicable OHS legislative requirements relevant to own work, role and responsibilities are identified and explained. 1.2. Duty of care requirements are identified. 1.3. Own responsibilities to comply with safe work practices are identified and explained.
2. Identify construction hazards and control measures.	2.1. Basic principles of risk management are identified. 2.2. Common construction hazards are identified and discussed. 2.3. Measures for controlling hazards and risks are identified.
3. Identify OHS communication and reporting processes.	3.1. OHS communication processes, information and documentation are identified and discussed. 3.2. Role of designated OHS personnel is identified and explained. 3.3. Safety signs and symbols are identified and explained. 3.4. Procedures and relevant authorities for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries are identified.
4. Identify OHS incident response procedures.	4.1. General procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies are identified and explained. 4.2. Procedures for accessing first aid are identified. 4.3. Requirements for the selection and use of relevant personal protective equipment are identified and demonstrated. 4.4. Fire safety equipment is identified and discussed.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: clarify OHS legislative requirements verbally report construction hazards and risks ask effective questions relay information to others discuss OHS issues and information comprehension skills to: explain the basic OHS legislative requirements which will be applicable to own work explain the meaning of safety signs and symbols identify common construction hazards discuss the basic principles of risk management.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: applicable Commonwealth, State or Territory OHS legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and industry standards/guidance notes relevant to own work, role and responsibilities basic principles of risk management and assessment for construction work common construction hazards common construction safety signage and its meanings general construction emergency response and evacuation procedures general construction work activities that require licenses, tickets or certificates of competency general first aid response requirements general procedures for raising OHS issues general procedures for reporting OHS hazards, accidents, incidents, emergencies, injuries, near misses and dangerous occurrences general procedures for responding to hazards, incidents and injuries general workers' compensation and injury management requirements OHS hierarchy of controls OHS responsibilities and rights of duty holders, including: persons in control of construction work/projects employers and self-employed persons supervisors employees designers inspectors manufacturers and suppliers own responsibilities to comply with safe work practices relating to: housekeeping identification of hazards preventing bullying or harassment smoking use of amenities use of drugs and alcohol role of OHS committees and representatives types of common personal protective equipment and fire safety equipment types of OHS information and documentation.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence must confirm personal awareness of the following: applicable OHS legislative and safety requirements for construction work including duty of care the range of common construction hazards and procedures for the assessment of risk and application of the hierarchy of control OHS communication processes, information and documentation including the role of OHS committees and representatives, the meaning of common safety signs and symbols, and procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries general procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies including evacuation, first aid, fire safety equipment and PPE.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Resources must be available to support the program including participant materials and other information or equipment related to the skills and knowledge covered by the program. It is recommended that the assessment tool designed specifically to support this unit of competency will provide consistency in assessment outcomes. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities Access must be provided to appropriate assessment support when required. Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate, and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed In all cases where practical assessment is used it will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge. Questioning will be undertaken in such a manner as is appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy levels of the operator, any cultural issues that may affect responses to the questions, and reflecting the requirements of the competency and the work being performed.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods may include more than one of the following: practical assessment oral questioning written test work-based activities simulated project based activity

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
OHS legislative requirements relate to:	Australian standards construction industry OHS standards and guidelines duty of care health and safety representatives, committees and supervisors licences, tickets or certificates of competency National Code of Practice for Induction Training for Construction Work national safety standards OHS and welfare Acts and regulations safety codes of practice.
Duty of care requirements relate to:	legal responsibility under duty of care to do everything reasonably practicable to protect others from harm own responsibilities to comply with safe work practices, including activities that require licences, tickets or certificates of competency relevant state OHS requirements, including employers and self-employed persons, persons in control of the work site, construction supervisors, designers, manufacturers and suppliers, construction workers, subcontractors and inspectors.
Safe work practices include:	access to site amenities, such as drinking water and toilets general requirements for safe use of plant and equipment general requirements for use of personal protective equipment and clothing housekeeping to ensure a clean, tidy and safer work area no drugs and alcohol at work preventing bullying and harassment smoking in designated areas storage and removal of debris.
Risk relates to:	likelihood of a hazard causing injury or harm.
Principles of risk management include:	assessing the risks involved consulting and reporting ensuring the involvement of relevant workers controlling the hazard identifying hazards reviewing to identify change or improvement.
Hazard relates to:	any thing (including an intrinsic property of a thing) or situation with the potential to cause injury or harm.
Common construction hazards include:	confined spaces electrical safety excavations, including trenches falling objects hazardous substances and dangerous goods HIV and other infectious diseases hot and cold working environments manual handling noise plant and equipment traffic and mobile plant unplanned collapse ultraviolet (UV) radiation working at heights.
Measures for controlling risk to eliminate or minimise hazards in accordance with the hierarchy of control include:	elimination substitution isolation engineering control administrative control personal protective equipment.
OHS communication processes include:	discussions with OHS representatives OHS meetings OHS notices, newsletters, bulletins and correspondence OHS participative arrangements processes for raising OHS issues toolbox talks workplace consultation relating to OHS issues and changes.
OHS information and documentation includes:	accident and incident reports Acts and regulations Australian standards codes of practice construction documentation and plans emergency information contact evacuation plans guidance notes job safety analyses labels material safety data sheets (MSDS) proformas for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries reports of near misses and dangerous occurrences risk assessments safe work method statements safety meeting minutes site safety inspection reports.
Designated OHS personnel includes:	first aid officers OHS committee members OHS representatives supervisors.
Safety signs and symbols include:	emergency information signs (e.g. exits, equipment and first aid) fire signs (e.g. location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment) hazard signs (e.g. danger and warning) regulatory signs (e.g. prohibition, mandatory and limitation or restriction) safety tags and lockout (e.g. danger tags, out of service tags).
Relevant authorities include:	emergency services (e.g. police, ambulance, fire brigade and emergency rescue) OHS regulatory authority supervisor.
Incidents include:	accidents resulting in personal injury or damage to property near misses or dangerous occurrences which do not cause injury but may pose an immediate and significant risk to persons or property, and need to be reported so that action can be taken to prevent recurrence, for example: breathing apparatus malfunctioning to the extent that the user's health is in danger collapse of the floor, wall or ceiling of a building being used as a workplace collapse or failure of an excavation more than 1.5 metres deep (including any shoring) collapse or partial collapse of a building or structure collapse, overturning or failure of the load bearing of any scaffolding, lift, crane, hoist or mine-winding equipment damage to or malfunction of any other major plant electric shock. electrical short circuit, malfunction or explosion uncontrolled explosion, fire or escape of gas, hazardous substance or steam any other unintended or uncontrolled incident or event arising from operations carried on at a workplace.
General procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies include:	basic emergency response (keep calm, raise alarm, obtain help) evacuation notification of designated OHS personnel and authorities notification of emergency services (e.g. when and how) referring to site emergency plans and documentation.
Emergencies include:	chemical spill fire injury to personnel structural collapse toxic and/or flammable vapours emission vehicle/mobile plant accident.
Personal protective equipment includes:	aprons arm guards eye protection gloves hard hat hearing protection high visibility retro reflective vests protective, well fitting clothing respiratory protection safety footwear UV protective clothing and sunscreen.
Fire safety equipment includes:	breathing apparatus fire blankets firefighting equipment.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to carry out OHS requirements through safe work practices at any on or off-site construction workplace. It requires the performance of work in a safe manner through awareness of risks and work requirements, and the planning and performance of safe work practices with concern for personal safety and the safety of others.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency covers fundamental OHS necessary to undertake work tasks within any sector in the construction industry. It includes the identification of hazardous materials, including asbestos, and compliance with legislated work safety practices. It does not cover removal of asbestos, which is a licensed activity. The unit relates directly to the general induction training program specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007) required to enter a construction work site. Completion of unit CPCCOHS1001A covers this requirement.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify and assess risks.	1.1. Hazards in the work area are identified, assessed and reported to designated personnel. 1.2. Safety risks in the work area are identified, assessed and reported to designated personnel. 1.3. Safe work practices, duty of care requirements and safe work instructions are followed for controlling risks. 1.4. OHS, hazard, accident or incident reports are contributed to according to workplace procedures and Australian government and state or territory OHS legislation and relevant information.
2. Identify hazardous materials and other hazards on work sites.	2.1. Hazardous materials on a work site are correctly identified and, if appropriate, handled and used according to company and legislated procedures. 2.2. Measures for controlling risks and construction hazards are applied effectively and immediately. 2.3. Hazardous materials that have safety implications for self and other workers are secured immediately they are identified, using appropriate signs and symbols. 2.4. Asbestos-containing materials are identified on a work site and reported to designated personnel.
3. Plan and prepare for safe work practices.	3.1. Correct personal protective equipment and clothing for each area of construction work are identified, worn, correctly fitted, used and stored according to enterprise procedures. 3.2. Selection of tools, equipment and materials, and organisation of tasks are performed in conjunction with other personnel on site and in accordance with enterprise procedures. 3.3. Required barricades and signage are determined and erected at the appropriate site location. 3.4. Material safety data sheets (MSDS), and job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements relevant to the work to be carried out are identified and applied.
4. Apply safe work practices.	4.1. Tasks are performed in a manner that is safe for operators, other personnel and the general community in accordance with legislative requirements, and enterprise policies and procedures. 4.2. Plant and equipment guards are used in accordance with manufacturer specifications, work site regulations and Australian standards where applicable. 4.3. Procedures and relevant authorities for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries are used. 4.4. Prohibited tools and equipment in areas with identified asbestos are recognised and not used. 4.5. Work site safety signs and symbols are identified and followed. 4.6. Work site area is cleared and maintained to prevent and protect self and others from incidents and accidents and to meet environmental requirements.
5. Follow emergency procedures.	5.1. Designated personnel are identified in the event of an emergency for communication purposes. 5.2. Safe workplace procedures for dealing with accidents, various types of fire and other emergencies are followed, including identification or use, if appropriate, of fire equipment within scope of responsibilities. 5.3. Emergency response and evacuation procedures are known, practised and carried out effectively when required. 5.4. Emergency first aid treatment of minor injuries is carried out correctly and details of any treatment administered are reported accurately to designated personnel as soon as possible.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: ability to accurately recognise OHS hazards, including asbestos and take all opportunities to alleviate safety problems in a variety of construction work sites and environments capacity to deal calmly and effectively with any potential safety problems and work closely with other team members and supervisors to ensure safe working conditions are maintained communication skills to: determine and report hazards and risks enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand follow instructions read and interpret: MSDS, JSA and safe work method statements other relevant documentation use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals written skills to contribute to reports identifying and accurately reporting to appropriate personnel any faults in tools, equipment or materials organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology, such as two-way radio and mobile phones voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: asbestos management code prevention of exposure basic first aid procedures common construction industry terminology common workplace safety hazards and risks and procedures for reporting these to designated personnel construction industry communications equipment and use construction industry health and safety signage emergency response and evacuation procedures JSA and safe work method statements MSDS OHS hierarchy of control and role of OHS committees and representatives relevant legislation, regulations and workplace requirements relating to OHS, including hazard reduction and personal safety, including duty of care responsibilities, workers' compensation and injury management requirements safe manual handling techniques safe work practices in normal working environment safety equipment, policies and requirements for working in confined spaces and at height, including on rooves tools and equipment prohibited for use near identified asbestos-containing materials (ACM) types of fires and basic firefighting equipment types, possible location and risks of ACM, including serpentine and amphibole groups, and their use in common building materials types, purpose and use of construction industry personal protective equipment and clothing workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: correctly locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with a site safety plan, organisational policies, OHS regulations and state and territory legislation applicable to workplace operations, including quality requirements correctly identify ACM and policies and procedures for reporting this to designated personnel effectively communicate and work safely with others apply general procedures for responding to incidents and reporting hazards and injuries select and use firefighting equipment to extinguish a simulated mechanical fire evacuate a site through simulated response to an emergency, complying with workplace procedures.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: an induction procedure and requirement realistic tasks or simulated tasks covering the mandatory task requirements relevant specifications and work instructions tools and equipment appropriate to applying safe work practices support materials appropriate to activity workplace instructions relating to safe work practices and addressing hazards and emergencies material safety data sheets research resources, including industry related systems information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Hazards include:	chemical spills electrical safety work in confined spaces excavations, including trenches falling objects fires gases hazardous materials high or very low temperatures HIV and other infectious diseases liquids under pressure manual handling moving machinery and equipment noise, dust and vapours overhanging beams protrusions sharp equipment traffic ultraviolet (UV) radiation unplanned collapse working at heights.
Designated personnel to be contacted in case of an emergency, accident, fire or to report a risk such as identification of ACM are:	designated safety officers, determined by the enterprise, who have undertaken specific safety response training managers or other senior personnel personnel competent and/or licensed in the safe handling of asbestos supervisors.
Safe work practices:	include: day to day observation of OHS policies and procedures emergency procedures risk assessment use of basic firefighting equipment relate to: access to site amenities, such as drinking water and toilets general requirements for safe use of plant and equipment general requirements for use of personal protective equipment and clothing housekeeping to ensure a clean, tidy and safer work area no drugs and alcohol at work preventing bullying and harassment smoking in designated areas storage and removal of debris.
Duty of care requirements:	relate to: legal responsibility under duty of care to do everything reasonably practicable to protect others from harm relevant state and territory OHS requirements and include employers and self-employed persons, persons in control of the work site, construction supervisors, designers, manufacturers and suppliers, construction workers, subcontractors and inspectors may relate to: own responsibilities to comply with safe work practices, including activities that require licences, tickets or certificates of competency.
Incidents include:	accidents resulting in personal injury or damage to property near misses or dangerous occurrences that do not cause injury but may pose an immediate and significant risk to persons or property, and need to be reported so that action can be taken to prevent recurrence, for example: breathing apparatus malfunctioning to the extent that the user's health is in danger collapse of the floor, wall or ceiling of a building being used as a workplace collapse or failure of an excavation more than 1.5 metres deep (including any shoring) collapse or partial collapse of a building or structure collapse, overturning or failure of the load bearing of any scaffolding, lift, crane, hoist or mine-winding equipment damage to or malfunction of any other major plant electric shock electrical short circuit, malfunction or explosion uncontrolled explosion, fire or escape of gas, hazardous substance or steam any other unintended or uncontrolled incident or event arising from operations carried on at a workplace.
Australian government and state or territory OHS legislative requirements include:	Australian standards construction industry OHS standards and guidelines duty of care health and safety representatives, committees and supervisors JSA and safe work method statements licences, tickets or certificates of competency National Code of Practice for Induction Training for Construction Work national safety standards OHS and welfare Acts and regulations safety codes of practice.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches emergency situation contacts evacuation plans instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel labels manufacturer specifications and instructions memos MSDS organisation work specifications and requirements plans and specifications regulatory and legislative requirements, such as Acts, regulations and codes of practice relevant Australian standards reports of near misses or accidents safe work procedures or equivalent documentation safety meeting minutes signage verbal or written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules.
Hazardous materials include:	ACM cleaning chemicals, including those in pressurised containers glues insulation materials solvents treated timber products.
Measures for controlling risk or minimising hazards in accordance with the hierarchy of control include:	elimination substitution isolation engineering control administrative control personal protective equipment.
Signs and symbols include:	emergency information signs (exits, equipment, first aid) fire signs (location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment) hazard identification, facility or location signs regulatory signs (e.g. prohibition, mandatory and limitation or restriction), such as hazard signs (danger and warning) safety tags and lockout (danger tags, out of service tags) site safety, directional, traffic and warning signs and symbols.
Asbestos-containing materials are identified:	includes recognising common types of ACM that may be found in construction materials and buildings covers asbestos rope/fabrics, asbestos cement sheeting, asbestos cement piping and lagging on pipes, bituminous waterproof membrane, fire doors, electrical switchboards, millboard, and sheeting under ceramic or vinyl floor tiles in wet areas.
Asbestos-containing materials are reported to:	person in control of the workplace as set out in the relevant Asbestos Management Code.
Personal protective equipment is to include:	aprons arm guards caps dust mask/respirators ear muffs/plugs gloves hard hats high visibility retro reflective vests jackets overalls safety glasses/goggles steel capped boots UV protective clothing and sunscreen.
Tools and equipment include:	firefighting equipment first aid kit ladders and work platforms personal protective equipment.
Materials include:	first aid materials suitable for emergency first aid treatment of minor injuries.
Prohibited tools and equipment that cannot be used near identified ACM include:	high-speed abrasive power and pneumatic tolls, high pressure water cleaners, compressed air or abrasive blasting any vacuum cleaning equipment not specifically designed for safe work with asbestos.
Environmental requirements are to cover workplace quality management and include:	clean-up protection stormwater protection waste management.
Types of fire includes:	electrical, chemical, gas, mechanical, paper, wood or natural fire.
Fire equipment includes:	breathing apparatus fire extinguishers fire hydrant and hoses fire reel fire truck manual firefighting instruments, such as fire blankets.
Emergency response and evacuation procedures include:	emergencies, such as fire, toxic and/or flammable vapours emission, vehicle/mobile plant accident, structural collapse, chemical spill and injury to personnel extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCWP3002A Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to apply waterproofing practices and principles to internal wet areas. It includes identification of the waterproofing system to be used, its preparation and its application.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports the attainment of skills and knowledge to apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas while working with others and in teams.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and prepare.	1.1. Work instructions and operational details are obtained using relevant information, confirmed and applied for planning and preparation purposes. 1.2. Safety (OHS) requirements are followed in accordance with safety plans and policies. 1.3. Signage and barricade requirements are identified and implemented. 1.4. Tools and equipment selected to carry out tasks are consistent with the requirements of the job, checked for serviceability and any faults are rectified or reported prior to commencement. 1.5. Material quantity requirements are calculated in accordance with plans and specifications and quality requirements. 1.6. Materials appropriate to the work application are identified, obtained, prepared, safely handled and located ready for use. 1.7. Environmental requirements are identified for the project in accordance with environmental plans and regulatory obligations and applied.
2. Identify waterproofing system.	2.1. Internal area to be waterproofed is identified from job drawings and specifications. 2.2. Area of structure to be waterproofed is inspected for defects and soundness in accordance with job and manufacturer specifications. 2.3. Appropriate waterproofing systems and products are identified, analysed and selected for water exclusion in accordance with job and manufacturer specifications, and with material safety data sheet (MSDS) directions. 2.4. Range of waterproofing materials is checked for product suitability; conformity to specification; and compatibility with surface material, preparation and waterproofing installation technique. 2.5. Termination detailing is determined. 2.6. Type of waterproofing material is identified in accordance with job specification, state of structure, and job safety requirements with MSDS directions.
3. Prepare for waterproofing installation.	3.1. Internal wet area and wet area fitment or fixtures are checked for specific measurements and set out in accordance with drawings and specifications. 3.2. Substrate is checked for soundness of fit, curing compounds, moisture content and other contaminants, and reported or remedied as required. 3.3. Flooring installation levels and falls to waste outlets are checked for conformity to specification. 3.4. Corner flashing is installed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. 3.5. Points of connection, termination detailing and over flashings as required are checked to be in place and secure. 3.6. Rebates for baths and basins are checked for compliance with standards.
4. Prepare substrate.	4.1. Defects are corrected and made good in accordance with manufacturer specifications, to bring substrate to a smooth and uniform finish. 4.2. Surface of structure to be waterproofed is prepared to manufacturers' specification, including fixings and belling out around taps. 4.3. Water stops and hobs are installed in required location in compliance with standards and good building practice. 4.4. Prepared surface of structure is prime coated to manufacturers' specification, where applicable.
5. Apply waterproofing.	5.1. Waterproofing membrane is applied to primed surface of structure to correct thickness and in accordance with manufacturers' job specification. 5.2. Appropriate bond breakers and fillets are applied as required in accordance with manufacturer specifications. 5.3. Waterproofing membrane is cured in accordance with manufacturers' specification and workplace requirements. 5.4. Flood testing of installation is conducted if required. 5.5. Waterproofing system and materials are protected using methods and materials consistent with manufacturers' specification, workplace requirements and good building practice. 5.6. Final inspection of site is undertaken in accordance with certifying authority's requirements and sign-off and handover of work is carried out in accordance with workplace requirements.
6. Clean up.	6.1. Work area is cleared and materials disposed of, reused or recycled in accordance with legislation, regulations, codes of practice and job specification. 6.2. Plant, tools and equipment are cleaned, checked, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and standard work practices.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: communication skills to: follow instructions read and interpret: documentation from a variety of sources drawings and specifications recognise procedures report faults enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use and interpret non-verbal communication, such as hand signals written skills to record results of checks and tests and relevant work completion procedures evaluate own actions and make judgments about performance and necessary improvements identifying and accurately reporting to appropriate personnel any faults in tools, equipment or materials organisational skills, including the ability to plan and set out work respond to change and contribute to workplace responsibilities, such as current work site environmental and sustainability frameworks and management systems teamwork skills to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities technological skills to: use a range of mobile technology, such as two-way radio and mobile phones voice and hand signals to access and understand site-specific instructions.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: assessment and appreciation of moisture content in substrate materials characteristics and applications of waterproofing materials and adhesives construction systems and waterproofing considerations general construction terminology internal waterproofing materials, processes and techniques job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements materials storage and environmentally friendly waste management MSDS plans, drawings and specifications plant, tools and equipment types, characteristics, uses and limitations principles and considerations of water exclusion processes for the calculation of material requirements quality requirements termination and flashing principals workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to provide evidence of the ability to: locate, interpret and apply relevant information, standards and specifications comply with site safety plan and OHS legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to workplace operations comply with organisational policies and procedures including quality requirements safely and effectively operate and use tools, plant and equipment communicate and work effectively and safely with others as a minimum: waterproof a bathroom incorporating: lap up a wall appropriate penetrations wastes and hobs install and detail a hobless frame shower enclosure and a bath that abuts a masonry connection wall, ensuring: correct identification of requirement and installation of the waterproofing correct selection and use of appropriate processes, tools and equipment completing all work to specification correct termination and overflashing.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: workplace location or simulated workplace materials relevant to waterproofing internal wet areas hand and power tools, plant and equipment appropriate to waterproofing internal wet areas realistic activities covering the mandatory task requirements specifications and work instructions. Assessment of this unit of competency may be in conjunction with assessment of other units commonly performed at the same time in normal job roles. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm that competency is verified and able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and the practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice, with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should as far as is practical take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel manufacturer specifications and instructions, where specified MSDS memos regulatory and legislative requirements pertaining to waterproofing internal wet areas relevant Australian standards safe work procedures relating to waterproofing internal wet areas signage verbal, written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules, plans and specifications.
Planning and preparation include:	assessment of conditions and hazards determination of work requirements and safety plans and policies equipment defect identification work site inspection.
Safety (OHS) is to be in accordance with state and territory legislation and regulations and project safety plan and may include:	emergency procedures, including extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation handling activities that may require the assistance of others or the use of manual or mechanical lifting devices where size, weight or other issues, such as a disability are a factor hazard control hazardous materials and substances, including cement and curing agents organisational first aid PPE prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices safe operating procedures, including the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: earth leakage boxes lighting power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits restricted access barriers surrounding structures traffic control trip hazards work site visitors and the public working at heights working in confined spaces working in proximity to others use of firefighting equipment use of tools and equipment workplace environmental requirements and safety.
Tools and equipment include:	angle grinders brooms brushes buckets caulking guns chisels, including cold chisels cutting blades electric drills and screwdrivers fans floor scrapers hammers heat welders hot air welders lights measuring tapes and rules moisture meters nylon rollers pressure rollers fusion rollers scissors seam probes solvent applicators spirit levels straight edges vacuum cleaners.
Quality requirements include relevant regulations, including:	Australian standards internal company quality policy and standards manufacturer specifications workplace operations and procedures.
Materials for internal application include:	adhesives drainage cell liquid applied, including: acrylic cementitious-based injection polyurethane protection board sheet, including: bentonite composites butanol ethylene cop bitumen (ECB) ethylene propylene diene monomer rubber (EPDM) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) substrate primer.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up management dust and noise vibration waste management.
Identification of the waterproofing system includes:	preparation of the substrate and waterproofing material application to an internal wet area. process: testing drainage protection of the membrane system.
Waterproofing systems include:	cement-based waterproofing systems. hot mix bituminous felt material membranes liquid sealants sealant devices sheet and sprayed material membranes.
Considerations in water exclusion include:	capillary action causes of water penetration, including: leakage through wall and floor finishes penetration at joints and junctions movement from shrinkage accumulated drainage failure of or damage to waterproofing system corners and terminations curing times of compounds and their applications damp proof courses and flashings direction of fall of substrate or decorative finish hydrostatic pressure impact of environmental conditions joining perimeter treatment, including: pressure seals and over flashing thermal shrinkage (expansion and contraction) shelf life of waterproofing products surface applications and protection requirements use of bond breakers use of sealants waste allowances.
Structural considerations include:	design principles drainage requirements environmental factors, including: water run-off and impact on adjoining property allowing water flow slope, fall and grade of surfaces hydrostatic pressures movement substrate type and condition waterproofing protection.
Internal wet area applications include:	bathrooms en suites laundries showers other wet process areas.
Wet area fixtures include:	bidets pre-cast baths shower bases sink units trough units urinals vanity units water closets.
Substrates include:	aerated autoclaved concrete materials: Hebel Thermolite blockwork brickwork cement render ferrous and non-ferrous piping fibrous cement sheeting pre-cast concrete PVC reinforced in situ concrete timber and timber-based products wet area plasterboard.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units	Nil

Functional area

Functional area

CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create a basic visual representation of objects or ideas. It does not relate to drawing as an art form.

It applies to individuals in any context where a basic sketch or drawing of objects, ideas or layouts is required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – art, craft and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for drawing	1.1 Clarify purpose of drawings with appropriate people 1.2 Identify tools and materials required for basic drawing techniques 1.3 Select appropriate tools and materials for basic drawing techniques
2. Produce basic drawings	2.1 Apply a limited range of techniques to represent objects or ideas 2.2 Follow safety instructions when handling tools and materials 2.3 Seek feedback on drawings from relevant people and refine drawings as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.2	Comprehends safe handling instructions for tools and materials
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.3	Uses questioning and active listening techniques to confirm task purpose and seek feedback
Navigate the world of work	2.2	Follows defined safety procedures when handling tools and materials
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3	Decides on tools, materials and techniques required to complete tasks, with the assistance of others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques	CUVACD101A Use basic drawing techniques	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify tools, materials and techniques required to produce drawings

use a range of basic drawing techniques to produce and refine drawings that represent objects or ideas.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list materials and tools commonly used for drawing and explain how to use them safely

describe different types of drawing techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to materials and tools used in drawing work.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD201 Develop drawing skills to communicate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop simple drawing techniques to communicate ideas. It does not relate to drawing as an art form.

It applies to individuals who use drawing to visually represent ideas about objects, the use of space, narratives or the steps in a process.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – art, craft and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to use a range of drawing techniques	1.1 Clarify purpose of drawings with appropriate people 1.2 Identify suitable techniques to represent ideas 1.3 Select tools and materials required for selected techniques 1.4 Take presentation context into account when selecting techniques, tools and materials
2. Produce simple drawings	2.1 Explore ways of representing ideas through application of different techniques 2.2 Seek feedback from others on different drawing techniques 2.3 Select techniques best suited to represent ideas 2.4 Draw ideas using selected techniques 2.5 Respond positively to feedback from others on own work and take action to improve own skills as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	2.5	Identifies and uses feedback as a strategy to improve skills
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.2, 2.5	Uses questioning and active listening to clarify task requirements, and seek and respond to feedback
Interact with others	1.1, 2.2, 2.5	Follows accepted practices and protocols in seeking advice and opinions from others
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.3, 2.4	Plans and undertakes routine drawing tasks in consultation with others Makes routine decisions using defined circumstances to assist Manages own decisions about appropriate techniques to represent ideas using experimentation and feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAACD201 Develop drawing skills to communicate ideas	CUVACD201A Develop drawing skills to communicate ideas	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD201 Develop drawing skills to communicate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

select tools, materials and techniques required to produce drawings

produce and refine drawings that:

demonstrate basic techniques

communicate ideas

are appropriate for the presentation context.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the uses of common drawing tools and materials

describe different approaches to drawing

explain the importance of drawing techniques in representing ideas.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to equipment and materials used to produce drawings.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce drawings that represent and communicate ideas. It does not relate to drawing as an art form.

It applies to individuals who use drawings, either electronic or hand drawn, for personal use or in response to a project or brief. Drawings may include design concepts for objects, processes or spaces, movement sequences for performances or screen productions, exhibitions, tenders, proposals or publications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – art, craft and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan drawing work	1.1 Identify drawing requirements from reference material and confirm with appropriate people if required 1.2 Identify factors, including contractual, legal and ethical factors, that may impact on how drawing work is undertaken 1.3 Gather information about drawing techniques, materials and equipment from a range of sources and determine how they may be used to communicate ideas 1.4 Evaluate information for its application to specific drawing briefs
2. Experiment to represent ideas	2.1 Explore the capabilities of techniques, materials and equipment 2.2 Follow safety procedures for particular techniques, materials and equipment 2.3 Select approaches that best suit the purpose of drawings and their presentation context
3. Create drawings	3.1 Organise materials, tools and equipment for selected techniques 3.2 Produce preliminary drawings and discuss their effectiveness with relevant people 3.3 Confirm intellectual property and other relevant legislative requirements are met 3.4 Finalise drawings, incorporating feedback on work in progress as required 3.5 Prepare drawings for the presentation context

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.4	Interprets information from familiar sources to determine drawing production requirements and legal and safety constraints
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 3.2	Uses questioning and active listening to gather information and opinions from others
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.2, 3.3	Complies with legal, ethical and safety requirements associated with creative work
Interact with others	3.2	Uses accepted practices and protocols in discussions of work progress with others
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5	Identifies and organises relevant information and resource requirements Analyses drawing requirements and tests the capabilities of materials, tools and equipment to determine the most appropriate approach for final production Refine drawings in response to feedback and presentation requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	CUVACD301A Produce drawings to communicate ideas	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and analyse drawing requirements

explore techniques, materials and equipment safely

produce a series of drawings that:

show a command of selected techniques

successfully communicate the required ideas.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe physical properties and capabilities of the range of materials, tools and equipment used in drawing

identify sources of information about different approaches to drawing

identify work health and safety issues associated with tools and materials used for drawing

explain intellectual property issues and other legislation relevant to drawing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment and materials required to produce drawings

information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD302 Produce computer-aided drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a range of computer-aided design and drafting (CADD) program functions to produce drawings. The focus of this unit is on the technical skills required to operate CADD, not on design skills.

It applies to individuals who use computer-aided drawing skills in various contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – art, craft and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for computer-aided drawing work	1.1 Clarify drawing requirements in concept or project information 1.2 Identify hardware, software, tools and equipment required for computer-aided design and drafting projects 1.3 Set up hardware and software according to operating instructions and organisational procedures 1.4 Identify and retrieve digitised information relevant to projects
2. Gather object parameters and/or measurements	2.1 Establish and record critical dimensions and data for required designs 2.2 Identify requirements in relation to accuracy, tolerances and other key information
3. Prepare plots or drawings	3.1 Access and use CADD functions and features according to operating instructions 3.2 Access and use peripheral equipment required for projects 3.3 Prepare and review preliminary drawings in consultation with relevant people
4. Finalise drawings	4.1 Check designs against project objectives and specifications according to organisational procedures 4.2 Identify and make required adjustments to designs based on review and consultation with relevant people 4.3 Store data files according to operating instructions and organisational procedures 4.4 Submit final drawings within agreed time parameters

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 3.1, 4.1	Interprets and evaluates detailed information, instructions and technical specifications in a range of formats to prepare for and produce computer aided drawings Reviews accuracy of drawings against specifications and project information
Writing	2.1, 2.2	Records key design information using correct conventions and terminology
Oral Communication	1.1, 3.3	Uses questioning and careful listening to elicit information and opinions from others
Numeracy	2.1, 2.2, 3.1	Identifies and records measurements and other numerically expressed specifications required for drawings Operates numerical functions of computer aided drawing equipment to produce drawings to accurate scale and measurements
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 4.1, 4.3	Takes responsibility for following necessary organisational procedures when planning and undertaking work
Interact with others	3.3	Participates in review of work progress with relevant people
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1-3.3, 4.1-4.4	Plans and organises required equipment, software and data in logical steps according to workplace and project requirements Prepares preliminary drawings for evaluation by others and makes recommended refinements Uses features of digital systems and tools to produce, edit, store and retrieve drawings Manages time to complete final drawings within established timeframes

Range of Conditions

This section specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.

CADD functions and features must include:	drawing tools to support methods for drawing: lines arcs polylines texts dimensions edit functions plotting and printing view displays working with layers.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAACD302 Produce computer-aided drawings	CUVACD302A Produce computer-aided drawings	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD302 Produce computer-aided drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

select computer-aided design and drafting (CADD) hardware and software to suit project requirements

follow operating instructions and organisational procedures

use features and functions of a CADD program to produce drawings that meet project objectives

use feedback from others to refine and produce final drawings within specified timelines.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the relevant hardware, software, tools and equipment used for CADD

describe the ways in which CADD is used within the specific workplace situation

describe typical features and functions of CADD programs, including drawing tools, view displays, edit functions, working with layers, plotting and printing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

CADD equipment and software

project or concept information

operating instructions and organisational procedures

relevant people.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD303 Produce technical drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply a range of techniques to produce technical drawings that meet required standards and conventions.

It applies to individuals who use technical drawings in various contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – art, craft and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for technical drawing work	1.1 Clarify drawing requirements by referring to project documentation and consulting with appropriate people 1.2 Identify factors that may impact on technical drawing work 1.3 Select techniques to fit the purpose of the drawings 1.4 Prepare equipment and materials according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Create technical drawings	2.1 Apply appropriate conventions and standards to technical drawings 2.2 Prepare and review preliminary drawings in consultation with relevant people and confirm required amendments 2.3 Produce technical drawings that are consistent with concept and purpose of drawings 2.4 Finalise and submit technical drawings within agreed timeframes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2	Interprets project documentation and other relevant information to identify drawing requirements and constraints
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.2	Uses questioning and careful listening to elicit information and opinions from others
Numeracy	2.1, 2.3	Interprets numerical and spatial concepts related to drawing standards and conventions
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.4	Takes responsibility for following workplace procedures and safety requirements and recognises potential legal, ethical and contractual constraints when planning and undertaking work
Interact with others	1.1, 2.2	Participates in review of work progress with relevant people
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4	Plans tasks in a logical sequence and manages time to complete final drawings within established timeframes Selects techniques appropriate to the drawing purpose and concept Ensures drawings comply with correct standards and conventions Prepares preliminary drawings for evaluation by others and makes recommended adjustments

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAACD303 Produce technical drawings	CUVACD303A Produce technical drawings	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD303 Produce technical drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce technical drawings which:

show a command of selected techniques

adhere to technical drawing standards and conventions

satisfy specified drawing purposes and concepts

follow workplace procedures and safety requirements

use feedback from others to refine and produce final drawings

meet deadlines.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe physical properties and capabilities of the range of materials, tools and equipment used for technical drawing work

explain technical drawing techniques and their application to a range of contexts and subject matter

explain current standards and conventions for technical drawing

describe work health and safety requirements for preparation of technical drawing materials and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment and materials required to produce technical drawings

documented technical drawing requirements

workplace documentation

relevant people.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to animate simple 3D models and create 3D animations, which may include audio components. The models are for inclusion in interactive media products, short stand-alone animated sequences and basic games.

It applies to individuals who plan and create 3D animated sequences in consultation with relevant personnel in a wide variety of contexts in the digital content industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Animation and Digital Effects

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify animation requirements	1.1 Clarify 3D animation requirements documented in design briefs with relevant personnel 1.2 Examine models to be animated to determine appropriate animation techniques 1.3 Identify file formats and delivery platform for animated sequences 1.4 Identify factors that may influence animation design approach 1.5 Clarify work flow sequences with relevant personnel to ensure production schedule deadlines are met
2. Plan approach	2.1 Research animations, artworks and other creative sources that may inspire ideas 2.2 Generate a range of ideas for animations that are technically feasible, respond to briefs and provide creative solutions to all design issues 2.3 Present ideas to relevant personnel using appropriate design techniques 2.4 Adjust approach to incorporate feedback and agree on final design concept 2.5 Discuss and select 3D animation software with relevant personnel to ensure animated sequences meet technical and creative requirements 2.6 Identify audio assets to support animations as required
3. Produce animated sequences for review	3.1 Create 3D animations using software and animation techniques to suit design requirements 3.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using equipment for long periods of time 3.3 Apply basic animation, screen, visual design and communication principles to produce animations 3.4 Apply real world camera techniques to virtual cameras used in 3D animation as required 3.5 Confirm with relevant personnel that models have not infringed copyright 3.6 Render completed animated sequences using appropriate output file formats 3.7 Save and store animated sequences using standard naming conventions and version control protocols 3.8 Demonstrate 3D animated sequences to relevant personnel for evaluation by agreed deadlines
4. Finalise animated sequences	4.1 Review animated sequences to assess creative solutions to design briefs, appropriateness to users or audience, and technical feasibility 4.2 Discuss and confirm additional requirements or modifications with relevant personnel, and complete changes as required for signoff

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.5, 4.1	Interprets production documentation and design specifications in relation to own duties and copyright issues
Writing	3.6, 3.7, 4.2	Generates and records information for the design of 3D animations in required format Uses standard naming conventions and version control protocols when saving and storing files
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.5, 2.3-2.5, 4.2	Obtains information by listening and questioning Uses clear language to discuss ideas, contribute information, and express requirements
Navigate the world of work	3.2, 3.5	Understands and complies with legislative requirements relevant to role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.5, 2.3-2.5, 3.8, 4.2	Responds to and draws on others’ perspectives when negotiating design of 3D animations Collaborates to achieve joint outcomes in the design process, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.3-3.8, 4.1, 4.2	Organises and completes animation requirements in line with specifications, arranging consultations at key design points Takes responsibility for decisions directly related to own tasks Uses digital software to create drawings and animations and to manage files

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	CUFANM302A Create 3D digital animations	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Performance criteria reworded for clarity.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret design specifications and generate a range of creative ideas and concepts that respond to the brief

collaborate with others to clarify requirements, discuss ideas, select final design concept and review final animations

use animation software to create 3D animations that meet requirements of design briefs within production deadlines

correctly name and store animations in appropriate file formats.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain basic animation techniques and principles

describe screen, visual design and communication principles as they apply to animations

outline intellectual property considerations if using images from external sources

outline work health and safety requirements as they apply to using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

production documents and briefs

resources, equipment and software required for 3D animations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAANM303 Create 3D digital models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create 3D digital models that meet technical and design specifications.

It applies to individuals who clarify production requirements and produce 3D models under supervision, but may have responsibility for planning their own work. They produce these 3D models primarily for online and mobile device application.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Animation and Digital Effects

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Clarify requirements and purpose for 3D digital models with reference to production documents 1.2 Clarify workflow sequences in consultation with relevant personnel to ensure production schedule deadlines are met 1.3 Clarify with relevant personnel the modelling technique that suits production requirements 1.4 Discuss and select digital modelling software with relevant personnel that suits production delivery platform and modelling techniques 1.5 Gather and analyse reference materials to help visualise 3D models
2. Develop 3D digital models	2.1 Use software features and apply modelling principles to block out models based on reference materials 2.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time 2.3 Use software features and geometry to shape models and apply various effects as required 2.4 Check that models’ topology allows appropriate deformation as required 2.5 Refine and check integrity of models progressively until they meet design requirements 2.6 Confirm with relevant personnel that models have not infringed copyright 2.7 Test models to identify faults, and modify as required 2.8 Demonstrate models to relevant personnel for feedback, and make adjustments as required
3 Finalise 3D digital models	3.1 Review 3D models to ensure creative solutions meet design specifications 3.2 Discuss and confirm with relevant personnel additional requirements or modifications to 3D models and undertake necessary amendments 3.3 Render and output models in appropriate format and submit to relevant personnel by agreed deadlines 3.4 Make back-up copies of files, and save and store 3D models using standard naming conventions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.5	Analyses textual information from production documents and reference materials to confirm design requirements
Writing	1.1, 1.2	Uses specific language appropriate to audience to clarify requirements and prepare work-related documentation
Numeracy	2.1, 2.3	Uses knowledge of shapes, symmetry and solids to perform required adjustments to models
Oral Communication	1.1-1.4, 2.6, 2.8, 3.2	Explains ideas and requirements clearly and listens carefully to verbal instructions Uses questioning and listening skills to clarify and confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	2.2, 2.6	Applies legislatives requirements relevant to own role
Interact with others	1.1-1.4, 2.6, 2.8, 3.2, 3.3	Responds to and draws on others’ perspectives when negotiating design of 3D digital models Collaborates to achieve joint outcomes in the design process, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction
Get the work done	1.2-1.5, 2.1-2.8, 3.1-3.4	Plans, organises and implements tasks required to meet requirements within deadlines Makes aesthetic and technical decisions in collaboration with others Evaluates requirements and technical criteria to ensure design specifications are achieved Uses digital software to create models and to manage files

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAANM303 Create 3D digital models	CUFANM303A Create 3D digital models	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria. Additional element.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM303 Create 3D digital models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

create 3D digital models that meet design requirements and production deadlines

collaborate with others to clarify requirements, discuss techniques, select modelling software and review models

use 3D modelling software proficiently to build models and apply various modelling effects

correctly store 3D models in appropriate file formats using industry naming conventions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline the stages in the production process from initial design through to finished product

outline basic modelling principles used to build 3D digital models

explain how geometry is used to create scale, form, weight and volume in 3D models

describe the concept of integrity as it applies to 3D modelling

explain the relationship between topology and deformation

describe the process of rendering as it applies to 3D modelling

outline intellectual property considerations if using images from external sources

outline work health and safety standards as they apply to using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

production documentation

software for producing 3D digital models

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAANM502 Create 3D digital environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create 3D digital environments using appropriate software, reference material and established designs.

It applies to individuals who follow technical and design specifications to produce 3D environments to scale. As members of a production team they must consider how later production stages rely on, and therefore influence, the creation of their work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Animation and Digital Effects

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Determine requirements and purpose for 3D digital environments with reference to production documentation 1.2 Determine workflow sequences in consultation with relevant personnel to ensure production schedule deadlines are met 1.3 Select software that best suits the type of production and delivery platform for which 3D digital environments are being created 1.4 Gather and analyse reference materials to help with visualisation of 3D environments
2. Create 3D digital environments	2.1 Use software features to build a previsualisation of environments in relation to reference materials, and submit to relevant personnel for approval 2.2 Build realistically detailed environment models and progressively refine them until they meet design requirements 2.3 Check integrity of models and ensure spatial relationship (scale, form, weight and volume) meets design requirements 2.4 Apply texture coordinates as required 2.5 Create and incorporate matte paintings as required 2.6 Manipulate software features to apply lighting and shaders as required 2.7 Experiment with different lighting rigs and select a rig that meets design requirements 2.8 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time 2.9 Continuously refine all aspects of 3D digital environments until required creative effect is achieved 2.10 Submit environments to relevant personnel for feedback on whether production requirements have been met and make final adjustments as required
3. Finalise projects	3.1 Render and output environments in required format and submit to relevant personnel by agreed deadlines 3.2 Make back-up copies of files, and save and store animations using appropriate output file formats and standard naming conventions 3.3 Participate in project evaluations and contribute ideas and suggestions about ways to improve future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2	Interprets and analyses textual information from a range of sources for idea development and to confirm job parameters
Writing	1.1, 1.2, 3.2	Documents task requirements and workflow sequences in an appropriate format Names files using standard naming conventions
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.1, 3.1, 3.3	Uses clear language to explain and discuss task requirements Uses questioning and listening techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	2.8, 3.2	Follows enterprise procedures when managing files and directories Adheres to work health and safety requirements
Interact with others	1.2, 2.1, 3.1, 3.3	Uses appropriate communication practices and protocols to present drafts Collaborates with others to refine ideas and discuss project outcomes
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.1-2.7, 2.9, 3.1-3.3	Plans and manages workflow processes to ensure design and production requirements are satisfied Makes decisions directly related to task requirements Experiments with techniques to produce a range of creative solutions Evaluates work to identify opportunities for improvement Uses digital tools to develop refined, technically accurate 3D digital environments for a range of productions and delivery platforms

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAANM502 Create 3D digital environments	CUFANM502A Create 3D digital environments	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to clarify performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM502 Create 3D digital environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

create detailed 3D digital environments that meet design requirements and production deadlines

apply a range of modelling techniques to achieve creative and realistic effects

select and use proficiently appropriate animation software to achieve product outcomes

store 3D environments in appropriate file formats using industry naming conventions

participate productively in project evaluation for improvement

work collaboratively with others in a production team to achieve project outcomes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline typical challenges of creating digital environments and how to handle these

identify and describe digital modelling techniques used in development of 3D environments

explain the importance of scale, form, weight and volume in the realistic construction of 3D environments

explain the concept of integrity in modelling 3D environments

identify relevant work health and safety standards that apply to working with computers and keyboards for extended periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

production documentation

animation software

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUACAL301 Produce calligraphy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to explore and use a range of combined techniques to produce finished calligraphic work from design concepts which are reviewed and adjusted during the work in progress.

It applies to individuals who are still developing their expertise in design and technique. They work under supervision but have some independence and use discretion and judgement within defined guidelines.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – calligraphy

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan calligraphy work through exploration	1.1 Explore ideas and techniques for own calligraphic work in consultation with key people as required 1.2 Review historical and contemporary calligraphic practice as a potential source of ideas 1.3 Clarify and confirm ideas for calligraphic work based on exploration, discussion and consideration of intellectual property requirements 1.4 Select and use appropriate strategies to assess capabilities of calligraphy techniques 1.5 Select techniques that best support ideas for own work
2. Prepare, maintain and store calligraphy resources	2.1 Calculate, select and organise type and quantity of calligraphic equipment, tools and materials based on the needs of the chosen work 2.2 Prepare, maintain and dispose of equipment, tools and materials according to workplace safety and sustainability requirements 2.3 Clean and store equipment, tools and materials according to specific needs of different items
3. Create finished calligraphic work	3.1 Use and adapt combined calligraphy techniques to create desired effects, considering and applying elements and principles of design 3.2 Review work in progress and make adjustments, as required, to produce final work 3.3 Handle equipment, tools and materials safely and minimise waste throughout all processes 3.4 Add value to current and future work process by documenting the work progress 3.5 Liaise with others to obtain and consider feedback on technical proficiency of work and success in communicating ideas

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information to support design ideas
Writing	3.4	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to document a comprehensive record of production
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 3.5	Clearly represents ideas for designs and techniques using relevant industry language Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit information and feedback, and confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.1	Uses basic calculations to determine quantities of equipment, tools and materials and to measure dimensions of art pieces
Navigate the world of work	2.2, 3.3	Follows defined guidelines for legal, safety and sustainability practices
Interact with others	1.1, 3.5	Seeks the perspective and guidance of others to inform design ideas and achieve best outcomes for own creative work Seeks and considers feedback from peers and others to enhance future performance
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2	Organises all processes to set up work, assess techniques and produce creative work with guidance from others Makes routine decisions directly related to own role Resolves problems with technique through trial and error

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUACAL301 Produce calligraphy	CUVCAL301A Produce calligraphy	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUACAL301 Produce calligraphy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

explore ideas, techniques and historical and contemporary calligraphic practice and choose techniques to support own work

adapt and use combined calligraphy techniques to create a single major work or multiple pieces of calligraphic work that show technical proficiency in chosen techniques

review and document the work process.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline techniques to achieve different effects in calligraphic works

summarise the main aspects of historical and contemporary calligraphic practice and how they can inform own design ideas

describe, for the elements and principles of design, the key characteristics, key interrelationships and use in calligraphic work

summarise, for a range of tools and equipment used to produce calligraphic work, key physical features and uses, cleaning and maintenance techniques and storage requirements

describe the physical properties and capabilities of a range of materials and techniques used to produce calligraphic work

discuss typical work space requirements for producing calligraphic work including ways of organising space and equipment for efficient work operation

describe procedures for working safely with calligraphy materials, tools and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce calligraphic work

relevant information sources

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUACAL401 Experiment with techniques to produce calligraphy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to proactively experiment and innovate with various calligraphy techniques and design concepts to develop professional practice and an individual style.

It applies to individuals who have well developed skills in design and technique and who often produce work at a preprofessional level for sale in outlets such as markets and fairs. They work independently with limited supervision and guidance as required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – calligraphy

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop proficiency with a range of calligraphy techniques and media	1.1 Evaluate potential for new approaches to calligraphic work based on known capabilities of techniques already used 1.2 Adapt or introduce new equipment, tools and materials to achieve different effects 1.3 Extend own capability with calligraphy techniques through experimentation on samples, practice pieces or a work in progress 1.4 Assess safety and sustainability issues for different techniques and media
2. Develop ideas for calligraphy	2.1 Discuss, with key people, creative and other goals for own calligraphic work 2.2 Research, adapt and use relevant ideas and approaches from other practitioners and comply with intellectual property requirements 2.3 Use knowledge of different calligraphy techniques to inform ideas 2.4 Consider how different techniques and ideas can best work together 2.5 Assess the professional potential and presentation requirements of own work to inform ideas 2.6 Refine and confirm ideas based on research, experimentation and collaboration with others
3. Organise calligraphy resources	3.1 Identify specific resource requirements for the chosen work 3.2 Research potential sources of supply for calligraphic resources 3.3 Evaluate cost and other constraints that impact on development of the work 3.4 Evaluate and respond to presentation considerations for finished calligraphic work 3.5 Coordinate required resources and set up according to safety requirements
4. Realise finished calligraphic work	4.1 Create calligraphic work using techniques and media selected from research and experimentation, considering and applying elements and principles of design 4.2 Review and refine ideas and approaches based on ongoing experience with production of own work 4.3 Handle equipment, tools and materials safely; minimising and safely disposing of waste throughout all processes 4.4 Document development of own work and the research and ideas that informed it
5. Evaluate own calligraphic work	5.1 Reflect on own conceptual development and technical execution of the work 5.2 Identify areas for future skill development and options to learn 5.3 Discuss completed work with others and consider all feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	5.2	Identifies own skills gaps and may initiate a learning plan to progress professional career
Reading	2.2, 3.2	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information to support design ideas and to identify key information about resources
Writing	4.4	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to document a comprehensive record of research, conceptual idea development and production
Oral Communication	2.1, 5.3	Clearly represents ideas for designs and techniques using relevant industry and conceptual language Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit different perspectives about creative ideas and feedback, and to confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.5, 3.1-3.3	Uses basic calculations to measure and record dimensions of display areas and appropriate size of art pieces to suit Uses basic calculations to determine and record quantities of equipment, tools and materials Interprets budgetary constraints and supplier prices, and calculates sometimes complex order costs
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.2, 3.5, 4.3	Takes responsibility for compliance with legal, safety and sustainability practices associated with creative work
Interact with others	2.1, 5.3	Discusses design concepts and collaborates with other artists to generate new ideas and solutions to achieve best outcomes for own creative work Engages in an open conversation to elicit and consider the merit of feedback from peers and others to enhance future performance
Get the work done	1.1 -1.3, 2.2-2.6, 3.1, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for completing own creative works from design inception to realisation, efficiently and logically sequencing the stages of preparation and production Manages own decisions about appropriate design ideas and techniques by experimentation with a range of explored options Resolves problems with technique through experimentation and analysis Reviews work in progress, resolving problems through refinement of approach Creates opportunities to use a more innovative approach and personal style.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUACAL401 Experiment with techniques to produce calligraphy	CUVCAL401A Experiment with techniques to produce calligraphy	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUACAL401 Experiment with techniques to produce calligraphy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use a process of thorough research and experimentation to confirm ideas for own work

identify and acquire resources required to complete chosen work

adapt and use a range of calligraphy techniques to create a single major work or multiple pieces of calligraphic work that:

shows technical proficiency in chosen techniques

reflects understanding of elements and principles of design

demonstrates innovation and the emergence of an individual style

review and document the research and development process.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe intellectual property requirements relevant to producing calligraphic works

summarise methods used to research creative and technical approaches to calligraphic work

explain how the works of other practitioners may be used to inform individual practice

describe the role of experimentation in developing and refining ideas for calligraphic work and how it relates to the development of an individual style

explain ways to adapt, extend and combine the capabilities of a wide range of calligraphic techniques

describe, for the elements and principles of design, the detailed characteristics, key interrelationships, use in calligraphic work and how they may be challenged

summarise, for a wide range of tools and equipment used to produce calligraphic work, key physical features and uses

describe, for a wide range of materials used to produce calligraphic work, the:

physical properties and capabilities

characteristics of materials under different treatments and how they work to achieve different effects

summarise sources of resources for professional calligraphic practice with particular emphasis on raw, part-processed and processed calligraphic materials

describe practices and procedures for working safely and sustainably with materials, tools and equipment for producing calligraphic works.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment tools and materials used to produce calligraphic work

relevant information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES403 Research and apply techniques in spatial design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test and apply techniques for the production of models or maquettes for spatial designs.

It applies to individuals who generate ideas and solutions for the layout of spaces. Spatial design solutions are required for exhibitions, fit-outs for exterior spaces or environments, and fit-outs for building foyers and offices, special events and theatre sets.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – design process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and organise requirements	1.1 Interpret requirements of design briefs, in consultation with clients or colleagues 1.2 Research financial, physical and human resources required for developing design concept to prototype stage 1.3 Investigate environmental, ethical and technical factors that impact on selection and use of resources 1.4 Select and prepare resources based on research into designs and approaches used for similar spaces, and relevant standards or legislative requirements
2. Test design approaches	2.1 Produce preliminary visuals 2.2 Experiment with range of techniques and processes to test design approaches 2.3 Evaluate, challenge and refine testing processes 2.4 Critique own work and seek feedback as required 2.5 Document outcomes of testing 2.6 Select final design approach based on outcomes of testing and input from others
3. Make spatial design models or maquettes	3.1 Scope work and determine requirements for object fabrication 3.2 Select and organise materials, tools and equipment for fabrication according to design approach 3.3 Make models or maquettes consistent with design concepts and briefs 3.4 Respond to feedback and refine work as required 3.5 Present models or maquettes within agreed timeframes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.4	Evaluates detailed textual and visual information to determine conceptual and production requirements, including relevant legislation and standards
Writing	1.2, 1.4, 2.5	Uses clear, specific language and industry-related terminology to document resources information and outcomes from idea development and testing processes
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.4, 2.6, 3.4, 3.5	Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit feedback and confirm understanding Selects and uses appropriate strategies to respond to feedback and present sample designs to others
Numeracy	1.2, 3.1	Identifies financial needs from information that may be embedded in texts and calculates resource requirements
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 1.4	Understands purpose of own role and related responsibility for compliance with relevant legal and ethical requirements and design standards when planning and undertaking design work
Interact with others	1.1, 2.4, 2.6, 3.4, 3.5	Collaborates with others to discuss work process and outcomes, elicit feedback and identify improvements Selects and uses appropriate communication conventions and techniques to respond to feedback and present prototypes to others
Get the work done	1.2, 1.4, 2.1-2.3, 2.6, 3.1-3.4	Plans, organises and completes tasks required to meet project and time requirements Makes a series of analytical decisions about design options and appropriate resources required for a range of design outcomes and their representation, using input from others when required Directs own exploration of techniques and processes, and critically evaluates effectiveness of test samples

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADES403 Research and apply techniques in spatial design	CUVDES405A Research and apply techniques in spatial design	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria to clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES403 Research and apply techniques in spatial design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret requirements in a design brief in consultation with relevant people

identify and prepare resources required to respond to the design brief

test and use a range of approaches and techniques for the design of products, and document the results of testing

create a prototype based on selected design approach.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline factors that impact on the selection and use of resources

identify materials, tools and equipment, and their capabilities and application to product design and manufacture

outline the role of experimentation and testing in the design process

describe the techniques and processes used to test design approaches

outline legislation and standards relevant to spatial design.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

spatial design briefs

equipment, tools and materials used to produce models or maquettes of spatial designs

a suitable work space.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare photo images for integration into an interactive media sequence or product.

It applies to individuals who produce a variety of photo images for production of virtual worlds, from digital still composition to panoramas. They work closely with a programmer or interactive media author and may offer technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use scanner to capture photo images	1.1 Source and identify appropriate photographic images according to requirements of photographic project brief 1.2 Discuss selection of images with relevant personnel, and check compliance with copyright conditions 1.3 Assess scanner features to confirm quality outcomes will meet brief requirements 1.4 Operate scanner according to manufacturer’s specifications 1.5 Use appropriate scanner settings to ensure image output meets production requirements 1.6 Transfer and store photographic image files to a computer using standard naming conventions
2. Use digital camera to create photo images	2.1 Clarify photographic project brief with relevant personnel 2.2 Assess digital camera features to ensure outcome will meet requirements of brief 2.3 Plan camera shots, taking into account lighting, framing, composition and other relevant factors 2.4 Load and operate digital camera according to manufacturer’s specifications 2.5 Consider digital camera focus, exposure and shutter speed to ensure image capture meets production requirements 2.6 Check photographic images meet brief requirements 2.7 Transfer and store photographic image files to a computer using standard naming conventions
3. Edit photo images	3.1 Load digital imaging software and import photo image source files 3.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time 3.3 Manipulate and save digital images using designated digital imaging software 3.4 Create photo images that incorporate visual design and communication principles 3.5 Evaluate outcome for visual impact, effectiveness and fitness for purpose 3.6 Confirm images meet project requirements with relevant personnel
4. Prepare photo image assets	4.1 Save files in appropriate output format to meet platform requirements 4.2 Assign metadata tags if required 4.3 Group files logically in a folder system using standard naming conventions 4.4 Store files in share drive or repository for production team access

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4-1.6, 2.4-2.7, 4.1, 4.3	Interprets textual information to follow equipment operation and project requirements
Writing	1.6, 2.7, 4.1-4.3	Selects the vocabulary and conventions appropriate to text for naming files
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.1, 3.6	Uses listening and questioning techniques to discuss project brief and to confirm outcomes Uses descriptive and technical language to participate in oral exchanges
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 3.2	Complies with legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.2, 2.1, 3.6	Uses appropriate communication practices and protocols to confirm requirements and present images
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3-1.6, 2.2-2.7, 3.1, 3.3-3.6, 4.1-4.4	Takes responsibility for logically planning and producing photo images according to design briefs and visual design principles Makes decisions directly related to task completion Utilises a range of features within digital cameras, scanners and digital imaging software to create and store photo images

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	CUFDIG303A Produce and prepare photo images	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use a scanner and digital camera to capture images that satisfy project briefs

use digital imaging software and techniques, design and communication principles to produce images that meet project requirements

save and store files according to requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the features of a digital camera that are essential for creating images to the required standard

outline the basic techniques used to compose camera shots

explain how visual design and communication principles are are relevant to photography

explain safe work practices in relation to working on computers for periods of time

explain the procedure for checking copyright clearance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

a scanner and digital camera

digital imaging software

project briefs

information or manuals about operating equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG304 Create visual design components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create visual designs for interactive media components that can be integrated into a range of media products.

It applies to individuals who generate and assess ideas to create visual design components in response to specifications under supervision in a team environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Clarify visual design components required in the project brief, in consultation with relevant personnel 1.2 Identify project timelines and discuss factors that may determine or affect visual design concepts 1.3 Clarify, in discussion with relevant personnel, the target user or audience, and determine format and delivery platform
2. Generate and assess ideas	2.1 Research media products, designs, images, artwork and other creative sources that may inspire visual design ideas 2.2 Develop a range of visual design ideas that are technically feasible, respond to project specifications and provide creative solutions to design issues 2.3 Present and review visual design ideas with relevant personnel
3. Develop design concept	3.1 Experiment with traditional and digital methods to create required visual design components 3.2 Explore a range of typographical and visual design elements to create components 3.3 Evaluate initial design ideas with relevant personnel to select final design concept 3.4 Confirm design concept complies with copyright laws 3.5 Check output format meets delivery platform requirements 3.6 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using equipment for long periods of time
4. Produce components	4.1 Develop components based on the final design concept using various design techniques 4.2 Apply visual design principles and communication principles to produce components that have high visual impact 4.3 Save components in an appropriate format according to project specifications
5. Finalise visual design components	5.1 Review visual design components against design and technical specifications 5.2 Discuss and confirm additional requirements or modifications with relevant personnel, and make amendments as required 5.3 Save and archive visual design components using industry or enterprise naming conventions and version control protocols

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3	Reviews and researches creative source material to generate ideas Checks that output meets requirements Locates correct folders for storing electronic data
Writing	2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3, 5.2, 5.3	Prepares information to accompany design components Names files according to requirements
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.3, 4.3, 5.2	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using active listening and questioning to confirm and clarify understanding
Navigate the world of work	3.4, 3.6	Complies with legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.3, 4.3, 5.2	Collaborates with relevant personnel to ensure that end result meets requirements
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.3, 3.5, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1-5.	Takes responsibility for planning and producing design components according to project requirements and design principles Makes decisions directed related to completion of tasks Uses experimentation to develop new or innovative design approaches Selects and uses appropriate software to conceive, produce, store and present visual design components

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG304 Create visual design components	CUFDIG304A Create visual design components	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG304 Create visual design components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

explore and experiment with design techniques and visual design and communication principles to produce ideas and concepts for visual design components

use design techniques to create visual design components that respond effectively to a project brief

present and discuss ideas, concepts and designs with relevant personnel

save and archive files using standard industry or enterprise naming conventions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe differences between traditional and digital methods in creating visual images, and advantages and disadvantages of each

describe visual design, typographic and communication principles used to construct visual design components

explain safe work practices in relation to working on computers for periods of time

explain the procedure for checking copyright clearance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

project briefs

relevant software

manuals and information to support software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG507 Design digital simulations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design digital simulations of real world environments and processes.

It applies to individuals who work closely with subject experts to develop virtual environments for fields including architecture, science and engineering, medicine, conservation and manufacturing. They may also collaborate with programmers and software authors so the simulation is technically achievable.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify project requirements	1.1 Confirm objectives and outcomes of project briefs in consultation with relevant personnel 1.2 Confirm target audience and determine format and delivery platform of simulations in discussion with relevant personnel
2. Research and plan approach	2.1 Investigate the real world environment to be simulated, to inform algorithms, rules, laws, physical and mathematical formulas that may be required 2.2 Evaluate designs, plans and other information relevant to the project brief that may assist in modelling the real world environment 2.3 Determine performance objectives, task complexity and user skill levels 2.4 Determine the required depth of physical and functional fidelity, taking into account production requirements 2.5 Research and suggest appropriate simulation authoring tools 2.6 Collaborate with relevant personnel and discuss ideas and creative solutions
3. Draft simulation design documents	3.1 Identify processes that determine the functional behaviour of the simulation and specify how this behaviour is to be represented by control objects 3.2 Define the underlying functionality in a model that specifies essential settings, states, conditions and parameters 3.3 Specify user interface controls that enable users to interact with simulations 3.4 Identify critical impacts, alerts or costs for incorrect user operation 3.5 Specify positive and negative feedback to user responses when interacting with simulations 3.6 Specify sequencing of difficulty levels, if required 3.7 Confirm proposed simulation is technically achievable, in consultation with relevant personnel 3.8 Present clear and detailed draft simulation design specifications in a format that can be used for discussion with and feedback from other team members
4. Finalise simulation design documents	4.1 Review designs against required project outcomes and performance objectives 4.2 Review designs against creative, technical and intellectual property requirements 4.3 Adjust design specifications as necessary after discussions with relevant personnel 4.4 Archive user interface controls for other projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.6, 4.1-4.3	Interprets and comprehends a range of familiar and unfamiliar technical, descriptive, and legal textual information Integrates prior knowledge with new technical research and feedback from relevant personnel
Writing	2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1-3.6, 3.8, 4.1-4.3	Documents information using correct formatting procedures, and uses appropriate, specialised vocabulary when drafting design documents Accurately incorporates modifications and user feedback in specification documentation
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.2, 2.6, 3.7, 4.3	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using language and features appropriate to the audience Uses questioning and listening strategies to confirm project requirements and elicit relevant feedback
Navigate the world of work	4.2	Understands legislative requirements related to intellectual property
Interact with others	1.1, 1.2, 2.6, 3.7, 4.3	Works collaboratively with production personnel throughout all stages of project Selects and uses appropriate practices and protocols to communicate with a range of audiences
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1-2.6, 3.1-3.7, 4.1-4.4	Coordinates and plans tasks, taking responsibility for ensuring that project is continually assessed and evaluated to meet project requirements Generates and continually evaluates ideas for the design, ensuring design integrity is maintained Makes decisions that impact on the entire project Uses digital tools to assist with design tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG507 Design digital simulations	CUFDIG507A Design digital simulations	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG507 Design digital simulations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research and generate a range of ideas for simulations that meet the project brief and target audience

develop draft design specifications for digital simulations that are clear, detailed and technically feasible

review and seek feedback from relevant personnel and produce final design specifications.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe typical formats and documentation for presenting simulation designs

outline a range of authoring tools used for digital simulations

describe the ways in which algorithms, laws, rules and mathematical formulas can represent real world processes

outline intellectual property rights and how these are managed in design of digital simulations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

briefs for digital simulations on which designs can be based

facilities and resources to develop design simulations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a limited range of basic drawing techniques to produce fundamental drawings from simple ideas. This unit relates to drawing as an art form and differs from units that focus on drawing as a visual representation tool.

It typically applies to individuals who have developed some general design or drawing skills and who are now embarking on a career in visual arts. They have little or no experience in drawing and work under close supervision and with guidance from others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – drawing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare drawing resources	1.1 Calculate and obtain type and quantity of drawing equipment, tools and materials according to own selected ideas for the work 1.2 Prepare equipment, tools and materials according to procedures for workplace safety, cost control and waste minimisation 1.3 Set up a safe work space with guidance from key people
2. Use and test drawing techniques	2.1 View a range of drawings in different styles, and discuss with key people how effects are achieved 2.2 Match potential techniques to ideas for own drawings with assistance from key people 2.3 Test a range of techniques to determine the effects they achieve through experimentation with samples, practice pieces or work in progress 2.4 Use selected techniques to produce fundamental drawings, considering and applying elements and principles of design 2.5 Clean and store equipment, tools, and materials according to specific needs of different items 2.6 Handle equipment, tools and materials safely and minimise waste throughout all processes
3. Review work to develop skills	3.1 Review own drawings and note areas for future improvement 3.2 Seek and consider feedback from key people to identify areas for improvement 3.3 Review different opportunities to build own skills and select suitable options

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.3	Plans a learning process to build own skills
Reading	1.2	Interprets detailed information from familiar procedural documents to determine production and safety requirements
Oral Communication	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2	Clearly explains ideas for designs and techniques using relevant industry language Uses questioning and active listening techniques to gain information and feedback and confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 2.4	Uses basic calculations to determine quantities of materials, measure dimensions of work space and drawings
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.4, 2.6	Follows defined procedures and legislative requirements, understands boundaries of own work and skill, and seeks clarification and guidance on all issues
Interact with others	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2	Seeks guidance and cooperates with instructions and advice from others to achieve best outcomes for own creative work
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4	Organises all processes to set up work space, test techniques and produce creative work with close guidance from others Makes routine decisions using procedures to guide activities Makes decisions about appropriate techniques by evaluating and testing a limited range of known options with assistance from others Resolves problems with technique through trial, error and practice

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills	CUVDRA201A Develop drawing skills	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce multiple fundamental drawings where the materials and techniques support own ideas for work

document a basic plan to build own skills, outlining own selected skill development options.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the general features of major styles of drawing and the work of key practitioners relevant to individual area of interest

outline, for the elements and principles of design, the fundamental characteristics, primary interrelationships and use in fundamental drawings

outline, for a range of equipment and tools used to produce drawings, key physical features and uses, cleaning techniques and storage requirements

outline the general features and use of a basic range of materials and techniques used to produce fundamental drawings

outline typical work space requirements for producing fundamental drawings including ways of organising space and equipment for efficient work operation

outline procedures for working safely with drawing materials, tools and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce drawings

relevant information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAGRD401 Research and apply graphic design techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and apply techniques to produce graphic design work. It involves interpreting work briefs, organising resources, testing ideas, and refining approaches to a range of design challenges.

It applies to individuals still developing a full range of skills. Research, experimentation and refinement are used to produce a range of general design works. Individuals generally produce work independently, with guidance as required.

No licensing, legislative or certification conditions apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – graphic design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Interpret graphic design briefs	1.1 Interpret specifications in graphic design briefs and clarify issues with relevant people, as necessary 1.2 Take user or client requirements into account when making decisions about graphic design work 1.3 Consider parameters and constraints and clarify with relevant people as required 1.4 Research contemporary and historical information relevant to briefs
2. Organise resources	2.1 Identify workspace, materials, tools and equipment required for graphic design work 2.2 Prepare and care for resources according to safety and organisational requirements 2.3 Follow storage and inventory procedures
3. Test graphic design approaches	3.1 Produce preliminary visual representations 3.2 Identify possible design approaches and establish criteria for selecting final approach 3.3 Select materials, tools and equipment and test approaches and techniques 3.4 Evaluate test outcomes against criteria and select the best approach for the requirements of briefs 3.5 Review own work and seek feedback as required 3.6 Refine and document the design approach based on results of testing and evaluation
4. Produce graphic design work	4.1 Create graphic designs using selected design approach 4.2 Respond to feedback and refine graphic design work 4.3 Present finished work within agreed work parameters

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.3	Interprets detailed textual and visual information to inform ideas and determine design requirements
Writing	3.6	Uses clear language and industry related terminology to document idea development, testing and evaluation outcomes
Oral Communication	1.3, 3.5, 4.2	Articulates using clear and direct language to determine requirements and seek feedback Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	2.2, 2.3	Takes responsibility for safe use and maintenance of resources and follows required procedures for their registration and storage
Interact with others	1.3, 3.5, 4.2	Selects and uses appropriate communication conventions and techniques to confirm requirements and request feedback from others
Get the work done	1.2, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.4, 3.6, 4.1-4.3	Plans, organises and completes work to meet established time requirements Identifies resources suited to a range of graphic design work and analyses task requirements to make appropriate choices Analyses the scope of exploratory techniques required and critically evaluates effectiveness of test samples against established criteria for designs Determines final design choice based on test results and client requirements Produces, refines, documents and presents final graphic design solutions that meet creative and technical requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAGRD401 Research and apply graphic design techniques	CUVGRD401A Research and apply graphic design techniques	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAGRD401 Research and apply graphic design techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret information in briefs and related research

select and care for required resources

test graphic design methods and techniques and document outcomes and design approaches

produce examples of graphic design work that meet the requirements of a range of briefs.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the use of experimentation in developing and refining graphic design work

explain the importance of researching information about graphic design when completing design work

explain typical information found in graphic design briefs

discuss typical parameters and constraints that need to be considered when interpreting design briefs, including intellectual property considerations, and availability of resources, time and budget

identify common techniques, materials, tools and equipment used in graphic design

briefly describe the health and safety requirements related to establishment of work space and use of materials and equipment for graphic design work.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

graphic design briefs

information sources for graphic design research

equipment and tools used to produce graphic design work

opportunities for discussion and feedback.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work with a brief to create illustrations through a process of testing design approaches and illustration techniques.

It applies to illustrators who are still developing a full repertoire of professional skills and an individual style. They work with limited supervision and guidance as required. Illustrators may be employees or work on a freelance basis.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – illustration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Interpret briefs for illustrative work	1.1 Interpret the specifications of illustration briefs 1.2 Discuss and clarify issues about specifications, parameters and constraints with relevant people as required 1.3 Evaluate client requirements to make decisions about style and content of illustrative work 1.4 Source and evaluate information pertinent to briefs
2. Organise resources	2.1 Calculate, select and organise equipment, tools and materials based on the requirements of the work 2.2 Set up a safe and efficient workspace 2.3 Prepare, maintain, store and dispose of all resources according to each item's needs and according to workplace procedures
3. Test design approaches for illustrative work	3.1 Produce preliminary visual representations that take account of intellectual property requirements 3.2 Identify possible illustrative approaches and establish criteria, in line with the brief, for selecting final approach 3.3 Experiment with different illustrative techniques to test a range of approaches that will best communicate ideas required by the brief 3.4 Evaluate testing processes against criteria and select approach that best meets requirements of briefs 3.5 Critique own work for conceptual success and technical execution and seek feedback, as required 3.6 Refine and accurately document the illustrative approach based on testing processes
4. Produce finished illustrative work	4.1 Create illustrations using techniques selected from experimentation and testing, considering and applying elements and principles of design 4.2 Review and refine ideas and approaches based on ongoing experience with production of own work 4.3 Seek and consider feedback from key people to refine illustrative work as required 4.4 Present finished work within agreed work parameters

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information in briefs
Writing	3.6	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to document a comprehensive record of illustrative approaches to a design brief
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.5, 4.3	Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit information about job requirements and confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.1	Performs basic calculations required to identify quantities of resources
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Understands and complies with legislative requirements and defined workplace procedures
Interact with others	1.2, 3.5, 4.3	Seeks the perspective and guidance of others to inform design ideas and achieve best outcomes for own creative work Seeks and considers feedback from peers and others to enhance future performance
Get the work done	1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 3.2-3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4	Organises and implements processes to set up work, assess techniques and produce creative work within set parameters Manages own decisions about appropriate techniques by testing a range of explored options Resolves problems with technique through experimentation an testing Reviews work in progress, resolving problems with technique through refinement of approach

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work	CUVILL401A Research and apply techniques for illustrative work	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent. Title changed.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

organise workspace and resources needed to meet requirements of illustrative work, according to workplace and legislative requirements

experiment with illustration techniques to create multiple illustrations that:

meet the requirements of associated briefs

show technical proficiency in chosen techniques

indicate review and refinement of own ideas.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe intellectual property requirements relevant to producing illustrations

describe the role of experimentation in developing and refining ideas for illustrations

explain how the elements and principles of design are used to inform illustrative work

list and briefly describe the resources required to produce illustrations, including key physical features, cleaning and maintenance techniques, and storage requirements

discuss typical workspace requirements for producing illustrations including ways of organising space and equipment for safe and efficient work operation

describe practices and procedures for working safely and sustainably with materials, tools and equipment for producing illustrations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce illustrations

briefs on which to base illustrations

relevant information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPPR405 Develop and discuss ideas for own creative work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and discuss ideas for own creative work. It involves research and analysis, as well as the ability to take part in critical and informed discussion with others about the creative work for a particular art form.

It applies to individuals who work across all areas of creative practice. This work would usually be carried out under mentored supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification conditions apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry capability – professional practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research ideas for own creative work	1.1 Identify and source information that supports the development of ideas for creative work 1.2 Critically analyse information in the context of current and potential work and in relation to intellectual property considerations
2. Generate ideas for own creative work	2.1 Develop a range of different, innovative and creative ideas based on the nature of own creative practice 2.2 Analyse and integrate ideas generated from research 2.3 Identify possible constraints on own ideas 2.4 Select ideas based on research, analysis and relevant constraints
3. Discuss ideas with others	3.1 Identify and seek out people who can provide valuable input to discussions about work ideas 3.2 Present key information on own ideas and their process of development 3.3 Facilitate discussion, debate and critical analysis of ideas using effective communication techniques
4. Adjust and refine ideas for own creative work	4.1 Analyse the views and contributions of others 4.2 Formulate analysis of own ideas based on personal aspirations and goals, and consideration of any intellectual property issues 4.3 Refine own ideas based on analysis and interactions with others

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2	Interprets a broad range of information in a variety of forms and uses the knowledge gained to contribute to the development of ideas for own current and future creative work Analyses and contrasts information to select that which informs own creative work
Writing	2.2, 3.1	Records detail of research and consultation outcomes, drawing on sufficient vocabulary and grammar to convey ideas effectively
Oral Communication	3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Presents explanation of own ideas to others, choosing language appropriate to those taking part in the discussion Facilitates and participates in potentially abstract discussions, using listening and questioning skills to elicit participant views
Navigate the world of work	4.2	Examines methodologies and suggestions to help refine ideas for creative work
Interact with others	3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Collaborates with others to share ideas and information
Get the work done	1.1, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions often using a consultative process as part of the decision-making process Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAPPR405 Develop and discuss ideas for own creative work	CUVPRP405A Develop and discuss ideas for own creative work	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR405 Develop and discuss ideas for own creative work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

generate ideas for creative work grounded in research and analysis

identify potential ideas for creative work and draw links with own work

select ideas to progress in own work based on research, analysis and relevant constraints

present own ideas to others and engage in discussions so that ideas can be challenged

analyse outcomes of discussions and refine own ideas.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

outline historical and contemporary sources of information in chosen area of practice that can serve to inform the development of ideas

outline communication techniques that facilitate productive discussions around ideas for creative work

describe effective ways of collaborating in creative practice

describe intellectual property issues that affect the development of ideas for own creative work.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CULMS010B Contribute to the preservation of cultural material

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to contribute to the preservation of cultural material through a sound knowledge of conservation principles, practices and ethics and the application of basic preservation activities. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to individuals who have significant knowledge of preservation issues and may be involved in the application of basic preservation techniques with the involvement of a professional conservator. The content of this unit relates to work that has a significant impact on Australia's cultural heritage and care must be taken to ensure appropriate implementation of the unit. Any individual or organisation planning to undertake training and/or assessment of this unit must therefore consult with an appropriately qualified conservator or conservation organisation. The Australian Institute for the Conservation of Cultural Material is the recognised professional body in this area.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units	Nil

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills	The required outcomes described in this unit of competency contain applicable facets of Employability Skills. The Employability Skills Summary for the qualification in which this unit of competency is packaged, will assist in identifying Employability Skills requirements.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1	Develop preservation skills and knowledge	1.1	Seek and access opportunities to develop, update and maintain knowledge of preservation issues and concepts
1.2	Integrate knowledge into work activities within scope of individual responsibility
2	Undertake basic preservation activities	2.1	Undertake basic preservation activities within scope of responsibility as agreed with a conservator and in accordance with organisational plans and policies
2.2	Correctly apply techniques in a manner which maintains the integrity of the cultural material
2.3	Record data generated in the course of activities clearly and accurately in the appropriate format
2.4	Follow health, safety and environmental requirements at all times
2.5	Ensure that ethical and cultural protocols are adhered to at all times

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required Skills and knowledge
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
learning skills to undertake ongoing professional development and acquisition of knowledge around preservation issues and concepts literacy skills to interpret conservation plans, to research conservation information, document and to report on condition of cultural material.
Required knowledge
distinction between preservation, conservation and restoration basic preservation principles and methods principles and methods for handling cultural material available sources of appropriate expert advice AICCM Code of Ethics and Code of Practice copyright, moral rights and intellectual property legislation and issues that impact on conservation cultural protocols that impact on conservation of cultural material, including those for Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander material role of a conservator and of a person working under the guidance of a conservator, including the scope of work undertaken by each and rationale for this requirements for safe work and manual handling formats and features of conservation plans, object condition reports.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the following is essential: sound general knowledge of preservation techniques relevant to the collection/industry sector understanding of conservation ethics and cultural protocols, including limitations on the scope of work to be undertaken practical demonstration of competent and safe techniques working on one or more items under the guidance of a conservator.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: access to cultural material access to equipment, materials and tools used in basic preservation activities.
Method of assessment	A range of assessment methods should be used to assess practical skills and knowledge. The following examples are appropriate for this unit: direct questioning combined with review of portfolios of evidence and third party workplace reports of on-the-job performance by the candidate assessment of cultural material on which the candidate has worked direct observation of the candidate using techniques evaluation of candidate's responses to different collection scenarios to assess ability to develop approaches for different preservation needs and articulate different challenges and issues to be considered oral or written questioning to assess knowledge of different techniques and procedures.
Holistic assessment with other units relevant to the industry sector, workplace and job role is recommended, for example: CULMS009B Implement preventive conservation activities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Opportunities to develop, update and maintain knowledge of preservation issues and concepts may include:	research attendance at seminars, workshops membership of professional organisations using conservator as a mentor reading current journals, newsletters and electronic discussion lists
Basic preservation activities will vary depending on the type of cultural material, but may include:	surface cleaning designing/making storage enclosures and display supports attaching backboards to paintings creating hanging systems for paintings mounting and framing Activities must be undertaken in accordance with advice from a specialist conservator to avoid potential damage to cultural material.
Organisational plans and policies vary in structure and name but may include:	preservation plans conservation plans collection management policies disaster preparedness policies
Cultural material is defined as 'objects, collections, artworks, specimens, structures or sites' and includes:	archaeological material books and manuscripts cultural sites/buildings ethnographic material flora and fauna film/audiovisual material furniture photographs technological/industry items textiles works on paper/canvas
Health, safety and environmental requirements may relate to:	use of chemicals or other toxic substances storage of chemicals provision and use of safety equipment safe manual handling safe use of tools and equipment reporting of occupational health and safety issues, including events and near misses impact on other parts of the collection toxic and hazardous materials in a collection condition/stability of item (dirt, mould, dust and pesticides)
Cultural protocols may relate to:	who can handle the cultural material where an item may be handled when an item may be handled consultation on potential treatments storage requirements appearance of the item relationship between item and other material in the collection methods and approaches to display

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

Competency field

Competency field	Preventive Conservation

CUVICS04B Originate and develop a concept

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	The standard describes the skills and knowledge required for working with and developing a concept to that stage where it becomes the basis of a creative and effective product, service or process. It covers both the response to a brief or the development of a self-initiated proposal. It does not describe the skills needed for presentation of the proposal which are covered by other units. No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This standard has been developed for people whose job specifically involves designing products or services, concepts or outcomes in any sector of the cultural industries. It might be used by someone designing a new event concept, a concept for public art, a new graphic design package for a hotel/resort, a concept for multi-media installation, a concept for sound sampling, a marketing campaign, a concept for new gallery space and so on. The standard relates to specialist positions in enterprises such as the community development office of local government organisations, design studios, event management/promotion firms, artist-run co-operatives, theatres and galleries and museums. Examples of how this unit works in practice can be found in the Supporting Information section of the Training Package.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Unit Descriptor

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Interpret the brief or clarify need or opportunity	1.1. The brief, need or opportunity for innovation is explored. The context for the new product or service is investigated and clarified and the audience/user is determined. 1.2. The purpose, desired outcome or end product, broad content, style, cost, intended audience and other relevant factors of the brief, need or opportunity are clarified. 1.3. The purpose, goals, constraints and requirements of the final product/service/process are specified.
2. Develop a range of creative approaches	2.1. A range of different, innovative and creative approaches and concepts is generated. 2.2. Different approaches/concepts are reviewed for feasibility, innovation, creativity, and acceptability to client or audience. 2.3. Possible constraints are identified and the approaches/concepts are checked against these to determine feasibility. 2.4. The social, ethical and environmental impacts of the approaches/concepts are taken into consideration. 2.5. The effects and advantages of various combinations of activities, systems, processes, staff, materials for achieving a creative, innovative and appropriate outcome are investigated. 2.6. The concept(s) or approach(es) that achieve the required outcome in an innovative and feasible way are selected and draft proposals representing those approaches are documented in an appropriate format.
3. Seek opinions of colleagues and a range of creative and technical experts/specialists	3.1. Proposals are discussed with colleagues and specialists. 3.2. Creative and technical aspects of the proposals are clarified and expert advice sought where required. 3.3. Proposals are compared with best practice examples of similar products, services or processes.
4. Adjust and refine proposal on the basis of advice received and evaluation	4.1. Determine advantages and disadvantages of each approach/strategy based on criteria such as creativity, appropriateness to the user/audience, cost-effectiveness, level of risk, potential benefits and technical feasibility. 4.2. Proposals are evaluated and the approach which will result in achieving the desired outcome is selected.
5. Develop the concept to an operational level	5.1. A detailed specification for the product in terms of creativity, the audience/user, budget, and technical requirements is developed. 5.2. The detailed specification is presented to the relevant parties for approval, funding or endorsement.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
the ability to use creative techniques to generate a range of innovative ideas the ability to communicate with a wide range of people research skills relevant technical knowledge appropriate ways of documenting creative proposals.
Required knowledge
knowledge of past history of work in related areas knowledge of the social and environmental effects of possible approaches specialist knowledge relating to issues within the specific work contexts within cultural industries technical principles and knowledge appropriate to the area covered by the concept communication principles the variety of methods and materials available.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Evidence of the following is essential: generation and evaluation of creative and effective concepts translation of an original idea into a concrete proposal which is documented and reviewed using appropriate methods.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	Assessment must ensure: interaction with others to reflect the collaborative nature of the development process.
Method of assessment	Assessment may incorporate a range of methods to assess performance and the application of essential underpinning knowledge, and might include: direct questioning combined with review of portfolios of evidence and third party workplace reports of on-the-job performance by the candidate direct observation of the candidate participating in discussions and other collaborative activities to evaluate ideas or solutions oral or written questioning to assess knowledge of the social and environmental impacts of relevant products, services or processes.
Guidance information for assessment	This competency standard could be assessed on its own or in combination with other competencies relevant to the job function within the cultural industries work context. The other standards would probably most appropriately be at AQF level 4 and above and may include: CUVADM11B Work within an arts organisation context CUVDES04B Integrate colour theory and design processes in response to a brief CUVCON06B Develop concepts for arts organisations or projects Please note: the above is a generic list which may apply across the cultural industries. Some of the units may not be included in this particular Training Package.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Products might include:	commissioned art work fabric designs furniture design marketing campaigns new gallery concepts photoimaging assignments.
Purposes of the product may include:	provision of services to clients within the cultural industries.
Factors to be considered may include:	access to technology audience/user characteristics cost effectiveness level of skill and understanding required for implementation need for additional staff training resource requirements technical feasibility.
Constraints to the project may include:	availability of skilled experts and personnel cost equipment finance technical difficulty time.
Formats for documentation may include:	briefs for a consultant descriptions of a creative proposal for in-house consideration proposals to be submitted to a funding body or sponsor.
Appropriate colleagues and specialists to discuss proposals with may include:	any staff who may be involved in the design or the implementation of the process creative and administrative staff personnel external to the organisation technical specialists.
Project specifications may include:	audience budget operational plan ownership of final product purpose resources, e.g.: human plant and equipment time.
Resources and equipment may include:	computers, e.g.: hardware software specialist staff required for successful development of the proposed product or service others resources or equipment depending on the outcome required.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Research and Innovation

HLTAID003 Provide first aid

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 6	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 5	Updated mapping information. Changes to assessment requirements. Equivalent outcome.
Release 4	Updated mapping information. Equivalent outcome.
Release 3	Updated mapping information.
Release 2	Minor corrections to formatting to improve readability. Equivalent competency outcome.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to elements and performance criteria, changes to scope of unit. New evidence requirements for assessment. Removal of prerequisite unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide a first aid response to a casualty. The unit applies to all workers who may be required to provide a first aid response in a range of situations, including community and workplace settings.

Specific licensing /regulatory requirements relating to this competency, including requirements for refresher training should be obtained from the relevant national/state/territory Work Health and Safety Regulatory Authorities.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements define the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria specify the level of performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Respond to an emergency situation	1.1 Recognise an emergency situation 1.2 Identify, assess and manage immediate hazards to health and safety of self and others 1.3 Assess the casualty and recognise the need for first aid response 1.4 Assess the situation and seek assistance from emergency response services
2. Apply appropriate first aid procedures	2.1 Perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in accordance with Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) guidelines 2.2 Provide first aid in accordance with established first aid principles 2.3 Display respectful behaviour towards casualty 2.4 Obtain consent from casualty where possible 2.5 Use available resources and equipment to make the casualty as comfortable as possible 2.6 Operate first aid equipment according to manufacturer’s instructions 2.7 Monitor the casualty’s condition and respond in accordance with first aid principles
3. Communicate details of the incident	3.1 Accurately convey incident details to emergency response services 3.2 Report details of incident to workplace supervisor as appropriate 3.3 Maintain confidentiality of records and information in line with statutory and/or organisational policies
4. Evaluate the incident and own performance	4.1 Recognise the possible psychological impacts on self and other rescuers involved in critical incidents 4.2 Participate in debriefing to address individual needs

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.
Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID003 Provide first aid

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 6	Updated: assessor requirements statement foundation skills lead in statement licensing statement modification history to reflect 2012 standards Equivalent outcome.
Release 5	Updated mapping information. Changes to assessment requirements. Equivalent outcome.
Release 4	Updated mapping information. Equivalent outcome.
Release 3	Updated mapping information.
Release 2	Minor corrections to formatting to improve readability. Equivalent competency outcome.
Release 1	This version was released in HLT Health Training Package release 1.0 and meets the requirements of the 2012 Standards for Training Packages. Significant changes to elements and performance criteria, changes to scope of unit. New evidence requirements for assessment. Removal of prerequisite unit.

Performance Evidence

e candidate must show evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the job role.

There must be evidence that the candidate has completed the following tasks in line with state/territory regulations, first aid codes of practice, Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) guidelines and workplace procedures:

Followed DRSABCD in line with ARC guidelines, including:

performed at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) (5 cycles of both compressions and ventilations) on an adult resuscitation manikin placed on the floor

performed at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer CPR (5 cycles both compressions and ventilations) on an infant resuscitation manikin placed on a firm surface

responded appropriately in the event of regurgitation or vomiting

managed the unconscious breathing casualty

followed single rescue procedure, including the demonstration of a rotation of operators with minimal interruptions to compressions

followed the prompts of an Automated External Defibrillator (AED)

Responded to at least two simulated first aid scenarios contextualised to the candidate’s workplace/community setting, including:

conducted a visual and verbal assessment of the casualty

demonstrated safe manual handling techniques

post-incident debrief and evaluation

provided an accurate verbal or written report of the incident

Applied first aid procedures for the following:

allergic reaction

anaphylaxis

bleeding control

choking and airway obstruction

envenomation, using pressure immobilisation

fractures, sprains and strains, using arm slings, roller bandages or other appropriate immobilisation techniques

respiratory distress, including asthma

shock

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate essential knowledge required to effectively complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit, manage tasks and manage contingencies in the context of the work role. This includes knowledge of:

State/Territory regulations, first aid codes of practice and workplace procedures including:

ARC Guidelines relevant to provision of CPR and first aid

safe work practices to minimise risks and potential hazards

infection control principles and procedures, including use of standard precautions

requirements for currency of skill and knowledge

legal, workplace and community considerations including:

awareness of potential need for stress-management techniques and available support following an emergency situation

duty of care requirements

respectful behaviour towards a casualty

own skills and limitations

consent

privacy and confidentiality requirements

importance of debriefing

considerations when providing first aid including:

airway obstruction due to body position

appropriate duration and cessation of CPR

appropriate use of an AED

chain of survival

standard precautions

how to conduct a visual and verbal assessment of the casualty

principles and procedures for first aid management of the following scenarios:

abdominal injuries

allergic reaction

anaphylaxis

basic care of a wound

bleeding control

burns

cardiac conditions, including chest pain

choking and airway obstruction

crush injuries

diabetes

dislocations

drowning

envenomation

environmental impact, including hypothermia, hyperthermia, dehydration and heat stroke

eye and ear injuries

fractures

febrile convulsions

head, neck and spinal injuries

minor skin injuries

needle stick injuries

poisoning and toxic substances

respiratory distress, including asthma

seizures, including epilepsy

shock

soft tissue injuries, including strains and, sprains

stroke

unconsciousness

basic anatomy and physiology relating to:

how to recognise a person is not breathing normally

chest

response/consciousness

upper airway and effect of positional change

considerations in provision of first aid for specified conditions

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated working individually in an environment that provides realistic in-depth, industry-validated scenarios and simulations to assess candidates’ skills and knowledge.

Assessment resources must include:

adult and infant resuscitation manikins in line with ARC Guidelines for the purpose of assessment of CPR procedures

adrenaline auto-injector training device

AED training device

placebo bronchodilator and spacer device

roller bandages

triangular bandages

workplace First Aid kit

workplace injury, trauma and/or illness record, or other appropriate workplace incident report form for written reports

wound dressings

Simulated assessment environments must simulate the real-life working environment where these skills and knowledge would be performed, with all the relevant equipment and resources of that working environment.

Assessor requirements

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) 2015/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

ICPPRN384 Set up and produce basic digital print

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICP Printing and Graphic Arts Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up for and produce basic digitally printed product incorporating the use of raster image processor (RIP) technology when outputting to digital devices including wide format.

It applies to individuals working as print machinists in the printing and graphic arts industry who may set up, operate and monitor equipment and machinery and who may have to prepare material and apply solutions to problems. They may also provide leadership and guidance to others with some limited responsibility for the output of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Printing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Check components and functions of digital print system	1.1 Areas of user-replaceable consumables are checked and replacements made 1.2 Substrate feeding mechanisms and transport units are checked and cleared of any misfeeds 1.3 Correct set-up for data and electrical power is completed 1.4 Shutdown and restart procedures are performed according to manufacturer's specifications 1.5 Print driver and/or job download software are correctly installed and set-up on workstation computer and/or digital front-end processor
2. Maintain digital printing system to maximise productivity and quality	2.1 Routine maintenance tasks are performed according to manufacturer's specifications 2.2 Substrate transport and inking systems are cleaned to ensure optimum productivity and quality 2.3 Temperature and humidity conditions are checked to ensure even flow of substrate 2.4 Substrate registration mechanisms are checked to ensure alignment of printed images 2.5 Ink density calibration is performed on a digital print system to meet job specifications 2.6 Basic maintenance solutions to minimise ink residue, substrate misfeed, paper particle dust, uncalibrated systems and ink coverage are implemented
3. Maintain and perform optimum substrate handling procedures	3.1 Paper handling and storage system for a digital print environment are developed to maintain substrate integrity and digital image quality 3.2 Machine status is checked, print counters and consumable levels are reviewed and time estimated for reordering, servicing and reporting purpose
4. Confirm job specifications	4.1 Print job specifications are read and interpreted from job documentation or production control system 4.2 Availability of all job components are checked according to enterprise procedures 4.3 Finishing requirements of job are checked and internal workflow and/or outsource arrangements are coordinated according to enterprise procedures 4.4 Run time of job is calculated and completion time estimated, allowing consideration for other production demands
5. Set up reel system	5.1 Unwind reel is adjusted according to job specifications 5.2 Rewind reel is set up and adjusted according to job specifications 5.3 Minor in-line processes are set up and adjusted according to job specifications
6. Set up sheet transportation system on sheet-fed machine	6.1 Substrate is loaded into correct feeding mechanism and all substrate properties are correctly specified in the user control interface 6.2 Adjustments to the delivery unit are identified and made using the user control interface according to job specifications 6.3 On-line finishing unit is adjusted using the user control interface according to job specifications
7. Use RIP or front-end processor to set up job	7.1 Electronic data files are located and retrieved according to job specifications 7.2 RIP or front-end processor parameters are set according to job specifications 7.3 Preview or preflight check of electronic data files is performed to verify correct job set-up according to job specifications 7.4 Basic troubleshooting methods are applied to identify and rectify unverified data files, file errors and job requirement inconsistencies according to manufacturer's specifications
8. Submit data files to digital print machine	8.1 Job priority is determined according to job specifications and production schedules 8.2 Data file is submitted to print and image quality, and machine productivity checks are performed
9. Produce digital proof and run digital print job	9.1 Proof run is conducted to confirm proof conforms to job specifications and/or for client approval if required 9.2 Entire print run is conducted according to job specifications ensuring machine productivity and quality are monitored and rectified throughout the print job
10. Coordinate and/or perform document finishing and client delivery	10.1 Steps required for document finishing are identified if not performed on in-line finishing units on a reel or sheet-fed system according to job specifications 10.2 Finished print work is packaged to prevent damage and to conform to delivery requirements according to job specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.4, 2.1, 2.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1-5.3, 6.1-6.3, 7.1-7.4, 8.1, 9.1, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2	Recognises and interprets text to establish job requirements from information contained within relevant procedures and specifications
Writing	6.1, 9.1	Enters routine data associated with production processes and enterprise procedures
Oral Communication	1.4, 2.1, 2.5, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1-5.3, 6.2, 6.3, 7.1-7.4, 8.1, 9.1, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2	Applies appropriate strategies to extract main ideas from oral texts across a range of contexts
Numeracy	2.5, 3.2, 4.4, 7.2	Interprets and analyses a range of mathematical information used in familiar and routine tasks
Navigate the world of work	1.3-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.5, 2.6, 3.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1-5.3, 6.1-6.3, 7.1-7.4, 8.1, 8.2, 9.1, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role, taking some responsibility for decisions regarding when and how to complete tasks, co-ordinate with, or delegate to others Complies with OHS, legislative requirements and follows organisational policies and procedures relevant to own role Recognises and follows all procedures for cleaning and maintenance of equipment, incorporating regulatory and OHS requirements and enterprise procedures
Interact with others	1.4, 2.1, 2.5, 4.1, 5.1-5.3, 6.2, 6.3, 7.1-7.4, 8.1, 9.1, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2	Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities, and contributes to specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability Understands what to communicate, with whom and how, in routine work situations
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.6, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 4.4, 5.1-5.3, 6.1-6.3, 7.1-7.4, 8.1, 8.2, 9.1, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2	Determines priorities and sequences steps involved in clearly defined, familiar tasks Responds to predictable problems and implements standard or logical solutions related to role in immediate work environment Follows routine procedures for using digital technology by reading data from electronic monitoring and control systems

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICPPRN384 Set up and produce basic digital print	ICPPR384A Set up and produce basic digital print	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a74b7a0f-a253-47e3-8be0-5d426e24131d

Assessment Requirements for ICPPRN384 Set up and produce basic digital print

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICP Printing and Graphic Arts Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

safely set up and print FOUR basic digital printing jobs according to manufacturer's specifications, enterprise procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements

correctly access data, adjust settings and ensure production speeds are attained using a RIP or front-end processor

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify workplace job ticket procedures and pre-printing set-up checks and procedures

outline the process for file transfer actions, problems and solutions

outline the process for determining selection of specific ink/toner for varied printed products and how to ensure ink/toner quality

describe the process if required substrate is unavailable

identify the maximum and minimum weight of a substrate that can be printed on a specific machine

describe possible faults likely if printing on lightweight paper

identify the availability of pre-prepared substrates for a specific machine

identify the maximum delivery quantity for a specific machine

outline possible problems encountered if incorrect feeding and delivery occurs

name data formats used in digital print

list benefits of using electronic data rather than scanning hardcopy, and various ways to submit a PDF file to a digital printer

outline WHS procedures for setting up in-line processes

describe in-line options available on a specific machine, and the on-line finishing options available

outline processes for setting up in-line/on-line

describe circumstances where a job would be modified before printing

list steps involved for client approval of the print

outline the proof check procedures

outline processes involved for gaining final approval of a basic job

list various types of binding and procedures followed if the binding method required by client is not available at this workplace

outline alternative options if document size is too thick to staple

identify importance of packing finished print work

identify location of machine manuals, safety and other documentation relevant to set up and production of digitally printed products.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the printing field of work and include access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

RIP or front-end processor.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a74b7a0f-a253-47e3-8be0-5d426e24131d

ICPSUP455 Supervise and schedule work of others

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICP Printing and Graphic Arts Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to supervise and schedule work of a team or individuals.

It applies to individuals who perform a broad range of skilled tasks relating to the printing and graphic arts industry, and who may also provide some leadership and guidance to others in application and planning of the skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Support

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and implement work schedules	1.1 Tasks and/or jobs are identified and prioritised according to overall production schedule 1.2 Timelines, personnel and equipment are identified for each job and task 1.3 Schedules are communicated logically and in an easily understood manner 1.4 Changes to schedules are implemented through reorganisation of priorities, with reasons being clearly conveyed to the team or individuals 1.5 Priority of tasks is communicated to the team or individuals
2. Monitor performance of tasks	2.1 Required standard is effectively communicated to the team or individuals to ensure understanding of allotted task 2.2 Instruction or support to achieve required standard is provided as necessary 2.3 Standard of performance is monitored, including quality standards, to ensure achievement of outcomes, and is reported according to enterprise procedures 2.4 Completion times of tasks/jobs are monitored and scheduling is adjusted as appropriate
3. Monitor and support development of teams or individuals	3.1 Team or worker performance is monitored to determine effectiveness and is reported according to enterprise procedures 3.2 Support is provided to individuals or teams to ensure full participation 3.3 Procedures are provided to assist interaction and feedback on effectiveness between teams and individuals
4. Monitor application of WHS in the work area	4.1 Implementation of standards, both work health and safety (WHS) and environmental, is monitored to determine safety in the work area requirements 4.2 Strategies for prevention or correction of problems are determined from the monitoring process 4.3 Recommendations for prevention or correction are made to achieve established standards
5. Communicate with management, work teams and individuals	5.1 All information affecting work is explained logically and in an easily understood manner to team coordinators, teams or individuals where appropriate 5.2 Effective and appropriate information provision is carried out with management and/or external personnel 5.3 Written reports are concise and conform to enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.4, 3.1, 3.3, 4.1	Recognises relevant text within organisational documents and follows written instructions
Writing	1.1, 1.4, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.3, 4.3, 5.1-5.3	Records numerical and textual information related to outcomes of the job
Oral Communication	1.3-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 3.3, 4.3, 5.1-5.3	Provides explanations using vocabulary and non-verbal features appropriate for audience and context
Numeracy	1.2-1.4, 2.4	Uses simple mathematical calculations related to timeframes and schedules
Navigate the world of work	2.3, 3.1, 4.1, 5.3	Recognises and follows organisational and legislative requirements associated with own role
Interact with others	1.3-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 3.3, 4.3, 5.1-5.3	Uses appropriate communication protocols and conventions to convey information to co-workers Plays a lead role in collaborating, consulting and cooperating with co-workers to achieve shared understanding of individual roles and group objectives
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 4.2	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload and workloads of others Initiates standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within immediate context

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
ICPSUP455 Supervise and schedule work of others	ICPSU455C Supervise and schedule work of others	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a74b7a0f-a253-47e3-8be0-5d426e24131d

Assessment Requirements for ICPSUP455 Supervise and schedule work of others

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICP Printing and Graphic Arts Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

effectively schedule and supervise a team or individuals

create a portfolio of documents showing:

planning, implementing and monitoring schedules

monitoring and reporting on the performance of others

providing support and feedback on performance to others

determining safety requirements in the work area

monitoring work health and safety and environmental standards. (Suitable documents for the portfolio include rosters, schedules, quality-related documentation and testimonials from superiors and workers being supervised.)

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

WHS standards

explain who is responsible for work health and safety (WHS) standards in the workplace

explain reporting procedures for WHS incidents

Planning and implementing work schedules

explain how priority of jobs is determined

describe work scheduling procedures used within the organisation

explain why changes to scheduling might be needed

Standards monitoring

outline information reported in performance monitoring

identify who is responsible for providing instruction to achieve the required standard

Staff and workforce development

describe how often teams or individuals should be monitored on performance

outline changes that can be made to enhance individual performance

outline changes that can be made to enhance team performance

list advantages of providing written reports to management.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the Support field of work and include access special purpose tools, equipment and materials.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a74b7a0f-a253-47e3-8be0-5d426e24131d

MEM05003B Perform soft soldering

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit applies to performing soft soldering applications of ferrous and non-ferrous materials, using straightforward techniques, where heat damage to components or finish of soldered joint is not critical.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	All work is undertaken to predetermined standards of quality, safety and procedures. Techniques of applying soft solder may include the use of soldering irons (all types) and direct flame or other heating devices. Preparation of materials includes cleaning, deburring, twisting of conductors and fluxing. Depending on the actual soldering job, hand and power tools and drawing and interpretation skills may be required. These are covered by units MEM18001C (Use hand tools), MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations) and MEM12023A (Perform engineering measurements). This unit should not be selected if Unit MEM05001B (Perform manual soldering/desoldering - electrical/electronic components) or Unit MEM10002B (Terminate and connect electrical wiring) has already been selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify job requirements	1.1. Soldering requirements are identified and correctly understood from job sheets or instructions.
2. Undertake soft soldering	2.1. Tools, equipment and consumables appropriate to the task are assembled and prepared for use as required. 2.2. Materials to be soldered are prepared, arranged and checked as required, to ensure solder joint meets specifications. 2.3. Correct techniques are used to apply soft solder to standard operating procedures. 2.4. Solder joint is cleaned and checked for conformance to specifications using standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: using soldering irons using direct flame and other heating devices reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures following oral instruction
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the effect of material to be soft soldered on the selection of consumables the reasons for preparing surfaces prior to soldering the procedures for rectifying defects in soldered joints use and application of personal protective equipment for soft soldering safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform soft soldering.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing soft soldering or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Tools	Soldering irons (all types) and direct flame or other heating devices
Materials	Ferrous and non-ferrous

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Fabrication

MEM05007C Perform manual heating and thermal cutting

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers performing manual heating, thermal cutting and gouging including the assembly and disassembly and operation of the equipment on a range of materials (ferrous, non-ferrous and non-metallic) using a variety of methods.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to manual, straight line cutting standards. Manual or automatic processes are used to cut and heat to specifications. Cutting may include flame gouging by hand. All work is carried out to legislative and regulatory requirements. Predetermined standards of quality and safety are observed and work is carried out following standard operating procedures. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Assemble/disassemble plant and equipment	1.1. Accessories and equipment are correctly selected and assembled for manual heating and thermal cutting.
2. Operate heating and thermal cutting equipment	2.1. Cutting process and/or procedure appropriate for material is selected. 2.2. All safety procedures are observed. 2.3. Equipment start-up procedures are followed correctly to standard operating procedures. 2.4. Equipment adjustments are made correctly using standard operating procedures. 2.5. Appropriate cutting allowances are made. 2.6. Material is used in the most economical way. 2.7. Defects are identified and corrective action is taken to standard operating procedures. 2.8. Material is heated and cut to specification. 2.9. Shape/size/length is to accepted workplace standards.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: performing pre-start checks safely starting equipment following standard operating procedures adjusting equipment to operating specifications making cutting allowances economising material and minimising wastage identifying cutting defects and taking corrective action heating and cutting materials to specifications reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures. May include drawings following oral instructions performing measurements needed to meet the requirements of this unit entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: cutting processes appropriate to various materials heating and cutting specifications procedures for heating and cutting the tools, equipment and techniques for heating and cutting assembling procedures for equipment and accessories hazards and control measures associated with manual heating and thermal cutting use and application of personal protective clothing and equipment equipment pre-checks and operation procedures for adjusting heating and cutting equipment cutting allowances and reasons for applying them procedures for minimising waste material reasons for minimising waste material cutting defects and their causes procedures for correcting cutting defects tools, equipment and techniques required to correct cutting defects use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform manual heating and thermal cutting.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with manual heating/thermal cutting or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questions should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Cutting	Use of hand held and self-propelled straight line cutters
Process	Fuel gas, oxy fuel gas and air fuel gas
Material	Various thicknesses and types including ferrous, non-ferrous and non-metallic materials

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Fabrication

MEM05012C Perform routine manual metal arc welding

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers preparing the materials and carrying out routine manual metal arc welding (MMAW).

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies in a maintenance or manufacturing environment where the welding is not required to meet an Australian standard or equivalent. Fillet and butt welds would typically be performed on low carbon/mild steels. Where welding is required to AS 1554 General Purpose or equivalent codes, occupational health and safety regulations and/or licensing requirements, Unit MEM05015D (Weld using manual metal arc welding process) should be selected. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Refer to Application of the Unit

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify weld requirements	1.1. Weld requirements are identified from job instructions. 1.2. Location of welds is identified in accordance with standard operating procedures and job specifications.
2. Prepare materials for welding	2.1. Materials are cleaned and prepared ready for welding.
3. Prepare equipment for welding	3.1. Welding equipment is set up correctly. 3.2. Correct electrodes are selected to suit application and settings.
4. Perform routine welding using MMAW	4.1. Safe welding practices are applied. 4.2. Materials are welded to job requirements. 4.3. Welds are cleaned in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: preparing materials and electrodes setting up welding equipment welding with MMAW reading and interpreting routine information on written job instructions, specifications and standard operating procedures performing measurements for joint preparation and routine MMAW
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: material and equipment preparation properties and characteristics of materials and consumables weld characteristics equipment set-up and settings MMAW processes and properties post-welding treatments safe welding practices use and application of personal protective equipment

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to prepare materials and carry out routine manual metal arc welding (MMAW).
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, then appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing routine manual metal arc welding or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Materials	Low and mild carbon steel or similar
Prepared	Cleaning, setting up jigs, fixtures, clamps, joint preparation
Welding equipment	Welding leads, welding machines, electrode holder etc.
Cleaned	Slag and spatter, cleaning, using files and grinders

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Fabrication

MEM07001B Perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers carrying out programmed safety and maintenance checks on machines/equipment.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit mainly applies in a manufacturing setting, where routine programmed operational maintenance to machines/equipment is required. It is not intended to be used where higher level maintenance activities are performed. Machines/equipment range includes manual, semi-automatic and automatic machines of a stand-alone continuous production or process nature. This unit should not be selected when any of the following are selected: Unit MEM18055B (Dismantle, replace and assemble engineering components), Unit MEM18006C (Repair and fit engineering components), Unit MEM07005C (Perform general machining). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Undertake programmed safety and maintenance checks	1.1. Checks are undertaken safely and to prescribed procedure. 1.2. Status/report is recorded on proforma or reported orally.
2. Undertake programmed maintenance	2.1. Removal/replacement of consumable components is undertaken to prescribed procedure and instructions are followed. 2.2. Fluids and lubricants are replaced and/or topped up to prescribed schedule.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: undertaking programmed safety and maintenance checks undertaking programmed operational maintenance entering routine and familiar information onto proformas and standard workplace forms following routine information on written procedures following oral instructions orally reporting routine information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: programmed maintenance and safety check procedures for the specified machine/equipment recording/reporting requirements safe work practices and procedures hazards and control measures associated with operational maintenance of machines/equipment

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform operational maintenance of machines/equipment. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operational maintenance of machines/equipment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Machines/equipment	Manual, semi-automatic and automatic machines of a stand-alone continuous production or process nature
Checks	Programmed safety and maintenance checks Adjustments of a limited nature including safety guards, stops, wear pads and tool holders, nipping up glands and adjustment of scrapers and aprons
Consumable components	Air filters, oil wipers, grease containers, tool tips, indicator globes, fluids and lubricants, guides and limit switch actuators

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Machine and process operations

MEM14003B Undertake basic production scheduling

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers identifying production requirements and capacities and preparing schedules for production of a component/part.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	The unit applies to the scheduling of the manufacture of a single component, or a single assembly function, or for a single small production work unit or production cell, or a single production process where there are only a small number of constraints or variables. Band: B Unit Weight: 8

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify production requirements and capacities	1.1. Engineering production data is identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.2. Inventory capacities and requirements are identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.3. Procurement and supply requirements and constraints are identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.4. Production capacity and constraints are identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures. 1.5. Standard times are identified and obtained in accordance with workplace procedures.
2. Prepare schedule for production of a component/part	2.1. Production of component is scheduled in accordance with production, inventory, procurements, time constraints, supply capacities and requirements. 2.2. Schedule is documented in accordance with accepted organisation procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: obtaining, reading and interpreting production process data and procedure prioritising communicating time management organising documenting using project management tools such as Gantt Charts analysing performing arithmetic calculations
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: scheduling techniques production methods quality assurance requirements inventory policies procurement, supply requirements and constraints general staffing levels, capabilities and application of standard times machine set-up, capability and application of standard times enterprise safety requirements and directives

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to schedule basic production.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with basic scheduling or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Planning

MEM15001B Perform basic statistical quality control

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers taking samples and applying a statistical process to monitor production.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the collation and interpretation of statistical data in the context of statistical quality control, for example, tally, run or control charts. Uncontrolled variations are reported to appropriate authority. When the production and interpretation of charts and graphs not dependent on knowledge and understanding of the implications for quality are required, Unit MEM12024A (Perform computations) should be accessed. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Take samples	1.1. Difference between population and sample is understood and various sampling schemes are applied in accordance with standard operating procedures.
2. Apply statistical process to monitor production	2.1. Concept of variation in terms of average and spread is understood. Data is used to produce relevant statistical information. 2.2. Data is interpreted accurately and information is presented to appropriate authority according to standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents applying statistical process control procedures in accordance with instructions to a given production process obtaining data from samples including average, range and random or assignable causes producing tally, run or control charts from sampling data reporting information from sampling data checking and clarifying task-related information completing proformas and standard workplace forms
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the difference between population and sample, and the concept of variation in terms of average and range, random and assignable causes numerical operations and statistical calculations/formulae within the scope of this unit statistical process control procedures, which may include Six Sigma etc. and the sampling procedures to be followed the types of charts that can be produced to assist monitoring of products including run charts, tally charts, histograms, control charts procedures for reporting sample data information use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to perform basic statistical quality control.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with performing basic statistical quality control or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Sampling schemes	Agreed customer plans, Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) and Average Outgoing Quality Level (AOQL) plans, Shainin, Six Sigma etc.
Relevant statistical information	Average, range and process control data and the plotting of charts such as line graphs, run charts, tally charts, histograms, control charts, random and assignable causes etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Quality

MEM16006A Organise and communicate information

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers accessing, organising and communicating information related to processes or tasks.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies in manufacturing, engineering or related environments. It may include information related to production, maintenance or associated processes. Information may be drawn from a variety of sources. This unit includes the ability to communicate using common workplace terminology. For access and recording of data requiring system knowledge and judgement, see Unit MEM16008A (Interact with computing technology). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Access information and/or records	1.1. Information requirements of tasks are determined and relevant information is accessed from a range of sources. 1.2. Workplace terminology is correctly recognised.
2. Organise and analyse information	2.1. Information is interpreted and organised in accordance with enterprise and work requirements. 2.2. Information is analysed according to enterprise and work requirements.
3. Communicate organised information using established workplace methods	3.1. Information is communicated using established workplace methods.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: accessing relevant information from a range of sources recording, where appropriate, the accessed information recognising and using workplace terms reading, interpreting and following information in workplace documentation checking and clarifying information organising, categorising and sequencing information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: types of information available sources of information information analysis techniques methods of categorising and organising information methods of recording and communicating information

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to organise, analyse and communicate information.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with organising, analysing and communicating information or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Range of sources	Job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, documents, computer data, drawings, sketches, tables, technical manuals and/or charts and other applicable reference material
Workplace terminology	Terminology - referring to equipment, processes, workplace areas, staff and procedures - specific to the processes and equipment used in the workplace
Analyse	Analysis for this unit involves simple determinations of relevance and implication for the employee's immediate work requirements
Established workplace methods	Proforma reports Data entry e.g. bar coding and simple keyboard operations Verbal Drawings

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16007A Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers operating in an interactive work environment. It covers contribution to a group effort in order to plan and carry out work. This includes identification of work roles, communication and cooperation with others.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to work-related group activities that typically occur in and between sections or departments of an enterprise. Employees would normally be working together to achieve a common purpose e.g. manufacture of a product, maintenance of plant and equipment. Individuals are not responsible for the overall group effort but would be required to contribute to activities and objectives using their own existing technical competencies. Band: A Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify roles and responsibilities	1.1. Own role and responsibilities are identified. 1.2. Relationships within immediate group and with employees performing related/interdependent activities are identified.
2. Plan activities	2.1. Common goals, objectives and task requirements are identified and clarified with appropriate persons. 2.2. Individual tasks are determined and agreed on according to workplace procedures.
3. Work with others	3.1. Effective interpersonal skills are applied to interact with others and to contribute to activities and objectives. 3.2. Assigned or agreed tasks are performed in accordance with agreed requirements, specifications and workplace procedures. 3.3. Work progress is reviewed and modified as agreed to complement the work of others. 3.4. Agreed reporting lines are followed using standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: contributing to planning and allocation of work performing assigned tasks coordinating work effort with others following agreed reporting lines reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents applying effective interpersonal skills
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: effective interpersonal strategies and skills: effective listening basic speaking skills use of terminology and jargon giving and receiving feedback checking and clarifying task-related information interpreting instructions basic conflict resolution selecting modes and methods of communication identifying and resolving communication breakdowns and barriers principles of effective communication relationships and roles within immediate group and with interdependent others reporting relationships and procedures own responsibilities with respect to products/services to be provided skills and competencies of the individual and other employees performing interdependent activities common goals, objectives and task requirements sources of technical expertise/assistance appropriate forms of communication hazards and control measures associated with workplace activities, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate in a work-based team environment.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating in a work-based team environment or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Effective interpersonal skills	Basic listening and speaking skills, use of terminology and jargon, giving and receiving feedback, interpreting instructions, verbal and non-verbal modes and methods of communication, communication breakdowns and barriers, basic principles of effective communication

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16008A Interact with computing technology

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers accessing, inputting and storing information used in manufacturing, engineering or related environments, using computing technology.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies in manufacturing, engineering or related environments. It involves identifying the type and source of information required, and using the technology to access, input and store information. The equipment may include computers and a range of other equipment based on computing technology. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine job requirements	1.1. Nature and scope of task requirement are identified. 1.2. Information/data required to be accessed, input or stored is identified. 1.3. Source of information/data is identified.
2. Access information/data	2.1. Access procedures are followed. 2.2. Technology is navigated to find the required information/data. 2.3. Relevant software application menus, functions and commands are used to locate required information/data. 2.4. Information/data is retrieved using organisational procedures. 2.5. Information/data is checked for relevance to job requirements.
3. Input information/data	3.1. Relevant software menus, functions and commands are used to manipulate information/data. 3.2. Information/data is entered, changed, or removed as required.
4. Store information/data	4.1. Data/files are saved following standard procedures prior to exiting the application. 4.2. Data output is produced as required. 4.3. Procedures for shutting down/logging off/exiting computing technology are followed.
5. Access assistance as required	5.1. Appropriate personnel are identified and consulted as required. 5.2. Manuals, online help and other reference materials are identified and used as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: ability to enter or retrieve data using appropriate software applications reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking and clarifying task-related information using numerical operations within the scope of this unit
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: functions and capabilities of various types of computing technology used in the workplace functions of software applications hazards and control measures associated with using computing technology, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to interact with computing technology to achieve workplace outcomes.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with interacting with computing technology or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Access procedures	Logging on and security procedures, virus checks, start-up routines, application start-up
Technology	Hand held data recording devices, screen based equipment, personal computers, bar coders
Applications	Word processing spreadsheets and databases Customised engineering and manufacturing applications Material Resource Planning (MRP) Warehousing inventory applications Predictive reliability and maintenance applications Production data management applications
Data output	Report, email, chart, graph, printout, data transfer, labels

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM16013A Operate in a self-directed team

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers an individual effectively participating in a highly developed and self-directed team.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to participation in a formally established, developed or developing self-directed team. Examples are engineering production teams responsible for a product or process, maintenance teams and special-purpose project teams. Typically, team parameters, constraints and objectives would be determined by sources external to the team. The team would be responsible for all aspects of its designated function and members would have day-to-day responsibility for managing themselves and their work. Typical team tasks might include planning and scheduling activities, making production-related decisions and acting on problems. Where team parameters require adjustment as a result of team discussions or planning, then appropriate authorisation and approvals are established using standard operating procedures. Individual team participants would already be competent with technical aspects of team activities. This unit is intended to apply to participation within a formally established and recognised team. Where an individual works with others, such as within a section or department, unit MEM16007A (Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment) should be regarded as sufficient. This unit may be included in a Certificate II in Engineering - Production Technology or higher qualification. Band: This unit has dual status and is to be regarded as both a Specialisation band A unit and Specialisation band B unit for progression to C5 (AQF level V). Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM16007A	Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Identify team function and composition	1.1. Team purpose and scope are identified and understood. 1.2. Team composition, including role of self and team members, is understood. 1.3. Established parameters, rules and team norms are identified and understood.
2. Participate in team planning	2.1. Significant contribution is made to planning the team activities, based on the individual's technical skills, knowledge and competence. 2.2. Contribution is made to the allocation and performance of team tasks.
3. Function effectively as a team member	3.1. Interaction with team members is in accordance with established rules, conventions and procedures. 3.2. Tasks and responsibilities are performed effectively and in accordance with team objectives. 3.3. Real or perceived issues are resolved by effective and appropriate contributions from team member. 3.4. Significant contribution is made to team performance, based on member's own technical skills and application of established principles and practices for effective teamwork.
4. Monitor and review team performance	4.1. The team member participates effectively in the planning and development of team review process. 4.2. Relevant performance data is collected and analysed on an individual and team basis using standard enterprise procedures and methodology. 4.3. Results are used to evaluate own and team performance against established performance indicators and to assist determination of improvement requirements. 4.4. Principles/techniques for effective team development are used to identify own/team improvement strategies.
5. Implement team performance improvements	5.1. Performance improvement processes and strategies are implemented on an individual and collective basis using standard enterprise procedures. 5.2. Individual and team performance improvements are evaluated using standard enterprise procedures. 5.3. Adjustments to improvement strategies are made in accordance with team requirements and standard enterprise procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: identifying team goals and objectives participating in team planning - shared and individual allocating tasks and sequencing activities communicating and interacting effectively with team members solving problems individually and with others resolving conflict performing various team behavioural functions - task and maintenance focused making individual and joint decisions coordinating effort with others to achieve common objectives collecting team performance data reviewing performance against indicators identifying strategies to improve team performance implementing performance improvement processes reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents checking and clarifying task-related information checking for conformance to specifications
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: team objectives team targets/goals, performance indicators team member roles - task and behavioural team processes, rules and conventions scope of work for which the team is responsible methods for planning team activities team member technical skills, knowledge and competence, relevant to the tasks being planned the person(s) responsible for team planning impact of planning decisions on other teams, personnel and/or resources procedures for obtaining resources structure, formation and operation of teams characteristics of effective teams strategies for effective team development/functioning effective team communication forms of team leadership and decision-making strategies for resolving conflict techniques for team problem-solving issues that may affect team performance the sources of data relevant team performance indicators reasons for reviewing team performance methods/procedures to evaluate team performance where appropriate, source(s) of approval to change team performance parameters processes/strategies for improving team performance hazards and control measures associated with operating in a self-directed team environment, including housekeeping safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to operate within a self-directed team. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with operating within a self-directed team or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Team	A highly developed and cohesive work group in which the individuals have a common aim, and in which the jobs and skills of each member fit in with those of others Team members manage day-to-day activities within operating parameters and constraints The team is typically characterised by interdependent and complementary effort, high cohesion and culture, conjunctive tasks, effective use of team resources and a focus on continuous improvement The team may have a single leader or shared leadership
Principles and practices for effective teamwork	Relating to: goals problem solving resolving conflict team leadership team decision making team rules and norms team roles and behaviours team maintenance

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Communication

MEM18001C Use hand tools

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers using a range of hand tools for a variety of general engineering applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Applications may include hand tools used for adjusting, dismantling, assembling and finishing of items or components, and the finishing, cutting, scraping of metallic and non-metallic material to size and shape. This includes simple tapping and threading and routine maintenance of hand tools. This unit should not be selected if the hand tool is dedicated to a single operation or machine and if only a machine specific/customised tool is used. When using hand held power tools or power tools used for hand held operations, refer to Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use hand tools	1.1. Hand tools are selected appropriate to the task requirements. 1.2. Hand tools are used to produce desired outcomes to job specifications which may include finish, tension, size or shape. 1.3. All safety requirements are adhered to before, during and after use. 1.4. Unsafe or faulty tools are identified and marked for repair according to designated procedures before, during and after use. 1.5. Routine maintenance of tools, including hand sharpening is undertaken according to standard operational procedures, principles and techniques. 1.6. Hand tools are stored safely in appropriate location according to standard operational procedures and manufacturers' recommendations.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and following information on standard operating procedures following verbal instructions selecting hand tools appropriate to the task using hand tools safely identifying hand tool defects and marking for repair maintaining/sharpening hand tools using appropriate techniques storing hand tools in accordance with manufacturers'/standard operating procedures
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: applications of different hand tools in a general engineering context common faults and/or defects in hand tools procedures for marking unsafe or faulty tools for repair routine maintenance requirements for a range of hand tools storage location and procedures for a range of hand tools hazards and control measures associated with using hand tools use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use hand tools for a range of general engineering applications.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using hand tools or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Hand tools	Hacksaws, hammers, punches, screwdrivers, sockets, wrenches, scrapers, chisels, gouges, wood planes and files of all cross-sectional shapes and types
Job specifications	Finish, tension, size or shape etc.
Routine maintenance	Cleaning, lubricating, tightening, simple tool repairs, hand sharpening and adjustments using engineering principles, tools, equipment and procedures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM30017A Use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers supporting the implementation of a preventative maintenance strategy for a manufacturing enterprise.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit may apply to a range of predictive or proactive maintenance strategies within a manufacturing environment. The unit covers skills to enable participation across the most common preventative maintenance strategies and introduces the most common techniques and statistical tools. All work is undertaken under supervision. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Interpret enterprise maintenance strategy	1.1. Objectives and details of enterprise maintenance strategy are obtained in accordance with enterprise procedures. 1.2. Major techniques and tools for monitoring are confirmed in consultation with key stakeholders and supervisor.
2. Use preventative maintenance techniques and tools	2.1. Techniques and tools are selected and confirmed in consultation with key stakeholders and supervisor in accordance with enterprise requirements. 2.2. Key information and performance indicators required are identified in consultation with key stakeholders and supervisor. 2.3. Data collection is undertaken as required.
3. Interpret results	3.1. Actual information/performance indicators are compared with target levels set by supervisors and/or equipment manufacturers. 3.2. Required adjustments are developed in consultation with key stakeholders and supervisor.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: conducting root cause analysis identifying mean time between failures basic analysis of the effects of failures conducting condition monitoring analysing assessing communicating problem solving reading, interpreting and following information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents planning and sequencing operations checking for conformance to specifications checking and clarifying task-related information
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: characteristics and strengths of different types of strategies characteristics and strengths of different types of techniques and tools principles of process equipment and how to improve its reliability resources required and how to obtain them hazard and control measures associated with using basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools, including housekeeping use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both. Where assessment occurs off the job, i.e. the candidate is not in productive work, an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using basic preventative maintenance techniques and tools, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required and must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Strategies	May include total productive/preventive maintenance, reliability centred maintenance
Techniques and tools	Includes root cause analysis, mean time between failures, failure modes effects analysis, condition monitoring not involving application of trade skills

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering technician

MEM30024A Participate in quality assurance techniques

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers participating in quality improvement programs at a basic level.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to all fields of engineering. Skills are applied to working in teams and work is carried out under supervision. Band: 0 Unit Weight: 0

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM15001B	Perform basic statistical quality control

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Interpret and apply quality standards and procedures	1.1. Quality standards and procedures are interpreted and applied to individual and teamwork in accordance with standard operating procedures.
2. Monitor and report on quality	2.1. Quality of all received, in-work and finished materials and products is monitored as required in accordance with standard operating procedures. 2.2. Designated process improvement tools are used either individually or in a team to identify and solve design, development and production quality problems. 2.3. Designated analytical tools are used to evaluate principal causes of process variation in consultation with the team or other subject experts. 2.4. Further action to improve quality is recommended, where required, using standard operating procedures.
3. Assist in implementing approved improvement strategy or strategies	3.1. Key indicators and performance measures are established and agreed in consultation with the team or other subject experts. 3.2. Process, product output is measured against key indicators in consultation with the team or other subject experts. 3.3. Steps are taken to lock in improvements in accordance with standard operating procedures.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: undertaking problem solving undertaking basic arithmetic calculations interpreting known data using standard texts and references undertaking simple report writing reading and interpreting engineering specifications
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: the importance of quality the key principles of quality improvement programs the influence of variation use and application of Australian standards/ ISO 9000 etc. quality policy quality manuals quality procedures quality definitions purpose of quality audits simple sampling techniques and possible sources of sampling error and bias simple statistical tools problem solving techniques including: process flow charts, interpretation and construction of simple case cause and effect diagrams, fault trees etc. root cause analysis Pareto diagrams

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to participate in quality assurance techniques - basic. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with participating in quality assurance techniques - basic, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Quality standards and procedures	Includes quality programs such as TQC, six sigma etc., quality policy, quality manuals, ISO 9000 and associated quality standards
Process improvement tools	Includes process flow charts, cause and effect diagrams, brainstorming sessions, Pareto diagrams, check sheets, run chart, scatter diagrams etc.
Analytical tools	Can include statistical analysis, critical incident analysis, root cause analysis etc.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Engineering technician

MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to apply functions of computer-aided design (CAD) software programs that are typically used in the production of detail drawings.

Application of the Unit

This unit is suitable for those working within a CAD or drafting work environment and may be applied across engineering and manufacturing environments. It covers competent use of a CAD program to perform basic drawing tasks used in the development of detail drawings. Drawings may include plans, diagrams, charts, circuits, systems or schematics.

This unit includes using computer equipment and selecting software functions in order to generate basic drawing elements.

Work is conducted under supervision.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Confirm drawing requirements	1.1	Confirm purpose, scope, and information and presentation requirements for drawing
1.2	Review available information relevant to project and work requirements, and identify and address further information needs
1.3	Identify computing equipment and software used in the organisation
1.4	Identify work flow and procedures for work supervision
1.5	Examine requirements for presentation of drawings

2	Identify key features of CAD software	2.1	Describe types of CAD software used for detail drafting, their key features and suitability for producing specific drawing outcomes
2.2	Describe types of CAD software used for design drafting, their key features and suitability for producing specific drawing outcomes
2.3	Identify differences in CAD process to generate 2-D drawings and 3-D models, and reasons for each presentation
2.4	Identify differences in CAD process to generate single and multiple view drawings, and reasons for each presentation
2.5	Identify CAD software used in the organisation and confirm compatibility with other software programs and peripheral equipment
2.6	Identify software features for linked specifications, catalogues or materials ordering

3	Access software and set up for drawing work	3.1	Open software and navigate organisational filing and library system
3.2	Identify organisational and software templates and determine uses
3.3	Identify organisational symbols, codes and standards to be applied in drafting work and how these are accessed and applied
3.4	Apply workplace procedures to retrieve and manipulate required information and navigate computing technology
3.5	Set up working environment

4	Produce basic drawing elements	4.1	Use CAD functions to produce basic drawing elements
4.2	Use editing and transfer tools and methods to modify drawing elements
4.3	Apply dimensions, text and symbols to drawing elements
4.4	Import and export files into/out of working space
4.5	Generate different views and perspectives
4.6	Organise presentation of work

5	Complete CAD operations	5.1	Save and file drawing elements according to organisational procedures
5.2	Print drawing elements and evaluate presentation
5.3	Evaluate work and identify areas for improvement
5.4	Close applications, perform CAD housekeeping and maintain organisational filing system

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required skills
Required skills include: literacy skills sufficient to read instructions for drawings work using computer technologies and navigating software numeracy skills sufficient to interpret technical information and determine scaling and layout issues navigating software to: manipulate drawing entities modify dimension styles create and use layers manipulate the drawing origin define and utilise symbol libraries utilise grids/grid snaps and object snaps display views at multiple scales add title blocks/frame to layout a drawing for printing prepare advanced drawings in plane orthogonal or equivalent set up prototype drawings define and extract attribute data create bills of materials (BOM) utilising attribute data and third-party application software
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: general knowledge of different approaches to drawing awareness of copyright and intellectual property issues and legislation in relation to drawing environmental and occupational health and safety (OHS) issues associated with the tools and materials used for drawing quality assurance procedures CAD program capabilities and processes

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria required skills and knowledge range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use CAD software to produce graphics commonly used in drafting work.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts. Specifically the candidate must be able to: work within typical site/teamwork structures and methods apply worksite communication procedures comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements participate in work meetings comply with quality requirements use industry terminology apply appropriate safety procedures identify drawing work requirements and determine appropriate software functions and features identify features and uses of CAD software used in detail and design drafting access and use computing equipment and CAD software functions to produce drawing elements.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with drafting or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways, including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.

Range Statement

CAD software	CAD software may include: AutoCAD Inventor Revitt Solidworks ProSteel XSteel other programs
Key features	Key features may include: 2-D 3-D modelling built-in specifications file import/export save undo scale
Specific drawing outcomes	Specific drawing outcomes may include 2-D 3-D modelling drawings for specific engineering applications orthographic/isometric/perspectives/schematics
Basic drawing elements	Basic drawing elements may include: points, line angles, circles, arcs, planes, figures and solids squares, rectangles and triangles bisected lines and dividing lines polygon, ellipse, spline, dimension and hatch
Editing and transfer tools and methods	Editing and transfer tools and methods may include: delete, fillet, chamfer, erase, trim/extend, break, undo and redo commands zooming and panning moving, copying, rotating and mirroring polar and rectangular duplication object snaps dimensions selecting entities dividing scaling measuring grouping

Unit Sector(s)

Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MEM30033A Use computer-aided design (CAD) to create and display 3-D models

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers using a computer-aided design (CAD) program to produce and plot basic 3-D view drawings.

Application of the Unit

This unit applies to the production of 3-D models using CAD software and associated equipment. This will include the use of region and solid modelling techniques, section views and pre-drawn library files. Work also includes extraction of properties and application of basic rendering techniques.

All work is conducted under supervision.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Confirm drawing requirements	1.1	Confirm purpose, scope and information and presentation requirements for drawing
1.2	Identify, interpret and analyse available information relevant to project and work requirements, and identify and address further information needs
1.3	Identify computing equipment and software used in the organisation
1.4	Identify work flow and procedures for work supervision and confirm communication requirements through project
1.5	Examine requirements for presentation of drawings

2	Create and display 3-D views	2.1	Set up a 3-D environment on the screen to allow multiple viewing
2.2	Create 3-D views on the screen by manipulation of drawing planes and insertion of 3-D geometric shapes
2.3	Draw on any plane of the 3-D view
2.4	Use editing functions to modify 3-D geometric shapes in creating 3-D views
2.5	Produce wire line, surface and solid face displays in isometric, perspective and orthographic projections

3	Detail 3-D model	3.1	Extract the mass and surface area of a given solid model made from a nominated material
3.2	Apply basic rendering techniques to render solid model to a specified set of criteria

4	Save completed drawing file in various formats	4.1	Save file in an appropriate format to enable retrieval and use in a CAD system
4.2	Save file in other formats to enable retrieval in other software applications

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required skills
Required skills include: reading and interpreting engineering specifications organising information using computer and peripherals using CAD program saving 3-D modes in various file formats preparing drawings in plane orthogonal, isometric projection or equivalent
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: region modelling techniques solid modelling techniques development of sectioned models use of cutting plane use of cross hatching use of pre-drawn library files and primitives to produce a 3-D model use of third level software to produce 3-D models how to extract mass and area properties how to extract area properties from region models application of basic rendering techniques to a 3-D model

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria required skills and knowledge range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use CAD to create and display 3-D models.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts. Specifically the candidate must be able to: work within typical site/teamwork structures and methods apply worksite communication procedures comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements participate in work meetings comply with quality requirements use industry terminology apply appropriate safety procedures identify modelling work requirements and determine appropriate software functions and features apply CAD functions to produce a rendered 3-D model to Australian Standard (AS) 1100.101–1992 Technical drawing – General principles.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using CAD to create and display 3-D models or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways, including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.

Range Statement

Multiple viewing	Multiple viewing includes: top views front and side views general 3-D view
3-D geometric shapes	3-D geometric shapes may include: arcs and lines spheres cones cylinders boxes

Unit Sector(s)

Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP201A Receive or despatch goods

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the handling of materials by an operator as an adjunct to the job of making product. It applies to a limited range of materials. It is NOT intended to be an alternative warehousing competency.

This competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who receive, process despatch orders, despatch products/materials and maintain records. The key factors are correctly identifying and selecting the goods to be despatched and ensuring they are despatched to the correct location.

It includes:

checking order requests/consignment note documentation for products/materials to be despatched

identifying and selecting the correct products/materials

organising products/materials to be moved into the right place by the right time, using the appropriate handling equipment

preparing products/materials for despatch

completing and checking all documentation

updating records.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify work requirements.	1.1 Read and interpret documentation. 1.2 Identify required schedules for receipt or despatch. 1.3 Identify correct product/material. 1.4 Plan work sequence using workplace and product knowledge. 1.5 Select appropriate materials handling equipment as required. 1.6 Identify OH&S requirements.
2. Move materials into/out of storage or from production.	2.1 Check paperwork and identity of materials. 2.2 Check for completeness and/or damage. 2.3 Take action on non-conforming products/materials. 2.4 Handle and move products/materials into/out of storage safely. 2.5 Store materials safely as necessary.
3. Prepare goods for despatch.	3.1 Identify and read workplace procedures for assembling and completing orders. 3.2 Select and check goods for despatch. against product/material knowledge, labels and other identification systems. 3.3 Sort, assemble and consolidate products as necessary. 3.4 Secure order and place in storage areas, in accordance with schedule. 3.5 Check order against despatch schedule and order form.
4. Complete materials movement records.	4.1 Complete materials movement records (in or out). 4.2 Update records as required. 4.3 Complete other paperwork and records as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the materials handling processes and requirements sufficient to recognise non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines is required.

Knowledge is required of the product/material, its properties and uses sufficient for correct receipt, storage and despatching. Knowledge of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to the materials handled.

Competence includes the ability toapply and/or describe:

product/material knowledge

inventory and ordering systems

transport requirements and restrictions for products/materials

correct OHS procedures

storage/handling principles and procedures

material hazard properties and their implications for safe handling and storage

significance of material to customers; transport requirements and restrictions for materials

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify and describe own role and role of others involved directly in the processing of orders and despatching of products

use PPE, safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task

distinguish between causes of problems such as product requirements and job priority as relevant to the practical completion of the job.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required, e.g. to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability torecognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

packaging standards are met consistently

procedures and work instructions are read and interpreted correctly

potential problems are recognisedand action is taken (ie, the problem is fixed or reported)

action is taken to ensure problems are dealt with in a timely manner

problems caused by product/material issues are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a solution

items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred.

effective communication between team members, supervisors and other staff is maintained.

Competence must be demonstrated in the operation of all ancillary equipment to the level required for this competency unit.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation over time on a processing plant

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency covers the handling of a limited range of products/materials and their moving into and out of a plant/storage. It is NOT intended for people who, as a major function, operate a warehouse. The appropriate Transport and Distribution competencies should be used here.

This competency may require the operation of forklift trucks or other regulated load shifting devices which are NOT included in this competency, and so would be a co-requisite competency.

The terms order request, documentation, labels, transportation requirements 'paperwork' and 'records' mean any and all relevant information and data whether it is manual, paper based, electronic or verbal, either in person or by phone/radio.

This competency does not imply that moving materials into and from storage/plant are conducted equally, or even using similar techniques. Customers may be internal or external and the loading/unloading of products/materials may mean getting them onto/off a truck or simply from/to the next department.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

mobile plant/fork lifts

manual handling equipment

hand tools

shrink wrappers

tape machine labellers

loose bulk packing equipment.

computers, bar code readers

bag filling equipment

pallets

wrapping machines

personal protective equipment (PPE)

distribution equipment, including A-frames, stillages, containers, elevated platforms and communication equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

inappropriate movements and postures

physical and atmospheric hazards of materials

height or depth of storage receptacles

stationary and moving machinery, parts or components

noise, light, energy sources

humidity, air temperature, radiant heat

manual handling hazards.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

special storage requirements including moisture and contamination control

handling of incomplete loads (either in or out)

handling of materials which do not meet specifications

conflicting priorities

incomplete or incorrect paperwork.

product requirements

job priority

product/material variations.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

types of products or materials to be received/despatched

handling heights

types of equipment

types of workplace documentation

atmospheric conditions.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSFAH4001 Advise on security technology, hardware and services

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers the application of architectural hardware product and service knowledge to provide advice to customers/clients and other sales staff with regard to design, technical features and uses of architectural hardware products,ancillary products, prices and warranties. It applies to architectural hardware specifiers who provide advice to clients on product selection, price, services and warranties in regards to architectural hardware. Clients include those requiring architectural hardware schedules and products for construction and renovation projects.

This unit requires the ability to source relevant information, determine client requirements and use appropriate techniques to accurately identify architectural hardware requirements to meet client needs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Architectural hardware

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Research architectural hardware product range	1.1	Job requirements are correctly identified according to relevant product information
1.2	Suitable architectural hardware products are identified by accessing relevant sources of information
1.3	Hardware components are identified to suit client specifications and applicable legislation, codes and national standards
1.4	Available product options and features are evaluated for suitability and value
1.5	Operation of architectural hardware products and equipment is safely and accurately demonstrated according to organisational requirements
1.6	Knowledge of measurement systems used in architectural hardware product range is demonstrated
2	Recommend door and window hardware products	2.1	Customer/client needs are accurately identified
2.2	Detailed manufacturer product specifications are provided, when applicable, and explained to customer/client to assist buying decisions according to legislative requirements
2.3	Features and benefits of products are demonstrated to customer/client using appropriate interpersonal techniques
3	Identify hardware quantities	3.1	Quantities of architectural hardware products required are accurately determined from customer/client specifications
3.2	Measuring tools are accurately used to determine imperial or metric measures relevant to job requirements
3.3	Customer/client is provided with accurate quotation for quantities estimated
4	Advise on hardware product warranties	4.1	Comparisons between architectural hardware manufacturer’s warranty terms are clearly explained to customer
4.2	Individual product warranty terms and conditions are confirmed from relevant sources of information, including Regulation 90, and accurately conveyed to customer/client
4.3	Customer/client is provided with written information regarding individual product warranty terms and conditions, especially extended or promotional warranties, according to organisational requirements
5	Negotiate price and payment options	5.1	Store recommended retail pricing for various brand options is accurately conveyed to customer/client according applicable legislation, codes and national standards
5.2	Individual product prices are negotiated, where necessary, according to organisational requirements to achieve sales
5.3	Store payment options are accurately conveyed to customer/client and a preferred option negotiated following organisational requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Job requirements include:	instructions from supervisor/management work schedules and completion dates specific client requirements site requirements security clearance and access requirements reporting and documentation requirements budget allocations National Construction Code (NCC) AS 1428 (Set)-2010 Design for access and mobility Set AS 1905.1-2005 Components for the protection of openings in fire-resistant walls – Fire-resistant door sets AS 4145.2-2008 Locksets and hardware for doors and windows – Mechanical locksets for doors and windows in buildings AS 1670.1-2004 Fire detection, warning, control and intercom systems – System design, installation and commissioning – Fire AS 1530.1-1994 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures – Combustibility test for materials
Information includes:	value or importance of assets insurance policy agreements special rooms or areas requiring higher level of protection current/proposed operating environments assets and systems activities and functions existing security systems/equipment existing management strategies business and operational plans incident history
Architectural hardware includes:	hinges pivots door track locks handles door furniture door closers exit devices sequence selectors cylinders keying and master keying bolts door stops door seals kick plates door protection sundry hardware sanitary hardware automatic operators access control devices
Relevant sources of information include:	product catalogues reference manuals technical specifications product instructions drawings and illustrations technical sales staff
Applicable legislation, codes and national standards include:	relevant Commonwealth and state/territory legislation work health and safety (WHS) and environmental issues equal employment opportunity (EEO) industrial relations anti-discrimination and diversity licensing arrangements Australian standards quality assurance and certification requirements relevant industry codes of practice trade practices award and enterprise agreements privacy related legislation
Organisational requirements include:	legal and organisational operational policies and procedures operations manuals induction and training materials insurance policy agreements client and organisational confidentiality requirements organisational goals/objectives/plans/systems/processes employer and employee rights and responsibilities own role, responsibility and delegation quality and continuous improvement processes and standards client service standards defined resource parameters WHS policies/procedures/programs emergency and evacuation procedures duty of care, code of conduct, code of ethics, access and equity policy, principles and practice records and information systems and processes communication channels reporting procedures
Customers or clients include:	owner property/other agent tenant building supervisor manager project manager government and legal instruments/agencies
Interpersonal techniques include:	verbal or non-verbal language two-way interaction constructive feedback active listening questioning to clarify and confirm understanding interpreting non-verbal and verbal messages observation techniques use of positive, confident and cooperative language control of tone of voice and body language use of language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use of clear presentations of options and consequences demonstrating flexibility and willingness to compromise
Measuring tools include:	tape measures callipers vernier steel rule

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFAH4001A Recommend security technology, hardware and services

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFAH4001 Advise on security technology, hardware and services

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Match architectural hardware products to a client brief or specification identifying suitable architectural hardware brands, prices and warranty conditions

Ensure selected architectural hardware products comply with relevant legislation, codes and standards

Explain and demonstrate architectural hardware products to clients

Undertake imperial and metric measurements of job requirements and matching to architectural hardware measuring systems

Estimate quantities of required architectural hardware products

Supply accurate quotes for architectural hardware products and services and negotiate prices

Arrange service and repairs

Read and interpret plans, designs and specifications

Apply basic numeracy techniques

Apply safe and efficient work practices

Relate to people from different social and cultural backgrounds

Deal with customers/clients that may be difficult or abusive

Deal with customers/clients that have special needs

Enter data using basic keyboarding skills

Knowledge Evidence

Organisational policies and procedures, in relation to:

sales/customer services

methods of dealing with special needs/requests of customers

customer complaints

price negotiation

Available architectural hardware/keying system options and basic requirements for installation

Types and functions of architectural hardware/keying system

Building construction methods and types

Organisational and client confidentiality requirements

Basic problem-solving strategies

Operational principles of information technology

Principles of effective communication

Documentation requirements and processes

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to tools, equipment, materials and documentation, relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials, safety procedures, regulations and all necessary facilities.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFAH4002 Prepare architectural door hardware schedules

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers examining and assessing door hardware and keying requirements across commercial, industrial and residential applications. It requires the ability to source relevant information, determine client requirements and use appropriate assessment methods to ensure an accurate determination of architectural hardware equipment/system options to meet client needs. The unit also includes compiling equipment and system requirements keying into schedules for clients.

Where estimates and quotes specifically for security systems are required, CPPSEC3047A Provide estimate and quote on security system should also be selected.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Architectural hardware

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Obtain brief from clients	1.1	Job requirements are reviewed and clarified with appropriate persons in accordance with organisational requirements
1.2	Discussions with customer/client are conducted to establish and clarify scope of work
1.3	Effective interpersonal techniques are applied when interacting with clients
1.4	Specific site requirements are identified and details are correctly documented
1.5	Architectural hardware requirements are discussed and applicable legislation, codes and national standards are clarified and agreed upon
1.6	Brief documents and architectural plans are arranged in accordance with organisational requirements or company policies
2	Gather, interpret and review information for preparation of hardware schedules	2.1	Site restrictions, regulations and requirements are identified and complied with in accordance with applicable legislation, codes and national standards, and organisational requirements
2.2	Information is gathered from identified sources and is relevant to assignment requirements in accordance with applicable legislation, codes and national standards, client and organisational requirements
2.3	An assessment is carried out to identify door and frame types and locations to facilitate the accurate determination of architectural hardware requirements
2.4	Clients activities and existing architectural hardware arrangements are reviewed to ensure uniformity throughout project
2.5	Inconsistency and environmental factors affecting the architectural hardware of the site are identified and assessed in accordance with organisational policies and procedures
3	Produce architectural door hardware schedules	3.1	Information is recorded and documented in accordance with computer program and/or organisational template requirements
3.2	Architectural hardware is integrated to reflect building security and electronic requirements
3.3	An architectural hardware schedule is prepared in accordance with industry and organisational standards of style, format and accuracy
3.4	Recommendations for architectural hardware and alternative options are made in accordance with organisational requirements
3.5	Documentation is processed in accordance with applicable legislation, codes and national standards, assignment and organisational requirements
3.6	A comprehensive assessment of client architectural hardware requirements is completed within designated timeframes and presented for review to appropriate person
4	Prepare and review keying schedules	4.1	Principles of master keying are applied in accordance with industry practice and organisational requirements
4.2	Keying matrix is developed to client requirements, allowing for future system expansion and mechanical capabilities of system
4.3	Client keying requirements are confirmed and clarified according to organisational procedures
4.4	Appropriate levels of security/access are reviewed with respect to clients assets, activities and existing security arrangements
4.5	Information is recorded and documented in accordance with computer program and/or organisational template requirements
4.6	Client requirements are matched to the mechanical possibilities and limitations of master key systems
4.7	Options are identified and client is advised on options and alternatives
4.8	Sources of assistance in assessing requirements for key systems and master key systems are identified and assistance is sought from appropriate person in accordance with organisational procedures
5	Finalise documentation for submission to client	5.1	Final architectural hardware and/or keying requirements are reviewed and confirmed with client in accordance with organisational requirements
5.2	Documentation is accurately prepared and processed and stored in accordance with client, legislative and organisational requirements
5.3	Architectural hardware and keying schedules and other documentation are prepared according to organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Job requirements include:	instructions from supervisor/management work schedules and completion dates specific client requirements site requirements security clearance and access requirements reporting and documentation requirements budget allocations National Construction Code and Australian Standards
Appropriate people include:	client site managers project managers engineers and technicians technical experts line managers/supervisors colleagues regulatory personnel security consultants locksmiths architects and interior designers
Organisational requirements include:	legal and organisational operational policies and procedures operations manuals induction and training materials insurance policy agreements client and organisational confidentiality requirements organisational goals/objectives/plans/systems/processes employer and employee rights and responsibilities own role, responsibility and delegation quality and continuous improvement processes and standards client service standards defined resource parameters work health and safety (WHS) policies/procedures/programs emergency and evacuation procedures duty of care, code of conduct, code of ethics, access and equity policy, principles and practice records and information systems and processes communication channels reporting procedures
Customers/clients include:	owner property/other agent tenant building supervisor manager project manager architects interior designers government and legal instruments/agencies
Scope of work includes:	personal protection access requirements property or assets conformance with insurance legislative or other requirements
Interpersonal techniques include:	verbal or non-verbal language two-way interaction constructive feedback active listening questioning to clarify and confirm understanding interpreting non-verbal and verbal messages observation techniques use of positive, confident and cooperative language control of tone of voice and body language use of language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences use of clear presentations of options and consequences demonstrating flexibility and willingness to compromise
Specific site requirements include:	access and egress points time of access access codes keys passes security clearances union requirements WHS requirements building codes and regulations heritage listings noise control
Architectural hardware includes:	hinges pivots door track locks handles door furniture door closers exit devices sequence selectors cylinders keying and master keying bolts door stops door seals kick plates door protection sundry hardware sanitary hardware automatic operators access control devices disabled access hardware
Applicable legislation, codes and national standards include:	relevant commonwealth and state/territory legislation WHS environmental issues equal employment opportunity (EEO) industrial relations anti-discrimination and diversity licensing arrangements Australian Standards quality assurance and certification requirements relevant industry codes of practice trade practices award and enterprise agreements privacy related legislation
Information includes:	value or importance of assets insurance policy agreements special rooms or areas requiring higher level of protection current/proposed operating environments assets and systems activities and functions existing security systems/equipment existing management strategies business and operational plans incident history
Assessment involves:	discussions with client visual inspections review of client floor plans and supporting documentation questioning policy/insurance companies/other bodies
Site assessment includes:	type and condition of building structures identification of risk areas/weak points site restrictions, regulations and requirements access and egress patterns floor plan existing security equipment/systems
Door types include:	solid core doors hollow core doors fire rated doors acoustic doors glazed doors sliding doors folding doors frameless doors glass doors automatic doors blast doors ballistic doors security screens other door types
Frame types include:	steel frames aluminium frames timber frames frameless doors cavity frames sliding frames other frames
Environmental factors include:	physical environment (e.g. climate proximity to salt water, pools, chemical and dusty environments)
Computer programs include:	general and propriety software programs
Organisational templates include:	enterprise specific schedules documents or proformas used to document or record schedules or information
Documentation includes:	checklists reports floor plans client briefs specifications schedules site survey
Key systems include:	key to differ (KD) key to alike (KA) master keyed (MK) grand master key (GMK) great grand master key (GGMK)
Master key systems include:	cylinders operated by more than one key, including: restricted, semi-restricted and non-restricted system numbers manufacturer restricted factory restricted locksmith restricted/managed association restricted

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFAH4002A Prepare architectural door hardware schedules

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFAH4002 Prepare architectural door hardware schedules

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Identify site requirements through inspection, discussion with clients and identification of relevant legislation, codes and standards

Accurately identify door and frame locations, existing architectural hardware, current or future client use patterns and environmental considerations

Match architectural hardware products and systems to a client brief or specification and make recommendations, including alternative options

Preparation of keying schedules that match to security, access, and current and future use requirements of client and identifying architectural hardware needs

Observe and assess technical hardware and keying requirements

Read and interpret plans, designs and specifications

Apply basic numeracy techniques

Apply safe and efficient work practices

Communicate in a clear and concise manner

Relate to people from different social and cultural backgrounds

Prepare schedules and other required documentation

Plan and sequence work tasks

Enter data using basic keyboarding skills

Knowledge Evidence

Risk assessment methods and procedures

Available architectural hardware/keying system options and basic requirements for installation

Types and functions of architectural hardware/keying system

Building construction methods and types

Organisational and client confidentiality requirements

Basic problem-solving strategies

Operational principles of information technology

Principles of effective communication

Documentation requirements and processes

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA1001 Construct a basic roll-up blind

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing a basic roll-up blind ready for installation.

Applications may include a variety of employment-related skills, including preparatory access and participation skills, broad-based induction skills and/or specific workplace skills. They may also include participation in a team or work group.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2	Work orders are checked and confirmed with appropriate personnel
1.3	Tools and equipment suitable for construction are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.4	Materials are selected and checked
1.5	Hardware is selected according to work instructions
2	Complete construction	2.1	Allowances for hardware, joins and hems are calculated and recorded
2.2	Material is laid out laid out flat and square on a cutting table large enough to take full width of material and marked using chalk, markers or pencil according to work instructions
2.3	Fabric is cut according to work order
2.4	Bottom and side hems are finished
2.5	Spline is selected, cut and attached to top of blind
2.6	Roller is cut to length and attached to spline
2.7	Control mechanism and pin end are attached
2.8	Lath and pull ring are attached
2.9	Child safety mechanisms are selected and attached
3	Apply quality checks	3.1	Finished blind is checked against work order and tested within limits of normal operation for correct operation
3.2	Parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Completed work is cleaned, packaged and stored
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored and any faulty tools and equipment are reported to supervisor
4.3	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of according to workplace practices

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state/territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Personal protection needs include:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing and head wear respiratory protection
Work orders include:	quotations for work, job cards and customer orders specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Appropriate personnel include:	assessor trainer supervisor manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Tools and equipment include:	cutting bench shears knives cut off saws sewing machines needles staple gun double sided tape dispenser file mallet and hammer
Materials include:	polyester blend metalised PVC coated fibreglass twill weave flock coated
Hardware includes:	roller lath control mechanism pin end pull ring cassette head boxes side guides side channels motors and chains (plastic and stainless steel)
Work instructions include:	instructions for constructing a basic roll-up blind
Child safety mechanisms include:	those required by legislation or codes of practice
Waste includes:	textiles, metal and timber waste removal should be in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA1001A Construct a basic roll up blind

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA1001 Construct a basic roll-up blind

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing a basic roll-up blind

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace practices

Communicate with workplace supervisor to:

confirm work orders and instructions

report work outcomes

Report process for materials faults, damaged products or equipment

Cut fabrics accurately according to work orders

Construct at least one (1) basic roll-up blind

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate production problems, avoid re-working and wastage

Adapt to new situations

Collect and organise information

Plan tasks and identify task outcomes

Use tools and equipment

Set up and start equipment

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of roll-up blind materials

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Workflow in relation to constructing a basic roll-up blind

State/territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to constructing a basic roll-up blind

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Terms used to describe components of a roll-up blind

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to constructing a basic roll-up blind, and documentation on workplace practices, including standard operating procedures for constructing a basic roll-up blind.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2001 Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using hand and power tools in applications relating to the blinds and awnings, and security screens and grilles sectors of the furnishing industry. It applies in workplaces and on-site environments and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings, security screens and grilles

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify hand and power tools	1.1	Types of hand and power tools and their functions are identified
1.2	Sources of power supply are recognised
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS), legislative requirements and workplace practices for using hand and power tools are recognised and adhered to
2	Select hand tools	2.1	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used
2.2	Hand tools are selected consistent with the needs of the task
2.3	Tools are checked for safe operation and any faults are corrected or tagged and reported to appropriate personnel
2.4	Equipment is selected to hold or support material for hand tool operation
3	Use hand tools	3.1	Material is located and held in position for hand tool operation
3.2	Hand tools are held correctly for safe operation
3.3	Hand tools are used according to manufacturer instructions and safe work practices
3.4	Hand tools are safely located when not in immediate use
4	Select power tools	4.1	Power tools are selected consistent with the needs of the task
4.2	Power tools are checked for serviceability and safe operation in accordance with WHS requirements
4.3	Power tool faults are corrected or tagged and reported to appropriate personnel
4.4	Equipment is selected to hold or support materials for power tool operation
5	Use power tools	5.1	Material is held in position for power tool operation
5.2	Power tools are set up for use according to manufacturer instructions and safe working practices
5.3	Power tools are held correctly for safe and efficient use
5.4	Power tools are used according to manufacturer instructions and safe work practices
5.5	Power tools are safely located when not in immediate use
6	Clean up work area and tools	6.1	Hand and power tools are cleaned after use
6.2	Operator maintenance is carried out following completion of task.
6.3	Hand and power tools are stored following completion of task
6.4	Equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored
6.5	Work area is cleared and waste removed
6.6	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Hand tools include:	calculators pop rivet gun screwdrivers combination saw panel saws hack saws socket set hand grinder hammers files tin snips spanners level square measuring tape hex keys caulking gun markers tensioning devices G clamps string lines scissors eyelet punches laser level stud finder pipe bender knives sheers measuring device straight edge rollers metal press tap and die sets
Power tools include:	bench grinders hammer drills cordless screwdriver/drill air drills jig saws drop saw docking saw circular saw press-stud machine hot knives staple gun hollow wall anchor gun planer
Power supply includes:	battery, mains, electricity and pneumatic
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures use of personal protective equipment firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy WHS the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions and specifications
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing and head wear respiratory protection
Appropriate personnel include:	trainer assessor supervisor team leader maintenance officer manager or any person responsible for the activities in the workplace/worksite
Equipment includes:	clamps, jigs, braces and ladders
Material includes:	textiles (canvas, acrylic, PVC, clear PVC, mesh and binding) metals (aluminium and steel) timber steel or aluminium material in extruded or sheet form synthetic, aluminium or steel screen material
Safe operation includes:	safe work practices followed in accordance with industry and enterprise specific policies and procedures
Waste includes:	textiles, metals, timber, metal off-cuts and shavings waste removal should be in accordance with enterprise policies and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders and reports, such as machining method, product type, size, inspection, grading and labelling outcomes, storage locations, quality outcomes, hazards, and incidents or equipment malfunctions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA2001A Use blinds and awnings sector hand and power tools

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2001 Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Communicate with workplace/worksite supervisor to:

confirm work orders and instructions

identify problems

Apply safe handling practices for equipment, products and materials and minimise the risk of injury to self and others

Prevent damage to goods, tools, equipment or products and maintain required production output and product quality

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for use of hand and power tools

Identify, select and safely use hand and power tools for manufacturing and fitting blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles in the workplace/worksite

Report outcomes of hand and power tool use and maintenance problems

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate problems, avoid re-working and wastage

Participate in establishing new ideas and work specifications for selecting and using hand and power tools

Plan and organise own work, including the preparation and layout of the work area, and obtaining equipment and materials to avoid back tracking

Knowledge Evidence

State/territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to hand and power tool use

Workplace and worksite, requirements, policies and procedures for hand and power tool use

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and workplace/worksite protocols

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Procedures for the reporting, recording and maintenance of workplace records and information

Procedures for reporting and recording faulty hand and power tools

Characteristics of steel and/or aluminium, steel and/or aluminium products and defects

Industry standard cross-sections and lengths

Relevant storage systems and labelling

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location, and standard operating procedures for using blinds, awnings security screens and grilles hand and power tools relevant to manufacturing or fitting blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2002 Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings sector static machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers set up, operation and maintenance of static machines used for the production of blinds and awnings. It applies in a workplace environment and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements, workplace practices and personal protection needs are identified and observed throughout the work
1.2	Work orders are checked and confirmed
1.3	Machines, cutting tools and templates are identified, selected and checked for safe operation
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Procedures are determined for minimising waste and maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	3.1	Pre-start up checks are carried out on equipment following workplace practices
3.2	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, safe handling procedures and workplace practices
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, tooling requirements and to manufacturer specifications
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace practices
3.7	Machining process and equipment faults are recorded and reported to the appropriate personnel
4	Conduct operator maintenance	4.1	Equipment lock out procedures are followed in accordance with WHS legislation and workplace practices
4.2	Cutting tools are checked for blunt or damaged condition following workplace practices
4.3	Cutting tools are removed and replaced in accordance with manufacturer specifications
4.4	Machining area is kept clear of dust, off-cuts and debris in accordance with WHS requirements
5	Clean up work area and maintain equipment	5.1	Material that can be re-used is collected and stored
5.2	Waste and scrap are removed following workplace practices
5.3	Equipment and work area are cleaned, maintained and stored following workplace practices
5.4	Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices
5.5	Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported to appropriate personnel
5.6	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Personal protection needs include:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing respiratory protection
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer care cards worksheets
Material includes:	textiles metal timber
Machines include:	roller guillotines lath cutter Venetian punches special crimping pliers drill press docking saw sewing machines (plain foot zig zag machine, walker foot zig zag machine, chain stitch machine, tape binding machines, overlocker) computerised fabric cutters (aeronaught/pizza wheel, laser cutters, ultra sonic cutter) RF welder pelmet blender press stud machine fabric slitters computerised Venetian machines (multi-stage punching, single-stage punching) fabric carousel vertical blind cutters (manual, hydraulic, air and computerised) eyelet machine tube bender
Templates include:	folding creases, scallops and trims
Waste includes:	textiles metals timber
Energy efficiency includes:	using on/off/standby as required ensuring machine is turned off at completion of work or shift
Safety equipment includes:	emergency stops cut out switches machine guards
Manufacturer instructions include:	written instruction booklets, instructions on the equipment or instructions for correct use
Trial runs include:	dry runs of machine test runs on materials to check settings
Machine operation includes:	settings, programming and following manufacturer specifications for safe operation
Pre-start up checks include:	ensuring the equipment has been set-up correctly cutting tools are installed accurately machinery is operating to optimum performance
Output includes:	the speed or rate at which material is machined
Recorded and reported includes:	the machining method product type, size, inspection, grading and labelling outcomes storage locations quality outcomes hazards, incidents or equipment malfunctions
Appropriate personnel include:	assessors trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers and any other person responsible for work activities
Operator maintenance includes:	ensuring machinery is in safe working order and to prevent unscheduled machinery downtime
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA2002A Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings sector static machines

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2002 Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings sector static machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Accurately interpret work orders and job specifications to prepare for setting up and operating static machines

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, machines, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Communicate with site supervisor to:

confirm work orders and instructions

identify problems

Identify materials used in static machines

Select and set up static machines following manufacturer instructions and workplace practices

Operate static machines following manufacturer specifications and safe work practices, including the use of safety equipment and personal protective equipment

Maintain static machines following manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Report outcomes of setting up, operating and maintaining static machines

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate production problems, avoid re-working and wastage

Identify problems and equipment faults and demonstrate appropriate response procedures

Participate in establishing new ideas and work specifications for setting up, operating and maintaining static machines

Plan and organise own work, including the preparation and layout of the work area, and obtaining equipment and materials to avoid backtracking

Accurately plan and organise work activities

Efficiently manage own responsibilities and timelines for completion of work

Use workplace technology related to the production task, including specified tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for using static machines

Organisational and workplace requirements, policies and procedures for using static machines

Interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of machines and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Set up and operation of static machines

Characteristics of materials processed using static machines

Cutting patterns and sequences

Identification of cutting tool condition and fault reporting

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

The range, characteristics, uses and limitations of blinds and awnings sector static machines

General workplace quality standards and procedures

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to setting up, operating and maintaining static machines; specifications and standard operating procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2003 Select and apply blinds and awnings hardware and fixings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting hardware and other fixings in the manufacture and installation of blinds and awnings. It applies in workplace and on-site environments and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are identified and followed
1.2	Personal protective equipment is used correctly throughout the work
1.3	Types of hardware and fixings are identified and selected for the work
1.4	Tools and equipment for application are identified and checked for safe operation
2	Apply and/or fit and finish	2.1	Hardware items are laid out ready for application
2.2	Hardware and fixings are applied as required according to work instructions and workplace practices
2.3	Work is checked against required quality standards
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned and waste removed
3.2	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace practices
3.3	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace practices
3.4	Hand and power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace practices
3.5	Machinery is cleaned and left in safe mode
3.6	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported to appropriate personnel
3.7	Workplace documentation in completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing respiratory protection
Hardware includes:	screws nails pop rivets plugs tek screws loxons dynabolts split pins nuts and bolts cord locks wands head rails head boxes
Fixings include:	chemical anchors hollow wall anchors spring brackets mongo plugs masking tape silicone spray and silastic
Tools and equipment include:	pop rivet guns screwdriver (hand, power and cordless) hammer drills (hand, powered and cordless) hollow wall anchor gun caulking gun
Work instructions include:	instructions for the application of hardware components
Quality standards include:	standards set at workplace level
Waste includes:	textiles metals timber masonry plaster plastic and paper packaging broken hardware and fixings tape rolls spray cans
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMF2004A Select and apply blinds and awnings hardware and fittings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2003 Select and apply blinds and awnings hardware and fixings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders, locate materials and use information to select and apply hardware and fixings

Communicate with site supervisor to:

confirm work orders and instructions

identify problems

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in applying hardware and fixings

Select, set up and maintain tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace practices

Communicate and work with others in the work area

Report process for materials faults, damaged products or equipment

Identify, select and apply hardware and fixings to at least four (4) different styles of blinds and awnings

Work with others and in a team to select and apply hardware and fixings

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate production problems, avoid reworking and wastage

Participate in establishing new ideas and work specifications for selecting and applying hardware and fixings

Plan and organise activities, including the preparations and layout of the worksite, and the obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid backtracking

Follow workplace induction principles

Accurately plan and organise own work activities

Use workplace technology related to selecting and applying hardware and fixings including specified tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for selecting and applying hardware and fixings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying hardware and fixings

Workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to apply hardware and fixings and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of hardware and fixings and their use

Set up and operation of tools and equipment used for applying hardware and fixings

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required a location for the application of hardware and fixings for blinds and awnings construction and installation and standard operating procedures for selecting and applying hardware and fixings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2004 Construct roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings for interior and exterior applications. It applies in a workplace environment and may be conducted in a small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish work requirements and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements, and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used correctly
1.3	Work orders are checked and confirmed
1.4	Material and hardware are selected and checked against work orders
1.5	Material is checked for flaws
2	Join, lay out, mark and cut fabrics	2.2	Allowances are calculated and recorded
2.3	Materials are joined to make required width
2.4	Cutting equipment is checked for safe operation
2.5	Materials are cut making allowances for hardware
2.6	Material is laid out flat and square and marked according to workplace practices
2.7	Decorative edges, gimps and fringes are selected, measured and cut according to work order
2.8	Measurements are checked against work order
3	Construct product	3.1	Material edges are hemmed making allowances for hardware
3.2	Decorative edging, gimps and fringes are attached to bottom edge
3.3	Hardware is prepared according to work order
3.4	Hardware is fitted to skin
3.5	Product is constructed according to work instructions
3.6	Child safety mechanisms are selected and attached
4	Apply quality checks	4.1	Completed product is checked ensuring finished product matches work order
4.2	Finished product is tested within limits of normal operation for correct operation
4.3	Parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or reworked
5	Complete work	5.1	Finished work is cleaned, protected and stored following workplace practices
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
5.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
5.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed in accordance with enterprise policies and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
5.5	Workplace documentation or reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions and specifications
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing respiratory protection
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders worksheets
Material includes:	canvas acrylic PVC clear PVC mesh binding woven fibreglass PVC
Hardware includes:	rollers battens running assemblies spring rope edge rivets tek screws screws guide rails head boxes
Tools and equipment include:	drill and bits hack saw aluminium bench saw tape measure pop rivet gun tek gun screwdriver (power, cordless and hand) cutting bench shears knives cut off saws sewing machines needles staple gun double sided tape dispenser file mallet and hammer
Manufacturer instructions include:	written instruction booklets, instructions on the tools and equipment, or instructions for correct use
Joined includes:	sewing or welding processes
Allowances include:	measurements of textiles to be adjusted to allow for selected hardware, joins and hems
Marking includes:	using suitable medium, such as chalk, pen and pencil
Hemmed includes:	using sewing or welding processes and making allowances for hardware
Work instructions include:	instructions for the construction of roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings
Child safety mechanisms include:	those required by legislation or code of practice
Appropriate personnel include:	assessor trainer supervisor team leader maintenance officer manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Waste includes:	textiles metal timber
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA2005A Construct roll up and pull down style blinds and awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2004 Construct roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

Minimise the risk of injury to self or others

Prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Report process for materials faults, damaged products or equipment

Cut textiles accurately according to work orders

Construct a minimum of two (2) roll-up and two (2) pull-down style blinds or awnings. Task is to include identifying and selecting hardware; measuring and joining materials; fitting hardware; and cleaning, packaging and storing completed products

Communicate with site supervisor and others to:

confirm work orders and instructions

identify problems

Report outcomes of constructing textile roll-up and pull-down style awnings

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate production problems, avoid re-working and wastage

Participate in establishing new ideas and work specifications for constructing roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings

Plan and organise own work, including preparation and layout of work area and obtaining equipment and materials to avoid backtracking

Accurately plan and organise own work activities

Adapt to new skill requirements

Use workplace technology related to constructing roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings, including specified tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings

Interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established line of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to construct roll-up or pull-down style blinds and awnings and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of textiles and hardware used in the construction of roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings

Set up and operation of sewing and welding equipment

Computer programs

Cutting patterns and sequences

Cutting tool condition, including sharpness, straightness and suitability for task

Industry standard textile roll widths

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement of materials and hardware

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a relevant location to construct roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings, and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures for constructing roll-up and pull-down style blinds and awnings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2005 Construct vertical-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing vertical-style blinds. It applies to a workplace environment and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish work requirements and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used correctly
1.3	Work orders are checked and confirmed
1.4	Material is selected from stock and checked against work order
1.5	Tools and equipment are selected and checked for safe operation
1.6	Hardware is selected and checked against work order
2	Lay out, mark and cut materials	2.1	Correct side of materials and pattern direction are identified
2.2	Allowances for hardware, joins and hems are calculated and recorded
2.3	Material is laid out flat and square on a cutting table large enough to take full width of material and marked using chalk, markers or pencil
2.4	Cutting equipment is checked for safe operation
2.5	Material is cut following workplace practices
3	Construct blind	3.1	Headline and spline shaft is identified, selected and cut to manufacturer specifications
3.2	Hardware is selected for headrail and assembled to manufacturer specifications
3.3	Slats are finished according to workplace practices
3.4	Finishing hardware is attached according to work instructions
3.5	Child safety mechanisms required by legislation or code of practice are selected and attached
4	Apply quality checks	4.1	Finished blinds are checked ensuring finish and final length of blinds match work order
4.2	Finished blind is tested within limits of normal operation for correct operation
4.3	Parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
5	Complete work	5.1	Completed work is cleaned, protected and stored
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
5.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
5.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
5.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing respiratory protection
Work orders include:	customer order forms job cards quotations for work worksheets
Material includes:	polyester blend fabrics timber cord
Tools and equipment include:	spacing machine cut off saw link spacing tool pliers scissors vane cutter
Hardware includes:	chain spline shaft motor head rail
Manufacturer specifications include:	written or verbal specifications
Finished includes:	sewing welding gluing
Work instructions include:	instructions for the variations in construction of vertical-style blinds
Finishing hardware includes:	hangers weights chains
Appropriate personnel include:	assessors trainers supervisor team leader maintenance officer manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Waste includes:	textiles metal timber hardware
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA2006A Construct vertical style blinds

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2005 Construct vertical-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing vertical-style blinds

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing vertical-style blinds

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Follow operating procedures to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Maintain equipment to ensure production output and product quality

Communicate effectively and work safely with others in the work area

Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment

Report process or materials faults, damaged products or equipment

Cut fabrics accurately according to work orders

Construct a minimum of two (2) vertical-style blinds using two (2) different tracking systems. The task is to include selecting components, making headbox, cutting and sewing/welding/gluing fabric and assembly

Communicate with site supervisor to:

confirm work orders and instructions

identify problems

Report outcomes of cutting fabric and constructing and finishing vertical-style blinds

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate production problems, avoid re-working and wastage

Participate in establishing new ideas and work specifications for constructing vertical-style blinds

Plan and organise activities, including the preparations and layout of the worksite, and the obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid backtracking

Use workplace technology related to constructing vertical-style blinds, including specified tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing vertical-style blinds

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing vertical-style blinds

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to construct vertical-style blinds and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Terms used to describe components of a vertical-style blind

Characteristics of materials used in the construction of vertical-style blinds

Set-up and operation of basic static machines

Computer programs for blinds and awnings manufacture

Cutting patterns and sequences

Cutting tool condition including sharpness, straightness and suitability for task

Industry standard fabric widths

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to constructing vertical-style blinds, and standard operating procedures for constructing vertical-style blinds.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2006 Construct textiles for canopy-style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing the textile components of canopy-style awnings. It applies in a workplace environment and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used correctly
1.3	Work order is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.4	Frame, which will vary according to customer requirements for Dutch hoods (with end style variations), Florentines or cupola is measured and quantities of materials calculated
1.5	Textiles are selected and checked for flaws according to workplace practices
1.6	Tools and equipment are selected and used according to workplace practices and manufacturer instructions
2	Lay out, mark and cut textiles	2.1	Correct side of textile, naps, direction of patterns and pattern matches are identified
2.2	Textiles are laid over frame and measured and marked to fit frame leaving joining allowances
2.3	Panels and scallops, whose number and shape will vary according to size and shape of canopy frame, are marked and cut
2.4	Textiles are cut
2.5	Measurements are checked against work order
3	Join textiles	3.1	Textiles are joined according to workplace practices
3.2	Textiles are laid over frame and perimeter pockets marked
3.3	Pockets are sewn
3.4	Scallop edging is attached
4	Construct awning	4.1	Method of fixing skin to frame is determined
4.2	Textile skin is constructed according to work instructions
4.3	Skin is attached to frame according to work instructions
4.4	Aluminium framed canopy-style awning frame is braced
5	Apply quality checks	5.1	Completed awnings are checked ensuring finish and final size match work requirements
5.2	Parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
5.3	Frame is checked for damage and repairs made if necessary according to workplace practices
6	Complete work	6.1	Finished work is cleaned, protected and stored following workplace practices
6.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
6.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
6.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
6.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing respiratory protection
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders worksheets specifications, including design, size and colour
Appropriate personnel include:	supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers or any person responsible for the work activity
Materials include:	canvas acrylic PVC clear mesh hoop iron pop rivets rope edge cara groove track
Tools and equipment include:	tape measure scissors sewing machine welding equipment marking pens pop rivet guns
Manufacturer instructions include:	written instruction booklets, instructions on the tools and equipment, or instructions for correct usage
Laid over includes:	ensuring fabric is square and pulled tight over frame
Joining allowances include:	12 mm or as specified by the textile manufacturer
Joined includes:	sewing or welding
Joining methods include:	screws hoop iron and pop rivets rope edge cara groove track
Work instructions include:	instructions for the construction of textiles for canopy-style awnings
Waste includes:	textiles, metal and timber
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA2007A Construct textiles for canopy style awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2006 Construct textiles for canopy-style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete construct textiles for canopy-style awnings

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing canopy-style awnings

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Report process for materials faults, damaged products or equipment

Construct a minimum of three (3) different textile canopy-style awnings. Task is to include measuring, cutting, joining and fixing the skin to the frame with a tight drum-like finish

Communicate with site supervisor to:

confirm work orders and instructions

identify problems

Report outcomes of constructing textiles for canopy-style awnings

Work with others and in a team to construct textiles for canopy-style awnings

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate production problems, avoid re-working and wastage

Participate in establishing new ideas and work specifications for constructing textiles for canopy-style awnings

Plan and organise own work, including preparation and layout of work area and obtaining equipment and materials to avoid backtracking

Use workplace technology related to constructing canopy-style awnings, including specified tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing textiles for canopy-style awnings

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing canopy-style awnings

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to construct textiles for canopy-style awnings and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Terms used to describe components of canopy-style awnings

Characteristics of textiles used for canopy-style awnings

Set up and operation of static machines

Cutting patterns and sequences

Cutting tool condition, including sharpness, straightness and suitability for task

Industry standard cross-sections and lengths for framing materials

Industry standard textile widths

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a relevant location for constructing textiles for canopy-style awnings, and standard operating procedures for constructing textiles for canopy-style awnings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2007 Construct plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds. It applies to small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish work requirements and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used
1.3	Work order is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.4	Materials, hardware and fixings are selected and checked against work orders
2	Measure, mark and cut slats	2.1	Slats are measured to length, marked and cut
2.2	Cord holes are accurately punched in slats
2.3	Slats are finished as required according to work order
3	Assemble blind	3.1	Head rail components, bottom rails and tilt rod are selected and cut
3.2	Head rails are assembled according to manufacturer instructions or workplace practices
3.3	Correct spacing according to spacing charts for Venetian-style blind slats is determined
3.4	Cords and ladder braids are selected and attached to head rail components
3.5	Hardware is attached according to work instructions
3.6	Slats are threaded through ladder tapes
3.7	Measuring tape is used to confirm final size and blind adjusted
3.8	Bottom rail is attached to blind
3.9	Cords are threaded through slats and attached
3.10	Child safety mechanisms as required by legislation or codes of practice are selected and attached
4	Make quality checks	4.1	Finished blind is checked ensuring length, width, slat size and colour match work order
4.2	Finished blind is tested within limits of correct operation for correct operation and parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
5	Complete work	5.1	Finished work is cleaned, protected and stored following workplace practices
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
5.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
5.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
5.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing respiratory protection
Work order includes:	customer order forms job cards quotations for work worksheets specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Appropriate personnel include:	supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers or any person responsible for the work activity
Materials include:	plastic timber
Hardware and fixings include:	ladder braid cord head rails rollers cord locks tilt mechanisms tilt rods wands acorns trumpets motors
Punching includes:	use of single or multi-stage punching machines
Finishing includes:	lacquering oiling painting staining
Head rail components include:	rollers cord lock tilt mechanisms
Manufacturer instructions include:	written instruction booklets or instructions on the hardware or packaging
Work instructions include:	instructions for the construction of plastic or timber Venetian-style blinds
Waste includes:	plastic metal timber
Documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA2008A Construct plastic and timber Venetian style blinds

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2007 Construct plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Construct a minimum of two (2) plastic Venetian-style blinds and two (2) timber Venetian-style blinds. Task is to include selecting materials and hardware; cutting slats; punching and finishing slats; assembling blind, including head and bottom rail components and tilt mechanisms; cleaning, packaging and storing finished blinds; and reporting materials faults, damaged products or equipment

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to construct plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Set-up, operation and maintenance of static machines used in blinds manufacture

Terms used to describe components of plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds

Characteristics of plastic and timber used in the construction of Venetian-style blinds

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a relevant location for constructing plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds; workplace practices, including standard operating procedures and spacing charts for constructing plastic and timber Venetian-style blinds.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2008 Construct aluminium Venetian-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing aluminium Venetian-style blinds. It applies in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish work requirements and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used
1.3	Work orders are checked and confirmed
1.4	Tools and equipment are selected and checked for safe operation
1.5	Aluminium solid or perforated coil stock, hardware and fixings are selected and checked against work order
2	Assemble blind	2.1	Head and bottom rails are selected, measured and cut
2.2	Cords and ladder braids are selected, cut and attached to head rail
2.3	Hardware is attached to head and bottom rails
2.4	Venetian blind machine is set up according to manufacturer instructions
2.5	Headrail is attached to Venetian blind machine and the machine run to cut, punch and attach slats to head rail
2.6	Blind is placed on hoist and bottom rail installed
2.7	Ladders are crimped to final blind size
2.8	Finishing hardware is installed
2.9	Child safety mechanisms as required by legislation or code of practice are selected and attached
3	Make quality checks	3.1	Finished blinds are checked ensuring length and width match work order
3.2	Finished blind is tested within limits of normal operation for correct operation and parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
4	Complete work	4.1	Finished work is cleaned, protected and stored following workplace practices
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
4.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
4.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
4.5	Workplace documentation or reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing respiratory protection
Work orders include:	customer order forms job cards quotations for work worksheets specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Hardware and fixings include:	head box components as specified by manufacturer ladder braid cord head rails rollers cord locks tile mechanism tilt rods Wands acorns trumpets
Tools and equipment include:	pliers scissors cord threading needle
Work instructions include:	instructions for the machining of the coil stock and construction of the blind
Venetian blind machine includes:	a machine that crowns, runs and punches the aluminium coil stock. It automatically feeds the slat through the string tapes at each individual level
Manufacturer instructions include:	written instruction booklets, instructions on the machine or verbal instructions on correct use
Appropriate personnel include:	assessors trainers supervisors team leader maintenance officer manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Waste includes:	metal cord braids
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA2009A Construct aluminium Venetian style blinds

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2008 Construct aluminium Venetian-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing aluminium Venetian-style blinds

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing aluminium Venetian-style blinds

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Set up, operate and maintain static machines used in the construction of aluminium Venetian-style blinds

Construct a minimum of two (2) aluminium Venetian-style blinds using two (2) different head box assemblies. Task to include selecting materials and hardware; setting up and operating Venetian blind machine; assembling blind; cleaning, packaging and storing finished blind; cleaning work area; and completing workplace documentation and reports, such as reporting material faults, damaged products or equipment

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing aluminium Venetian-style blinds

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing aluminium Venetian-style blinds

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to construct aluminium Venetian-style blinds and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Terms used to describe components of aluminium Venetian-style blinds

Characteristics of aluminium used for constructing Venetian-style blinds

Set-up, operation and maintenance of static machines used in the construction of aluminium Venetian-style blinds

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to constructing aluminium Venetian-style blinds; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures for constructing aluminium Venetian-style blinds.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2009 Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings. It applies to small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used
1.3	Work orders are checked and confirmed
1.4	Materials and hardware are selected and checked against work requirements
1.5	Tools and equipment are selected and checked for safe operation
2	Cut stock and assemble awning	2.1	Metal stock is cut to manufacturer recommendations
2.2	Metal is bent to form shape of awning
2.3	Awning is assembled to manufacturer specifications
3	Make quality checks	3.1	Completed awnings are checked ensuring finished product matches work order
3.2	Completed awning is tested within limits of normal operation for correct operation and parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
4	Complete work	4.1	Finished work is cleaned, protected and stored following workplace practices
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
4.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
4.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of according to workplace practices
4.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing respiratory protection
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders worksheets specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Materials include:	aluminium steel panels stringers
Hardware includes:	rivets screws
Tools and equipment include:	drills pop rivet guns screw guns guillotine panel saws benders shears
Manufacturer specifications include:	written or verbal specifications
Appropriate personnel include:	assessor trainer supervisor team leader maintenance officer manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Waste includes:	textiles metal timber
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA2010A Construct metal louvre and canopy hooded style awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2009 Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Construct one (1) metal louvred awning and one (1) metal canopy-hooded awning. Task is to include selecting materials and hardware; machining material as required by manufacturer of metal stock; assembling awnings; cleaning, packaging and storing awnings; cleaning work area; maintaining and storing equipment; and completing workplace documentation and reports, such as reporting material faults, damaged products or equipment

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Terms used to describe components of metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Characteristics of metals used in the construction of metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Set-up, operation and maintenance of static machines used in the construction of metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to constructing metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures for constructing metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2010 Construct aluminium roll-up style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing aluminium roll-up style awnings. The unit applies in a workplace environment and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used
1.3	Work orders are checked and confirmed
1.4	Tools and equipment are selected and checked for safe operation
1.5	Aluminium stock and hardware are selected and checked against work requirements.
2	Cut materials ready for assembly	2.1	Head box, roller and bottom rail are cut
2.2	Spring is selected according to manufacturer specifications
2.3	Aluminium panels are cut
2.4	Measurements are checked against work order
3	Construct awning	3.1	Aluminium panels are joined to form awning skin
3.2	Roller and bottom rail are installed to skin
3.3	Spring and pin end are fitted to roller
3.4	End caps and pull ring are installed to bottom rail
4	Make quality checks	4.1	Completed awnings are checked ensuring finished product matches work order
4.2	Finished blind is tested within limits of correct operation for correct operation and parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
5	Complete work	5.1	Arms and fittings are selected ready for installation
5.2	Finished work is cleaned, packaged with installation hardware and stored following workplace practices
5.3	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
5.4	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
5.5	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing respiratory protection
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders worksheets specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Hardware includes:	screws rivets roller bottom rail head box components spring pin end pull ring end caps rivets
Tools and equipment include:	guillotine screw drivers pop rivet gun
Manufacturer instructions include:	written instruction booklets, instructions on the tools and equipment or instructions for correct usage
Joining includes:	riveting or welding processes
Appropriate personnel include:	assessor trainer supervisor team leader maintenance officer manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Waste includes:	metal hardware
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA2011A Construct aluminium roll up style awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2010 Construct aluminium roll-up style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing aluminium roll-up style awnings

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing aluminium roll-up style awnings

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Construct a minimum of two (2) aluminium roll-up style awnings. Task is to include selecting materials; cutting aluminium panels; preparing hardware; constructing awning skin; applying hardware; cleaning, packaging and storing completed awning; cleaning work area; maintaining and storing tools and equipment; and completing workplace documentation, such as reporting material faults, damaged products or equipment

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing aluminium roll-up style awnings

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing aluminium roll up style awnings

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to construct aluminium roll-up style awnings and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Terms used to describe components of aluminium roll-up style awnings

Characteristics of aluminium used in the construction of roll-up style awnings

Set-up, operation and maintenance of static machines used in the construction of aluminium roll-up style awnings

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to constructing aluminium roll-up style awnings; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures for constructing aluminium roll-up style awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3001 Install interior blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installation of interior blinds. It applies in an on-site residential or commercial environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify products, fittings and attachments to be used	1.1	Type of blind to be fitted and work order requirements are identified
1.2	Type of installation and access to site where restrictions on access may determine equipment used are identified from work order or site inspection
1.3	Mounting brackets, materials and tools are identified from work instructions and site inspection conducted in consultation with customer
2	Plan process for installing blinds	2.1	Customer is consulted to determine suitable day and time for installation
2.2	Equipment is identified to minimise risk of damage to customer’s premises or injuries to self
2.3	Work sequence is planned in a logical order
2.4	Attachment process is planned to conform to quality requirements, maximise the appearance of the finished work and provide for the most economical use of materials and labour
2.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.6	Blind operating mechanism is set up and checked against manufacturer specifications and work instructions
3	Complete installation	3.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
3.2	Blinds are fitted and tested within limitations of normal operation for correct operation
3.3	Pelmets, cord brackets and pulleys are fitted using appropriate hardware and adjusted to suit blind operation
3.4	Blind is checked for correct operation and adjusted or repaired if necessary
3.5	Customer is advised on correct operation of blind
4	Complete job and clean work area	4.1	Worksite is cleaned and equipment is cleaned and stored according to workplace practices
4.2	Rubbish is cleared and waste collected for disposal in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste or recycling, as appropriate, in accordance with workplace practices
5	Settle payment	5.1	Customer is presented with invoice, payment collected and receipt issued
5.2	Workplace documentation is completed and filed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Types of blinds include:	Romans Hollands plastic Venetians timber Venetians aluminium Venetians verticals
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders
Type of installation includes:	installations into timber, plasterboard, masonry, bay windows, corners and doors
Materials include:	screws nails bolts masonry anchors
Tools include:	screwdrivers hammers drills ladders
Work instructions include:	instructions for the installation of different styles of internal blinds
Customers include:	home owners real estate agents tenants body corporate representatives
Equipment includes:	drop sheets ladders
Work sequence includes:	the steps for installation in a logical order to prevent backtracking
Operating mechanism includes:	the operating mechanism appropriate to the style of blind being installed following manufacturer specifications and recommendations
Personal protection needs include:	safety glasses hearing protection respiratory protection protective footwear
Manufacturer specifications include:	written or verbal specifications
Waste includes:	textiles metals hardware timber masonry plaster dust
Payment includes:	cash, cheque or credit card depending on workplace practices
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports receipts and invoices

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA3001A Install interior blinds

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3001 Install interior blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in installing interior blinds

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in installing interior blinds

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Install a minimum of four (4) different styles of interior blinds in a range of on-site or simulated locations

Report process for materials faults, damaged products or equipment

Deal effectively with customers by:

speaking clearly and directly

applying effective listening techniques

asking questions to gain information

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for installing interior blinds

Organisational and workplace requirements, policies and procedures for installing interior blinds

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and manufacturer specifications

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used for installing interior blinds and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Types, uses, limitations and operating mechanisms of interior blinds

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Procedures for presentation of invoices, collection and receipting of payments

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to installing interior blinds; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures for installing interior blinds.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3002 Install exterior blinds and awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installation of exterior blinds and awnings. It applies in an on-site residential or commercial environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify products, fittings and attachments for installation	1.1	Type of blind or awning to be installed is identified
1.2	Installation hardware, tools and equipment are identified from work instructions and site inspection conducted in consultation with customer
1.3	Customer is consulted to determine day and time for installation
1.4	Local government regulations regarding installation of exterior blinds and awnings are checked and adhered to
2	Plan installation process	2.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements and personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
2.2	Work order is read and interpreted and installation sequence is planned in a logical order to suit job
2.3	Worksite is checked to determine access and special equipment requirements
3	Install exterior blind or awning	3.1	Public and property is protected and product to be installed is laid out and checked against work order
3.2	Fixing hardware is installed to manufacturer specifications
3.3	Blind or awning is installed to manufacturer specifications
4	Complete the installation	4.1	Operation of product is tested within limitations of normal operation and adjusted if necessary
4.2	Customer is shown correct use of product
5	Clean work area	5.1	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored according to workplace practices
5.2	Work area is cleaned and left in a safe condition
5.3	Waste and scrap are removed and disposed of be in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste or recycled, as appropriate, following workplace procedures
6	Settle payment	6.1	Invoice is issued to customer and payment received and receipted
6.2	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Blinds include:	roll-up style exterior blinds pull-down style exterior blinds
Awnings include:	metal louvre style awnings textile canopy-style awnings metal hooded canopy-style awnings aluminium roll-up style awnings folding-arm style awnings
Hardware includes:	screws masonry anchors dynabolts nuts and bolts mounting brackets hex screws
Tools and equipment include:	screwdrivers drills hex keys
Work instructions include:	instructions for the installation of different styles of exterior blinds and awnings
Customers include:	home owners real estate agents tenants body corporate representatives business owners
Personal protection needs include:	safety glasses hearing protection safety boots sunscreen and hats
Work order includes:	quotations for work job cards customer orders
Work sequence includes:	the steps for installation in a logical order to prevent backtracking
Worksite includes:	construction sites single storey and multi-storey dwellings commercial premises newly completed buildings
Protecting property includes:	using drop sheets, barriers, cones and signs
Manufacturer specifications include:	written or verbal specifications
Waste includes:	textiles metals hardware timber masonry fibro cement concrete treated pine
Payment includes:	cash, cheque or credit card depending on workplace procedures
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA3002A Install exterior blinds and awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3002 Install exterior blinds and awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in installing exterior blinds

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in installing exterior blinds

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace practices

Install a minimum of four (4) different styles of exterior blinds or awnings in a range of on-site or simulated locations

Report process for materials faults, damaged products or equipment

Deal effectively with customers by:

speaking clearly and directly

applying effective listening techniques

asking questions to gain information

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for installing exterior blinds and awnings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing exterior blinds and awnings

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and manufacturer specifications

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to install exterior blinds and awnings and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Types, uses, limitations and operating mechanisms of exterior blinds and awnings, including special application brackets

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Procedures for presentation of invoices, collection and receipting of payments

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to installing exterior blinds and awnings; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures for installing exterior blinds and awnings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installation of timber shutters. It applies in an on-site residential or commercial environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify products, fittings and attachments for installation	1.1	Type of timber shutter to be installed is identified
1.2	Installation hardware, tools and equipment are identified from work instructions and site inspection conducted in consultation with customer
1.3	Customer is consulted to determine day and time for installation
2	Plan installation process	2.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements and personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
2.2	Work order is read and interpreted and work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit job
2.3	Worksite is checked to determine access and special equipment requirements
2.4	Product to be installed is laid out and checked against work order
2.5	Product to be installed is protected and transported to worksite without damage
3	Install timber shutters	3.1	Public and property is protected, if necessary, and fixing hardware is installed to manufacturer specifications
3.2	Timber shutter is installed to manufacturer specifications
4	Complete the installation	4.1	Operation of product is tested within limitations of normal operation and adjusted if necessary
4.2	Customer is shown correct use of product
5	Clean work area	5.1	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored according to workplace practices
5.2	Work area is cleaned and left in a safe condition
5.3	Waste and scrap are removed and disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste or recycled, as appropriate, following workplace practices
6	Settle payment	6.1	Invoice is issued to customer and payment received and receipted
6.2	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Hardware includes:	screws masonry anchors dynabolts nuts and bolts mounting brackets hinges filler strips cover strips track systems
Tools and equipment include:	screwdrivers docking saws ladders tape measure power drill scissors caulking gun
Work instructions include:	instructions for the installation of different styles of timber shutters for both internal and external applications
Customers include:	home owners real estate agents tenants body corporate representatives business owners
Personal protection needs include:	safety glasses hearing protection safety boots sunscreen and hats
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders
Work sequence includes:	the steps for installation in a logical order to prevent backtracking
Worksites include:	construction sites single storey and multi-storey dwellings commercial premises newly completed buildings
Protecting property includes:	using drop sheets, barriers, cones and signs
Manufacturer specifications include:	written or verbal specifications
Waste includes:	textiles metals hardware timber masonry fibro cement concrete treated pine
Payment includes:	cash, cheque or credit card depending on workplace practices
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA3003A Install timber shutters

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in installing interior shutters

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in installing timber shutters

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace practices

Report material faults, damaged products or equipment

Install a minimum of four (4) timber shutters in a range of on-site or simulated locations

Deal effectively with customers by:

speaking clearly and directly

applying effective listening techniques

asking questions to gain information

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for installing timber shutters

Organisational and workplace requirements, policies and procedures for installing timber shutters

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and manufacturer specifications

Types of tools and equipment used to install timber shutters and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Storage systems and labelling

Types, uses and limitations of timber shutters

Characteristics of timber and hardware used to construct and install timber shutters

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Procedures for presentation of invoices, collection and receipting of payments

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to installing timber shutters; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures and work instructions for installing timber shutters.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3004 Construct folding-arm style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing folding-arm style awnings. It applies in a workplace environment and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish work requirements and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used
1.3	Work order requirements are checked and confirmed
1.4	Tools and equipment are selected and checked for safe operation
1.5	Material and hardware is selected and checked against work requirements with material checked for flaws
2	Cut materials ready for assembly	2.1	Folding arms are selected following work order and workplace practices
2.2	Roller, front rail and square head rail are cut
2.3	Correct side of material and pattern direction is identified
2.4	Material for skin is laid out laid out flat and square on a cutting table large enough to take full width of material, marked using chalk, markers or pencil and cut
2.5	Material is joined to form awning skin
2.6	Measurements are checked against work order
3	Construct awning	3.1	Arm assembly is constructed following manufacturer instructions
3.2	Roller and front rail are attached to skin
3.3	Skin is fitted to arm assembly
4	Make quality checks	4.1	Completed awnings are checked ensuring finished product matches work order
4.2	Completed awning is tested within the limitations of normal operation to ensure correct and safe operation and parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
5	Complete work	5.1	Finished work is cleaned, packaged with installation hardware and stored following workplace practices
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
5.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
5.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
5.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protection needs include:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing and head wear respiratory protection
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Tools and equipment include:	hex keys drills (power or battery) drill bits hammer socket set
Material includes:	canvas acrylic PVC mesh
Hardware includes:	roller front rail square bar end caps end brackets gear box or electric motor nuts, bolts and extendable arms
Folding arms include:	straight or cross-over style
Joining includes:	sewing or welding processes
Manufacturer instructions include:	written instruction booklets or instructions on the hardware or packaging
Appropriate personnel include:	supervisor team leader maintenance officer manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Waste includes:	textiles metal hardware
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA3004A Construct folding arm style awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3004 Construct folding-arm style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing folding-arm style awnings

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing folding-arm style awnings

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Construct a minimum of two (2) folding-arm style awnings. Task is to include constructing the arm assembly; preparing skin; assembling awning; cleaning, packaging and storing completed awning; cleaning work area; and completing workplace documentation, such as reporting material faults, damaged products or equipment

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing folding-arm style awnings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing folding-arm style awnings

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Terms used to describe components of folding-arm style awnings

Characteristics of materials used to construct folding-arm style awnings

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to constructing folding-arm style awnings; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures and work instructions, for constructing folding-arm style awnings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3005 Construct framework for canopy-style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing steel or aluminium framework for canopy-style awnings. It applies in a workplace and residential and commercial on-site environments and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish work requirements and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used
1.3	Tools and equipment are selected and checked for safe operation
1.4	Work order requirements are checked and confirmed
2	Fabricate framework	2.1	Material and hardware are selected and checked against work order
2.2	Frame is fabricated according to work instructions
2.3	Fixing points are incorporated into frame fabrication
2.4	Measurements are checked against work order
3	Assemble framework	3.1	Frame is assembled according to manufacturer instructions and workplace practices
3.2	Frame is braced and finished according to work order and workplace practices
3.3	Splines for attaching cloth are cut
4	Apply quality checks	4.1	Completed framework is checked ensuring finished product matches work order
4.2	Completed framework is tested to ensure correct and safe operation and parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
5	Complete work	5.1	Finished work is cleaned, packaged and stored following workplace practices
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
5.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
5.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
5.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing and head wear respiratory protection
Tools and equipment include:	calculators pop rivet gun screwdrivers hack saws socket set hand grinder hammers files tin snips spanners level square measuring tape hex keys tap and die sets straight edges pipe bender bench grinders hammer drills cordless screwdriver/drill air drills jig saws circular saws
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Manufacturer instructions include:	written instruction booklets, instructions on the tools or equipment or instructions for correct use
Material includes:	aluminium or steel
Hardware includes:	nuts and bolts
Work instructions include:	instructions for constructing steel frames and aluminium frames
Measurements include:	final size of frame gauge of fabricating metal
Finish includes:	aluminium powder coated hot dipped galvanised painted
Appropriate personnel include:	assessor trainer supervisor team leader maintenance officer manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Waste includes:	metals (aluminium, steel) hardware
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA3005A Construct framework for canopy-style awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3005 Construct framework for canopy-style awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing framework for canopy-style awnings

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing framework for canopy-style awnings

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Construct a minimum of two (2) frameworks for canopy-style awnings. Task is to include selecting tools, equipment and materials; fabricating and/or assembling to framework; finishing the framework; applying quality checks; packaging and storing framework; maintaining and storing tools and equipment; cleaning work area; and completing workplace documentation, such as reporting material faults, damaged products or equipment

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing canopy-style awning frames

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing framework for canopy-style awnings

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communications and workplace protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment used in constructing frameworks for canopy-style awnings and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of aluminium and steel used in constructing framework for canopy-style awnings

Cutting patterns and sequences

Cutting tool condition including sharpness, straightness and suitability for task

Industry standards for framing steel and aluminium

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to constructing framework for canopy-style awnings; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures and work instructions for constructing canopy-style awnings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3006 Construct pleated-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing pleated-style blinds. It applies in a workplace environment and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish work requirements and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and checked
1.3	Work order requirements are checked and confirmed
1.4	Tools and equipment are selected and checked for safe operation
1.5	Fabric is selected from stock and checked against work order and for any flaws
1.6	Hardware is selected and checked against work order
2	Lay out, mark and cut fabrics	2.1	Correct side of fabric, naps, direction of pattern and pattern matches are identified
2.2	Allowances for hardware, joins and hems are calculated and recorded
2.3	Fabric is laid out laid out flat and square on a cutting bench large enough to take the full width of the fabric, marked using chalk, markers or pencil and cut following workplace practices
3	Construct blind	3.1	Fabric is joined or trimmed to required width
3.2	Pleats are formed in fabric according to workplace practices
3.3	Cord holes are punched in fabric
3.4	Bottom of blind is finished according to work order
3.5	Head and bottom rail are cut to required length
3.6	Blind is assembled according to work instructions
3.7	Cords are cut and attached following work instructions
3.8	Child safety mechanisms as required by legislation or code of practice are selected and attached
4	Make quality checks	4.1	Finished blinds are checked to ensure end finishing and final length of finished blinds match work requirements
4.2	Finished blind is tested within limits of normal operation for correct operation and parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
5	Complete work	5.1	Finished work is cleaned, packaged and stored following workplace practices
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
5.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
5.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
5.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing and head wear respiratory protection
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Tools and equipment include:	cutting bench shears knives cut off saws sewing machines needles welding equipment glue guns heat set machines
Fabric includes:	polyester blend metalisized dim out flame retardant solar protected
Hardware includes:	guide wires operation mechanisms (crank and motor) cord trumpets remote control
Joining includes:	sewing, welding or gluing
Work instructions include:	instructions for the construction of pleated-style blinds
Appropriate personnel include:	assessors trainer supervisor team leader maintenance officer manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Waste includes:	textiles hardware
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA3006A Construct pleated style blinds

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3006 Construct pleated-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing pleated-style blinds

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing pleated-style blinds

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Report material faults, damaged products or equipment

Cut fabrics accurately according to work order and construct a minimum of two (2) pleated-style blinds

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing pleated-style blinds

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing pleated-style blinds

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established communication channels and workplace/worksite protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment used in the construction of pleated-style blinds and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of fabrics used to construct pleated-style blinds

Cutting patterns and sequences

Cutting tool condition, including sharpness, straightness and suitability for task

Industry standards for fabric widths

Terms used to describe components of pleated-style blinds

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required a location relevant to constructing pleated-style blinds; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures and work instructions for constructing pleated-style blinds.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3007 Construct wood weave-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing wood weave-style blinds. It applies in a workplace environment and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish work requirements and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements, and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used
1.3	Style of blind is identified from work order
1.4	Tools and equipment are selected and checked for safe operation
1.5	Materials are selected from stock and checked against work requirements
2	Lay out, mark and cut materials	2.1	Material is laid out flat and square on a cutting bench large enough to take the full width of the wood and marked
2.2	Material is cut
3	Construct blind	3.1	Wood is woven to form skin of blind
3.2	Head and bottom rails are attached to blind
3.3	Cords are attached to blind
3.4	Blind is finished according to work instructions
3.5	Child safety mechanisms as required by legislation or code of practice are selected and attached
4	Apply quality checks	4.1	Finished blinds are checked to ensure end finishing and final length of finished blinds match work requirements
4.2	Finished blind is tested within limits of normal operation for correct operation and parts of the work that do not comply with work order are repaired or re-worked
5	Complete work	5.1	Finished work is cleaned, packaged and stored following workplace practices
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
5.3	Faulty tools and equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
5.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with workplace practices and environmental legislation covering disposal of industrial waste
5.5	Workplace documentation or reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing and head wear r espiratory protection
Styles include:	Roman or roll-up style
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Materials include:	threads bamboo basswood
Tools and equipment include:	saws needles cutting bench
Work instructions include:	instructions for constructing wood weave Roman-style blinds and wood weave roll-up style blinds
Appropriate personnel include:	assessors trainers supervisors maintenance officer manager or any other person responsible for the work activity
Waste includes:	wood and hardware
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA3007A Construct wood weave style blinds

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3007 Construct wood weave-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing wood weave-style blinds

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing wood weave-style blinds

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Reporting material faults, damaged products or equipment

Cut wood accurately according to work order and construct a minimum of two (2) wood weave-style blinds; one Roman-style, one roll-up style

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing wood weave-style blinds

Organisational and workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing wood weave-style blinds

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used to construct wood weave-style blinds and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Terms used to describe components of wood weave-style blinds

Characteristics of timber used in wood weave-style blinds

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to constructing wood weave-style blinds; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures and work instructions for constructing wood weave-style blinds.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3008 Construct pelmets

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cutting, preparing and assembling pelmet components for internal blind installations. It applies in a workplace and on-site residential and commercial environment and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, legislative requirements and workplace practices are observed throughout the work
1.2	Personal protective equipment is selected and used
1.3	Type of pelmet to be constructed is identified from work order
1.4	Tools and equipment are selected and checked for safe operation
1.5	Materials and hardware are identified and selected
1.6	Work sequence is planned to conform with quality requirements, minimise time and economically use materials
2	Prepare and assemble pelmet components	2.1	Components are measured and cut to specification and laid out ready for assembly
2.2	Components are assembled according to work instructions
2.3	Problems occurring during work operations are identified and reported following workplace practices
3	Complete work	3.1	Completed work is cleaned, packaged and stored according to workplace practices
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
3.3	Faulty tools and equipment are tagged and reported to appropriate personnel
3.4	Work area is cleaned and waste is disposed of in accordance with industry and enterprise specific policies and procedures
3.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
Workplace practices include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) tolerances following manufacturer instructions
Personal protective equipment includes:	safety glasses/goggles hearing protection safety footwear protective clothing and head wear respiratory protection
Work orders include:	quotations for work job cards customer orders specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity
Tools and equipment include:	saws hammer screwdriver drill pop rivet gun glue gun
Materials include:	timber metal wood weave
Hardware includes:	screws nails pop rivets
Work sequence includes:	the steps for construction of pelmets in a logical order to prevent backtracking
Work instructions include:	instructions for constructing pelmets
Appropriate personnel include:	trainer assessor supervisor team leader maintenance officer manager or any person responsible for the activities in the workplace/worksite
Waste includes:	timber metal hardware
Workplace documentation includes:	time sheets customer care cards work orders reports

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA3008A Construct pelmets

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3008 Construct pelmets

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order, locate materials and use information to complete tasks in constructing pelmets

Apply safe handling practices and safe operating procedures for equipment, products and materials to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Identify materials and equipment used in constructing pelmets

Select, set up and maintain equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices

Report material faults, damaged products or equipment

Cut component materials according to work orders to within +/- 1 mm and construct a minimum of four (4) pelmets suitable for four (4) different style of internal blinds

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for constructing pelmets

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing pelmets

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established communication channels and workplace/worksite protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Cutting patterns and sequences

Cutting tool condition assessment

Terms used to describe components of pelmets

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to constructing pelmets; and workplace practices, including standard operating procedures and work instructions for constructing pelmets.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3009 Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers providing advice to customers on blinds and awnings products and services. It applies in workplaces and on-site residential and commercial environments and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Develop and maintain knowledge of products and services	1.1	A comprehensive knowledge of industry products and services is actively and regularly researched from authoritative sources
1.2	Characteristics of products and services are identified and understood using available product and service documentation
1.3	Sample materials, products and visual aids are collected and organised for easy use
2	Prepare for work	2.1	A range of materials and products are selected to match customer requirements and suitability for purpose
2.2	An appointment is arranged with the customer and an appropriate schedule is agreed
3	Confirm customer requirements	3.1	Questioning and active listening techniques are used to clarify customer requirements
3.2	Customer requirements are identified professionally, courteously and with tact
3.3	Assumptions are documented in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Customer requirements are fed back accurately in language that can be understood by the customer and other workplace staff
3.5	Customer requirements are documented in accordance with workplace practices
4	Provide advice on blinds and awnings	4.1	Viable options for colour, material and style that are relevant to the customer’s requirements are presented
4.2	Options for colour, materials and style are explained to, and discussed with, the customer to facilitate customer understanding of available products and services
4.3	Material samples and visual aids are made available to the customer to facilitate customer understanding of available products and services
4.4	Benefits and approximate costs of each option are explained to the customer to facilitate informed decision making
5	Confirm selection with customer	5.1	Customer selection including agreed delivery timeframe, is determined
5.2	Customer commitment to agreed selection is gained in accordance with workplace practices
5.3	Documentation is completed following workplace practices, including specification sheets for products selected and drawings
5.4	Customer is informed of rights and obligations regarding product or service
6	Complete work	6.1	Sample products are returned to storage as required
6.2	Documentation is submitted to appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace practices
6.3	Contact is maintained with customer throughout the manufacturing and installation process

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Products include:	blinds awnings shutters
Services include:	preparation manufacturing installation
Authoritative sources include:	manufacturers industry resource groups industry advocacy groups
Characteristics of products include:	fabrics materials colour style fixings
Documentation includes:	product information sheets and specifications
Samples include:	fabric off-cuts photographs drawings and sketches
Visual aids include:	photographs brochures computer presentations
Customer requirements include:	sun protection darkening effects privacy insulation decoration noise reduction weather protection presenting a professional image advertising and branding light dispersal
Active listening includes:	maintaining eye contact and asking questions to clarify meaning
Assumptions include:	site access, removal and disposal of existing blinds, awnings or fixtures
Feedback includes:	verbal or written feedback
Documentation includes:	quotation for work sketches drawings work orders customer care cards
Commitment includes:	signing work order or contract, and collecting and receipting deposits
Rights and obligations include:	cooling off periods providing access to property availability at arranged time payment terms and conditions
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers assessors managers production personnel office staff supervisors

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMF3009A Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3009 Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Identify products and materials used in blinds and awnings manufacturing

Conduct meetings and presentations

Assess and report on customer satisfaction

Analyse sales and product development data

Complete workplace documentation

Deal effectively with customers by:

speaking clearly and directly

applying effective listening techniques

asking questions to gain information

Advise customers on at least three (3) occasions involving a range of material, style and colour selections

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to blinds and awnings manufacturing and installation

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for providing advice to customers

Interpretation of plans and work sheets

Colour coordination and matching

Fabric and material types and their application

Suitable applications of the various styles of blinds and awnings

Organisation’s products and services

Principles and techniques of public relations and product promotion

Strategies for planning and monitoring activities

Consultation methods, techniques and protocols

Terms used to describe components of blinds and awnings

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement of materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to providing advice to customers; and workplace practices, including standard documentation and procedures for customer service.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3010 Assess suitability of blinds or awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assessing the suitability of blinds and awnings in a range of environments taking into account building structure, natural environmental constraints, regulations and legislation. It applies in a workplace and on-site residential and commercial environments and may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Develop and maintain knowledge of products	1.1	Characteristics of blind and awnings products and components are recognised
1.2	Sample materials, products and visual aids are collected and organised for use in presentations
1.3	Building styles, building codes, regulations and legislation are recognised
2	Assess suitability of customer requirements for building and location	2.1	Questioning and active listening techniques are used to identify and clarify customer needs and requirements
2.2	Location for product is inspected observing work health and safety (WHS) requirements
2.3	Restrictions and limitations of building and natural environment are assessed
2.4	Restrictions and limitations of blinds and awnings are assessed
3	Provide advice to customer following assessment	3.1	Characteristics of products are explained using sample materials, visual aids and product specifications
3.2	Building covenant and other regulations and legislative requirements are explained to the customer
3.3	Range of styles and materials are presented to the customer for evaluation
3.4	Customer queries are discussed and responded to using examples to illustrate advice on finished products
4	Finalise assessment	4.1	Sample products are returned to storage
4.2	Reports are prepared for the purpose of estimating and costing
4.3	Relevant assessment and costing information is presented to customer

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Products and components include:	Holland-style blinds Roman-style blinds vertical-style blinds timber, plastic and aluminium Venetian-style blinds pleated-style blinds wood weave-style blinds canopy-style awnings metal louvre-style awnings aluminium roll-up style awnings folding-arm style awnings hardware and fixings
Building styles include:	heritage period single and multi-storey
Building codes include:	codes related to wind loads, fire attenuation and set backs
Legislation includes:	applicable legislation from all levels of government, including Commonwealth, state/territory and local council heritage trusts and body corporate Australian Standards WHS the environment relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Restrictions and limitations include:	building: materials, height, architectural integrity and access natural environment: overhang, space and height weather: wind rating, rainfall and directional perspective (i.e. north, south, east, west facing)
Active listening includes:	maintaining eye contact and asking questions to clarify meaning
Documentation includes:	quotation for work sketches drawings work orders customer care cards
Samples include:	fabric off-cuts photographs drawings and sketches
Visual aids include:	photographs brochures computer presentations
Customer requirements include:	sun protection darkening effects privacy insulation decoration noise reduction weather protection presenting a professional image advertising and branding light dispersal

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFBA4001A Assess suitability of blinds or awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3010 Assess suitability of blinds or awnings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate, interpret and apply information relevant to assessing suitability of blinds and awnings to a range of building and locations

Greet customer in an appropriate manner, use appropriate questioning techniques and provide feedback to customer to satisfy customer needs and requirements

Identify and select practical solutions to problems using analytical skills and monitor and evaluate solutions

Resolve conflict through negotiation

Show independence and initiative in making decisions

Use information technology (IT) to organise information

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for assessing suitability of blinds and awnings for situations

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for assessing suitability of blinds and awnings for situations

Reading and interpreting workplace documents, including work orders, work instructions and operator instructions

Established lines of communication and protocols

Types of tools and equipment used for assessing suitability of blinds and awnings for situations and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Types and styles of buildings and legislation that applies to their construction and modification/decoration

Terms used to describe components of blinds and awnings

Characteristics of materials used in the construction and installation of blinds and awnings

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Mathematical techniques for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or it successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to assessing suitability of blinds and awnings for situations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFCP2001 Use coopering sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers use of coopering hand and power tools, including their identification, selection, preparation, use and storage. It may apply to a factory or an on-site environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at both the production worker and trade skills level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Coopering

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify hand and power tools	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to coopering operations are verified and complied with
1.2	Types of hand and power tools and their functions are identified
1.3	WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2	Select and use hand tools	2.1	Hand tools selected are consistent with needs of the job
2.2	Selected hand tools are checked for serviceability and safety and any faults rectified or reported
2.3	Equipment is selected to hold or support material for hand tools application where applicable
2.4	Material is located and held in position for hand tool application
2.5	Hand tools are safely and effectively used according to their intended use
2.6	Hand tools are safely located when not in immediate use
3	Select and use power tools	3.1	Power tools are selected consistent with needs of the job in accordance with conventional work practice
3.2	Power tools are visually checked for serviceability/safety in accordance with WHS requirements and any faults rectified or reported
3.3	Equipment is selected to hold or support materials for power tool application as applicable
3.4	Material is located and held in position for power tool application as applicable
3.5	Power tools are safely and effectively used in application processes
3.6	Power tools are safely located when not in use
4	Clean work areas and maintain tools	4.1	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Waste and scrap are removed following workplace procedures
4.3	Tools used are cleaned, inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately in accordance with workplace procedures
4.4	Equipment and work area clean-up is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures
4.5	Records and reports are completed to workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures, or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills
Tools and equipment include:	hand tools: hand plane chisels hand saws spokeshave hammer mallet auger croze driver knives (belly, crum, heading and hollow) cooper’s hammer maul bradawal adze(s) shaves (hoop, inside and heading) swift marking-out tools files rasps scraper screwdrivers hand drill power tools: bench grinder presses (hoops) head making machine drop saw circular power saw planer double sided planer drill jig saw computer numeric controlled (CNC) router laser cutter trimmer biscuit machine brad/nail and staple gun sanders (long belt, disk and machine)
Waste includes:	off-cuts shavings sawdust
Records and reports include:	the machining method product type size inspection grading and labelling outcomes storage locations quality outcomes hazards incidents equipment malfunctions
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFCP2001A Use coopering sector hand and power tools

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2001 Use coopering sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Select appropriate hand or power tools set out in the Range of Conditions for common coopering work and demonstrate their safe and effective use to complete coopering tasks

Conduct operator maintenance on hand and power tools, including the grinding of:

shaves

specialised hand tools

drill bits

Store tools correctly

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for coopering operation

Basic barrel construction terminology and techniques

Basic barrel repair terminology and techniques

Coopering tools, their characteristics, uses, limitations and operator maintenance requirements

Coopering hand tool application techniques

Coopering power tool set-up and application techniques

Coopering components standard shapes and forms

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to the full range of routinely used coopering hand and power tools.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFCP2002 Produce barrels using non-fired processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Coopering

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and respond to timber and material properties	1.1	Types of timber and inherent characteristics are analysed to select the optimum timber for the product
1.2	Characteristics and properties of oak are identified and considered
1.3	Properties and impacts of metals are identified and considered
2	Respond to the impact of the barrel properties on wine product	2.1	Cause and effects on the product of controlled oxidation is considered and responded to
2.2	Cause and effects on the product of barrel maturation is considered and responded to
2.3	Cause and effect of the fermentation in barrel is considered and responded to
2.4	Impact of seasoning on the barrel timber components and the product are considered as a factor in determination of seasoning requirements
3	Prepare for production	3.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to coopering operations are verified and complied with
3.2	Work order is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
3.3	Barrel production sequence is planned
3.4	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
3.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
3.6	Tools and equipment suitable for the work are selected and checked for safe operation
4	Select and prepare components	4.1	Materials, hardware, fittings and attachments are collected
4.2	Fixing and joining devices are selected in accordance with work instructions and type of materials to be joined
4.3	Jigs are selected and checked for suitability of purpose
4.4	Components, including staves and heads, are machined and prepared to specification
5	Assemble components	5.1	Components are laid out and joined using jigs, appropriate fastenings and clamping devices
5.2	Hand and/or power tools and equipment are used as required
5.3	Assembled components are checked for compliance with specifications
5.4	Components are prepared, assembled, fitted and checked in accordance with specification
6	Finish the product	6.1	Product is lined in accordance with specification
6.2	Product is tested for leakage and faults are repaired
6.3	Decorative features or fittings are fitted and secured to specification
6.4	Product is sanded and prepared for coating
6.5	Product is coated in accordance with specification and intended commercial application
7	Clean work area/s and maintain equipment	7.1	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace procedures
7.2	Finished products are organised and stored in holding area
7.3	Waste and scrap are removed following workplace procedures
7.4	Tools and equipment used are cleaned; inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately in accordance with workplace procedures
7.5	Equipment and work area clean-up is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures
7.6	Records and reports are completed to workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures, or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills
Work order includes:	design tolerances process materials finish quantity
Appropriate personnel include:	supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Barrels include:	traditional barrel or equivalent products, such as: vats casks tubs bars baths
Timbers include:	French/American/Australian oak red gum maple spruce jarrah birch cyprus elm fir
Oak properties include:	types and sources composition medullary rays tyloses
Metals include:	steel stainless steel copper other alloys
Barrel maturation:	contributes to extraction of flavours from the oak which enhance the complexity and intensity of the wine flavour
Seasoning impact includes:	the effects on the levels of extractable oak constituents, particularly oak lactones
Production sequence includes:	docking and grading staves dressing staves jointing staves rising or assembling barrel bending the barrel crozing making heads cutting the head fitting the head finishing the barrel fitting final hoops testing
Tools and equipment include:	hand tools: hand plane chisels hand saws spokeshave hammer mallet auger croze driver knives (belly, crum, heading and hollow) cooper’s hammer maul bradawal adze(s) shaves (hoop, inside and heading) swift marking-out tools files rasps scraper screwdrivers hand drill power tools: bench grinder presses (hoops) head making machine drop saw circular power saw planer double sided planer drill jig saw computer numerically controlled (CNC) router laser cutter trimmer biscuit machine brad/nail and staple gun sanders (long belt, disk and machine)
Materials include:	solid timber caulking cotton wedges workhole pegs tooth picks metal wedges
Jigs include:	shaped templates for routing
Coopering components include:	heads staves and hoops decorative features or fittings in steel, stainless steel or copper
Checking includes:	fitting correct number and fitting of staves hoop and hardware, fittings and attachments conformity to work instruction and quality requirements
Lining includes:	plastics foil sealing coating
Testing includes:	standard hot water leakage testing
Repair of leakage faults include:	plugging caulking re-machining
Decorative features or fittings include:	final hoops and taps which may be steel, stainless steel or copper
Coating includes:	paint lacquer polyurethane varnish
Waste includes:	off-cuts shavings sawdust
Records and reports include:	the machining method product type size inspection grading and labelling outcomes storage locations quality outcomes hazards incidents equipment malfunctions
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFCP2002A Produce barrels using non-fired processes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2002 Produce barrels using non-fired processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify a range of timber types, including oak, and detail their uses and limitations and the properties of American and French oak

Consider the likely effects of controlled oxidation, barrel maturation and in-barrel fermentation on products

Complete a minimum of two (2) non-fired and fully finished barrel or equivalent products to specification

Effectively conduct operator maintenance on tools and equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or Territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for coopering operation

Basic barrel construction terminology and techniques

Basic barrel repair terminology and techniques

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for coopering

Types of coopering tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Types of timbers used in the coopering industry, their characteristics, properties, uses and limitations

Types and sources of oak and the advantage/disadvantages of each

The effects of the structure of timber, including:

parts of the tree and tree cell structure

optimum stave production techniques

types of seasoning and the impacts of techniques, including combination techniques, on the cell structure

The effects of the barrel properties on the wine and spirit product

Coopering components standard shapes and forms

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Set-up and operation of machining equipment

Cutting patterns and sequences

Cutting tool condition assessment

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, including examples of timber, samples of oak and equipment, relevant to producing a coopering product and specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFCP2003 Produce barrels using fired processes

Modification History

Release 2 - Mapping corrected. Supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFCP3003A

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Coopering

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and respond to timber and material properties	1.1	Types of timber and inherent characteristics are analysed to select the optimum timber for the product
1.2	Characteristics and properties of oak are identified and considered
1.3	Properties and impacts of metals are identified and considered
2	Respond to the impact of the barrel properties on wine product	2.1	Cause and effects on the product of controlled oxidation is considered and responded to
2.2	Cause and effects on the product of barrel maturation is considered and responded to
2.3	Cause and effect of the fermentation in barrel is considered and responded to
2.4	Impact of toasting on the barrel and the product are responded to as a factor in the toasting operation
2.5	Impact of seasoning on the barrel timber components and the product are considered as a factor in determination of seasoning requirements
3	Prepare for production	3.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to coopering operations are verified and complied with
3.2	Work order is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
3.3	Barrel production sequence is planned
3.4	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
3.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
3.6	Tools and equipment suitable for the work are selected and checked for safe operation
4	Select and prepare components	4.1	Materials, hardware, fittings and attachments are collected
4.2	Fixing and joining devices are selected in accordance with work instructions and type of materials to be joined
4.3	Jigs are selected and checked for suitability of purpose
4.4	Components, including staves and heads, are machined and prepared to specification
5	Pre-assemble barrel components	5.1	Components are laid out inspected and selected for use and joined using jigs
5.2	Heads are joined and clamped
5.3	Staves are fitted and hooped
5.4	Hand and/or power tools and equipment are used as required
5.5	Assembled components are checked for compliance with specifications
6	Fire the barrel	6.1	Barrel’s intended use and related technical instructions are analysed to determine the toasting technique and timing
6.2	Barrel interior is toasted to specification
6.3	Tensioning processes are applied
6.4	Hoops are fitted
6.5	Crozing is completed to specification
6.6	Heads are cut, bevelled to size and fitted
7	Finish the product	7.1	Barrel is finished using belt, disk or machine sander and hand tools
7.2	Final hoops and decorative features or fittings are fitted and secured to specification
7.3	Barrel is tested for leakage and faults are repaired
8	Clean work area and maintain equipment	8.1	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace procedures
8.2	Finished products are organised and stored in holding area
8.3	Waste and scrap are removed following workplace procedures
8.4	Tools and equipment used are cleaned, inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately in accordance with workplace procedures
8.5	Equipment and work area clean-up is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures Records and reports are completed to workplace requirements
8.6	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills
Appropriate personnel include:	supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Barrels include:	traditional barrel or equivalent products, such as: vats casks tubs bars baths
Timbers include:	French/American/Australian oak red gum maple spruce jarrah birch cyprus elm fir
Oak properties include:	types and sources composition medullary rays tyloses
Metals include:	steel stainless steel copper other alloys
Barrel maturation:	contributes to extraction of flavours from the oak which enhance the complexity and intensity of the wine flavour
Production sequence includes:	docking and grading staves dressing staves jointing staves rising or assembling barrel bending the barrel crozing making heads cutting the head fitting the head finishing the barrel fitting final hoops testing
Tools and equipment include:	hand tools: hand plane chisels hand saws spokeshave hammer mallet auger croze driver knives (belly, crum, heading and hollow) cooper’s hammer maul bradawal adze(s) shaves (hoop, inside and heading) swift marking-out tools files rasps scraper screwdrivers hand drill power tools: bench grinder presses (hoops) head making machine drop saw circular power saw planer double sided planer drill jig saw computer numeric controlled (CNC) router laser cutter trimmer biscuit machine brad/nail and staple gun sanders (long belt, disk and machine)
Materials include:	solid timber caulking cotton wedges workhole pegs tooth picks metal wedges
Jigs include:	shaped templates for routing
Coopering components include:	heads staves and hoops decorative features or fittings in steel, stainless steel or copper
Checking includes:	fitting correct number and fitting of staves hoop and hardware, fittings and attachments conformity to work instruction and quality requirements
Decorative features or fittings include:	final hoops and taps which may be steel, stainless steel or copper
Testing includes:	standard hot water leakage testing
Repair of leakage faults include:	plugging caulking re-machining
Storage includes:	ensuring that there is no obstruction of traffic components and products are not damaged in storage products are accessible for further distribution/despatch
Waste includes:	off-cuts shavings sawdust
Records and reports include:	the machining method product type size inspection grading and labelling outcomes storage locations quality outcomes hazards incidents equipment malfunctions
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFCP3003A Produce barrels using fired processes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2003 Produce barrels using fired processes

Modification History

Release 2 - Mapping corrected. Supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFCP3003A

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify a range of timber types, including oak, and detail their uses and limitations and the properties of American and French oak

Consider the likely effects of controlled oxidation, barrel maturation and in-barrel fermentation on products

Complete a fired and fully finished barrel or equivalent product to specification

Conduct operator maintenance on tools and equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for coopering operation

Barrel construction terminology and techniques

Barrel firing/toasting techniques

Barrel repair terminology and techniques

The impact of firing on barrel content characteristics

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for coopering

Types of coopering tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Types of timbers used in the coopering industry, their characteristics, properties, uses and limitations

Types and sources of oak and the advantage/disadvantages of each

The effects of the structure of timber, including:

parts of the tree and tree cell structure

optimum stave production techniques

types of seasoning and the impacts of techniques, including combination techniques, on the cell structure

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Set-up and operation of machining equipment

Cutting patterns and sequences

Cutting tool condition assessment

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to producing a fired coopering product and specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFCP2004 Maintain and repair barrels

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, inspecting, disassembling, cleaning, repairing and restoring barrels. It may apply to a factory or an on-site environment

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Coopering

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and confirm maintenance requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to coopering operations are verified and complied with
1.2	Work order is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Barrel is disassembled, as necessary, to provide inspection access
1.4	Barrel is cleaned of build-up materials or other matter which may inhibit inspection
1.5	Barrel is tested, inspected and evaluated for faults
1.6	Further maintenance and repair requirements are identified and/or confirmed
2	Prepare for maintenance and repair	2.1	Maintenance and repair requirements are analysed and procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
2.2	Tools, equipment, materials and components required for the maintenance and repair are selected, sourced and prepared for use
2.3	Disassembly required for maintenance and repair is completed
2.4	Barrel and components are cleaned internally and externally
3	Complete maintenance and repair activities	3.1	Faulty parts and components are replaced
3.2	Leakage faults are repaired by the appropriate means
3.3	Barrel is re-assembled and refired
3.4	Barrel is tested and inspected to confirm the effectiveness of repairs
3.5	Cleaning and sterilisation processes relevant to the work circumstances are selected and applied
3.6	Barrel is finished, fully restored and prepared for use
4	Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Waste and scrap are removed following workplace procedures
4.3	Tools and equipment used are cleaned, inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately in accordance with workplace procedures
4.4	Equipment and work area clean-up is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures
4.5	Records and reports are completed to workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Work order includes:	design tolerances process materials finish quantity
Appropriate personnel include:	supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Barrels include:	traditional barrel or equivalent products, such as: vats casks tubs bars baths
Barrel cleaning includes:	hand and machine shaving of build-up the application of authorised cleaning materials
Faults and blemishes include:	material faults: knots sapwood splits and shakes rot and decay insect infestation mineral streak or brown stripe broken chime split staves acetic or volatile barrel mouldy barrel water contamination manufacturing faults: head joint stave and chime leakage wear, tear and deterioration faults: handling damage discolouration broken staves buckled heads burst heads build-up of fermentation products contamination
Maintenance and repair requirements include:	component repair and replacement detailed cleaning and sterilisation testing
Tools and equipment include:	hand tools: hand plane chisels hand saws spokeshave hammer mallet auger croze driver knives (belly, crum, heading and hollow) cooper’s hammer maul bradawal adze(s) shaves (hoop, inside and heading) swift marking-out tools files rasps scraper screwdrivers hand drill power tools: bench grinder presses (hoops) head making machine drop saw circular power saw planer double sided planer drill jig saw computer numerically controlled (CNC) router laser cutter trimmer biscuit machine brad/nail and staple gun sanders (long belt, disk and machine)
Materials include:	solid timber caulking cotton wedges workhole pegs tooth picks metal wedges
Coopering components include:	heads staves and hoops decorative features or fittings in steel, stainless steel or copper
Repair of leakage faults include:	plugging caulking re-machining
Testing includes:	standard hot water leakage testing
Waste includes:	off-cuts shavings sawdust
Records and reports include:	the machining method product type size inspection grading and labelling outcomes storage locations quality outcomes hazards incidents equipment malfunctions
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFCP3004A Maintain and repair barrels

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2004 Maintain and repair barrels

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Clean a barrel using both hand and machine methods

Repair a leakage fault and replace a range of faulty component parts

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for coopering operation

Barrel construction terminology and techniques

Barrel firing/toasting techniques

Barrel repair terminology and techniques

The impact of firing on wine characteristics

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for coopering

Types of coopering tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of timber, timber products and defects

Coopering components standard shapes and forms

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Set-up and operation of machining equipment

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to the maintenance and repair of barrels and specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDN4001 Produce drawings from design concepts

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers producing manual and computer-aided drawings of furnishing objects from design concepts intended for use in a furnishing industry production or manufacturing environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for the task	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2	Purpose and operational characteristics of object to be drawn are identified
1.3	Production materials and methods are identified
2	Establish design requirements and limitations	2.1	Type of drawing to be completed is identified
2.2	Design concept requirements are established and documented identifying dimensions, angles, shapes and finished size
2.3	Drawing conventions and specifications to be noted on the drawing are identified
2.4	Appropriate medium for drawings is identified and selected
3	Quantify and draft initial drawing	3.1	Dimensions are plotted from prototype sketch and documented specifications
3.2	Dimensional points are connected to match appropriate drawing view
3.3	Any production notes or special requirements are noted
3.4	Drawing conventions and specifications are noted on the documentation
4	Complete drawing	4.1	Angles, shapes and dimensions are checked against specifications and concept prototype drawing
4.2	Adjustments are made to the drawing within scope of authority
4.3	Drawing is checked for compliance with workplace documentation requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction drawing is to be undertaken in accordance with established industry and/or enterprise practices and procedures customers may be internal or external
Drawings include:	manual and computer-aided processes and two and three-dimensional
Tools and equipment include:	drafting table drawing aids computing equipment and workstation special lighting conditions
Materials include:	drawing computing consumables
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions designer's concept and specifications/instructions legislation/regulations/codes relevant to the work undertaken furniture design principles and criteria, including ergonomic requirements quality and Australian Standards and procedures, and workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFDN4001B Produce drawings from design concepts

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4001 Produce drawings from design concepts

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Identify materials used in the work process

Interpret specifications and measurements in two and three-dimensional form

Satisfy ergonomic criteria during the drawing process

Present relevant information within the production drawing using both manual and computer-aided processes and techniques

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Knowledge Evidence

Manual and computer-aided drawing processes and techniques

Ergonomic principles for furniture design and manufacture

Presentation standards

Enterprise or equivalent operating procedures, including procedures for preparing drawings and presenting information

Relevant regulatory requirements, recognised standards and codes, and industry practices

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to design concept, specifications, dimensions and drawing equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDN4002 Produce line and component production drawings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using computing and software capabilities to produce line and component production drawings intended for use in a furnishing industry production, manufacturing or marketing environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Produce line drawings	1.1	Drawing preparations, including essential information on product range, dimensions, customer requirements and enterprise information management systems, are obtained/completed
1.2	Presentation style and method and appropriate software capabilities are selected and applied
1.3	Drawings accurately reflect the product specification
1.4	Drawings cover the required product range
1.5	Drawings are clear and comply with customer presentation requirements
2	Prepare component production drawings	2.1	Drawing preparations, including the essential information on component specifications, dimensions and drawing and labelling management, are obtained/completed
2.2	Drawing conventions and specifications to be noted on the drawing are identified
2.3	Dimensions are plotted and connected to match appropriate drawing view/perspective
2.4	Production notes, special requirements and drawing information are noted as required
2.5	Drawing is checked for accuracy, clarity and compliance with enterprise documentation requirements
2.6	Drawing is labelled and stored or processed in accordance with enterprise requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction drawing is to be undertaken in accordance with established industry and/or enterprise practices and procedures customers may be internal or external
Drawings include:	manual and computer-aided processes and both two and three-dimensional
Tools and equipment include:	drafting table drawing aids computing equipment and workstation special lighting conditions
Materials include:	drawing computing consumables
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	customer and component specifications/instructions work procedures/instructions enterprise information management systems as they relate to drawing management legislation/regulations/codes relevant to the work undertaken quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFDN4002B Produce line and component production drawings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4002 Produce line and component production drawings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Interpret specifications and measurements in two and three-dimensional form

Satisfy ergonomic criteria during the drawing process

Present relevant information within the production drawing using computer-aided processes and techniques

Label and store drawing outcomes

Suggest improvements to drawing activities and, where authorised, negotiate changes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Computer-aided drawing processes and techniques

Drawing presentation standards

Ergonomic principles for furniture design and manufacture

Enterprise or equivalent operating procedures, including procedures for preparing drawings and presenting information

Relevant regulatory requirements, recognised standards and codes, and industry practices

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to line and production drawing requirements, specifications, dimensions and drawing equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers developing patterns and/or templates for production processes by hand, by using appropriate tools and equipment, and by computer-assisted production.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for and dimension the task	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2	Customer orders are interpreted to establish required sizes of finished products
1.3	Size requirements are checked in relation to the production process and finishing capacity of the workplace
2	Plan process	2.1	Material for pattern or template is identified for approximate size and characteristics
2.2	Required instruments and equipment are identified, located and assembled
2.3	Drawings and related specifications are interpreted
2.4	Procedures for using pattern development instruments and tools are checked and equipment is prepared for use
3	Plot dimensions	3.1	Equipment and tools are used following normal workplace procedures
3.2	Each dimension is measured, exploded and plotted maintaining appropriate angles, arcs and curves
3.3	Visual inspection and measurements are used to compare pattern dimensions and shapes with drawings and specifications
4	Complete pattern or template	4.1	Pattern or template is completed ensuring that the pattern indicates completion date and original drawing details
4.2	Required workplace approval of pattern or template is obtained
4.3	Plans are marked with notations for workplace requirements, including authorship, process or customer requirements, authorisation and any review dates
4.4	Plans are copied and filed, as required, according to workplace policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual ability, discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in the production of patterns or templates work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction development of patterns and/or templates is undertaken in accordance with established enterprise procedures and practices customers may be internal or external
Tools and equipment include:	computer numeric controlled (CNC) machines static woodworking machines relevant hand tools
Materials include:	manufactured board solid timbers composite materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work organisation procedures and practices relating to the production of patterns and/or templates designer/drawer specifications and instructions legislation/regulations/codes relevant to the work undertaken furniture production techniques and criteria, including ergonomic requirements quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFDN4003B Produce patterns and/or templates

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Interpret drawings and extrapolate to physical dimensions

Select appropriate mediums and materials and produce a minimum of three (3) patterns or templates making use of:

manufactured board

solid timber

composite material

Suggest improvements to pattern and template production and, where authorised, negotiate changes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Company operating procedures, including procedures for pattern and/or template production

Types, characteristics uses and limitations of pattern/template materials

Operation requirements of equipment and work systems in own work area

Competency requirements of the work activities

Relevant regulatory requirements, recognised standards and codes, and industry practices

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to drawings, job specifications, information on production/fabrication process, production materials and relevant computer equipment and software.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDN4004 Design, construct and test jigs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers designing, constructing and testing jigs required for manufacture, assembly, construction and testing of furnishing items.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify production requirements	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2	The item to be produced is identified from a work order
1.3	Production requirements are identified from specifications, an existing item or from drawings, patterns and/or templates
2	Design jig	2.1	Design of proposed jig or fixture is produced
2.2	Production process incorporating jig is planned
2.3	Materials to be used to construct jig are selected
3	Construct jig	3.1	Appropriate tools and equipment are selected
3.2	Jig is constructed in accordance with design and within tolerances
4	Test jig	4.1	Jig is used to produce prototype to ascertain its adherence to set tolerances and to assess its match to original design
4.2	Jig is adjusted, as required, to meet the requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual ability, discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in the completion of this competency work is performed individually or in a team environment customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Tools include:	routers spindle moulders panel saws copy shapers radial arm saws
Materials include:	solid timbers manufactured board composites
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	an enterprise work order which may be raised in response to a customer order, a modification to an item of production, or a new product line of the enterprise product drawings, prototype, design brief, patterns, specifications and/or specifications machine manufacturer specifications and operational procedures workplace instructions, including, job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communicating quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFDN4004B Design, construct and test jigs

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4004 Design, construct and test jigs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Produce a minimum of two (2) jigs required to create complex fine furnishing items, including a moving jig

Produce a fixture in accordance with acceptable industry tolerances

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Machine technical specifications, including the acceptable criteria for related jigs

Impact of design changes on jig construction

Characteristics, uses and limitations of materials used for jig/fixture construction

Jig and fixture design, construction and testing techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to item specifications, design support facilities, jig construction materials, machinery, equipment and hand tools appropriate to the jigs to be produced.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDN4005 Work within a furniture design team

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching, developing and presenting design and development proposals and documenting outcomes and proposals within a multi-disciplinary enterprise team environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Interpret design brief	1.1	Design parameters are clarified, in consultation with designer, sales team, management and/or client where required
1.2	A strategy plan and/or critical path plan is developed when required
1.3	Constraints are identified and taken into account when clarifying the brief
2	Research relevant information	2.1	Trends in materials are researched for performance, aesthetics, care/maintenance requirements and suitability to project or design
2.2	Trends and new technology are researched, where appropriate
2.3	Client priorities are clarified, including cost, performance, aesthetics and availability
2.4	Technical requirements associated with production, including work health and safety (WHS) are assessed, within specified guidelines
2.5	Any additional expertise required for the project is identified
3	Contribute to design concepts	3.1	Preliminary concepts are worked out in conjunction with others to identify possibilities
3.2	Design concept is developed through predetermined criteria, such as ergonomics, materials, colour, properties and end application
3.3	Ideas are contributed and discussed with team members
3.4	Relevant support materials and explanations are developed and refined in conjunction with members of the design team
4	Contribute to the presentation of design/product	4.1	Roles of self and others for the presentation meeting are determined
4.2	Presentation of design or product is carried out in a manner which promotes the design's acceptance/approval
5	Maintain records	5.1	Records are maintained and reports prepared, where necessary, in accordance with enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving work refers to enterprise and client initiated ideas or requests applied under general guidance on progress and outcomes size and work organisation within the enterprise will determine the range of interaction with other areas/personnel, for example: patternmaker sample hand/machinist marketing/sales management customer
Design includes:	applications associated with an original design adaptation of designs interpretation of sketches
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	product catalogues, style manuals or equivalent enterprise business plans and products work specifications customer requirements design brief organisation work procedures legislation, regulations and industry codes of practice relevant to the product quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFDN4005B Work within a furniture design team

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4005 Work within a furniture design team

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research information and share it with others in the team and contribute to the design of products through discussion

Encourage excellence in performance of team/group members suggesting improvements to design activities and, where authorised, negotiate changes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Company operating procedures, including procedures for developing design concepts

Design core and professional practices

Ergonomic principles for furniture design and manufacture

Operation requirements of equipment and work systems in own work area

Competency requirements of the work activities

WHS requirements

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to design development team, design concepts and research and development (R&D) agencies/capabilities.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDN5001 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing complex drawings using computer-aided techniques and capabilities, including three-dimensional modelling, exploded assembly drawings and conversion of drawings for computer numerically controlled (CNC) applications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Create exploded assembly drawings	1.1	Drawing preparations, including drawing name, labelling information, dimensions, specifications and information management requirements, are obtained/completed
1.2	Three-dimensional models are prepared for all components
1.3	Perspective view of the model is created and confirmed
1.4	Model is exploded so that all components are visible
1.5	All individual components are labelled in accordance with enterprise requirements
1.6	Quality checks are completed to ensure accuracy of outcomes
1.7	Drawings are stored in accordance with enterprise requirements
2	Create job sheets	2.1	Preparations, including file storage, product coding, inventory information and drawing management requirements, are identified and completed
2.2	Job sheet template is set up in accordance with enterprise requirements and practices
2.3	Necessary orthographic views are created and dimensioned
2.4	Sequencing of machine operations and operator requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) are identified and listed
2.5	Draft job sheets are prepared, reviewed, tested and amended to enterprise requirements
2.6	Job sheets are stored in accordance with enterprise requirements
3	Convert drawings for CNC applications	3.1	Conversion requirements are identified and confirmed from the CNC machine specifications
3.2	Layers and additional information required for final conversion are created
3.3	Drawing entities are assigned to the relevant layers
3.4	Conversion to the required file type is completed
3.5	Converted file is stored in accordance with enterprise requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual, analytical and organisational ability, judgement and problem-solving applied under broad guidance within routine and non-routine situations work involves enterprise and client-initiated ideas or requests
Preparing complex drawings includes:	identification, selection and use of computer-aided techniques and capabilities, including three-dimensional modelling, exploded assembly drawings and conversion of drawings for CNC applications researching software trends and developments generating and presenting ideas liaising with client and/or other functional areas compiling information
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	customer requirements work specifications product catalogues and style manuals or equivalent inventory systems and records organisation work procedures and sequencing arrangements legislation/regulations/national and industry codes and practices relevant to the product quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFDN5001B Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN5001 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Create a minimum of two (2) exploded assembly drawings, including:

preparation of three-dimensional models

creation of perspective views

exploding the models to expose all components

labelling of all components

management and storage of drawings

Create a minimum of two (2) confirmed job sheets which have the necessary orthographic views and all required management and inventory information

Convert a minimum of two (2) drawings for CNC application, including the creation of layers, assignment of drawing entities and the protection and storage of converted files

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Design core and professional practices

Ergonomic principles for furniture design and manufacture

Type, range, uses and limitations of contemporary computer-aided design (CAD) software

Types, range, uses and limitations of contemporary CAD applications

Industry product ranges and detailed knowledge of furniture construction processes

Types of construction materials and their characteristics, uses and limitations

Materials, trims, accessories and their properties and characteristics

Enterprise information management systems and processes related to drawings

Relevant WHS legislation, regulatory requirements and codes of practice

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to real or appropriately simulated situations involving the application of drawing and drafting techniques and to the related computing, operational and inventory support systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4001 Apply finishing techniques to custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying finishing techniques to custom furniture involving application of skills and knowledge at a highly skilled craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work	1.1	Applicable legislative, work health and safety (WHS), and organisational requirements relevant to finishing custom furniture are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions, plans and design briefs are read and interpreted to identify processes and materials to complete work tasks
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Quality checking procedures are developed and documented for each step in the finishing process
2	Select appropriate finish technology	2.1	Design brief and furniture material, style and purpose are appraised to identify finishing technique options
2.2	Using samples of the type of material surface and specified finish, various finishing options are evaluated and the preferred option is selected
2.3	Specifications for type of finishing material to be applied are identified to determine means of application
2.4	Method of applying finishes to surfaces is identified and evaluated
2.5	Sample of material is tested with selected finishing technique to ensure appropriateness
3	Finish furniture surface	3.1	Furniture surface is prepared in accordance with the finishing specification
3.2	Imperfections, pores, nail or screw holes on the surface are rectified
3.3	Finishing processes and materials are applied in accordance with the agreed specifications
3.4	Surface is polished or buffed depending on the shine required
3.5	Work is checked against required quality standards
3.6	Any non-conformity with the required quality standards is rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Faulty and defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.5	Workplace documentation and/or reports are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving
Finishing custom furniture includes:	preparation technique used on the furniture surface the processes of selection, evaluation and application of any materials to the surface the process of polishing other final finishing processes
Tools and equipment include:	power and hand sanders brushes steel wool scrapers rags rubbing pads spray guns rottenstone pumice other polishing and rubbing compounds
Materials include:	timber (both indigenous and overseas) adhesives and fasteners shellac lacquer polyurethane oil finishes stains oxides bleaching compounds ammonia filling compounds
Furniture surface preparation includes:	sanding by hand or power sander scraping planing other smoothing techniques and is to take account of the fact that the colour of the wood may be changed by: staining bleaching painting ammonia fuming other techniques
Surface filling includes:	using wood putty, wood plugs or other fillers
Finishing processes and materials include:	waxing shellacking nitrocellulose lacquering conversion lacquering linseed oiling tung oiling alkyd varnishing polyurethane varnishing water-based polyurethane and/or oil-varnish mixes
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4001A Apply finishing techniques to custom furniture

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4001 Apply finishing techniques to custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Finish a minimum of four (4) different pieces of furniture to industry standards using at least four (4) different finish technologies on each, from the processes set out in the Range of Conditions

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of finishes

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the selection and use of finishing materials

Finishing techniques

Characteristics, properties and selection criteria of finishing materials

Finishing characteristics and properties of timber being used

Matching requirements of adhesives and fasteners to timbers/materials used

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Work flow in relation to the furniture items being made or repaired

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to realistic and differing finishing tasks, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to applying finishing techniques to custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4002 Assemble custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assembling custom furniture to critical production specifications involving application of skills and knowledge at a highly skilled craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work	1.1	Applicable legislative, work health and safety (WHS), and organisational requirements relevant to assembling custom furniture are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions, plans or design briefs and critical production specifications are read and interpreted to identify processes and materials to complete work tasks
1.3	Assembly sequence is planned and materials/component layout is confirmed
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Adhesives, trims and accessories are identified, evaluated against the production specification and selected for use
1.6	Quality checking procedures are developed and documented for each step in the assembly process
2	Assemble custom furniture	2.1	Components, materials and tools are laid out in accordance with the assembly plan
2.2	Components are checked against specification prior to assembly and out of specification items are rejected
2.3	Components are assembled and checked against specification for accuracy, fit, twist and distortion
2.4	Doors, drawers and shelves are assembled and fitted
2.5	Hardware and decorative accessories are applied to specification
2.6	Product quality is prepared for final finish, including the removal of bruises, scratches, dents and marks
2.7	Product quality is checked against plans at identified checkpoints
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
3.5	Workplace documentation and/or reports are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving
Custom furniture includes:	one-off manufacture in response to specific customer requirements. It does not include variations or modification to a production line item, and includes: wall units vanity units kitchen cabinets sideboards/buffets drawer units display cabinets counters tables beds
Tools and equipment include:	clamps winding sticks measuring tapes or rules hammers mallets squares presses
Materials include:	timber (both indigenous and overseas) adhesives screws nails dowels metal fasteners knockdown fittings glass decorative finishes abrasive paper
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace instructions, including job sheets, plans, specifications, drawings and designs for custom furniture item manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4002A Assemble custom furniture

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4002 Assemble custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Assemble and prepare for finishing a minimum of three (3) different and significant custom furniture products utilising at least three (3) different adhesive types

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the assembly of custom furniture

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the assembly of custom furniture

Techniques for the assembly, fixing and finishing of custom furniture components

Characteristics and properties of materials used in furniture components

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and safety requirements of tools and equipment used in assembly operations

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and safety requirements of adhesives and fasteners used in custom furniture assembly

Work flow in relation to the furniture items being assembled

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Environmental protection requirements

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to realistic assembly requirement involving three significant products, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to assembling custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4003 Assess and record the lifecycle of a product

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assessing and recording the design and production of a product from its raw source to its completion and life as a product in accordance with design elements and principles in an industry workplace or design studio environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess raw sources of material	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to recording the lifecycle of a product are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
1.4	Most suitable materials to fulfil the brief are assessed to meet the requirements
1.5	Materials are assessed from their source taking account of where they derived from and their processing techniques
1.6	Materials are assessed for their ecological and environmental impact
1.7	Materials are assessed for their availability and supply
1.8	Information on raw materials is recorded for future use
2	Assess the design process	2.1	Problem or underlying factors being addressed by the design brief are verified and documented
2.2	User needs and desires are assessed and documented
2.3	Elements of design are assessed for the intended outcome and documented
2.4	Principles of design are assessed for the intended outcome and documented
2.5	Requirements of the brief are prioritised and assessed for conflicts
2.6	Activities to be undertaken to complete concepts, sketches, drawings and models are documented and prioritised
2.7	Final documentation outlining the full analysis of the design brief is compiled and produced as a report
3	Assess the production process	3.1	Production timeline is assessed
3.2	Supply of raw materials for production is analysed
3.3	Available personnel with suitable skills are assessed for proficiency to complete production
3.4	Manufacturing process is assessed for equipment and assembly methods
3.5	Component production is mapped
3.6	Finishing requirements are assessed
3.7	Final completion of product is assessed and quality checking arrangements put in place
3.8	Action plan for production is completed
4	Assess the product life	4.1	Packaging and despatch procedures are assessed and verified
4.2	Destination of the final product is verified and documented
4.3	Use of the product is assessed and potential life of the product estimated
4.4	Product lifecycle process is reviewed using all of the assessed data

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives and milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Materials include:	timber (native and imported) man-made timber products plastic metal alloys stones glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Sources include:	origin of the raw material, including type and location wood was derived from, how and where it was processed, impact growth and available seasoning lead time mining source of metal or alloys and how these were processed formulas for the composition of plastics origin of textiles and how these were milled
Ecological and environmental impact include:	how the use of raw materials effect the ecology and environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Documentation includes:	working notes hand written records typed and computer generated information reports
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Concepts include:	ideas generated to respond to the design brief through both ideation drawings or sketching and written explanation
Sketches include:	hand drawn images ideation drawings completed freehand
Working drawings include:	drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using computer-aided design (CAD) software packages that contain project specifications
Models include:	any three-dimensional (3-D) product which is made to full size or replicated through maquette, produced without normal manufacturing techniques, mainly to provide for the analysis of proportion, balance and aesthetic value
Manufacturing processes include:	methods by which the product will be produced with steps that entail working from drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4003A Assess and record the lifecycle of a product

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4003 Assess and record the lifecycle of a product

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Record the lifecycle of a product from its raw source to its end use, work through the design process assessing the requirements and recording the intended outcomes

Apply design elements and principles to a product lifecycle and produce a report on the analysis

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for assessing and recording furniture details

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for assessing and recording furniture details

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Characteristics of furnishing materials, products and defects

Design and related computer programs

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to recording the lifecycle of a product.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4004 Assess environmental impact of a design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assessing the environmental impact of a design and evaluating and recording its energy consumption, waste and material sustainability at all stages of production, product use and disposal or recycling.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess raw sources of material	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to assessing the environmental impact of a design are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Communication with others to complete assessment is established and maintained
1.4	Materials are assessed from their source taking account of where they derived from, their processing techniques and energy used to obtain them
1.5	Materials are assessed for their ecological and environmental impact
1.6	Materials are assessed for their availability and sustainability
2	Assess the environmental impact of the design	2.1	User needs and desires are assessed and documented
2.2	Material choice and use as stated in the specifications is audited and assessed
2.3	Product lifecycle analysis is evaluated and longevity determined
2.4	Intended manufacturing processes, including assembly and finishing, are assessed for their impact on the environment
2.5	Final documentation outlining the design environmental impact
3	Assess the manufacturing process	3.1	Production timeline is assessed and energy use measured
3.2	Supply of raw materials for production is analysed and wastage estimated
3.3	Manufacturing process is assessed for equipment and assembly method energy usage and waste
3.4	Component production is analysed to measure energy use and waste
3.5	Finishing requirements are assessed for toxic waste levels and energy usage
3.6	Packaging, despatch and transport arrangements are analysed to measure energy usage
3.7	Final documentation outlining the full analysis of the manufacturing impact on the environment is compiled and produced as a report
4	Assess product potential for recycling	4.1	Ability for all components of product to be recycled are assessed
4.2	Non-recyclable components are identified and potential alternatives determined
4.3	Impact of non-recyclable components on environment is assessed
4.4	Recycling potential of the product is reported in documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Materials include:	timber (native and imported) man-made timber products plastic metal alloys stones glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Sources include:	origin of the raw material, including the type and location wood was derived from, how and where it was processed, graph impact growth and available seasoning lead time mining source of metal or alloys and how these were processed formulas for the composition of plastics origin of textiles and how these were milled
Energy includes:	the measure of energy output in correlation to the cost to the environment in terms of electricity, gas or fossil fuel usage
Ecological and environmental impacts include:	how the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from, including illegal logging energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Sustainability includes:	the amount of resource widely available based on demand and its capacity to renew or be renewed
Product lifecycle includes:	the evolution of a product from its raw source, through its inception, development, manufacture, completion and time as a completed product until potential renewal
Manufacturing processes include:	methods by which the product will be produced with steps that entail working from drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Assembly methods include:	nailing gluing screwing welding pressing sewing bonding jointing connecting various materials
Finishing includes:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings
Wastage includes:	wasting of valuable raw materials wastage of energy to obtain the raw materials wastage during the manufacturing process how waste is or isn’t managed after it is produced
Equipment includes:	static machinery portable power tools computer numerically controlled (CNC) equipment and is to include procedures for lock out protecting operators and co-workers from accidental injury by isolating the machine from the power source
Components include:	parts which make up the whole of a product (each component often requires some level of machining to result in the desired part)
Packaging and despatch include:	wrapping in fabric plastic wrapping shrink wrapping boxing foam shells despatch by mobile means
Transport includes:	truck trailer train plane ship
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4004A Assess environmental impact of a design

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4004 Assess environmental impact of a design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Assess and measure the environmental impact of a design from its raw source through manufacture to its end use and disposal and recording of the impact study outcomes

Produce a report on the impact study outcomes of a product

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to assessing the environmental impact of a design

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for assessing the environmental impact of a design

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products, sources and defects

Energy consumption calculation

Forest management and sustainability

Illegal Logging Prohibition Act 2012

Greenhouse gas emissions

Resource utilisation

Waste and waste management solutions

Relevant computer programs

Product assembly techniques and equipment capabilities

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of tasks where relevant, Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to assessing the environmental impact of a design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4005 Construct and evaluate furniture prototypes and samples

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing or overseeing the construction of furniture prototypes and samples in furnishing operations of all sizes. Construction of prototypes and samples can apply to an industry workplace or design studio environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for production	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to constructing prototypes and samples are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Type and quantity of material to be used is acquired from the storage location
1.4	Equipment is selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness in accordance with manufacturer recommendation
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
2	Plan for production	2.1	Manufacturing process is planned and organised
2.2	Material is allocated in accordance with the manufacturing plan and safe working procedures
2.3	Components are selected
2.4	Assembly methods are researched and planned
2.5	Components are assembled in accordance with the sketches and freehand development drawings
2.6	Prototype or sample is finished according to draft specifications
3	Evaluate prototype or sample	3.1	Prototype or sample is evaluated for functionality and aesthetic appeal
3.2	Prototype or sample is assessed for their elements of design
3.3	Prototype or sample is assessed for their principles of design
3.4	Prototype or sample is analysed against design brief requirements
3.5	Prototype or sample is reviewed with client or test client
3.6	Modifications to the prototype or sample are explored to satisfy the requirements of the design brief
3.7	Prototype or sample production process faults are recorded and reported to the appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Materials include:	scrap timber man-made timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Storage locations include:	storage racks storage bays bins stacks pallet boxes modularised storage components temporary stacking bays (stand, frame or ground)
Divisions in storage includes:	standard product classification product designation size dimension stack number weight grade shelf life stock rotation position
Equipment includes:	static machinery portable power tools computer numerically controlled (CNC) equipment and is to include procedures for lock out protecting operators and co-workers from accidental injury by isolating the machine from the power source
Manufacturing processes include:	methods by which the product will be produced entailing working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Components include:	parts which make up the whole of a product (each component often requires some level of machining to result in the desire part)
Assembly processes include:	nailing gluing screwing welding pressing sewing bonding jointing connecting various materials
Sketches include:	hand drawn images ideation drawings completed freehand
Freehand development drawings include:	isometric oblique perspective orthographic elevation drawings which explode the parts of the concept sketches and include: rough sizes scale tones values
Prototypes or samples include:	a full size replica of the intended product outcome based on concept sketches and freehand development drawings, produced from stiff cardboard, scrap timber or moulding clay
Specifications include:	measurements procedures by which a product is constructed materials to be utilised
Functionality includes:	purpose intended for the product in relationship to the design brief
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Modifications include:	alterations to the original prototype concept to achieve better balance, proportion or aesthetic value
Records and reports include:	design and production method product type and size inspection and labelling outcomes storage locations quality outcomes hazards, incidents or equipment malfunctions
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4005A Construct and evaluate furniture prototypes and samples

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4005 Construct and evaluate furniture prototypes and samples

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Construct a prototype or sample in accordance with the design brief and concept sketches and drawings

Apply design elements and principles to develop a prototype in accordance with a the design brief

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for the construction of prototypes and samples

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing prototypes and samples

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Design and other relevant computer programs

Product assembly techniques

Sketching and drawing

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to constructing a prototype or sample.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4006 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers identifying and assessing WHS implications of furniture designs, including accessories and materials, to determine potential hazards for a range of customer groups and those involved in their production. It includes identifying and acting upon hazards and risks within the workplace, and participating in WHS related training.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify principles of WHS	1.1	Duty of care and responsibilities of individuals and organisations are defined
1.2	Concepts of hierarchy of control are identified and related to the workplace
1.3	Codes of practice relating to specific workplace risks are identified
1.4	Importance of a systematic approach to WHS is understood
1.5	Applicable WHS, legislative and organisational requirements relevant to furniture designs are identified
1.6	The furnishing materials to be used and their key characteristics are identified
2	Assess WHS implications for furniture manufacturing	2.1	Hazards associated with materials used in the manufacture of furniture are identified
2.2	Hazards associated with production of furniture are identified
2.3	Safety measures implemented to control hazards to manufacturers are identified and implications for furniture designs evaluated
2.4	Information resources on safety aspects of materials and technology used in the production of furniture are identified and accessed
3	Assess WHS implications for customers	3.1	Range of customers for furniture products are identified and potential hazards for users determined
3.2	Potential hazards associated with components and accessories are identified
3.3	Safety measures implemented to control hazards to users are identified and implications for furniture designs evaluated
3.4	Information resources on safety aspects of furniture design are identified and accessed
4	Assess risk	4.1	Likelihood of hazards causing harm is considered and determined
4.2	Consequence if the event should occur is evaluated and determined
4.3	Risk level (likelihood and consequence combined) is considered and determined
5	Apply risk control measures to furniture design	5.1	Designs are evaluated for WHS implications
5.2	Range of treatments which may eliminate or minimise risks are identified
5.3	Feasible options are subject to detailed analysis, including the identification of resource requirements
5.4	Most appropriate treatment for addressing risk is selected and applied to design

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Duty of care includes:	everything ‘reasonably practicable’ to be done to protect the health and safety of others at the workplace. This duty is placed on: all employers their employees any others who have an influence on the hazards in a workplace
Hierarchy of control includes:	the range of feasible options for managing the risk to health and safety. The hierarchy is: elimination of the hazard its substitution with a less harmful version its redesign engineering controls isolation of the hazard from people at the workplace safe work practices redesigning work systems the use of personal protective equipment by people at the workplace
Systematic approach includes:	hazard identification risk assessment risk control review
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations, organisational safety policies and procedures use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination control of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Materials include:	fabrics finishes wood metal plastic paint foam oils animal skin adhesives nails staples
Hazards associated with materials include:	chemical properties: toxicity fumes combustibility physical properties: strength/weakness splintering breakage weight components: adhesives nails staples
Hazards associated with production include:	manual handling finishing and production processes use of tools and machinery dust inhalation power sources and leads flying debris fume inhalation trips falls lack of control during pouring machine safety and vibration (direct and indirect consequences)
Range of customers include:	aged and the elderly people with disabilities children adults
Potential hazards for users include:	allergies to materials injury from materials or components injury due to design faults lack of stability breakage difficult to handle or install
Treatments include:	use of production safety strategies, such as dust and fumes extraction systems materials testing power source protection personal protective equipment use of tested materials and accessories use of specialised safety features and components
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4008A Determine occupational health and safety implications of designs

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4006 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Locate and apply safety information and assess safety aspects of furniture designs for a range of customers to address risks and hazards in furniture designs

Complete a minimum of three (3) risk assessments of furniture designs, including the determination of required treatments

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to risk management in a furnishing technology work environment

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for furnishing technology

Types of tools and equipment, their operating characteristics and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Common furnishing technology related hazards and the range of commonly applied treatments

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to establishing and maintaining a safe furnishing technology work environment, and relevant WHS legislation and regulations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4007 Prepare and present furniture design information

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing and presenting a range of design concepts as solutions to a design brief in accordance with integral design elements and principles in an industry workplace or design studio environment. It involves application of skills and knowledge at a supervisory or equivalent level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for presentation of design information	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to producing design development sketches and drawings are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Type and quantity of concepts to be presented are assessed from the design brief
1.4	Presentation equipment is selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
2	Present design information	2.1	Concept sketches are presented as solutions to the design brief and for the audience
2.2	Sketches are represented as ideation drawings and presented using presentation boards and portfolios
2.3	Freehand development drawings are incorporated into the presentation to represent the construction and joints
2.4	Working drawings are presented to represent final measurements and specifications
2.5	Concepts and their elements of design are promoted, explained and evaluated for the audience
2.6	Concepts and their principles of design are promoted, explained and evaluated for the audience
2.7	Presentation of design information is made using multimedia and computer-based strategies
3	Present manufacturing information	3.1	Maquettes of concepts are presented for discussion and viewing
3.2	Prototypes or samples are presented for viewing and aesthetic value
3.3	Sample joints or joining techniques are presented to support the design theory
3.4	Alternative manufacturing techniques are presented and promoted
3.5	Material options are presented and promoted
3.6	Assembly and finishing techniques and processes are presented and promoted
3.7	Concept manufacturing process is evaluated and presented using multimedia and computer-based strategies

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Concepts include:	ideas generated to respond to the design brief through both ideation drawings or sketching and written explanation
Presentation equipment include:	presentation boards portfolios photography data projectors video other forms of multimedia
Sketches include:	hand drawn images ideation drawings completed freehand
Audience includes:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Ideation drawings include:	freehand drawings which represent a product as a story and methodology to the design brief solution
Freehand development drawings include:	isometric oblique perspective orthographic elevation drawings those which explode the parts of the concept sketches and include rough sizes, scale, tones and values
Working drawings include:	drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using computer-aided design (CAD) software packages that contain project specifications
Specifications include:	measurements procedures by which a product is constructed materials to be utilised
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Computer-based strategies include:	PowerPoint presentations CAD demonstrations written presentations other scenarios utilising different software applications
Maquette includes:	a miniature version of the intended final product to establish if the elements and principles of design have been achieved
Prototypes or samples include:	a full size replica of the intended product outcome based on concept sketches and freehand development drawings, produced from stiff cardboard, scrap timber or moulding clay
Manufacturing processes include:	methods by which the product will be produced with steps that entail working from drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Materials include:	timber (native and imported) man-made timber products plastic metal alloys stones glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Assembly processes include:	nailing gluing screwing welding pressing sewing bonding jointing connecting various materials
Finishing includes:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4009A Prepare and present furniture design information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4007 Prepare and present furniture design information

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare and present design information in accordance with the concepts and design brief to a prospective client interested in buying a design for manufacturing purposes, and effectively apply design elements and principles to the presentation

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to preparing and presenting design information

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for preparing and presenting design information

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Relevant computer programs

Presentation techniques and equipment

Product assembly techniques

Sketching and drawing techniques

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and design specifications relevant to preparing and presenting design information.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4008 Produce and evaluate developmental furniture models to scale

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers producing developmental models to scale using fundamental design elements and principles for presentation purposes in an industry workplace or design studio environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for production	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to producing developmental models to scale are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Type and quantity of materials to be used are acquired from the storage location
1.4	Equipment is selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
2	Interpret design development sketches and drawings	2.1	Sketches and drawings are assessed for their elements of design
2.2	Sketches and drawings are assessed for their principles of design
2.3	Sample maquette is produced in accordance with the concept sketches and drawings
2.4	Concept is modified for its aesthetic value in keeping with the intended function
2.5	Working drawings are assessed for their specification requirements
2.6	Concept is planned for model manufacture taking into account available equipment and resources
3	Produce scale model	3.1	Manufacturing process is planned and organised
3.2	Material is processed in accordance with the manufacturing plan and safe working procedures
3.3	Components are produced and prepared for assembly
3.4	Components are assembled in accordance with the working drawings
3.5	Scale model is finished according to specifications
4	Evaluate scale model	4.1	Design and production process faults are recorded and reported to the appropriate personnel
4.2	Scale model is evaluated for functionality and aesthetic appeal
4.3	Scale model is evaluated against design brief requirements
4.4	Scale model is reviewed with client or test client
4.5	Modifications to the scale model are explored to satisfy the requirements of the design brief

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Materials include:	timber (native and imported) man-made timber products plastic metal alloys stones glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Storage locations include:	storage racks storage bays bins stacks pallet boxes modularised storage components temporary stacking bays (stand, frame or ground)
Storage divisions include by:	standard product classification product designation size dimension stack number weight grade shelf life stock rotation position
Equipment includes:	static machinery portable power tools computer numerically controlled (CNC) equipment and is to include procedures for lock out protecting operators and co-workers from accidental injury by isolating the machine from the power source
Sketches include:	hand drawn images ideation drawings completed freehand
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Maquette includes:	a miniature version of the intended final product to establish if the elements and principles of design have been achieved.
Concepts include:	ideas generated to respond to the design brief through both ideation drawings or sketching and written explanation
Aesthetics include:	consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Working drawings include:	drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using computer-aided design (CAD) software packages that contain project specifications
Manufacturing processes include:	methods by which the product will be produced with steps that entail working from drawings and specifications producing components utilising machine operations assembly of the components finishing techniques
Components include:	parts which make up the whole of a product (each component often requires some level of machining to result in the desired part)
Scale model includes:	a model replica of the intended final outcome product produced to a suitable scale to distinguish its features, for example, 1:5 or 1:10. The model may be made from similar material as the intended final solution or in some cases made from modelling clay
Specifications include:	measurements procedures by which a product is constructed materials to be utilised
Functionality includes:	the purpose intended for the product in relationship to the design brief
Records and reports include:	the design and production method product type and size inspection and labelling outcomes storage locations quality outcomes hazards, incidents or equipment malfunctions
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4010A Produce and evaluate developmental furniture models to scale

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4008 Produce and evaluate developmental furniture models to scale

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Produce developmental models to scale work through sketch development and the design process to produce a final scale model effectively applying design elements and principles

Produce a scale model in accordance with the scale development sketches and drawings

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for producing developmental models to scale

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for producing developmental models to scale

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Relevant computer programs

Product assembly techniques

Sketching and drawing techniques

Scale drawings and scale to human figure

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to producing developmental models to scale.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4009 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining basic static woodworking machines to achieve furniture design requirements, including tuning and general problem solving. It involves application of skills and knowledge at the highly skilled craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine set-up and operating requirements of woodworking machines	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the selection and use of static woodworking machines are verified and complied with
1.2	Set-up requirements for static woodworking machines are identified according to furniture design and safety requirements
1.3	Operating requirements to achieve design outcomes are identified and safety requirements determined
2	Set up and operate static woodworking machines	2.1	Selected machines are checked for serviceability, precision settings, maintenance compliance and safety
2.2	Work specifications and instructions are interpreted and machines are set up to perform operations
2.3	Machines are operated according to manufacturer operating procedures to achieve required work outcome
2.4	Work is monitored to ensure quality standards are met
2.5	Safety procedures are followed
3	Maintain static woodworking machines	3.1	Machines are assessed for performance compliance
3.2	Faults or non-compliances are identified and rectified, replaced or reported according to workplace procedures
3.3	Problem-solving techniques are applied to identify and address operational problems
3.4	Routine maintenance is conducted to ensure optimal performance of machines
3.5	Work area is maintained to housekeeping standards
3.6	All machines are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer specifications

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Static woodworking machines include:	table saw thicknesser jointer band saw
Problem-solving techniques include:	root cause analysis (RCA) consultation with colleagues, designers, manufacturers, technicians and maintenance personnel re-setting of machine routine maintenance
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4011A Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4009 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Locate and apply relevant information and set up, operate and maintain a table saw, thicknesser, jointer and band saw.

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to use of static woodworking machines

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for use of static woodworking machines

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of the range of static woodworking machines used in furniture production

Manufacturing specifications for static woodworking machines

Processes for evaluating the quality of static woodworking machines in terms of specifications, safety, maintainability and commercial reputation

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Workplace safety requirements and WHS legislation

Work flow within the furnishing workplace

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to range of woodworking equipment and support documentation, specialist woodworking machines, related hand tools and maintenance specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4010 Research and select furniture finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and selecting finishes for various furniture design solutions in an industry workplace or design studio environment, and involves application of skills and knowledge at a supervisory or equivalent level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for finish research	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending finishes are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
1.4	Client requirements and desires are reviewed, confirmed and clarified
2	Research finishes	2.1	Aesthetic requirements of the finish are assessed
2.2	New finish technologies are researched and reported
2.3	Tactile requirements of the finish in relation to the design is researched
2.4	Application methods and available expertise for the desired finish are assessed
2.5	Costs of finishes are assessed and compared
2.6	Environmental impact of finishes are assessed
2.7	Longevity and restorability of finishes are researched
2.8	Hazards associated with the use and application of finishes are researched
2.9	Quality of finishes are assessed and reported
3	Select finishes	3.1	Research information is critically analysed in the context of the design brief requirements
3.2	Finishes and their elements of design are promoted, research explained and evaluated for the client
3.3	Finishes and their principles of design are promoted, research explained and evaluated for the client
3.4	Presentation of research information is made highlighting the findings and rationale for the finishes chosen

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving skills customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Aesthetics include:	consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils traditional finishes plastic coatings UV-protected coatings liquid coatings synthetic coatings synthetics paper glass vinyls textiles laminates plastics stainless steel metal veneers stone-based products
Tactile includes:	that perceived by the sense of touch producing the effect of three-dimensional depth
Application methods include:	spraying painting applicators gluing vacuum wrapping rubbing bonding
Environmental impacts include:	how the making and use of finishes effects the environment and how its continued use will affect those in the area energy consumption in applying the material greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the finish
Longevity and restorability includes:	an analysis of how long the finish is expected to last, while maintaining quality of aesthetic value and how readily the finish can be upgraded, repaired or replaced
Hazards include:	toxins and gases released by some finishes glues which may be harmful to people if not used correctly
Critical analysis includes:	comparing contrasting reflecting critiquing considering merit discussion debate
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4013A Research and select furniture finishes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4010 Research and select furniture finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research and select finishes to assist with informing the design process and arrive at a solution which meets client requirements

Apply design elements and principles to the research and selection of finishes in accordance with the concepts and design brief

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to selecting finishes

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the selection of finishing materials

Finishing techniques

Characteristics, properties and selection criteria of finishing materials

Finishing characteristics and properties of timber being used

Matching requirements of adhesives and fasteners to timbers/materials

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Work flow in relation to the furniture items being made or repaired

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to researching and recommending furniture finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4011 Research and select furniture materials and technology

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and selecting furniture materials and technologies in order to meet design requirements, including for traditional, new and emerging materials and technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for material research	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending materials are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
1.4	Client requirements and desires are reviewed, confirmed and clarified
2	Research materials	2.1	Aesthetic requirements of the material are assessed
2.2	New material technologies are researched and reported
2.3	Tactile requirements of the material in relation to the design is researched
2.4	Manufacturing processes and available expertise for the desired material are assessed
2.5	Costs of materials are assessed and compared
2.6	Environmental impact of materials are assessed
2.7	Longevity and restorability of materials are researched
2.8	Hazards associated with the use and application of materials, including handling, are researched
2.9	Quality of materials are assessed and reported
3	Select materials	3.1	Research information is critically analysed in the context of the design brief requirements
3.2	Materials and their elements of design are promoted, research explained and evaluated for the client
3.3	Materials and their principles of design are promoted, research explained and evaluated for the client
3.4	Presentation of research information is made highlighting the findings and rationale for the materials chosen
4	Research furniture making technology	4.1	Information sources on traditional, new and emerging technologies used in the production of furniture are identified and assessed for usefulness
4.2	Traditional furniture making technologies are identified and their application analysed to determine advantages and disadvantages
4.3	New and emerging technologies are identified and analysed for relevance in furniture designs
4.4	Environmental and safety aspects of technologies are identified and implications for use assessed
4.5	Information is collected and stored for future use
5	Select technology for furniture	5.1	Research information is critically analysed in the context of the design brief requirements
5.2	The relevance of technology to specific design solutions is determined and technology selected
5.3	Presentation of research information is made highlighting the findings and rationale for the technology chosen

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Aesthetics include:	consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products reconstituted products composite materials plastic metal alloys stone-based products glass textiles fibreglass foam synthetics cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Tactile includes:	that perceived by the sense of touch producing the effect of three-dimensional depth
Manufacturing processes include:	the methods by which the product will be produced, these steps entail working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Environmental impacts include:	how the making and use of finishes effects the environment and how its continued use will affect those in the area energy consumption in applying the material greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the finish
Longevity and restorability include:	an analysis of how long the finish is expected to last, while maintaining quality of aesthetic value and how readily the finish can be upgraded, repaired or replaced
Hazards include:	overweight loads bowing or cupping material causing collapse materials handling incidents splinters chips or fragments being lodged in the hands or eyes
Critical analysis includes:	comparing contrasting reflecting critiquing considering merit discussion debate
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Technology and manufacturing processes include:	volume and custom production processes computer-aided design (CAD) software programs digital design tools machinery tools manufacturing techniques laser cutting water jet cutting computer numerically controlled (CNC) router cutting foundries and casting soft furnishing technology
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4014A Research and select furniture materials and technology

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4011 Research and select furniture materials and technology

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research and select materials and technology to assist with informing the design process and arrive at a solution which meets client requirements

Apply design elements and principles to the research and selection of materials and technology in accordance with the concepts and design brief

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to researching and recommending materials

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching and recommending materials

Elements and principles of design

Aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Materials and technology research techniques

Material types and manufacturing processes

Technologies used in furniture production

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to researching and recommending materials and specifications

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4012 Research furniture styles and movements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching furniture styles and movements and analysing how they influence furniture design by accessing a range of information sources. It also covers identifying influences on the design of furniture and documenting information for use in furniture design projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan research	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching furniture styles and movements are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Relevant research sources of information on furniture styles and movements are located
1.4	Formal and informal research techniques are selected to access the information
1.5	Scope of research is determined
2	Conduct research and document findings	2.1	Research is conducted using a range of research techniques
2.2	Geographical research is conducted to detect influences
2.3	Cultural, economic and environmental influences on furniture styles and movements are identified
2.4	Features of furniture are identified
2.5	Significant trends, designers and techniques and their influences on styles and movements are identified
2.6	Research information is applied to current furniture design trends, philosophy and surrounding buildings
2.7	Information is documented to develop reference materials to inform design projects
2.8	Research materials and results of the research are organised and compiled into easy to access facilities for further reference
3	Maintain currency with furniture styles and movements	3.1	Research sources and compiled information are regularly checked for usefulness in informing design projects
3.2	Opportunities to update and expand research of styles and movements are scheduled
3.3	Findings from research are regularly incorporated into design outcomes

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Research sources include:	scientific texts historical texts and journals oral histories journals periodicals images objects films videos microfiche internet technical information stories libraries museums universities collection catalogues
Information includes:	philosophy texts world histories cultural issues publications spiritual issues publications religious texts histories of furniture design linguistics, aesthetics and political publications gender and identity issues texts place, signs and symbols criticism new technologies popular media
Styles and movements include:	furniture designers and key figures, such as Frank Lloyd Wright, Charles Eames and Antonio Gaudi schools and movements, such as Bauhaus in Germany, Federal style in the United States, and Art Nouveau in Europe periods and styles, such as the neo-classical Adams style, the simple lines of Art Deco, and the asymmetrical style of Rococo decorative details, such as: rosettes foots hinges mouldings
Research techniques include:	internet searches interview discussion books journals films documentaries first hand review
Geographical research includes:	international national regional local influences
Facilities include:	files computer files indices databases charts diagrams
Documentation includes:	freehand drawings sketches ideation drawings working drawings computer-generated documentation pictures illustrations photos multimedia presentations materials or theme boards specifications measurements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4015A Research furniture styles and movements

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4012 Research furniture styles and movements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Identify materials used in the work process

Research furniture styles and movements to assist with informing current design practices, challenging and adapting influences into current designs

Apply design elements and principles to the research of styles and movements in accordance with the concepts and design brief

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to researching styles and movements

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching styles and movements

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Significant trends, designers and techniques and their influences on styles and movements

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs for research and documentation

Relevant research techniques

Presentation techniques and equipment

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to researching styles and movements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4013 Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting and using hand tools in applications relating to custom furniture making sector and includes manufacturing specialist hand tools to support unique functions. It involves application of skills and knowledge at the highly skilled craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify hand tools	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the selection and use of hand tools are verified and complied with
1.2	Type and range of hand tools, their functions, manufacturing specifications and quality reputations are identified and researched
2	Select hand tools	2.1	Hand tools most appropriate for the job are selected
2.2	Selected hand tools are checked for serviceability, precision settings, maintenance compliance and safety
2.3	Faults are rectified or passed to qualified persons for rectification
2.4	Equipment is selected to hold or support material for hand tools application where applicable
3	Manufacture specialist hand tools	3.1	The need for specialist hand tools is established after full research and discounting of existing capabilities and availabilities
3.2	The design of the specialist tool is completed and verified
3.3	The material for the specialist tool is selected after full consideration of the functions and the material options
3.4	The specialist tool is manufactured to specification
3.5	The specialist tool is tested and modified to satisfy the function
3.6	Design specifications are documented and retained in the enterprise filing systems
4	Use hand tools	4.1	Hand tools are safely located when not in immediate use
4.2	Material is located and held in position for hand tool application
4.3	Hand tools safety requirements are complied with throughout the operation
4.4	The full capability of the hand tool is professionally applied and adjusted to achieve the required specificity of outcome
4.5	Mid-operation maintenance is carried out to ensure continuing achievement of specified outcomes
5	Clean up work area and tools	5.1	All tools are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer specifications
5.2	Equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored
5.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed
5.4	Workplace documentation and/or reports are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Instructions include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment production planning figures workplace instructions: job sheets plans specifications drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Hand tools include:	hand planes chisels hand saws spokeshave hammer mallet marking-out tools files rasps scraper screwdrivers hand drill straight edges knives clamps steel/bronze wool sandpaper brushes stone and whetstone grinder
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4016A Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom furniture

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4013 Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Locate and apply relevant information related to hand tools

Adopt and carry out correct procedures prior to and during use of the range of hand tools including hand planes, chisels, hand saws, spokeshave, hammer, mallet, marking-out tools, files, rasps, scrapers, screwdrivers, hand drills, straight edges, knives and clamps

Design and manufacture one (1) specialist hand tool for a specified production function

Tune and sharpen:

chisels

hand planes

spokeshave

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to use of hand tools

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for use of hand tools

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of the range of hand tools used in furniture production

Manufacturing specifications for hand tools

Processes for evaluating the quality of hand tools in terms of specifications, safety, maintainability and commercial reputation

Established communication channels and protocols

Techniques for the design of specialised hand tools and the manufacturer of one-off tools

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Workplace safety requirements and WHS legislation

Work flow within the workplace

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to range of quality hand tools and support documentation, legitimate specialist hand tool requirements and specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4014 Set up and operate a wood-turning lathe to produce off-centre work

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers maintaining, setting up and operating a wood-turning lathe and holding devices used to produce off-centre work for the production of furniture and building work. It involves application of skills and knowledge at the highly skilled craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements and instructions relevant to lathe operations are verified and complied with
1.2	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantity
1.3	Material for turning is selected and inspected for safety
1.4	The wood-turning lathe, holding devices, tools and gauges are identified and checked for safe and efficient operations
1.5	Procedures are determined for minimising waste
1.6	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines with holding devices	2.1	Lathe speed is selected in accordance with job requirements, safety considerations and manufacturer recommendations
2.2	Holding devices are mounted in accordance with job requirements and safety considerations
2.3	Necessary gauges and tools are selected for job
3	Operate lathe	3.1	Lathe start-up instructions are carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is mounted in lathe in accordance with manufacturer instructions, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Lathe is operated in accordance with its designed capacity, purpose and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Lathe operation is monitored to ensure produce quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.7	Problems with the required work and/or operation of the machine are identified and reported to the appropriate person
4	Clean up work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Materials that can be re-used are collected and stored
4.2	Waste and scraps are removed following workplace procedures
4.3	Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures
4.4	Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace procedures
4.5	Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Instructions include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment production planning figures workplace instructions: job sheets plans specifications drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Procedures include:	drawing articles from plans or samples manufacturing pencil and scratch gauges freehand grinding of tools set-up and operation of the lathe to produce turned components
Holding devices include:	faceplates scroll checks function checks
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4017A Set up and operate a wood turning lathe to produce off-centre work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4014 Set up and operate a wood-turning lathe to produce off-centre work

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up and maintain holding devices, safe speed selection and balance limitations to complete:

freehand turn articles between centres that have multiple axis

a minimum of eight (8) hand turned articles to detail between centres

manufacture of templates and gauges

scroll cut material prior to turning

a minimum of four (4) hand turned articles to detail with grain at 90 to the axis of the lathe

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to wood-turning

Terminology covering wood-turning operations and materials

Types, characteristics, used and limitations of timber species for wood-turning

Techniques for the design and documentation of specifications for wood-turned products

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for turning of wood

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of the range of tools used in wood-turning

Processes for evaluating the quality of wood-turning tools in terms of specifications, safety, maintainability and commercial reputation

Range of commonly used wood-turning techniques

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant lathe and wood-turning problem identification and resolution

Workplace safety requirements and WHS legislation

Work flow within the workplace

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to significant wood turning requirements, including design brief or specification, a range of optional timbers, a range of quality wood turning tools, materials and specifications for the preparation of the product for finishing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT4015 Produce templates and jigs for custom-made furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers producing templates and jigs for custom-made furniture in a wide variety of fine woods operations. It involves application of skills and knowledge at a craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to producing templates and jigs for custom-made furniture
1.2	Instructions, plans or design briefs are read and interpreted to identify processes and materials required to complete work tasks
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Sequence of work is planned and documented, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality outcomes
1.5	Quality checking procedures are developed and documented for each step in the process
2	Plan for the production of templates or patterns	2.1	Size requirements are checked in relation to the production process and finishing capacity of the workplace
2.2	Material for pattern or template is identified for approximate size and characteristics
2.3	Procedures for using pattern development instruments and tools are checked and equipment is prepared for use
2.4	Each dimension is measured, exploded and plotted maintaining appropriate angles, arcs and curves
2.5	Visual inspection and measurements are used to compare pattern dimensions and shapes with drawings and specifications
3	Complete templates or patterns	3.1	Equipment and tools are used following normal workplace procedures
3.2	Pattern or template is completed ensuring that the pattern indicates completion date and original drawing details
3.3	Required workplace approval of pattern or template is obtained
3.4	Plans are marked with notations for workplace requirements, including authorship, process or customer requirements, authorisation and any review dates
3.5	Plans are copied and filed, as required, according to workplace policies and procedures
4	Design and construct jig for custom-made furniture	4.1	Design of proposed jig or fixture is produced
4.2	Production process incorporating jig is planned
4.3	Tools and equipment are used following normal workplace procedures
4.4	Jig is constructed in accordance with design and within tolerances
4.5	Jig is used to produce prototype to ascertain its adherence to set tolerances and to assess its match to original design
4.6	Jig is adjusted as required to meet requirements for custom-made furniture design
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored appropriately
5.3	Faulty or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
5.4	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Instructions include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment production planning figures workplace instructions, including: job sheets plans specifications drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Tools and equipment include:	computer numerically controlled (CNC) machines static woodworking machines relevant hand tools routers spindle moulders panel saws copy shapers radial arm saws
Materials include:	manufactured board solid timbers composite materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT4018A Produce templates and jigs for custom made furniture

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT4015 Produce templates and jigs for custom-made furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare a minimum of two (2) templates and two (2) jigs for custom-made furniture

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the production of templates and jigs

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the production of templates and jigs

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of templates and jigs

Techniques for the manufacture and application of templates and jigs

The interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

The preparation of drawings/set-outs

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to realistic tasks, equipment, materials and specifications for the production of jigs and templates for custom-made furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5001 Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations to a product with integral design elements and principles based on a given design brief in an industry workplace or design studio environment. It involves application of skills and knowledge at a paraprofessional level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for application	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to applying ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Client requirements and desires are reviewed, confirmed and clarified
1.4	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.5	Problems or underlying factors to be addressed by the design brief are verified
1.6	Elements of design are diagnosed for the intended design brief
1.7	Principles of design are diagnosed for the intended design brief
2	Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemics	2.1	Concepts for the proposed solution to the design brief are reviewed for ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations
2.2	Human body functions are assessed in the context of solutions for possible problems in supporting bodies of all shapes and sizes
2.3	Ergonomic factors of a design are interrogated and refined
2.4	Anthropometric factors of a design are interrogated and refined
2.5	Proxemic considerations of a design are interrogated and reviewed
2.6	Sample maquette and prototype are reviewed in accordance with ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemics
2.7	Different solutions to satisfy the requirements of the design brief are explored and reviewed
2.8	Final working drawings in full scale are developed to test the ergonomic values of a design
2.9	Specifications are reviewed and compiled in readiness for production
2.10	Concept is planned for manufacture taking into account available equipment, resources, production sequences, schedules and timelines

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Concepts include:	ideas generated to respond to the design brief through both ideation drawings or sketching and written explanation
Ergonomics include:	the study of the efficiency of persons in their working environment
Anthropometrics include:	the scientific study of the measurements of the human body
Proxemics include:	the study of socially conditioned spatial factors in ordinary human relations
Maquette includes:	a miniature version of the intended final product to establish if the elements and principles of design have been achieved
Prototypes include:	a full size replica of the intended product outcome based on concept sketches and freehand development drawings, produced from stiff cardboard, scrap timber or moulding clay
Working drawings include:	drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using computer-aided design (CAD) software packages
Specifications include:	the measurements and procedures by which a product is constructed, and materials to be utilised
Manufacturing processes include:	the methods by which the product will be produced, these steps entail working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5001A Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5001 Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to enhance a product for a design brief

Apply design elements and principles to the application of ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for applying ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Human body functions

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Relevant computer programs

Product machining, assembly and finishing techniques

Sketching and drawing

Storage systems and labelling

Australian Standards for product design

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to applying ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product and specifications

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5002 Assess and resolve technical integrity of a design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assessing and resolving technical integrity of a design for a product using fundamental design elements and principles in an industry workplace or design studio environment. It involves application of skills and knowledge at a paraprofessional level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for assessment	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to assessing and resolving technical integrity of a design are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.4	Problems or underlying factors being addressed by the design brief are verified
1.5	Client requirements and desires are reviewed, confirmed and clarified
1.6	Elements of design are assessed for the intended outcome
1.7	Principles of design are assessed for the intended outcome
2	Assess technical integrity	2.1	Requirements of the brief are prioritised and assessed for conflicts
2.2	Integrity of a design is tested for structural and ergonomic compliance
2.3	Mechanical strength and stress points of a design are evaluated and reported
2.4	Success and failure points of a design are analysed and reviewed
2.5	Distinctive and strong points of a design are highlighted and recorded
2.6	Level of innovation and technical merit of a design is assessed and recorded
3	Resolve technical integrity	3.1	Most suitable materials, equipment and manufacturing processes to resolve the technical faults of a brief are assessed to comply with the requirements
3.2	Alternative design solutions for a technical failure are researched and instigated
3.3	Restoration of existing designs are considered and acted upon for viable cases
3.4	Final documentation outlining the full analysis of the design brief is compiled and produced as a report

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Structural includes:	construction methods for all or parts of a designed product which are not intended to fail under regular and continual use
Ergonomics include:	the study of the efficiency of persons in their working environment
Mechanical strength includes:	the strength of parts or joints under the pressure of operation in general usage situations
Materials include:	timber (native and imported) man-made timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Equipment includes:	hand tools static machinery portable power tools and computer numerically controlled (CNC) equipment and also includes procedures for lock out protecting operators and co-workers from accidental injury by isolating the machine from the power source
Manufacturing processes include:	the methods by which the product will be produced, these steps usually entail working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5003A Assess and resolve technical integrity of a design

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5002 Assess and resolve technical integrity of a design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply design elements and principles to assess and resolve technical integrity of a design, working through the design process, assessing the requirements and recording the intended resolution

Produce a report on the intended resolution as a result of assessing and resolving technical integrity of a design

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to assessing and resolving technical integrity of a design

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for assessing and resolving technical integrity of a design

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant design integrity problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design

Technical integrity of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Types of tools, equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Product assembly techniques and equipment capabilities

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to assessing and resolving technical integrity of a design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5003 Develop self as a furniture designer

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers developing self as a furniture designer technically, professionally and artistically through research and reflection.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Critically analyse and evaluate products and images for visual aesthetics	1.1	Qualities of three-dimensional (3-D) principles and elements of design are identified and reviewed from reference material
1.2	Products and images are evaluated for 3-D elements and principles and recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
1.3	Cultural and psychological factors of visual appeal are identified from reference documents and recorded in accordance with enterprise practice and requirements
1.4	Products and images are assessed for cultural and psychological factors influencing their aesthetic appeal
2	Use a visual language in own work	2.1	Own work is documented and collated
2.2	Works are analysed for contemporary visual aesthetic design elements and principles
2.3	Visual language is developed within own work
2.4	Visual language in own work is recognised and recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
3	Critically analyse social and ethical issues in contemporary society affecting furniture design	3.1	Details of social and ethical issues in contemporary society which may impact on the furniture are identified and documented in accordance with enterprise practice
3.2	Issues are analysed against the practice of furniture design and conclusions are recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
3.3	Conclusions are used to influence new design developments
4	Recognise historical context of furniture products	4.1	Details of furniture from historical periods are identified from reference materials and existing examples and recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
4.2	Historical design elements and details are identified in own design proposals and product
4.3	Contemporary design elements are assessed against details of historical periods and recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
5	Critically analyse and recognise the impact of art and design movements on the development of products	5.1	Dominant ideas and details of art and design movements are identified from reference material or product examples
5.2	Product proposals are assessed for visual attributes and results are recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
5.3	Design attributes are compared with the dominant ideas and details of art and design movements and results recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
6	Identify technical skill needs to improve own practice of designing products	6.1	Details of current design skills are identified and documented
6.2	Needs analysis for improvement of own design practice is undertaken
6.3	Details of technical skills required to improve are documented
6.4	Training opportunities for required technical skills are identified and documented
7	Establish networks with other furniture designers, makers and other design professionals	7.1	Career relationships with other design professionals are mapped
7.2	New areas of network possibilities are identified and documented
7.3	New network contacts are established with other furniture design professionals

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving
Principles and elements of design include:	point line plane volume shape form tone colour surface texture scale size vertex edge face position direction space balance movement proportion rhythm repetition pattern relief mass movement
Visual language includes:	the visual traits in work and proposals which communicate clearly information needed
Social and ethical issues include:	social justice environmental sustainability biodiversity cultural heritage social responsibility of furniture makers
Historical art and design periods and movements include:	historical periods of furniture styles from Egyptian to deconstructivism design schools and groups from the 20th and 21st Centuries
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5004A Develop self as a furniture designer

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5003 Develop self as a furniture designer

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing

Report on design principles and elements for at least three (3) other furniture designer’s product and produce a documented portfolio of own work

Identify visual language in own work and further develop this through subsequent projects

Document ethical issues in design, manufacture and society in accordance with enterprise practice

Identify and document art and design movements, elements and historical context in own product

Identify and document personal skill needs, including:

conducting and documenting a needs analysis on required design skills

preparing and producing a training plan and career map

establishing and maintaining networks with other professionals

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Art and design movements

Elements and principles of design

Furniture historical periods

Cultural factors on aesthetic appeal

Psychological factors on aesthetic appeal

Critical analysis techniques

Contemporary techniques and technologies for preparation and presentation of design information

Established communication channels and protocols

Personal needs identification

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to specific information covering aesthetic appeal, historical context, art and design movements, details of enterprise practice and the technical skills needs of contemporary furniture makers.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5004 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing original and unique custom furniture using or adapting traditional and innovative construction techniques. It includes interpreting and adapting design specifications that are compatible with the product material, purpose and style of the furniture and involves application of skills and knowledge at a highly skilled artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Instructions include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment production planning figures workplace instructions: job sheets set-outs plans specifications drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Shaping, bending and forming techniques include:	steam/heat bending curfing pressure bending shaping by hand or static machine
Shaped components include:	timber shaped by hand or static machine tools
Cutting and shaping tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes and rules hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools clamps screwdrivers pincers rasps surface planers panel planers belt sanders horizontal borers vertical drill presses table saws dove-tailers pedestal grinders wood turning lathes veneer guillotines presses
Materials include:	timber glass metal manufactured board furniture hardware adhesives screws nails dowels decorative finishes finishing material
Veneering tools and equipment include:	knives chisels measuring tapes or rules mallets squares levels planes band saws power saws pneumatic tools vacuum bags and presses clamps moulds jigs and fixtures rollers laminate trimmers cutters and hand routers sandpaper wire wool sanding block
Veneered components include:	thin slices of wood, usually thinner than 3 mm (1/8"), which is usually glued onto a substrate
Veneer materials include:	timber manufactured board laminates timber strips adhesives cleaning materials tapes
Joints and variations of joints for custom furniture include:	dowel mortise and tenon dovetail lap joint biscuit joint finger joint housing joint mitre bridle joints
Jointing tools and equipment include:	chisels mallets mortise gauges vernier callipers vices dovetail saws tenon saws coping saws planes files hand drills power drills dowel jigs power routers jigs and fixtures portable biscuit machines power saws
Jointing materials include:	timber (both indigenous and overseas) adhesives fasteners
Sub-assembly includes:	part-constructions of the main assembly needed to allow for gluing and clamping of internal and intricate parts of the furniture item
Assembly materials include:	timber (both indigenous and overseas) adhesives screws dowels furniture hardware glass decorative finishes
Assembly tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rules hammers mallets squares clamps presses
Furniture surface preparation includes:	sanding by hand or power sander scraping planing other smoothing techniques and is to take account of the fact that the wood’s colour may be changed by staining, bleaching, painting, ammonia fuming and/or a number of other techniques
Surface filling includes:	using wood plugs or other fillers
Finishing processes and materials include:	waxing shellacking nitrocellulose lacquering conversion lacquering linseed oiling tung oiling alkyd varnishing polyurethane varnishing water-based polyurethane and/or oil-varnish mixes
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5005A Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5004 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete all aspects of the construction and finishing of two (2) furniture items requiring advanced construction techniques and satisfying high-quality custom-made furniture standards and expectations in terms of innovation, complexity, tolerance and fit of components and quality

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to moisture suppressants and barrier systems

Organisational, workshop and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the construction of custom furniture

Types of tools and equipment used in construction and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Work flow techniques appropriate for the management of the construction work/project

Presentation and interpretation of plan representation of a furniture design

Techniques for timber bending, forming and shaping

Techniques for the preparation of drawings/set-outs/rods and geometrical concepts

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of materials

Techniques for the manufacture and application of veneers

Techniques for assembly, fixing and finishing of custom furniture components

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and safety requirements of adhesives, fasteners and hardware used in custom furniture assembly

Matching requirements of adhesives and fasteners to timbers/materials used

Finishing techniques

Characteristics, properties and selection criteria of finishing materials

Finishing characteristics and properties of timber being used

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to an agreed unique and innovative furniture construction requirement/project, appropriate materials, tools, equipment and specifications relevant to constructing custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5005 Design a batch or limited production item of furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers identifying the qualities of a batched or limited production furniture item and the design of a contemporary furniture product for a client or retail outlet that requires batch or limited production methodology in a wide variety of furniture making operations. It includes details and fittings being produced with jigs and fixtures to allow for further batches to be made.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and analyse qualities and properties of batched or limited production furniture items	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and enterprise requirements relevant to the design of batch or limited production items of furniture are verified and complied with
1.2	Details of the qualities and properties of batch produced furniture making methods are identified
1.3	Features of limited production methods are identified
1.4	Resource and equipment implications for batch and limited production methods are assessed
2	Research product needs	2.1	All external parameters affecting the design of the contemporary furniture product are obtained from the client or from information sources
2.2	Client or market needs for contemporary product are obtained and recorded
2.3	Inspirational information is collected from relevant sources
2.4	Visual needs of the product are identified and documented
2.5	Ethical considerations are obtained, reviewed and documented
2.6	Product needs are prioritised and recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
3	Prepare the design brief	3.1	Product needs and external parameters and factors are reviewed and clarified with the client or retail customers
3.2	Report on product needs is produced, including design opportunities
3.3	Feedback from the client or customer is gained and recorded
3.4	Details of changes are negotiated with the client or customer and recorded
3.5	Outcomes of design process are clarified and agreed to with the client or customer
3.6	Design brief is prepared and documented, including budget, timelines, production needs and methods
4	Generate ideas in response to design brief	4.1	All relevant information on product and client needs are analysed and integrated into generation of ideas using lateral thinking methods
4.2	Ideas are visually presented
4.3	Ideas are matured through review and re-working
4.4	New ideas are generated from initial ideas
4.5	Final ideas are visually presented
5	Evaluate and develop design proposals	5.1	Each design idea is evaluated against design brief and requirements for batch or limited production manufacture
5.2	Design proposals are scored against weighted assessment criteria and results recorded
5.3	Feasible high scoring design proposals are selected for further development
5.4	Design proposals are completed in response to evaluation feedback
6	Present product proposals to client	6.1	Product proposals are prepared for presentation to client
6.2	Presentation arrangements are made, checked and confirmed
6.3	Design proposals are presented to the client
6.4	Client feedback is gained, analysed and confirmed
6.5	Design proposals are completed with consideration to client feedback
7	Produce final product proposal information ready for making	7.1	Construction details are finalised and documented
7.2	Visual aspects of product proposal are documented
7.3	Part details are documented
7.4	Manufacturing methods are documented
7.5	Details are recorded in accordance with enterprise practice

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Inspirational information includes:	catalogues brochures magazines existing products reference books other existing enterprise design information transferable technological ideas or concepts natural or man-made structures and objects
Visual needs of the product include:	point line plane volume shape form tone colour surface texture scale size vertex edge face position direction space balance movement proportion rhythm repetition pattern relief mass movement
Ethical considerations include:	social justice environmental sustainability biodiversity cultural heritage social responsibility of furniture makers
Lateral thinking methods include:	suspending belief looking for gaps of need alternatives daydreaming creative leaping filaments brainstorming six thinking hats asking questions of norms and beliefs
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5007A Design a batch or limited production item of furniture

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5005 Design a batch or limited production item of furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify the limitations and opportunities of batch and limited production design work for contemporary furniture products and develop and present final proposals for batch and limited production furniture items to meet a design brief

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the design of furniture products

Ideas generation and conceptual development techniques

Historical furniture styles and movements

Contemporary furniture styles and movements

Furniture design methodology

Current ethical issues in society affecting furniture makers

Ergonomic and anthropometric standards

Environmental issues in making a furnishing product

Visual aesthetics of furnishing products

Current market segment products

Batch production techniques for product types

Production methodologies of furniture makers

Physical needs of product type

Materials and finishes used to produce furnishing products

Making techniques for product types

Costing techniques including overhead components

Options and technologies for presenting visual information

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant production problem identification and resolution methods

Relevant document control methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic product need, specific information covering client needs, batch production capabilities, details of the product requirements and options.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5006 Design a furniture product using high volume technology services (HVTS) in production

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers identifying qualities of high volume technology production and designing a furniture product which utilises this technology to produce details and components for the design. It applies to a custom furniture business and/or design support environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and analyse qualities and properties of HVTS	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and enterprise requirements relevant to the design of furniture product using HVTS are verified and complied with
1.2	Details of types of HVTS production methods are identified and documented
1.3	Details of qualities and properties of HVTS are analysed and reviewed for suitability for furniture products
1.4	Features of HVTS production methods are identified
1.5	Resource and equipment implications for HVTS production methods are assessed
2	Research product needs	2.1	All external parameters affecting the design of the furniture product are obtained from the client or from information sources
2.2	Client needs for product are obtained and recorded
2.3	Inspirational information is collected from relevant sources
2.4	Visual needs of the product are identified and documented
2.5	Ethical considerations are obtained, reviewed and documented
2.6	Product needs are prioritised and recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
3	Prepare the design brief	3.1	Product needs and external parameters and factors are reviewed and clarified with the client
3.2	Report on product needs is produced, including HVTS opportunities
3.3	Feedback from the client is recorded
3.4	Details of changes are negotiated with client and recorded
3.5	Outcomes of design process are clarified and agreed to with client
3.6	Design brief is prepared and documented, including budget, timelines, production needs and methods
4	Generate ideas in response to design brief	4.1	All relevant information on product need and client needs are analysed and absorbed
4.2	Ideas are generated from information provided using lateral thinking methods
4.3	Ideas are visually presented
4.4	Ideas are matured through review and re-working
4.5	New ideas are generated from initial ideas
4.6	Final ideas are visually presented
5	Evaluate and develop design proposals	5.1	Each design idea is evaluated against design brief and requirements for HVTS production
5.2	Design proposals are scored against weighted assessment criteria and results recorded
5.3	Feasible high scoring design proposals are selected for further development
5.4	Design proposals are completed in response to evaluation feedback
6	Present product proposals to client	6.1	Product proposals are prepared for presentation to client
6.2	Presentation arrangements are made, checked and confirmed
6.3	Design proposals are presented to the client
6.4	Client feedback is gained, analysed and confirmed
6.5	Design proposals are completed with consideration to client feedback
7	Produce final product proposal information ready for making	7.1	Construction details are finalised and documented
7.2	Visual aspects of product proposal are documented
7.3	Part details are documented
7.4	Manufacturing methods are documented
7.5	Details are recorded in accordance with enterprise practice

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
HVTS include:	laser cutting machine point to point cutting water jet cutting plasma cutting stereolithography (SLA) and computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining
Inspirational information includes:	catalogues brochures magazines existing products reference books other existing enterprise design information transferable technological ideas or concepts natural or man-made structures and objects
Visual needs of the product include:	point line plane volume shape form tone colour surface texture scale size vertex edge face position direction space balance movement proportion rhythm repetition pattern relief mass movement
Ethical considerations include:	social justice environmental sustainability biodiversity cultural heritage social responsibility of furniture makers
Lateral thinking methods include:	suspending belief looking for gaps of need alternatives daydreaming creative leaping filaments brainstorming six thinking hats asking questions of norms and beliefs
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5008A Design a furniture product using high volume technology services (HVTS) in production

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5006 Design a furniture product using high volume technology services (HVTS) in production

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify the features of HVTS and required specifications when designing a furniture product

Document and communicate three (3) product proposals, including:

customer requirements

aesthetics

materials and construction

costing calculations for products, materials and finishes

HVTS components

Document the product needs analysis and evaluate product proposals

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the design of a furniture product

Ideas generation and conceptual development techniques

Historical furniture styles and movements

Contemporary furniture styles and movements

Furniture design methodology

Current ethical issues in society affecting furniture makers

Ergonomic and anthropometric standards

Environmental issues in making a furnishing product

Visual aesthetics of furnishing products

Current market segment products

HVTS production methods

Production methodologies of furniture makers

Physical needs of product type

Materials used to produce furnishing products

Furniture materials and finishes

Making techniques for product types

Costing techniques, including overhead components

Options and technologies for presenting visual information

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant production problem identification and resolution methods

Relevant document control methods

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic product need, specific information product type needs, specifications and client instructions, details of the product requirements and options.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5007 Design a one-off item of furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers identifying the qualities of a one-off designed furniture item and designing a furniture product for a client or for exhibition based on those qualities. It can apply to a custom furniture business and/or design support environment and can include custom-made details and fittings in the construction of the product.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and analyse qualities and properties of one-off made furniture items	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the design of one-off furniture items are verified and complied with
1.2	Details of the qualities and properties of one-off made furniture methods are identified, reviewed and documented
1.3	Details are recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
2	Prepare design brief	2.1	Product needs and external parameters and factors are reviewed and clarified with the client
2.2	Report on product needs is produced, including design opportunities
2.3	Feedback from the client is recorded
2.4	Details of changes are negotiated with client and recorded
2.5	Outcomes of design process are clarified and agreed to with client
2.6	Design brief is prepared and documented, including budget, timelines, production needs and methods
3	Generate ideas in response to design brief	3.1	All relevant information on produce need and client needs are analysed and absorbed
3.2	Ideas are generated from information provided using lateral thinking methods
3.3	Ideas are visually presented
3.4	Ideas are matured through review and re-working
3.5	New ideas are generated from initial ideas
3.6	Final ideas are visually presented
4	Evaluate and develop design proposals	4.1	Each design idea is evaluated against prioritised product and client needs and recommendation recorded
4.2	Design proposals are scored against weighted assessment criteria and results recorded
4.3	Feasible high scoring design proposals are selected for further development
4.4	Design proposals are developed in response to evaluation feedback
5	Present product proposals to client	5.1	Product proposals are prepared for presentation to client
5.2	Presentation arrangements are made, checked and confirmed
5.3	Design proposals are presented to the client
5.4	Client feedback is gained, analysed and confirmed
5.5	Design proposals are completed with consideration to client feedback
6	Produce final product proposal information ready for making	6.1	Construction details are finalised and documented
6.2	Visual aspects of product proposal are documented
6.3	Part details are documented
6.4	Manufacturing methods are documented
6.5	Details are recorded in accordance with enterprise practice

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Inspirational information includes:	catalogues brochures magazines existing products reference books other existing enterprise design information transferable technological ideas or concepts natural or man-made structures and objects
Visual needs of the product include:	point line plane volume shape form tone colour surface texture scale size vertex edge face position direction space balance movement proportion rhythm repetition pattern relief mass movement
Ethical considerations include:	social justice environmental sustainability biodiversity cultural heritage social responsibility of furniture makers
Lateral thinking methods include:	suspending belief looking for gaps of need alternatives daydreaming creative leaping filaments brainstorming six thinking hats asking questions of norms and beliefs
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5009A Design a one-off item of furniture

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5007 Design a one-off item of furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify the limitations and opportunities of one-off design for furniture product and produce and communicate three (3) product proposals, including:

customer requirements

aesthetics

materials and construction

costing calculations for products

materials and finishes

Document the product needs analysis, visual references, physical constraints and the evaluation of initial product proposals

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the design of furniture maker product

Ideas generation and conceptual development techniques

Historical furniture styles and movements

Contemporary furniture styles and movements

Furniture design methodology

Current ethical issues in society affecting furniture makers

Ergonomic and anthropometric standards

Environmental issues in making a furnishing product

Visual aesthetics of furnishing products

Current market segment products

Production methodologies of furniture makers

Physical needs of product type

Materials used to produce furnishing products

Furniture materials and finishes

Making techniques for product types

Costing techniques, including overhead components

Options and technologies for presenting visual information

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant design and production problem identification and resolution methods

Relevant document control methods

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic product need, specific information covering client needs, manufacturing capabilities, details of the product requirements and options.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and recommending alternative manufacturing processes for various design solutions in accordance with the integral elements and principles of design. It applies to an industry workplace or design studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a paraprofessional level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for alternative manufacturing research	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending alternative manufacturing processes are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.4	Client requirements and desires are reviewed, confirmed and clarified
2	Research alternative manufacturing processes	2.1	Aesthetic requirements of alternative manufacturing processes are assessed
2.2	New manufacturing processes are researched and reported
2.3	Costs of alternative manufacturing processes are assessed and compared
2.4	Environmental impact of alternative manufacturing processes are assessed
2.5	Hazards associated with alternative manufacturing processes are researched
2.6	Quality of alternative manufacturing processes are assessed and reported
3	Recommend alternative manufacturing processes	3.1	Research information is critically analysed in the context of the design brief requirements
3.2	Alternative manufacturing processes and their elements of design are promoted, research explained and evaluated for the client
3.3	Alternative manufacturing processes and their principles of design are promoted, research explained and evaluated for the client
3.4	Presentation of research information is made highlighting the findings and rationale for the alternative manufacturing processes chosen

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Aesthetics include:	the consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Alternative manufacturing process include:	the various methods by which the product can be produced, these steps entail working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Environmental impacts include:	how the use of alternative manufacturing processes effects the environment and how continued use will affect the surrounding environment energy consumption greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the alternative manufacturing processes
Hazards include:	high-speed machinery open cutting blades threat from electric shock materials handling incidents toxic substances gases
Critical analysis includes:	comparing contrasting reflecting critiquing considering merit discussion debate
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5010A Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research and recommend at least three (3) alternative manufacturing processes to assist with informing the design process and arrive at a solution which meets client requirements

Apply design elements and principles to the research and recommendation of alternative manufacturing processes in accordance with the concepts and design brief

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to researching and recommending alternative manufacturing processes

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching and recommending alternative manufacturing processes

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant production problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design

Aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Research techniques

Alternative manufacturing processes

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment, specifications and work instructions relevant to researching and recommending alternative manufacturing processes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5009 Research and recommend machine technology

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and recommending machine technology for various design solutions in accordance with the integral elements and principles of design. It applies to an industry workplace or design studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a paraprofessional level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for machine technology research	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending machine technology are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
1.4	Client requirements and desires are reviewed, confirmed and clarified
2	Research machine technology	2.1	Aesthetic requirements of the machine technology are assessed
2.2	New machine technologies are researched and reported
2.3	Manufacturing processes and available expertise for the desired material are assessed
2.4	Capabilities and scope of machine technology is compared and evaluated
2.5	Cost of machine technology is assessed and compared
2.6	Environmental impact of machine technology are assessed
2.7	Longevity and restorability of machine technology are researched
2.8	Hazards associated with the use and application of machine technology are researched
2.9	Quality of machine technology are assessed and reported
3	Recommend machine technology	3.1	Research information is critically analysed in the context of the design brief requirements
3.2	Machine technology and the relationship to elements of design are promoted, research explained and evaluated for the client
3.3	Machine technology and the relationship to principles of design are promoted, research explained and evaluated for the client
3.4	Presentation of research information is made highlighting the findings and rationale for the machine technology chosen

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Aesthetics include:	the consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Machine technology includes:	traditional or contemporary finishing equipment assembly equipment static machinery portable power tools computer numerically controlled (CNC) equipment and also includes procedures for lock out protecting operators and co-workers from accidental injury by isolating the machine from the power source
Manufacturing processes include:	the methods by which the product will be produced, these steps entail working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Environmental impacts include:	how the use of alternative manufacturing processes effects the environment and how continued use will affect the surrounding environment energy consumption greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the alternative manufacturing processes
Longevity and restorability include:	an analysis of how long the machinery will remain operational with minimum downtime how readily the machine can be repaired or replaced
Hazards include:	saw and cutter blades heavy equipment moving parts burns electric shock
Critical analysis includes:	comparing contrasting reflecting critiquing considering merit discussion debate
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5011A Research and recommend machine technology

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5009 Research and recommend machine technology

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research and recommend machine technology to assist with informing the design process and arrive at a solution which meets client requirements

Apply design elements and principles to the research and recommendation of machine technology in accordance with the concepts and design brief

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to researching and recommending machine technology

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching and recommending machine technology

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant machine problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design

Aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Research techniques

Machine technology types and manufacturing processes

CNC equipment

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment, specifications and work instructions relevant to researching and recommending machine technology.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5010 Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers evaluating own designs and designs generated by others as proposals and concepts against set criteria established from original design briefs and enterprise objectives. It applies to a custom furniture business or design support environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a paraprofessional level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish evaluation criteria for design	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and enterprise requirements relevant to the evaluation of design proposals and concepts are verified and complied with
1.2	Original design brief is analysed to establish criteria to use in assessing design proposals and concepts
1.3	Enterprise business objectives are reviewed to identify criteria to use in assessing designs
1.4	Enterprise production capacity is identified and strengths and limitations incorporated into evaluation criteria
1.5	Current industry design trends are researched and identified
1.6	Workplace and industry standards in relation to design presentation are researched and identified
1.7	Quality criteria that apply to design processes are researched and identified
1.8	Criteria for assessment are identified and clarified with client and colleagues
1.9	The weighting of each criteria for assessment is confirmed
1.10	Details are recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
2	Evaluate design	2.1	Design is assessed to evaluate if it fits the intention of the design brief
2.2	Form, function and style of the design are assessed and evaluated
2.3	Environmental impact of the design is assessed and evaluated
2.4	Cultural relevance of the design is analysed and evaluated
2.5	Economic significance of the design is assessed and evaluated
2.6	Design methodology is reviewed for adherence to the elements and principles of design
2.7	Material choice appropriateness is analysed and evaluated
2.8	Technical integrity of the design is assessed and evaluated
2.9	The design is evaluated for consistency with current industry trends and influences
3	Evaluate design concepts for construction and production suitability	3.1	Details of enterprise and related construction constraints are assessed
3.2	Details of enterprise and subcontractor production constraints are identified and reviewed
3.3	Production ability of the design is analysed and evaluated
3.4	Equipment selection is assessed and evaluated
3.5	Manufacturing process, assembly and finishing techniques selected for the design are reviewed and evaluated
3.6	Design is evaluated against construction and production constraints
3.7	Changes to design are recommended and recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
4	Determine and report on design suitability	4.1	Design is evaluated against each criteria
4.2	Weighted assessment is used to make comparisons and rank components of design
4.3	Recommendations are made for improvements to design in order to further address criteria
4.4	Design suitability in meeting criteria is determined and documented with recommendations for improvements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Form includes:	proportion aesthetics
Function includes:	ergonomics practicality
Style includes:	traditional contemporary modern functional commercial artistic
Environmental impacts include:	how the use of alternative manufacturing processes effects the environment and how continued use will affect the surrounding environment energy consumption greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the alternative manufacturing processes
Cultural relevance includes:	demography geography (local, regional and national) religious climatic societal lifestyle attitudinal gratification honour living conditions infrastructure status habitude
Economic significance includes:	the potential financial return which the product could return, including sales volume and profitability
Materials include:	timber (native and imported) man-made timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Technical integrity includes:	the intended structural qualities and construction methods of a designed product
Construction constraints include:	the types of construction methods of joining parts and sub-assemblies together to make the structure and form of the product produced within the enterprise
Production constraints include:	the methods of producing the individual parts and sub-assemblies of a product dependent on the enterprise’s machinery and skills and knowledge of their operators
Production ability includes:	how readily a design can be produced the cost of producing it the availability of equipment and skilled personnel
Equipment includes:	hand tools static machinery portable power tools computer numerically controlled (CNC) equipment and also includes procedures for lock out protecting operators and co-workers from accidental injury by isolating the machine from the power source
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT5013A Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5010 Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Determine and document evaluation criteria clearly from an original design brief

Assess and document an evaluation of product proposals or concepts against the agreed criteria to move forward in the design process

Recommend design improvements for concepts, construction, production and final design presented

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the evaluation of furniture design proposals and concepts

Furniture design methodology

Furniture styles and movements

Visual aesthetics of furnishing products

Environmental and ethical issues in making a furnishing product

Materials used to produce furnishing products

Production methodologies of furniture makers

Assessment and evaluation techniques

Overhead components and costing techniques

Contemporary techniques for collating and preparing visual information

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant design and production problem identification and resolution

Relevant document control methods

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to realistic product proposals, specific information covering materials, constructions and production methods, design brief and client instructions with details of the product requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5011 Assess economic impact of a design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assessing the economic impact of a design, and recording its marketability, volume potential and competition. It applies in an industry workplace or design studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a managerial level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Research economic factors	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to assessing the economic impact of a design are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
1.4	Market research fundamentals undertaken to assess the size and nature of a market are considered and analysed
1.5	Potential designed products sales volume of amount sold within a specified time period, expressed in monetary terms or in terms of the total amount of stock or products sold f are analysed and evaluated
1.6	Niche markets are discovered and analysed for cost-benefit analysis assigning monetary value to the costs and benefits (social, environmental and monetary) associated with a project for the purpose of selecting and evaluating project investment opportunities
2	Assess economic impact of the design	2.1	Production costs of a design are assessed and evaluated
2.2	Longitudinal statistical studies of a design that produces data gathered over a period of time are undertaken to explore potential success factors
2.3	Scale of production is estimated taking into account market analysis
2.4	Profit margins of the amount by which income exceeds expenditure, including the sale price minus the cost of production, distribution and marketing are analysed based on expected turnover Full costing of product, including the price point of the cost for sale placed on a product which caters to a market segment based on production costs, overheads and profit margins in relation to demand, supply and volume of sales in the market and demand for the product is conducted
2.5	Competition in the market place with similar design solutions or products in that market segment are analysed and strategies reviewed
2.6	Availability of resources is assessed to ascertain what impact this will have on economic viability
2.7	Product lifecycle analysis is evaluated for economic significance
2.8	Long-term economic impact on the business, staff and associated suppliers is analysed and strategised
2.9	Intended manufacturing processes, including assembly and finishing, are assessed for their economic impact
2.10	Final documentation outlining the full analysis of the designs economic impact is compiled and produced as a report
2.11	Production costs of a design are assessed and evaluated

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS, emergency and evacuation requirements ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Niche markets include:	a very specific market segment within a broader segment of the market that involves the provision of specialist products where relatively few or no competitors exist
Resources include:	materials personnel equipment systems
Product lifecycle includes:	the evolution of a product from its raw source, through its inception, development, manufacture, completion and time as a completed product until potential renewal
Manufacturing processes include:	the methods by which the product will be produced, these steps entail working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Assembly methods include:	nailing gluing screwing welding pressing sewing bonding jointing other methods of connecting various materials
Finishing includes:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT6001A Assess economic impact of a design

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5011 Assess economic impact of a design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Assess the economic impact of a design from inception through manufacture, including marketing, sales volume and competition impact, and recording of the impact study outcomes

Research, contrast and compare a range of economic factors upon a design and interpret costing and financial documentation

Produce a report on the economic impact study outcomes of a product

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete calculations for design assessment

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to assessing the economic impact of a design

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for assessing the economic impact of a design

Economic conditions and markets nationally and internationally

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of furniture materials, products, sources and defects

Relevant computer programs

Product assembly techniques and equipment capabilities

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to specifications, materials and equipment relevant to assessing the economic impact of a design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5012 Design for mass production

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers designing products for mass production specifying equipment requirements and personnel capabilities, while also considering cost-effective opportunities and future planning considerations. It applies to mass production in an industry workplace or design studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a managerial level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for design	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing for mass production are verified and complied with
1.2	Design brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with appropriate personnel
1.3	Client requirements and desires are reviewed, confirmed and clarified
1.4	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
1.5	Problems or underlying factors to be addressed by the design brief are verified
1.6	Elements of design are diagnosed for the intended design brief
1.7	Principles of design are diagnosed for the intended design brief
1.8	Volumes of mass production runs are set, costed and relevance to the market evaluated
2	Design for mass production	2.1	Concepts for the proposed solution to the design brief are reviewed in accordance with mass production requirements
2.2	Different solutions to satisfy the requirements of the design brief are presented and reviewed
2.3	Sample maquette and prototype are reviewed in accordance with the concept sketches
2.4	Final working drawings and specifications are reviewed and compiled in readiness for mass production
2.5	Concept is designed for mass manufacture taking into account available equipment and resources
2.6	Equipment capabilities are reviewed and assessed and design brief modified in accordance with available or obtainable equipment
2.7	Personnel capabilities are reviewed and assessed and design brief modified in accordance with assessed and available skills
2.8	Material or resource supply chain to the company is assessed, stock sizes set and design brief modified or altered to cater for availability of resources
2.9	Outsourcing opportunities are assessed and reviewed in accordance with cost-benefit analysis assigning monetary value to the costs and benefits (social, environmental and monetary) associated with a project for the purpose of selecting and evaluating project investment opportunities
2.10	Work flow methods are reviewed and the design brief or work flow methods amended to cater for mass production
2.11	Opportunities for innovation in mass production procedures are researched and implemented
3	Implement design	3.1	Manufacturing process is planned and organised taking into account available equipment and resources
3.2	Material is processed in accordance with the manufacturing plan and safe working procedures
3.3	Jigs are produced to assist with the manufacture of components
3.4	Components are produced and prepared for assembly
3.5	Components are assembled in accordance with the working drawings
3.6	Final product is finished according to specifications
3.7	Final product is evaluated for functionality and aesthetic appeal
3.8	Mass production methodology is reviewed
3.9	Production run products are packaged and despatched to transport methods
3.10	Mass production anomalies are recorded and reported to the appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT6002A Design for mass production

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5012 Design for mass production

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply research, analytical and mathematical skills to the identification and selection of materials and the selection of appropriate production and construction techniques for products

Create innovative designs which satisfy the agreed parameters and consider but are not limited by other historical or contemporary influences

Prepare and work through a design brief taking into account the requirements of mass production to fulfil the design brief and oversee a mass production run

Review information provided and creatively generate proposals for a furnishing product

Apply design elements and principles to designing for mass production in accordance with a design brief

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete calculations for design assessment

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to designing for mass production

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for designing for mass production

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Supply chain management

Outsourcing arrangements

Cost-benefit analysis methods

Company resource audit techniques

Design and manufacture for mass production

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of furniture making equipment

Relevant computer programs

Furniture product machining, assembly and finishing techniques

Sketching and drawing techniques

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to specifications, materials and equipment relevant to designing for mass production.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5013 Evaluate and participate in design industry networks

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers evaluating and participating in design industry networks to learn from others and develop networks which may assist with the progressing of own initiatives.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Evaluate networks	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to evaluating and participating in design industry networks are verified and complied with
1.2	Networking opportunities are assessed and scheduled for attendance
1.3	Networking opportunities are prioritised in order of benefit and importance
1.4	Peak bodies or associations and links to international agencies are assessed for networking opportunities
2	Participate in networks	2.1	Chosen networks are identified and joined
2.2	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
2.3	Chosen networks are attended
2.4	Design shows are attended and networking opportunities instigated
2.5	Business opportunities with others in networks are pursued
2.6	Shared business interests or ideas are sought and followed up on
2.7	International networking opportunities are pursued
2.8	Networks are followed up with and regularly attended

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Organisational requirements include:	policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS, emergency and evacuation requirements ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices
Networking includes:	building up and maintaining relationships with people whose interests are similar or whose friendship could bring advantages, such as job or business opportunities, and includes involvement with: design agencies furnishing industry alliances associations peak bodies government functions exhibitions showcases industry events functions information networks design hubs
Peak bodies or associations include:	design agencies furnishing industry bodies
Business opportunities include:	joint ventures shared or loaned equipment combined purchasing arrangements design or manufacturing hub arrangements design critiquing opportunities new ideas improving ideas new contracts
International networking opportunities include:	overseas business opportunities international showcases investor or contract opportunities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT6003A Evaluate and participate in design industry networks

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5013 Evaluate and participate in design industry networks

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Evaluate and participate in design industry networks, establish and maintain important contacts

Apply design elements and principles to involvement in design industry networks

Use appropriate industry terminology and language to convey meaning

Conduct quality checks on own work

Use communication tools, such as computers, internet, email and databases

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to evaluating and participating in design industry networks

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for evaluating and participating in design industry networks

Networking and networking opportunities and techniques

Established communication channels and protocols

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to opportunities for evaluating and participating in design industry networks.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5014 Investigate legal requirements for design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers investigating legal requirements for design, including procurement, business legalities, contractual obligations and operational issues. It applies to an industry workplace or design studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a managerial level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Research legal requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to investigating legal requirements for design are verified and complied with
1.2	Communication with others is established and maintained in accordance with WHS requirements
1.3	Legal requirements affecting the enterprise are detected and researched
1.4	Enterprise legal requirements are analysed and procedures developed and implemented to ensure full compliance
2	Comply with legal requirements	2.1	Business registration and government procedures are adhered to
2.2	Suitable employment conditions, including industrial relations, are abided by
2.3	Contracts and invoices used comply with legal requirements
2.4	Operational codes of practice are researched and applied to day-to-day procedures
2.5	Essential insurances are obtained and are regularly updated
2.6	Procurement rights are adhered to and applied for own products
2.7	WHS regulations are stringently applied and followed
2.8	Import and export regulations are adhered to
2.9	Risk management policies are applied, updated and maintained

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Organisational requirements include:	policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS, emergency and evacuation requirements ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices
Legal requirements include:	laws, regulations or policies which affect the operating systems of an enterprise
Enterprises include:	sole traders partnerships trusts franchises agencies companies consortiums
Business registration includes:	business name registration achievement of an Australian Business Number (ABN) ownership transfer arrangements and licensing
Government procedures include:	taxation and accounting requirements superannuation provisions business activity statements and the Goods and Services Tax (GST) tax file number Pay As You Go (PAYG) withholding tax
Employment conditions include:	industrial relations award rates employment conditions unfair dismissal laws equal employment opportunities (EEO) anti-discrimination enterprise agreements privacy confidentially duty of care
Contracts and invoices include:	contracts deemed legal by authorities with: suppliers owners employees landlords agents distributors customers
Operational codes of practice include:	Australian Standards industry codes of practice equipment operating standards or regulations resource access regulations
Insurances include:	professional indemnity public liability income protection third party comprehensive building and contents insurance workers compensation any other legally prescribed insurance
Procurement rights include:	royalties copyright patents trademarks design registration intellectual property software licences
Import and export regulations include:	duties tariffs customs immigration any countries relevant import and export laws
Risk management includes:	provisions for ensuring all potential legal possibilities have been investigated and evaluated to minimise threats to continuing efficiency, profitability and success of its operations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT6004A Investigate legal requirements for design networks

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5014 Investigate legal requirements for design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret and analyse legal documentation and industry standards

Investigate legal requirements for design and for the protection and efficient operation of the enterprise, ensuring all relevant legal requirements are in place

Produce reports on the legal requirements for a design business

Use communication tools, such as computers, internet, email and databases

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to investigating legal requirements for design

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for investigating legal requirements for design

Business and operational legal requirements

Relevant computer programs

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to resources for investigating legal requirements for design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT5015 Work collaboratively on a design project

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers working collaboratively on a design project from initial agreement to fulfilment and delivery of the final product, applying integral design elements and principles. It applies to an industry workplace or design studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a managerial level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for project collaboration	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to collaborating on a design project are verified and complied with
1.2	Project requirements are agreed with client, confirmed and clarified
1.3	Communication with others is established and maintained with all involved in the design process
1.4	Potential collaborators are scrutinised and confirmed based on displayed expertise potential
1.5	End users and other interested parties are involved in the collaboration
2	Work collaboratively on projects	2.1	Methods of collaboration are negotiated and followed
2.2	Project objectives are researched, a design brief developed and instigated
2.3	Ideas for concept development are shared and worked through
2.4	Concepts are critiqued and final outcomes agreed upon in accordance with the elements and principles of design
2.5	Management systems are set in place, plan developed and quality control measures adopted for the project
2.6	Type and quantity of material to be used is debated, agreed and obtained
2.7	Equipment requirements are debated and selected appropriate to project requirements
2.8	Project manufacturing procedures are debated and final manufacturing processes agreed, including assembly techniques and finishing methods
2.9	Distribution channels, marketing and despatch strategies are debated and instigated
2.10	Final presentation of the project is made displaying respect for all collaborators
3	Evaluate design collaboration	3.1	Quality systems are evaluated for effectiveness of outcomes
3.2	Client satisfaction with the project outcome is measured
3.3	Observations from collaborators on improvement of the process is collected
3.4	Collaborators are assessed and reviewed for their effectiveness in the process
3.5	Systems are analysed for improvement opportunities

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS, emergency and evacuation requirements ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Design brief includes:	the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Collaboration includes:	a group of people working together to achieve an outcome, including: designers senior management tradespeople consumers sales staff distributors clients
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills control equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Concepts include:	ideas generated to respond to the design brief through both ideation drawings or sketching and written explanation
Critique includes:	the process of undertaking a critical analysis of a product the design process used the manufacturing methodology final outcomes
Management systems include:	the project plan and attributes within it to fulfil the design brief and intended outcomes of the project, including: personnel management quality mechanisms project stages resource management process management problem solving mechanisms performance targets
Quality systems include:	inspection systems for ensuring that pre-determined quality standards are being met, highlighting non-conformances requiring intervention
Manufacturing processes include:	the method by which the product will be produced, these steps usually entail working from drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Materials include:	native timber (native and imported) man-made timber products plastic metal alloys stones glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Assembly processes include:	nailing gluing screwing welding pressing sewing bonding jointing connecting various materials
Finishing includes:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings
Distribution channels include:	self-promotion and distribution organisation through agents representing individuals hired distribution organisations joint ventures establishment of own distribution network
Packaging and despatch include:	wrapping in fabric plastic wrapping shrink wrapping boxing foam shells despatch by truck, trailer, train, plane or ship

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFDT6005A Work collaboratively on a design project

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT5015 Work collaboratively on a design project

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Apply design elements and principles and work collaboratively on a design project in accordance with client requirements, setting a project plan and design brief

Plan processes and encourage interchange of ideas to facilitate collaborative development of design concepts

Evaluate design processes to determine improvements

Determine report requirements and present information in appropriate formats

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete calculations for design assessment

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for working collaboratively on a design project

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for working collaboratively on a design project

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design

Ergonomics and aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of furnishing materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Relevant computer programs

Product machining, assembly and finishing techniques

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to specifications and opportunities for working collaboratively on a design project.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF1001 Complete a basic furniture finishing project

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning, preparing and completing a basic furniture finishing project involving the coating of surfaces by either hand or spray application.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work	1.1	Work requirements are correctly identified from drawings, specifications and instructions
1.2	Quality assurance requirements are recognised and adhered to in accordance with enterprise operation
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials selected are consistent with job requirements and work instructions, checked for safety and serviceability, and any faults reported to supervisor
2	Prepare surface and materials for finishing process	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards
2.2	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults are reported or repaired according to workplace procedures and standards
2.3	Techniques for application of materials for finishing process are identified and used according to workplace procedures
2.4	Materials suitable for basic surface finishing are prepared
3	Colour is applied to timber surface	3.1	Stain is applied to timber surfaces in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures and standards
3.2	Stained surface is sealed with polish using mop brush, blender or swooge
3.3	Sealed surface is lightly sanded to make smooth
3.4	Wood filler or sanding sealer are applied in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures and standards
3.5	Filled-in surface is sealed with oil varnish in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures and standards
3.6	Sealed surface is lightly sanded to make smooth
4	Finishing material is applied to surface	4.1	Finishing material is applied in accordance with manufacturer specifications until required build is achieved
4.2	Finishing material is cut back to remove surface defects and/or foreign material in accordance with workplace procedures and standards
4.3	Surface is burnished with fine steel wool and lubricating oil to achieve even sheen
5	Clean up work area	5.1	Workplace is cleared of debris and unused materials
5.2	Wood filler and lubricating oil rags are disposed of safely having regard for spontaneous combustion
5.3	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the accurate application of polish
A basic project includes:	the coating of tables, chairs or stools and other furnishing items
Stains include:	water stain pigment oil stain lacquer-based wiping stain
Wood grain fillers include:	oil-based filler polyurethane (plastic) filler water-based filler
Finishing materials include:	oil varnish marine varnish lacquer and sanding sealer
Lubricating oils include:	linseed oil paraffin oil 'teak' oil
Surface faults include:	machine marks bruising pencil marks grease cross-sanding marks scratches glue marks dirt marks insect and termite holes holes knots and blisters
Tools and equipment include:	filler blades brushes spray equipment sandpapers skinning in bodying up and spiriting out rubbers mop brush blender swooge and scrapers
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF1001B Complete a basic furniture finishing product

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF1001 Complete a basic furniture finishing project

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a basic furniture finishing project

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Characteristics, limitations and uses of coating materials required for the project

Coating application equipment, techniques and safe working procedures

Basic repair techniques to defects in timber surfaces

Safe handling of materials associated with applying coatings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to coating materials, timber components/furnishings requiring finishing and cleaning materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2001 Use furniture finishing sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using hand and power tools, and basic static machines, in applications relating to the furniture finishing sector of the furnishing industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify hand and power tools, and basic static machines	1.1	Types of hand and power tools, and basic static machines and their functions are identified
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Sources of power supply are recognised
2	Select and use hand tools	2.1	Hand tools selected are consistent with needs of the job
2.2	Selected hand tools are checked for serviceability and safety and any faults reported to supervisor
2.3	Equipment is selected to hold or support material for hand tool application, where applicable
2.4	Material is located and held in position for hand tool application
2.5	Hand tools are safely and effectively used according to their intended use
2.6	Hand tools are safely located when not in immediate use
3	Select and use power tools and basic static machines	3.1	Power tools and basic static machines are selected consistent with needs of the job in accordance with conventional work practice
3.2	Power tools and basic static machines are visually checked for serviceability/safety in accordance with WHS requirements and any faults reported to supervisor
3.3	Equipment is selected to hold or support materials for application as applicable
3.4	Material is located and held in position for power tool and/or machining applications as applicable
3.5	Power tools and basic static machines are safely and effectively used in application processes
3.6	Power tools are safely located when not in use
4	Clean up work area and tools	4.1	All tools are cleaned, maintained and stored
4.2	Equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored
4.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Hand tools for furniture finishing include:	cabinet scraper chisel hammer nail punch cork sanding block putty knife paint scraper paint brush blender mop brush swooge pencil brush file oil stone
polish rubbers clamps screwdrivers rubber mallet spokeshave pliers pincers spanners
Power tools for furniture finishing include:	orbital sander steam iron spray gun compressor
Fixed/static machinery for furniture finishing include:	belt/stroke sander compressor
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF2001B Use furniture finishing sector hand and power tools

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2001 Use furniture finishing sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Select, safely use, clean and maintain the suite of hand and power tools, and static machines used in furniture finishing

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of hand tools commonly used in furniture finishing operations

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of power tools and basic static machines commonly used in furniture finishing operations

WHS requirements and legislation

Work flow within the workplace

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to furniture polishing sector hand and power tools, and basic static machines and materials used in the finishing of furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2002 Dismantle and re-assemble furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work	1.1	Work requirements are correctly identified from drawings, specifications and instructions
1.2	Quality assurance requirements are recognised and adhered to in accordance with enterprise operation
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials selected are consistent with job requirements and work instructions, checked for safety and serviceability, and any faults reported to supervisor
2	Dismantle furniture and/or fitting item	2.1	Items to be dismantled are identified
2.2	Items are dismantled to the extent required in the work instructions using appropriate tools and procedures
2.3	Fasteners and attachments are removed, tagged and stored
2.4	Component parts are separated, tagged and stored following workplace procedures
2.5	Component parts are despatched to the next process according to workplace procedures
3	Re-assemble furniture and/or fitting item	3.1	Items to be re-assembled are identified
3.2	Items are re-assembled to the extent required in the work instructions using appropriate tools and procedures
3.3	Fasteners and attachments selected and used according to workplace procedures
3.4	Fasteners and attachments selected and used according to workplace procedures
3.5	Assembled item is despatched to the next process according to workplace procedures
4	Clean work area maintain equipment and complete operations	4.1	Equipment used is cleaned, inspected for serviceable condition and stored according to workplace procedures
4.2	Equipment faults are identified, tagged and reported to appropriate personnel
4.3	Work area is cleaned and returned to operational condition

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving during the process of dismantling and re-assembling of furniture and/or furnishings
Furniture and/or fittings include:	chairs tables desks wall units buffets side tables drawers
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers rubber mallet pincers screwdrivers shifting spanner spanners socket set hacksaw and blades clamps timber wedges long nose pliers power drill/screwdrivers air compressor and hoses
Materials include:	timber manufactured board veneer brass metal adhesive laminate perspex
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF2002B Dismantle/re-assemble furniture

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2002 Dismantle and re-assemble furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Dismantle and re-assemble at least three (3) different items, including:

one (1) assembled with knockdown fittings, and

one (1) with glued joints

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types and characteristics of materials used in furniture and/or fitting construction

Construction techniques and processes

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to dismantling and re-assembling furniture and/or fittings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to furniture/fittings for dismantling/re-assembling, work instructions, tools and equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2003 Remove surface coatings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers safely removing surface coatings by hand or chemical means in preparation for the application of new surface coatings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for surface coating removal	1.1	Materials safety data sheets (MSDS) and/or product application and safety information are read and used to inform work practices
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Surface coating is tested to identify the type of material and methods required to remove the coating
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials suitable for the removal tasks are selected and checked for safe operation/application
1.5	Accessories and consumables are identified for the removal tasks
2	Remove surface coatings	2.1	Sequence of work is identified for the removal operation, including the efficient and effective use of chemicals to be used
2.2	Equipment, chemicals and abrasives are used within manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
2.3	Surface coating is removed according to workplace procedures and specifications
2.4	Surfaces are inspected to ensure removal of surface coating is to workplace standard
2.5	Defects found after removal of surface coating are dealt with and/or reported in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Clean work area and maintain equipment	3.1	Item is stored and labelled ready for next process
3.2	Equipment is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
3.3	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
3.4	Chemicals and other materials are stored or disposed of correctly according to regulations
3.5	Work area is cleaned ready for next process or task

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the removal of surface coatings
Coated surfaces include:	solid timber manufactured board metal
Tools and equipment include:	liquid containers brushes scrapers scrubbing brush steel wool sanding blocks heat guns high-pressure water cleaners dipping tanks stainless steel stripping bench iron plane chisels power sanders air compressor and hoses
Materials include:	caustic soda thinners turpentine methylated spirits gun wash gel stripper putties hot water glues abrasive paper
Coating removal methods include:	sanding and scrubbing chemical stripping and dipping heat application and hand scraping high pressure water application
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF2003B Remove surface coatings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2003 Remove surface coatings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Remove surface coating from timber and metal surfaces and apply appropriate techniques to remove coatings from flat, vertical, carved and curved surfaces, using a minimum of four (4) different removal techniques and materials

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Work flow in relation to the removal of surface coatings

Types, properties and characteristics of coatings

Coating removal techniques, materials, applications and limitations

Material safety management systems

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a range of surfaces to be removed, removal methods, tools, equipment and consumables.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2004 Prepare surfaces for finishing

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing a range of furniture surfaces for the application of surface coatings by hand or machine.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for surface preparation	1.1	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface coating materials are identified
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools and equipment required, and related engineering controls are identified and set up
1.4	Sources of contamination in work area are identified and excluded
1.5	Workplace procedures for surface preparation are identified and followed according to the surface and surface coating materials being used
2	Prepare surfaces	2.1	Surfaces are prepared according to workplace procedures and specification
2.2	Surface preparation is checked for conformity with workplace specifications throughout the process
2.3	Rectification of surface preparation faults are made as required
2.4	Products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
2.5	Defects are rectified and/or reported in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Clean work area and maintain equipment	3.1	Prepared products are packed, stored and labelled ready for next process
3.2	Equipment used is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
3.3	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
3.4	Chemicals used are stored or disposed of correctly according to regulations
3.5	Work area is cleaned ready for next process or task

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the preparation of surfaces
Surfaces include:	solid hardwood and softwood veneered board metal
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes and rulers squares hammer nail punch liquid containers brushes cabinet scrapers file oil stone steel wool/scourers sanding blocks steam iron chisels power sanders air compressor and hoses fixed belt/stroke sander plane spanners screwdrivers clamps drill mallet vice saw
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF204B Prepare surfaces for finishing

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2004 Prepare surfaces for finishing

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare furniture surfaces on a minimum of four (4) occasions, including a:

horizontal surface

vertical surface

internal surface

curved surface (moulding)

surfaces are to include:

solid hardwood

solid softwood

veneered board

metal

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, properties and characteristics of coatings

Surface preparation techniques and equipment/materials

Hazardous substances and materials used in surface preparation

Work flow in relation to the application and removal of surface coatings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a range of surfaces to be prepared, preparation tools, equipment and consumables.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2005 Maintain spray equipment and booth

Modification History

Release 2 - Missing text from Assessment Requirements reinstated

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers stripping, cleaning, restoring and servicing spray equipment and booths.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including timings, equipment to be maintained and materials
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.4	Work area is cleared of unwanted stock, products and materials
1.5	Equipment is isolated from power sources and made safe in accordance with site procedures
2	Maintain the equipment	2.1	Equipment is dismantled in accordance with manufacturer specifications and site procedures
2.2	Components are laid out in a logical re-assembly sequence
2.3	Components are cleaned and serviced using authorised materials and tools/equipment
2.4	Components are inspected and faulty items repaired, replaced or referred for further maintenance action
2.5	Equipment is re-assembled and operations are tested
2.6	Equipment maintenance is reported/recorded in accordance with site procedures
3	Maintain booths	3.1	Combustion and ignition sources are neutralised throughout the work sequence
3.2	Ventilation and other services are inspected for operation, cleaned out and, where appropriate, replenished, replaced or referred for further maintenance action
3.3	Surfaces and floors are cleaned and restored in accordance with site and industry standards
3.4	Materials and consumable stores are cleaned and restored in accordance with site, industry and regulatory standards

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements
Spray equipment includes:	computerised spray system electrostatic spray gun powder coating spray gun air compressor, and hoses and dryers
Booths include:	dry filter bath purpose-designed, positive-pressure, down-draft water booth
Booth services include:	lighting ventilation electricity supply water supply paint lines consumables storage areas
Tools and equipment include:	liquid containers feeding systems spray guns scrapers (non-ferrous) screwdrivers shifting spanner spanners
Materials include:	water solvents other cleaning compounds and chemicals rags steel wool brushes hoses brooms squeegees
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF2005B Maintain spray equipment and booth

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2005 Maintain spray equipment and booth

Modification History

Release 2 - Missing text from Assessment Requirements reinstated

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Disassemble, maintain and re-assemble at least two (2) different spray systems

Maintain a booth and booth services on at least two (2) occasions

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Identification of spray system equipment, processes and procedures

Types, characteristics and maintenance requirements for spray booth services, including at a minimum, ventilation, lighting, water and electrical reticulation

Characteristics of spray coatings and base materials in terms of toxicity, reactivity and flammability

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of cleaning solvents and agents

Effects of fumes, heat and other radiations on surface coatings

Material safety management systems

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to spray systems and equipment, spray booth, cleaning and maintenance materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2006 Apply surface coatings by spray gun

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying surface coatings by a handheld spray gun.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work	1.1	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface coating are identified from work orders or instructions
1.2	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation for the surface coating task
1.5	Surface coatings are identified and prepared, as required, for the surface coating tasks
2	Check and prepare for spraying	2.1	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults reported or repaired as appropriate
2.2	Other products and equipment in the workplace are protected from overspray
2.3	Trial applications of surface materials are made to check condition of spray system, spray patterns, equipment operation, materials viscosity and specified surface finish
2.4	Unserviceable components are cleaned or replaced and spray system re-assembled
2.5	Spray pattern faults are identified and rectified in accordance with workplace procedures.
2.6	Material faults are identified and workplace procedures for rectification are followed
3	Apply surface coating	3.1	Surfaces are kept free of contamination
3.2	Surface coatings are applied according to workplace procedures
3.3	Surface build and coverage is checked against workplace requirements for even spread and thickness
3.4	Rectification of surface faults are made in accordance with workplace procedures
3.5	Products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
4	Clean work area	4.1	Equipment is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
4.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
4.3	Work area, including spray booth, is cleaned and returned to approved condition
4.4	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the application of surface coatings
Spray guns include:	conventional air spray guns and airless spray guns high volume/low pressure (HVLP) air-assisted and airless spray guns
Coatings include:	pre-catalysed lacquer acid catalysed lacquer and nitro-cellulose lacquer one-pot polyurethane and water-based coatings stains, lacquers, polish, enamels and acrylics
Tools and equipment include:	pressure feed systems spray booth liquid containers air compressor and hoses air regulator positive pressure air-wash masks canister-type face masks screwdrivers shifting spanner and spanners
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF2006B Apply surface coatings by spray gun

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2006 Apply surface coatings by spray gun

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Select and apply surface coatings, including the adjustment of spray equipment, to effect required spray pattern for a minimum of three (3) different surface types and shapes

Maintain spray equipment and work area, including spray booth

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Identification of spray equipment, processes and procedures

Characteristics of the coatings and base materials in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability, required viscosity and recoatability

Effects of fumes, heat and other radiations on surface coatings

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

Work flow in relation to spraying operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to spray equipment, spray booth, coatings and cleaning products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2007 Apply stains, fillers and bleach

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Workplace information, including materials application and safety information, and material safety data sheets (MSDS), is used to inform work practices
1.2	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface treatment are identified from work orders or instructions
1.3	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation for the staining, filling or bleaching task
2	Prepare for application of materials	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards
2.2	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults repaired as appropriate
2.3	Materials required to stain and fill in are identified and prepared for the task
2.4	Trial applications of stains and/or fillers are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency, viscosity and specified colour
2.5	Faults and/or inconsistencies in colour are identified and workplace procedures for rectification and adjustment are followed
2.6	Materials required for bleaching are identified and labelled to prevent cross-contamination of bulk material during application
3	Apply finishing materials	3.1	Techniques for application of stain, filler or bleach are identified
3.2	Materials are applied according to job instructions, manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3.3	Bleached items are appropriately stored for drying
3.4	Finished products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
3.5	Products which do not meet quality specifications are re-stained, filled, bleached or tagged for further investigation
4	Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Equipment used is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
4.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
4.3	Bleaching materials are disposed of in accordance with environmental requirements and workplace procedures
4.4	Work area is cleaned and returned to approved condition, and all areas used for bleaching are washed down with water
4.5	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the application of stains, fillers and bleach
Stains include:	lacquer-based wiping stain spirit-based water and oil-based
Fillers include:	oil-based water-based and plastic (one-pot) filler
Bleach includes:	two-solution bleach and oxalic acid bleach
Surfaces include:	solid timber manufactured board
Tools and equipment include:	liquid containers rubber gloves face masks spray booths spray guns compressor air lines brushes sanding block
Materials include:	water abrasive papers cotton rags and hessian
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF2007B Apply stains, fillers and bleach

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2007 Apply stains, fillers and bleach

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Select appropriate stains, fillers and bleach for the surfaces to be treated

Apply stains, fillers and bleach to at least two (2) surfaces, monitor drying, and assess and rectify any quality issues

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Identification of application techniques

Characteristics of stains, fillers and bleaches in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability, viscosity.

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after processing

Work flow in relation to the application stains, fillers and bleach

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to surfaces to be processed, stains, fillers, bleach and suitable application tools and equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2008 Apply surface coatings by hand

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying brushable coatings to surfaces by hand.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Workplace information, including materials application and safety information, and material safety data sheets (MSDS), is used to inform work practices
1.2	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface finish are identified from work orders or instructions
1.3	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation for the surface coating task
2	Prepare for application of materials	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards
2.2	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults repaired as appropriate
2.3	Finishing materials required are identified and prepared for the task
2.4	Trial applications of surface materials are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
2.5	Faults are identified and workplace procedures for rectification are followed
3	Apply finishing materials	3.1	Techniques for hand application of materials are identified
3.2	Finishing materials are applied according to job instructions, material manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3.3	Finished products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
3.4	Products which do not meet quality specifications are refinished or tagged for further investigation
4	Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Equipment used is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
4.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
4.3	Work area is cleaned and returned to approved condition
4.4	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving in the application of surface coatings
Coatings include:	one-pot polyurethane enamel acrylic polish
Application methods include:	brush swooge
Surfaces include:	solid timber manufactured board metal
Tools and equipment include:	sanders pneumatic or low-voltage electric buff rubber sanding block brushes and swooges
Materials include:	water detergent wax oil enamel acrylic one-pot polyurethane polish methylated spirits turpentine terebine abrasive papers cotton rags steel wool
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF2008B Apply surface coatings by hand

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2008 Apply surface coatings by hand

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare for and apply coatings by hand on a minimum of five (5) occasions covering:

one (1) solid timber surface

one (1) manufactured board surface

one (1) metal surface

using four (4) different coatings:

one-pot polyurethane, acrylic, enamel and polish

Maintain application equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Identification of hand application techniques

Characteristics of coatings, waxes and oils in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability and required viscosity.

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after finishing

Work flow in relation to the application of finishing material

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to hand finishing application equipment, coating materials and surfaces to be coated.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3001 Match and make up colours

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers matching and making up colours for surfaces which have previously been coated or polished, or for new work which must match existing work or a specified sample.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, colour, finish process and quality
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Colour matching aids and colouring materials are accessed and readied for use
1.4	Types of colouring materials are identified and prepared for colouring task
1.5	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Match colours	2.1	Surfaces are cleaned and prepared to enable accurate colour matching
2.2	Characteristics of the surface and the impact of these on colouring are taken into account
2.3	Techniques for colour application are identified and selected according to workplace practices
2.4	Properties of colouring agents are assessed in relation to the specific circumstances
2.5	Colour matching techniques are applied to identify most likely fit in terms of product, colour and application techniques
2.6	Colour matching outcomes are confirmed through trials of proposed products, colours and application techniques
2.7	Colour matching formulae are recorded to enterprise or industry standards
3	Make up colours	3.1	Product quantities are identified from client demand or accurate assessment of coating/colouring requirement
3.2	Colouring additives are calculated from manufacturer specifications
3.3	Colouring additives are accurately measured and blended with the base product
4	Apply colours	4.1	Colour solution is applied in accordance with selected application techniques and workplace procedures
4.2	Colour application is constantly checked against sample colour
4.3	Surface is inspected for faults in applied colour film and defects are rectified
4.4	Coloured or matched up surface is sealed with finishing material in accordance with job specification and workplace procedures
5	Clean up work area	5.1	Colouring materials are stored and labelled ready for next process
5.2	Waste and unwanted material is disposed of safely and in accordance with relevant environmental regulations
5.3	Unused materials are sealed and stored
5.4	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the accurate matching of colours
Tools and equipment include:	mixing pots brushes spray equipment and mechanical mixer/vibrator colour rubber colour wad
Materials include:	spirit-based stains pigments lacquers oil varnish two-part polyurethane methylated spirits lacquer thinners mineral turpentine and polish
Colouring agents include:	pigments dyes stains universal tinters and toning lacquer
Properties of colouring agents include:	colour specific gravity staining power refractive power texture durability opacity spreading power toxicity and oil absorptive power
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF3001B Match and make up colours

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3001 Match and make up colours

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Accurately colour match using pigments and/or stains on a minimum of five (5) occasions

Record colour formulae for production situations

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics and degradation patterns of coatings and stains

Properties of coated and stained surface materials and the impact of these on colouring

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of colouring agents

Types, uses and limitations of matching aids

Product catalogues and other information systems

Material safety management systems and related safety requirements

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to sample colouring requirements, colouring agents, base coating products, mixing and testing equipment, and cleaning equipment and materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3002 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining mechanical coating systems in order to apply coatings to specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface coating are identified from work orders or instructions
1.2	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation for the surface coating task
1.5	Coating materials are identified and prepared
2	Check and prepare for spraying	2.1	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults reported or repaired as appropriate
2.2	Other products and equipment in the workplace are protected from overspray
2.3	Trial applications of surface materials are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
2.4	Machine faults are identified and rectified or reported
2.5	Material faults are identified and workplace procedures for rectification are followed
3	Apply surface coating	3.1	Surfaces are kept free of contamination
3.2	Surface coatings are applied according to workplace procedures
3.3	Surface coating viscosity and coverage is monitored and checked against workplace requirements for even spread and thickness
3.4	Rectification of surface faults is made as required
3.5	Products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
3.6	Defects are dealt with and/or reported in accordance with workplace procedures
4	Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Equipment is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
4.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
4.3	Work area, including spray booth, is cleaned and returned to approved condition
4.4	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving in the application of surface coatings
Mechanical coating systems include:	curtain coating UV coating tumbling dipping electrostatic powder coating automatic (robotic) spray equipment
Tools and equipment include:	computerised spray system electrostatic spray gun baking oven barrel tumbler spray booth liquid containers air compressor and hoses screwdrivers shifting spanner and spanners ford cup
Materials include:	stains lacquers wax oil two-pack polyurethane three-pack polyester enamels acrylics powder coating
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF3002B Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coatings systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3002 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Select and apply surface coatings, including the adjustment of spray equipment, to effect required coating using a minimum of two (2) different mechanical systems

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Identification of mechanical spray system equipment, processes and procedures

Characteristics of the coatings and base materials in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability, required viscosity and recoatability

Effects of fumes, heat and other radiations on surface coatings

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

Work flow in relation to spraying operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to mechanical spray systems and equipment, spray booth, coatings and cleaning products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3003 Apply plural component coatings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying plural component coatings, including polyurethane, polyester coatings and acid catalysed, to surfaces.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Workplace information, including materials application and safety information, and material safety data sheets (MSDS), is used to inform work practices
1.2	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface treatment are identified from work orders or instructions
1.3	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective application of plural component coatings
2	Prepare for application of materials	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards
2.2	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults repaired as appropriate
2.3	Materials required are identified and prepared for the task
2.4	Spray booths and work documentation are inspected to ensure nitro-cellulose lacquer has not been sprayed in the same booth as that used for the application of plural component coatings
2.5	Nitro-cellulose overspray is cleaned off booth surfaces if necessary before application of plural component coatings
2.6	Trial applications of plural component coatings are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency and viscosity
2.7	Faults and/or inconsistencies in applied coating are identified and workplace procedures for rectification and adjustment are followed
3	Apply finishing materials	3.1	Techniques for application of plural component coatings are identified and selected
3.2	Materials are applied according to job instructions, material manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3.3	Finished products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
3.4	Products which do not meet quality specifications are rectified or tagged for further investigation
4	Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Equipment used is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
4.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
4.3	Work area is cleaned and returned to approved condition
4.4	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving in the application of plural component coatings
Application techniques and processes include:	brushing and spraying
Surfaces include:	solid timber manufactured board metal
Tools and equipment include:	liquid containers rubber gloves positive pressure air-wash face masks positive pressure water-wash spray booths protective clothing spray guns compressor air lines brushes sanding block orbital sanders
Materials include:	two-part polyurethane two/three part polyester acid catalysed lacquer solvents
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF3003B Apply plural component coatings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3003 Apply plural component coatings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply plural component coatings on at least three (3) occasions, including:

one (1) acid catalysed

one (1) two-part polyurethane

one (1) polyester

Maintain application equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Identification of application techniques

Characteristics of acid catalysed, polyurethane and polyester coatings

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after coating

Work flow in relation to the application of polyurethane and polyester

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to spray application equipment, acid catalysed, polyurethane and polyester coatings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3004 Apply soft rubber techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying polish and/or spirit varnish to surfaces using soft rubber techniques.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Workplace information, including materials application and safety information, and material safety data sheets (MSDS), is used to inform work practices
1.2	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface finish are identified from work orders or instructions
1.3	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation for the surface finishing task
2	Prepare for application of materials	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards
2.2	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults repaired as appropriate
2.3	Finishing materials required are identified and prepared for the task
2.4	Trial applications of flat surface or furniture materials are made to check rubber operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
2.5	Faults are identified and workplace procedures for rectification are followed
3	Apply soft varnish/rubber polish and/or varnish using soft rubber	3.1	Surface is lightly sanded and checked for defects which are rectified in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Rubber is suitably charged
3.3	Surface is soft-rubbered/varnish rubbered using correct amount of pressure and suitable rubber movements
3.4	Surface is inspected and any defects repaired/rectified
4	Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Equipment used is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
4.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
4.3	Work area is cleaned and returned to approved condition
4.4	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the application of soft rubber techniques
Surfaces include:	solid timber manufactured board
Tools and equipment include:	brushes swooges soft rubbers of cotton-wool or wadding body wrapped in cotton cloth sanding blocks
Materials include:	polish methylated spirits spirit varnish scourer abrasive papers cotton rags steel wool
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF3004B Apply soft rubber techniques

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3004 Apply soft rubber techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Accurately apply soft/varnish rubber techniques on a minimum of two (2) occasions which must cover a chair or equivalent, and a large flat surface

Maintain application equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Soft rubber applications, limitations and techniques

Characteristics of coatings in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability and required viscosity

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after finishing

Work flow in relation to the application of finishing material

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to soft rubber materials, coating materials, other consumables and surfaces to be coated.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3005 Enhance finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cutting and buffing, and applying materials to a coated surface by hand to enhance the finish.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Workplace information, including materials application and safety information, and material safety data sheets (MSDS), is used to inform work practices
1.2	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface finish are identified from work orders or instructions
1.3	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation for the surface finishing task
2	Prepare for application of materials	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards
2.2	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults repaired as appropriate
2.3	Surfaces are cut an buffed to prepare for finishing as required
2.4	Finishing materials required are identified and prepared for the task
2.5	Trial applications of surface materials are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
2.6	Faults are identified and workplace procedures for rectification are followed
3	Apply finishing materials	3.1	Techniques for hand application of materials are identified
3.2	Finishing materials are applied according to job instructions, manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3.3	Finished products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
3.4	Products which do not meet quality specifications are refinished or tagged for further investigation
4	Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Equipment used is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
4.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
4.3	Work area is cleaned and returned to approved condition
4.4	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the enhancement of finishes
Surfaces include:	solid timber manufactured board metal
Tools and equipment include:	abrasive papers pulling/pullover rubber cotton rags steel wool orbital sander pneumatic or low voltage electric or pneumatic buff rubber sanding block
Materials include:	water detergent cutting compound wax oil buffing creams
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF3005B Enhance finishes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3005 Enhance finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

On two (2) occasions, one (1) including a curved surface, enhance existing finishes by:

cutting down

pulling in

compounding and buffing

On two (2) occasions wax and oil to achieve a satin finish

Maintain application equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Identification of hand application techniques

Functions and safety requirements of hand and power tools, particularly in wet working environments

Characteristics of compounds, waxes and oils in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability and required viscosity

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after finishing

Work flow in relation to the application of finishing material

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to hand finishing application equipment, compounds, waxes, oils and finishes requiring enhancement.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3006 Repair and touch up surfaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying techniques to repair and touch up damaged surfaces.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Workplace information, including materials application and safety information, and material safety data sheets (MSDS), is used to inform work practices
1.2	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface coating are identified from work orders or instructions
1.3	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation for the surface coating task
2	Repair surfaces	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards
2.2	Products with surface or other faults are identified and assessed
2.3	Materials required for repair are selected and prepared
2.4	Repairs are completed to manufacturer standards and/or industry practices
3	Prepare for application of materials	3.1	Techniques for hand application of materials are identified and selected
3.2	Coating materials required are identified and prepared for the surface coating task
3.3	Trial applications of surface materials are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
3.4	Faults are identified and workplace procedures for rectification are followed
4	Apply surface coating	4.1	Surface coatings are applied according to job instructions, manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4.2	Coated products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
4.3	Products which do not meet quality specifications are recoated or tagged for further investigation
5	Clean work area and maintain equipment	5.1	Equipment used is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
5.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
5.3	Work area, including painting locations, is cleaned and returned to approved condition
5.4	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the application of surface coatings
Techniques include:	decontamination and repair stripping wash off stoppings epoxy button lac water putty wax plugs and refinishing
Surface faults include:	machine marks bruising pencil marks grease cross-sanding marks scratches glue marks dirt marks insect and termite holes holes knots blisters rubber marks burns or tears ropiness and foreign matter in the polish
Surfaces include:	solid timber manufactured board metal
Tools and equipment include:	brushes rollers soup rubbers paint trays power agitators sanders liquid containers scrapers quirk sticks sandpapers cotton rags hessian steel wool sandpaper abrasive papers
Materials include:	lacquers paints acrylics enamels one-pot polyurethane methylated spirits pigments spirit colours
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF3006B Repair and touch up surfaces

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3006 Repair and touch up surfaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Repair and finish a minimum of four (4) damaged surfaces, including:

a strip off and re-finish

two (2) touch ups involving different repair techniques

with only one (1) being a metal surface

Maintain application equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Repair and touch up techniques

Decontamination materials, techniques and safety requirements

Identification of application techniques

Characteristics of coatings and base materials in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability, required viscosity and recoatability

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

Work flow in relation to the application of surface coatings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to surface coating application equipment, coatings, other consumables and materials to be repaired.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3007 Apply graining and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying material to a surface to imitate timber grain and decorative (faux) finishes

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Workplace information, including materials application and safety information, and material safety data sheets (MSDS), is used to inform work practices
1.2	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface treatment are identified from work orders or instructions
1.3	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation for the task
2	Prepare for application of materials	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards
2.2	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults repaired as appropriate
2.3	Materials required to complete the task are identified and prepared
2.4	Trial applications of material are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency, viscosity and sample match
2.5	Faults and or inconsistencies in colour and surface appearance are identified and workplace procedures for rectification and adjustment are followed
3	Apply finishing materials	3.1	Techniques for application of graining solution and other finishes are identified
3.2	Materials are applied according to job instructions, manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3.3	Finished products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
3.4	Products which do not meet quality specifications are rectified or tagged for further investigation
4	Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Equipment used is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
4.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
4.3	Work area is cleaned and returned to approved condition, and all areas used for bleaching are washed down with water
4.4	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the application of surface coatings
Graining and decorative finishes include:	ragging stippling ageing distressing others
Surfaces include:	solid timber manufactured board metal
Tools and equipment include:	liquid containers rubber gloves face masks spray booths spray guns compressor air lines brushes sanding block brushes graining tools
Materials include:	water abrasive papers cotton rags hessian lacquer-based wiping stain polyurethane wiping stain spirit stain pigment oil stain proprietary brand stains pigments acrylic paint enamel
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF3007B Apply graining and decorative finishes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3007 Apply graining and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply graining solution to imitate a minimum of two (2) different timber species

Apply material to imitate a marble finish and one (1) other finish type

Maintain application equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Application of stains, fillers and bleaches

Decontamination materials, techniques and safety requirements

Identification of application techniques

Characteristics of graining and coating materials in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability and viscosity

Characteristics of coatings and base materials in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability, required viscosity and recoatability

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

Work flow in relation to the application of surface coatings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to surface coating application equipment, coatings, other consumables and materials to be repaired.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3008 Apply traditional French polishing techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers hand application of shellac polish to timber surfaces using traditional French polishing techniques.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work	1.1	Work requirements are correctly identified from drawings, specifications and instructions
1.2	Quality assurance requirements are recognised and adhered to in accordance with company operations
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Tools and equipment selected are consistent with job requirements and work instructions, checked for safety and serviceability, and any faults reported to supervisor
1.5	Skinning in, bodying up and spiriting out/stiffening up rubbers are prepared consistent with the requirements of the work
2	Prepare for application of polish	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards
2.2	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults are reported or repaired
2.3	Techniques for hand application of polish using traditional methods are identified and used according to workplace procedures
2.4	Materials and equipment suitable for skinning in, bodying up and spiriting out/stiffening up operations are prepared
2.5	Surfaces are stained, filled in and then sealed with polish using a mop brush, blender or swooge
3	Skin in job surface	3.1	Surface is lightly sanded and checked for defects which are rectified in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Skinning in rubber is suitably charged with polish having regard for job colour and clarity
3.3	Surface is skinned in, covering small areas at a time, using correct amount of pressure and suitable rubber movements
3.4	Pumice powder is applied, as necessary, in accordance with workplace procedures
3.5	Skinned in surface is inspected and any defects are repaired using suitable materials
4	Body up a skinned in surface	4.1	Polish, lubricating oil and pumice powder is used to body up the skinned in surface, using correct amount of pressure and suitable rubber movements
4.2	Rubber and job surface are continuously monitored to evaluate their condition
4.3	Body up rubber is recharged and lubricating oil and pumice are applied, as necessary, to ensure surface faults and blemishes do not develop
4.4	Bodied up surface is full and flat with an even sheen and shows no blemishes
5	Spirit off/stiffen up surface	5.1	Surface is stiffened up/spirited off using correctly charged rubber, correct amount of pressure and suitable rubber movements
5.2	Stiffened up/spirited off surface is free of oil, full, flat with an even sheen and shows no blemishes or rubber marks
6	Clean up work area	6.1	Workplace is cleared of debris and unused materials
6.2	Rubbers are stored separately in airtight glass or plastic containers in accordance with workplace procedures
6.3	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the process of French polishing
Polishes include:	shellac button lac de-waxed lac de-waxed/de-coloured lac white or bleached lac
Surfaces include:	solid timber or veneered manufactured board
Lubricating oils include:	paraffin linseed
Surface faults include:	machine marks bruising pencil marks grease cross-sanding marks scratches glue marks dirt marks insect and termite holes holes knots blisters rubber marks burns or tears ropiness and foreign matter in the polish
Tools and equipment include:	filler blades brushes abrasive papers skinning in bodying up and spiriting out rubbers mop brush blender swooge and scrapers
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF3008B Apply traditional French polishing techniques

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3008 Apply traditional French polishing techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Accurately apply traditional French polishing techniques on a minimum of two (2) occasions which must include and cover flat and curved surfaces and an enclosed panel

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Workplace and equipment safety requirements, including relevant regulations, codes and standards

Construction techniques of rubbers

Safe handling of materials associated with traditional French polishing, including:

lac

polishes

paraffin and linseed oils

methylated spirits

Shellac mixing procedures

Repair techniques to defects in timber surfaces and polish film

Appropriate rubber charging and movements for each stage of French polishing

Storage requirements for lac products and rubbers

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to French polishing materials, timber components/furnishings requiring polish and cleaning materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3009 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining CNC coating systems in order to apply coatings to specifications.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Characteristics of the surface and the required surface coating are identified from work orders or instructions
1.2	Processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements are identified and used for work planning
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Tools, equipment and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation for the surface coating task
1.5	Coating materials are identified and prepared
2	Check and prepare for spraying	2.1	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults reported or repaired as appropriate
2.2	Other products and equipment in the workplace are protected from overspray
2.3	Trial applications of surface materials are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
2.4	Machine faults are identified and rectified or reported
2.5	Material faults are identified and workplace procedures for rectification are followed
3	Apply surface coating	3.1	Surfaces are kept free of contamination
3.2	Surface coatings are applied according to workplace procedures
3.3	Surface coating viscosity and coverage is monitored and checked against workplace requirements for even spread and thickness
3.4	Rectification of surface faults are made as required
3.5	Products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
3.6	Defects are dealt with and/or reported in accordance with workplace procedures
4	Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Equipment is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately
4.2	Unserviceable equipment is tagged, faults are identified and appropriate personnel are informed
4.3	Work area, including spray booth is cleaned and returned to approved condition
4.4	Workplace records are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate organisational abilities, judgement and problem solving in the application of surface coatings
Surface coatings include:	curtain coating UV coating tumbling dipping electrostatic powder coating
Tools and equipment include:	computerised spray system electrostatic spray guns baking ovens barrel tumblers spray booths liquid containers compressor and hoses screwdrivers shifting spanner and spanners ford cup
Materials to be applied include:	stains lacquers wax oil two-pack polyurethane three-pack polyester enamels acrylics powder coating
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFF3009B Set up, operate and maintain CNC coating systems

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3009 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Select and apply surface coatings, including the adjustment of system controls, to effect required coating using a minimum of two (2) different CNC systems for curtain coating, UV coating, tumbling, dipping, and electrostatic powder coating tasks

Maintain equipment and work area, including spray booth

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Identification of CNC coating system equipment, processes and procedures

Characteristics of coatings and base materials in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability, required viscosity and recoatability

Effects of fumes, heat and other radiations on surface coatings

Methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

Work flow in relation to spraying operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to CNC coating systems and equipment, spray booth, coatings and cleaning products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL1001 Complete simple floor covering installation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers completing installation of timber, carpet or resilient floor coverings in a simple context.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Lay out materials	1.1	Plans and/or drawings are read and interpreted
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected if required
1.5	Materials are laid out to meet specification requirements and minimise waste and joins
2	Prepare materials for installation	2.1	Sequence of work is planned to ensure lay out and fixing is in logical order
2.2	Underlay is cut to specification
2.3	Materials are cut to shape, length and size for final laying
2.4	Adhesives and edge strips are prepared for use as required
3	Lay flooring	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Appropriate underlay is laid according to manufacturer recommendations
3.3	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.4	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
3.5	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	this unit is designed for a VET in Schools or equivalent program where the level of supervision is likely to be more direct than under normal working conditions WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving simple floor covering contexts include those where: sub-floor preparations are not required or have been completed the area to be covered is rectangular or square no pattern, border design or colour matching is required
Timber flooring includes:	floating floor strip timber flooring (non-structural) parquetry and cork tiles
Carpet flooring includes:	tufted carpet woven carpet needle punch carpet and fusion bonded carpe
Resilient flooring includes:	homogenous/heterogeneous backed PVC linoleum sheet rubber sheet and composition vinyl
Tools and equipment for timber floor covering installation include:	drop saw jig saw hand saw undercut saw plunge saw nail gun straight edge cramps clamps hammer bar scriber tape measure and utility knife
Tools and equipment for carpet floor covering installation include:	carpet knee kicker power stretcher carpet wall trimmer trolley hammer trimming knife spiked carpet roller weight or seam roller awl carpet spreader carpet shears napping shears and tape measure
Tools and equipment for resilient floor covering installation include:	utility knife straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw serrated trowel hammer scribing bar divider roller gas bottle and gun rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife trolley and wall trimmer
Materials include:	flooring materials underlay edge strips reducing strips tapes adhesives adhesive tapes skirting domestic carpet gripper strips heat seam tape hessian tape and thread
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL1001A Complete simple floor covering installation

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL1001 Complete simple floor covering installation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply ventilation standards

Complete a minimum of one (1) simple floor covering installation, which may be either timber, carpet or resilient flooring

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of flooring materials

Types and uses of installation tools and equipment

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of fixing methods and adhesives

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of underlays

Workplace safety system requirements related to flooring installation

Work flow in relation to flooring installation operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to timber, carpet or resilient flooring materials; timber, carpet or resilient flooring tools and equipment; installation materials and area requiring flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2001 Use flooring technology sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using hand and power tools in applications relating to the flooring and finishing sector of the furnishing industry. It supports competent workplace performance in the wide variety of flooring technology operations in a work room and on-site environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a production and trade worker level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify hand and power tools	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the use of flooring sector hand and power tools. are verified and complied with
1.2	Types of hand and power tools and their functions are identified from relevant information sources
2	Select and use hand tools	2.1	Hand tools are selected consistent with the needs of the job
2.2	Tools are checked for serviceability and safety and any faults are corrected or processed for repair
2.3	Equipment is selected to hold or support material for hand tool application where applicable
2.4	Material is located and held in position for hand tool application
2.5	Hand tools are safely and effectively used according to their intended use
2.6	Hand tools are safely located when not in immediate use
3	Select and use power tools	3.1	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used
3.2	Power tools are selected consistent with the needs of the job in accordance with conventional work practice
3.3	Power tools are visually checked for serviceability/safety in accordance with WHS requirements and any faults are sent for repair
3.4	Equipment is selected to hold or support materials for power tool application where applicable
3.5	Material is located and held in position for power tool application where applicable
3.6	Power tools are safely and effectively used in application processes
3.7	Power tools are safely located when not in use
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures, or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements
Flooring (preparation) sector hand and power tools include:	angle grinder scrapers skutch hammers and chisels bolsters hand brushes and brooms vacuum cleaners hand trowels smoothing trowels spikey roller spike shoes carborumdum stone spatulas gauging tools screed bar laser levels string lines drills mixing paddles batching buckets moisture meters material pumps
Flooring (carpet) sector hand and power tools include:	utility knife carpet knee kicker power stretcher carpet wall trimmer carpet stair tool trolley hammer trimming knife heat seam iron spiked carpet roller weight or seam roller awl carpet spreader carpet shears napping shears loop pile cutter moulding lifter sewing needle
Flooring (resilient) sector hand and power tools include:	utility knife straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw serrated trowel hammer edge trimmer recess scriber and pre-formed linoleum recess scribers scribing bar grooving tool straight edge divider roller gas bottle and gun rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife trolley liquid seam sealer seam sealer applicator wall trimmer hot air welding gun furling iron trolley
Flooring (timber) sector hand and power tools include:	hammer compressor staple gun bar scriber utility knife straight edge drill hand saw chisels drop saw nail gun secret nails planer circular saw combination saw
Sources of power supply include:	single or three phase
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2001A Use flooring technology sector hand and power tools

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2001 Use flooring technology sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply sector hand and power tools correctly and safely

Complete operator maintenance on sector hand and power tools

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to preparing and presenting design information relevant to the use of hand and power tools

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for preparing and presenting design information for the use of hand and power tools

Types of hand and power tools and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Function, purpose and operator maintenance requirements of hand tools used in the furnishing technology workplace

Function, purpose and operator maintenance requirements of power tools used in the furnishing technology workplace

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a range of hand and power tools relevant to the sector and manufacturer/user instructions and/or manuals.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2002 Receive and prepare floor covering materials for installation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning, preparing, packaging, protecting, transporting and loading floor covering materials to an installation site with minimum damage to floor coverings and components. Acclimatisation on site is required to ensure that material being installed is installed whilst at the same temperature and humidity as the area being covered so that the fitted material does not subsequently shrink or stretch from its fitted form.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify preparation requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to receiving, preparing, packaging, protecting, transporting, loading and storage of floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Floor covering materials to be prepared are identified against work orders
1.3	Instructions, work plans and product information are read and interpreted to identify the preparation process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Details of the site conditions, including safety and security requirements, are confirmed from reports or physical inspection
1.5	Delivery point, access and storage on site are identified and methods for loading/hoisting floor coverings are determined
1.6	Size, shape and special packaging requirements are determined for transportation to site
1.7	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2	Receive flooring materials	2.1	Flooring materials are received and segregated into products
2.2	Received materials are checked against delivery documentation for type and quantity
2.3	Received materials are inspected for defects and damage and unacceptable items rejected or segregated
2.4	Receipt documentation is completed to enterprise procedures
3	Prepare and package floor coverings	3.1	Types and quantities of materials required for the work plan are confirmed
3.2	Floor coverings are laid out, measured and cut to required size
3.3	Floor coverings and accessory products are packaged ready for transport to site taking into account potential damage factors
4	Load floor coverings on to the worksite	4.1	Roles and related responsibilities for the successful completion of the loading and lifting activity are identified and applied
4.2	Time requirements to complete the loading/lifting of floor coverings are estimated
4.3	Materials handling equipment appropriate to the task is selected, accessed and used in accordance with regulatory and/or site requirements
4.4	Labour requirements to support the floor covering loading/lifting requirements are confirmed and accessed
4.5	Movement activities are completed as an individual or working directly with others as required by the work tasks
5	Store floor coverings and accessories on site	5.1	Condition of floor coverings and accessory products are observed on arrival on site and any damaged product is identified and separated for further action
5.2	Floor coverings and accessory products are stored on site observing any requirements for protection from potential damage factors
5.3	Product and site acclimatisation requirements are identified and satisfied
5.4	Materials are stacked appropriately for weight loading, size and crushability of floor coverings or accessory products
5.5	Products are located to enable ready access when required on site
5.6	Work is undertaken in accordance with workplace procedures
6	Complete housekeeping	6.1	Packing materials are stored or recycled as required
6.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
6.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
6.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures, or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Floor covering materials include:	underlays carpets resilient timber and cork products non-perishable inventory required to support installation operations
Tools and equipment include:	pre-fabricated and fixed shelving open and enclosed pallets shipping containers non-motorised lifting and movement aids other material handling equipment
Potential damage factors include:	humidity moisture temperature weather effects handling crushing scratching contamination
Materials handling equipment include:	those restricted to non-regulated machines and appliances
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2002A Receive and prepare floor covering materials for installation

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2002 Receive and prepare floor covering materials for installation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare, package, protect, transport and load floor coverings and plan layout of storage areas taking into account potential damage factors

Establish and maintain storage areas for floor covering materials

Use a range of non-regulated materials handling devices

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to handling, transporting and storage of flooring materials

Potential damage factors to flooring products

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for handling, transporting and storage of flooring materials

Characteristics of materials, products and common defects

Work flow in relation to use of goods and materials in store

Requirements for minimising damage to and maintaining contaminant free unfinished materials goods and completed products

Potential hazards, including fire and explosion risk, security issues and operator safety, around products to be stored

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Set-up and operation of loading/lifting equipment

Appropriate controls and safety equipment to manage risk

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Requirements of working with others in a team

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic requirement to receive, prepare, package, move and store floor coverings and associated materials; materials and equipment relevant to the preparation of floor coverings; a range of non-regulated materials handling devices; and material specifications and work instructions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2003 Select, operate and maintain floor covering cutting machine

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers operating and maintaining cutting machine equipment in applications relating to a wide variety of floor coverings preparation in a workroom.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the use of cutting equipment are verified and complied with
1.2	Types of cutting equipment and their functions are identified from relevant information sources
1.3	Sources of power supply are recognised
2	Start-up checks on cutting equipment are conducted	2.1	Cutting equipment and attachments are selected consistent with the needs of the job
2.2	Cutting equipment is checked for serviceability and safety and any faults are correct or processed for repair
3	Prepare to cut floor coverings	3.1	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used
3.2	Roll of floor covering is loaded onto the cutting machine
3.3	Preparation is carried out to measure the floor covering
3.4	Counter is programmed to make the cut
4	Cut floor coverings	4.1	Work sequence and starting point are selected
4.2	Floor coverings are rolled up and cut
4.3	Roll of floor coverings is removed from the cutting machine
4.4	Cut floor coverings are wrapped
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Types of cutting equipment include:	‘cut and roll’ floor covering cutting machines
Sources of power supply include:	electric pneumatic
Attachments include:	computer-aided software
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Australian Standards include:	AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2003A Select, operate and maintain floor covering cutting machine

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2003 Select, operate and maintain floor covering cutting machine

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Cut resilient and carpet floor coverings using ‘cut and roll’ floor covering cutting machines to manufacturer specification and enterprise requirements

Complete operator maintenance on floor covering cutting equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the use of floor covering cutting equipment

Relevant standards, including AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice – General and AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the use of floor covering cutting equipment

Types of floor covering cutting machines and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Floor covering cutting machine attachments, their uses, limitations and maintenance requirements

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to access to a floor covering cutting machine, manufacturer/user instructions and/or manuals, and floor covering material required to be cut.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2004 Moisture test timber and concrete floors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers moisture testing and formally reporting on the condition of timber and concrete floors. It applies to a wide variety of flooring technology operations in an on-site environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a sub-trade and trade worker level.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to moisture testing timber and concrete are verified and complied with
1.2	Customer enquiry and relevant information are consulted to determine the type of proposed flooring operation and other work requirements
1.3	Moisture content requirements for the proposed flooring are determined from manufacturer or workplace information
1.4	Tools, equipment and required materials are obtained and prepared for the work
2	Conduct moisture testing on timber flooring and components	2.1	The type of floor construction materials and the building floor structure and substructure are identified
2.2	Timber flooring is visually inspected to identify irregularities in moisture content
2.3	Ventilation flow is confirmed and irregularities noted
2.4	Floor joists, bearers and stumps are visually checked for moisture content irregularities
2.5	Moisture testing of timber flooring, floor joists, bearers and stumps, and equilibrium moisture content (EMC) is completed in accordance with the approved process and standard
3	Conduct moisture testing on concrete floors	3.1	The type of floor construction materials and the building floor structure and substructure are identified
3.2	Concrete floor is visually inspected to identify irregularities in moisture content
3.3	Moisture testing is completed in accordance with the approved process and Australian Standard
4	Notify findings of moisture tests	4.1	Notification of the findings of the moisture tests is completed in accordance with the current and relevant Australian standards
4.2	Copies of the notification are sent to appropriate personnel and suitably filed following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy WHS the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures use of personal protective equipment firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Relevant information includes:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of moisture testing tools and equipment workplace instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to notification and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of moisture testing equipment and materials
Tools and equipment include:	electrical resistance meter timber probe tape measure hygrometer thermometer probe temperature gauge relative humidity electric drill masonry drill bits
Materials include:	timber strip flooring construction sheet flooring concrete floors above grade, on grade and below grade floors
Timber moisture tests include:	tests for moisture content of timber flooring, floor joists, bearers and stumps rotting, insect attack and cross-flow ventilation
Concrete moisture tests include:	checks for moisture, damage to expansion joint, concrete surface for weakness or damage and for the presence of curing agents invasive in-situ probe test (ASTM F2170)
Inspection notifications include:	the type and number of moisture tests completed inspection findings suggested remedies to any faults identified recommendations for the selected flooring

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2004A Moisture test timber and concrete floors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2004 Moisture test timber and concrete floors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for sub-floor inspection

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of:

an electrical resistance moisture test on timber flooring, floor joists, bearers and stumps, including written notification of the test results

a hygrometer moisture test on concrete flooring, including written notification of test results

a capacitance moisture test on concrete flooring, including written notification of test results

Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment

Collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of moisture testing outcomes and problems

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate moisture testing problems to avoid re-work and wastage

Diagnose and identify the causes and consequences of moisture irregularities

Recognise and respond to circumstances outside instructions or personal competence

Plan and organise activities, including the obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid any backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate other material requirements

Maintain current knowledge of:

moisture testing equipment and processes

timber and concrete materials

Use the workplace technology related to the moisture testing of timber and concrete, including tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

Workplace safety system requirements related to moisture testing timber and concrete

Types, characteristics and moisture content of:

timber sub-floor structures

concrete sub-floor structures

Types and uses of moisture testing equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Requirements for moisture content of selected timber flooring components

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor moisture testing

Work flow in relation to moisture testing processes and procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to testing equipment, tools and materials relevant to moisture testing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2005 Remove existing floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers removing existing floor coverings.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to floor covering removal are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Sequence of work is planned to ensure removal of floor coverings is in logical order
1.5	Materials and equipment are prepared and positioned for use
2	Remove floor coverings	2.1	Starting point is selected to ensure entry and exit access throughout the operation
2.2	First section of floor covering is removed
2.3	Removed floor coverings are securely packaged in manageable bundles for removal from the area
2.4	Remaining floor covering is progressively removed
2.5	Exposed floor is checked, and any protruding nails, carpet grippers, adhesives, levelling compounds and remnants of floor covering are removed
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
3.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
3.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Tools and equipment include:	hammer moulding lifter scraper utility knife vacuum cleaner vinyl tile lifter floor stripper adhesive tape twine rubbish bags
Floor coverings include:	carpet and carpet tiles hard and soft underlay resilient sheet and tiles parquetry strip timber floating floor cork tiles
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2101A Remove existing floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2005 Remove existing floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Remove at least one (1) of each of the following floor coverings:

carpet with soft underlay and gripper strips

parquetry with hard underlay

resilient floor covering installed on concrete

carpet, resilient and cork tile

adhesive bonded carpet

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to removing floor coverings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for removing existing floor coverings

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Characteristics and techniques of fixing floor coverings

The correct use of equipment, processes and procedures to remove floor coverings

Workplace safety system requirements related to removing floor coverings

Work flow in relation to removing floor coverings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to specifications and work instructions, materials and equipment relevant to removing existing floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2006 Prepare, select and apply smoothing and patching compounds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, selecting and applying cementitious products using smoothing and skim coating techniques to concrete and timber sub-floors in readiness for the installation of floor coverings and coatings for internal and external applications.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to selecting and applying smoothing and patching compounds for sub-floor preparation are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Floors are inspected to ensure that they are dry, smooth, plane, sound and clean in accordance with Australian Standards, and the extent of preparation is confirmed
1.4	Trial applications of surface materials are made to determine the suitability of the primer to the sub-floor, and the appropriateness of the smoothing compound to smoothing requirements and compatibility to the primer and sub-floor application
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Material safety data sheets (MSDS), or equivalent, are read and applied during the work
1.7	Materials and equipment are prepared and positioned for use
1.8	Surfaces are cleaned in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2	Apply levelling compounds and primers	2.1	Surface coating is applied with the depth and coverage in accordance with manufacturer specifications and job requirements
2.2	Levelled floor is checked and cleared for further processing
3	Apply levelling compounds and primers to timber sub-floors	3.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination, moisture content and suitable preparation
3.2	MSDS, or equivalent, are read and applied during the work
3.3	A mixing station is established where materials and equipment are prepared and positioned for use
3.4	Trial applications of surface materials are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
3.5	Levelled floor is checked and cleared for further processing
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Surface materials include:	compounds used to repair, level, smooth or skim a sub-floor of timber or concrete
Tools and equipment include:	finishing trowel grouping and batching buckets mixing palette hair broom trolley plastic sheeting mixing drill screed bar
Australian Standards include:	AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice – General AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2102A Prepare, select and apply smoothing and patching compounds

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2006 Prepare, select and apply smoothing and patching compounds

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete, to Australian Standards, a minimum of two (2) sub-floor preparations which are to include:

a patch and repair

a level pour

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to floor patching and smoothing techniques

Organisation and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying smoothing and patching compounds

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General

AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Characteristics and requirements of concrete and timber sub-floor preparation

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of smoothing compounds and primers

Workplace safety system requirements related to the application of smoothing compounds and primers

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to sub-floor smoothing and patching activities.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2007 Select and apply appropriate compounds and additives

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting and applying appropriate compounds and additives to sub-floors in preparation for the installation of floor coverings.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify the sub-floor properties	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the use of appropriate compounds and additives are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used
1.4	The type of floor and wall construction and the building floor and wall structure and sub-structure are identified
1.5	Datum lines are run and checked to confirm dimensions
1.6	Timber and/or concrete flooring inspections are completed to identify irregularities
1.7	Wall inspections are completed to identify irregularities
2	Select appropriate compounds and additives	2.1	Types of floor and wall preparation compounds and additives and their functions are identified from relevant information sources
2.2	Sub-floors and walls are checked for contamination, moisture content, plane, smooth and suitable preparation
2.3	Suitable compounds and additives are selected consistent with the needs of the job
3	Prepare compounds and additives	3.1	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
3.2	Selected compounds and additives for application are organised and prepared in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.3	The method of application is selected
3.4	Sequence of work is planned to ensure the application of appropriate compounds and additives is in logical order
4	Apply compounds and additives	4.1	Working lines are established and starting point is selected
4.2	Mixing station is established and selected compounds and additives are mixed to manufacturer instructions
4.3	Selected compounds and additives are applied to the sub-floor surface following manufacturer instructions
4.4	Sub-floors are inspected and re-worked as required
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.3	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Appropriate compounds and additives include:	preparation primers self-smoothing/levelling cements pumpable cement base floor leveller two part, chemically cured epoxy coating for porous concrete floors rapid setting and drying repair mortar latex powder and emulsion based sub-floor smoothing compounds synthetic resin dispersion high polymer cement-based finishes
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square tape measure spirit level screed bar gauging tool finishing trowel corner trowel spatula rollers brushes measuring buckets batching buckets mixing drill mixing paddle trolley
Materials include:	sanding paper grinding discs carborundum brick smoothing and repairing compounds primers
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2103A Select and apply appropriate compounds and additives

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2007 Select and apply appropriate compounds and additives

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of three (3) applications where appropriate compounds and additives are selected, prepared and applied to substrates in preparation for finish coverings

Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace context and environment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to appropriate compounds and additives

Organisation and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying appropriate compounds and additives

Characteristics and requirements of concrete and timber sub-floor preparation

Characteristics and requirements of concrete and fibre board wall preparation

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of compounds and additives

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Set-up and operation of equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to the application of appropriate compounds and additives

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to the application of compounds and additives.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2008 Prepare concrete sub-floors using wet cleaning methods

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers wet cleaning concrete sub-floors using high and low pressure water cleaning applications relating to sub-floor preparation.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify wet cleaning operations	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the application of wet cleaning methods are verified and complied with
1.2	Types of wet cleaning equipment and their functions are identified from relevant information sources and Australian Standards
1.3	Sources of power supply are recognised
2	Select wet cleaning method	2.1	Wet cleaning method, equipment and attachments are selected consistent with the needs of the job
2.2	Wet cleaning equipment is checked for serviceability and safety and any faults are corrected or processed for repair
2.3	Sequence of work is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of sub-floor cleaning
3	Prepare sub-floor for cleaning	3.1	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used
3.2	Fittings and fixtures are removed from the sub-floor
3.3	Sub-floor is cleared of loose debris and dirt, and cleaned
3.4	A safe flooring technology work environment is established and maintained
4	Clean the floor	4.1	The start point is established and work plan implemented
4.2	Perimeter is cleaned using appropriate method and equipment
4.3	Main area is cleaned to the required standard using the most appropriate available equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications
4.4	Floor area is inspected and re-worked as required
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.3	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Wet cleaning methods include:	high and low pressure water hosing detergent cleaning acid etching
Types of wet cleaning equipment include:	low pressure sprayer booster pump air compressor hand held lance plastic sprinkling can mop stiff broom floor scrubber disc machine equipment with abrasive bristle brushes power washer suitable nozzle tips pressure rated hoses wet/dry vacuum squeegee run-off protection
Sources of power supply include:	single or three-phase propane
Attachments include:	wet/dry vacuum attachment suitable nozzle tips run-off protection
Fault reporting includes:	identifying any faults in the operation of wet cleaning equipment verbal or written reporting
Fittings and fixtures include:	nails door stops gripper strips metal mouldings
Australian Standards include:	AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2104A Prepare concrete sub-floors using wet cleaning methods

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2008 Prepare concrete sub-floors using wet cleaning methods

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Adopt and carry out correct procedures prior to and during the application of each of the following wet cleaning methods:

high and low water pressure cleaning

detergent cleaning

acid etching

Apply ventilation standards

Complete operator maintenance on wet cleaning high and low water pressure equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the use of wet cleaning methods

Australian Standards, including AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice – General, and AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the use of wet cleaning methods

Types and characteristics of high and low water pressure, including requirements for their safe use, operation and maintenance

High and low water pressure equipment attachments, their uses, limitations and maintenance requirements

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to access to high and low pressure wet cleaning equipment and manufacturer/user instructions and/or manuals.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2009 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers and damp proof membranes to concrete sub-floors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing concrete sub-floors and applying moisture barriers and damp proof membranes in readiness for the installation of floor coverings and coatings.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to moisture barriers and damp proof membranes are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floors are inspected in accordance with Australian Standards and treatment system identified
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Material safety data sheets (MSDS), or equivalent, are read and applied during work
1.6	Materials and equipment are prepared and positioned for use
1.7	Surfaces are cleaned in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2	Apply moisture suppressant	2.1	Surface coating is applied with the depth and coverage in accordance with manufacturer specifications and job requirements
2.2	Sub-floor is checked and cleared for further processing
3	Apply moisture barrier	3.1	Moisture is established as hydrostatic pressure, capillary moisture, or new concrete with high moisture content
3.2	Moisture content is established as reducing, construction moisture or a result of damaged membrane or capillary action
3.3	All corners, cracks and other penetrations are strengthened
3.4	barrier material is laid in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.5	Second coating is applied as required
3.6	Sub-floor is checked and cleared for further processing
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Remains of compounds used are cleaned up and disposed of appropriately
4.3	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.4	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.5	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Treatment systems include:	construction moisture suppressant system or a moisture barrier: designed for new concrete with low moisture content or capillary moisture designed for concrete with hydrostatic pressure, capillary moisture or new concrete with a high moisture content
Australian Standards include:	AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2105A Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers and damp proof membranes to concrete sub-floors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2009 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers and damp proof membranes to concrete sub-floors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete two (2) moisture suppressant/barrier installations:

one (1) moisture barrier (dealing with an external moisture problem that may be due to hydrostatic pressure or capillary action)

one (1) moisture suppressant (dealing with construction moisture in green concrete)

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to moisture suppressants and barrier systems

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for moisture suppressant and barrier systems

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Types, application and features of moisture barriers and moisture suppressant techniques

Set-up and operation of equipment

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to moisture suppressant/barrier activities and their specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2010 Prepare walls for coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cleaning and preparing walls to a smooth flat surface in preparation for resilient wall coverings and coatings.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements and Australian Standards relevant to wall preparation for coverings on wall substrate are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	The condition of the walls are assessed to prepare walls to a smooth flat surface, and the extent of preparation required is confirmed
1.4	Suitable primers, smoothing and repairing compounds are selected
1.5	Surfaces are checked for contamination, moisture content, plane, smooth, square internal and external corners and suitable preparation
1.6	Material safety data sheets (MSDS), or equivalent, are read and applied during the work
1.7	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.8	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Apply levelling compounds and primers	2.1	A mixing station is established where materials and equipment are prepared and positioned for use
2.2	Trial applications of surface materials are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
2.3	Surface coating is applied with the depth and coverage in accordance with manufacturer specifications and job requirements
2.4	Internal and external corners are checked for square, wall surfaces are checked for plane and smooth and cleared for further processing
2.5	Completed work is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
3.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
3.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Wall preparation includes:	the application of primers, repairing and smoothing cement-based compounds
Substrates include:	concrete cement rendered fibrous cement board medium and high density fibreboard (MDF/HDF) hard underlay ply sheeting hardboard
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square tape measure spirit level screed bar finishing trowel corner trowel spatula rollers brushes measuring buckets batching buckets angle grinder trolley
Materials include:	sanding paper grinding discs carborundum brick smoothing and repairing compounds primers
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2106A Prepare walls for coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2010 Prepare walls for coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete, to Australian Standards, a minimum of two (2) wall preparations which are to include:

a patch and repair to a wall, including internal and external corners

a skim coat to walls, including internal and external corners

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to patching and smoothing techniques

Organisation and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying smoothing and patching compounds

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Characteristics and requirements of substrate preparation

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of smoothing compounds and primers

Workplace safety system requirements related to the application of smoothing compounds and primers

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to substrate smoothing and patching activities and their specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2011 Select, operate and maintain grinding equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting, operating and maintaining grinding equipment in applications relating to floor preparation.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify grinding equipment	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the use of grinding equipment are verified and complied with
1.2	Types of grinding equipment and their functions are identified from relevant information sources
1.3	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Sources of power supply are recognised
2	Select grinding equipment	2.1	Grinding equipment and attachments are selected consistent with the needs of the job
2.2	Grinding equipment is checked for serviceability and safety and any faults are correct or processed for repair
3	Clean and prepare sub-floor	3.1	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used
3.2	Fittings and fixtures are removed from the sub-floor
3.3	Sub-floor is cleared of loose debris and dirt, and cleaned
4	Smooth the floor	4.1	Work sequence and starting point are selected
4.2	Perimeter is smoothed using light equipment and appropriate cutter
4.3	Main area is smoothed to the required standard using the most appropriate available equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications
4.4	Floor area is cleaned, inspected and re-worked as required
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	All tools are cleaned, maintained and stored
5.2	Equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored
5.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Types of grinding equipment include:	single headed double headed planetary action grinders
Sources of power supply include:	single or three-phase
Attachments include:	air cleaning/vacuum attachment carborumdum and diamond stoves
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Fittings and fixtures include:	nails door stops gripper strips metal mouldings
Australian Standards include:	AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2107A Select, operate and maintain grinding equipment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2011 Select, operate and maintain grinding equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Smooth a concrete sub-floor using single headed, double headed and planetary action grinders correctly and safely to the relevant Australian Standard

Complete operator maintenance on grinding equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the use of grinding equipment

Australian Standards, including AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice – General, and AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the use of grinding equipment

Types of grinders and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Grinder attachments, their uses, limitations and maintenance requirements

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to access to single, double and planetary action grinders, manufacturer/user instructions and/or manuals and a realistic smoothing task.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2012 Select, operate and maintain shot blasting equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting, operating and maintaining shot blasting equipment in applications relating to floor preparation.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify shot blasting equipment	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the use of shot blasting equipment are verified and complied with
1.2	Types of shot blasting equipment and their functions are identified from relevant information sources
1.3	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
2	Select shot blasting equipment	2.1	Shot blasting equipment and shot size are selected consistent with the needs of the job
2.2	Shot blasting equipment is checked for serviceability and safety and any faults are corrected or processed for repair
3	Clean and prepare sub-floor	3.1	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used
3.2	Fittings and fixtures are removed from the sub-floor
3.3	Sub-floor is cleared of loose debris and dirt, and cleaned
4	Shot blast the floor	4.1	Work sequence and starting point are selected
4.2	Perimeter is shot blasted using light equipment and appropriate cutter
4.3	Main area is shot blasted to the required standard using the most appropriate available equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications
4.4	Floor area is cleaned, inspected and re-worked as required
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.3	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Sources of power supply include:	electrical (single or three-phase) and gas
Attachments include:	air cleaning/vacuum systems
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Fittings and fixtures include:	nails door stops gripper strips metal mouldings
Australian Standards include:	AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2108A Select, operate and maintain shot blasting equipment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2012 Select, operate and maintain shot blasting equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Shot blast a minimum of two (2) concrete sub-floors to the relevant Australian Standard

Complete operator maintenance on shot blasting equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to shot blasting

Australian Standards, including AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice – General, and AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the use of shot blasting equipment

Types of shot blasters and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Shot blaster attachments, their uses, limitations and maintenance requirements

Characteristics, uses and limitations of the available shot sizes

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to shot blasting equipment and manufacturer/user instructions and/or manuals, and a reasonable shot blasting task.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2013 Select, operate and maintain demolition equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting, operating and maintaining demolition equipment in applications relating to floor preparation.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify demolition equipment	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the use of demolition equipment are verified and complied with
1.2	Types of demolition equipment and their functions are identified from relevant information sources
1.3	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Sources of power supply are recognised
2	Select demolition equipment	2.1	Demolition equipment and attachments are selected consistent with the needs of the job
2.2	Demolition equipment is checked for serviceability and safety and any faults are corrected or processed for repair
3	Clean and prepare sub-floor	3.1	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used
3.2	Fittings and fixtures are removed from the sub-floor
3.3	Sub-floor is cleared of loose debris and dirt, and cleaned
4	Remove floor portions	4.1	Work sequence and starting point are selected
4.2	Perimeter of floor portion is identified and marked
4.3	Depth of removal requirement is confirmed
4.4	Floor portion is removed in the most efficient manner
4.5	Floor area is cleaned, inspected and re-worked as required
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.3	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Types of demolition equipment include:	jack hammers scrabblers percussion drills
Sources of power supply include:	pneumatic electric gas
Attachments include:	cutting heads chisel points spade tips spikes vacuum systems
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Fittings and fixtures include:	nails door stops gripper strips metal mouldings
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2013 Select, operate and maintain demolition equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Using each of the equipment types listed in the Range of Conditions remove a minimum of two (2) significant floor sections in accordance with job requirements and industry standards

Complete operator maintenance on demolition equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the use of demolition equipment

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the use of demolition equipment

Types of demolition equipment, their uses, limitations and maintenance requirements, and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Demolition equipment attachments, their uses, limitations and maintenance requirements

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to appropriate demolition equipment, manufacturer/user instructions and/or manuals, and a realistic demolition task.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2014 Select, operate and maintain scarifying equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using scarifying equipment in applications relating to floor preparation.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify scarifying equipment	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the use of scarifying equipment are verified and complied with
1.2	Types of scarifying equipment and their functions are identified from relevant information sources
1.3	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Sources of power supply are recognised
2	Select scarifying equipment	2.1	Scarifying equipment and shot size are selected consistent with the needs of the job
2.2	Scarifying equipment is checked for serviceability and safety and any faults are correct or processed for repair
3	Clean and prepare sub-floor	3.1	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used
3.2	Fittings and fixtures are removed from the sub-floor
3.3	Sub-floor is cleared of loose debris and dirt, and cleaned
4	Scarify the floor	4.1	Work sequence and starting point are selected
4.2	Perimeter is prepared using an angle grinder
4.3	Main area is scarified using the most appropriate available equipment in accordance with Australian Standards or subsequent replacement standards
4.4	Floor area is cleaned, inspected and re-worked as required
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.3	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Australian Standards include:	AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices
Sources of power supply include:	electric gas petrol
Attachments include:	cutting heads vacuum systems
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Fittings and fixtures include:	nails door stops gripper strips metal mouldings
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2110A Select, operate and maintain scarifying equipment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2014 Select, operate and maintain scarifying equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Scarify a concrete sub-floor of a minimum of 10 sq. m to industry standards

Complete operator maintenance on scarifying equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the use of scarifying equipment

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for preparing and presenting design information for the use of scarifying equipment

Types of scarifier attachments, their uses, capabilities and maintenance requirements

Characteristics, uses and limitations of the available shot sizes

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to access to scarifying equipment and attachments, manufacturer/user instructions and/or manuals and a realistic scarifying task.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2015 Coarse sand timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers coarse sanding of existing floors using a drum or belt driven sanding machine to grade the surface to remove cupping, ridges, high points or deep scratches usually involving three passes and the gradual overlapping of each run.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for the work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to coarse sanding of timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Timber flooring is checked for contamination and moisture content
1.4	Timber flooring condition is assessed and the extent of floor preparation required to meet job specifications is confirmed
1.5	Timber flooring is inspected for suitability for sanding operations and any pre-sanding tasks are completed
1.6	Mechanical fixings are removed avoiding damage to equipment and surfaces
1.7	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.8	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Conduct coarse sanding operations	2.1	Coarse sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
2.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
2.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
2.4	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
2.5	Sanding belts or papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
2.6	Sanding is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
2.7	Routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment are completed as required
2.8	Timber flooring is cleared and checked for further processing
3	Conduct edge sanding operations	3.1	Edge sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
3.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
3.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
3.4	Sanding papers are selected
3.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
3.6	Sanding papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
3.7	Edge sanding is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
3.8	Routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment are completed as required
3.9	Finished timber flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Coarse sanding of timber flooring includes:	removal of mechanical fixings punching of nails sanding the timber flooring to grade the surface and removing cupping, ridges, high points or deep scratches
Mechanical fixings include:	tacks nails staples screws
Tools and equipment include:	hammer scrapers punches brooms vacuums leads dust masks
Materials include:	sanding belts sanding paper sanding discs oil lubricants
Coarse sanding equipment includes:	split drum and belt floor sanders edge sander sanding discs using 24–60 grit papers
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2111A Coarse sand timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2015 Coarse sand timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare a minimum of two (2) timber floors to specifications using coarse sanding methods

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to coarse sanding timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for coarse sanding timber flooring

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Characteristics and requirements of timber flooring coarse sanding

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of coarse sanding timber flooring

Types and uses of relevant tools and equipment used to conduct coarse sanding operations

Workplace safety system requirements related to coarse sanding timber flooring

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to coarse sanding timber floors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2016 Install hard underlays

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cutting and fitting hard underlay materials prior to laying floor coverings.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of hard underlays are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for the type of underlay/floor covering to be installed
1.4	Underlay material suitable to the final surface to be laid is selected
1.5	Suitable adhesives and fastenings are selected
1.6	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Hard underlay to be installed is checked against order
2.2	Hard underlay is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Working lines and starting point are established
2.4	Materials are laid out to meet specification requirements and to minimise waste
2.5	Material is marked and cut to specification with minimum waste
2.6	Hard underlay is accurately and clearly marked for cutting
2.7	Hard underlay is cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials
3	Lay underlay	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer instructions
3.4	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Hard underlays include:	hardboard fibrous cement board medium and high density fibreboard (MDF/HDF) ply flooring (construction sheet flooring) floating substrate flooring
Adhesives include:	acrylic polyurethane elastomeric
Tools and equipment include:	hand saw utility knife straight edge pencils square scoring knife hand guillotine hand stapler mallet air compressor and gun explosive tool rotary/hammer drill masonry drill bits bar scriber jig saw circular saw bench saw
Materials include:	underlay staples nails adhesive nylon fasteners raw plugs screws and tapes
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2112A Install hard underlays

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2016 Install hard underlays

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of:

one (1) installation using hardboard

one (1) installation using fibrous cement board

one (1) installation using MDF/HDF board

one (1) installation using ply flooring/construction flooring

one (1) installation floating substrate underlay

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing hard underlays

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing hard underlays

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing hard underlays.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2017 Install carpet cushion underlays and gripper accessories

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, laying out, cutting, laying and fixing carpet cushion/underlays, and carpet gripper accessories prior to laying carpet floor coverings using the carpet gripper system.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the preparation for the installation of carpets are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for the type of carpet cushion underlay/floor covering to be installed
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Suitable adhesives, fixing trims and accessories are selected
1.6	Materials are laid out to meet specification requirements and to minimise waste
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Carpet cushion/underlay and gripper accessories to be installed are checked against order
2.2	Carpet cushion/underlays are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Carpet grippers are fitted in accordance with specifications, plan and/or enterprise procedures
2.4	Metal mouldings are fitted at thresholds and abutments to other flooring surfaces in accordance with specifications, plan and/or enterprise procedures
3	Lay floor covering	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Underlay is cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials
3.3	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.4	Underlay is fixed using methods and equipment which follow manufacturer instructions
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Carpet cushion/underlays include:	single fibre composite fibre foam rubber bonded foam
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge hammer heavy-duty electrical drill hacksaw carpet gripper strip cutters extension hammer driving bar staple hammer mitre box nail driving bar pneumatic ‘T’ nailer nail gun
Materials include:	soft underlays carpet gripper strips metal mouldings tapes adhesives nails plugs staples primers
Adhesives include:	solvent and water-based contact construction adhesive latex/resin/acrylic
Fixing trims include:	nails nylon fasteners
Carpet grippers include:	teethed metal or timber strips to which floor coverings are attached to maintain its position, tension and shape
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2201A Install carpet cushion/underlays and gripper accessories

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2017 Install carpet cushion underlays and gripper accessories

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of two (2) carpet cushion/underlay installations with one (1) incorporating such obstructions as doorways, fittings and irregular (obtuse/acute) angles using the carpet gripper installation system

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installation of carpet cushion/underlays and gripper accessories

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for carpet cushion/underlays, gripper strips and metal mouldings

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of carpet cushion/underlay and gripper accessories

Types and uses of soft carpet cushion/underlay and gripper accessories installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to cutting and fitting carpet cushion/underlays and gripper accessories

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to cutting and fitting carpet cushion/underlays, gripper strips and metal mouldings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing carpet cushion/underlays, gripper strips and accessories.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2018 Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings, including preparing, cutting, laying out, joining, power stretching, trimming and finishing, using the carpet gripper installation system.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans/sketchers are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Carpet to be installed is checked against order
2.2	Carpet is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Underlay and gripper strips are inspected to confirm correct fitting
2.4	Work area is cleared of scraps or other contaminants
3	Lay carpet	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Carpet pieces are laid out and checked for size, direction of pile match
3.3	Carpet pieces are cut, sealed and joined
3.4	Stretching and fixing methods are used following manufacturer instructions and Australian Standards
3.5	Finished work is inspected for compliance with work order, workplace and Australian Standards of finish
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Tools and equipment include:	carpet knee kicker power stretcher carpet wall trimmer carpet stair tool trolley hammer utility knife spiked carpet roller weight or seam roller awl carpet spreader carpet shears napping shears loop pile cutter cushion backed cutter hooked knife
Materials include:	tufted fusion bonded carpet
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2202A Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2018 Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of:

one (1) installation of tufted carpet

one (1) installation of bonded carpet using a carpet gripper installation system to connecting rooms, including at least one seam join and one cross join

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of tufted and bonded carpets

Types and uses of carpet installation tools, equipment and materials

Techniques for joining and stretching carpet

Workplace safety system requirements related to carpet gripper installation systems

Characteristics and requirements of soft underlays, gripper strips and metal mouldings

Work flow in relation to preparation, layout, stretching, cutting and finishing of carpet

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing tufted and fusion bonded carpet using the carpet gripper installation system.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2019 Install carpet tiles using standard installation procedures

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing carpet tiles to single and connecting rooms using single directional installation methods, including the preparation, layout, cutting, laying and fixing of carpet tiles.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of carpet tiles are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for installation for carpet tiles
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Carpet tiles to be installed are checked against the order
2.2	Carpet tiles are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendation
2.3	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay carpet tiles	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Materials are laid out to meet specification requirements and to minimise waste
3.3	Material grains and patterns are matched or contrasted as appropriate
3.4	Tiles are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Tiles are cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials and laid
3.6	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults are rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Carpet tiles include:	backed or un-backed fixed or un-fixed wool synthetic or combination of fibres pile needle-punch tufted fusion bonded and woven modular and square to one metre
Adhesives include:	pressure sensitive and wet acrylics water and solvent-based contacts double sided tape
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square chalk-line tape measure hacksaw serrated trowel hammer and napping shears roller airless spray gun knee kicker
Materials include:	carpet tiles trims stair nosings skirting reducing and edge strips adhesive tapes
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2203A Install carpet tiles using standard installation procedures

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2019 Install carpet tiles using standard installation procedures

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of:

one (1) full-spread installation, including appropriate trims and accessories

one (1) grid-based installation, including appropriate trims and accessories

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to install carpet tiles using standard installation procedures

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of carpet tiles using standard installation procedures

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

carpet tiles

carpet tile installation adhesives

Types and uses of carpet tile installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to carpet tile laying

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to the floor covering operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to laying carpet tiles.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2020 Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings to stairs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings to box and wider steps using the carpet gripper system.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet to stairways are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Carpet to be installed is checked against order
2.2	Tufted and bonded carpets are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Stairway or step is measured and the required amount of floor covering, and underlay, including allowances for type of stairs, is calculated and obtained
2.4	Suitable adhesives, gripper strips and edge strips are selected
2.5	Gripper strips are cut and installed as specified in AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice – General
2.6	Underlay is checked against specified type and fitted as specified in AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General
3	Lay floor coverings	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Carpet floor coverings are laid out to meet allowances for type of stair requirements and minimise waste
3.3	Carpet floor coverings are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.4	Carpet floor coverings are cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials and laid
3.5	Instructions, sequence, fixing methods and equipment are used following specifications and AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General
3.6	Installation is completed to specification
3.7	Finished stairway is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Carpets include:	unpatterned tufted fusion bonded
Stairways include:	box steps kite winder treads
Tools and equipment include:	knee kicker stair tool carpet gripper cutters trimmer hammer staple hammer compressor air staple gun utility knife straight edge drill hacksaw sewing needles
Materials include:	underlay tapes and adhesives trims nosing gripper strips smooth edges other accessories
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2204A Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings to stairs

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2020 Install unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet floor coverings to stairs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of the installation of one (1) tufted carpet and one (1) fusion bonded carpet to:

a box step stairway containing at least 12 steps, and

a kite winder treads stairway containing at least 3 steps

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet on stairs

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of unpatterned tufted and bonded carpet on stairs

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types and characteristics of stairway

Types and uses of carpet installation tools, equipment and materials

Types, uses and limitations of stairway carpet fixing techniques

Characteristics of timber and concrete sub-floors

Workplace safety system requirements related to stairway carpet installation

Work flow in relation to the installation of carpets on stairways

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to preparing and installing tufted and bonded carpet to box and winder steps.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2021 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing lay flat vinyl floor coverings to single and connecting rooms including pattern matching, seam cutting, joining and sealing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing lay flat vinyl floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for installation of lay flat vinyl flooring
1.4	Sub-floor is prepared for lay flat vinyl floor covering
1.5	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.6	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Lay flat vinyl coverings to be installed are checked against order
2.2	Lay flat vinyl floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Lay flat resilient floor coverings for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay flat vinyl	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Lay flat vinyl floor coverings are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.3	Lay flat vinyl floor coverings are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.4	Lay flat vinyl floor coverings are cut to required pattern and shape with minimum waste of materials
3.5	Adhesives are applied (if required)
3.6	Seams are sealed
3.7	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Lay flat vinyl floor coverings include:	encapsulated glass fibre inlaid rotogravure
Adhesives include:	plasticised and rubber resin acrylic water-based contact adhesive solvent-based contact adhesive
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square chalk and chalk-line lead pencils (HB and F) tape measure hacksaw notched trowel hammer scribing bar divider roller rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife trolley wall trimmer
Materials include:	lay flat vinyl floor coverings skirting reducing and edge strips double sided tape pattern paper adhesives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2301A Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2021 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Cut, lay and fix lay flat vinyl floor coverings to a single room, including pattern match at seams and cross joins, using freehand, template and scribing method

Cut, lay and fix lay flat vinyl floor coverings to connecting rooms, including pattern match at seams and cross joins, using free-hand, template and scribing method

Cut, lay and fix lay flat vinyl floor coverings to a single room with a link up, including pattern match at seams and cross joins, using freehand, template and scribing method

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing lay flat vinyl floor coverings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing lay flat vinyl floor coverings

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

lay flat vinyl floor coverings

lay flat vinyl floor covering installation adhesives

Types and uses of resilient floor covering installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to lay flat vinyl floor covering installation

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to cutting and laying lay flat vinyl floor coverings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing lay flat vinyl floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2022 Install resilient tiles using standard installation procedures

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing resilient tiles to single and connecting rooms using single directional installation methods.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to install resilient tiles using standard installation procedures are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for installation for resilient tiles
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Resilient tiles to be installed are checked against order
2.2	Resilient tiles are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay resilient tiles	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Materials are laid out to meet specification requirements and to minimise waste
3.3	Material grains and patterns are matched or contrasted as appropriate
3.4	Tiles are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Tiles are cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials and laid
3.6	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults are rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Resilient tiles include:	homogenous/heterogeneous linoleum rubber semi-rigid rigid
Adhesives include:	pressure sensitive and wet acrylics water and solvent-based contacts double sided tape
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw serrated trowel hammer and napping shears roller airless spray gun tile scrubber knee kicker
Materials include:	resilient tiles trims stair nosings skirting reducing and edge strips adhesive tapes
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3065 Install resilient tiles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2022 Install resilient tiles using standard installation procedures

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Install resilient tiles where cutting and fixing is required on either a timber or concrete sub-floor to complete a minimum of:

one (1) homogeneous resilient tile installation using single direction pattern, including the appropriate trim and accessories

one (1) heterogeneous resilient tile installation using single direction pattern, including the appropriate trim and accessories

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing resilient tiles using standard installation procedures

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of resilient tiles using standard installation procedures

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

resilient tiles

resilient tile installation adhesives

Types and uses of resilient tile installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to resilient tile laying

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to cutting and laying resilient tiles

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing resilient tiles using standard installation procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2023 Install laminate timber and bamboo flooring

Modification History

Release 2 - Mapping corrected - supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFFL2501A

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers floating a laminate, pre-finished timber or bamboo floor within a space over a soft underlay, including preparation, cutting, laying and fixing. It applies to a variety of flooring technology installation operations in an on-site environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at the sub-trade worker level.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare materials for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing laminate timber and bamboo flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of laminate timber or bamboo flooring
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the selection of a starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials for installation	2.1	Laminate timber or bamboo flooring is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.2	Laminate timber flooring or bamboo for fixing is organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.3	Skirting boards or cover trims are removed or undercut, if required, and stored for re-fitting or sent for machining
2.4	Adhesives and edge strips are prepared for use as required
2.5	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay out flooring	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Appropriate underlay is laid according to manufacturer recommendations
3.3	Laminate timber or bamboo flooring is laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins
3.4	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, including matching grains and colours
3.5	Laminate timber or bamboo flooring materials are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.6	Materials are cut to length and size for final laying ensuring minimum waste
4	Lay flooring	4.1	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
4.2	Adhesives and edge strips/accessories are prepared for use as required
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints are allowed
4.5	Skirting boards or cover trims are fitted/re-fitted and finished
4.6	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4.7	Any required preparations for sanding of flooring are made
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish is disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy WHS the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination control of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Instructions include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment workplace instructions, instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Sub-floor assessment includes:	testing for moisture content, expansion, rot, structural strength, smoothness and plane
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw jig saw hand saw undercut saw plunge saw hammer bar scriber utility knife circular saw bench saw straight edge glue gun staple gun nailers flooring cramps strap clamps wall clamps
Materials include:	flooring materials underlay edge strips tapes adhesives
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) epoxy polyurethane elastomeric

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFFL2501A Install laminate and engineered timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2023 Install laminate timber and bamboo flooring

Modification History

Release 2 - Mapping corrected - supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFFL2501A

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for installing laminate timber and bamboo flooring, including ventilation standards

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including the use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

Complete the following different types of installation:

glue-together system

self-locking system

inserted plastic tongue system

Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment

Collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, basic plans and safety procedures

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate installation problems to avoid re-work and wastage

Recognise and respond to circumstances outside instructions or personal competence

Plan and organise activities, including the preparation and layout of the worksite and the obtaining of equipment and materials, to avoid any backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate other material requirements

Maintain current knowledge of:

tools and materials

laminate timber and bamboo flooring installation techniques

Use the limited workplace technology related to the installing requirement, including tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the installation of laminate timber and bamboo flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of laminate timber and bamboo flooring

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

laminate timber flooring

bamboo flooring

installation adhesives

underlays

The types and uses of installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems relevant to the installation of laminate timber and bamboo flooring

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to flooring installation operations

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant for the installation of laminate timber and bamboo flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2024 Install engineered timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers floating or installing stick by stick an engineered timber floor within a space over a soft underlay, including preparation, cutting, laying and fixing. It applies to a variety of flooring technology installation operations in an on-site environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at the sub-trade worker level.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare materials for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing engineered timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of engineered timber flooring
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the selection of a starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials for installation	2.1	Engineered timber flooring is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.2	Engineered timber flooring for fixing is organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.3	Skirting boards or cover trims are removed or undercut, if required, and stored for re-fitting or sent for machining
2.4	Adhesives and edge strips are prepared for use as required
3	Lay out flooring	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Engineered timber flooring is laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins
3.3	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, including matching grains and colours
3.4	Engineered timber flooring materials are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Materials are cut to length and size for final laying ensuring minimum waste
4	Lay flooring	4.1	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
4.2	Adhesives and edge strips/accessories are prepared for use as required
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints are allowed
4.5	Skirting boards or cover trims are fitted/re-fitted and finished
4.6	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4.7	Any required preparations for sanding of flooring are made
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish is disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy WHS the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination control of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Instructions include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment workplace instructions, instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Sub-floor assessment includes:	testing for moisture content, expansion, rot, structural strength, smoothness and plane
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw jig saw hand saw undercut saw plunge saw hammer bar scriber utility knife circular saw bench saw straight edge glue gun staple gun nailers flooring cramps strap clamps wall clamps
Materials include:	timber flooring materials underlay edge strips tapes adhesives
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) epoxy polyurethane elastomeric

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2024 Install engineered timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for installing engineered timber flooring, including ventilation standards

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including the use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete the following different types of installation:

direct stick system

self-locking system

inserted plastic tongue system

Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment

Collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, basic plans and safety procedures

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate installation problems to avoid re-work and wastage

Recognise and respond to circumstances outside instructions or personal competence

Plan and organise activities, including the preparation and layout of the worksite and the obtaining of equipment and materials, to avoid any backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate other material requirements

Maintain current knowledge of:

tools and materials

parquetry installation techniques

Use the limited workplace technology related to the timber flooring installing requirement, including tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the installation of engineered timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of engineered timber flooring

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

engineered timber flooring

installation adhesives

The types and uses of installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems relevant to the installation of engineered timber flooring

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to flooring installation operations

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic installation workplace location, and materials and equipment relevant for the installation of engineered timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2025 Install impact and sound absorption underlay

Modification History

Release 2 - Unit code corrected in mapping - Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2502A

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing impact and sound absorption underlay over a new or existing sub-floor to provide impact and sound reduction in preparation for the installation of a laminate or engineered timber floor.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing impact and sound absorbing underlay are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of impact and sound absorption underlay for timber flooring installation
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected if required
1.5	Impact and sound absorption underlay is checked against work orders
1.6	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure cutting, laying and fitting is in logical order
2	Set out materials	2.1	Impact and sound absorption underlay to be installed is checked against the order
2.2	Impact and sound absorption underlay are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Impact and sound absorption underlay for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Cut impact and sound absorption underlay	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Impact and sound absorption underlay is laid out to meet directional sequence, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.3	Impact and sound absorption underlay is cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials
4	Lay impact and sound absorption underlay	4.1	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
4.2	Adhesives and edge strips/accessories are prepared for use as required
4.3	Adhesive is applied to sub-floor, if required
4.4	Impact and sound absorption underlay is fixed using methods and equipment which follow manufacturer instructions
4.5	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Impact and sound absorption underlays include:	single fibre composite fibre bonded foam recycled rubber
Adhesives include:	solvent and water-based contact acrylic or polyurethane elastomeric
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge chalk-line, hammer heavy-duty electrical drill hacksaw notched trowel
Materials include:	impact and sound absorption underlay PVC tapes adhesives nails plugs primers
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2502A Install impact and sound absorption underlay

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2025 Install impact and sound absorption underlay

Modification History

Release 2 - Unit code corrected in mapping - Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2502A

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of two (2) impact and sound absorption underlay installations with one (1) incorporating such obstructions as doorways, fittings and irregular (obtuse/acute) angles (dual-bonded and conventional)

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing impact and sound absorption underlay

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing impact and sound absorption underlay

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of impact and sound absorption underlay

Types and uses of impact and sound absorption underlay installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to cutting and fitting impact and sound absorption underlay

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to cutting and fitting impact and sound absorption underlay

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing impact and sound absorption underlay.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2026 Nail strip timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing strip timber flooring onto a sub-floor applying top-nailing or secret nailing methods.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the nailing of strip timber flooring onto a sub-floor applying top-nailing or secret nailing methods are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for nailing of strip timber flooring applying top-nailing or secret nailing methods consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.4	Suitable fixings and adhesives are selected as required
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Prepare to nail strip timber flooring	2.1	Instructions and sequence for nailing and fixing timber flooring are followed
2.2	Work lines and starting point are established
2.3	Timber flooring is laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
2.4	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, where appropriate, matching grains and colours
2.5	Work station for power source for nail guns is established, and air hoses are run to worksite
3	Nail strip timber flooring	3.1	Nails, staples and adhesives for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.2	Nailing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards
3.3	Strip timber flooring is positioned using cramping procedures
3.4	Top-nailing or secret nailing methods are used as required for the job at hand
3.5	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Nail strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay and battens includes:	tongue and groove strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay and battens over joists, concrete or a sub-floor to either raise a floor or correct the level of a floor
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) polyurethane elastomeric
Tools and equipment include:	secret nailer top nailer hammer nail punch string line tape measure laser line circular saw bench saw straight edge cramps clamps bar scriber carpenters pencil utility knife
Materials include:	flooring materials strip timber floor boards plywood underlay timber battens edge strips timber and metal mouldings tapes adhesives metal fixings ventilated skirtings - 65 x 2.8 mm and 50 x 2.8 mm bullet head nails T head nails 45 x 15 gauge staples
Timber flooring includes:	timber plywood underlay manufactured under a JAS-ANZ accredited product certification scheme meeting the internationally recognised IS0 Type 5 system for product reliability to AS/NZS 2269.0:2012 Plywood - Structural - Specifications
Timber battens include:	timber battens with a density less than or equal to 600 Kg/m3, greater than 600 Kg/m3
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2503A Nail strip timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2026 Nail strip timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete the nailing of strip timber flooring using:

top-nailing methods

secret nailing methods

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to nailing of strip timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for nailing strip timber flooring on plywood underlay or timber battens

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the nailing of strip timber flooring on the plywood underlay and timber battens

Basic wood working techniques relevant to the nailing of timber strip flooring onto to plywood underlay and timber battens

Workplace safety system requirements relevant to the nailing of strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay and timber battens

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

installation adhesives

nails or staples

Work flow in relation to the nailing of strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay and timber battens operations

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Environmental protection requirements

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the nailing of strip timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2027 Install expansion joints

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing expansion joints and gaps, calculating how many and how often they are to be installed, and what size and type are necessary for the application at hand.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of expansion joints to timber and engineered flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Timber and engineered flooring is assessed for the type, number and installation requirements of expansion joints consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.4	Suitable expansion joints, cover strips, fixings and adhesives are selected as required
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the position of each expansion joint, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out expansion joints for installation	2.1	Expansion joints are positioned according to the requirements of the flooring type, manufacturer specifications and Australian Standards
2.2	Timber or metal mouldings or cork expansion strip for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.3	Adhesives and fixings, are prepared for use as required
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Prepare expansion joints	3.1	Instructions and sequence for cutting and fixing are followed
3.2	Timber or metal mouldings are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins, as appropriate
3.3	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, where appropriate, matching grains and colours
3.4	Timber or metal moulding or cork expansion strip materials are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Timber or metal moulding or cork expansion strip is cut to length and size for final fixing ensuring minimum waste
4	Install expansion joints	4.1	Timber or metal mouldings or cork expansion strip for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
4.2	Adhesives and mechanical fixings are prepared for use as required
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Timber or metal mouldings or cork expansion strip are fitted to perimeter wall expansion gaps, expansion joints in the body of the flooring or transitions of the timber or engineered flooring
4.5	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Expansion joint materials include:	skirtings scotias quads beading cover strips threshold strips (end, edge and T mouldings) angle end sections reducer strips ramping strips stair nosings
Materials include:	adhesives metal fixings timber and metal mouldings cork expansion strip
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) epoxy polyurethane elastomeric
Mechanical fixings include:	ring grooved nails pins staples screws nylon plug screws (tap-ins) rawl plugs
Tools and equipment include:	jig saw hand saw hacksaw hammer nail punch bar scriber utility knife circular saw bench saw straight edge staple gun
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	Australian Standard AS I684.1-1999 Residential timber-framed construction – Deign criteria and the Australian Timber Code workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2504A Install expansion joints

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2027 Install expansion joints

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of the placement and fitting of expansion joints to:

one (1) strip timber floor

one (1) parquetry floor

one (1) engineered floating floor

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to placement and fitting of expansion joints to timber and engineered flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the placement and fitting of expansion joints to timber and engineered flooring

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

the placement and fitting of expansion joints for timber and engineered flooring

timber or metal mouldings and cork expansion strip when fitting expansion joints to timber and engineered flooring

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the placement and fitting of expansion joints to timber and engineered flooring.

Basic wood working techniques relevant to the placement and fitting of expansion joints to timber and engineered flooring

Workplace safety system requirements relevant to the placement and fitting of expansion joints to timber and engineered flooring

Work flow in relation to the placement and fitting of expansion joints to timber and engineered flooring

Characteristics and requirements of expansion joint preparation

Environmental protection requirements

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment for the placement and fitting of expansion joints to one strip timber floor, one parquetry floor and one engineered floating floor.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2028 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing timber or metal mouldings and trims to timber and engineered flooring after installation, replacement, sanding and finishing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to fitting and fixing timber and metal mouldings and trims to timber and engineered flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Finished timber/engineered flooring condition is assessed for suitability for installation of timber and metal mouldings and trims consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.4	Suitable adhesives, mouldings, trims and fixings are selected as required
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials for installation	2.1	Timber or metal mouldings and trims are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.2	Timber or metal mouldings and trims for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.3	Adhesives and fixings, are prepared for use as required
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Cut mouldings/trims	3.1	Instructions and sequence for cutting and fixing are followed
3.2	Timber or metal mouldings and trims are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.3	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, where appropriate, matching grains and colours
3.4	Timber or metal moulding and trim materials are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Timber or metal moulding and trim is cut to length and size for final fixing ensuring minimum waste
4	Fix mouldings/trims	4.1	Timber or metal mouldings and trims for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
4.2	Adhesives, mechanical fixings and accessories are prepared for use as required
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Skirting boards/mouldings are fitted to perimeter walls allowing for expansion joints
4.5	Cover trims and edge strips are fitted/re-fitted to expansion joints and transitions of the timber flooring
4.6	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Timber and metal mouldings and trims include:	skirtings scotias quads beading cover strips threshold strips (end, edge and T mouldings) angle end sections reducer strips ramping strips stair nosings
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) epoxy polyurethane elastomeric
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw jig saw hand saw hacksaw hammer nail punch bar scriber utility knife circular saw bench saw straight edge staple gun
Materials include:	adhesives metal fixings timber and metal mouldings trims
Mechanical fixings include:	ring grooved nails pins staples screws nylon plug screws (tap-ins) rawl plugs
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2505A Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2028 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of two (2) installations of the following mouldings and trims types:

skirting boards

scotia

edge and end mouldings

metal cover strips

stair nosing

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to fitting and fixing timber and metal mouldings and trims to timber and engineered flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the fitting and fixing timber and metal mouldings and trims to timber and engineered flooring

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

adhesives and mechanical fixings used to install timber and metal mouldings and trims fitted to timber and engineered flooring

timber and metal mouldings and trims for fixing to timber and engineered flooring

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the fitting and fixing timber and metal mouldings and trims to timber flooring

Basic wood working techniques relevant to the fitting and fixing of timber and metal mouldings and trims to timber flooring

Workplace safety system requirements relevant to the fitting and fixing timber and metal mouldings and trims to timber flooring

Work flow in relation to the fitting and fixing timber and metal mouldings and trims to timber flooring

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Environmental protection requirements

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3001 Plan and cost flooring technology work

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers identifying and analysing work requirements to plan a wide range of flooring work, including identification of all resources, and to cost the work as a part of a tender or quotation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and analyse work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements and Australian Standards relevant to the planning and costing of flooring technology work are verified and complied with
1.2	Details of customer requirements are obtained through discussion with customer or from information required
1.3	Details of the site conditions are confirmed from reports or physical inspection
1.4	Details of products and/or services required for the work are identified, developed and quantified
1.5	Delivery point and methods of transportation are determined
1.6	Details are recorded in accordance with enterprise practice
2	Develop a work plan	2.1	The technical and material options for completing the work are identified and considered
2.2	The outline work proposal is confirmed with the client and amended as necessary
2.3	A detailed work plan is developed and recorded
3	Estimate materials, time and labour	3.1	Types and quantities of materials required for the work plan are calculated
3.2	Types and duration of usage of major tools and equipment required to support the work plan are calculated
3.3	Labour requirements to support the preparation for and implementation of the work plan are calculated
3.4	Time requirements to complete the work plan are estimated
4	Calculate costs	4.1	Total materials, labour and equipment costs are calculated in accordance with enterprise procedures
4.2	Total job cost is calculated, including overheads and mark-up percentages
4.3	Final cost to customer is calculated
5	Document details and verify, where necessary	5.1	Details of job costs and charges are documented in accordance with enterprise practice
5.2	Calculations, costs or other details are verified in accordance with enterprise practice
5.3	Customer quotation is prepared
5.4	Details are documented for future reference in accordance with enterprise practice

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Australian Standards include:	AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices
Site conditions include:	access requirements building project status power supply lighting temperature humidity heating/cooling requirements ventilation other site-based activities and security arrangements
Detailed work plan includes:	a plan with sufficient detail for an auditable costing of the work covering: work area isolation/protection work permits, as applicable work timings and program floor preparation covering/installation finishing personnel and timings by labour type transportation methods and costs
Materials include:	floor preparation materials: primers cementituous products aggregates sands carpeting materials: floor covering protection materials underlay carpet cushion gripper strips metal mouldings PVC fittings carpet adhesives primers resilient flooring materials: floor covering protection materials linoleum vinyl rubber adhesives primers PVC and metal mouldings polishing and finishing materials: floor covering protection materials coatings catalysts fillers discs belts other consumables timber flooring materials: floor covering protection materials timber product fixings
Tools and equipment include:	floor preparation: grinders scarifiers demolition equipment compressors generators carpet laying and resilient flooring operations: hoisting and cartage generators compressors polishing and finishing operations: edge sander floor sander (belt or split drum) rotary sander orbital sander generators compressors timber flooring: nail gun generators compressors
Labour requirements include:	normal and overtime estimates and include both direct and indirect costs covering employees and contractors
Information and procedures include:	industry codes and symbols product designs, patterns and prototypes building/architectural plans Australian, international and enterprise quality standards and procedures work scheduling documentation job procedures workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL2001A Plan and cost flooring technology work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3001 Plan and cost flooring technology work

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection

Document and communicate work-related information, including:

customer requirements

products

materials and labour required

costing calculations for products

materials and labour

special conditions

Use calculators, computer programs and other aids in the estimation and cost calculation processes

Estimate and cost three (3) varied jobs, including:

estimate quantities of material required

determine the types and amount of labour required to complete the work

estimate time required to complete the work

estimate overheads associated with the job

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the planning and costing of flooring technology work

Australian Standards, including AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice – General, and AS 1884-2012 Floor coverings - Resilient sheet and tiles - Installation practices

Preparing and presenting design information

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for preparing and presenting design information

Floor preparation methods and techniques

Floor covering, installation and finishing techniques applicable to the required streams

Types of major tools and equipment, their applications, planning and costing techniques and data

Costing techniques for labour and materials

Overhead components and costing techniques

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic planning and costing requirement; a customer requiring technical, planning and costing advice; and specific information covering materials, equipment, labour and overheads required for planning and costing work and their specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3002 Establish and maintain a safe flooring technology work environment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers conducting a systematic risk assessment of the work and work area to establish and maintain a safe work environment throughout the conduct of flooring technology operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and interpret operational and environmental information	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the establishment and maintenance of a safe work environment are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process which will be undertaken to complete work tasks
1.3	Tools and equipment to be used are identified and their operating characteristics are analysed
1.4	The flooring materials to be used, including adhesives, are identified and their characteristics analysed
2	Identify hazards	2.1	Work area conditions are analysed to identify/recognise potential hazards
2.2	Relevant safety systems information is accessed and analysed to eliminate situations covered by existing and adequate procedures
2.3	The type and scope of unresolved hazards and their likely impact are recognised
3	Assess risk	3.1	Likelihood of the event happening is considered and determined
3.2	Consequence if the event should occur is evaluated and determined
3.3	Risk level (likelihood and consequence combined) is considered and determined
4	Identify and decide on risk treatment	4.1	Range of treatments which may eliminate or minimise the risk are identified
4.2	All possible options for resolution of the problem/dealing with the risk are identified and considered
4.3	Feasible options are subject to detailed analysis, including the identification of resource requirements
4.4	Most appropriate treatment for dealing with the situation is selected
5	Implement the risk treatment	5.1	The course of action/treatment is planned and prepared in detail
5.2	Resources required for the treatment are acquired or obtained
5.3	Safety information and procedures are accessed and applied throughout the operations
5.4	The treatment is implemented
5.5	Information on the treatment and implementation is communicated to the relevant people

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Tools and equipment include:	knives angle grinder scrapers saws hammers mallets and chisels staple gun bolsters hand brush and brooms vacuum cleaners trowels scribers rollers spatulas gauging tools laser levels sealers drills mixing paddles gas bottle and gun hot air welding gun drop saw nail gun buckets moisture meters material pumps grinders demolition equipment scarifiers shot blasters cutting equipment
Materials include:	soft underlays carpet gripper strips metal mouldings tapes adhesives nails plugs staples primers
Adhesives include:	solvent and water-based contact construction adhesive latex/resin/acrylic
Hazards and risks include:	dust inhalation power sources and leads flying debris fume inhalation trips falls lack of control during pouring machine safety vibration (direct and indirect consequences)
Treatments include:	dust and fumes extraction systems isolation through testing, distance, barriers, entry limits and signage power source protection, such as earth leakage and coded leads debris protection, such as machine guards, skirts, distance and access controls pour protection through area sealing and plugs
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3002A Establish and maintain a safe flooring technology work environment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3002 Establish and maintain a safe flooring technology work environment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of one (1) formal risk assessment, including the determination and implementation of required treatments

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to risk management in a flooring technology work environment

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for flooring technology

Types of tools and equipment, their operating characteristics and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Common flooring technology related hazards and the range of commonly applied treatments

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to establishing and maintaining a safe flooring technology work environment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3003 Inspect sub-floors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers inspecting and formally reporting on the condition of both timber and concrete sub-floors.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the inspection of sub-floors are verified and complied with
1.2	Customer enquiry and relevant information is consulted to determine the type of proposed flooring operation and other work requirements
1.3	Floor surface requirements for the proposed coverings are determined from manufacturer or workplace information
1.4	Tools, equipment and required materials are obtained and prepared for the work
2	Conduct inspection of timber flooring	2.1	The type of floor construction materials and the building floor structure and substructure are identified
2.2	Datum lines to confirm floor fall, dips and irregularities and finished floor height in relation to other floor coverings and door clearances are run and checked to confirm dimensions
2.3	Moisture testing is completed in accordance with the approved process and standard
2.4	Timber sub-flooring inspections are completed to identify irregularities
2.5	Ventilation flow is confirmed and irregularities noted
2.6	Floor joists, bearers and stumps are checked for irregularities
3	Conduct inspection of concrete flooring	3.1	The type of floor construction materials and the building floor structure and substructure are identified
3.2	Datum lines are run and checked to confirm dimensions
3.3	Moisture testing is completed in accordance with the approved process and standard
3.4	Concrete sub-floor inspections are completed to identify irregularities
3.5	Expansion joints are inspected to ensure they are clean and unobstructed
4	Notify findings of inspection	4.1	Notification of the findings of the inspection is completed in accordance with current and relevant standards
4.2	Copies of the notification are sent to appropriate personnel and suitably filed following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Tools and equipment include:	straight edges (150 mm – 3 m) spirit level string line and chalk line electrical resistance meter tape measure laser level dumpy level measuring pole water level hygrometer thermometer probe acid and alkaline testing equipment electric drill masonry drill bits
Materials include:	timber strip flooring construction sheet flooring concrete floors above grade, on grade and below grade floors
Timber sub-flooring inspections include:	tests for moisture content protruding nails loose metal and other objects cracked, loose, rotting or damaged boards insect attack cross-flow ventilation
Concrete sub-floor inspections include:	checks for any protruding obstacles cracks or damage moisture damage to expansion joints concrete surface for weakness or damage the presence of during agents
Inspection notifications include:	the type of the inspection completed, testing methods used, inspection findings, suggested remedies to any faults identified and recommendations for floor coverings or finishing
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3101A Inspect sub-floors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3003 Inspect sub-floors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of:

one (1) timber sub-floor inspection and written notification

one (1) concrete sub-floor inspection and written notification

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Workplace safety system requirements related to floor inspection

Type, characteristics and defects of:

timber sub-floor structures

concrete sub-floor structures

Types and uses of inspection tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Requirements for floor condition for floor coverings

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to inspection processes and procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to testing equipment, tools, materials and specifications relevant to sub-floor inspection.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3005 Install carpet tiles using custom designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing carpet tiles to multiple connecting rooms and/or large commercial sites using multi-directional patterns, motifs, logos and custom design requirements, including preparation, layout, cutting, laying and fixing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of carpet tiles using custom designs are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for installation of carpet tiles
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Carpet tiles to be installed are checked against order
2.2	Carpet tiles are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Patterns, motifs, logos and custom design requirements are set out
2.5	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay carpet tiles	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Materials are laid out to meet specification requirements and to minimise waste
3.3	Material grains and patterns are matched or contrasted as appropriate
3.4	Tiles are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Tiles are cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials and laid
3.6	Complete installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults are rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Carpet tiles include:	backed or un-backed fixed or un-fixed wool synthetic or combination of fibres pile needle-punch tufted fusion bonded and woven modular square to one metre
Adhesives include:	pressure sensitive and wet acrylics water and solvent-based contacts double sided tape
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square chalk-line tape measure hacksaw serrated trowel hammer napping shears
Materials include:	carpet tiles trims stair nosings skirting reducing and edge strips adhesive tapes
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3201A Install carpet tiles using custom designs

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3005 Install carpet tiles using custom designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of:

one (1) carpet installation to multiple connecting rooms using multi-directional patterns/borders, including appropriate trims and accessories

one (1) full-spread installation that includes a motif/logo, including appropriate trim and accessories

one (1) full-spread installation to large commercial site that includes a link-up and custom design requirement, including appropriate trims and accessories

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing carpet tiles using custom design requirements

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing carpet tiles using custom design requirements

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

carpet tiles

carpet tile installation adhesives

Types and uses of carpet tile installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to carpet tile laying

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to floor covering operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to laying carpet tiles using custom designs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3006 Install adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings, including preparation, cutting, laying, fixing, joining and finishing, of direct stick and dual-bonded installation methods.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to install adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Floor inspection report is consulted to confirm suitability of floor for carpet installation
1.3	Instructions and/or plans/sketches are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Suitable perimeter finishing, joining materials, metal mouldings, cover and PVC strips are selected and prepared
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
1.7	Suitable primers and adhesives are selected and prepared for the installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Carpet to be installed is checked against order
2.2	Adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Underlay and carpet to be installed is checked against work instruction and appropriate standards
2.4	Appropriate primers are applied to the sub-floors
3	Lay carpet flooring	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Underlay is cut and installed to specification
3.3	Carpet pieces are laid out and checked for size, direction of pile and pattern
3.4	Carpet is trimmed to shape as necessary, joins are cut and sealed following manufacturer instructions and Australian Standards
3.5	Adhesives are applied following manufacturer instructions
3.6	Carpet is installed following manufacturer instructions and Australian Standards
3.7	Cover and finishing strips are appropriately fixed for the type of sub-floor
3.8	Protective coverings are installed as specified
3.9	Finished work is inspected for compliance with work order, workplace and Australian Standards of finish
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Adhesive fixed carpets include:	tufted carpet fusion-bonded carpet woven carpet needle punched carpet foam-backed carpet rubber-backed carpet PVC-backed carpet styrene-butadiene (SBR) latex foam underlay fibrous and bonded foam underlays
Tools and equipment include:	knee kicker water roller carpet wall trimmer carpet stair tool hammer tape measure trimming knife spiked carpet roller carpet spreader notched trowels and paint rollers carpet shears napping shears loop pile cutter cushion backed cutter heat seaming irons electrical leads seaming board heat seaming tapes seam sealer earth leakage device
Materials include:	architectural gripper strips metal mouldings cover strips PVC trims primers
Adhesives include:	plasticised and rubber resin acrylic water and solvent-based adhesives solvent-based contact adhesive
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3202A Install adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3006 Install adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of the following:

one (1) direct stick carpet installation using a PVC-backed carpet to connecting rooms, including at least one (1) cross join and one (1) seam join

one (1) dual-bond carpet installation using a woven carpet to connecting rooms, including at least one (1) cross join and one (1) seam join

one (1) dual-bond carpet installation using tufted carpet and pre-applied adhesive underlay to connection rooms, including at least one (1) cross join and one (1) seam join using gripper strips and heat bond tape

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to adhesive fixed carpet and underlays carpet systems

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for adhesive fixed carpet and underlay carpet system

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

adhesive fixed carpets and underlays

installation adhesives

Types and uses of adhesive fixed carpet installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements, including ventilation needs, related to the installation of adhesive fixed carpets

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to the cutting, laying, fixing, joining and finishing of adhesive fixed carpet

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to lay adhesive fixed carpet floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3007 Install commercial carpet floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing commercial grade carpet to multiple connecting rooms, large commercial areas, multi-storey buildings, including preparation, cutting, laying out, joining, power stretching and finishing of carpet floor coverings.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing commercial carpet floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Resources required in terms of labour, equipment, materials, transport, site loading and hoisting, storage facilities, air conditioning, heating, lighting, power supply, security and time are assessed
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Carpet to be installed is checked against work order
2.2	Commercial carpet floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Type of perimeter finishing, joining materials, gripper strip, metal mouldings and cover strips are selected following specification or work order
2.4	Underlay, gripper strips and metal mouldings are inspected to confirm correct fitting
2.5	Work area is cleared of scraps or other contaminants
2.6	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay carpet	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Carpet pieces are laid out and checked for size, direction of pile
3.3	Stretching equipment, joining and fixing methods are used following manufacturer instructions and Australian Standards
3.4	Cover and finishing strips are suitably fixed for the type of sub-floor
3.5	Protective coverings are installed as specified
3.6	Finished work is inspected for compliance with work order, workplace and Australian Standards of finish
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Commercial carpet floor coverings include:	tufted carpet woven carpet fusion-bonded carpet
Tools and equipment include:	carpet knee kicker power stretcher carpet stair tool hand trucks carpet trolleys hammer utility knife hook knife carpet wall trimmer heat seam iron spiked carpet roller weight or seam roller awl carpet spreader carpet shears napping shears loop pile cutter cushion backed cutter moulding lifter sewing needle
Materials include:	commercial architectural carpet gripper strips metal mouldings and PVC trims heat seam tape hessian tape thread adhesives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3203A Install commercial carpet floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3007 Install commercial carpet floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of:

one (1) commercial tufted carpet installation using the carpet gripper strip system to an area containing at least three (3) rooms connected by a common corridor, including at least three (3) seam joins and three (3) cross joins

one (1) commercial woven carpet installation using the carpet gripper strip system to an area containing at least three and a half (3.5) broadloom widths of carpet by approximately ten (10) metres in length and including at least one (1) cross join

one (1) commercial tufted carpet installation using the carpet gripper strip system to an area of a minimum of fifteen (15) lineal metres by twelve (12) lineal metres containing a lift lobby or similar obstacle

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installation of commercial carpet

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of commercial carpet

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Characteristics and requirements for underlays

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of commercial carpets

Techniques for:

stretching and joining carpet

the use of hook and loop fastening tape and equivalent systems

Workplace safety system requirements related to carpet installation

Work flow in relation to preparation, layout, stretching, cutting and finishing of carpet

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to laying commercial carpet floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3008 Install patterned carpet floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit covers installing woven and tufted carpet floor coverings containing geometric and decorative patterns using adhesive-bonded and carpet gripper systems.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to install patterned carpet floor covering are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Resources required in terms of labour, equipment, materials, transport, site loading and hoisting, storage facilities, air conditioning, heating, lighting, power supply, security and time are assessed
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Carpet to be installed is checked against work order
2.2	Patterned carpet floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Type of perimeter finishing, joining materials, gripper strip, metal mouldings and cover strips are selected following specification or work order
2.4	Underlay, gripper strips and metal mouldings are inspected to confirm correct fitting
2.5	Work area is cleared of scraps or other contaminants
2.6	Work lines and starting point are established
3	Lay patterned floor coverings	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Carpet pieces are laid out and checked for size and direction of pile
3.3	Stretching equipment, joining and fixing methods are used following manufacturer instructions and Australian Standards
3.4	Cover and finishing strips are suitably fixed for the type of sub-floor
3.5	Protective coverings are installed as specified
3.6	Finished work is inspected for compliance with work order, workplace and Australian Standards of finish
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Patterned carpet floor coverings include:	tufted carpet woven carpet fusion-bonded carpet
Tools and equipment include:	carpet knee kicker power stretcher carpet stair tool hand trucks carpet trolleys hammer utility knife hook knife carpet wall trimmer heat seam iron spiked carpet roller weight or seam roller awl carpet spreader carpet shears napping shears loop pile cutter cushion backed cutter moulding lifter sewing needle
Materials include:	commercial architectural carpet gripper strips metal mouldings and PVC trims heat seam tape hessian tape thread adhesives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3204A Install patterned carpet floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3008 Install patterned carpet floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Install woven patterned carpet requiring pattern matching at seams and cross joints using the carpet gripper strip installation system

Install tufted patterned carpet requiring pattern matching at seams and cross joints using the carpet gripper strip installation system

Install tufted patterned carpet using adhesive bonded methods of installation including pattern matching at seams and cross joints

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the installation of patterned carpet

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of patterned carpet

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment and specifications relevant to installing patterned carpet floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3009 Install custom design carpet and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing carpet floor coverings containing logos, motifs and custom design concepts to walls and floors, including preparation, layout, stretching, cutting, joining and finishing of carpet.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of custom design carpet floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Resources required in terms of labour, equipment, materials and time are assessed
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	The carpet to be installed and design requirements are checked against work orders
2.2	Carpet is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Type of perimeter finishing, joining materials, gripper strips, metal mouldings and cover strips are selected following specification or work order
2.4	Underlay gripper strips and metal mouldings are inspected to confirm correct fitting
2.5	Work are is cleared of scraps or other contaminants
2.6	Work lines and starting point are established
3	Install carpet	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Patterns, motifs, logos and custom design requirements are set out
3.3	Carpet pieces are laid out and checked for size, direction of pile and pattern match
3.4	Carpet pieces are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Carpet pieces are cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials
3.6	Carpet pieces are joined using joining and installation methods appropriate to the installation system being used
3.7	Carpet installation methods are to follow manufacturer instructions and Australian Standards
3.8	Cover and finishing strips are suitably fixed for the type of installation method, floor covering and sub-floor
3.9	Complete installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
3.10	Floor covering protection is installed in accordance with specifications
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Custom design carpet floor coverings include:	tufted carpet woven carpet fusion-bonded carpet needle punch carpet PVC-backed carpet bonded foam underlay styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR) foam underlay needle punched fibre underlay
Tools and equipment include:	carpet knee kicker power stretcher carpet stair tool hand trucks carpet trolleys hammer utility knife hook knife carpet wall trimmer heat seam iron spiked carpet roller weight or seam roller awl carpet spreader carpet shears napping shears loop pile cutter cushion backed cutter moulding lifter sewing needle
Materials include:	architectural carpet gripper strips metal mouldings and PVC trims heat seam tape hessian tape thread adhesives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3205A Install custom design carpet and decorative finishes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3009 Install custom design carpet and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of:

one (1) installation of a needle punch carpet to wall or floor, containing a logo/motif using adhesive-bonded installation systems

one (1) installation of a tufted carpet containing a motif and custom design concepts using the carpet gripper strip system of installation

one (1) installation of a woven carpet containing a motif and custom design concepts (bordered installation) and pattern matching, using the dual-bond system of installation

one (1) installation of PVC-backed carpet to a floor containing a logo/motif and custom design concepts using adhesive bonded installation systems

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the installation of custom design carpet and decorative finishes

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installing of custom design carpet

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Characteristics and requirements for underlays

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of pattern carpets

Types and uses of carpet installation tools, equipment and materials

Techniques for:

stretching and joining carpet

adhesive bonding and joining of carpet

The use of hook and loop fastening tape and equivalent systems

Workplace safety system requirements related to carpet installation

Work flow in relation to preparation, layout, stretching, cutting and finishing of carpet

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing custom design carpet and decorative finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3010 Install synthetic floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing synthetic textile and other floor coverings to indoor and outdoor sporting facilities and outdoor spaces, including the preparation, cutting, laying out, joining, fixing and finishing of the covering material. It applies to a wide variety of flooring technology installation operations and involves application of skills and knowledge at a trade worker level.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of synthetic textile floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation
1.5	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected, if required
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Synthetic floor covering material to be installed is checked against the work order
2.2	Synthetic floor covering is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Soft underlays for synthetic floor coverings, where applicable, are cut and laid to specification
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
2.5	Adhesives and edge strips are prepared for use as required
3	Lay floor covering	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.3	Synthetic floor coverings are laid out to meet pattern and specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins
3.4	Synthetic floor coverings are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Synthetic floor coverings are cut to length, joins are cut and prepared for final laying
3.6	Line marking is completed where required
3.7	Cover trims are fitted and finished
3.8	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriate
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy WHS the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination control of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Synthetic textile floor coverings include:	synthetic turf needle punch carpet PVC-backed carpet rubber-backed carpet solid ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) vinyl (solid and tile)
Installation locations include:	indoor and outdoor sports facilities public and private playgrounds recreational areas and other common spaces traffic islands marine applications
Instructions include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment workplace instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Tools and equipment include:	straight edge tape measure chalk-line hammer utility knife notched trowel wall trimmer cushion back cutter loop pile cutter laser measuring device bar scriber
Materials include:	finishing trims, angles and joining tapes
Adhesives include:	plasticised and rubber resin acrylic water, solvent-based and solvent-free adhesives solvent-based contact adhesive two-part polyurethane
Underlays include:	rubber bonded foam styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR) latex foam

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3206A Install synthetic textile floor coverings to sports facilities

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3010 Install synthetic floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for installing synthetic textile and other floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces, including ventilation standards

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete installation of a minimum of two (2) types of synthetic floor covering, one (1) textile and one (1) non-textile, to an indoor sports floor and one (1) to an outdoor installation

Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment

Collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, basic plans and safety procedures

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate problems installing synthetic textile floor coverings to sport facilities to avoid re-work and wastage

Recognise and respond to circumstances outside instructions or personal competence

Plan and organise activities, including the preparation and layout of the worksite and the obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid any backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate other material requirements

Maintain current knowledge of:

tools and materials

installation techniques

indoor and outdoor synthetic flooring materials and adhesives

Use the limited workplace technology related to the installation of synthetic textile floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces, including tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing synthetic floor coverings for sports facilities

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing synthetic floor coverings for sports facilities

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

synthetic textile and other floor coverings used in sporting facilities and outdoor spaces

installation adhesives and their uses

underlay cushions

Types and uses of installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to installing synthetic textile floor coverings used in sporting facilities

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to flooring installation operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to installing synthetic textile and other floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3011 Install carpet floor coverings to custom design stairs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing plain and patterned carpet floor coverings to angular, curved, rounded and wrap-rounded stairs, including patterns, metal moulding and decorative finishes using adhesive-bonded and carpet gripper systems. Work involves planning, preparation, cutting, joining and fixing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing carpet floor coverings to custom designed stairs are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of carpet floor coverings to custom designed stairs
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Carpet to be installed is checked against work order
2.2	Carpet floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Stairway or step is measured and the required amount of floor covering and underlay, including allowances for type of stairs, is calculated and obtained
2.4	Suitable adhesives, gripper strips and edge strips are selected
2.5	Work lines and starting point are established
2.6	Gripper strips, if required, are cut and installed as specified in AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General
2.7	Underlay, if required, is checked against specified type and fitted as specified in AS/NZS2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General
3	Lay carpet to stairs	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Carpet floor coverings are laid out to meet allowances for type of stair requirements and minimise waste
3.3	Carpet floor coverings are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.4	Carpet floor coverings are cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials and laid
3.5	Instructions, sequence, fixing methods and equipment are used following specifications and AS/NZS2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General
3.6	Installation is completed to specification
3.7	Finished stairway is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Carpet floor coverings include:	tufted carpet woven carpet needle punch carpet fusion-bonded carpet
Tools and equipment include:	carpet knee kicker power stretcher carpet stair tool hand trucks carpet trolleys hammer utility knife hook knife carpet wall trimmer heat seam iron spiked carpet roller weight or seam roller awl carpet spreader carpet shears napping shears loop pile cutter cushion backed cutter moulding lifter sewing needle
Materials include:	underlay tapes and adhesives trims nosing smooth edges accessories
Stairways include:	open newell bullnose steps circular recessed steps open tread box steps kit winder treads
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3207A Install carpet floor coverings to custom design stairs

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3011 Install carpet floor coverings to custom design stairs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete the installation of at least one (1) tufted carpet and one (1) patterned woven carpet to:

concrete or timber staircases

open newell

bullnose step

circular

recessed steps

open tread

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing carpet floor coverings to custom designed stairs

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing carpet floor coverings to custom designed stairs

AS/NZS 2455.1:2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types and characteristics of stairways

Types and uses of carpet installation tools, equipment and materials

Types, uses and limitations of stairway carpet fixing techniques

The characteristics of timber and concrete sub-floors

Workplace safety system requirements related to stairway carpet installation

Work flow in relation to the installation of carpets on stairways

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing carpet floor coverings to customer designed stairs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3012 Install linoleum floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing linoleum floor coverings to domestic and commercial installations using templating and scribing methods.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing linoleum floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of linoleum floor coverings
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Linoleum to be installed is checked against work order
2.2	Linoleum floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Linoleum floor coverings for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
2.5	Soft underlay, if required, is cut to specification
2.6	Pre-form fillet is set out, cut and fitted, if required
3	Cut materials	3.1	Linoleum floor coverings are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.2	Linoleum floor coverings are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.3	Linoleum floor coverings are cut to required pattern and shape with minimum waste of materials
4	Lay linoleum	4.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
4.2	Materials for welding and fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
4.3	Welding and fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer instructions
4.4	Resilient skirting, reducer and edge strips are set-out and installed, as required
4.5	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Linoleum floor coverings include:	linoleum sheet bulletin board linoleum tiles pre-formed linoleum cove
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife with hook straight and concave blades straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw notched trowel hammer seam and edge trimmer recess scriber and pre-formed linoleum recess scribers scribing bar welding gun and accessories hot air gun grooving tool divider cove roller hand roller cove gauging tool roller gas bottle and gun rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife builders pencil contact bucket linoleum trolley wall trimmer
Materials include:	resilient sheet flooring skirting reducing and edge strips welding rod coving accessories tapes pattern paper adhesives
Welding includes:	hot welding
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3301A Install linoleum floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3012 Install linoleum floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Cut, lay and heat weld linoleum sheet floor coverings using fillet cove internal and external mitres to custom design and pattern scribe covering

Cut, lay and heat weld linoleum sheet floor coverings using pre-formed linoleum coving with internal and external mitres to a corridor and connecting room

Cut, lay and butt join linoleum sheet floor coverings to single/connecting room

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to install linoleum floor coverings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing linoleum floor coverings

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

weldable vinyl floor coverings

resilient floor covering installation adhesives

Types and uses of linoleum floor covering installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to resilient floor covering laying

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to cutting, welding and laying linoleum floor coverings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing linoleum floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3013 Install commercial vinyl floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing vinyl floor coverings to commercial premises, including laying out, cutting, welding, coving and fixing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing commercial vinyl floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of commercial vinyl floor coverings
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Vinyl to be installed is checked against work order
2.2	Commercial vinyl floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Commercial vinyl floor coverings for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
2.5	Soft underlay, if required, is cut to specification
2.6	Pre-form fillet is cut and fitted, if required
3	Lay vinyl	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Commercial vinyl floor coverings are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.3	Commercial vinyl floor coverings are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.4	Commercial vinyl floor coverings are cut to required pattern and shape with minimum waste of materials
3.5	Materials for welding and fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.6	Welding and fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer instructions
3.7	Vinyl skirting, reducer and edge strips are set-out and installed, as required
3.8	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Commercial vinyl floor coverings include:	homogenous/heterogeneous encapsulated glass fibre inlaid
Adhesives include:	plasticised and rubber resin acrylic two part epoxy poly-methane and water-based solvent-based contact adhesive
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife with hook straight and concave blades straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw notched trowel hammer seam and edge trimmer recess scriber and pre-formed linoleum recess scribers scribing bar welding gun and accessories hot air gun grooving tool divider cove roller hand roller cove gauging tool roller gas bottle and gun rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife builders pencil contact bucket linoleum trolley
Materials include:	vinyl floor coverings skirting reducing and edge strips welding rod coving accessories tapes pattern paper adhesives
Welding incudes:	hot welding chemical welding
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3302A Install commercial vinyl floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3013 Install commercial vinyl floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Using commercial grade resilient weldable floor coverings, cut, heat, weld, lay, and pencil and fillet cove with internal and external mitre:

one (1) piece, including pre-formed coving

one (1) custom design and pattern scribe coving

Cut, lay and chemically weld vinyl floor coverings

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing commercial vinyl floor coverings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing commercial vinyl floor coverings

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

weldable vinyl floor coverings

resilient floor covering installation adhesives

Types and uses of commercial vinyl floor covering installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to resilient floor covering laying

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to cutting, welding and laying commercial vinyl floor coverings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing commercial vinyl floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3014 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing resilient sheet floor coverings using custom designs, mechanically and hand cut motifs, logos and decorative finishes.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of resilient floor coverings
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Resilient floor coverings to be installed are checked against work order
2.2	Resilient floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Resilient floor coverings for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established and marked on the sub-floor
2.5	Motifs, logos or custom designs are set out and marked on the sub-floor
3	Lay resilient floor covering	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing is followed
3.2	Resilient floor coverings are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match and specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.3	Resilient flooring materials are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.4	Resilient floor coverings are cut to required shape ensuring minimum waste
3.5	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.6	Adhesives and edge strips/accessories are prepared for use as required
3.7	Welding and fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer instructions
3.8	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Resilient floor coverings include:	homogenous/heterogeneous linoleum sheet encapsulated glass fibre inlaid rotogravure
Adhesives include:	plasticised and rubber resign acrylic two-part epoxy poly-methane, water-based and solvent-based contact adhesive
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife with hook straight and concave blades straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw notched trowel hammer seam and edge trimmer recess scriber and pre-formed linoleum recess scribers scribing bar welding gun and accessories hot air gun grooving tool divider cove roller hand roller cove gauging tool roller gas bottle and gun rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife builders pencil contact bucket linoleum trolley
Materials include:	resilient sheet flooring skirting reducing and edge strips welding rod coving accessories tapes pattern paper adhesives
Welding includes:	hot welding chemical welding
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3303A Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3014 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Cut and lay resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes with internal and external mitres for the following:

one (1) piece and performed coving

one (1) custom designed and pattern-scribed coving using commercial grade resilient floor coverings

Cut and lay resilient floor coverings using custom design containing logo/motifs using commercial grade resilient floor coverings, including decorative welding, inlays and borders

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing resilient floor covering using custom designs and decorative finishes

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

weldable resilient floor coverings

resilient floor covering installation adhesives

Types and uses of resilient floor covering installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to resilient floor covering laying

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to cutting, welding and laying resilient sheet flooring

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3015 Install resilient tiles using custom designs and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing resilient tiles to multiple connecting rooms and/or large commercial sites using multi-directional patterns, custom designs, mechanically and hand cut motifs, logos and decorative finishes, including preparation, laying out, cutting, laying and fixing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of resilient tiles using custom designs and decorative finishes are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for installation of resilient tiles
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Resilient tiles to be installed are checked against order
2.2	Resilient tiles are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Patterns, motifs, logos and custom design requirements are set out
2.5	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay resilient tiles	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Materials are laid out to meet specification requirements and to minimise waste
3.3	Material grains and patterns are matched or contrasted as appropriate
3.4	Resilient tiles are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Resilient tiles are cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials and laid
3.6	Complete installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults are rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Resilient tiles include:	homogenous/heterogeneous linoleum rubber semi-rigid rigid planks
Adhesives include:	pressure sensitive adhesives two-part epoxy poly-urethane and water and solvent-based contact adhesive
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife tile scriber straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw serrated trowel hammer scribing bar dividers roller gas bottle and gun rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife trolleys
Materials include:	resilient tile flooring skirting reducing and edge strips tapes pattern paper adhesives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3304A Install resilient tiles using custom design and decorative finishes

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3015 Install resilient tiles using custom designs and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Install resilient tiles where cutting and fixing is required on either a timber sub-floor, or a concrete sub-floor, in multiple rooms with complex design requirements

Complete a minimum of:

one (1) resilient installation to multiple connecting rooms using multi-directional patterns/borders, including appropriate trims and accessories

one (1) resilient plank installation that includes a motif/logo, including appropriate trim and accessories

one (1) resilient tile installation to large commercial site that includes a ‘link-up’ and custom design requirement, including appropriate trims and accessories

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing resilient tiles using custom design requirements

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing resilient tiles using custom design requirements

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

resilient tiles

resilient tile installation adhesives

Types and uses of resilient tile installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to resilient tile installation

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to cutting and laying resilient tiles

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing resilient tiles using custom designs and decorative finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3016 Install rubber floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing rubber sheet and tile floor coverings, including preparation, cutting, laying and fixing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing rubber floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of rubber floor coverings
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected, if required
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Rubber floor covering to be installed is checked against order
2.2	Rubber floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Rubber floor coverings for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
2.5	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay rubber floor coverings	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Rubber floor coverings are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.3	Rubber flooring materials are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.4	Rubber floor covering materials are cut to required shape ensuring minimum waste
3.5	Rubber floor covering materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.6	Adhesives and edge strips/accessories are prepared for use as required
3.7	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
3.8	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Rubber floor coverings include:	smooth and studded rubber in both sheet and tile and are normally vulcanised
Adhesives include:	two-part epoxy polyurethane acrylic contact
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw notched trowel hammer recess scriber scribing bar dividers hand roller roller mixing equipment (epoxy) paint brush and bucket spatula knife builders pencils contact bucket brushes linoleum trolley dolly rollers
Materials include:	rubber floor covering (tile or sheet) trims and accessories adhesives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3065 Install resilient tiles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3016 Install rubber floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of two (2) different types of installation, which are to include:

one (1) epoxy rubber tile installation to connecting rooms

one (1) polyurethane rubber sheet installation to connecting rooms

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing rubber floor coverings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing rubber floor coverings

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

rubber floor covering

installation adhesives

Types and uses of installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to rubber floor coverings

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to the installation of rubber floor coverings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing rubber floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3017 Install resilient sheet to walls

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing resilient sheet to dry and wet walls.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing resilient sheet to walls are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Substrate condition is assessed for suitability for installation of resilient coverings to the walls
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out floor coverings	2.1	Resilient sheet to be installed is checked against work order
2.2	Resilient sheets are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Resilient sheets for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
2.5	Pre-form fillet is cut and fitted, if required
2.6	Feathering systems and applications are prepared and applied in accordance with the installation plan
3	Install resilient sheet	3.1	Resilient sheet are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.2	The aesthetics of the materials is maximised, where appropriate, matching grains, colours and patterns
3.3	Materials are cut to length and size, allowing for final adjustment, trimming and welding processes
3.4	Header and/or perimeter contact adhesive is applied to surfaces
3.5	Adhesive is applied to the body of the walls as specified by the adhesive manufacturer
3.6	Resilient sheet is positioned in accordance with the plan, pressed out and hand-rolled
3.7	Resilient sheet is heated to form required profiles
3.8	Seams are prepared and welded in accordance with the plan, manufacturer instructions and industry standards
3.9	Joins and/or seams are trimmed and finished to industry standards
3.10	Resilient sheet are sealed to floor coverings, door and window frames, as well as fixtures and fittings in wet area installations
3.11	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Resilient wall coverings include:	homogeneous/heterogeneous linoleum sheet encapsulated glass fibre inlaid rotogravure
Adhesives include:	acrylic adhesives water and solvent-based contacts recommended by manufacturers
Tools and equipment include:	flat trowel notched trowel pencil cove roller wall roller hand roller corner roller recess scriber hook and straight knife chalk-line spirit level tape measure water level laser level height gauge wall trolley contact bucket/tray/roller brushes scaffolding step ladder
Materials include:	resilient wall coverings skirting reducing and edge strips welding rod coving accessories tapes pattern paper fillers adhesives
Feathering systems include:	fitment of PVC edge fillet diminishing strip and the use of pre-mixed or mixed cementitious compounds
Welding includes:	rod welding self welding fusion
Profiles include:	internal and external angles bullnoses coves profiling to pipe work
Trimmed and finished includes:	trimming weld rod abrading and fusing external corners chemically finishing to industry standards and manufacturer specifications
Sealed includes:	the sealing of the resilient wall coverings at door and window frames, pipes, fixtures, fittings and floor coverings
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3306A Install resilient sheet to walls

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3017 Install resilient sheet to walls

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of:

one (1) installation of a wet wall resilient wall covering installation using a horizontal installation system, including internal and external corners to walls, the covering of window reveals, and sealing to door frames and fittings

one (1) installation of a wet wall resilient wall covering installation using a vertical installation system, including internal and external corners to walls, the covering of window reveals and sealing to door frames and fittings

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing resilient sheet to walls

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing resilient sheet to walls

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

weldable resilient wall coverings

resilient wall covering installation adhesives

Types and uses of resilient wall covering installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to resilient wall covering installation

Characteristics and requirements of substrate preparation for wall coverings

Work flow in relation to fixing, welding and finishing of resilient wall coverings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing resilient sheet to walls.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3018 Install resilient sheet to bench and counter tops

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing resilient sheet to bench and counter tops.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare materials for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing resilient sheet to bench and counter tops are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Substrate condition is assessed for suitability for installation of resilient sheet to the bench/counter top
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
1.7	The aesthetics of the materials is maximised where appropriate, matching grains, colours and patterns
2	Set out materials	2.1	Resilient sheets to be installed are checked against work order
2.2	Resilient sheets are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Resilient sheets for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
2.5	Pre-form fillet is cut and fitted, if required
2.6	Feathering systems and applications are prepared and applied in accordance with the installation plan
3	Install resilient sheet	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing is followed
3.2	Resilient sheets are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.3	The aesthetics of the materials is maximised, where appropriate, matching grains, colours and patterns
3.4	Pattern templates of the bench/counter tops are produced, if required
3.5	Resilient sheets are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.6	Resilient sheets are cut to required pattern and shape with minimum waste of materials, allowing for final adjustment, trimming and welding processes
3.7	Header and/or perimeter contact adhesive is applied to surfaces
3.8	Resilient sheets are positioned in accordance with the plan, pressed out and hand-rolled
3.9	Resilient sheet is heated to form required profiles
3.10	Seams are prepared and welded in accordance with the plan, manufacturer instructions and industry standards
3.11	Joins and/or seams are trimmed and finished to industry standards
3.12	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Resilient sheets include:	homogeneous/heterogeneous linoleum sheet encapsulated glass fibre inlaid rotogravure
Adhesives include:	acrylic adhesives water and solvent-based contacts recommended by manufacturers
Tools and equipment include:	flat trowel notched trowel pencil wall roller hand roller cove and corner roller recess scriber reverse recess scribers hook and straight knife chalk-line spirit level tape measure water level laser level height gauge contact bucket/tray/roller and brushes
Materials include:	resilient sheet skirting reducing and edge strips welding rod coving accessories tapes pattern paper fillers adhesives
Feathering systems include:	the fitment of PVC edge fillet diminishing strip and the use of pre-mixed or mixed cementitious compounds
Welding includes:	rod welding self welding fusion
Profiles include:	internal and external angles bullnoses coves profiling to pipe work
Trimmed and finished includes:	trimming weld rod abrading and fusing external corners chemically finishing to industry standards and manufacturer specifications
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3307A Install resilient sheet to bench and counter tops

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3018 Install resilient sheet to bench and counter tops

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete, including rod and self welding and fusion welding requirements, a minimum of:

one (1) installation of resilient sheets to a bench/counter top which must include:

internal and external corners

a bull-nose and coved returns

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing resilient sheet to bench and counter

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing resilient sheet to bench and counter

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

weldable resilient coverings used on bench and counter tops

resilient coverings installation adhesives

Types and uses of resilient bench and countertop installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to bench and counter top resilient covering installation

Characteristics and requirements of substrate preparation to bench and counter tops

Work flow in relation to fixing, welding and finishing of resilient coverings to bench and countertops

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing resilient sheet to bench and counter tops

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3019 Install anti-static resilient floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing anti-static resilient floor coverings, including preparation, cutting, laying and fixing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing anti-static resilient floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of anti-static resilient floor covering
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected, if required
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Anti-static resilient floor covering to be installed is checked against order
2.2	Anti-static resilient floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Anti-static resilient floor coverings are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay anti-static resilient flooring	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Anti-static resilient floor coverings are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.3	Anti-static resilient flooring materials are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.4	Anti-static resilient flooring materials are cut to required shape ensuring minimum waste
3.5	Adhesives and edge strips/accessories are prepared for use as required
3.6	Anti-static resilient floor coverings for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.7	Anti-static resilient floor covering is laid and fixed to meet job specifications
3.8	Anti-static resilient floor covering fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
3.9	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Anti-static resilient floor coverings include:	resilient flooring with a resistance rating from 108 to 1010 ohms
Adhesives include:	acrylic conductive acrylic
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw serrated trowel hammer seam and edge trimmer recess scriber scribing bar welding gun and accessories grooving tool straight edge divider hand roller gas bottle and gun rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife dividers builders pencil contact bucket brush and roller linoleum trolley
Materials include:	anti-static resilient flooring materials trims and accessories tapes adhesives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3308A Install anti-static resilient floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3019 Install anti-static resilient floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete at least one (1) anti-static resilient floor installation using a conductive acrylic adhesive system

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to install anti-static resilient floor coverings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing anti-static resilient floor coverings

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

anti-static resilient floor coverings

installation adhesives

Types and uses of installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to anti-static resilient floor coverings

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to the installation of anti-static resilient floor coverings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing anti-static resilient floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3020 Install conductive resilient floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing conductive resilient floor coverings, including preparation, cutting, laying and fixing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing conductive resilient floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of conductive resilient floor coverings
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use, to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
1.7	Materials are laid out to meet pattern and specification requirements, and minimise waste and joins
2	Set out materials	2.1	Conductive resilient floor coverings to be installed are checked against work order
2.2	Conductive resilient floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Conductive resilient floor coverings for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay conductive resilient flooring	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Copper grid and isolating layer are installed to specification
3.3	Conductive resilient floor coverings are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.4	Conductive resilient floor coverings are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Conductive resilient floor coverings are cut to required pattern and shape with minimum waste of materials
3.6	Conductive resilient floor coverings for welding and fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.7	Welding and fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer instructions
3.8	Conductive resilient floor covering is laid and fixed to meet job specifications
3.9	Vinyl skirting, reducer and edge strips are set out and installed, as required
3.10	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Conductive resilient floor coverings include:	static conductive covering with a resistance reading of 10 4 to 10 8 using a copper grid and isolating layer
Adhesives include:	conductive adhesives
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife (with hook, straight and concave blades) straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw serrated trowel hammer seam and edge trimmer recess scriber scribing bar welding gun and accessories grooving tool divider hand roller exacto knife roller (65 kg) gas bottle and gun rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife dividers builders pencil contact bucket brush and roller linoleum trolley
Materials include:	conductive resilient flooring trims and accessories adhesives copper earthing strips
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3309A Install conductive resilient floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3020 Install conductive resilient floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of one (1) installation of a static conductive resilient floor covering with an isolating layer and using conductive adhesive and earthing strip

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing conductive resilient floor coverings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for installing conductive resilient floor coverings

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

conductive resilient floor covering

conductive adhesives

Types and uses of installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to conductive resilient floor coverings

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to the installation of conductive resilient floor coverings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing conductive resilient floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3021 Cut and install resilient floor coverings to stairs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing resilient floor covering to stairs, stringers and steps, including planning, preparation, cutting, welding, layout and fixing.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to cutting and installing resilient floor coverings to stairs are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of resilient floor coverings to stairs
1.4	Any remedial work to stairway is carried out
1.5	Stairway or step is measured and the required amount of floor covering, including allowances for type of stairs, is calculated and obtained
1.6	Underlay, if required, is checked against specified type and fitting
1.7	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.8	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.9	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out floor coverings	2.1	Resilient floor coverings to be used are checked against work order
2.2	Resilient floor coverings are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Resilient floor coverings for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
2.5	Pre-form fillet is cut and fitted, if required
3	Lay resilient floor coverings	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing is followed
3.2	Resilient floor coverings are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.3	Patterns are cut as required for stairs and used to accurately and clearly mark resilient floor covering for cutting
3.4	Resilient floor coverings are cut to required pattern and shape with minimum waste of materials
3.5	Materials for welding and fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.6	Welding and fixing methods, equipment and materials are used following manufacturer instructions
3.7	Resilient skirting, reducer and edge strips are set out and installed, as required
3.8	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Resilient floor coverings include:	homogenous/heterogeneous linoleum sheet encapsulated glass fibre inlaid rotogravure
Stairs include:	open newell bullnose steps circular recessed steps open tread box steps kit winder treads
Adhesives include:	plasticised and rubber resin acrylic two-part epoxy polyurethane water-based and solvent-based contact adhesive
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife with hook, straight and concave blades straight edge square chalk and chalk-line tape measure hacksaw notched trowel hammer seam and edge trimmer recess scriber and pre-formed linoleum recess scribers scribing bar welding gun and accessories hot air gun grooving tool divider pencil cove roller hand roller cove gauging tool roller gas bottle and gun rubber mallet paint brush and bucket spatula knife builder’s pencil contact bucket linoleum trolley liquid seam sealer seam sealer applicator wall trimmer
Materials include:	resilient flooring skirting reducing and edge strips welding rod coving accessories tapes pattern paper adhesives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3310A Cut and install resilient floor coverings to stairs

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3021 Cut and install resilient floor coverings to stairs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of the installation of resilient floor coverings to:

a box step stairway, stringer and PVC stair nosing

a kite winder treads stairway and PVC stair nosing

a bull nose step stairway and PVC stair nosing

a recessed step stairway

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to cutting and installing resilient floor coverings to stairs

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for cutting and installing resilient coverings to stairs

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

weldable resilient floor coverings

resilient floor covering installation adhesives

Forming and welding techniques for installing resilient floor coverings to stairs

Types and uses of resilient floor covering installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to resilient floor covering installation

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to cutting, welding and laying resilient flooring to stairs

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing resilient floor coverings to stairs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3022 Mix and apply epoxy and seamless floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparation, application and finishing of epoxy and seamless floor coverings.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for the work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative, organisational and information requirements relevant to the application of epoxy and seamless floor coverings are verified and complied with
1.2	Work orders and/or plans are read and interpreted
1.3	The condition of the sub-floor is inspected and confirmed as suitable for use
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Floor preparation, including conventional and decorative formwork, is established, levelled and secured
2	Apply epoxy materials for floor coverings	2.1	Surfaces are checked for contamination, moisture content and suitable preparation
2.2	Materials and equipment are prepared and positioned for use
2.3	Material safety data sheets (MSDS), or equivalent, are read and applied during the work
2.4	Epoxy is mixed and trial application of surface materials is made to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
2.5	Surface coatings are applied with the depth and coverage in accordance with manufacturer specifications and job requirements
2.6	Decorative additives are applied in accordance with job requirements
2.7	Floor is checked and cleared for further processing
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
3.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
3.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Epoxy and seamless flooring includes:	trowelled epoxy self-levelling epoxy flake floors granule floors epoxy coatings (seamless) spray on roller coatings waterproofing joint sealing
Sub-floor preparation includes:	sanding grinding the application of levelling compounds and primers
General tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square tape measure trowels rollers brushes buckets trolley
Sanding equipment includes:	sander edger belt-sander sander belts and paper
Materials include:	acrylics epoxy polyurethane separating strips flushing strips joining strips expansion jointing additives (flakes and granules) oil and lubricants for equipment
Grinding equipment includes:	grinder grinding stones and materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3401A Mix and apply epoxy and seamless floor coverings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3022 Mix and apply epoxy and seamless floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of three (3) of the following:

a trowelled epoxy floor

a self-levelling epoxy floor

a flake floor

a seamless floor

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of epoxy and seamless floor coverings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for moisture suppressant and barrier systems

Environmental protection requirements

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

epoxy and seamless floor coverings

sanders/grinders

Techniques for preparing epoxy and seamless materials, including decorative additives

Workplace safety system requirements related to sanding and grinding

Types and uses of relevant tools and equipment

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Characteristics and requirements of monolithic sub-floor preparation

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the preparation for and application of epoxy and seamless floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3023 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting solvent-based coating systems appropriate for the job, preparing for the work and applying the selected coatings to timber and parquetry floors.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the application of solvent-based coatings to timber floors are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Solvent-based coating material is selected with regard to durability, longevity, aesthetics, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations
1.4	Selected coating materials are assessed as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Surface to be finished is inspected and assessed as being ready for coating and barrier signs to coating area are erected
1.7	Work sequence is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of application
1.8	WHS requirements, including isolation, ventilation and other personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2	Apply finishing system	2.1	Ventilation is checked before chemical fumes are released, and all WHS requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment
2.2	Environmental protection regulations are complied with
2.3	Coating material is applied in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2.4	Recommended drying times between coats are observed
2.5	Buffing or sanding between coats, where required, is carried out according to manufacturer recommendations
2.6	Final finish meets the requirements of the job
2.7	Floor maintenance instructions and warranty provisions are provided to the client, where required, in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are resealed and stored
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
3.3	Work area is cleaned and waste material is removed and disposed of safely
3.4	Barriers and signs are removed and stored
3.5	Workplace documentation/reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Solvent-based coating materials include:	resin solutions epoxy resins two-can epoxy resins two-can polyurethanes moisture curing polyurethanes which may have matt, satin or gloss finish
Tools and equipment include:	orbital sander rotary sander hand sander vacuum cleaner brushes applicators rollers roller tray hammer nail punch spatula
Surfaces to be finished include:	tongue and groove strip flooring gluedown or floating strip flooring engineered timber flooring block or mosaic parquetry flooring
Surface inspection includes:	ensuring that surface is free from dust and debris, moisture content is acceptable and stable, and any preservatives, protective coatings or other contaminants are adequately removed
Work sequence includes:	preparation inspection coating applications and intermediate steps finalisation acceptance inspection
WHS requirements include:	personal protective equipment which is to include that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices isolation processes, including barriers tapes and entry access controls breathing support and ventilation extraction systems
Application methods include:	rags brushes rollers applicators spatula
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3402A Apply solvent based coatings to timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3023 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete at least the application of two (2) different solvent-based products to two (2) different timber species

Identify faults/problems and identify and carry out corrective action

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of solvent-based coatings to timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying solvent-based coatings to timber flooring

Methods of floor preparation from basic sanding to finishing sanding and edging

Characteristics of solvent-based coatings in relation to ventilation, moisture content and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

Type, characteristics, uses and limitation of solvent-based coating materials, including manufacturer recommendations

Types and uses of floor finishing tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems related to floor finishing processes

Work flow in relation to the application of solvent-based coatings to timber floors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic finishing requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the coating application

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3024 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting water-based coating systems appropriate for the job, preparing for the work and applying the selected coatings to timber and parquetry floors.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the application of water-based coatings to timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Water-based coating material is selected with regard to durability, longevity, aesthetics, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations
1.4	Selected coating materials are assessed as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Surface to be finished is inspected and assessed as being ready for coating and barrier signs to coating area are erected
1.7	Work sequence is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of application
1.8	WHS requirements, including isolation, ventilation and other personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2	Apply finishing system	2.1	Ventilation is checked before chemical fumes are released, and all WHS requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment
2.2	Environmental protection regulations are complied with
2.3	Water-based coating material is applied in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2.4	Recommended drying times between coats are observed
2.5	Buffing or sanding between coats, where required, is carried out according to manufacturer recommendations
2.6	Final finish meets the requirements of the job
2.7	Floor maintenance instructions and warranty provisions are provided to the client, where required, in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are resealed and stored
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
3.3	Work area is cleaned and waste material is removed and disposed of safely
3.4	Barriers and signs are removed and stored
3.5	Workplace documentation/reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Water-based coating materials include:	water-based polyurethanes which may have matt, satin or gloss finish
Tools and equipment include:	orbital sander rotary sander hand sander vacuum cleaner brushes applicators rollers roller tray hammer nail punch spatula
Surfaces to be finished include:	traditional tongue and grove strip flooring gluedown or floating strip flooring engineered timber flooring block or mosaic parquetry flooring
Surface inspection includes:	ensuring that surface is free from dust and debris, moisture content is acceptable and stable and any preservatives, protective coatings or other contaminants are adequately removed
Work sequence includes:	preparation inspection coating applications and intermediate steps finalisation acceptance inspection
WHS requirements include:	personal protective equipment which is to include that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices, and include: isolation processes, including barriers, tapes and entry access controls breathing support and ventilation extraction systems
Application methods include:	rags brushes rollers applicators spatula
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3403A Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3024 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete at least the application of two (2) different water-based products to two (2) different timber species

Identify faults/problems and identify and carry out corrective action

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of water-based coatings to timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying water-based coatings to timber flooring

Methods of floor preparation from basic sanding to finishing sanding and edging

Characteristics of water-based coatings in relation to ventilation, moisture content and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of water-based coating materials, including manufacturer recommendations

Types and uses of floor finishing tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems related to timber floor finishing processes

Work flow in relation to the application of water-based coatings to timber floors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic finishing requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the coating application.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3025 Apply oil-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting oil-based coating systems appropriate for the job, preparing for the work and applying the selected coatings to timber and parquetry floors.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the application of oil-based coatings to timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Oil-based coating material is selected with regard to durability, longevity, aesthetics, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations
1.4	Selected coating materials are assessed as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Surface to be finished is inspected and assessed as being ready for coating and barrier signs to coating area are erected
1.7	Work sequence is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of application
1.8	WHS requirements, including isolation, ventilation and other personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2	Apply finishing system	2.1	Ventilation is checked before chemical fumes are released, and all WHS requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment
2.2	Environmental protection regulations are complied with
2.3	Oil-based coating material is applied in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2.4	Recommended drying times between coats are observed
2.5	Buffing or sanding between coats, where required, is carried out according to manufacturer recommendations
2.6	Final finish meets the requirements of the job
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are resealed and stored
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
3.3	Work area is cleaned and waste material is removed and disposed of safely
3.4	Barriers and signs are removed and stored
3.5	Workplace documentation/reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Oil-based coating materials include:	waxes oils oleoresins one-can urethane oils
Tools and equipment includes:	orbital sander rotary sander hand sander vacuum cleaner brushes applicators rollers roller tray hammer nail punch spatula
Surfaces to be finished include:	traditional tongue and grove strip flooring gluedown or floating strip flooring engineered timber flooring block or mosaic parquetry flooring
Surface inspection includes:	ensuring that surface is free from dust and debris, moisture content is acceptable and stable and any preservatives, protective coatings or other contaminants are adequately removed
Work sequence includes:	preparation inspection coating applications and intermediate steps finalisation acceptance inspection
WHS requirements include:	personal protective equipment which is to include that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices, and include: isolation processes, including barriers, tapes and entry access controls breathing support and ventilation extraction systems
Application methods include:	rags brushes rollers applicators spatula
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3404A Apply oil-based coatings to timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3025 Apply oil-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete at least the application of two (2) different oil-based products to two (2) different timber species

Identify faults/problems and identify and carry out corrective action

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of oil-based coating to timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying oil-based coatings

Methods of floor preparation from basic sanding to finishing sanding and edging

Characteristics of oil-based coatings in relation to ventilation, moisture content and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

Type, characteristics, uses and limitation of oil-based coating materials, including manufacturer recommendations

Types and uses of floor finishing tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems related to cork floor finishing processes

Work flow in relation to the application of oil-based coatings to timber floors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic finishing requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the coating application.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3026 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting composite-based coating systems appropriate for the job, preparing for the work and applying the selected coatings to timber flooring.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the application of composite-based coatings to timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Composite-based coating material is selected with regard to durability, longevity, aesthetics, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations
1.4	Selected coating materials are assessed as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Surface to be finished is inspected and assessed as being ready for coating and barrier signs to coating area are erected
1.7	Work sequence is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of application
1.8	WHS requirements, including isolation, ventilation and other personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2	Apply finishing system	2.1	Ventilation is checked before chemical fumes are released, and all WHS requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment
2.2	Environmental protection regulations are complied with
2.3	Coating material is prepared in accordance with manufacturer specifications
2.4	Coating material is applied in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2.5	Recommended drying times between coats are observed
2.6	Buffing or sanding between coats, where required, is carried out according to manufacturer recommendations
2.7	Final finish meets the requirements of the job
2.8	Floor maintenance instructions and warranty provisions are provided to the client, where required, in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are resealed and stored
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
3.3	Work area is cleaned and waste material is removed and disposed of safely
3.4	Barriers and signs are removed and stored
3.5	Workplace documentation/reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Composite-based coating materials include:	oil-modified urethanes (OMU) and urethane oil/alkyd ‘tung oil’ based finishes which may provide a subdued, satin to semi-gloss appearance and are unlikely to edge bond boards. They darken with time and require more frequent maintenance particularly in high traffic areas. Acrylic floor polishes are used protect the finish
Tools and equipment include:	brooms brushes vacuum cleaner paint brushes applicators paint rollers roller tray spatula masking tape plastic sheeting
Surfaces to be finished include:	traditional tongue and groove strip timber flooring block or mosaic parquetry flooring
Surface inspection includes:	ensuring that surface is free from dust and debris, moisture content is acceptable and stable and any preservatives, protective coatings or other contaminants are adequately removed
Work sequence includes:	preparation inspection coating applications and intermediate steps finalisation acceptance inspection
WHS requirements include:	personal protective equipment which is to include that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices, and include: isolation processes, including barriers, tapes and entry access controls breathing support and ventilation extraction systems
Application methods include:	brushes rollers applicators
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3405A Apply composite based coatings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3026 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete at least the application of two (2) different composite-based products to two (2) different timber species, one (1) to strip timber flooring and one (1) to parquetry flooring

Identify faults/problems and identify and carry out corrective action

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of composite-based coatings to timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying composite-based coatings to timber flooring

Methods of floor preparation from basic sanding to finishing sanding and edging

Characteristics of composite-based coatings in relation to ventilation, moisture content of timber, timber species and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

Type, characteristics, uses and limitation of composite-based coating materials including manufacturer recommendations

Types and uses of floor finishing tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems related to floor finishing processes

Work flow in relation to the application of composite-based coatings to timber floors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for measurement and estimation of composite-based coatings for a given area

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic finishing requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the coating application.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3027 Apply emulsion wax to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting emulsion wax coating systems appropriate for the job, preparing for the work and applying selected coatings to timber flooring.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the application of emulsion wax to timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Emulsion wax coating material is selected with regard to durability, longevity, aesthetics, manufacturer recommendations and the client’s expectations
1.4	Selected coating materials are assessed as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Surface to be finished is inspected and assessed as being ready for coating and barrier signs to coating area are erected
1.7	Work sequence is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of application
1.8	WHS requirements, including isolation, ventilation and other personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2	Apply finishing system	2.1	Ventilation is checked before chemical fumes are released, and all WHS requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment
2.2	Environmental protection regulations are complied with
2.3	Emulsion wax is prepared in accordance with manufacturer specifications
2.4	Emulsion wax is applied in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2.5	Recommended drying times between coats are observed
2.6	Buffing or sanding between coats, where required, is carried out according to manufacturer recommendations
2.7	Final finish meets the requirements of the job
2.8	Floor maintenance instructions and warranty provisions are provided to the client in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are resealed and stored
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
3.3	Work area is cleaned and waste material is removed and disposed of safely
3.4	Barriers and signs are removed and stored
3.5	Workplace documentation/reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Emulsion wax include:	emulsions with insoluble polymers suspended in water using emulsifiers to produce waterborne coatings of non-water soluble ingredients, which may have matt, satin or gloss finish depending on buffing procedures
Tools and equipment include:	rotary polishing machine vacuum cleaner brushes applicators rollers roller tray
Surfaces to be finished include:	traditional tongue and groove strip timber flooring gluedown or floating strip flooring engineered timber flooring block or mosaic parquetry flooring
Surface inspection includes:	ensuring that surface is free from dust and debris, moisture content is acceptable and stable and any preservatives, protective coatings or other contaminants are adequately removed
Work sequence includes:	preparation inspection coating applications and intermediate steps finalisation acceptance inspection
WHS requirements include:	personal protective equipment which is to include that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices, and include: isolation processes, including barriers, tapes and entry access controls breathing support and ventilation extraction systems
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3406A Apply emulsion wax

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3027 Apply emulsion wax to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete at least the application of two (2) different emulsion wax products to two (2) different timber flooring types

Identify faults/problems and identify and carry out corrective action

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of emulsion wax to timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying emulsion wax to timber flooring

Methods of floor preparation from basic sanding to finishing sanding and edging

Characteristics of emulsion wax in relation to ventilation, moisture content and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

Type, characteristics, uses and limitation of emulsion wax, including manufacturer recommendations

Types and uses of floor finishing tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems related to floor finishing processes

Work flow in relation to the application of emulsion wax to timber floors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic finishing requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the coating application.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3028 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting stains and fillers appropriate for the job, preparing for the work and applying the selected stains and fillers to timber flooring.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the application of stains and fillers to timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Stain and filling material are selected with regard to durability, longevity, aesthetics, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations
1.4	Selected stain and filler materials are assessed as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished, and with manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Products with surface or other faults are identified and faults repaired as appropriate
1.7	Surface to be stained and/or filled is inspected and assessed as being ready for coating with the selected stain/filler
1.8	Work sequence is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of application
1.9	WHS requirements, including isolation, ventilation and other personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2	Apply finishing system	2.1	Ventilation is checked before chemical fumes are released, and all WHS requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment
2.2	Environmental protection regulations are complied with and barrier signs to work area are erected
2.3	Staining and/or filling material is prepared in accordance with manufacturer specifications
2.4	Trial applications of stains and/or fillers are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency, viscosity and specified colour
2.5	Faults and/or inconsistencies in colour are identified and workplace procedures for rectification and adjustment are followed
2.6	Staining and/or filling material is applied in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2.7	Recommended drying times between coats are observed
2.8	Buffing or sanding between coats, where required, is carried out according to manufacturer recommendations
2.9	Finished products are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
2.10	Final finish meets the requirements of the job
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are resealed and stored
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
3.3	Work area is cleaned and waste material is removed and disposed of safely
3.4	Barriers and signs are removed and stored
3.5	Workplace documentation/reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Stains include:	pigment and fade-resisting stains lacquer-based wiping stains spirit-based stains water and oil-based stains
Fillers include:	oil-based water-based plastic (one-pot) filler
Tools and equipment include:	liquid containers rubber gloves face masks brooms brushes vacuum cleaner paint brushes applicators paint rollers roller tray sanding blocks flat trowel spatula masking tape plastic sheeting
Surfaces to be finished include:	traditional tongue and groove strip timber flooring block or mosaic parquetry flooring
Surface inspection includes:	ensuring that surface is free from dust and debris, moisture content is acceptable and stable and any preservatives, protective coatings or other contaminants are adequately removed
Work sequence includes:	preparation inspection coating applications and intermediate steps finalisation acceptance inspection
WHS requirements include:	personal protective equipment which is to include that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices, and include: isolation processes, including barriers, tapes and entry access controls breathing support and ventilation extraction systems
Application methods include:	brushes rollers applicators
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3407A Apply stains and fillers

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3028 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete the selection and application of a minimum of two (2) types of stains, including:

lacquer-based

spirit-based

Apply fillers to a minimum of one (1) parquetry floor and one (1) strip floor of two (2) different timber types

Identify faults/problems and identify and carry out corrective action

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of stains and fillers to timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying stains and fillers to timber flooring

Methods of floor preparation from basic sanding to finishing sanding and edging

Characteristics of stains and fillers in relation to ventilation, moisture content of timber, timber species and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of stain and filling materials, including manufacturer recommendations

Types and uses of floor staining and filling tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems related to floor staining and filling processes

Work flow in relation to the application of stains and fillers to timber floors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for measurement, estimation and mixing of stains and fillers for a given area

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic finishing requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the coating application.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3029 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing and presenting a range of design concepts as solutions to a design brief in accordance with integral design elements and principles.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Select and adapt the design	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to timber flooring design are verified and complied with
1.2	Client design concept is matched with available custom designs and the preferred design selected
1.3	Design concept is adapted to suit the dimensions of the floor area
1.4	Scale representations of the design application are prepared
2	Select the timber	2.1	Budget and availability constraints are used to identify realistic timber options
2.2	Timber options are analysed on the basis of durability, longevity, aesthetics, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations
2.3	Most appropriate timber options are selected and incorporated into the job specification
3	Select the finishing technique and materials	3.1	Effects of finishing materials on the final appearance of the design are identified and analysed
3.2	Effects of the finishing technique on the final appearance of the design are identified
3.3	Finishing techniques and materials which best complement the design aesthetics are selected and incorporated into the job specification
4	Finalise the job specification	4.1	Job specifications covering working drawings, material specifications and costs are finalised
4.2	Client approval for the job specification is obtained

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Timber flooring design includes:	the pattern, logo or motif that is being incorporated into the timber floor
Available custom designs include:	those created by others, including material providers, manufacturers and professional design outlets and made available through complementary or commercial means
Scale representations include:	the adaptation of the custom design to the specific dimensions of the intended flooring coverage and may be prepared manually or using computer-aided means
Timber options include:	those timbers which are within the cost envelope and are capable of being used to achieve the design requirements in terms of: colour texture hardness workability compatibility endurance
Job specification includes:	measurements materials to be used preparation and application processes/procedures to be followed
Effect of finishing materials include:	colour matching/contrast requirements as well as: durability moisture management other protection control requirements
Effects of finishing techniques include:	the impact and effects of securing filling and sanding
Working drawings include:	drafted technical drawings drawings produced on computer using computer-aided design (CAD) software packages
Material specifications include:	materials construction methods and procedures finishing methods and techniques compatibility requirements and limitations relevant national and industry standards
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3501A Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3029 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Adapt a minimum of two (2) custom designs for timber flooring, including the preparation of detailed job specifications with:

one (1) for a strip floor

one (1) for a parquetry floor

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to adapting and applying custom designs to timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for adapting and applying custom designs to timber flooring

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of commonly used flooring timbers

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and effects on timber of finishing materials

Availability and costs of flooring timbers

Manual and CAD techniques

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to realistic tasks covering a strip floor and parquetry floor, a range of custom designs, information and equipment relevant to adapting and presenting design information, and a real/simulated client.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3030 Cut and install timber flooring materials to stairs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing timber flooring materials to stairs and steps.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare materials for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing timber flooring materials to stairs and steps are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of timber flooring to stairs
1.4	Stairway or steps are measured and the required amount flooring materials is calculated
1.5	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected if required
1.6	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including a starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials for installation	2.1	Timber flooring to be installed is checked against work order
2.2	Timber flooring is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Materials for fixing is organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay out flooring material	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Materials are laid out to meet any design and specification requirements and minimise waste
3.3	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, including matching grains and colours
3.4	Underlay, if required, is checked against specified type, manufacturer recommendations and fittings
3.5	Any remedial work to stairway is carried out
4	Install flooring material	4.1	Flooring materials are cut following workplace procedures
4.2	Underlay, if required, is installed following manufacturer recommendations
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Flooring materials are installed to specifications to the sub-floor following workplace procedures
4.5	Finished stairway is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Timber flooring materials include:	parquetry floating floors strip timber floors (non-structural)
Stairs and steps include:	open newel bullnose steps circular recessed steps open tread box steps kite winder treads
Tools and equipment include:	hammer compressor staple gun bar scriber utility knife straight edge drill hand saw chisels drop saw nail gun planer circular saw combination saw
Materials include:	parquetry floating floor and strip flooring materials underlay adhesives nails trims nosing accessories
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3502A Cut and install timber flooring materials to stairs

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3030 Cut and install timber flooring materials to stairs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of three (3) types of the timber flooring material installation to stairs from the following different options:

floating

strip timber flooring

parquetry

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the installation of timber flooring to stairs

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of timber flooring to stairs

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of timber flooring materials

Types and uses of timber flooring cutting and installation tools, equipment and materials

Characteristics of timber and monolithic sub-floors

Techniques for preparing sub-floors

Techniques and requirements for conducting moisture testing

Workplace safety system requirements relating to cutting and installing timber flooring materials

Work flow in relation to the installing of timber flooring materials, including parquetry, floating floors and strip timber floors (non-structural)

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the installation of timber flooring materials to stairs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3031 Install direct stick timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers directly sticking a pre-finished, engineered or direct stick timber floor within a space to a hard underlay base or sub-floor.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of direct stick timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of direct stick timber flooring consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.4	Suitable underlays, adhesives, trims and accessories are selected as required
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials for installation	2.1	Pre-finished, engineered or direct stick timber flooring are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.2	Pre-finished, engineered or direct stick timber flooring for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.3	Skirting boards or cover trims are removed or undercut, if required, and stored for re-fitting or sent for machining
2.4	Adhesives and edge direct sticks are prepared for use as required
2.5	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Cut flooring	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Appropriate underlay is laid according to manufacturer recommendations
3.3	Pre-finished, engineered or direct stick timber flooring are laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.4	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, where appropriate, matching grains and colours
3.5	Pre-finished, engineered or direct stick timber flooring materials are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.6	Timber battens are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.7	Timber flooring is cut to length and size for final laying ensuring minimum waste
4	Lay flooring	4.1	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
4.2	Adhesives and edge direct sticks/accessories are prepared for use as required
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints are allowed
4.5	Skirting boards or cover trims are fitted/re-fitted and finished
4.6	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Direct stick timber flooring includes:	direct stick tongue and groove floating floors manufactured engineered flooring used for indoor sporting applications
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) epoxies polyurethane elastomeric
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw jig saw hand saw undercut saw plunge saw hammer bar scriber utility knife circular saw bench saw straight edge cramps staple gun secret nailer roller flooring cramps strap clamps wall clamps sanding machines (drum, belt and rotary) edger
Materials include:	flooring materials underlay edge direct sticks tapes adhesives metal fixings
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3503A Install direct stick timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3031 Install direct stick timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of three (3) of the following types of installation:

glue-together system

direct stick system

self-locking system

inserted plastic tongue system

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installation of direct stick timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of direct stick timber flooring

Environmental protection requirements

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

direct stick timber flooring installed

installation adhesives

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the installation of direct stick timber flooring

Basic wood working techniques relevant to the installation of direct stick timber flooring installed

Workplace safety system requirements relevant to the installation of direct stick timber flooring

Work flow in relation to the laying of direct stick timber flooring operations

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing direct stick timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3032 Inspect defective timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing for, carrying out and reporting on inspections of defective timber flooring.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for the inspection	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the inspection of timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	The purpose, scope, formality and reporting requirements for the inspection are identified, clarified and agreed
1.4	The need for, and liability associated with, the outcome of invasive inspection techniques are documented and agreed
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials required for the inspection are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of outcome
2	Conduct the inspection	2.1	Initial visual and other non-invasive inspections are completed to identify and isolate further inspection needs
2.2	Finishing faults and remedial options are identified and analysed
2.3	Structural faults and remedial options are identified and analysed
2.4	Material faults, including infestation and moisture effects, and remedial options are identified and analysed
2.5	Sub-floor faults, their impacts and remedial options are identified and analysed
2.6	Areas invasively inspected are made safe
3	Report on the inspection	3.1	The inspection report addresses the agreed terms of reference
3.2	The report clearly identifies the scope of the inspection, the findings and the suggested options for addressing the faults or findings
3.3	The report is presented to the client together with any required clarification

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Invasive inspection techniques include:	those which require significant removal of coatings and materials and where restoration is required, regardless of the inspection finding
Finishing faults include:	contaminated coating (dust and foreign objects) coating rejection incorrect coating swirl marks scratches drum marks waves taper tracks striations rippers chatter marks edge bonding
Structural faults include:	splits cracks broken boards failed fixings incorrect board size
Materials faults include:	warp wane curvature shakes insect defects knots resin pockets
Sub-floor faults include:	incorrect levels soundness moisture
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3504A Inspect defective timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3032 Inspect defective timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Inspect and correctly report on two (2) timber floors where one (1) requires invasive inspection techniques

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the inspection of timber floors

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the inspection of timber floor

Legal prerogatives and responsibilities for invasive inspection techniques and effects commonly experienced:

finishing faults and repair/restoration options

structural faults and repair/restoration options

material faults and repair/restoration options

sub-floor faults and repair/restoration options

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to realistic inspection requirements, a real/simulated client, and materials and equipment relevant to inspection and presentation of findings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3033 Install block parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, setting out, cutting and installing block parquetry flooring in domestic and commercial sites.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of block parquetry are verified and complied with
1.2	WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of block parquetry flooring consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Skirting boards or cover trims are removed or undercut if required and stored for re-fitting
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out block parquetry flooring	2.1	Block parquetry flooring are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.2	Block parquetry flooring for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.3	Adhesives and edge strips are prepared for use as required
2.4	Area to be covered is measured, working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay out and cut parquetry blocks	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Appropriate underlay is laid according to manufacturer recommendations
3.3	Block parquetry flooring is laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins
3.4	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, including matching grains and colours
3.5	Parquetry blocks are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.6	Parquetry blocks are cut, where required, to provide appropriate size and shape ensuring minimum waste
4	Install block parquetry	4.1	Adhesives and edge strips/accessories are prepared for use as required
4.2	Adhesives are used following workplace procedures
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Parquetry is installed and fixed to produce required pattern
4.5	Appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints are allowed
4.6	Skirting boards or cover trims are fitted/re-fitted and finished
4.7	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Sub-floor assessment includes:	testing for moisture content expansion rot structural strength smoothness plane
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw hand saw radial arm saw router stringline chalk and chalk-line square notched trowel moisture meter straight edge template plunge saw jig saw bench saw band saw circular saw planer laser level
Materials include:	underlays adhesives timber fillers skirting boards cover trims accessories
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) epoxy polyurethane elastomeric
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3505A Install block parquetry flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3033 Install block parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of two (2) block parquetry floors, which are to include at least:

one (1) personally designed pattern

one (1) block floor, herringbone pattern with a two block border

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installation of block parquetry

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of block parquetry

Environmental protection requirements

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of block parquetry flooring

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the installation of block parquetry flooring

Types, uses and limitations of adhesives

Workplace safety systems relevant to the installation of block parquetry flooring

Work flow in relation to the laying of block parquetry flooring

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic block parquetry installation requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the installation of block parquetry flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3034 Install cork tiles

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cutting and installing pre-finished or raw cork tiles or cork supplied in other forms, over a pre-prepared hard underlay or sub-floor.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for installation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to installing cork tiles are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify the process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of cork tiles
1.4	Suitable adhesives, trims and accessories are selected
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned to correctly identify the starting point and to ensure lay out and fixing is in logical order
2	Set out materials	2.1	Cork tiles to be installed are checked against work order
2.2	Cork tiles are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendation
2.3	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.4	Working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay cork tiles	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Tiles are laid out to meet specification requirements and to minimise waste
3.3	Tile grains and patterns are matched or contrasted as appropriate
3.4	Tiles are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.5	Tiles are cut to required shape with minimum waste of materials and laid
3.6	Completed installation is checked for flaws in installation and materials and faults rectified
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Cork tiles include:	plain or patterned and may range from light to dark in colour and fine to coarse in grain
Adhesives include:	wet method dry method
Tools and equipment include:	utility knife straight edge square chalk-line tape measure serrated or flat trowel bar scriber dividers hand roller heavy roller broom vacuum cleaner hammer
Materials include:	cork tiles adhesive fillers sealers primers
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3506A Install cork tiles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3034 Install cork tiles

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete at least one (1) installation using either a wet or dry method, including basic set-out and installation

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installing cork tiles

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of cork tiles

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

cork tiles

cork tile installation adhesives

Types and uses of tile installation tools and equipment

Workplace safety system requirements related to cork tile laying

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to the cork tile floor covering operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing cork tiles.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3035 Install patterned parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, setting out, cutting and installing patterned parquetry flooring in domestic and commercial sites.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of patterned parquetry are verified and complied with
1.2	WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of patterned parquetry flooring consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Skirting boards or cover trims are removed or undercut, if required, and stored for re-fitting
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out patterned parquetry flooring	2.1	Patterned parquetry flooring are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.2	Patterned parquetry flooring for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.3	Adhesives and edge strips are prepared for use as required
2.4	Area to be covered is measured, working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay out and cut parquetry patterns	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Appropriate underlay is laid according to manufacturer recommendations
3.3	Patterned parquetry flooring is laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins
3.4	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, including matching grains and colours
3.5	Cutting jigs for pattern components are measured and set for repetitive use
3.6	Parquetry blocks are set in appropriate jig and cut
4	Install patterned parquetry	4.1	Adhesives and edge strips/accessories are prepared for use as required
4.2	Adhesives are used following workplace procedures
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Parquetry is installed and fixed to produce required pattern
4.5	Appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints are allowed
4.6	Skirting boards or cover trims are fitted/re-fitted and finished
4.7	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Sub-floor assessment includes:	testing for moisture content expansion rot structural strength smoothness plane
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw hand saw radial arm saw router stringline chalk and chalk-line square notched trowel moisture meter straight edge template plunge saw jig saw bench saw band saw circular saw planer laser level
Materials include:	underlays adhesives timber fillers skirting boards cover trims accessories
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) epoxy polyurethane elastamerics
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3507A Install patterned parquetry flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3035 Install patterned parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of two (2) patterned parquetry floors, which are to include at least:

one (1) personally designed pattern

one (1) patterned floor, herringbone pattern with a two patterned border

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installation of patterned parquetry

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of patterned parquetry

Environmental protection requirements

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of patterned parquetry flooring

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the installation of patterned parquetry flooring

Types, uses and limitations of adhesives

Workplace safety systems relevant to the installation of patterned parquetry flooring

Work flow in relation to the laying of patterned parquetry flooring

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the installation of patterned parquetry flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3036 Install mosaic parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, setting out, cutting and installing mosaic parquetry flooring in domestic and commercial sites

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of mosaic parquetry flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.4	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of mosaic parquetry flooring consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Skirting boards or cover trims are removed or undercut, if required, and stored for re-fitting
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including start point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out mosaic parquetry flooring	2.1	Mosaic parquetry flooring are acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.2	Mosaic parquetry flooring for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.3	Adhesives and edge strips are prepared for use as required
2.4	Area to be covered is measured, working lines and starting point are established
3	Lay out and cut parquetry mosaic fingers	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Appropriate underlay is laid according to manufacturer recommendations
3.3	Mosaic parquetry flooring is laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins
3.4	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, including matching grains and colours
3.5	Parquetry mosaic fingers are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.6	Parquetry mosaic fingers are cut, where required, to provide appropriate size and shape ensuring minimum waste
4	Install mosaic parquetry	4.1	Adhesives and edge strips/accessories are prepared for use as required
4.2	Adhesives are used following workplace procedures
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Parquetry is installed and fixed to produce required pattern
4.5	Appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints are allowed
4.6	Skirting boards or cover trims are fitted/re-fitted and finished
4.7	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Sub-floor assessment includes:	testing for moisture content expansion rot structural strength smoothness plane
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw hand saw radial arm saw router stringline chalk and chalk-line square notched trowel moisture meter straight edge template plunge saw jig saw bench saw band saw circular saw planer laser level
Materials include:	underlays adhesives timber fillers skirting boards cover trims accessories
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) epoxy polyurethane elastomeric
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3508A Install mosaic parquetry flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3036 Install mosaic parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of two (2) mosaic parquetry floors, which are to include at least:

one (1) personally designed pattern

one (1) mosaic floor, herringbone pattern with a two mosaic border

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installation of mosaic parquetry

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of mosaic parquetry flooring

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of mosaic parquetry flooring

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the installation of mosaic parquetry flooring

Types, uses and limitations of adhesives

Workplace safety systems relevant to the installation of mosaic parquetry flooring

Work flow in relation to the laying of mosaic parquetry flooring

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic mosaic parquetry installation requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the installation of mosaic parquetry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3037 Install sprung timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing a special purpose sprung platform-based timber floor for use in sporting or leisure facilities.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installing sprung timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of sprung timber flooring consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.4	Suitable underlays, adhesives, trims and accessories are selected if required
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned to identify the starting point and to ensure efficiency and quality of the work
2	Set out materials	2.1	Timber flooring to be installed is checked against order
2.2	Timber flooring is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Skirting boards or cover trims are removed or undercut, if required, and stored for re-fitting or sent for machining
2.4	Timber flooring for fixing is organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
2.5	Adhesives and edge strips are prepared for use as required
2.6	Area to be covered is measured, working lines and starting point are established
3	Cut timber flooring	3.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
3.2	Underfloor pads are laid according to manufacturer recommendations
3.3	Timber flooring is laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
3.4	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, including matching grains and colours
3.5	Timber flooring is accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.6	Timber flooring is cut to length and size for final laying to provide appropriate size and shape ensuring minimum waste
3.7	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
4	Lay sprung timber flooring	4.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
4.2	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
4.3	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.4	Appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints are allowed
4.5	Skirting boards or cover trims are fitted/re-fitted and finished
4.6	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Sprung timber flooring includes:	strip tongue and groove parquetry floating floors manufactured engineered flooring used for indoor sporting applications
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) polyurethane elastomeric
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw jig saw hand saw undercut saw hammer bar scriber utility knife and may include: circular saw bench saw straight edge cramps clamps staple gun secret nailer roller sanding machines (drum, belt and rotary) edger
Materials include:	flooring materials underlay edge strips tapes adhesives underfloor pads ventilated skirtings
Underfloor pads include:	rubber neoprene
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3509A Install sprung timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3037 Install sprung timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of one (1) type of sprung timber sports floor installation

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installation of sprung timber sports flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of sprung timber sports flooring

Environmental protection requirements

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the installation of sprung timber sports flooring

Workplace safety system requirements relevant to the installation of sprung timber sports flooring

Work flow in relation to the laying of sprung timber sports flooring

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

sprung timber sports flooring

installation adhesives

underfloor pads

Basic wood working techniques relevant to the installation of sprung timber sports flooring

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Work flow in relation to flooring installation operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic sprung timber floor installation requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing sprung timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3038 Install strip timber flooring onto battens

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing tongue and groove strip timber flooring onto battens which may be over joists or a sub-floor to either raise a floor or correct the level of a floor.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of strip timber flooring onto battens are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of strip timber flooring consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.4	Suitable moisture membrane, fixings, adhesives, trims and accessories are selected as required.
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Lay moisture membrane	2.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
2.2	Skirting boards or cover trims are removed or undercut, if required, and stored for re-fitting or sent for machining
2.3	Moisture proof membrane is fixed following manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards
3	Cut and fix timber battens	3.1	Timber flooring to be installed is checked against work order
3.2	Timber flooring is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
3.3	Area to be covered is measured, working lines and starting point are established
3.4	Timber battens for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.5	Timber battens are accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.6	Timber battens are cut to length and size for final laying to provide appropriate size and shape ensuring minimum waste
3.7	Fixings are prepared for use as required
3.8	Timber battens are fixed using methods and equipment that follows manufacturer recommendations
4	Cut and fix timber flooring	4.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing timber flooring are followed
4.2	Work lines and starting point are established
4.3	Timber flooring is laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
4.4	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, where appropriate, matching grains and colours
4.5	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.6	Timber flooring is cut to length and size for final laying to provide appropriate size and shape ensuring minimum waste
5	Lay strip timber flooring	5.1	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
5.2	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards
5.3	Appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints are allowed
5.4	Skirting boards or cover trims are fitted and finished
5.5	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
6	Complete housekeeping	6.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
6.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
6.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
6.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Strip timber flooring onto battens includes:	strip tongue and groove floating floors manufactured engineered flooring
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) polyurethane elastomeric
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw jig saw hand saw undercut saw hammer bar scriber utility knife circular saw bench saw straight edge cramps clamps staple gun secret nailer roller sanding machines (drum, belt and rotary) edger
Materials include:	flooring materials timber battens edge strips tapes adhesives metal fixings ventilated skirtings
Timber battens include:	timber battens with a density less than or equal to 600 Kg/m3, greater than 600 Kg/m3
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3510A Install strip timber flooring onto battens

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3038 Install strip timber flooring onto battens

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of one (1) installation of strip timber flooring onto battens

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installation of strip timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of strip timber flooring

Environmental protection requirements

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

strip timber flooring installed onto battens

installation adhesives used in timber flooring

timber battens

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the installation of strip timber flooring

Basic wood working techniques relevant to the installation of timber strip flooring installed onto to battens

Workplace safety system requirements relevant to the installation of strip timber flooring installed onto battens

Work flow in relation to the laying of strip timber flooring onto battens operations

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic strip timber floor installation requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing strip timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3039 Install strip timber flooring onto plywood

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing tongue and groove strip timber flooring onto plywood which may be over joists, concrete or a sub-floor to either raise a floor or correct the level of a floor.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the installation of strip timber flooring onto plywood are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Sub-floor condition is assessed for suitability for installation of strip timber flooring consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations
1.4	Suitable moisture membrane, fixings, adhesives, trims and accessories are selected as required.
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Lay moisture membrane	2.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing are followed
2.2	Skirting boards or cover trims are removed or undercut, if required, and stored for re-fitting or sent for machining
2.3	Moisture proof membrane is fixed following manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards
3	Cut and fix plywood underlay	3.1	Timber flooring to be installed is checked against order
3.2	Timber flooring is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
3.3	Area to be covered is measured, working lines and starting point are established
3.4	Plywood underlay for fixing is organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
3.5	Plywood underlay is accurately and clearly marked for cutting
3.6	Plywood underlay is cut to length and size for final laying to provide appropriate size and shape ensuring minimum waste
3.7	Fixings are prepared for use as required
3.8	Plywood underlay is fixed using methods and equipment that follows manufacturer recommendations
4	Cut and fix timber flooring	4.1	Instructions and sequence for laying and fixing timber flooring are followed
4.2	Work lines and starting point are established
4.3	Timber flooring is laid out to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins as appropriate
4.4	The aesthetics of the materials are maximised, where appropriate, matching grains and colours
4.5	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations
4.6	Timber flooring is cut to length and size for final laying to provide appropriate size and shape ensuring minimum waste
5	Lay strip timber flooring	5.1	Materials for fixing are organised and used in accordance with relevant safety management requirements
5.2	Fixing methods and equipment are used following manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards
5.3	Appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints are allowed
5.4	Skirting boards or cover trims are fitted and finished
5.5	Finished job is inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
6	Complete housekeeping	6.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
6.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
6.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
6.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay includes:	tongue and groove strip timber flooring on plywood which may be over joists, concrete or a sub-floor to either raise a floor or correct the level of a floor
Adhesives include:	polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) polyurethane elastomeric
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw jig saw hand saw undercut saw hammer circular saw bench saw straight edge cramps clamps staple gun secret nailer bar scriber utility knife
Materials include:	flooring materials strip timber floor boards plywood underlay edge strips timber and metal mouldings tapes adhesives metal fixings ventilated skirtings
Plywood underlay includes:	timber plywood underlay manufactured under a JAS-ANZ accredited product certification scheme meeting the internationally recognised IS0 Type system for product reliability to AS/NZS 2269.0:2012 Plywood - Structural - Specifications
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3085 Install battens or plywood in preparation for strip timber

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3039 Install strip timber flooring onto plywood

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of one (1) installation of strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay fixed to a concrete sub-floor

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to installation of strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the installation of strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

strip timber flooring installed onto plywood underlay

installation adhesives

plywood underlay

IS0 Type 5 system for product reliability to AS/NZS 2269.0:2012 Plywood - Structural - Specifications

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the installation of strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay

Basic wood working techniques relevant to the installation of timber strip flooring onto plywood underlay

Workplace safety system requirements relevant to the installation of strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay

Work flow in relation to the laying of strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay operations

Characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

Environmental protection requirements

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic strip timber floor installation requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to installing strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3040 Repair timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers neatly removing existing defective floor components which may have cracked, split or have been defaced or damaged, and replacing the defective component with a matching piece.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the repairing timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Work instructions or customer feedback are used to identify required work
1.4	Damaged floor is inspected to determine probable causes of damage or faults and assist in the repair planning process
1.5	Damage assessment and work plan are used to select required materials
1.6	Timber materials are matched to existing materials
1.7	Quantities of replacement flooring and materials required are confirmed from the work plan
1.8	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.9	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Set out materials	2.1	Timber flooring to be installed is checked against work order
2.2	Timber flooring to be installed is acclimatised according to manufacturer recommendations
2.3	Area to be repaired is measured and starting points are marked
2.4	Damaged sections of floor are removed and/or prepared for repair following workplace procedures
2.5	Suitable adhesives/fasteners, fillers and/or stains are selected following workplace procedures or work instructions
3	Repair flooring	3.1	Replacement flooring materials are cut to provide appropriate alignment of joins
3.2	Adhesives/fasteners are used following workplace procedures
3.3	Replacement flooring materials are installed to produce required finish
3.4	Damaged areas are filled and/or re-stained to complete repair following workplace procedures
4	Complete housekeeping	4.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Flooring includes:	timber floors timber parquetry floating floors cork floors
Inspected includes:	determining probable causes of damage or fault so that the correct remedial action can be undertaken and prevent further damage to repaired floor, and includes checking: sub-floor ventilation, moisture, rot, insects, structural faults and/or fire damage
Tools and equipment include:	drop saw jig saw hand saw nail gun moisture meter glue gun belt sander drum sander edge sander rotary sander hammer chisels planer circular saw combination saw
Materials include:	flooring materials underlay edge strips tapes adhesives underfloor pads ventilated skirtings
Matched includes:	matching of timber product in terms of grade, colour and texture
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3512A Repair timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3040 Repair timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of two (2) types of repair involving removing and replacing:

strip timber flooring

parquetry flooring, and/or

floating flooring

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to repairing timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the repairing of timber flooring

Environmental protection requirements

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of timber floors

Types and uses of tools and equipment used during the repairing of timber flooring

Workplace safety system requirements relevant to the repairing of timber flooring

Work flow in relation to the repairing of timber flooring

Causes of imperfections and damage to timber flooring

Characteristics of timber and concrete sub-floors

Requirements of sub-floor ventilation

Techniques and requirements for conducting moisture testing

Workplace system requirements relating to inspecting and repairing timber flooring materials

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic sprung timber floor installation requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to repairing timber floors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3041 Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing and implementing maintenance systems to maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring. The maintenance plan must be cost-effective, environmentally sensitive and specific to floor type and location.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare maintenance plan	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to flooring maintenance requirements are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Maintenance requirements for timber, laminate and engineered flooring are identified from relevant information sources
1.4	Maintenance costs are identified and quantified
1.5	Maintenance requirements are checked against warranty, insurance agreements and indemnity provisions
1.6	Maintenance plan is developed to promote and sustain performance and production systems in line with enterprise requirements
1.7	Effective workplace communication strategies are established with regard to maintenance plan, environmental and WHS policies, and enterprise requirements
2	Implement maintenance plan	2.1	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use
2.2	Resource and supply requirements are identified, secured and included in enterprise budgets and operational considerations
2.3	Prepared maintenance schedules and procedures are effectively communicated to customers, staff, contractors and suppliers to minimise negative impacts on maintenance systems and costs
2.4	Maintenance plans and work sequences are implemented and scheduled to minimise disruption to customer operations
2.5	Potential risks/hazards are assessed with regard to staff and supply problems, and contingency plans prepared accordingly
2.6	Timber, laminate and engineered flooring are maintained to manufacturer specifications, WHS and enterprise requirements
3	Monitor maintenance plan	3.1	Maintenance activities and performance are monitored against maintenance plan for efficiency and effectiveness
3.2	Workplace hazards and environmental implications associated with maintenance procedures are monitored and controlled in line with WHS and customer requirements
3.3	Costs are monitored and controlled within maintenance system budget requirements
3.4	Relevant information with regard to the maintenance plan is documented in accordance with customer requirements
3.5	Timber, laminate and engineered flooring are maintained in clean and safe operational condition

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Maintenance requirements include:	wear corrosion design problems equipment modifications incorrect use accidents and acts of nature
Maintenance plan includes:	maintenance activities and schedules maintenance costs and budget details staff resources and supply requirements roles and responsibilities contingency plan for staff and supply problems reporting requirements hazard and risk control measures WHS procedures personal protective clothing and equipment requirements environmental impact control measures
Enterprise requirements include:	standard operating procedures industry standards production schedules material safety data sheets (MSDS) legislative and licensing requirements work notes product labels manufacturer specifications operator manuals enterprise policies and procedures (including waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines) WHS procedures
Environmental policies include:	environmental impacts resulting from emissions the unsafe use and disposal of maintenance debris (chemical residues) hazardous substances (cleaning solvents) dust problems unsafe cleaning and servicing activities
Tools and equipment include:	brooms brushes vacuum cleaner mops mop buckets squeeze mops dust mops scissor mops buffing pads paint brushes polimate and wool applicators rotary brushes scouring pads paint rollers roller tray
Work sequence includes:	preparation inspection coating applications and intermediate steps finalisation acceptance inspection
Risks/hazards include:	dust mechanical vibration hazardous substances (cleaning solvents) hazardous atmosphere the presence of bystanders adverse weather conditions electricity power lines mechanical malfunctions and other machinery, including hydraulics and exposed moving parts
Resource and supply include:	metallised polish wax emulations furniture protection felt pads barrier mats window coverings wood floor cleaner antistatic mop vacuum cleaner damp mop
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment maintenance performance, costs, problems, priorities, solutions, schedules, and completed work workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3513A Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3041 Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare and implement maintenance system for:

one (1) strip timber floor

one (1) parquetry flooring

one (1) cork flooring

one (1) laminate floating flooring

one (1) pre-finished engineered flooring

Identify faults/problems and identify and carry out corrective action

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the preparation and implementation of maintenance systems

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the preparation and implementation of maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring

The methods of the preparation and implementation of maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring

Characteristics of maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring in relation to ventilation, moisture content of timber, timber species and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

The type, characteristics, uses and limitation of maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring, including manufacturer recommendations

The types and uses of tools and equipment maintaining timber, laminate and engineered flooring

Workplace safety systems related to processes for maintaining timber, laminate and engineered flooring

Work flow in relation to planning and implementing maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring.

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Mathematical techniques may be applied to estimate and calculate maintenance and repair costing within budgetary guidelines

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic maintenance requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to maintaining timber, laminate and engineered flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3042 Fine sand timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers fine sanding of existing floors either after coarse sanding, or where only minor rectification of scratches or wear and tear has occurred, or between coats. It involves operating rotary sanding machines.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for the work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to fine sanding timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Timber flooring is inspected for contamination, moisture content and suitability for fine sanding operations, and any pre-sanding tasks are completed
1.4	Timber flooring condition is assessed and the extent of fine sanding required to meet job specifications is confirmed
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	The job site is isolated and/or encapsulated to contain dust fallout from sanding operation
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Conduct finish sanding operations	2.1	Sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
2.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
2.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
2.4	Sanding belts or papers are selected
2.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
2.6	Sanding belts or papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
2.7	Sanding is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
2.8	Routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment are completed as required
2.9	Finished timber flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
3	Conduct edge sanding operations	3.1	Edge sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
3.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
3.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
3.4	Sanding papers are selected
3.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
3.6	Sanding papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
3.7	Edge sanding is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
3.8	Routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment are completed as required
3.9	Finished timber flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4	Conduct fine sanding operations	4.1	Fine sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
4.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
4.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
4.4	Sanding papers are selected
4.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
4.6	Sanding papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
4.7	Fine sanding is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
4.8	Finished timber flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Pre-sanding tasks include:	isolating and/or encapsulating the job site nail punching filling scraping sweeping vacuuming cleaning and removal of all foreign objects, such as nails, tacks and staples
Tools include:	hammers scrapers nail punches brooms vacuums
Materials include:	sanding belts sanding paper discs oil and lubricants cleaning materials
Finish sanding includes:	split drum and belt floor sanding machines using 60–100 grit papers
Sanding equipment includes:	drum/belt sander random orbital rotary a finishing machine
Edge sanding includes:	edge sanding machines both rotary and orbital using the full range of grit papers depending on the general floor sanding process
Fine sanding includes:	rotary and orbital floor sanding machines using 100–200 grit paper
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3601A Fine sand timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3042 Fine sand timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Fine sand three (3) different types of timber floors from the following list:

strip

parquetry

cork

floating floor

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to moisture suppressants and barrier systems for fine sanding timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for fine sand timber flooring

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Characteristics and requirements of fine sanding timber flooring

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of fine sanding timber flooring

Types and uses of relevant tools and equipment used to conduct fine sanding operations

Workplace safety system requirements related to fine sanding timber flooring

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to fine sanding of timber floors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3043 Edge sand timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers edge sanding of existing floors using a disc, orbital or belt sander to grade the surface and remove cupping, ridges, high points or deep scratches along the edges of the room, in corners or areas of reduced access, such as wardrobes. The pattern of sanding is to overlap and blend the floor boards into the body of the sanded floor.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for the work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to edge sanding of timber flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Timber flooring is checked for contamination and moisture content
1.4	Timber flooring condition is assessed and the extent of floor preparation required to meet job specifications is confirmed
1.5	Timber flooring is inspected for suitability for sanding operations and any pre-sanding tasks are completed
1.6	Mechanical fixings are removed avoiding damage to equipment and surfaces
1.7	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.8	The job site is isolated and/or encapsulated to contain dust fallout from sanding operation
1.9	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Conduct edge sanding operations	2.1	Edge sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
2.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
2.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
2.4	Sanding papers are selected
2.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
2.6	Sanding papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
2.7	Edge sanding is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
2.8	Routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment are completed as required
2.9	Finished timber flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
3.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
3.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Pre-sanding tasks include:	removal of mechanical fixings punching of nails
Mechanical fixings include:	tacks nails staples screws
Tools include:	hammer scraper punch broom vacuum lead and dust mask
Materials include:	sanding belts sanding paper sanding discs oil and lubricants
Edge sanding equipment includes:	disc sanders orbital or belt sanders
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3602A Edge sand timber flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3043 Edge sand timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum of two (2) timber flooring preparations requiring edge sanding:

to grade the surface

to remove cupping, ridges, high points or deep scratches along the edges of the room, in corners or areas of reduced access, such as wardrobes

to blend the floor boards into the body of course and fine sanded timber floor

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to edge sand timber flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for edge sanding of timber flooring

Characteristics, requirements and techniques for timber flooring edge sanding

Types and uses of relevant tools and equipment used to conduct edge sanding operations

Workplace safety system requirements related to edge sanding timber flooring

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to edge sanding timber floors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3044 Sand cork flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers sanding either new cork flooring or re-sanding existing cork flooring, where only minor rectification of scratches or wear and tear has occurred or between coats. It involves operating floor sanding, rotary or orbital sanding and edge sanding machines.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for the work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to sanding cork flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Cork flooring is inspected for contamination, moisture content and suitability for fine sanding operations and any pre-sanding tasks are completed
1.4	Cork flooring condition is assessed and the extent of fine sanding required to meet job specifications is confirmed
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	The job site is isolated and/or encapsulated to contain dust fallout from sanding operation
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Conduct finish sanding operations	2.1	Finishing sanding equipment, including split drum/belt sanding equipment, is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
2.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
2.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
2.4	Sanding papers are selected
2.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
2.6	Sanding papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
2.7	Sanding is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
2.8	Routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment are completed as required
2.9	Finish sanded cork flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
3	Conduct fine sanding operations	3.1	Rotary/orbital sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
3.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
3.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
3.4	Sanding papers are selected
3.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
3.6	Sanding papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
3.7	Cork sanding is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
3.8	Fine sanded cork flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4	Conduct edge sanding operations	4.1	Edge sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
4.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
4.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
4.4	Sanding papers are selected
4.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
4.6	Sanding papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
4.7	The edge and difficult to get to areas are sanded and completed systematically to blend into the body of the sanded cork floor
4.8	Routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment are completed as required
4.9	Finished cork flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Pre-sanding tasks include:	isolating and/or encapsulating the job site nail punching filling scraping sweeping vacuuming cleaning and removal of all foreign objects, such as nails, tacks and staples
Tools and equipment include:	hammer scraper nail punch broom vacuum
Materials include:	sanding belts sanding paper discs oil and lubricants cleaning materials
Finish sanding includes:	split drum and belt floor sanding machines using 60–100 grit papers
Finishing sanding equipment includes:	drum/belt sander random orbital rotary and edger sanders finishing machines
Fine sanding includes:	rotary and orbital floor sanding machines using 100–200 grit paper
Edge sanding includes:	edge sanding machines both rotary and orbital using the full range of grit papers depending on the general floor sanding process
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3603A Sand cork flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3044 Sand cork flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Sand three (3) different types of cork floors from the following:

cork tiles

cork planks

pattered cork tiles (bevelled edge)

stained cork tiles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to moisture suppressants and barrier systems for sanding cork flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for sanding cork flooring

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of sanding equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Characteristics and requirements of sanding cork flooring

Type, characteristics, uses and limitations of sanding cork flooring

Types and uses of relevant tools and equipment used to conduct fine sanding operations

Workplace safety system requirements related to sanding cork flooring

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to sanding of cork floors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3045 Sand and fill parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers sanding and filling of parquetry floors in preparation for applying coating or re-coating to the flooring. It involves operating split drum/belt floor sander, rotary or orbital sanding and edge sanding machines.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant State and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for the work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to coarse, finish and fine sanding and filling parquetry flooring are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Parquetry flooring is inspected for contamination, moisture content and suitability for coarse, finish and fine sanding operations and any pre-sanding tasks are completed
1.4	Parquetry flooring condition is assessed and the extent of coarse, finish and fine sanding and filling required to meet job specifications is confirmed
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	The job site is isolated and/or encapsulated to contain dust fallout from sanding operation
1.7	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2	Conduct coarse sanding operations	2.1	Sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
2.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
2.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
2.4	Sanding belts or papers are selected
2.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
2.6	Sanding belts or papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
2.7	Coarse sanding is completed systematically and effectively with the grain, against the grain and across the grain within the minimum required timeframe
2.8	Routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment are completed as required
2.9	Coarse sanded parquetry flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
3	Conduct edge sanding operations	3.1	Edge sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
3.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
3.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
3.4	Sanding papers are selected
3.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
3.6	Sanding papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
3.7	Edge sanding is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
3.8	Routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment are completed as required
3.9	Edge sanded parquetry flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
4	Conduct filling operations	4.1	Surface to be filled is inspected and assessed as being ready for filling with the selected filler
4.2	Work sequence is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of application
4.3	Ventilation is checked before chemical fumes are released, and all WHS requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment
4.4	Environmental protection regulations are complied with
4.5	Filling material is prepared in accordance with manufacturer specifications
4.6	Trial applications of fillers are made to check equipment operation, materials consistency, viscosity and specified colour
4.7	Faults and or inconsistencies in colour are identified and workplace procedures for rectification and adjustment are followed
4.8	Filling material is applied in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
4.9	Recommended drying times are observed before fine sanding
4.10	Sanding between coats, where required, is carried out according to manufacturer recommendations
4.11	Finished floors are inspected and approved for suitability for further processing
4.12	Final finish meets the requirements of the job
5	Conduct fine sanding operations	5.1	Fine sanding equipment is set up in accordance with manufacturer instructions and operating procedures
5.2	Emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are identified and checked
5.3	Equipment settings and adjustments are made and checked
5.4	Sanding papers are selected
5.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operations and quality of finished work
5.6	Sanding papers are attached, routinely checked and changed as required
5.7	Fine sanding of the body and perimeter of the floor is completed systematically and effectively within the minimum required timeframe
5.8	Fine sanded parquetry flooring is cleaned, inspected and any imperfections are rectified following workplace procedures
6	Complete housekeeping	6.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
6.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
6.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
6.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Fine sanding includes:	fine sanding existing parquetry floors either after a finish sand or where only minor rectification of scratches or wear and tear has occurred or between coats
Pre-sanding tasks include:	isolating and/or encapsulating the job site nail punching filling scraping sweeping vacuuming cleaning and removal of all foreign objects, such as nails, tacks and staples
Tools and equipment include:	hammer scraper nail punch broom vacuum
Materials include:	sanding belts sanding paper discs oil and lubricants cleaning materials
Sanding equipment includes:	split drum or belt sander orbital or rotary finishing sanding machine
Edge sanding includes:	edge sanding machines both rotary and orbital using the full range of grit papers depending on the general floor sanding process
Finish sanding includes:	split drum and or belt floor sanding machines using 60–100 grit papers
Surface inspection includes:	ensuring that surface is free from dust and debris, moisture content is acceptable and stable, and any preservatives, protective coatings or other contaminants are adequately removed
Work sequence includes:	preparation inspection coating applications and intermediate steps finalisation acceptance inspection
Application methods include:	trowels applicators
Filling materials include:	oil-based water-based plastic (one-pot) filler
Fine sanding equipment includes:	rotary and orbital floor sanding machines using 100–200 grit paper
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3604A Sand and fill parquetry flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3045 Sand and fill parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare two (2) different types of parquetry floors from the following list:

block (mandatory) and

mosaic or multi-directional patterned

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to fine sanding parquetry flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for coarse, finish and fine sanding and filling parquetry flooring

Characteristics, requirements and techniques for coarse, finish, fine sanding and filling parquetry flooring

Types and uses of relevant tools and equipment used to conduct coarse, finish and fine sanding and filling operations

Workplace safety system requirements related to coarse, finish and fine sanding and filling parquetry flooring

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Set-up and operation of equipment

Products assembly techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to sanding and filling parquetry flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3046 Apply finishes to cork flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting coating systems appropriate for the job, preparing for the work and applying the selected finishes to cork flooring.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the application of finishes are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Coating material is selected with regard to durability, longevity, aesthetics, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations
1.4	Selected coating materials are assessed as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations
1.5	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Surface to be finished is inspected and assessed as being ready for coating
1.7	Work sequence is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of application
1.8	WHS requirements, including isolation, ventilation and other personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2	Apply finishing system	2.1	Ventilation is checked before chemical fumes are released, and all WHS requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment
2.2	Environmental protection regulations are complied with
2.3	Coating material is applied in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2.4	Recommended drying times between coats are observed
2.5	Buffing or sanding between coats, where required, is carried out according to manufacturer recommendations
2.6	Final finish meets the requirements of the job
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are stored or recycled as required
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored appropriately
3.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of appropriately
3.4	Workplace documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Cork floor coating materials include:	waxes oils oleoresins one-can methane oils resin solutions epoxy resins two-can epoxy resins two-can polyurethanes moisture curing polyurethanes water-based polyurethanes
Tools and equipment include:	orbital sander rotary sander hand sander vacuum cleaner brushes applicators rollers roller tray hammer nail punch spatula
Surface inspection includes:	ensuring that surface is free from dust and debris, moisture content is acceptable and stable, and any preservatives, protective coatings or other contaminants are adequately removed
Work sequence includes:	preparation inspection coating applications and intermediate steps finalisation acceptance inspection
WHS requirements include:	isolation processes, including barriers, tapes and entry access controls breathing support and ventilation extraction systems
Application methods include:	rags brushes rollers applicators spatula
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFL3605A Apply finishes to cork flooring

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3046 Apply finishes to cork flooring

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete a minimum application of two (2) differently based coating/finishing products

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of finishing systems for cork flooring

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for finishing and coating for cork flooring

Methods of floor preparation from basic sanding to finishing sanding and edging

Characteristics of floor finishing for cork flooring in relation to ventilation, moisture content and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

Type, characteristics, uses and limitation of coating materials, including manufacturer recommendations

Types and uses of cork floor finishing tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems related to cork floor finishing processes

Work flow in relation to the application of finishes to cork floors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a realistic finishing requirement, materials, equipment and specifications relevant to the application of finishes to cork flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3047 Polish concrete floors using planetary machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting and operating floor surfacing machines designed for wet or dry polishing of concrete floors. It applies to concrete cleaning and polishing operations in on-site commercial and residential environments and involves application of skills and knowledge at a sub-trade worker level.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Select concrete polishing equipment	1.1	Planetary concrete grinding/polishing equipment and attachments are selected consistent with the needs of the job
1.2	Hand edge and corner polishing tools are selected consistent with the needs of the job
1.3	Equipment is checked for serviceability and safety and any faults are corrected or processed for repair
2	Clean and prepare sub-floor	2.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to polishing concrete floors are followed including selecting, correctly fitting and using personal protective equipment
2.2	Fittings, fixtures, loose debris, dirt and other items are removed from the sub-floor
2.3	Sub-floor is inspected to determine the need for removal of existing adhesive, paint or other contaminants
2.4	Planetary polishing machine, appropriate machine rotation speed, direction and diamond tools are selected for removal of contaminants
2.5	Machine is attached to a suitable power supply, emergency stop is released, the machine powered up and contaminants are removed in accordance with manufacturer specifications
3	Polish the floor	3.1	Machine is attached to a suitable power supply, emergency stop is released, the machine powered up, a passing pattern established and main area is polished to the required standard in accordance with manufacturer specifications
3.2	Outer zones are overlapped and passes staggered to achieve desired finish
3.3	Machine operation is monitored constantly to ensure motor/motors are running within manufacturer’s safe operational limits and no electrical faults are evident
3.4	Perimeter of the designated area is polished using edge and corner polishing equipment and appropriate attachments
3.5	Diamond polishing tools are examined for wear and exchanged, when required, throughout the polishing process
3.6	Excessive wear of polishing tools is recognised and remedial action taken as required
3.7	Floor area is cleaned, inspected and re-worked as required
4	Clean up work area and tools	4.1	All tools and grinding/polishing equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
4.2	Equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored
4.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy work health and safety (WHS) the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination control of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Types of concrete polishing equipment and supplies include:	single headed, double headed and planetary action grinders/polishers dust/vacuum systems diamond abrasives
Selection of diamond tool segments includes:	half set (for contaminant removal e.g. glue when a flat floor finish is not required) full set (for flattening)
Diamond abrasive wear includes influence of:	hardness of material being ground (e.g. aggregate and sand abrasiveness) the grinding/polishing pressure hardness of the bond diamond grit size number of segments presence of water use of additional abrasives
Planetary machine maintenance includes:	ensuring all external electrical fittings are sound, effective and dry checking tightness of head locks inspecting heads for slop or broken ‘fingers’ (spiring steel heads) effectiveness of the planetary seal condition of the chain ring condition of the drive sprocket condition of belt tensioner cleanliness of machine electrical cabinet current electrical safety tags fitted
Instructions include:	equipment manufacturer specifications and operational procedures workplace procedures relating to WHS, tool handling and operation, reporting and communication work instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs
Sources of power supply include:	single or three-phase
Attachments include:	air cleaning/vacuum attachment
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices
Fittings and fixtures include:	nails door stops gripper strips metal or other material mouldings

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3047 Polish concrete floors using planetary machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for operating and maintaining planetary grinding/polishing equipment

Apply safe handling practices for equipment, products and materials

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

Polish a concrete sub-floor using single headed, double headed and planetary action concrete polishing equipment correctly and safely

Complete operator maintenance on concrete polishing equipment

Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of faults and problems

Collect and understand information related to the use and maintenance of grinding and polishing equipment

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate polishing problems to avoid re-work and wastage

Recognise and respond to circumstances outside instructions or personal competence

Plan and organise activities, including the preparation and layout of the worksite and the obtaining of tools

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements and estimate material requirements

Maintain current knowledge of:

tools and materials

concrete surface polishing techniques

Use workplace technology related to the use and operator maintenance of concrete polishers and associated materials

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the use of concrete polishing equipment

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the use of concrete polishing equipment

Types of concrete polishers and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Polisher attachments, their uses, limitations and maintenance requirements

Diamond polishing tools, uses and wear factors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to single, double and planetary action grinders/polishers and hand grinding and edging tools, manufacturer/user instructions and/or manuals, and a defined polishing standard.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3048 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting and fitting appropriate diamond grinding and polishing tools for use in concrete floor preparation and finishing machines. It applies to concrete cleaning and polishing operations on-site in commercial and residential environments and involves application of skills and knowledge at a sub-trade worker level

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify the required concrete surface application	1.1	Concrete surface to be prepared and polished is examined to evaluate the level, any undulations and surface condition
1.2	Types of grinding and polishing techniques required for the job are established, including wet or dry application and any additional abrasives required
1.3	Floor moisture test results, where applicable, are evaluated to determine the floor grinding and polishing steps for the job
2	Select diamond grinding tools	2.1	Required diamond tools and bond type for surface preparation are identified
2.2	Grit size for the grinding job is determined
2.3	Segments of diamond tool and bond type are matched to the job requirements and machine to be used for grinding
2.4	Diamond tools are fitted to the planetary machine for surface preparation operations ensuring tool rotation is correct for the machine set-up
3	Select floor diamond polishing tools	3.1	Required diamond tools and bond type for surface polishing are identified
3.2	Grit size for the polishing job is determined
3.3	Segments of diamond tool and bond type are matched to the job requirements and machine to be used for polishing
3.4	Diamond tools are fitted to the planetary machine for surface polishing operations ensuring tool rotation is correct for the machine set up
4	Clean up work area and tools	4.1	All diamond tools are examined to establish which are able to be re-used then cleaned and stored
4.2	Diamond tools that can no longer be used are identified, recorded in workplace documentation and disposed of in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
4.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy work health and safety (WHS) the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination control of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Concrete surface condition includes:	rain damage contaminants, such as glue/adhesives and epoxy paint loose debris
Diamond tools include:	full set of single or twin segments (for when a flat floor finish is required) half set of single or twin segments (for when flat floor finish is not required)
Diamond tool bond types include:	metal resin ceramic hybrid
Diamond tool applications include:	floor flattening and removing undulation (hard, medium and soft concrete) removal of surface contaminants: carpet glue vinyl adhesive epoxy paint smoothing exposed aggregate grinding exposed aggregate concrete surface polishing (hard, medium and soft)
Diamond abrasive wear includes influence of:	hardness of material being ground (e.g. aggregate and sand abrasiveness) the grinding/polishing pressure hardness of the bond diamond grit size number of segments presence of water use of additional abrasives such as sand, silicone or carbide
Diamond tool selection faults include:	grit size too small so surface contaminants, such as glue smears too coarse leaving scratching and excessive diamond wear bond too soft, leaving machine marks and excessive diamond wear too hard, resulting in glazed surface not using hardest bond first incorrect choice of segments could result in an uneven floor, excessive diamond consumption and overloading the planetary machine
Instructions include:	equipment manufacturer specifications and operational procedures workplace procedures relating to WHS, tool handling and operation, reporting and communication work instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3048 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for operating and maintaining planetary grinding/polishing equipment

Apply safe handling practices for equipment, products and materials

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

Select and fit appropriate diamond grinding and polishing tools to be used in planetary action concrete finishing equipment correctly and safely

Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of faults and problems

Collect and understand information related to the use and maintenance of diamond grinding and polishing tools and maintain current knowledge of tools and materials

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate floor surfacing problems to avoid re-work and wastage

Recognise and respond to circumstances outside instructions or personal competence

Plan and organise activities including the preparation and layout of the worksite and the obtaining of tools

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements and estimate material requirements

Use workplace technology related to the use and maintenance of diamond grinding and polishing tools for concrete finishing

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the use of grinding equipment

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the use of concrete polishing equipment

Types of concrete finishing machines and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Diamond polishing tools, uses and wear factors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to diamond grinding and polishing tools, planetary action grinders/polishers and manufacturer/user instructions and/or manuals.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3049 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting densifying and sealing materials appropriate for the job, preparing for the work and applying the selected materials to concrete floors prior to polishing. It applies to a wide variety of flooring technology operations in an on-site environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a trade worker level.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the application of densifiers and sealers are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions and/or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Relevant densifying and sealing materials are selected with regard to job requirements, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations
1.4	Selected materials are assessed as being compatible with the surface to be treated
1.5	Application tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.6	Surface to be densified or sealed is inspected and assessed as being ready for application, with any minor surface imperfections corrected and signs erected to warn others of the application process
1.7	Work sequence is planned to ensure efficiency and quality of application
1.8	WHS requirements, including isolation, ventilation and other personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2	Apply densifying or sealing system	2.1	Ventilation is checked before application, and all WHS requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment
2.2	Environmental protection regulations are complied with
2.3	Surface is wetted and densifier or sealing material is applied in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2.4	Recommended drying times are observed
2.5	Applied material is checked when dry to ensure it meets the requirements of the job
3	Complete housekeeping	3.1	Unused materials are resealed and stored
3.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored
3.3	Work area is cleaned and waste material is removed and disposed of safely
3.4	Barriers and signs are removed and stored
3.5	Workplace documentation/reporting is completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy work health and safety (WHS) the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination control of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Instructions include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment workplace instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer recommendations for the use of equipment and materials
Densifiers and sealers include:	reactive concrete densifiers using colloidal silica to harden and densify new or older concrete surfaces densifiers and sealers protect concrete from stains, dust production and wear, and supports polishing
Application methods include:	pour and brush spreading low-pressure, airless spraying
Surface inspection includes:	ensuring that surface is free from dust and debris, moisture content is acceptable and stable and any contaminants are adequately removed
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices isolation processes, including barriers, tapes and entry access controls, breathing support and ventilation extraction systems

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3049 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for applying densifiers and sealers to concrete floors

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including the use of personal protective equipment

Establish and maintain appropriate ventilation

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

Achieve a final densified and sealed finish in accordance with accepted industry practices

Complete application of densifying and sealing products to both new and older concrete surfaces

Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts and environment

Identify any application faults/problems and identify and carry out corrective action

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and customers, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate concrete surface problems to avoid re-work and wastage

Recognise and respond to circumstances outside instructions or personal competence

Plan and organise activities including the preparation and layout of the worksite and the obtaining of equipment and materials to avoid any backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate densifier or sealer material requirements

Maintain current knowledge of:

application tools and materials

concrete densifier and sealer application techniques

Use the workplace technology related to the application of finishes, including tools, equipment, calculators and measuring devices

Interpret the technical specifications of materials and analyse their properties to optimise their use

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the application of densifiers and sealers

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for densifying and sealing of concrete

Methods of concrete floor preparation

Characteristics of densifier and sealer products in relation to ventilation and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

Type, characteristics, uses and limitation of densifier and sealer materials, including manufacturer recommendations

Types and uses of application tools and equipment

Workplace safety systems related to densifier and sealer uses and application processes

Work flow in relation to the application of densifiers and sealers to concrete floors

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a location relevant to the application of densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3050 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers providing advice to customers on a range of floor coverings, including carpet and other textile, resilient, timber and laminate products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Develop and maintain knowledge of flooring products and services	1.1	Current information on a range of floor covering products and services is actively and regularly researched from authoritative sources
1.2	Characteristics of floor covering products and services are identified and understood using available product and service documentation
1.3	Information on floor covering products and services is accurately documented and maintained in a format consistent with organisational requirements
1.4	Acquired knowledge is applied to improve quality within personal work areas
2	Identify customer needs	2.1	Customers are questioned in detail and listened to actively to determine product/service requirements
2.2	Customer flooring needs are agreed with the customer
2.3	Technical/specialist advice is offered to the customer where such advice is considered beneficial to the closing of the sale and customer understanding and decision making
2.4	Customer's financial limitations and expectations for flooring product purchase are established
3	Recommend flooring products and services	3.1	Recommendations on floor covering products and services are in line with organisational requirements
3.2	Recommendations emphasise floor covering product and service issues relevant to client needs
3.3	Advantages of dealing with the enterprise are promoted
3.4	Evidence in support of recommendations is verifiable and presented in a suitable format
3.5	Impact of activities is estimated from verifiable customer feedback sources

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements, which may include WHS legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, local safe operating procedures or equivalent and manufacturers’ recommendations work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in providing advice to customers on floor coverings
Advice on products and services include:	types and applications of available, such as: timber and laminate flooring materials, coatings and finishes resilient floor coverings, colours and patterns carpet and other textile floor covering colours and patterns methods and techniques for: timber and laminate flooring installation, sanding and finishing care and maintenance of carpet and other textile flooring techniques for resilient flooring installation, care and maintenance
Relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards include:	Privacy Act equal employment opportunity (EEO) and anti-discrimination legislation Telecommunication Act Trade Practices Act Consumer Credit Code
Product and service documentation includes:	operational guidelines marketing data consumer reports industry reports sales figures
Information includes:	competitive features of products or services product trends and sales trends problems with products or service innovations cost and production data distribution process sales records (monthly forecasts, targets achieved)
Authoritative sources include:	industry associations authorised suppliers industry conferences and recognised industry media sources
Tools and equipment include:	measuring and calculating equipment, including tapes, rulers, calculators, desk and portable computers
Information and procedures includes:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment workplace instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer recommendations for the use of equipment and materials

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3050 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Provision of accurate advice to customers on timber, laminate, resilient, carpet and other textile floor covering types, including their characterises, suitability for the customer needs, maintenance and installation techniques

Collect, organise and understand information related to customer requests, product definition, work orders, basic plans and safety procedures

Communicate ideas and information to convince customers of the appropriateness of particular products to their needs

Plan and organise activities to interest customers and to ensure the product is viewed in a favourable way

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to promote the image of the enterprise and product range

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Apply analytical techniques to correctly match customer needs with flooring products and services

Use workplace technology related to providing advice to customers, including tools, materials, calculators and measuring devices

Knowledge Evidence

The type, characteristics, uses and limitation of :

timber and laminate floor coverings products and services

resilient floor coverings products and services

carpet and other textile floor coverings products and services

Workplace safety systems related to floor coverings and their installation

Work flow in relation to seeking information from customers and providing advice

Enterprise pricing policies

Enterprise protocols associated with customer service and sales

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to relevant customers.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3051 Install timber flooring to joists

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to plan, prepare, set out and install or repair internal timber flooring directly to joists and over sheet sub-floors and external decking to joists in domestic and commercial settings.

There are no specific licensing requirements directly associated with this unit, however, some jurisdictions require the holder of this unit to be licensed or certified and users should check with the relevant authorities. On-site work may require certification of general induction training covered by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Follow standard operating procedures (SOPs)
1.2	Comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
1.3	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with SOPs
1.4	Identify job requirements from plans, specifications, drawings, quality requirements and operational details

2	Plan and prepare for work	2.1	Identify and implement signage/barricade requirements
2.2	Carry out service on selected plant, tools and equipment, including identifying and rectifying any faults, to manufacturer requirements to ensure they perform at their optimum
2.3	Calculate material quantity requirements in accordance with plans and specifications
2.4	Identify and obtain materials appropriate to the work application ensuring they are prepared, safely handled and located ready for use
2.5	Identify and apply environmental protection requirements for the project in accordance with environmental plans and regulatory obligations

3	Set out	3.1	Inspect sub-floor and joists for flatness and structural integrity and correct as required
3.2	Set out and plan installation method
3.3	Prepare materials in accordance with client specifications

4	Install timber flooring	4.1	Select appropriate flooring materials for the intended use according to specifications
4.2	Confirm floor measurements and flooring materials to ensure minimum waste and prepare for installation
4.3	Install flooring, as specified by the client, using suppliers recommended products ensuring product is installed and secured to manufacturer recommendations, industry and Australian Standards
4.4	Complete installed flooring in preparation for sanding and finishing

5	Complete housekeeping	5.1	Clear work area and dispose of materials for re-use or recycle in accordance with legislation/regulations/codes of practice and job specifications
5.2	Clean, check and maintain plant, tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and SOPs
5.3	Complete workplace documentation in accordance with procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Legislative requirements include:	Applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect the following: organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy WHS environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations, including one or more of the following: organisational safety policies and procedures the use of PPE firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination control of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying working at heights working in confined spaces
Organisational requirements include one (1) or more of the following:	legal, organisational and site guidelines policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Instructions include one (1) or more of the following:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment workplace instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Tools and equipment include one (1) or more of the following:	drop, jig, hand, undercut and plunge saws hammer bar scriber utility knife circular and bench saws straight edge glue and staple guns nailers flooring, strap and wall clamps
Materials include one (1) or more of the following:	strip timber flooring (19mm or thicker) decking boards plywood particleboard adhesives including: polyurethane flooring adhesives polymer flooring adhesives

Unit Mapping Information

New Unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3051 Install timber flooring to joists

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, SOPs and safe work practices

identifying and interpreting specifications, drawings, standards and other relevant information to install timber flooring to joists

complying with site safety plan, WHS regulations, state/territory legislation, and organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements

using tools, plant and equipment in a safe and effective manner

completing a minimum of:

one (1) installation of 19 mm strip timber flooring direct to joists to a full sized one bedroom home or equivalent (including a bedroom, lounge, kitchen and bathroom not less than 30 sqm)

one (1) installation of a ply or reconstituted timber sheet product directly to joists to a full sized one bedroom home or equivalent (including a bedroom, lounge, kitchen and bathroom not less than 30 sqm)

one (1) installation of 19 mm decking direct to joists (not less than 30 sqm)

removal and replacement of a board in an existing timber floor direct on joists

communicating and working effectively and safely with others.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of PPE

workplace and equipment safety requirements

job safety analysis (JSA’s)/safe work method statement (SWMS)

quality requirements

general timber flooring industry terminology

plant, tools and equipment types, characteristics, uses and limitations

timber flooring types, characteristics, uses and limitations

setting out and levelling techniques

timber flooring installation methods

processes for the calculations of material requirements

material safety data sheets (MSDS)

plans, drawings and specifications

materials handling, storage and environmentally friendly waste management

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in installing timber flooring to joists at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

Where possible assessment must occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic operational workplace conditions that cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM1001 Construct a basic timber furnishing product

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing, assembling and finishing a basic timber furnishing product. It applies to a VET in Schools or pre-vocational program for new entrants to the furnishing industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design variations, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Construction and assembly sequence are planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Preparatory drawings/set-outs for tasks are confirmed
1.7	Cutting list for project components is accessed and interpreted
1.8	Materials are selected following work instructions
1.9	Tools and equipment suitable for construction are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Complete construction	2.1	Material is set out and prepared according to work instructions and components are marked according to workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Components are manufactured, including any specified shapes, angles or curves, and checked against set-outs and job requirements
2.4	Components are assembled using jigs and/or clamps and fastenings
2.5	Adhesives are applied according to workplace procedures and/or manufacturer instructions
2.6	Joining process is undertaken according to workplace procedures
2.7	Assembled product is checked for compliance with specifications
2.8	Item is finished in accordance with work instructions
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Off-cuts and unused materials are collected and stored for re-use or disposed of following workplace procedures
3.3	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Basic timber furnishing products include:	occasional and coffee tables jewellery boxes tool boxes CD racks small cabinets entertainment units timber stools clocks
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods, code and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work involves reading and interpreting the project plan, using hand and power tools, operating basic woodworking machinery, applying quality requirements and applying product finishing techniques and materials competency may be demonstrated in workplaces or simulated workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture and/or furniture components or a suitably simulated environment
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power drills, saws, planers and other power tools cordless drills/screwdrivers or other cordless tools fixing and joining devices jigs clamping devices pincers
Machines include:	band saws cross cut saws rip saws panel planers/thicknessers edge planer/jointer belt sander biscuit machine horizontal borers vertical drill presses pedestal grinders hand wood-turning lathes
Materials include:	timber manufactured board adhesives screws nails bolts dowels metal fasteners steel plastics primers and coating materials
Checking of constructed product is to cover:	squareness, wind or twist and measurements against drawings alignment of fittings, attachments and moving parts suitability of design, hardware and materials overall quality of finish
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM1001B Construct a basic timber furnishing product.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM1001 Construct a basic timber furnishing product

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work instructions and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

achieve required production output and product quality

Adapt or vary furnishing product designs

Construct, assemble and finish at least one (1) basic furnishing product from the list in the Range of Conditions

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Work flow in relation to furniture construction

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required plans, hand and/or power tools, equipment, materials and woodworking machinery.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM1002 Operate basic woodworking machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers operating basic woodworking machines used for sawing, planing, sanding and drilling in the production of furniture. It applies to a VET in Schools or pre-vocational program for new entrants to the furnishing industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to identify job requirements, including quality, materials, equipment, and quantities
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.4	Machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Operate machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
2.3	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
2.4	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, tooling requirements and to manufacturer recommendations
2.5	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
2.6	Waste quantities are minimised
2.7	Items that do not meet quality requirements are recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
2.8	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
3	Clean up work area and maintain equipment	3.1	Material that can be re-used is collected and stored
3.2	Waste and scrap are removed following workplace procedures
3.3	Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition in accordance with workplace procedures
3.4	Unserviceable equipment is reported in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Basic woodworking machines include:	cross cut saw rip saw band saw panel saw surface planer (buzzer/jointer) panel planer (thicknesser) bobbin sander disc sander belt sander (finisher) – stroke and linisher vertical drill press horizontal borer (single bit)
Tasks include:	machine face machine edge off fence ripping freehand ripping freehand curve cutting parallel rip (oversize by 5 mm+) docking: (oversize + 20 mm) (accurate to +/- 0.25 mm) square (no tolerance) cut flat panel board (off rip fence using scribe saw) cut flat panel board (off cross-cut fence using scribe saw) parallel plane width parallel plane thickness sand concave surface sand straight surface sand end grain and outside curve sand flat surfaces hinge boring drill holes to pre-determined depths vertically, selecting and replacing drill bits as required changing belts and blades drill holes to pre-determined depths horizontally (and to create a mortise)
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Materials to be machined include:	solid timber and manufactured board
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM1002B Operate basic woodworking machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM1002 Operate basic woodworking machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Identify work requirements and materials used in the work process

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Operate and monitor the machines, including changing belts, blades and drill bits as required, and complete the tasks identified in the Range of Conditions for:

one (1) saw

one (1) planer

one (1) drill

one (1) sander

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Characteristics, uses and limitations of woodworking machines

General workplace quality standards and procedures

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to basic woodworking machinery, standard operating procedures and materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2001 Use furniture making sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using hand and power tools in applications relating to furniture making.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify hand and power tools	1.1	Types of hand and power tools and their functions are identified
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Sources of power supply are recognised
2	Select and use hand tools	2.1	Hand tools selected are consistent with needs of the job, checked for serviceability and safety, and any faults reported to supervisor
2.2	Equipment is selected to hold or support material for hand tools application where applicable
2.3	Material is located and held in position for hand tool application
2.4	Hand tools are safely and effectively used according to their intended use and safely located when not in immediate use
3	Select and use power tools	3.1	Power tools are selected consistent with needs of the job in accordance with conventional work practice, are visually checked for serviceability and safety in accordance with WHS requirements, and any faults reported to supervisor
3.2	Equipment is selected to hold or support materials for power tool application as applicable
3.3	Material is located and held in position for power tool application as applicable
3.4	Power tools are safely and effectively used in application processes and safely located when not in use
4	Clean up work area and tools	4.1	All tools are cleaned, maintained and stored
4.2	Equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored
4.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Hand tools for furniture making include:	hand planes chisels hand saws spokeshave hammers (claw, Warrington, tack and ball pein) mallet marking-out tools files rasps scraper screwdrivers and hand drills
Power tools for furniture making include:	drop saw circular power saw planer drill jig saw router trimmer biscuit machine brad/nail and staple gun and sanders
Unit scope includes:	individuals to demonstrate skill, accuracy and dexterity in the application of tools to perform work tasks which should include dressing materials, cutting joints, finishing surfaces, cutting straight and compound angles, jointing materials, edge trimming and the basic sharpening of cutting tools
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manufacturer’ s specifications, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements
Fault reporting includes:	verbal or written reporting
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2001B Use furniture making sector hand and power tools.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2001 Use furniture making sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate and apply relevant information related to hand and power tools

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, tools, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Adopt and carry out correct procedures prior to and during use of the range of hand and power tools stipulated in the Range of Conditions

Carry out operator maintenance on hand and power tools, including the grinding and sharpening of:

chisels

hard plane blades or irons

drill bits

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise waste of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of hand tools commonly used in furniture production

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of power tools commonly used in furniture production

Workplace safety requirements and WHS legislation

Work flow within the workplace

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to furniture making sector hand and power tools, and materials used in the manufacturing and/or installation of furnishing products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2002 Assemble furnishing components

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assembling of timber components to produce furniture frames or furniture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for assembly	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Assembly sequence is planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Tools and equipment suitable to the fixing method are selected and checked for safe operation
1.7	Components, hardware, fittings and attachments are collected
1.8	Fixing and joining devices are selected in line with work instructions and type of materials to be joined
1.9	Jigs are selected and checked for suitability of purpose
2	Assemble components	2.1	Components are laid out and joined using jigs and appropriate fastenings
2.2	Hand and/or power tools and equipment are used as required
2.3	Components are prepared, assembled and fitted in accordance with specifications
2.4	Assembled component is checked for compliance with specifications
2.5	Components which do not meet quality specifications are repaired or tagged for further processing or recycling/disposal
2.6	Finished products are organised and stored in holding area
3	Clean work area and maintain equipment	3.1	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Waste and scrap are removed following workplace procedures
3.3	Tools and equipment used are cleaned, inspected for serviceable condition and stored appropriately in accordance with workplace procedures
3.4	Equipment and work area clean-up is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Furnishing components include:	carcasses doors drawers frames shelves ends tops
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the assembly of furnishing components competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills/screwdrivers clamps/cramps screwdrivers and/or spanners pincers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment
Materials to be used include:	timber manufactured board glues screws nails dowels and knock-down fittings
Assembled component checking is to cover:	squareness, alignment and wind hardware, fittings and attachments functionality and tolerances conformity to work instruction and quality requirements
Storage requirements include:	ensuring that there is no obstruction to traffic components are not damaged in storage incompatible items are not stored together products are arranged to match the sequence of work
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2002B Assemble furnishing components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2002 Assemble furnishing components

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Assemble at least four (4) furnishing components from the list in the Range Statement

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of common furnishing components

Interpretation of basic furniture plans

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to tools, equipment and materials required to assemble furnishing components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2003 Select and apply hardware

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting and applying hardware to new and refurbished furniture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, colour, finish process and required hardware quality
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Types of hardware are identified and selected for the work
1.4	Tools, equipment and accessories for application are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.5	Surfaces are cleaned and prepared to enable accurate colour matching
2	Apply and/or fit and finish	2.1	Hardware items are laid out/placed in the required design
2.2	Machinery is used in accordance with workplace procedures, including use of personal protective equipment
2.3	Joining/securing process is undertaken according to workplace procedures
2.4	Adhesives are applied according to workplace procedures and/or manufacturer instructions
2.5	Work is checked against required quality standards
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Hardware includes:	hinges handles drawer-runners metal drawer systems sliding rail systems rotating storage systems and slide-out storage systems
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in selecting and applying hardware competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers levelling devices hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps screwdrivers pincers
Materials include:	timber manufactured board hardware consumables cleaning chemicals and materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2003B Select and apply hardware.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2003 Select and apply hardware

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

Select and apply/fit six (6) different items of hardware

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of hardware

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, hand and/or power tools, equipment, hardware materials and woodworking machinery.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2004 Apply sheet laminates by hand

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, laying out, applying and finalising processes for applying sheet laminates by hand.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare the work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Application sequence is planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Tools and equipment suitable for application are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Lay out and prepare materials	2.1	Substrata (surfaces to be laminated) are prepared for laminating
2.2	Laminates are selected and checked for flaws following work instructions
2.3	Laminates are prepared for application and laid out
2.4	Suitable joining processes are selected and prepared
3	Apply fit and finish	3.1	Tools and equipment are used in accordance with workplace procedures, including use of personal protective equipment
3.2	Laminates are measured, marked and cut to size
3.3	Adhesives are applied according to workplace procedures and/or manufacturer instructions and the laminate applied to the substrata (base material)
3.4	Laminates are rolled or hammered to secure according to enterprise practices
3.5	Final trim and finishing are completed to specifications
3.6	Work is checked against required quality standards
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Off-cuts and unused materials are collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in applying laminates by hand competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes, rulers and marking equipment mallets and hammers squares, sliding bevels and protractors pincers and pliers chisels planes hand saws power/battery tools power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps and cramps screwdrivers, spanners and files laminate rollers laminate trimmers and cutters adhesive spray gun, brushes and applicators scrapers
Materials include:	timber manufactured board laminates timber strips adhesives and cleaning materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to use and operation of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMF2004B Apply sheet laminates by hand.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2004 Apply sheet laminates by hand

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, tools, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply and finish laminates to at least three (3) different surfaces, including at least two (2) requiring laminate edging and with at least two (2) laminate joints in one or more surfaces

Apply adhesive using three (3) different methods – spray, brush and scraper

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of laminates

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, hand and/or power tools, equipment, laminates, finishing materials and woodworking machinery.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2005 Join solid timber

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers joining solid timber required for the manufacture of solid timber flat surfaces.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare the work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Work sequence is planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Tools and equipment suitable for application are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Lay out and prepare materials	2.1	Timbers are selected and checked for defects following work instructions
2.2	Suitable joining processes are selected and prepared
2.3	Timbers are prepared for joining and laid out
3	Join timber	3.1	Timbers are measured, marked and cut to size
3.2	Machinery is used in accordance with workplace procedures, including use of personal protective equipment
3.3	Adhesives are applied according to workplace procedures and/or manufacturer instructions
3.4	Final trim and finishing are completed to specifications
3.5	Work is checked against required quality standards
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Off-cuts and unused materials are collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Edge joining methods include:	butt and dowel moulded edge joint (finger-joint, tongue in groove and zig-zag) biscuit joint slip-tongue joint
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in joining solid timber competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Machines include:	panel saw cross-cut saw rip saw surface planers panel planer spindle moulder sanders and vertical and horizontal drills
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills biscuit machines pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment dowel jigs hoses clamps and pincers
Materials include:	adhesives abrasives and cleaning materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment workplace instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2005B Join solid timber.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2005 Join solid timber

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Join at least four (4) solid timber tops of a minimum of three (3) sections and using a minimum of four (4) different edge joining methods

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics (including cupping, expansion, twisting, bowing, spring and grain direction), uses and limitations of timbers

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Joining techniques and their effect on timbers

Types of sawing methods, including back sawn and quarter sawn, and the impact of these on joining

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, hand and/or power tools, equipment, joining and finishing materials and woodworking machinery.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2006 Hand make timber joints

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers joining timber by constructing joints using hand and portable power tools.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare the work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.3	Product purpose, furniture style and joint type are identified from workplace documentation
1.4	Tools, adhesives and fasteners are selected to match the joint type
2	Make joint	2.1	Cutting and joining lines are marked out to suit joint type
2.2	Measurements and calculations are checked for accuracy to ensure quality outcomes
2.3	Timber is joined in accordance with workplace requirements
2.4	Fasteners and adhesives are used to make joints firm where required
2.5	Finished joint is checked against quality requirements
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Off-cuts and unused materials are collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Joints include:	dowel mortise and tenon dovetail lap joint biscuit joint finger joint housing joint mitre and bridle joints
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, organisation insurance requirements, environment legislation, and manual handling procedures and relevant regulations
Tools and equipment include:	chisels mallets mortise gauges vernier calipers vices dovetail saws tenon saws coping saws planes files hand drills power drills dowel jigs and power routers portable biscuit machines power planers power saws and power sanders
Adhesives include:	resorcinol formaldehyde polyurethane epoxy cyanoacrylate
Timbers include:	indigenous and overseas timbers
Workplace requirements include:	visual appearance tolerance gaps or play in joints and strength
Quality requirements include:	alignment neatness firmness and acceptable tolerances
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools production planning figures work instructions, including job sheets, plans, drawing and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2006B Hand make timber joints.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2006 Hand make timber joints

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

Select appropriate joint types for the furniture item and utilise at least three (3) different adhesive types

Produce a minimum of four (4) different joint types in accordance with industry standards on tolerances with at least two (2) produced substantially by hand operations

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Characteristics, properties and selection criteria of adhesives used

Capabilities and limitations of tools used

Matching requirements of adhesives and fasteners to timbers/materials used

Work flow in relation to the furniture items being made or repaired

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to tools, materials and equipment required to hand make timber joints.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2007 Follow plans to assemble production furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assembling production furniture using modular construction methods and components to a given plan.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for assembly	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Assembly sequence is planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Tools and equipment suitable to the assembly are selected and checked for safe operation
1.7	Fixing and joining devices are selected in line with work instructions and type of materials to be joined
1.8	Components, hardware, fittings and attachments are collected
2	Assemble furniture	2.1	Components are laid out and joined using appropriate fastenings
2.2	Hand and/or power tools are used as required
2.3	Assembled furniture is checked for compliance with specifications
2.4	Doors, drawers, shelves and/or runners are prepared and fitted in accordance with set-out
2.5	Hardware and decorative accessories are applied to specification
2.6	Item is prepared for finishing, including the removal of bruises, scratches, dents and marks
2.7	Work is checked against required standard and non-conforming items rectified
2.8	Finished products are organised and stored in holding area
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Off-cuts and unused materials are collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Production furniture includes:	wall units vanity units kitchen cabinets sideboards/buffets drawer units display cabinets counters tables beds clocks
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the assembly of furniture competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps screwdrivers pincers
Materials include:	timber manufactured board glass alloys adhesives screws nails dowels knock-down fittings metal fasteners and associated hardware
Assembled furniture checking process is to cover:	squareness, alignment and wind hardware, fittings and attachments functionality and tolerances conformity to work instruction and quality requirements
Storage of assembled furniture must ensure that:	there is no obstruction to traffic products are not damaged in storage incompatible items are not stored together products are arranged to match the sequence of work
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2007B Follow plans to assemble production furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2007 Follow plans to assemble production furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Assemble at least two (2) items of production furniture, one (1) of manufactured board and one (1) of solid timber construction, with each featuring:

a door

a drawer

shelving

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area, estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, equipment and materials required to assemble production furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2008 Bend and form cane

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers bending and forming cane for use in furniture construction.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2	Tools, machines and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.3	Furniture design, tolerances, process, materials and quantities are determined from work instructions
1.4	Work sequence is planned
1.5	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.6	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.7	Preparatory drawings/set-outs for tasks are completed, where required
2	Complete bending and forming process	2.1	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.2	Materials are visually inspected for flaws and faults
2.3	Cane is sanded to remove exterior blemishes, flaws or faults
2.4	Cane is prepared by straightening, where required, and marked for bending
2.5	Cane is heated in steam ovens or kilns in accordance with design/pattern bending requirements
2.6	Cane is bent in accordance with design/pattern requirements
2.7	Product is checked against plans at identified checkpoints to ensure compliance with specifications
2.8	Non-conformity with the required quality standards is rectified
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Cane furniture includes:	lounge chairs dining chairs tables side tables coffee tables entertainment units bookcases
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work involves reading and interpreting plans, developing set-outs, using hand and/or power tools, equipment and operating machinery competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of cane furniture
Tools and equipment include:	hand sanders and planers
Machines include:	bench saws drop saws stationary sanding machines steam ovens or kilns bending presses
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2008B Bend and form cane.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2008 Bend and form cane

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Apply ventilation standards

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Bend and form cane for a minimum of three (3) furniture items, including:

two or three seater lounge

oval dining table

dining chair

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Interpretation of plan representation of cane furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to cane bending and forming

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, equipment and materials required to bend and form cane.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2009 Construct cane furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing and assembling cane furniture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2	Tools, machines and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.3	Furniture design, tolerances, process, materials and quantities are determined from work instructions
1.4	Construction and assembly sequence is planned
1.5	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.6	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.7	Preparatory drawings/set-outs for tasks are completed
1.8	Cutting list for components is developed
1.9	Materials are selected following work instructions
2	Complete construction	2.1	Material is set out and prepared according to work instructions and components are marked according to workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Components are manufactured, including any specified shapes, angles or curves, and checked against set-out and job requirements
2.4	Components are assembled using jigs and/or clamps and fastenings
2.5	Adhesives are applied according to workplace procedures and/or manufacturer instructions
2.6	Joining process is undertaken according to workplace procedures
2.7	Assembled furniture is checked for compliance with specifications
2.8	Furniture is prepared for finishing
2.9	Any non-conformity with the required quality standards is rectified
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Cane furniture includes:	lounge chairs dining chairs tables side tables coffee tables entertainment units bookcases
Preparation for finishing includes:	the application of binding cane/peel and the sanding of the furniture
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work involves reading and interpreting plans, developing set-outs, using hand and power tools and equipment and operating woodworking machinery competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of cane furniture
Tools and equipment include:	nail guns pin nailers glue guns measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels hand saws power saws power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps screwdrivers pincers
Machines include:	band saws docking saws jig saws bench saws vertical drill presses and presses
Checking of constructed product is to cover:	squareness parallel twist distortion
Materials include:	adhesives screws nails binding cane steel bars metal recliner actions
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2009B Construct cane furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2009 Construct cane furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Construct three (3) cane furniture items products, including:

a two or three seater lounge

an oval dining table

a dining chair

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Interpretation of plan representation of cane furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to cane furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, equipment and materials required to construct cane furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2010 Set up and operate basic static machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers operating and maintaining basic static machines used for sawing, planing, sanding and drilling in the production of furniture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment, and quantities
1.2	Cutting list and job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.6	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.7	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, tooling requirements and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.7	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Basic static machines include:	cross-cut saw rip saw panel saw surface planer (buzzer/jointer) disc sander belt sander, including linisher, edge sander and stroke (Lacey) sander vertical drill press horizontal borer (single bit) band saw panel planer (thicknesser) bobbin sander
Tasks include:	docking, including: (oversize + 20 mm) (accurate to +/- 0.25 mm) square (no tolerance) parallel rip (oversize by 5 mm+) setting up scribe saw setting up riving knife to AS 1473-1991 Guarding and safe use of woodworking machinery cutting flat panel board (off rip fence using scribe saw) cutting flat panel board (off cross-cut fence using scribe saw) machining face machining edge machining chamfer or bevel sanding straight surface sanding convex surface sanding end grain removing/replacing belts sanding veneer face of flat panel board sanding solid timber face sanding solid timber edges (remove arris/shape) selecting and replacing drill bits drilling holes to pre-determined depths vertically drilling holes to pre-determined depths horizontally hinge boring removing/replacing saw blade folding, unfolding, reversing saw blade blade identification/selection off fence ripping freehand ripping freehand curve cutting parallel plane width parallel plane thickness sand concave surface machine fault-finding
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up, operation and maintenance of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Materials to be machined include:	solid timber manufactured board metal uPVC
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2010B Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2010 Set up and operate basic static machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up, operate and monitor the machines and complete the tasks identified in the Range of Conditions

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Range, characteristics, uses and limitations of basic static machines

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace:

quality standards and procedures

guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to basic static machinery, standard operating procedures and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2011 Apply manufactured board conversion techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting out and cutting manufactured board to produce component parts of flat panel furniture and manufactured board panel doors applying manufactured board conversion techniques.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Cutting list and job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Cutting patterns are applied to minimise waste material
1.6	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2.4	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.5	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Apply conversion techniques	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is fed/placed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, tooling requirements and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.7	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Products of conversion techniques include:	end panels shelving bench tops backs bottoms doors and fixing rails
Machines include:	panel saw with scoring blade numerically controlled (NC) beam saw and wall saw
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up, operation and maintenance of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the production of manufactured board domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or components
Tools and equipment include:	measuring devices machine associated tools materials handling equipment/lifting devices
Manufactured board includes:	raw board melamine surfaces veneered board plywood and hard board
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2011B Apply manufactured board conversion techniques.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2011 Apply manufactured board conversion techniques

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply at least five (5) different conversion operations using different operations/methods, including the:

preparation of cutting plans to minimise waste

selection of the correct materials

cutting at least one (1) surfaced board requiring the use of a panel saw using a scoring blade

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of manufactured board

Range, characteristics, uses and limitations of panel saw (with and without a scoring blade), NC beam saw and wall saw

Workplace:

quality standards and procedures

guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to selected saws, materials handling equipment and unprocessed materials required to apply manufactured board conversion techniques.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2012 Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining pressure and clamping machines using their full potential and capacities in the production of furniture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.4	Pressure and clamping machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.5	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.6	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Pressure and clamping machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is placed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Items that do not meet quality requirements are recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.6	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused material is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Pressure and clamping machines include:	manual clamps and presses hydraulic vacuum presses and clamping machines post-forming machines
Materials to be pressed/clamped include:	solid timber manufactured board and decorative treatments laminates
Products include:	vacuum formed doors widening joints framed construction drawers and laminating veneers
Unit scope includes:	individuals to read and interpret production instructions, complete adjustments to machine configurations and settings, using jigs and fixtures, select and apply adhesives and operate machines to finish products
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of domestic and commercial furniture, including kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	screwdrivers hammers and spanners
Materials include:	pressure and clamping machine consumables oils and lubricants, trial materials and packing
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2012B Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2012 Set up, operate and maintain pressure and clamping machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage and wastage of goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up, operate and maintain at least one (1) pneumatically/hydraulically operated pressure and clamping machine to perform a significant production function covering three (3) different set-ups

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of pressure and clamping machines

Pressure and clamping processes and techniques

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to pressure and clamping machinery, standard operating procedures, unprocessed materials and a work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3001 Construct chair and couch frames

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing and assembling chair and couch frames.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Construction and assembly sequence is planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Preparatory drawings/set-outs for tasks are completed
1.7	Cutting list for components is developed
1.8	Materials are selected following work instructions
1.9	Tools and equipment suitable for construction are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Complete construction	2.1	Material is set out and prepared according to work instructions and components are marked according to workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Components are manufactured, including any specified shapes, angles or curves, and checked against set-outs and job requirements
2.4	Components are assembled using jigs and/or clamps and fastenings
2.5	Adhesives are applied according to workplace procedures and/or manufacturer instructions
2.6	Joining process is undertaken according to workplace procedures
2.7	Assembled chair/couch is checked for compliance with specifications
2.8	Item is finished to suitable state for surface preparation
2.9	Any non-conformity with the required quality standards is rectified
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Chair and couch frames include:	dining chairs office chairs lounge chairs sofas/settees
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work involves reading and interpreting plans, developing set-outs, using hand and power tools, equipment and operating woodworking machinery competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws cordless drills/screwdrivers power drills fixing and joining devices jigs clamping devices pincers
Machines include:	band saws cross-cut saws docking saws mitre saws panel and rip saws surface planers (buzzers) panel planers (thicknessers) lacey sanders horizontal borers vertical drill presses edge sanders pedestal grinders wood turning lathes presses
Materials include:	timber manufactured board adhesives screws nails bolts dowels metal fasteners steel plastics
Checking of constructed product is to cover:	squareness, alignment and wind hardware, fittings and attachments functionality and tolerances meets design specifications
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3001B Construct chair and couch frames.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3001 Construct chair and couch frames

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Construct at least three (3) significant chair and couch frames

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design, including ergonomic principles

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, tools and equipment required to construct chair and couch frames.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3002 Construct furniture using leg and rail method

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers following plans to construct and assemble furniture using leg and rail construction.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Construction and assembly sequence are planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Preparatory drawings/set-outs/rods for tasks are completed
1.7	Cutting list for components is developed
1.8	Materials are selected following work instructions
1.9	Tools and equipment suitable for construction are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Complete construction	2.1	Material is set out and prepared according to work instructions and components are marked according to workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Components are manufactured, including any specified shapes, angles or curves, and checked against set-outs and job requirements
2.4	Components are assembled using jigs and/or clamps and fastenings
2.5	Adhesives are applied according to workplace procedures and/or manufacturer instructions
2.6	Joining process is undertaken according to workplace procedures
2.7	Assembled furniture is checked for compliance with specifications
2.8	Furniture is finished to suitable state for surface preparation
2.9	Any non-conformity with the required quality standards is rectified
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Furniture to be constructed using the leg and rail method include:	dining occasional hall and side tables dining and occasional chairs cabinets
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Traditional jointing methods include:	mortise and tenon mitre dowel bridle
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws cordless drills/screwdrivers power drills fixing and jointing devices pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment jigs clamps and pincers
Machines include:	band saws cross-cut saws jig saws panel and rip saws surface planers panel planers belt sanders horizontal borers vertical drill presses furniture mortise and tenoner dovetailers pedestal grinders wood-turning lathes veneer guillotines and presses
Materials include:	timber manufactured board adhesives screws nails dowels knock-down fittings
Checking of constructed product is to cover:	squareness, alignment and wind hardware, fittings and attachments functionality and tolerances meets design specifications distortion and product faults
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3002B Construct furniture using leg and rail method.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3002 Construct furniture using leg and rail method

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Construct a minimum of two (2) furniture products, using mortise and tenon, mitre, dowel and bridle, which are to include:

a table with a drawer

a chair with shaped and angled components

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs/rods

Types, characteristics, properties and limitations of timber used in furniture construction

Material selection and structural standards

Application of ergonomic principles and guidelines to furniture construction

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, tools and equipment required to construct furniture using leg and rail method.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3003 Produce angled and curved furniture using manufactured board

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing and assembling manufactured board furniture using angled and curved construction methods.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Construction and assembly sequence are planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Preparatory drawings and set-outs for tasks are completed
1.7	Cutting list for components is developed
1.8	Materials are selected following work instructions
1.9	Tools and equipment suitable for construction are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Complete construction	2.1	Materials are set out and prepared according to work instructions and components are marked according to industry practices
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Materials are bent and formed in accordance with the plan
2.4	Components are manufactured and checked against set-out for tolerances, fit and accuracy
2.5	Components are assembled and checked against set-out for accuracy, fit, twist and distortion
2.6	Doors, drawers and shelves are assembled and fitted
2.7	Product is prepared for final finish, including the removal of bruises, scratches, dents and marks
2.8	Product is checked against plans at identified checkpoints
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Furniture includes:	angled cabinets and curved cabinets with rails counters and display units
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work involves reading and interpreting plans, developing set-outs, using hand and/or power tools, equipment and operating woodworking machinery competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps screwdrivers pincers
Machines include:	band saws cross-cut saws mitre saws panel saws surface planers panel planers belt sanders horizontal borers vertical drill presses dovetailers pedestal grinders veneer guillotines and presses
Materials include:	manufactured board adhesives screws nails dowels knock-down fittings glass decorative finishes abrasive paper and finishing materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3003B Produce angled and curved furniture using manufactured board.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3003 Produce angled and curved furniture using manufactured board

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Produce a minimum of two (2) significant manufactured board products which must include one (1) curved cabinet with rails and one (1) cabinet with glass shelves, panels and doors

Conduct operator maintenance on machines and related tools and equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of manufactured board

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings and set-outs

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, tools and equipment required to produce angled and curved furniture using manufactured board.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3004 Produce angled and curved furniture using solid timber

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing and assembling solid timber furniture using angular construction methods.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Construction and assembly sequence are planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Preparatory drawings and set-outs for tasks are completed
1.7	Cutting list for components is developed
1.8	Materials are selected following work instructions
1.9	Tools and equipment suitable for construction are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Complete construction	2.1	Materials are set out and prepared according to work instructions and components are marked according to industry practices
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Materials are bent and formed in accordance with the plan
2.4	Components are manufactured and checked against set-outs for tolerances, fit and accuracy
2.5	Components are assembled and checked against set-outs for accuracy, fit, twist and distortion
2.6	Doors, drawers and shelves are assembled and fitted
2.7	Product is prepared for final finish, including the removal of bruises, scratches, dents and marks
2.8	Product is checked against plans at identified checkpoints
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Furniture includes:	angular structures and curved cabinets incorporating rails and oval design
Material bending and forming techniques include:	steam/heat and bend groove and bend
Unit scope includes:	reading and interpreting plans developing set-outs preparing and using jig, templates and shaped cauls using hand and/or power tools and equipment and operating woodworking machinery
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber domestic furniture, commercial furniture and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps screwdrivers pincers
Machines include:	band saws cross-cut saws mitre saws panel and rip saws surface planers panel planers belt sanders horizontal borers vertical drill presses dovetailers pedestal grinders wood-turning lathes veneer guillotines and presses
Materials include:	timber adhesives screws nails dowels knock-down fittings glass decorative finishes abrasive paper and finishing materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3004B Produce angled and curved furniture using solid timber.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3004 Produce angled and curved furniture using solid timber

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Produce a minimum of two (2) significant timber products which must include:

one (1) curved cabinet with rails

one (1) item involving oval design using traditional construction methods and jointing

Conduct operator maintenance on machines and related tools and equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of solid timbers most common to furniture production

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs/rods and geometrical concepts

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, tools and equipment required to produce angles and curved furniture using solid timber.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3005 Fabricate custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning, constructing and assembling custom furniture in response to specific orders and job requests.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Custom job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity, are determined from job request and customer specifications
1.2	Construction and assembly sequence are planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Preparatory drawings and set-outs for tasks are completed
1.7	Cutting list for components is developed
1.8	Materials are selected following work instructions
1.9	Tools and equipment suitable for construction are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Complete construction	2.1	Materials are set out and prepared according to work instructions and components are marked according to industry practices
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Materials are bent and formed in accordance with the plan
2.4	Components are manufactured and checked against set-outs for tolerances, fit and accuracy
3	Assemble custom furniture	3.1	Components are assembled and checked against set-outs for accuracy, fit, twist and distortion
3.2	Doors, drawers and shelves are assembled and fitted
3.3	Hardware and decorative accessories are applied to specification
3.4	Product is prepared for final finish, including the removal of bruises, scratches, dents and marks
3.5	Product is checked against plans at identified checkpoints and customer acceptance determined
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Custom furniture includes:	one-off manufacture in response to specific customer requirements. It does not include variations or modification to a production line item. It covers: wall units vanity units kitchen cabinets sideboards/buffets drawer units display cabinets counters tables beds
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work involves reading and interpreting plans, customer liaison, developing set-outs, using hand and/or power tools, equipment and operating woodworking machinery competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber domestic furniture, commercial furniture and/or furniture components
Material bending and forming techniques include:	steam and bend machined curves
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws portable routers and trimmers power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment hoses clamps screwdrivers and pincers
Machines include:	band saws cross-cut saws mitre saws panel and rip saws surface planers panel planers shaping machines and jigs sanders horizontal borers vertical drill presses dovetailers pedestal grinders wood-turning lathes veneer guillotines and presses
Materials include:	timber adhesives screws nails dowels metal fasteners knock-down fittings glass decorative finishes and abrasive paper
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3005B Fabricate custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3005 Fabricate custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling practices for equipment, products and materials

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Produce one (1) significant furniture item to customer specifications in terms of dimensions, materials, function and aesthetics using:

custom-developed machining processes and outcomes

custom development and completion of assembly techniques and processes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of materials most common to furniture production

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs/rods

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, tools and equipment required to fabricate custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3006 Install furnishing products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers the installation of furnishing products to a given plan.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including location, type of installation, tolerances, process, finish and quality
1.2	Installation location and sequence are planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Hardware, fittings and attachments are collected
1.6	Tools and equipment suitable for installation are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.7	Fixing and joining devices are selected in line with work instructions and types of materials
1.8	Required installation aids are selected and checked for suitability for purpose
2	Complete installation	2.1	Site is prepared for installation
2.2	Furnishing products are prepared to site requirements
2.3	Hand and/or power tools and equipment are used in accordance with workplace requirements, including use of personal protective equipment
2.4	Fixing methods are undertaken according to site conditions
2.5	Installed furniture product is checked for compliance with specification
2.6	Tops and/or appliances are installed in accordance with plans and specifications
2.7	Hardware and decorative accessories are installed
2.8	Work is checked against required quality standards
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Furnishing products for installation include:	kitchen cabinets bathroom cabinets wall units desks counters wardrobes dressing tables entertainment units laundry cabinets
Appliances to be installed include:	ovens range hoods sinks basins cooktops refrigerators
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the installation of furnishing products competency may be demonstrated on worksites of enterprises involved in the installation of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels levels plumb lobs planes hand saws power saws power planers cordless drills power drills screwdrivers explosive fixing gun clamps supporting devices screwdrivers
Materials include:	timber manufactured board laminates granite marble stainless steel adhesives screws nails masonry anchors dowels cavity wall fixing
Product checking is to cover:	level plumb twirl alignment of doors and/or drawers
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3006B Install furnishing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3006 Install furnishing products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, tools, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Install four (4) different and significant furnishing products, including at least:

one (1) floor mounted

one (1) wall mounted

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, tools and equipment required to install furnishing products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3007 Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, constructing and applying veneers and inlays to furniture components.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare the work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Construction sequence is planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Tools and equipment suitable for construction are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Lay out and prepare materials	2.1	Materials are selected and checked for flaws following work instructions
2.2	Materials are laid out to requirements
2.3	Suitable joining points are selected
2.4	Material is prepared for cutting
3	Construct and apply decorative surfaces	3.1	Material is cut to size and required thickness
3.2	Materials are laid out in the required design
3.3	Machinery is used in accordance with workplace procedures, including use of personal protective equipment
3.4	Items are cut to requirements
3.5	Joining process is undertaken according to workplace procedures
3.6	Adhesives are applied according to workplace procedures and/or manufacturer instructions
3.7	Work is checked against required quality standards
3.8	Any non-conformity with the required quality standards is rectified
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in preparation and application of decorative surfaces competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers knives mallets squares bevels chisels planes clamps and portable vacuum presses
Machines include:	band saws mitre saws panel saws sanders presses and veneer guillotines
Materials include:	timber manufactured board veneer brass alloys adhesives perspex and decorative laminates
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3007B Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3007 Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, tools, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare and apply a minimum of three (3) different decorative surfaces to various substrates

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of decorative surfaces

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, tools and equipment required to prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3008 Select timbers for furniture production

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting suitable timbers for use in production by applying knowledge of timber technology.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine timber requirement	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2	Structural requirements for timbers are determined from workplace documentation
1.3	Timber is assessed for suitability in accordance with selection criteria
1.4	Written report is prepared substantiating selection of timber
2	Evaluate timber selected	2.1	Other materials which may be incorporated into furnishing item are identified and compatibility factors to be considered are recorded for inclusion in production plans
2.2	Moisture content of timber selected is determined to ensure compliance with production requirements
2.3	Density and working properties of timber are determined to ensure compliance with production requirements
2.4	Any faults or features in the timber are identified and strategies are suggested to overcome/minimise their effects
2.5	Recommendations on any changes to appropriate finishes and adhesives are recorded for inclusion in production plans

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Furnishing items include:	solid timber furniture upholstered furniture and occasional items
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements
Timbers include:	indigenous and overseas timbers softwood hardwood
Selection criteria includes:	aesthetic appeal shape volumes required and characteristics
Working properties include:	hardness strength and brittleness
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3010B Select timbers for furniture production.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3008 Select timbers for furniture production

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

From a range of ten (10) common furniture species samples, identify the species correctly, match it to a specified application and justify the choice

Correctly identify natural and seasoning faults in selected timbers

Use a moisture meter to measure the moisture content in a minimum of three (3) samples, including one (1) hard and one (1) soft timber

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Characteristics and uses of a range of available indigenous and overseas timber

Commonly used complementary materials and their compatibility when used in conjunction with others

Impact of climate and workshop conditions on timbers

Timber seasoning methods, techniques and faults

Solid timber conversion techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a range of timber and moisture content measuring devices.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3009 Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers producing manual and computer-aided production drawings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify object to be drawn	1.1	The purposes and any operational characteristics of object to be drawn are identified
1.2	Production materials and method are identified
2	Establish drawing criteria and limitations	2.1	Type of drawing to be completed is identified
2.2	Drawing requirements are established and documented identifying dimensions, angles, shapes and finished sizes
2.3	Drawing conventions and specifications to be noted on the drawing are identified
2.4	Appropriate medium for drawings is identified and selected
3	Quantify and draft initial drawing	3.1	Dimensions are plotted from criteria and documented specifications
3.2	Dimensional points are connected to match appropriate drawing views
3.3	Any production notes or special requirements are noted
3.4	Drawing conventions and specifications are noted on the documentation
4	Complete drawing	4.1	Angles, shapes and dimensions are checked against specifications and sample
4.2	Adjustments are made to the drawing within scope of authority
4.3	Drawing is checked for compliance with workplace documentation requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Scope of drawing:	is to be limited to that used for manufacture/production purposes and is not to encompass original design concepts drawing is to be completed using both manual and computer-aided design (CAD) techniques and processes
Unit scope includes:	drawings in metric scale and covering all dimensions of the furniture and furnishings
Calculations include:	manual and with the aid of a calculator
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3011B Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3009 Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Identify the factors and criteria relevant to the drawings

Apply safety requirements throughout the work sequence, including the use of personal protective clothing and equipment

Prepare production drawings of furniture/furnishings:

covering a scope of at least three (3) products

applying both manual and computer-aided techniques and processes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Furniture design and planning criteria

Structural geometry

Measurement techniques and equipment/tools

Theory and practice of calculations (addition, subtraction, multiplication and division)

Types, techniques and processes of manual production drawing

Types of computer-aided drawing equipment, software, techniques and processes

Conventional signs and markings for drawings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to information on the subjects for drawing, computer-aided drawing systems, measuring, calculating and recording devices.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3010 Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers reading plans and job specifications to prepare cutting lists and providing data for subsequent processing operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Read plans and job specifications	1.1	Job specifications, set-out rods and plans are used to determine the job requirements, including cutting list, dimension, design, quality materials and processes
1.2	Job components are established according to job specification and workplace procedures
1.3	Geometry of components are established according to specifications
2	Prepare cutting lists	2.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2.2	Cutting list is checked and set out in accordance with workplace procedures, plans and specifications
2.3	Components are identified and described using common workplace terminology
2.4	Sizes and tolerance of components are established and documented in accordance with workplace procedures
2.5	Processing requirements are identified and documented
2.6	Dimensional allowances for further processing are identified and documented
3	Read and interpret cutting lists	3.1	Cutting list is read and interpreted in accordance with the job requirements
3.2	Quantities and dimensions are interpreted
3.3	Quality standards and waste factors are considered
3.4	Processing methods are established
3.5	Processing time is identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	reading of plans and specifications and the preparation of cutting lists for the production of furniture components preparation of cutting lists may be completed by both manual and computer assisted/generated means
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the reading of plans and specifications and the preparation of cutting lists competency may be determined in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Materials to be considered include:	solid timber manufactured board metal plastics glass
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3012B Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3010 Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate, interpret and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials and tools used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and manufacturers' instructions to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain optimum production output and product quality

Interpret production plans and prepare cutting lists on a minimum of four (4) occasions with lists each having at least ten (10) different components and, overall, the lists incorporating four (4) different types of material

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Characteristics of materials and tooling used and use of products programmed

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Pattern techniques for optimising materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans and specifications, standard cutting list formats and workplace standard processing procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3011 Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers measuring and recording site layout details to provide an accurate basis for both manufacture and installation of furniture products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Obtain measurements	1.1	The purpose of obtaining measurements is clarified and confirmed
1.2	The most appropriate method of obtaining the measurement is selected and applied
1.3	Accurate measurements are obtained, confirmed and recorded
1.4	Calculations required for the measurement or validation are selected and correctly applied
1.5	Quality assurance requirements, standards and tolerances associated with enterprise operations are recognised and adhered to
2	Draw site layout	2.1	Intended use of the site is clarified and confirmed
2.2	A site plan is prepared showing all features and measurements
2.3	A site elevation is completed showing all features and measurements
2.4	Unique and non-complying features which may impact on manufacture and/or installation are highlighted and referred to the appropriate party

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	measurement and drawing of site layout related to the manufacture and installation of furniture, cabinets, glass, soft furnishings, upholstery, picture framing and floor covering products
Drawing include:	manual or computer-aided
Measurements:	are to be in metric scale, cover all dimensions of the site and furnishings and involve the use of: rulers tape measures squares service detectors laser or equivalent technology
Critical dimensions that may impact on manufacture and installation include:	the square of the structure angles of floor to walls walls to ceiling vertical walls horizontal floor and ceiling service locations and critical structural criteria
Calculations include:	area perimeter volume mass scales and ratios (ingredients/elements and triangulation) and require the application of addition subtraction multiplication and division processes calculations are to be performed both manually and with the aid of a calculator
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3013B Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3011 Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Identify the factors relevant to the measurements and drawings

Communicate effectively to enable accurate calculations, measurements and drawings

Accurately measure and record particulars for required sector sites and materials

Draw accurate, scaled plans and elevations relevant to the site using manual or computer-aided methods

Identify and communicate on measurements and dimensions which may impact on manufacture and/or installation

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Knowledge Evidence

Furniture design and planning criteria

Drawing techniques, technologies and processes

Furniture installation methods, criteria and techniques

Measurement techniques and equipment/tools

Theory and practice of calculations (addition, subtraction, multiplication and division)

Conventional signs and markings for plans and drawings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to information on the site and products for measurement and calculation, suitable work area appropriate to the activity, suitable site plans/drawings and/or specifications, and measuring, calculating and recording devices.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3012 Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining sawing machines using their full technical potential and capacities. It encompasses and builds on the machines and tasks covered in unit MSFFM2010 Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Cutting list and job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Sawing machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.6	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.7	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Saw settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check saw operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to saw settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Saw start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material to be sawed is positioned in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Saw is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Saw operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.7	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the saw are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Sawing machines include:	cross-cut saws circular rip saws sliding table panel saws and scroll-band saws numerically controlled (NC) beam saws wall saws band re-saws and straight line edgers
Materials to be machined include:	solid timber manufactured board laminates plastics acrylics synthetic solids
Unit scope includes:	reading and interpreting plans deep ripping cutting angles and compound angles trenching flat panel components shaping components using jigs and fixtures breaking down boards maintaining machine parts and saw blades
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	machine-specific tolls screwdrivers hammers spanners jigs and fixtures
Materials include:	sawing machine consumables oils and lubricants and trial materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3020B Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3012 Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up, operate and maintain at least four (4) different types of saws, using safety cut-outs and guards

Conduct operator maintenance on the machines and related equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of sawing machines

Sawing processes and techniques

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to sawing machinery, standard operating procedures and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3013 Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines

Modification History

Release 2 - Mapping corrected

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining drilling machines using their full technical potential and capacities. It encompasses and builds on the drilling machines and tasks covered in unit MSFFM2010 Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Cutting list and job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Drilling machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.6	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.7	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Drill settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check drill operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to drill settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Drill start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material to be drilled is positioned in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Drill is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Drill operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Items that do not meet quality requirements are recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.6	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the drill are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Drilling machines include:	single-head multi-spindle machines single-spindle vertical and horizontal machines multi-head multi-spindle machines
Materials to be machined include:	solid timber manufactured board metal glass
Unit scope includes:	reading and interpreting working drawing and manufacturer hardware specification drilling pattern selection cutter fitting to meet job specification adjustment and use of pressures and stops
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	machine-specific tools screwdrivers hammers spanners jigs and fixtures
Materials include:	drilling machine consumables oils and lubricants and trial materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3021B Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3013 Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines

Modification History

Release 2 - Mapping corrected

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up and operate at least the two (2) different types of drills, including the use of safety cut-outs and guards

Conduct operator maintenance on the machines and associated equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of drilling machines

Drilling processes and techniques

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to drilling machinery, standard operating procedures, and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3014 Set up, operate and maintain joining machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining joining machines using their full potential and capacities in the production of furniture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Cutting list and job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Joining machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.6	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.7	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Joining machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.7	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Joining machines include:	mortise and tenoners (either joinery or furniture) dovetailers (single or multi-pin) dowelling and inserting machines
Materials to be machined include:	solid timber manufactured board
Unit scope includes:	reading and interpreting working drawings machining mortise and tenon joints, dovetailing, scribed joints, angle joints and compound angle joints maintaining tools and cutters
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	machine-specific tools screwdrivers hammers spanners jigs and fixtures
Materials include:	joining machine consumables oils and lubricants and trial materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3022B Set up, operate and maintain joining machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3014 Set up, operate and maintain joining machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage and wastage of goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up, operate to their full capacities at least two (2) different types of joining machines (mortise and tenoner and dovetailer), including the use of safety cut-outs and guards and their application of the machines to a variety of materials

Conduct operator maintenance on the machines and related equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of joining machines

Joining processes and techniques

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to joining machinery, standard operating procedures, and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3015 Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining planing and finishing machines using their full potential and capacities in the production of furniture. It encompasses and builds on the machines and tasks covered in unit MSFFM2010, Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Cutting list and job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Planing and finishing machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.6	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.7	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Planing and finishing machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Items that do not meet quality requirements are recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.6	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Planing and finishing machines include:	surface planer panel planer and wide belt sander planer sander and over and under machines multi-drum sander
Material to be machined include:	solid timber manufactured board
Unit scope includes:	changing and monitoring straight cutters and knives setting pressures chip breaker and fences changing abrasive belts and adjusting pressures feed and belt tracking devices
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	machine-specific tools and tension wrenches screwdrivers hammers spanners jigs and fixtures
Materials include:	planing and finishing machine consumables oils and lubricants and trial materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3023B Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3015 Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage and wastage of goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up and operate to their full capabilities, at least three (3) different types of planing and finishing machines which are to include:

a surface planer

a panel planer

a wide belt sander

Conduct operator maintenance on machines and related equipment and materials

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of planing and finishing machines

Planing and finishing processes and techniques

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to planing and finishing machinery, standard operating procedures, and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3016 Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining multi-head planing and moulding machines using their full potential and capacities in the production of furniture. It encompasses and builds on other machines and tasks covered in unit MSFFM2010, Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Machines and cutting tools are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.6	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.7	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls, are checked
2.2	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Items that do not meet quality requirements are recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.6	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Machines include:	through and push feed planing and moulding machines for machining solid timber and manufactured board
Unit scope includes:	changing and maintaining straight and profile knives setting pressures feed speeds chip breakers and guides square dressing producing detailed mouldings
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	machine-specific tools tension wrenches screwdrivers hammers and spanners
Materials include:	planing and moulding machine consumables oils and lubricants and trial materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3024B Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3016 Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage and wastage of goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up, operate and maintain multi-headed planing and moulding machine, including the use of safety cut-outs and guards, to complete the following:

square dress timber

produce a minimum range of three (3) detailed mouldings profiled on at least one edge and one face to a minimum of Australian Standards criteria

Conduct operator maintenance on the machine

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of planing and moulding machines

Planing and moulding processes and techniques

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a planing and moulding machine, standard operating procedures, and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3017 Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining routing and shaping machines using their full potential and capacities in the production of furniture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Cutting list and job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Routing and shaping machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.6	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.7	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Routing and shaping machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Items that do not meet quality requirements are recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.6	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Routing and shaping machines include:	spindle moulding machine overhead or inverted pin routing machine
Material to be routed and shaped include:	solid timber manufactured board plastics and laminates
Unit scope includes:	setting up fences and guides maintaining cutters selecting feed and spindle speeds the use of feed unit safety pressure devices/guards linear, convex and concave shaping rebating moulding and grooving material using jigs and fixtures
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	machine-specific tools screwdrivers hammers spanners jigs and fixtures
Materials include:	routing and shaping machine consumables oils and lubricants and trial materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3025B Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3017 Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage and wastage of goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up and operate to their full capabilities, at least two (2) different types of routing and shaping machines, including the use of safety cut-outs and guards

Conduct operator maintenance on the machines and related equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of routing and shaping machines

Routing and shaping processes and techniques

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to routing and shaping machinery, standard operating procedures, and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3018 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical wood-turning lathes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining mechanical wood-turning lathes used in the production of furniture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Material for turning is selected and inspected for quality
1.4	Machines, cutting tools and templates are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.5	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.6	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.2	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.3	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.7	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Lathes include:	two of fixed knife rotary knife and copying lathe
Unit scope includes:	reading the plans and specifications manufacture of templates freehand grinding of cutters application of cutting tools set-up and operation of lathes to produce turned components
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools include:	machine-specific tools tension wrench pedestal grinder or bench grinder
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3026B Set up, operate and maintain mechanical wood turning lathes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3018 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical wood-turning lathes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up, operate and maintain at least two (2) different lathes, including the use of safety cut-outs and guards, to complete the following:

off-hand grind a range of cutters

manufacture and apply a template

complete a minimum of two (2) detailed turnings which are to include fillets, beads, covers and square shoulder

Conduct operator maintenance on the lathes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of lathes

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to lathes, standard operating procedures and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3019 Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining edge banding machines which use automated processes to apply and finish edge treatments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Material for processing is selected and inspected for quality
1.4	Machines and cutting tools are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.5	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.6	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.2	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.3	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.7	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Automated edge banding machines include:	standard automated edger (not fully automatic) soft forming machine
Unit scope includes:	applying and processing an edge trim to solid timber or manufactured board
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Materials to be processed include:	solid timber manufactured board
Edgings include:	solid timber laminates plastics non-ferrous materials and foils
Operator maintenance includes:	the cleaning and refurbishing of the gluing station
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3027B Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3019 Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up and operate an automated (not fully automatic) edging machine to complete the following:

the set up and application of at least three (3) different edge treatment materials

the identification and correction of at least two (2) real or simulated machining faults

Conduct operator maintenance on the machines and equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of machines

Characteristics, uses and limitations of board products, edging products and adhesives

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to an automated edge banding machine, standard operating procedures, and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3020 Fabricate synthetic solid surface products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers fabricating synthetic solid surface furniture and furnishing products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Fabrication sequence is planned
1.3	Procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.4	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.5	Suitable work area is selected for the task
1.6	Preparatory drawings and set-outs for tasks are completed
1.7	Cutting list for components is developed
1.8	Materials are selected following work instructions
1.9	Tools and equipment suitable for fabrication are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Complete fabrication	2.1	Materials are set out and prepared according to work instructions and components are marked according to industry practices
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Components are fabricated and checked against set-outs for accuracy tolerances, fit and distortion
2.4	Doors, drawers, shelves or decorative treatments are fitted as required
2.5	Product is prepared for final finish, including the removal of bruises, scratches, dents and marks
2.6	Product is checked against plans at identified checkpoints
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
3.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
3.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
3.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Synthetic solid surface products include:	acrylic or polyester sheet-based materials
Synthetic solid surface products include:	benchtops edges sinks bowls other containers and waterproof wall treatments
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work involves reading and interpreting plans, developing set-outs, using hand and/or power tools, equipment and operating machinery
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills/screwdrivers air compressor and hoses clamps screwdrivers pincers
Machines include:	panel saws routers edge moulders point to point heat applicators sanding and buffing machines
Materials include:	synthetic solid surface materials timber manufactured board glues screws nails dowels knockdown fittings
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3028B Fabricate synthetic solid surface products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3020 Fabricate synthetic solid surface products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Fabricate a minimum of three (3) synthetic solid surface material products, including at least one (1) full benchtop

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of synthetic solid surface materials

Interpretation of plan representation of furniture design

Preparation of drawings and set-outs

Identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, machines, equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans, hand and/or power tools, machines, equipment, materials and a work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3021 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining CNC sizing machines to produce furniture or components.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Material for machining is selected and inspected for appropriate quality
1.4	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.5	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	CNC program is set to job requirements
2.2	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.3	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.4	Machines, cutting tools and jigs are checked for safe and effective operation
2.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation and quality of finished work
2.6	Final adjustments are made to CNC programs and equipment according to workplace procedures
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machines are operated and monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.2	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.3	Problems with the required work are identified and reported to appropriate persons
3.4	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.5	Any authorised changes in working procedures are followed
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
CNC sizing machines include:	CNC beam saws double end profiling machines
Unit scope includes:	computer programming skills reading and interpreting drawings stock control setting cutting speeds computer-aided machining operations saw and tool maintenance
Materials to be sized include:	solid timber manufactured board laminate solid synthetic materials and plastics
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools include:	machine-specific tools screwdrivers hammers spanners
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3030B Set up, operate and maintain CNC sizing machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3021 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate, interpret and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up and operate CNC sizing equipment, including the use of safety cut-outs and guards, to produce a range of complex cutting patterns

Conduct operator maintenance on the machine and related equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of CNC sizing machines

CNC theory, practices and techniques

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced

Work flow processes

Procedures for reporting materials, product or equipment faults

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to CNC controlled equipment, standard operating procedures and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3022 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining CNC machining and processing centres to produce furniture or components.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Material for machining is selected and inspected for appropriate quality
1.4	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.5	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up for machining and processing	2.1	CNC program is set to job requirements
2.2	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.3	Machining and processing settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machining and processing and tool manufacturer instructions
2.4	Machining and processing, cutting tools and jigs are checked for safe and effective operation
2.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machining and processing operation and quality of finished work
2.6	Final adjustments are made to CNC programs and equipment according to workplace procedures
3	Operate machining and processing centres	3.1	Machining and processing centres are operated and monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.2	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.3	Problems with the required work are identified and reported to appropriate persons
3.4	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.5	Any authorised changes in working procedures are followed
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
CNC machining and processing centres include	a three axis machining centre multi-tasking machining centres flat-bed routers and mortise
Materials to be machined and processed include:	solid timber manufactured board
Unit scope includes:	reading and interpreting drawings selecting and installing tooling setting jigs and fixtures programming (sub-programs and parametrics) performance of computer-aided design (CAD)/computer-aided manufacture (CAM) functions downloading and storage of data to complete detailed profiling other specified operations
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machining and processing centres competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	stand-alone or integral computing systems machine-specific tools
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3031B Set up, operate and maintain CNC machining and processing centres.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3022 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate, interpret and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up and operate CNC machining and processing centre equipment to complete detailed profiling, including:

development and application of sub-program

development and application of parametric program, and

application of CAD/CAM functions

Conduct operator maintenance on the machining and processing centre equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of CNC machining and processing centres

CNC theory, practices and techniques

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced

Work flow processes

Procedures for reporting materials, product or equipment faults

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to CNC controlled equipment, standard operating procedures, unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3023 Produce and maintain cutting tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting and machining materials to produce and maintain cutting tools used in woodworking machinery.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including development, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.4	Machines, grinding tools and accessories are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.5	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.6	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.2	Grinding operations are checked for accuracy and quality of finished work
2.3	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Tooling is machined in accordance with manufacturer instructions, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.7	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
3.8	Daily routine lubrication and adjustments to the machines are made
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Machines include:	a tool and cutter grinder or a profile grinder a straight knife grinder and a bench or pedestal grinder
Unit scope includes:	identification of cutter design requirements geometrical development of cutter profiles inspection and identification of maintenance requirements selection and matching of abrasives for job requirements producing templates maintenance of detailed cutter profiles maintenance of straight cutters for a range of woodworking machines
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines
Cutting tools include:	profile knives router cutters straight knives profile cutter heads
Materials include:	high-speed steel and tungsten carbide other combination materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3032B Produce and maintain cutting tools.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3023 Produce and maintain cutting tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Produce a set of two (2) matching profile cutters

Maintain a router cutter and solid profile cutter head

Conduct operator maintenance on the machines/ equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of grinding machines

Cutter development geometry and principles

Characteristics, properties and limitations of cutter steels

Grinding practices and techniques

Types, characteristics and limitations of grinding adhesives and processes

Workplace guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

Workplace safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to grinding machines, standard operating procedures and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3024 Construct jigs and fixtures

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing and constructing jigs and fixtures to produce furniture components.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify the purpose of the jig or fixture	1.1	Purpose of the jig or fixture, and the equipment it is to be used on is established
1.2	Proposed service life of jig or fixture is established
1.3	Tolerances allowed are identified
1.4	Materials for jig construction are established
1.5	Quality requirements for each stage of the construction process are identified
2	Plan jig or fixture construction	2.1	Plan of proposed jig or fixture is produced
2.2	Approval of design is gained through workplace procedures
2.3	Steps or stages in production are planned, noting check points for measurements and tests
3	Collect materials and equipment	3.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
3.2	Sufficient materials to complete the project are assembled ready for use
3.3	Suitable work area is selected
3.4	Hand and/or power tools are identified and checked for serviceability and assembled in work area
3.5	Appropriate equipment required is identified and checked for serviceability
4	Construct the jig or fixture	4.1	Production plan is followed to construct the jig or fixture
4.2	Tools and equipment are used in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Quality checks are conducted at the identified points
4.4	Modifications are identified and recommended within workplace procedures
4.5	Modifications to the plan are documented and followed
4.6	Jig or fixture is checked for fitness for purpose
5	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	5.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
5.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
5.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
5.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
5.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Machines for which jigs and fixtures are made include:	band saws cross-cut saws jig saws mitre saws panel and rip saws belt sanders panel planers surface planers horizontal borers vertical drill presses mortisers tenoners spindle moulders overhead and inverted pin routing machines
Uses for jigs and fixtures include:	holding shaping drilling cutting routing
Production of components requiring jigs and fixtures include:	chair legs shaping curved components end panels trenching grooving
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps screwdrivers pincers
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Materials used in the construction of jigs and fixtures include:	solid timber manufactured board metal plastics synthetic solids laminates and non-ferrous materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3033B Construct jigs and fixtures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3024 Construct jigs and fixtures

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, tools, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Select materials and construct a minimum of three (3) different types of jigs/fixtures, including one (1) for a shaping machine and one (1) which is adjustable

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of jigs and fixtures

Criteria for selecting material for use in jigs and fixtures

Requirements for cutting, shaping and joining materials

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to the use of jigs and fixtures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a job context, materials and equipment for jig or fixture construction.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM4001 Hand carve wood to custom design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers confirming the design requirements, selecting the wood, hand carving it to custom design and preparing the carving for finishing. It applies to a work room and on-site environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at the highly skilled craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm the design requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements and instructions relevant to the hand carving of wood are verified and complied with
1.2	Product design requirements are accessed and confirmed as being feasible
1.3	Product design requirements are elaborated on as required and documented to enterprise requirements
2	Select and prepare the wood to be hand carved	2.1	The design requirements in terms of product specification and product usage are analysed and confirmed
2.2	Wood species to satisfy the product specifications are identified
2.3	Wood for carving is selected from a detailed analysis and comparison of the product specification and the characteristics, properties and costs of the available wood species
2.4	Selected wood is prepared for hand carving
3	Select carving tools	3.1	Carving tools selected are the most appropriate for the job
3.2	Selected carving tools are checked for serviceability, sharpness, maintenance compliance and safety
3.3	Faults are rectified or passed to qualified persons for rectification
3.4	Equipment is selected to hold or support material for hand tools application, where applicable
4	Carve the wood	4.1	Method and style of wood carving are selected to meet the design requirements and the selected wood
4.2	Carving patterns are applied to and enfaced on the wood to guide the carving and optimise the use of the wood
4.3	Carving tools are applied initially to bulk clearances which confirm the wood grain selection and the appropriateness of the tools
4.4	Carving tools are applied to the precision requirements of the product design
5	Finalise the work sequence	5.1	The product is prepared for finishing in accordance with the design specification
5.2	Carving tools are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer specification
5.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed
5.4	Workplace documentation and/or reports are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Legislative requirements include:	applicable legislation from all levels of government that affect organisational operation award and enterprise agreements industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and privacy WHS the environment equal employment opportunity (EEO) anti-discrimination relevant industry codes of practice duty of care and heritage
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Instructions include:	workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment production planning figures workplace instructions, including job sheets, plans, specifications, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Wood species for carving include:	lime and ash maple cherry English oak American oak Japanese oak walnut Brazilian mahogany sycamore holly apple pear beech teak iroko rosewood ebony ramin blackwood
Preparation of wood for hand carving includes:	confirmation of grain identification and response to faults knots and contaminants cutting of wood to workable size and shape
Carving tools include:	carving knives chisels (straight and curved) short bent front bent spoon bit back bent skew fishtail spade parting tool macaroni (fluterino and backeroni) palm tools rasps rifflers punches gouges venier router
Tool sharpening includes:	grinding and sharpening using a sandstone wheel or high-speed carborundum stone, a fine oilstone or a fine carving stone sharpening a carver’s chisel/implement involves sharpening bevels on both sides and rounding off bevels
Methods and styles of wood carving include:	chip carving relief carving Scandinavian flat plane caricature carving love spoon treen whittling
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM4005A Hand carve wood to custom design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM4001 Hand carve wood to custom design

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for the use of hand tools

Interpret product design and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Hand carve a minimum of two (2) significant products, including:

the interpretation and necessary adoption of the design specifications

the selection of timber for the carving

the completion of the carving to specification or commercially acceptable standard

the preparation of the products for finishing

Carry out operator maintenance on hand tools, including the grinding and sharpening of a range of knives and chisels

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to hand carving of wood

Terminology covering hand carving operations and materials

Types, characteristics, used and limitations of timber species for hand carving

Techniques for the design and documentation of specifications for hand carved products

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for hand carving of wood

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of the range of tools used in wood carving

Processes for evaluating the quality of carving tools in terms of specifications, safety, maintainability and commercial reputation

Range of commonly used hand carving techniques

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Workplace safety requirements and WHS legislation

Work flow within the workplace

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to significant hand carving requirements, including design brief or specification, a range of optional timbers, and a range of quality carving tools and materials for the preparation of the product for finishing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM4002 Construct joints for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers joining timber by constructing joints using hand and portable power tools. It includes adapting/designing joints that are compatible with the product material, purpose and style of the furniture and supports the attainment of skills and knowledge required for competent workplace performance in the wide variety of furnishing maker operations. The competency applies to a work room and on-site environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a highly skilled craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to constructing joints for custom furniture are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions, plans and/or design briefs are read and interpreted to identify furniture joint requirements
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Product purpose, furniture style and construction material are identified
1.5	Joints are identified and type of joint to be used is selected and adapted/designed as necessary
1.6	Tools, adhesives and fasteners are selected to match the joint type
1.7	Quality checking procedures are developed and documented for each step in the joint construction process
2	Make joint	2.1	Cutting and joining lines are marked out to suit joint type
2.2	Measurements and calculations are checked for accuracy to ensure quality outcomes
2.3	Timber features are identified and optimal usage criteria are observed
2.4	Timber is cut to specification, inspected and prepared for joining
2.5	Timber is joined in accordance with the job specifications
2.6	Fasteners and adhesives are used to make joints firm where required
2.7	Finished joint is checked against quality requirements
3	Finalise the work sequence	3.1	The product is prepared for finishing in accordance with the design specification
3.2	Carving tools are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer specification
3.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed
3.4	Workplace documentation and/or reports are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Joints for custom furniture include:	dowel mortise and tenon dovetail lap joint biscuit joint finger joint housing joint mitre or bridle joints
Tools and equipment include:	chisels mallets mortise gauges vernier callipers vices dovetail saws tenon saws coping saws planes files hand and power drills dowel jigs power routers portable biscuit machines power planers power saws power sanders
Materials include:	timber (both indigenous and overseas) adhesives fasteners
Adhesives include:	resorcinol formaldehyde polyurethane epoxy cyanoacrylate
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures written, verbal or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM4006A Construct joints for custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM4002 Construct joints for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

Select appropriate joint types for the furniture item and produce a minimum of four (4) different joint types in accordance with industry standards and tolerances with at least two (2) produced substantially by hand operations

Utilise at least three (3) different adhesive types

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate other material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to constructing joints for custom furniture moisture suppressants and barrier systems

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the creation of joints

Types of tools and equipment used in joint construction and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics and properties of timber being used

Characteristics, properties and selection criteria of adhesives used

Matching requirements of adhesives and fasteners to timbers/materials used

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Work flow in relation to the furniture items being made or repaired

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to the design and application of jointing techniques, and specifications and work instructions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM4003 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers production of curved and shaped components for custom furniture in a wide variety of furniture maker operations. It applies to a work room and on-site environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a highly skilled craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to the production of curved and shaped components for custom furniture are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions or plans are read and interpreted to identify process required to complete work tasks
1.3	Production materials are identified, evaluated and selected
1.4	Tools and equipment are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Techniques for bending, forming and shaping components are identified, evaluated and selected for the particular applications
1.6	Sequence of work is planned, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of construction
1.7	Quality checking procedures are developed and documented for each step in the production process
2	Complete construction	2.1	Component specifications are set out according to work instructions and materials marked according to industry practices
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Material bending, forming and shaping are undertaken in accordance with the production plan
2.4	Components are checked against specified tolerances, fit and accuracy
3	Finalise the work sequence	3.1	The product is prepared for finishing in accordance with the design specification
3.2	Carving tools are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer specification
3.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed
3.4	Workplace documentation and/or reports are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Curved components include:	curved timber components produced by: laminating coopering steam bending saw kerfing
Shaped components include:	timber shaped by hand or static machine tools
Instructions include:	workplace instructions regarding techniques, materials, tools and equipment required in the production of curved and shaped components for custom furniture workplace procedures relating to the use and operation of tools and equipment workplace instructions, including job sheets, plans, specifications, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Materials include:	timber plywood medium density fibreboard (MDF) veneer plastic laminate sheet metal adhesives screws nails dowels decorative finishes abrasive paper finishing materials
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rules hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand and power saws power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps screwdrivers pincers rasps
Machines include:	band saws cross-cut saws mitre saws panel and rip saws surface planers panel planers belt sanders horizontal borers vertical drill presses dove-tailers pedestal grinders wood-turning lathes veneer guillotines presses
Material bending, forming and shaping techniques include:	steam ending laminating coopering saw kerfing hand shaping machine shaping
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures verbal, written or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM4007A Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM4003 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

Produce a minimum of six (6) significant timber curved components, five (5) from solid timber and one (1) using ply:

one (1) involving shaping from solid timber using hand techniques

one (1) involving shaping from solid timber using machine techniques

one (1) involving laminating

one (1) involving use of heat/steam

one (1) involving other techniques

items must demonstrate appropriate design, use of materials and strength for purpose

Conduct operator maintenance on machines and related tools and equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate other material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the production of curved and shaped components for custom furniture

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the production of curved and shaped components for custom furniture

Techniques for timber bending, forming and shaping

Types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of solid timbers commonly used in furniture production

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations on hand and power tools used in timber bending, forming and shaping

Interpretation of plan representations of furniture design

Techniques for the preparation of drawings/set-outs/rods and geometrical concepts

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Work flow within the workplace

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to realistic curved and shaped component tasks, materials and equipment relevant to production of curved and shaped components for custom furniture, and specifications and work instructions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM4004 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers production of timber veneered components for custom-made furniture in a wide variety of fine wood operations. It applies to a workshop environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a craftsman or artisan level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to producing timber veneered components for custom-made furniture are complied with
1.2	Instructions, plans or design briefs are read and interpreted to identify processes and materials to complete work tasks
1.3	Suitable timber or timber veneer material is identified, evaluated and selected
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Sequence of work is planned and documented, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of finish
1.6	Quality checking procedures are developed and documented for each step in the veneering process
2	Prepare timber veneer	2.1	Timber is selected and the cutting face is prepared
2.2	Veneer timber is cut along grain at the specified thickness
2.3	Veneer thickness and consistency are monitored with respect of size and tolerances
2.4	Veneer is dressed to the required tolerances for further use
3	Lay out and prepare materials	3.1	Design of veneer is laid out
3.2	Veneers are selected and checked for flaws
3.3	Veneers are matched and method of joining to adjacent veneers is selected and prepared for
3.4	Veneers are prepared for application and laid out
3.5	Suitable joining processes to backing and adjacent veneers are selected and prepared
3.6	The style of edge finish is selected and prepared for
4	Apply and/or fit and finish	4.1	Veneers are measured, marked and cut to size, and applied to base material
4.2	Adhesives are applied according to workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions
4.3	Selected joining process is applied in accordance with workplace procedures, including the use of protective equipment
4.4	Final trim and finishing are completed to specifications
4.5	Work is checked against required quality standards
4.6	Any non-conformity with the required quality standard is rectified
5	Finalise the work sequence	5.1	The product is prepared for finishing in accordance with the design specification
5.2	Carving tools are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer specification
5.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed
5.4	Workplace documentation and/or reports are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Veneered components include:	thin slices of wood, usually thinner than 3 mm (1/8"0 glued and pressed onto core panels of different material, including: wood particleboard medium density fibreboard (MDF) veneers are also used in parquetry, marquetry, intarsia and inlays
Instructions include:	workplace veneering instructions, including job sheets, plans, specifications, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials
Tools and equipment include:	knives chisels measuring tapes or rules mallets squares levels planes band saws rotary lathe slicing machine half round lathe power saws power drills/screwdrivers hand drills pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps screwdrivers rollers laminate trimmers cutters and hand routers sandpaper wire wool sanding block
Materials include:	timber manufactured board laminates timber strips adhesives cleaning materials tapes
Veneers include:	two or more layers of veneer adhered to each other and referred to as laminates employed to provide: structured strength or shape (e.g. the back of a chair) that also has visual appeal applied to a laminate of different material for visual appeal whilst maintaining other structural benefits
Suitable joining processes include:	mechanical press that uses two flat plates being brought together to press the veneer to the substrate during the gluing process either purely mechanical using a screw or level action or closed with a hydraulic ram. This method is only used for veneering flat surfaces vacuum technique involving the component being veneered being placed in a form of bag from which the air is extracted. This method is favoured for veneering curved surfaces and also by smaller operators because of its flexibility hot glue hammering that is a traditional method of veneering involving using hot glue on the surfaces being veneered and then hammering the veneer to the subsurface with a hammer
Joining to adjacent veneers includes:	butting two right angle edges together then ‘stitching’ the veneer using a hot melt glue or tape (commonly used for flat surfaces) using a scarf joint then gluing the surfaces together (commonly used on curved surfaces)
Style and edge finish include:	solid timber veneer to cover the exposed edge
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures written, verbal or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM4008A Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM4004 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

Prepare a minimum of one(1) significant veneer, including:

the selection of materials

the preparation of the cutting face

the cutting and dressing of the veneer

Apply and finish veneers to at least three (3) different surfaces, including one (1) flat, one (1) curved and one (1) being a laminate, including at least two (2) requiring veneer edging

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate other material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the production of timber veneer components

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the production of timber veneer components

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of veneers

Techniques for the manufacture and application of veneers

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different veneering timbers

Interpretation of plan representations of furniture design

The preparation of drawings/set-outs

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Work flow in relation to furniture production

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to realistic tasks related to the application of veneers, materials and equipment relevant to the production and application of veneers, and specifications and work instructions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2001 Undertake a basic furniture making project

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, assembling and finishing a basic furnishing project.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Research furnishing materials and components	1.1	Determine materials that are appropriate for furnishing projects
1.2	Describe the design advantages of those furnishing materials when compared to each other
1.3	Identify and source commonly available hardware
1.4	Identify and research different methods used to join timber and engineered board
1.5	Describe the advantages of the different joining methods

2	Develop a furnishing-based project	2.1	Select a project from a range of furniture pieces that can be completed in the institution in the available time
2.2	Determine the types of material required for the project
2.3	Calculate the amount of material and components required
2.4	Develop project scope and gain approval for the project

3	Determine drawing requirements	3.1	Research different methods of producing drawings
3.2	Decide how drawings will be produced, e.g. using a computer-aided design (CAD) systems and/or hand drawing equipment, and/or freehand sketches
3.3	Decide on appropriate dimensioning methods for the drawings produced
3.4	Decide on methods and conventions for naming and saving new or modified drawings

4	Create project drawings	4.1	Produce drawings of the project that is to be completed using either CAD systems or hand drawing equipment
4.2	Review drawings with trainer/instructor and peers
4.3	Modify drawings as required in response to the feedback provided
4.4	Produce an items and materials list using either the CAD system computer software or by hand

5	Plan the manufacture of the product	5.1	Determine the machines, tools and equipment required and WHS/PPE requirements
5.2	Determine the sequence of individual component manufacture and measures needed to protect manufactured components from damage
5.3	Develop a sequence for the assembly of the project
5.4	Get advice and approval for the project and plan

6	Manufacture the product	6.1	Follow safe work practices and procedures
6.2	Comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
6.3	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with procedures
6.4	Manufacture and store components and acquire stock components according to the developed plan
6.5	Assemble product according to the developed and approved plan using appropriate hand and power tools and equipment
6.6	Check for conformance to requirements throughout the manufacture and assembly process

7	Complete work requirements	7.1	Clear work area of waste and clean according to requirements
7.2	Maintain and/or store machines, tools and equipment according to instructions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Furnishing projects include one (1) or more of the following:	lamp table hall table bedside table occasional table hat stand dining chair writing desk blanket box ottoman
Furnishing materials include one (1) more of the following:	types of timber engineered board composite materials upholstery foams glass textiles metal pre-machined components
Types of hardware include one (1) or more of the following:	hinges knockdown fittings handles screws staples nails/upholstery tacks drawer runners and fixtures locks
Methods used to join timber and engineered board include one (1) or more of the following:	knock down fittings nails screws gluing biscuits timber joints dowels dominoes
PPE includes one (1) or more of the following:	safety glasses face and head protection protective footwear protective clothing respiratory protection ear protection gloves

Unit Mapping Information

New unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2001 Undertake a basic furniture making project

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, procedures and safe work practices

applying safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including the use of PPE

selecting furnishing materials for the project

selecting furnishing components for the project

determining appropriate joining methods for furnishing materials and components

producing drawings of an assembled project and its components

planning the manufacture of a furnishing project, including all necessary calculations

producing components according to created drawing requirements

assembling project, including using tools and equipment in a safe and effective manner

inspecting finished project against quality requirements

tidying/cleaning work area as appropriate

returning tools, equipment and project items to designated storage areas and/or conditions.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures in a furniture making environment and use of PPE

sources of information on furnishing materials and components

sources of information on furnishing projects

furnishing drawing practices

methods of joining timber and engineered board

need for drawings that others can follow.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in undertaking a basic furniture making project at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required to complete the project.

Project should include the use of a number of materials, tools, joining methods and complexity expected of a learner entering the furnishing industry.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2002 Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit specifies the competency required to research careers, training and career path options in the furnishing industry. It involves research into the range of activities available in the industry to develop a career plan.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Research furnishing occupations	1.1	Identify sources of information of information about the furnishing industry and identify furnishing industry sectors
1.2	Determine and describe the types of occupations in furnishing and associated industries and the enterprises that employ furnishing occupations.
1.3	Identify and list an appropriate qualification or qualifications for each occupation, together with the requirements/methods of achievement.

2	Develop a career plan	2.1	Determine career paths within furnishing industry
2.2	Develop a training plan for entry into and progression through the determined career paths
2.3	Assess and describe own skills and interests
2.4	Develop a strategy for gaining access to an identified occupation

3	Review plan	3.1	Discuss plan with appropriate people
3.2	Amend plan as necessary

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Industries sectors include one (1) more of the following:	blinds, awnings and security screens cabinet making (kitchens, bathrooms and built-in fitments) furniture making furniture finishing (polishing) flooring technology (timber, carpets and resilient) glass and glazing musical instrument making and repairs piano technology picture framing soft furnishings wood machining upholstery
Occupations include one (1) or more of the following:	general duties production work artesian tradesman apprentice furnishings manufacturer paraprofessional designer paraprofessional technician installers technical sales

Unit Mapping Information

New unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2002 Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

researching occupations and employment opportunities in furnishing industry sectors

researching types of enterprises that employ furnishing personnel with all levels of qualifications

developing a personal career plan that describes own skills and interests.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of the:

variety of furnishing industries sectors

industries that employ furnishing people

jobs/work in the furnishing industry

types of learning institutions that support skills development in furnishing and allied industries.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in developing a career plan for furnishing and manufacturing industry at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to research materials and documentation required.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2003 Prepare surfaces

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit specifies the competency required to prepare a range of surfaces for the application of surface coatings.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, designs, project sheets or work instructions
1.2	Identify the workplace, health and safety (WHS) practices and procedures to be used
1.3	Locate, read and interpret the appropriate material safety data sheets (MSDS)

2	Plan and prepare for work	2.1	Identify the characteristics of the surface and the required surface coating materials
2.2	Identify procedures for surface preparation according to the surface and surface coating materials being used
2.3	Identify and set up tools, equipment and related controls, including safety guards, in accordance with work instructions
2.4	Identify and exclude sources of contamination in the work area

3	Prepare surfaces	3.1	Comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
3.2	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with procedures
3.3	Prepare surfaces using appropriate materials in accordance with specifications and work instructions
3.4	Rectify all surface preparation faults as required
3.5	Label and store prepared product ready for the next process

4	Check work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Clean equipment and inspect for serviceable condition and store and report faulty and/or defective equipment in accordance with procedures
4.2	Store or dispose of materials according to procedures
4.3	Clean and maintain work area

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
PPE includes one (1) or more of the following:	safety glasses face and head protection protective footwear protective clothing respiratory protection ear protection gloves
Surfaces include three (3) or more of the following:	hardwood timber softwood timber medium density fibre board (MDF) veneered board metal composites
Tools and equipment include one (1) or more of the following:	measuring tapes hammer nail punch liquid containers brushes scrapers file scourers abrasive papers sanding blocks steam iron power sanders/vacuum dust extraction system clamps

Unit Mapping Information

New unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2003 Prepare surfaces

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, procedures and safe work practices

identifying and interpreting project sheets, specifications, drawings and other relevant information in preparing surfaces

applying safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including the use of PPE

identifying and selecting materials to be used in the work process

using mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, including calculating area and estimating material requirements

using tools and equipment in a safe and effective manner

preparing surfaces to include three (3) or more of the following:

solid hardwood

solid softwood

veneered board

MDF

metal

composites

inspecting finished surfaces against quality requirements

minimising wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

communicating and working effectively and safely with others.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of PPE

types, properties and characteristics of coatings

surface preparation materials and techniques

capabilities, limitations and safety requirements of tools and equipment

hazardous substances, materials and precautions to be observed in preparing surfaces, including the review of the MSDS for each material to be used

sequences in relation to the application and removal of surface coatings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in preparing surfaces at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required to undertake this unit.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2004 Apply domestic surface coatings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit specifies the competency required to apply domestic surface coatings by hand using a range of application methods.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, designs, project sheets or work instructions
1.2	Identify the workplace, health and safety (WHS) practices and procedures to be used
1.3	Calculate the quantities required to complete the job to the furniture industry specifications

2	Plan and prepare for work	2.1	Determine the appropriate work practices from procedures and material safety data sheets (MSDS) information
2.2	Identify the characteristics of the surface and the required surface finish from specifications or work instructions
2.3	Select the appropriate application methods according to the project sheets or work instruction requirements
2.4	Identify and check tools, equipment and accessories for the required surface coating task for safe and effective operation

3	Prepare for application of surface coatings	3.1	Comply with work, health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
3.2	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with procedures
3.3	Check surfaces for contamination and correct preparation in accordance with specifications and work instructions
3.4	Prepare surfaces using appropriate materials in accordance with specifications and work instructions, if required
3.5	Identify and repair products with surface or other faults as required
3.6	Make trial applications of surface coatings to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish
3.7	Identify faults and rectify according to procedures

4	Apply surface coatings	4.1	Apply coatings according to project sheets, material manufacturer specifications and work instructions
4.2	Inspect finished products to meet specifications
4.3	Refinish products that do not meet specifications

5	Check work area and maintain equipment	5.1	Clean equipment and inspect for serviceable condition and store and report faulty and/or defective equipment in accordance with procedures
5.2	Store or dispose of materials according to procedures
5.3	Clean and maintain work area

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
PPE includes one (1) or more of the following:	safety glasses face and head protection protective footwear protective clothing respiratory protection ear protection gloves
Coatings include three (3) or more of the following:	enamel acrylic lacquers (water borne/solvent based) polish oils waxes
Application methods include one (1) or more of the following:	brush swooge spray can roller domestic spray equipment
Surfaces include two (2) or more of the following:	solid hardwood timber solid softwood timber manufactured board melamine metal composite
Tools and equipment include one (1) or more of the following:	sanders pneumatic or low-voltage electric buff rubber sanding block tack cloth brushes rollers cotton cloth swooges
Materials include one (1) or more of the following:	water detergent methylated spirits turpentine thinners abrasive papers cotton rags steel wool paint stripper/gel

Unit Mapping Information

New Unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2004 Apply domestic surface coatings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, procedures and safe work practices

identifying and interpreting project sheets, specifications, drawings and other relevant information in applying domestic surface coatings

applying safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including the use of PPE

identifying and selecting application methods to be used to applying coatings

using mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, including calculating area and estimating material requirements

using tools and equipment in a safe and effective manner

preparing for and applying three (3) different types of coating to the following surfaces:

solid timber softwood and hardwood

engineered board

inspecting finished coatings against quality requirements

minimising wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

communicating and working effectively and safely with others.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of PPE

identification of application techniques

MSDS information for type of coatings selected

characteristics of coatings, waxes and oils in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability and required viscosity

capabilities, limitations and safety requirements of tools and equipment

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after finishing

sequences in relation to the application of finishing material.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in applying domestic surface coatings at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant procedures, product and manufacturing specifications.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2005 Join furnishing materials

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit covers the competency required to join furnishing materials using a variety of joining techniques.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Identify job requirements, including process, materials, finish and quantity, from specifications, drawings, designs, project sheets or work instructions
1.2	Identify the workplace, health and safety (WHS) practices and procedures to be used

2	Plan and prepare for work	2.1	Develop a work plan to logically sequence each stage
2.2	Determine the procedures for checking quality at each stage of the process
2.3	Select a suitable work area for the task
2.4	Identify and check tools and equipment for the application for safe and effective operation

3	Lay out and prepare materials	3.1	Select and check materials for defects following work instructions
3.2	Select and prepare suitable joining processes and methods
3.3	Prepare and lay out materials for joining

4	Join materials	4.1	Comply with work, health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
4.2	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with procedures
4.3	Measure, mark and cut to size materials in accordance with requirements
4.4	Apply adhesives according to work procedures and/or manufacturer instructions
4.5	Join materials and complete final trim and finishing to specifications
4.6	Check work against quality requirements

5	Check work area and maintain equipment	5.1	Clean equipment and inspect for serviceable condition and store and report faulty and/or defective equipment in accordance with procedures
5.2	Store or dispose of materials according to procedures
5.3	Clean and maintain work area

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
PPE includes one (1) or more of the following:	safety glasses face and head protection protective footwear protective clothing respiratory protection ear protection gloves
Joining methods include two (2) or more of the following:	butt dowel biscuit joint domino matched joint rebate joint
Machinery includes one (1) or more of the following:	docking saw rip saw sanders vertical and horizontal drills biscuit machine domino machine
Tools and equipment include one (1) or more of the following:	measuring tapes and rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power drills biscuit machine domino machine dowel jigs clamps and cramps abrasives cleaning materials
Materials include two (2) or more of the following:	timber softwoods and hardwoods composites plastic adhesives

Unit Mapping Information

New unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2005 Join furnishing materials

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, procedures and safe work practices

identifying and interpreting project sheets, specifications, drawings and other relevant information in joining furnishing materials

applying safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including the use of PPE

identifying and selecting materials and joining methods to be used in the work process

using mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, including calculating area and estimating material requirements

using tools and equipment in a safe and effective manner

joining a minimum of the following:

two (2) timber products – one (1) hardwood and one (1) softwood

and

one (1) composite product

inspecting finished product against quality requirements

minimising wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

communicating and working effectively and safely with others.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of PPE

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of timbers, composite and plastic materials

joining techniques and their effect on materials

types of joining methods and the impact of these on joining materials

preparation of drawings/set-outs

identification of hand and/or power tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

sequences in relation to joining materials.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in joining furnishing materials at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant procedures, product and manufacturing specifications.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2006 Make simple timber joints

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit specifies the competency required to make simple timber joints by hand operations.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Identify job requirements, including product purpose, furniture style and joint type, from specifications, drawings, designs, project sheets or work instructions
1.2	Identify the workplace, health and safety (WHS) practices and procedures to be used

2	Plan and prepare for work	2.1	Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.2	Select adhesives and fasteners to match the joint type

3	Make simple joint	3.1	Comply with work, health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
3.2	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with procedures
3.3	Mark out cutting and joining lines to suit joint type
3.4	Check measurements and calculations for accuracy to ensure quality outcomes
3.5	Construct the joints using furniture sector hand and power tools
3.6	Join timber in accordance with project sheets or work instruction requirements
3.7	Use fasteners, adhesives and appropriate clamping systems to make joints firm, where required
3.8	Check finished joint against quality requirements

4	Check work area and maintain equipment	4.1	Clean equipment and inspect for serviceable condition and store and report faulty and/or defective equipment in accordance with procedures
4.2	Store or dispose of materials according to procedures
4.3	Clean and maintain work area

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
PPE includes one (1) or more of the following:	safety glasses face and head protection protective footwear protective clothing respiratory protection ear protection gloves
Joints include two (2) or more of the following:	butt joint dowel domino biscuit joint mitre
Tools and equipment include one (1) or more of the following:	chisels mallets vices dovetail saws tenon saws coping saws files hand drills power drills dowel jigs and power routers biscuit machine domino machine clamps and cramps
Adhesives include one (1) or more of the following:	polyurethane cyanoacrylate PVA urea formaldehyde
Timbers include the following:	softwood hardwood
Quality requirements include:	visual appearance tolerance gaps or play in joints and strength

Unit Mapping Information

New unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2006 Make simple timber joints

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, procedures and safe work practices

identifying and interpreting project sheets, specifications, drawings and other relevant information in making simple timber joints

applying safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including the use of PPE

selecting appropriate joints types for the furniture item and appropriate adhesive types

using mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, including calculating area and estimating material requirements

using tools and equipment in a safe and effective manner

producing a minimum of two (2) different simple timber joints in hardwood and softwood timbers using furniture sector hand and power tool operations

inspecting finished timber joints against quality requirements

minimising wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

communicating and working effectively and safely with others.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of PPE

advantages and disadvantages of hardwood and softwood timbers

types of timber joints and where best utilised

types, characteristics, properties and selection criteria of adhesives used

capabilities, limitations and safety requirements of tools and equipment

matching requirements of adhesives and fasteners to timbers/materials used

assembly process in relation to the timber joint being made.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in making simple timber joints at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant procedures, product and manufacturing specifications.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2007 Identify materials used in furnishing production

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit specifies the competency required to identify materials and their properties used in production of furnishing goods.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Identify materials used in furnishing production	1.1	Research and identify types and sources of materials used in making of furniture and furnishings
1.2	Identify characteristics of materials and describe advantages of those materials to each other
1.3	Identify generic and trade names for materials
1.4	Identify the workplace, health and safety (WHS) considerations for materials used in furniture production

2	Determine uses of materials for production of furnishing goods	2.1	Determine uses of materials for furniture production
2.2	Determine handling and care requirements for furniture materials
2.3	Identify the types of common problems and faults of materials

3	Determine performance of materials used in furnishing production	3.1	Determine physical properties of materials
3.2	Identify and describe performance characteristics of materials
3.3	Interpret types of surface finishes used on materials

4	Identify common faults, problems and surface defects of materials	4.1	Identify common faults, problems and surface defects of materials
4.2	Interpret possible causes for common faults, problems and surface defects
4.3	Identify workplace quality practices relating to faults, problems and surface defects

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
PPE includes one (1) or more of the following:	safety glasses face and head protection protective footwear protective clothing respiratory protection ear protection gloves
Furnishing goods include two (2) or more of the following:	furniture picture frames upholstery decorative glass curtains textile product components
Materials include three (3) or more of the following:	timber, including: hardwood softwood engineered wood product composite materials, including: medium density fibre board (MDF) particleboard engineered boards plywood plastics metals, including: aluminium brass lead steel adhesives and chemicals, including: polyurethane adhesives rubber cement PVA urea formaldehyde solvent-based spray finishes solvent-based emulsions fabrics, including: canvas satin silk taffeta webbing
Characteristics include one (1) or more of the following:	stretch size natural features including: fiddle back ribbon medullary rays grain colour substance properties and uses of different types of materials
Performance characteristics include one (1) or more of the following:	stretch abrasion durability elasticity insulation noise absorption strength fire resistance
Faults, problems or defects include one (1) or more of the following:	marks loose knots gum vein drying checks felling shakes colour stains

Unit Mapping Information

New Unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2007 Identify materials used in furnishing production

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, procedures and safe work practices

identifying and interpreting project sheets, specifications, drawings and other relevant information in identifying a range of materials used in furniture production

identifying a minimum of three (3) different types of material used within the furnishing industry, including their characteristics, physical properties and performance characteristics

identifying common faults, problems and surface defects of materials

maintaining accurate records.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of PPE

generic and common trade names of materials used in furniture production

handling procedures for materials

material characteristics on a range of materials

performance characteristics

common faults, problems and defects

quality standards and practices

safety and environmental aspects of relevant production and assembly processes

relevant federal and state or territory legislative or regulatory requirements

recording and reporting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in identifying materials used in furniture production, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2008 Make a simple upholstery product

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit specifies the competency required to make simple upholstery products by hand and power tool operations.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Identify job requirements, including product purpose, furniture style and upholstery foundations, from specifications, drawings, designs, project sheets or work instructions
1.2	Identify the workplace, health and safety (WHS) practices and procedures to be used

2	Determine materials required	2.1	Determine material requirements from specifications, project sheets or work instructions
2.2	Determine foam, foundation and frame requirements

3	Plan and prepare for work	3.1	Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
3.2	Select and check fabrics and foundations to match the job type
3.3	Select and check frame

4	Make simple upholstery product	4.1	Comply with work, health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
4.2	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with procedures
4.3	Prepare cutting list and cutting plan for all upholstery components
4.4	Check measurements and calculations for accuracy to ensure quality outcomes
4.5	Cut fabric and foam under supervision
4.6	Prepare frame and attach webbing, foam, polyester fibre and fabric using appropriate hand and power tools
4.7	Check finished item against quality requirements

5	Check work area and maintain equipment	5.1	Clean equipment and inspect for serviceable condition and store and report faulty and/or defective equipment in accordance with procedures
5.2	Store or dispose of materials according to procedures
5.3	Clean and maintain work area

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
PPE includes one (1) or more of the following:	safety glasses face and head protection protective footwear protective clothing respiratory protection ear protection gloves
Furniture items include one (1) more of the following:	footstool box with lid bedhead
Foundations include one (1) or more of the following:	zigzag springs elastic webbing latex foam polyurethane foam polyester fibre
Materials include one (1) or more of the following:	leathers vinyls suitable for upholstery fabrics (jacquards, prints, plain weaves, velvets and tapestries)
Tools and equipment include one (1) or more of the following:	foam cutter/knife side cutters staple lifter staple gun marking pencils/chalk scissors ruler and tape measure
Quality requirements include:	even visual appearance no wrinkles gaps or play in joints and strength alignment neatness comfort

Unit Mapping Information

New unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2008 Make a simple upholstery product

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, procedures and safe work practices

identifying and interpreting project sheets, specifications, drawings and other relevant information in making simple upholstery products

applying safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including the use of PPE

selecting appropriate fabrics for the furniture item and appropriate foundations

using mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, including calculating area and estimating material requirements

using tools and equipment in a safe and effective manner

producing a simple upholstered project by hand and power operations

inspecting finished product against quality requirements

minimising wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

communicating and working effectively and safely with others.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of PPE

types, characteristics, properties and selection criteria for materials used

capabilities, limitations and safety requirements of tools and equipment

matching requirements of fasteners to timbers/materials used

assembly process in relation to the upholstery product being made.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in making simple upholstery projects at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant procedures, product and manufacturing specifications.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2009 Identify materials suitable for kitchen or bathroom construction

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit specifies the competency required to identify materials suitable for the construction of kitchens or bathrooms.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Research materials used in kitchen or bathroom construction	1.1	Research and identify types and sources of materials suitable for use in the construction of kitchens or bathrooms
1.2	Identify characteristics of materials and describe advantages of those materials to each other
1.3	Identify generic and trade names for materials
1.4	Identify the workplace, health and safety (WHS) considerations for materials used in furniture production

2	Identify materials used in kitchen or bathroom cabinet construction	2.1	Identify types of materials used in cabinet construction
2.2	Determine handling and care requirements
2.3	Determine the benefits and constraints, including range and cost

3	Identify materials used in benchtop construction	3.1	Identify types of materials used in benchtop construction
3.2	Determine handling and care requirements
3.3	Determine the benefits and constraints, including range and cost

4	Identify materials used in door production	4.1	Identify types of materials used in cabinet door production
4.2	Determine handling and care requirements
4.3	Identify the types finishes available for cabinet doors
4.4	Determine the benefits and constraints, including range and cost

5	Identify materials used in splashbacks	5.1	Identify types of materials used to create splashbacks
5.2	Determine handling and care requirements
5.3	Determine the benefits and constraints, including range and cost

6	Identify bases/feet for base cabinets	6.1	Identify types of bases/feet for base cabinets
6.2	Determine the benefits and constraints, including range and cost

7	Develop proposals for materials for use in kitchen/bathroom construction	7.1	Identify requirements from client brief, project sheets or work instructions
7.2	Select the most appropriate materials to suit the client needs according to the information provided
7.3	Record the selection of all materials giving reasons for selection
7.4	Determine the work, health and safety (WHS) and personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements and considerations for the materials selected
7.5	Develop a proposal for materials for use in an inexpensive bathroom cabinet fitout and a ‘high end’ kitchen, in accordance with common industry procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
PPE includes one (1) or more of the following:	safety glasses face and head protection protective footwear protective clothing respiratory protection ear protection gloves
Kitchen materials include four (4) or more of the following:	moisture resistant particleboard plywood high pressure laminate low pressure laminate vinyl/foil wrap resin-based solid surfaces solid stone reconstituted stone timber timber veneer paint glass stainless steel tiles
Bathroom materials include two (2) or more of the following:	tiles wood glass ceramics stone
Benchtop materials include four (4) or more of the following:	stone – granite and marble engineered stone timber solid surface laminates
Door materials include one (1) or more of the following:	medium density fibre board (MDF) particleboard timber
Door finishes include three (3) or more of the following:	wood veneers laminates paint melamine stainless steel vinyl
Splashback materials include four (4) or more of the following:	tiles glass stainless steel natural stone terrazzo laminate sheeting pressed metal acrylic sheeting
Feet for base cabinets include two (2) or more of the following:	saddle and insert feet self-adhesive, screw on feet and buffers tiltserts, buffers and glides machinery feet hexagonal and rubber feet adjustable feet plinth fabricated

Unit Mapping Information

New unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2009 Identify materials suitable for kitchen or bathroom construction

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, procedures and safe work practices

identifying and interpreting client brief, project sheets, specifications, drawings and other relevant information in identifying materials suitable for kitchen or bathroom construction

using manufacturer catalogues and computer operations for internet access and searches

identifying and reporting on a range of materials used in kitchen or bathroom construction, including:

a range of materials used in cabinet construction

a minimum of at least four (4) types of materials used in kitchen construction or a minimum of at least two (2) types of materials used in bathroom construction

a minimum of at least four (4) types of material used in benchtop construction

a minimum of at least four (4) types of material used in door production - (one (1) door material and three (3) finishes)

a minimum of at least four (4) types of material used to create splashbacks

a minimum of two (2) bases/feet for base cabinets

benefits and constraints of each selection, including cost

handling and care requirements of materials selected

developing a proposal to put forward a range of materials to construct an inexpensive bathroom cabinet fit-out or a ‘high end’ kitchen

explaining the reasons for selection of material put forward to client based on appropriateness, range and cost

communicating and working effectively and safely with others

maintaining accurate records.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of PPE

information resources

research techniques

features of a range of kitchen and bathroom materials

precautions to be observed when handling materials

types of finishes available for cabinet doors

types of bases/feet for base cabinets and their appropriateness

benefits and constraints to be considered when selecting materials and bases/feet, including the following:

benefits:

aesthetic qualities

longevity

durability

restorability

constraints:

cost

suitability

reasons for selection and what constitutes a ‘high end’ kitchen

client brief proposals

recording and reporting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in identifying materials suitable for kitchen and bathroom construction, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2010 Research and draw a basic kitchen or bathroom design

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit of competency covers researching basic kitchen or bathroom designs and drawing up a design to suit the client and their requirements.

It is designed for use in a pre-employment skills introduction program and is suitable for use in institutional-based vocational programs. Skills development will take place under direct supervision.

This unit is not to be used in a traineeship or apprenticeship training program or associated qualifications. It is only to be used in pre-employment programs and carries no credit towards apprenticeship/trade and other qualification types in manufacturing and furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.

1	Research kitchen or bathroom components and design concepts	1.1	Identify the major components of kitchens or bathrooms, their properties and application, using all available resources
1.2	Research and select internet based kitchen or bathroom design programs
1.3	Identify the benefits and disadvantages of a range of kitchen or bathroom components, such as overhead cabinets
1.4	Identify two basic bathroom or kitchen layouts and the most common application for each
1.5	Record results in accordance with procedures

2	Develop a design for a kitchen or bathroom	2.1	Determine the functionality of the kitchen or bathroom from client brief and/or work instructions
2.2	Select the most appropriate layouts to satisfy the client brief/work instructions
2.3	Select the major kitchen or bathroom components to meet specifications and requirements
2.4	Identify the basic functional zones and work flows required in a kitchen or a bathroom, to create a design to maximise efficiency
2.5	Design a basic bathroom or kitchen to suit requirements
2.6	Confirm design proposals with appropriate personnel
2.7	Sketch preliminary views of a kitchen or bathroom, including dimensions to assist in development of final drawings

3	Create kitchen or bathroom drawings	3.1	Using either computer-aided design (CAD) systems, hand drawing equipment or freehand sketches, draw up a basic bathroom or a kitchen with at least six (6) cabinets
3.2	Review drawings with appropriate personnel to ensure they fit the client requirements and brief
3.3	Modify drawings in response to feedback from appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
PPE includes one (1) or more of the following:	safety glasses face and head protection hard hats protective footwear protective clothing respiratory protection ear protection gloves
Resources include one (1) or more of the following:	briefing or discussions with appropriate personnel customer brief manufacture catalogues internet sites
Kitchen appliances and components include four (4) or more of the following:	sinks oven/cooktops refrigerators microwave ovens range hoods splashbacks cabinets benchtops
Bathroom components include four (4) or more of the following:	baths spas showers toilets/bidets basins vanities cabinets mirrors exhaust fans
Functional zones and work flow include one (1) or more of the following:	Kitchen ‘work triangle’ - a concept used to determine efficient kitchen layouts. The primary tasks in a home kitchen are carried out between the cook top, the sink and the refrigerator. These three points and the imaginary lines between them, make up what experts call the ‘work triangle’ Bathroom zones – the relationship to fixed showers/baths, toilets and vanity cabinets
Appropriate personnel includes one (1) or more of the following:	client instructor teacher mentor supervisor peer group

Unit Mapping Information

New unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2010 Research and draw a basic kitchen or bathroom design

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

following work instructions, procedures and safe work practices

identifying and interpreting client brief, project sheets, specifications and other relevant information in researching and drawing a basic kitchen or bathroom design

using manufacturer catalogues and computer operations for internet access and searches

interpreting the principles of the ‘work triangle’ and how it is applied in kitchen design

OR

interpreting the principal of functional zones and traffic flows in a bathroom.

giving examples of good and bad designs of a ‘work triangle’ or bathroom zones

producing a drawing of the following:

a kitchen with at least six (6) cabinets; or

a basic bathroom with a minimum of four (4) components

confirming drawing fits client requirements and brief with appropriate personnel

modifying drawing as required

communicating and working effectively and safely with others

maintaining accurate records.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures in a furniture making environment and use of PPE

sources of information on kitchen or bathroom components, including catalogues and internet sites

benefits and disadvantages of overhead cabinets

‘work triangle’ concept and how it is applied in kitchen design – note that no leg of the triangle should be less than 1.2 m or more than 2.7 m. The sum of all these sides of the triangle should be between 4 m and 7.9 m.

OR

concept of bathroom zones and how they apply to bathroom design

examples of good and bad designs of a ‘work triangle’ or bathroom zones

free kitchen or bathroom design programs

drawing equipment and software

client brief proposals

recording and reporting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in researching and drawing basic designed for kitchens or bathrooms at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

Assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic workplace situations.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required to complete the unit.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4001 Coordinate on-site installation of furnishing products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers coordinating tradespersons who provide services involved in the installation, refurbishment, restoration or repair of furnishing products, primarily in a kitchen, bathroom or laundry setting.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking kitchen and bathroom work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan the coordination of trade services involved in the project	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Load bearing walls are located
1.3	Worksite is inspected for compliance with contract documentation, including confirmation that all work can be undertaken as a non-structural improvement
1.4	Additional information or revised drawings are sourced where necessary
1.5	Tradespersons are identified for the required installing services
1.6	Timeframes for carrying out the work are developed
2	Coordinate and inspect trade service outcomes	2.1	Appropriate trade services are coordinated in accordance with relevant timeframes
2.2	The impact of any variations are assessed and timeframes are varied as necessary
2.3	Trade works are progressively checked to ensure compliance with contract documentation
2.4	Satisfactory performance of trade services carried out by trade provider is monitored
2.5	The rectification of identified faults is organised and coordinated
2.6	The restoration of the site is coordinated to ensure compliance with contractual and industry standards
3	Verify trade work compliance with contract requirements	3.1	Final trade work is inspected, assessed and accepted or rejected
3.2	Payments for accepted trade services are authorised

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving
Furnishing installation processes include:	cabinets and the full range of products required in the installation refurbishment, restoration or repair of furnishing, particularly in kitchens, bathrooms or laundries
Coordinated tradespersons include:	those who, by regulation and competency, have the authority to work on: water supply fixtures and fittings drainage natural and artificial lighting power sources ceiling and wall linings waterproofing and sealants ceramic tiling interior painting floor/finish coverings
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	contractual documents and explanatory notes building codes, Australian Standards and CSIRO Notes on the Science of Building workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4001B Coordinate on-site installation of furnishing products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4001 Coordinate on-site installation of furnishing products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Coordinate a site involving at least three (3) tradespeople on three (3) separate occasions

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Tasks, functions, responsibilities and regulatory requirements for tradespeople involved in water supply and drainage, supply of power and lighting, ceiling and wall linings, tiling and waterproofing, flooring and painting

Relevant building codes, regulations and codes of practice

Plan interpretation techniques and standards

Workplace coordination and communication techniques

Conflict resolution techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to work instructions, plans, work orders, associated and supporting tradespeople, industry and other standards, communication equipment and work areas.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4002 Customise stock lines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers identifying and clarifying customer and stock requirements; analysing and selecting options; and developing, implementing and testing customisation processes necessary to adapt stock lines to meet the requirements of a furnishing enterprise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess requirements	1.1	Customer/specification is consulted to determine requirements
1.2	Cost and feasibility of requirements are evaluated and development requirements are explored taking into consideration process, material, quantity, cost and outcome requirements
1.3	Codes, regulations and technical documentation are consulted to establish design limitations, where applicable
1.4	Specialist expertise is consulted as required
2	Propose options	2.1	Options for the use and modification of stock lines are defined and proposed to the customer to determine most appropriate modifications
2.2	Modification of stock lines is considered to take into account production, facility, ergonomic requirements, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental factors
3	Develop modifications to stock lines	3.1	Modifications are developed to meet customer specifications/standards, use and all legislative or regulatory requirements
3.2	Verification of the development is undertaken in accordance with workplace procedures
4	Coordinate implementation and testing of modifications	4.1	Implementation of modifications is arranged and coordinated
4.2	Outcome is tested and assessed to establish conformance to requirements
4.3	Variations to the design are carried out where necessary
4.4	Documentation is prepared to meet all requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work involves customisation of existing stock lines to satisfy particular site and/or customer requirements work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction. The development of modifications may require the assistance and cooperation of others work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving skills customers may be internal or external
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	product drawings, prototype, design brief, patterns and specifications machine manufacturer specifications and operational procedures work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4002B Customise stock lines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4002 Customise stock lines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify the impact of decisions in terms of commercial, environmental and safety risks for at least one (1) stock line

Evaluate existing stock line designs and propose modifications

Evaluate design and design modification performance and coordinate modification and testing

Suggest improvements to stock line designs and, where authorised, negotiate changes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids, and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Company business policies and plans, including procedures for product modification and product development

Ergonomic principles for furniture design and manufacture

Enterprise design practices and processes

The range of company products, market, work systems and equipment

Relevant regulatory requirements, recognised standards and codes, and industry practices

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to stock lines, including design, production specifications and procedures, customer requirements and access to realistic customisation options.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4003 Organise production processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers organising the production of mass-produced and customised fittings, equipment and assemblies in the furnishing industry using all available information and resources.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Collect information and analyse job requirements	1.1	Job specifications are read and key requirements are confirmed
1.2	Steps and stages in the process are identified and clarification of specifications is sought where required
1.3	Equipment capabilities are assessed in terms of meeting job specifications
1.4	Enterprise production plans, including run time and quantities, are compared with plant capabilities
2	Complete preparatory activities	2.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2.2	Reports are made to appropriate personnel
2.3	Proposals for modifications/adaptation of equipment are made
2.4	Requirements for tooling/dies are listed
2.5	Raw material requirements are listed and communicated to appropriate personnel
3	Develop and implement operational plans	3.1	Operational work plans, including timeframes and milestones, are developed
3.2	Production operations are organised ensuring optimum use of resources
3.3	Operational plans are recorded and amended in accordance with enterprise procedures and industry practice
4	Conduct trials to monitor equipment operation and product quality	4.1	Equipment is set up to make appropriate use of guards, warning devices and safety features, and standard operating procedures are modified to suit the production
4.2	Equipment operations are monitored to ensure variations or inconsistencies in output are identified, reported and rectified
4.3	Required adjustments to equipment controls and settings are made to ensure consistency and continuity in production
4.4	Equipment maintenance, set-up and close-down procedures are planned and documented
4.5	Product quality is inspected and compared to requirements
4.6	Process is modified, where required, to improve product quality
5	Monitor product finish	5.1	Product finish is checked for conformity to design specification
5.2	Any non-conformity in product finish is noted and possible causes investigated and documented
6	Evaluate production process	6.1	Productivity information and reports are prepared and processed
6.2	All procedures for the process are checked for conformity with trial outcomes
6.3	Work procedures are authorised by appropriate personnel for implementation
6.4	Recommendations for variations to design specifications are made to appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes and safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, authorised handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving work is performed with little assistance from others and with minimal supervision or direction organising production is undertaken in accordance with established enterprise procedures and practices customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Operational planning information sources include:	enterprise production plan/schedule product drawings and specifications equipment instructions and capacities relevant standards inspection requirements and design rules customer orders archives records cutting lists
Machines/equipment used in the production process include:	microprocessor or computer-controlled machines both production and facility equipment used in the enterprise
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	enterprise production plan/schedule work procedures/instructions manufacturer technical specifications and instructions legislation, regulations and codes of practice relevant to the production environment and processes quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4003B Organise production processes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4003 Organise production processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Analyse job requirements and materials and equipment capabilities for a specified and significant production operation and organise the implementation of operational plans, including:

conduct of trials

coordination of the production process

evaluation of the production process

reporting on the success of the process

Lead others and work effectively to organise for production

Encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Suggest improvements to production operations and, where appropriate, negotiate changes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Organisational and work flow theory

Work leadership theory

Company business policies and plans, including procedures for setting up for production

Company products, market, work systems and equipment

Machine processes relevant to the production

Quality procedures, inspection and testing requirements

Legislative requirements of the work activities

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to production equipment, raw materials, personnel, and production plans and schedules.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4004 Establish and monitor production inventory requirements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers determining, specifying and documenting the production materials and consumables required for the production of mass-produced and customised fittings, equipment and assemblies. It does not cover the management of the inventory.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify materials requirements	1.1	Drawings and specifications for materials are read and interpreted
1.2	Sources of product supply are identified
1.3	Normal quantity supply and matching storage facilities and equipment are identified
1.4	Material safety data sheets (MSDS) or other supplier safety information are read and any relevant engineering controls or personal protection equipment are identified, and any additional resources required for safe workplace handling and storage of the materials are documented and reported
1.5	Procedures to deal with fire or explosion risk, spills or injury are identified and recorded
2	Monitor consumables and production materials	2.1	Consumables and production materials are checked for conformity to design specification and capacity to meet the requirements of the end product
2.2	Any non-conformity in materials is noted and possible causes investigated and documented, including any variations, which may need to be made to the production process or materials used
2.3	Materials and consumables are compared with competitive products, market information and recommendations are made on preferred options
2.4	Preparation procedures for consumables and production materials are identified and checked for required additives, consumables and other materials or equipment requirement
2.5	Materials ordering, storage, safe movement and waste disposal needs are identified
3	Document materials estimates	3.1	All procedures for the estimates process are checked for conformity with workplace procedures
3.2	Cost reports, including time and maintenance, are prepared
3.3	Estimates are authorised by appropriate personnel for implementation
3.4	Recommendations for variations to materials specifications are made to appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving decisions are made within the context of application of process, materials knowledge and estimates and extensive knowledge of the required production output and product quality standards function is undertaken in accordance with established enterprise procedures, and practices may include requirements recommended by manufacturers work is performed with minimal supervision or direction and may involve individual and team related customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Machines and equipment include:	microprocessor or computer-controlled machines both production and facility equipment used in the enterprise
Materials include:	timber metal alloys cloth and glass flooring materials the full range of consumables required to directly support the production process
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions production process supply support information and specifications commercial supply system indices, catalogues and bulletins supplier evaluation histories budgetary/fiscal constraints legislation/regulation/national and industry codes and practices relevant to the product quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4004B Establish and monitor production inventory requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4004 Establish and monitor production inventory requirements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify process requirements in terms of materials and specialist equipment

Determine appropriate materials and consumables to match production and product quality standards and identify commercially viable sources of their supply

Calculate materials and other resource requirements and costs, and cost and document requirements

Identify the impact of decisions in terms of commercial, environmental and safety risks

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Company business policies and plans, including procedures for company products, market, work systems and equipment

Authorised production processes and plans and related materials and consumables

Materials and process characteristics and special requirements

Commercial supply systems, including standard documentation support processes

Cost-benefit analysis or equivalent techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to production plans, materials and consumables specifications, commercial supply system indices, directories and catalogues, financial resources and delegations, and appropriate software.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4005 Install and commission computer numerically controlled (CNC) software

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers installing and commissioning CNC process and machine control programs in the furnishing industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for software installation	1.1	Program format and operational intent is accurately determined and required applications identified
1.2	Specifications are checked for required operating conditions
1.3	Program instructions are checked for compliance with specifications
1.4	Software timers are set to specification where required
2	Install automatic process machine control program	2.1	Appropriate program loading technique is selected
2.2	External loading devices are correctly connected to automatic process machine control systems
2.3	Machine control system is placed in correct operational mode to accept program loading
2.4	Program is downloaded in accordance with manufacturer recommended procedures and enterprise requirements
2.5	Checks are made during and after downloading to ensure accurate and complete data transfer
2.6	External program loading devices and connections are disconnected from process and machine control system
3	Commission automatic process and machine control program	3.1	Operation of the equipment using the program is observed
3.2	Outputs are checked and measured for compliance with specifications
3.3	External inputs are checked for compliance with specifications according to specified procedures
3.4	Total operation is checked for compliance with specifications where applicable
3.5	Location of program master copy storage is confirmed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate analytical and organisational ability, judgement and problem solving work involves individual and team-related activities in workplaces where the CNC equipment is either new or being substantially upgraded work is performed without other qualified assistance customers are normally internal
Machines requiring CNC software installation and commission include:	individual production/manufacturing or treatment machines processing and machining centres
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	manufacturer specifications and instructions procedures for installing and commissioning CNC programs organisation work specifications and requirements legislation/regulation/national and industry codes and practices relevant to the installation and commissioning quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4005B Install and commission CNC software.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4005 Install and commission computer numerically controlled (CNC) software

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Install and commission CNC software on at least two (2) different machines and:

identify requirements of tasks and organise work to achieve goals and results

select and install software programs for the CNC equipment

select and apply appropriate loading techniques

check and adjust machine operations and programming

suggest improvements

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Computer science theory relevant to CNC machine operation

CNC control system characteristics, applications and limitations

Procedures and techniques for programming CNC equipment

Operation requirements of equipment and work systems to be programmed

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to CNC equipment, software and production materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4006 Construct prototypes and samples

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers the construction of prototypes and samples in accordance with established plans, drawings or specifications using hand and power tools, basic static and specialised machines, and applying joinery, construction and finishing techniques.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish the work requirements	1.1	Purpose of the prototype or sample is identified from plans and drawings
1.2	Materials specifications for the item are identified from workplace documentation
1.3	Ergonomic requirements are identified, clarified and satisfied throughout the work process
1.4	Construction requirements and methods are identified appropriate for the materials used
2	Plan prototype or sample construction	2.1	Work plan for the item construction is drafted
2.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2.3	Compatibility of materials in specifications is checked and any discrepancies reported
2.4	Steps or stages in construction are identified, noting checkpoints for measurements and tests
2.5	Suitable work area is located and cleared ready for work
3	Obtain materials and equipment	3.1	Materials are selected according to specifications and assembled ready for use
3.2	Compatibility of materials with specifications is checked and any discrepancies reported
3.3	Equipment and accessories suitable for working the specified material are assembled
3.4	Appropriate jigs and other construction aids are identified and, where required, adjusted to suit the work
4	Construct the prototype or sample	4.1	Work plan is followed to construct the item
4.2	Checks are conducted at the identified points
4.3	Modifications to designs and plans are identified and recommended within workplace procedures
4.4	Modifications to the plan are documented and followed
4.5	Prototype or sample is checked for fitness for purpose
5	Finalise the work sequence	5.1	The product is prepared for finishing in accordance with the design specification
5.2	Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with manufacturer specification
5.3	Work area is cleared and waste removed
5.4	Workplace documentation and/or reports are completed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate analytical and organisational ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving prototypes and samples may be produced by hand, by using appropriate machines, tools and equipment, or by computer-assisted production and will reflect the finished products produced by the enterprise work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction customers may be internal or external
Machines and equipment include:	microprocessor or computer-controlled machines production and facility equipment used in the enterprise
Materials include:	timber metal alloys glass fabrics and textiles plastics leather adhesives fillers and finishes, as appropriate
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions designer/drawer specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements legislation/regulations/national or industry codes and practices relevant to the prototype/sample construction quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4006B Construct prototypes and samples.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4006 Construct prototypes and samples

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Construct a minimum of two (2) different prototypes/samples, and:

identify compatibility/incompatibility of materials, adhesives, fittings and fasteners for the application

select and apply appropriate joinery, construction and finishing techniques

select and use appropriate materials, equipment and processes for the item being constructed

demonstrate how the design of the prototype components will influence the working lifetime of the item

ensure that the prototype satisfies the original or varied specification

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Characteristics of the materials used in relation to the use of the end item

Design features and requirements for the prototype or sample

Operation of tools and equipment used and the application of the finished product

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, work order, specifications, plans, tools, equipment and consumables.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4007 Sample, inspect and test products to specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers taking product samples, identifying and applying authorised testing procedures, interpreting test results and reporting findings within a furnishing enterprise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify specifications and test procedures	1.1	Product quality specifications are read, drawings interpreted and test parameters are identified
1.2	Test methods for each required test parameter are identified and the most efficient test method is noted
1.3	Any requirement for testing by personnel external to the work area is identified and appropriate permission is obtained
1.4	Design features that impact on testing and inspection are identified
2	Select evidence	2.1	Appropriate conforming and/or non-conforming products, materials and/or waste are selected for testing in accordance with enterprise requirements
2.2	Observations of operators and copies of procedures are collected
3	Conduct and interpret tests	3.1	Tests are conducted following workplace procedures and results are documented
3.2	Comparisons of all data collected are made
3.3	Any recommendations are noted and considered for feasibility
4	Report findings	4.1	Findings of tests are documented
4.2	Any potential or existing problems and appropriate recommendations are identified and reported in accordance with enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate organisational and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction customers or suppliers of material to be sampled may be internal or external
Sampling, inspection and testing include:	undertaking processes in accordance with industry standards and practices that reflect the type of product, the materials and processes used in its manufacture and its end use, and includes: samples of raw materials components assemblies end products
Materials to be sampled include:	timber metal alloys glass, fabrics and textiles plastics leather adhesives fillers finishes, as appropriate
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions designer/drawer specifications and instructions quality systems documentation or equivalent containing sampling, inspecting and testing frequency and criteria organisation work specifications and requirements legislation/regulation/national and industry codes and practices relevant to the products quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4007B Sample, inspect and test products to specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4007 Sample, inspect and test products to specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Arrange and conduct a minimum of four (4) different processes covering sampling, inspection and testing

Analyse test results and interpret outcomes against requirements

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

General quality systems theory

Sampling techniques for commonly encountered materials

Inspection techniques and faults common within the sector products

Testing techniques (destructive and non-destructive) relevant to the sector and related equipment/aids

Work flow in relation to required times and stages where quality checking is required

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to production or product finishing facility, testing equipment and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4008 Interpret and use workplace information

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers locating, using, interpreting and manipulating workplace information and statistics in support of development or production activities within the furnishing industry. Statistic access and manipulation can be computer-assisted, either integrated into the enterprise processes, or stand-alone.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify situations where statistics are used in the workplace	1.1	Types of statistical representations of data used in the workplace are identified
1.2	Users of statistical data in the workplace are identified
1.3	Statistical data representations are matched for applications to monitor work flow, inventory and stock levels, customer surveys, and supplier and market analysis
2	Collect data	2.1	Purpose of data collection is identified
2.2	Sources of information are identified
2.3	Data collection methods are used
2.4	Mathematical processes are used to arrange data
2.5	Data collected is checked for accuracy
2.6	Potential for inaccurate results arising from variables is estimated and described
3	Make calculations to present data for analysis	3.1	Data collected is represented on graphs as required
3.2	Calculating equipment and spreadsheets are used to analysis data
4	Interpret trends and patterns from numerical data	4.1	Non-conforming results outside of the predicted outcome are noted and reasons identified
4.2	Trends or patterns in data are noted
4.3	Possible reasons for trends or patterns are generated
4.4	Potential solutions are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving use of statistics within an enterprise is undertaken in accordance with established enterprise procedures and practices work is performed with little external assistance and minimal supervision or direction. The development of modifications may require the assistance and cooperation of others customers may be internal or external
Tools and equipment include:	appropriate computing systems for storage, manipulation, management and presentation of statistical information handheld calculators graphs charts mathematical tables
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions organisation work specifications and requirements benchmarking information and standards legislation/regulations/national and industry codes and practices relevant to the product quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4008B Interpret and use workplace information.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4008 Interpret and use workplace information

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Use general and statistical data representations to explain work processes and/or outcomes

Identify and read graphs, charts, tables and statistical results and interpret general and statistical data accurately

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Contemporary business information and statistical reporting, forecasting and presentation techniques

Mathematical calculations, including:

addition

subtraction

multiplication

division

percentages

Company business policies and plans, including procedures for reports

Company quality systems and business equipment

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a range of business information and statistical data, graphical, tabular and spreadsheet presentation capabilities.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements

Modification History

Release 2 - Mapping corrected

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assessing customer requirements, analysing all available and practical options to match furnishing styles and materials to those requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine customer requirements	1.1	Customer is consulted to determine requirements
1.2	Examples of furnishing styles and materials are shown to the customer
1.3	Limitations and benefits of styles and materials are explained
1.4	Options for the use and modification of styles or materials are defined and proposed to the customer
1.5	Product requirements are explored, taking into consideration design parameters, material, process, quantity, cost and outcome requirements
1.6	Cost and feasibility of customer requirements/options are evaluated
2	Match options to customer requirements	2.1	Customer specifications/standards and user requirements are compared to furnishing styles and materials options
2.2	Range of best-fit styles and materials are presented to the customer for evaluation
2.3	Customer queries are answered and examples used to illustrate answers
3	Document requirements	3.1	Requirements are confirmed and/or approved in the appropriate format
3.2	Specification details are established and confirmed, including quality standards, in accordance with enterprise procedures
3.3	Required completion date and any delivery requirements are documented
3.4	Special instructions to production team are added where required
3.5	Appropriate cost details are incorporated when necessary

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction customers may be internal or external
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	customer requirements product and style catalogues work procedures/instructions manufacturer/designer specifications and instructions organisation work specifications and requirements legislation/regulations/national and industry codes and practices relevant to the product quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4009B Match furnishing style/materials to customer requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements

Modification History

Release 2 - Mapping corrected

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Match furnishing style/materials to meet customer requirements on two (2) occasions involving different products, and:

evaluate design and design requirements

evaluate furnishing styles and materials and compare them to customer requirements

identify the impact of commercial, environmental and safety risks

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Knowledge Evidence

Range of company products, market, work systems and equipment

Relevant furnishing styles and materials

Company business policies and plans, including procedures for product modification and product development

Legislative requirements of the work activities

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to product lists, furnishing style catalogues or references and customer requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4010 Identify and calculate production costs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers estimating materials, labour and time requirements, and establishing costs for the provision of products, including all overheads in a significant mass production environment. It may involve referral of matters to other enterprise personnel.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Gather information	1.1	Details of the particular product and competition products are obtained
1.2	Details of the proposed production operation are obtained and analysed
1.3	Labour unit cost projections are obtained and agreed
1.4	Logistic support contracts, supply agreements or equivalent are obtained and analysed
1.5	Details of proposed warehousing and physical distribution systems and related cost factors are obtained
1.6	Information is converted to usable form and stored ready for retrieval and application
2	Estimate materials and labour	2.1	Types and quantities of materials required for production are estimated and recorded
2.2	Time requirements for production activities and other lead times are estimated
2.3	Labour requirements for direct production and handling operations are estimated and recorded
3	Determine and calculate overheads	3.1	Components contributing to overhead costs are identified
3.2	Overhead costs to be attributed to work in accordance with commercial and enterprise procedures are identified
4	Calculate production costs	4.1	Total materials costs and labour costs are calculated in accordance with enterprise procedures
4.2	Total production cost is calculated, including overheads and mark-up percentages
4.3	Final cost to customer is calculated in conjunction with marketing/sales personnel
5	Document details and verify, where necessary	5.1	Details of costs and charges are documented in accordance with enterprise practice
5.2	Costs, calculations or other details are verified by other enterprise personnel, as required
5.3	Details are documented for future reference in accordance with enterprise practices

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate organisational and administrative ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving work is undertaken in accordance with established procedures involving a range of products, equipment and installation sites interaction with customers and other personnel from the operator's workplace
Tools, equipment and resources include:	measuring equipment product sales literature product samples
Overhead costs include:	rental/lease costs utilities non-production resources depreciation of plant and equipment warehousing margins physical distribution unit costs insurance other costs incurred by doing business
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	enterprise production plan and schedule enterprise financial management policy and procedures enterprise policy and procedures for cost and apportioning overheads labour employment costs (awards, enterprise bargaining agreements and contracts) material/supply costs (contracts, standing agreements, market rates and warehousing margins) physical distribution contracts or arrangements Australian, international and enterprise quality standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4010B Identify and calculate production costs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4010 Identify and calculate production costs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

For a significant mass production operation, determine the production and product costs using the following or equivalent steps:

obtain all information relevant to the determination of costs

interpret plans, specifications and instructions for production and materials to be used

estimate quantities of materials required

determine the types and amount of labour required to complete the work

estimate time required to complete the work

determine/calculate overheads

document the process and outcomes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Production systems documentation processes

Enterprise costing procedures

Mathematical formulae and processes relevant to costing

Components of labour costs

Enterprise/commercial approach to overhead costs

Enterprise/commercial approaches to warehousing and physical distribution costs

Enterprise information management processes, including storage requirements

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to all necessary facilities and associated equipment, including calculators, computers and relevant software.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4011 Purchase materials and consumables

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers purchasing materials and consumables required for production within a furnishing enterprise, through existing contracts and other formal purchasing arrangements or through local purchase delegation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify purchasing requirements	1.1	Purchasing requirements are identified from material specifications, orders and instructions in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2	Purchasing requirements are prioritised, where required, in consultation with others
1.3	Quantities, quality of goods, price limitations and delivery requirements are determined or confirmed in consultation with appropriate personnel
2	Source materials and consumables	2.1	Sources of materials and/or consumables are identified from workplace preferred supplier lists or through networks and knowledge of local and/or overseas suppliers
2.2	Difficulties in supply are reported in accordance with workplace procedures
2.3	Availability of supply is confirmed
3	Compare costs	3.1	Alternative suppliers are contacted to check costing
3.2	Actual costs are compared to predicted costs
3.3	Any recommendations regarding alternative suppliers are communicated to appropriate personnel following workplace procedures
3.4	Delegation to order goods/materials/equipment is exercised
4	Purchase materials and consumables	4.1	Capacity of supplier to meet price, quality and delivery expectations is checked
4.2	Purchase order/list is developed in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Order is placed with supplier and delivery schedules are confirmed
4.4	Appropriate orders and invoices are exchanged according to workplace procedures
5	Maintain and monitor material and consumable supplies	5.1	Stock is regularly monitored using inventory records and physical checks, where applicable, to ensure maintenance of supply
5.2	Up-to-date records of materials and consumables are maintained
5.3	Acquisition requirements are documented in accordance with workplace procedures
6	Liaise with other departments	6.1	Communication channels with other departments are established in accordance with workplace procedures
6.2	Liaison with other departments is conducted to ensure customer requirements are achieved

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate administrative ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction customers may be internal or external
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions existing contracts or formal purchasing arrangements supply system directories, indexes and catalogues machinery/equipment/system technical manuals legislation/regulations/national and industry codes and practices related to the materials and consumables quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4011B Purchase materials and consumables.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4011 Purchase materials and consumables

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Purchase materials on a minimum of four(4) occasions, including two (2) different materials and at least one (1) perishable consumable

Suggest improvements to purchasing operations and, where authorised, negotiate changes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids, and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Contemporary supply/purchasing systems theory

Company operating procedures, including procedures for purchasing materials and consumables

Material and consumable usage rates

Operation requirements of equipment and work systems in own work area

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to production operation with consumable and material requirements, preferred supplier lists and workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4012 Prepare a tender submission

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing and submitting a tender for supply of products and services in the furnishing industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify opportunity to provide goods and/or services	1.1	Opportunities that are within the operational scope of the business unit or organisation are identified
1.2	Organisational resources which are available, or expertise which may be accessed, is identified and matched to opportunities
1.3	The feasibility of undertaking the proposed project/work is assessed and approval is sought according to organisational policies and procedures
2	Analyse tender requirements	2.1	Tender specifications and scope of tender requirement are identified and clarified with the originator if required
2.2	Proposed methodology for satisfying the request is developed
2.3	Required resources are identified and their availability confirmed with the provider in accordance with organisational procedures
2.4	Methodology is adjusted to accommodate the availability of resources and expertise available
3	Prepare a tender estimate	3.1	Estimate is prepared taking all requirements into account and providing for contingencies as required by organisational policies, procedures and requirements
3.2	Costing of estimate conforms to organisational policies and procedures
3.3	The estimate satisfies the total requirement and where this cannot be provided, an explanation/compromise/option is identified
3.4	Estimate is checked for accuracy and detail in accordance with organisational procedures
4	Submit a tender	4.1	Tender is prepared in accordance with organisational policies and procedures
4.2	Tender addresses required details and meets originator's requirements
4.3	Tender is submitted within the required timeframe in the form required by the request
4.4	Organisational requirements for record keeping and documentation of tenders are completed
5	Review tender process	5.1	Changes and variations to the tender are negotiated to meet the needs of the client and the organisation in accordance with contractual arrangements, organisational policies, procedures and delegated authority
5.2	The tender content and process is reviewed and evaluated using the outcome and the feedback provided by client and stakeholders
5.3	Procedures are adjusted if required to improve subsequent bids

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving work requires the analysis of, at times, complex requirements, the preparation and presentation of the tender and the follow-up action for both successful and unsuccessful tenders work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions tender brief/specifications issued by the requesting agency organisation work specifications and requirements legislation/regulations/national and industry codes and practices relevant to the product quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT4012B Prepare a tender submission.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4012 Prepare a tender submission

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to multi-trade work instructions and work orders, building and structural plans and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

On a minimum of two (2) occasions and for different/significant goods or services, prepare and submit formal tenders that are framed to serve marketing purposes and which address or are supported by:

the full requirements of the tender brief

total resource requirements

total costing covering all components and scenarios

appropriate legislative requirements

options for the client

Negotiate changes/variations to tender and conduct review of outcome

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Enterprise operating procedures and requirements

Organisation resources, capacities and capabilities

Tender management, preparation, submission and review processes

Tender evaluation processes

Financial and legal requirements for tendering

Relevant legislation relating to tendering and contracting for goods and/or services of the organisation

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to requests for tender, previous tenders and outcomes, information relating to relevant resources, appropriate staff/advisers and supporting technology.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5001 Evaluate and select production materials and equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and evaluating the full range of materials and equipment used in furnishing, and selecting that most appropriate for each particular specified application, taking into account the availability of, and access to, production equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine production requirements	1.1	Requirements for production activities are identified, including the types of products produced and related materials and equipment, quantities of products in order, in store, in production, storage and handling requirements and stock management methods
1.2	A rating system is developed to facilitate comparisons of cost/benefits and other qualitative properties of equipment and systems
2	Gather data and specifications	2.1	Current best practice and future trends for manufacturing the products are assessed to establish comparisons and benchmarks
2.2	Steps required for production processes are identified and flow charts produced, where necessary
2.3	Specifications are identified to match the production process
2.4	Consultations are conducted with relevant employees and management to identify additional or altered specifications
2.5	Materials, tooling, and/or equipment requirements for the production are identified and documented
2.6	Existing equipment and stock on hand is evaluated to match requirements of the proposed operations
2.7	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements to provide safe work systems for the equipment and materials are identified, including associated training requirements, work practices and equipment
2.8	Appropriate data is compiled
3	Evaluate equipment and materials against requirements	3.1	Materials are assessed for required quality, finish, durability and conformity to standards
3.2	Equipment options are identified
3.3	Equipment and materials are selected based on comparisons of performance, cost and specifications compared to the prepared rating system
4	Prepare reports and recommendations	4.1	Recommendations are developed to meet requirements of the workplace
4.2	Report with recommendations is prepared and forwarded according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Machines and equipment include:	microprocessor or computer-controlled machines production and facility equipment used in the enterprise
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	trade journals and publications work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5001B Evaluate and select production materials and equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5001 Evaluate and select production materials and equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Evaluate materials, equipment and work processes considering:

product innovations and potential

nature of products produced and the associated markets for the products

workforce availability and capabilities

equipment capabilities and availabilities

cost-benefit analysis (or equivalent)

Identify the impact of decisions in terms of commercial, environmental and safety risks

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Industry sector developments and trends in terms of materials and equipment

Company business policies and plans, including future production systems and products

Company products, market, work systems and equipment

Legislative requirements of the work activities

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to production plans, process machinery, equipment, materials and a work location.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5002 Establish and develop production processes and area layout

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers establishing the production processes, including jointing, fabrication, assembly and finishing, and area layouts to optimise production potential.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify production area objectives	1.1	Production objectives are clearly and unambiguously identified and clarified in conjunction with design, engineering, production and other relevant staff in accordance with company requirements
1.2	Production area processes and specifications are identified
2	Determine production staffing and resource requirements	2.1	Production staffing requirements are determined based on task requirements and necessary competencies
2.2	Suitable staff and/or contractors are selected based on competence and availability in accordance with company requirements
2.3	Required materials, tools, equipment, assembly or fabrication jigs and other physical resources needed for the production are identified and a specification drawn up detailing the required quality and quantities
2.4	Costing of staffing and resource requirements are developed in accordance with company procedures
3	Establish the area layout and process	3.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
3.2	Layout of equipment, materials and other factors take account of area layout work plans, recognising the resourcing available and factors of cost effectiveness and efficiency
3.3	Production area tasks and component activities are clearly identified and specified and staff assigned to them based on their competence, experience and availability
3.4	The production team is briefed and trained on their respective roles and responsibilities in accordance with company procedures
4	Review production progress and outcomes	4.1	Production progress is closely monitored against required quality of products and adherence to both budget and time schedule and reported to appropriate personnel in accordance with company requirements
4.2	Opportunities for preventative or corrective changes are identified using outcomes of monitoring activity or feedback from production staff
4.3	Preventative or corrective action is recommended and implemented where appropriate
4.4	Changes are communicated to relevant personnel in a logical and easily understood manner
4.5	Changes are monitored to confirm improvement to production efficiency
4.6	Adequate records are maintained of all key information pertaining to the production process in accordance with company requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving with minimal supervision or direction work requires work flow analysis, planning and modification in a new or existing plant layout situation customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Machines and equipment include:	microprocessor or computer-controlled machines production and facility equipment used in the enterprise
Tools and equipment include:	hand tools power tools
Materials include:	timber metal alloys fabric glass plastics a full range of consumables required for production
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5002B Establish and develop production processes and area layout.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5002 Establish and develop production processes and area layout

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

For a significant production process, either establish the process and area layout, or review and make recommendations on an existing process. In either case:

identify/confirm production area objectives

determine production staffing and resource requirements

establish the area layout and process

monitor and review achievements

document the outcomes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Process engineering techniques and systems

Production and manufacturing processes applicable to the product

Materials handling techniques and options

Equipment and machines to be used to achieve business outcome

Business processes used in workplace

Resource availability, including competencies of individuals in the team/group

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to relevant documentation, legislation and statutory requirements, industry codes of practice, WHS legislation, regulations and codes of practice, and access to a work team.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5003 Manage installation and commissioning of equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning and managing installation and commissioning of equipment in a manner which minimises disruption and facilitates continuing optimum production outcomes.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare work	1.1	Items to be included in work plan and specification document are identified and confirmed
1.2	Legal, environmental and work health and safety (WHS) requirements related to installation and commissioning of equipment/systems are identified
1.3	Work plan for installation and commissioning of equipment/systems is drawn up, including management and reporting procedures
1.4	Specification document is prepared according to workplace and/or manufacturer procedures
2	Coordinate and monitor installation arrangements	2.1	Arrangements for the installation and commissioning of equipment, including necessary legal, insurance and safety requirements, are coordinated in accordance with workplace and/or legislative procedures
2.2	Contract arrangements for the installation and commissioning of equipment/systems are coordinated in accordance with workplace procedures
2.3	Installation process, including testing, is monitored to ensure compliance with contractual requirements
2.4	Variations are dealt with to ensure installation meets specification requirements
3	Manage installation schedules and budgets	3.1	Installation process is monitored to ensure compliance with installation specifications, schedule and budget
3.2	Scheduling and budgeting processes are adjusted where variations or alternative plans are indicated
3.3	Deviations are documented and reported
4	Administer legal, environmental and WHS requirements	4.1	Formal processes of the organisation are used to document the administration of regulatory requirements
4.2	Legal, environmental and WHS requirements related to installation and commissioning of equipment/systems are defined
4.3	Monitoring of the process is carried out to ensure compliance with legal, environmental and WHS requirements related to installation and commissioning of equipment/systems
5	Conduct trials to confirm operating status of equipment	5.1	Machine operations are evaluated in a trial run and results confirmed against requirements
5.2	Machines are adjusted to achieve performance outcome specifications
5.3	Employee duties are communicated to match equipment operating requirements
5.4	Maintenance documentation is completed and processed
5.5	Process and machine specification documentation is completed and appropriate records maintained
6	Assess and report on completion of installation	6.1	Completed work is assessed to confirm required specifications have been met
6.2	Report on work completed is prepared in accordance with enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving with minimal supervision and direction installation and commissioning may follow an established process or it may require a unique process to cover a one-off situation work may involve a multi-disciplinary group, including those with specific regulatory authority for aspects of the work customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Machines and equipment include:	microprocessor or computer-controlled machines production and facility equipment used in the enterprise
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5003B Manage installation and commissioning of equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5003 Manage installation and commissioning of equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Manage the installation and commissioning of significant equipment within a production or simulated production environment, including the following tasks:

identifying the impact of decisions in terms of commercial, environmental and safety risks

planning and arranging equipment installation and commissioning

leading others and working effectively to arrange for installation and commissioning of equipment

allocating tasks to others considering:

competency requirements for the work

requirements of workplace operating procedures

completing post-installation trials and evaluation

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Risk management process

Requirements for installation and commissioning of equipment

Extent of responsibility for each stage of the process

Company business policies and plans, including procedures for equipment installation

Company products, market, work systems and equipment

Legislative requirements of the work activities

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to equipment for installation, installation and commissioning service providers and location.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5004 Develop and document procedures and specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers analysing requirements and developing and documenting procedures and specifications that provide concise and unambiguous direction and guidance for workplace activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify relevant requirements	1.1	Information required for operating procedures is identified and assembled
1.2	Specification requirements and format are established and confirmed, where necessary
1.3	Requirements for information entry, storage, output and quality of document production are identified in accordance with enterprise procedures
1.4	Document and work sheet design is appropriate for efficient entry of information and maximised appearance and presentation of document
1.5	Range of functions incorporated the document design reflects the nominated requirements
2	Prepare specifications	2.1	Specifications are written in an appropriate format to ensure requirements can be met
2.2	Special needs are incorporated in the specifications
2.3	Specifications are written in a manner that is clear and understood in the workplace
3	Prepare standard operating procedures and/or manuals	3.1	Documentation is prepared to formalise processes for achieving the enterprise objectives
3.2	Responsibility for all updates and changes to the procedures or manuals is assigned or designated
4	Review procedures and specifications against standards	4.1	Compliance with procedures and specification requirements is monitored in relation to the required application
4.2	Results are assessed, reported and/or acted upon according to enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving work may be on a one-to-one basis with a client or client group and involve writing of specifications and procedures for the workplace, including: operating procedures complex cutting lists and specification sheets customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Machines and equipment include:	microprocessor or computer-controlled machines production and facility equipment used in the enterprise
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5004B Develop and document procedures and specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5004 Develop and document procedures and specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify and itemise steps and stages in processes and procedures and complete a significant operational procedure, incorporating safety obligations, and covering:

full analysis of the topic area

step-by-step operational procedure

specification, which is part of the procedure, or a supporting document

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Technical writing and presentation techniques

Company operating procedures, including procedures for documenting and changing specifications and procedures

Operation requirements of equipment and work systems in own work area

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to enterprise or equivalent formats for procedures/specifications and subjects/topics.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5005 Organise enterprise maintenance programs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers establishing, organising and implementing preventative and reactive maintenance programs and capabilities required to optimise operational and production performance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Clarify maintenance requirements	1.1	Equipment specifications, service requirements and workplace procedures are checked for recommended maintenance intervals and processes
1.2	Special requirements for maintenance are separated from normal lubrication, adjustment and maintenance schedules
1.3	Comparisons with previous experience, future equipment use, production requirements and standard operating procedures are made
1.4	An outline plan for maintenance and a related work schedule are identified and developed
2	Establish maintenance systems	2.1	Costing for process is identified based on work schedule, equipment manufacturer recommendations, charges for materials, equipment and consumables, and external/internal labour charges
2.2	Required production interruptions, processes and procedures are documented and recorded
2.3	Maintenance providers are identified
2.4	Maintenance systems options are analysed and recommendations processed to management
2.5	Approvals for the maintenance systems concepts and resources are obtained
3	Organise maintenance activities	3.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
3.2	Production schedules and staff rosters are checked to identify times when the maintenance process may be scheduled, including optimum timing for shutdown
3.3	Permission from supervisory personnel is obtained for timing of maintenance to optimise the maintenance process and production
3.4	Detailed work plans are developed in accordance with production schedules covering the availability of expertise and scheduling of resource availability
3.5	Employees with the required competencies are identified and, where necessary, appropriate training and assessment are facilitated
3.6	Approvals for production schedule, employee work pattern and maintenance schedule adjustments are obtained
3.7	Work plan is refined to ensure the maintenance program will maintain workplace outputs in terms of workplace policy
4	Resource maintenance requirements	4.1	Required consumables for maintenance and their reliable supply is established
4.2	Externally sourced equipment is determined and supply arranged
5	Complete maintenance procedures	5.1	Maintenance work schedule is completed following the work plan
5.2	Appropriate readings, measurements and recordings are made and compared to equipment, product and other relevant specifications
5.3	Areas requiring further testing are identified and appropriate procedures for testing recommended to supervisory staff
5.4	Appropriate adjustments to the work schedule plan are made based on experience and documentation completed
5.5	Maintenance records are completed and forwarded to appropriate personnel
5.6	Areas where changes to equipment operation or routine maintenance are required to maintain optimum work output and equipment life are noted

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving and is generally performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction work activities of other employees are supervised and assistance to others is provided customers are normally internal
Machines and equipment include:	microprocessor or computer-controlled machines production and facility equipment used in the enterprise
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5005B Organise enterprise maintenance programs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5005 Organise enterprise maintenance programs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Establish the maintenance program for a real or simulated significant production operation, including:

coordination of maintenance within the context of production schedules

identification of resource requirements for maintenance, including skills of employees involved

recording and reporting requirements to provide system visibility and accountability potential

Complete a benefit analysis of an existing and significant maintenance program and suggest improvements to maintenance operations and, where authorised, negotiate changes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Contemporary equipment maintenance theories covering benefits and costs

The effects of production schedules, time and resource requirements when scheduling the maintenance process

Risk analysis processes

Company operating procedures, including procedures for maintenance

Operation requirements of equipment and work systems in the work area

Competency requirements of the work activities

Relevant WHS requirements

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to production information and schedules, equipment specifications, and workshop manuals for production process equipment requiring maintenance.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5006 Plan production

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning and documenting the overall requirements of production in a furnishing enterprise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish production requirements	1.1	Data from the sales/market forecast is interpreted for inclusion in the production plan
1.2	Specifications and supporting data are analysed
1.3	Projected requirements regarding product quantity, quality, raw materials and performance characteristics are established
1.4	Production capacity of machines and personnel is determined and/or confirmed
1.5	Resources required, including raw materials supply requirements for the production line, are identified
2	Prepare production plan	2.1	Information and details to include in the production plan are assembled and confirmed, where necessary
2.2	Inefficiencies and constraints are considered and potential improvements or variations to the plan are identified, where applicable
2.3	Production plan is prepared in accordance with enterprise procedures
3	Monitor and coordinate variations to plan	3.1	Production plan is monitored to ensure efficient and effective production performance and any variations required are identified
3.2	Plans are modified, where necessary, to reflect out of stock and overstock situations, machine and human resource requirements or variations
3.3	Implementation of plan variations is coordinated to ensure compliance with instructions/specifications
4	Maintain records	4.1	Production planning records are maintained and reports prepared, where necessary, in accordance with enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work relates to the interface between sales/marketing, purchasing and production areas and may involve dealing with the unpredictability of variables, such as sales, raw materials, machinery availability, operator availability and quality variations work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving under limited guidance in line with a broad plan, budget or strategy customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Production operations include:	repetitive production runs short runs quick changes indent orders stock replenishment
Large scale production or small business types include:	cabinet making wood machining furniture polishing glass and glazing soft furnishing upholstery bed and mattress making floor covering and finishing picture framing musical instruments
Production planning includes:	the establishment of an overall plan for manufacture/product delivery in conjunction with marketing/merchandising area
Workplace organisation systems include:	just in time (JIT) quick response quality systems team processes and benchmarking
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	enterprise business plan production procedures/flows previous production plans production and planning policies and other documentation machine/equipment manufacturer specifications and instructions organisation work orders job procedures work instructions legislation/regulations/national and industry codes and practices relevant to the production environment and processes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5006B Plan production.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5006 Plan production

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Establish and confirm the production requirements for a significant production requirement by:

preparing the production plan

monitoring and coordinating variations to the plan

maintaining records

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Production processes, products, machines, planning and forecasting software

Work and workplace organisation systems

Suppliers, their capabilities and customer requirements

Safety and environmental aspects of relevant enterprise activities

Workplace procedures and reporting/recording processes

Relevant regulatory requirements and codes of practice

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, information on work specifications, relevant safety procedures and regulations, quality standards, organisation procedures and customer requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5007 Optimise computer numerically controlled (CNC) operations

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers analysing production orders, production histories and machine capabilities and manipulating CNC machine control programs to optimise production performance in the furnishing industry. It requires the integration of process machines that may normally function on a stand-alone basis.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify optimal operating conditions	1.1	The production potential of the components of the system are identified
1.2	Production orders and plans are analysed to identify sustained production requirements
1.3	Integration options are identified and analysed to ascertain the optimal integration model
1.4	Software and programming requirements to attain and sustain optimal integration are identified and recorded
2	Prepare for software installation	2.1	Program format and operational intent are accurately determined and required applications identified
2.2	Specifications are checked for required operating conditions
2.3	Program instructions are checked for compliance with specifications
2.4	Software timers are set to specification, where required
3	Install and integrate automatic process machine control programs	3.1	Appropriate program loading technique is selected
3.2	External loading devices are correctly connected to automatic process machine control systems
3.3	Machine control system is placed in correct operational mode to accept program loading
3.4	Program is downloaded in accordance with manufacturers' recommended procedure and enterprise requirements
3.5	Checks are made during and after downloading to ensure accurate and complete data transfer
3.6	External program loading devices and connections are disconnected from process and machine control system
3.7	Integration protocols and actions are completed
4	Commission automatic process and machine control programs	4.1	Operation of the production system using the programs is observed
4.2	Outputs are checked and measured for compliance with specifications
4.3	External inputs are checked for compliance with specifications according to specified procedures
4.4	Total operation is checked for compliance with specifications where applicable
4.5	Location of program master copy storage is confirmed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving and is generally performed without other qualified assistance customers are normally internal
Production systems include:	CNC machining processing centres
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work procedures/instructions manufacturer specifications and instructions standard forms of workplace process and procedures organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5010B Optimise CNC operations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5007 Optimise computer numerically controlled (CNC) operations

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Optimise production and suggest improvements to CNC operations and, where authorised, negotiate changes on a minimum of two (2) occasions with at least one (1) involving a CNC machining and processing centre

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Company operating procedures, including procedures for programming CNC equipment

Operation requirements of equipment and work systems to be programmed

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to CNC production equipment, software

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5008 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers developing specifications, identifying and selecting materials and processes, production trialling of prototypes and completing evaluation documentation. Prototypes may be produced by hand, by using appropriate machines, tools and equipment or by computer-assisted production.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Develop prototype specifications	1.1	The purpose and outline requirements for the prototype are identified from design concepts and/or customer requirements
1.2	Materials are identified following detailed analysis of the options
1.3	Detailed prototype design specifications are prepared and documented
1.4	Construction requirements and methods are identified appropriate for the materials to be used
1.5	Ergonomic requirements are identified, clarified and satisfied throughout the work process
2	Plan and prepare prototype construction	2.1	Work plan for the prototype construction is drafted
2.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2.3	Compatibility of materials in specifications is checked and any discrepancies reported
2.4	Steps or stages in construction are identified, noting checkpoints for quality checks
2.5	Suitable work area is located and cleared ready for work
2.6	Materials and consumables to meet specifications are prepared for use
2.7	Equipment and accessories suitable for working the specified material are prepared for use
2.8	Appropriate jigs and other construction aids are identified and where required adjusted to suit the work
3	Produce the prototype	3.1	Work plan is followed to produce the prototype
3.2	Checks are conducted at the identified points
3.3	Modifications to designs and plans are identified and recommended and managed within workplace procedures
3.4	Modifications to the plan are documented and followed
3.5	Prototype or sample is checked for compliance with specifications
4	Trial and evaluate the prototype	4.1	Trial objectives and processes are developed, specified and documented
4.2	Personnel involved in the trial and evaluation are prepared for their responsibilities and functions
4.3	Trial equipment, tools and materials are prepared and certified prior to use
4.4	Prototype trials are conducted and results captured and recorded in accordance with the trial specification
4.5	Results of trials are evaluated and evaluation records and recommendations are processed in accordance with enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving and may be carried out on a team basis or with the support of dedicated specialist personnel customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Machines and equipment include:	microprocessor or computer-controlled machines production and facility equipment used in the enterprise
Materials for prototypes include:	timber metal alloys glass fabrics and textiles plastics leather cardboard and paper adhesives fillers and finishes as appropriate
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	design concepts/customer requirements designer/drawer specifications and instructions work procedures/instructions organisation work specifications and requirements legislation/regulations/national or industry codes and practices relevant to the prototype/sample construction quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5011B Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5008 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Develop and evaluate a minimum of two (2) different prototypes, and:

develop the prototype specification

identify compatibility/incompatibility of materials, adhesives, fittings and fasteners for the application

select and use appropriate materials, equipment and processes for the item being constructed

demonstrate how the design of the prototype components will influence the working lifetime of the item

ensure that the prototype satisfies the original or varied specification

prepare for and conduct evaluation trials

record outcomes and make recommendations for future activities

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Intellectual property law requirements

Elements and principles of design

Trends and detailed knowledge of furniture construction

Destructive and non-destructive testing techniques and processes

Use of colour and other features

Range, properties and characteristics of materials used in the furnishing industry

Safety and environmental aspects of relevant enterprise activities

Workplace procedures and reporting process

Relevant WHS legislation, regulatory requirements and codes of practice

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to information on design concepts, customer requirements, quality standards and organisation procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5009 Determine production feasibility of designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers systematically analysing, assessing and determining the feasibility of designs for translation into commercially viable production that can refer to enterprise and client initiated ideas or requests. It may involve applications associated with original design, adaptation of designs or interpretation of sketches, single or multiple production styles and ranges, and made to order.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Define the design objectives and detail	1.1	The purpose of the design is defined and/or clarified
1.2	The potential market for the design product is considered and defined
1.3	Intended production materials and outline production processes are identified and agreed as the basis for determination
2	Establish the design assessment criteria	2.1	Criteria for the assessment of production material options are established
2.2	Criteria for the assessment of product functionality are established
2.3	Criteria for the assessment of production process options and impacts of these on overall business operations are established
2.4	Criteria for the assessment of work health and safety (WHS), and potential liability issues are established
2.5	Criteria for assessment of costs and marketability are established
3	Apply the assessment criteria	3.1	The determination process, including personnel, information/input collection and recording, scoring or grading criteria, and decision making processes are established and agreed
3.2	Products which are competitors/potential competitors in the market place are selected for comparative purposes
3.3	The design is scored/graded against agreed criteria and the results recorded
3.4	Competition products are scored/graded against the agreed criteria and the results recorded
3.5	Assessment results are completed in accordance with the agreed process
4	Determine feasibility and options	4.1	Assessment results of the design and competition products are analysed
4.2	Designs which fail to satisfy assessment and provide no optional potential are rejected
4.3	Designs which fail to satisfy assessment but which have optional/alternative potential are referred to the appropriate party
4.4	Designs which satisfy potential are conditionally endorsed, with the conditions being recorded and passed to the appropriate party
4.5	Formal records of the determination are completed and processed in accordance with enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, and problem solving and judgement may be required in planning and selecting appropriate processes or procedures for self and others work involves the establishment and application of systematic, fair and balanced processes to determine the production feasibility of a design
Activities include:	researching design trends and developments generating and presenting ideas liaison with client and/or other functional areas compiling information preparing costing
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	enterprise business plans business reports and trade journals product research information covering trends, materials options and market coverage organisational work procedures legislation/regulations/national and industry codes and practices relevant to furnishing and ergonomics quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5012B Determine production feasibility of designs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5009 Determine production feasibility of designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Determine and report on the feasibility of a minimum of two (2) different product designs by completing the following or equivalent steps:

define the design objectives and detail

establish assessment criteria

apply assessment criteria impartially

determine feasibility options

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Intellectual property law requirements

Design principles and professional practices

Ergonomic principles for furniture design and manufacture

Elements and principles of design and how they can be used to create good design in the furnishing industry

Detailed knowledge of contemporary furnishing industry products

Range of furnishing product materials and their characteristics

Materials, trims, accessories and their properties and characteristics

Costing processes

Workplace procedures and reporting process

Relevant WHS legislation, regulatory requirements and codes of practice

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to information on work specifications, customer requirements, quality standards and enterprise procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT5010 Develop products and related processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers defining requirements, confirming feasibility, developing and trialling options, and analysing and reporting on proposed products and related processes. It may involve original creation, adaptation of designs or interpretation of sketches within contexts related to single or multiple production runs.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess product feasibility	1.1	Provisional specifications are identified and interpreted in consultation with others, where required
1.2	Provisional specifications are subject to feasibility modelling and analysis
1.3	Recommendations from the feasibility study are processed
2	Participate in developing and engineering prototype product	2.1	Product or process specifications are interpreted and/or preliminary specifications are developed from the feasibility study
2.2	Specifications are used to develop or engineer the prototype product
2.3	Results are analysed and decisions to move to a trial are confirmed
3	Conduct trials	3.1	Trial procedures/parameters are established and recorded
3.2	Organisation and liaison issues with production areas are resolved
3.3	Raw materials are checked or selected and machines and skill availability allocated against requirements
3.4	Trials are carried out in accordance with the established procedures
4	Analyse, interpret and report results	4.1	Results of the trials are analysed to determine performance and acceptability for production
4.2	Variations and improvements necessitated by the findings are recorded and/or trialled
4.3	Reports and recommendations are prepared and processed in accordance with enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual and analytical ability, discretion, judgement and problem solving customers or suppliers may be internal or external
Activities include:	work allocation reviewing/evaluating processes and products liaising with relevant personnel, client and/or other functional areas
Work responsibilities will vary in scope according to:	size of the workplace range of designs specialisation in the workplace and workplace quality standards
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work specifications provisional product specifications and design brief provisional marketing strategies organisation work specifications and requirements legislation, regulations and codes of practice quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFT5013B Develop products and related processes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT5010 Develop products and related processes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to furnishing work instructions and work orders and safety procedures

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Develop a significant product and related processes, either individually or as part of a multi-disciplinary team, and:

interpret/develop specifications

conduct feasibility studies

produce prototype

organise/conduct trials

assess results against specifications

communicate effectively with development team and customers

prepare reports/presentations

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Lead others and work effectively to improve production quality and outcomes

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Use workplace technology related to the coordination, including communication equipment, time and management aids and other measuring devices

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity and encourage participation of employees in the planning of work activities and changes

Knowledge Evidence

Intellectual property obligations and codes of practice

Products and process development processes and procedures

Team management and coordination processes

Recording and reporting processes (as they may apply in the enterprise)

Safety and environmental aspects of relevant enterprise activities

Technical background relevant to the sector

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to information on work specifications, quality standards, organisation procedures and customer requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG1001 Complete a basic glass and glazing project

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, fabricating and assembling a basic glass and glazing project. It is designed for VET in Schools or pre-employment programs to introduce basic glass and glazing techniques and materials.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements for a basic glass and glazing job, including design variations, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quantity
1.2	Work sequence is planned and procedures are determined for checking quality at each stage of the process
1.3	Work health and safety requirements (WHS), including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Preparatory drawings/set-outs for tasks are confirmed and a suitable work area selected
1.5	Materials are selected following work instructions
1.6	Tools and equipment and a table suitable for the work are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
2	Fabricate and assemble components	2.1	Material is set out according to work instructions, prepared, and components marked according to workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, machines and equipment are used in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Components are fabricated, including any specified shapes, angles or curves, and checked against set-out and job requirements
2.4	Components are fitted to job requirements and the assembly process undertaken according to workplace procedures
2.5	Item is checked for compliance with specifications and finished in accordance with work instructions using edging equipment, where required
3	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Off-cuts and unused materials are collected and stored for re-use or disposed of following workplace procedures
3.3	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Work instructions include:	reading and interpreting plans developing set-outs using hand and power tools operating basic machinery applying quality requirements applying product finishing techniques and materials
A basic glass and glazing project includes:	fish tank display case flower vase/box ornamental box/case
Tools and equipment include:	flat felt covered cutting tables tungsten wheel glass cutters speed cutters circle cutters L-squares and straight edges tape measures glass handling gloves safety glasses gauntlets aprons marking pens chinagraph pencils templates and lubricants drilling equipment (e.g. portable or wall-mounted) free-standing diamond drill presses and saws
Tables appropriate for cutting large glass sheets include:	air flotation tables roller castor tables or tilt tables with air flotation breaker bars or roller castors
Materials include:	annealed glass (less than or 7 mm thick) and laminated glass (less than or 6.38 mm thick) as deemed appropriate for the project
Edging equipment includes:	linishing or belt machines diamond or pencil edgers pumice or cork polishers horizontal wheels finger slotters hand tools
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices: gloves safety glasses gauntlets footwear earmuffs aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG1001C Complete a basic glass and glazing project.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG1001 Complete a basic glass and glazing project

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Adapt or vary glass and glazing designs and prepare, fabricate and assemble at least one (1) basic glass and glazing project which:

is of thin glass (annealed glass or laminated glass of less than or 7 mm thick)

requires the use of glass and glazing hand tools and basic glass and glazing processing machines

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Interpretation of plan representation of product design

Preparation of drawings/set-outs

Work flow requirements in relation to glass and glazing projects

Identification of glass and glazing hand and basic processing tools, materials, equipment, processes and procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans/designs, glass and glazing hand tools and/or basic processing machines, project materials and a specified project.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2001 Use glass and glazing sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting and using hand and power tools in applications relating to the glass and glazing sector of the furnishing industry, including basic aluminium fabrication.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify hand and power tools	1.1	Types of hand and power tools and their functions are identified
1.2	Sources of, and access to, power supply are recognised and used safely
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for using hand and power tools are recognised and implemented
2	Select and use hand tools	2.1	Hand tools are selected consistent with needs of job
2.2	Hand tools are checked for serviceability and safety and any faults reported to supervisor in accordance with enterprise procedures
2.3	Equipment is selected to hold, position or support material for hand tool application, where applicable
2.4	Material is located and held in position for hand tool application
2.5	Hand tools are safely and effectively used according to their intended use and safely stored when not in immediate use
3	Select and use power tools	3.1	Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected, correctly fitted and used at all times
3.2	Power tools are selected consistent with needs of job in accordance with conventional work practice
3.3	Power tools are visually checked for serviceability/safety in accordance with WHS requirements and any faults reported to supervisor in accordance with enterprise procedures
3.4	Equipment is selected to hold, position or support materials for power tool application, where applicable
3.5	Material to be worked on is located and held in position for power tool application, where applicable
3.6	Power tools are safely and effectively used in application processes
3.7	Power tools are safely switched off and stored when not in use
4	Clean up work area and tools	4.1	All tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored with relevant documentation completed in accordance with enterprise procedures
4.2	Work area is cleared and waste removed

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and organisational safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with state and federal legislative obligations, environmental legislation, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Hand tools used in the glass and glazing sector include:	tungsten wheel glass cutters speed cutters circle cutters vacuum straight edges lever and vacuum lifters plate and running pliers pop rivet pliers screwdrivers tools for aluminium: knives sheers measuring devices straight edge square assorted hammers rollers combination saw
Power tools used in the glass and glazing sector include:	portable electric drills grinders circular saws and jig saws plunge routers sanders drop, radius, mitre and upcut saws bench drills and grinders portable pneumatic drills nail and staple guns pop rivet guns and compressors tools for aluminium: assorted air tools assorted electric tools compressor rivet gun metal press and dies
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses ear protection hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG2001C Use glass and glazing sector hand and power tools.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2001 Use glass and glazing sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Carry out correct procedures prior to, during and after use of hand and power tools

Identify six (6) commonly used glass and glazing sector hand and power tools

Indicate hand and power tool applications and limitations

Effectively and safely use hand and power tools in the workplace environment

Maintain and safely store hand and power tools

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Work flow requirements and standards within the workplace

Workplace safety requirements and WHS legislation

Function and purpose of hand and power tools used in the workplace

Characteristics of glass and/or aluminium, and glass and/or aluminium products and defects, including hazards and handling requirements

Industry standard cross-sections and lengths

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass and glazing sector and aluminium hand and power tools, materials used in the manufacturing and/or processing of glass and glazing and aluminium products and operating procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2002 Use, handle and store glass and glazing products and consumables

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers accurately identifying glass, glazing product and consumable characteristics and limitations to handle, correctly use and store them safely and effectively.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify glass types, glazing products and consumables	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to glass and glazing work are verified and complied with
1.2	The characteristics of glass types and glazing products are identified to determine their use and suitability for a range of glazing work
1.3	Types and quantities of glazing consumables required for a glazing job are identified from plans or work instructions
2	Prepare to use glass and glazing products	2.1	Work requirements for glass and glazing work are determined in a logical order to suit the job
2.2	Common glass and glazing tools, equipment, personal protective equipment, and their use in glass and glazing work are identified
2.3	Glass to match work requirements is checked for type, size and imperfections
2.4	Glazing products are selected in accordance with customer orders and Australian Standards
2.5	Defective glazing products are reported for repair or replacement in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Handle and use glass and glazing consumables	3.1	Consumables are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the planned glazing work
3.2	Consumables are handled and used according to workplace procedures, manufacturer instructions and industry practice
3.3	Any problems occurring when using consumables are identified, rectified and/or reported, where appropriate
4	Store glass and glazing consumables	4.1	Unused glass, glazing products and consumables are assembled after completion of the job, checked for reusability, cleaned and stored safely and effectively
4.2	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Glass types, their characteristics and appropriate use include:	annealed glass heat toughened and chemically strengthened glass laminated glass wired glass tinted and heat reflective glass coated glass and insulated glass units low iron glass self-cleaning glass electrically heatable glass low emissivity glass mirrored glass
Glazing products, their characteristics and appropriate use include:	g clamps: flat radius holeless setting blocks and packers U channel rubber spider fittings: 2, 3 and 4 arm medium heavy duty frameless glass hinges, brackets and handles patch fittings and locks articulated bolts stand-offs, anchors, spigots and mini-posts handrail brackets, slotted tube, joiners and body A frame ‘top hat’ sections and grommets ball castors clamp bars
Glazing consumables include:	silicone sealants: neutral cure (clear, white and coloured) anti-mildew sanitary (clear, white and coloured) high performance/high joint movement for structural glazing polyurethane sealants glass cleaners and silicone removers abrasives belts, discs and slurries: silicon carbide diamond polishing items: sprays and waxes cerium oxide acids (sulphuric and hydrofluoric) felt polishing bobs backing rod butyl glazing tape setting blocks glazing pins foam tape: single double-sided structural masking tape mirror mounting tape putty horseshoe packers safety glass decals labels gloves blades film glass paint
Manufacturer instructions include:	safe handling procedures strength and load bearing rates glazing product fixing procedures, techniques and templates cutting and bending techniques glass fixing materials surface preparation before use application techniques tooling procedures category of use, performance and structural strength temperature range for use, curing and storage shelf life other storage requirements
Tools and equipment include:	tungsten wheel glass cutters speed cutters circle cutters squares, vacuum and other straight edges plate and running pliers and snips drills and countersinks spine rollers mallets silicone guns squeegees and holsters five-way cutting-in tools trim knives scrapers scourers measures calculator chamois heat guns screwdrivers spanners restraint straps and ratchets vacuum lifters: flat curved double/single cup
Problems with consumables include:	poor quality past use-by date damaged in storage wrong category/rating consumable for the job used on contaminated surfaces poor gunning and silicone application technique
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses ear protection hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures types and quantities of products and consumables obtained, used and stored

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG2011A Use, handle and store glass and glazing products and consumables.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2002 Use, handle and store glass and glazing products and consumables

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify a range of glass types, their characteristics, uses and limitations

Identify the properties, uses and limitations of common glass, and glazing tools and equipment

Identify the types, properties, uses and limitations of common glazing products and consumables

Identify and rectify problems with glass and glazing products and consumables

Identify the likely impact of various environmental effects when using glass and glazing consumables

Safely and effectively handle and store glass, glazing products and consumables

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for using glass, glazing products and consumables to meet specified outcomes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice, organisational and site standards, requirements, and policies and procedures relevant to glass, glazing product and consumables handling, storage and use

Types of glass, glazing products and glass fixing materials used in the glazing industry, including their correct terminology, characteristics, properties, uses and limitations

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution for glass, glazing products and consumables

Storage systems and labelling for glass, glazing products and consumables

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation of glass, glazing product and consumables use

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a range of commonly used glass, glazing products and consumables, specifications, equipment for using glass, glazing products and consumables and a suitable storage location.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2003 Operate glass freefall rack and table

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using freefall racks and tables in glass and glazing work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to glass and glazing work are verified and complied with
1.2	Work requirements are identified and work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Planned route for relocating glass is checked for hazards and the work area is cleared of obstructions
1.5	Work area is cleared of unauthorised personnel prior to and during freefall operations in accordance with workplace procedures
1.6	Freefall rack and table is checked for correct operation, levelled and cleared of any foreign material
2	Freefall glass	2.1	Freefall is conducted in accordance with workplace procedures to move glass safely
2.2	Problems occurring during operation are identified and reported to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
2.3	Authorised changes in working procedures and/or requirements are followed
3	Complete work	3.1	Waste and scrap material is removed for disposal or recycling, as required
3.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
3.3	Workplace documentation is completed, as required
3.4	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, and manual handling procedures work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Glass includes:	annealed laminated
Tools and equipment include:	storage rack drop bench glass handling equipment and hand tools
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFGG2003C Operate glass freefall rack and table.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2003 Operate glass freefall rack and table

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Follow pre-freefall glass inspections and safety procedures

Deal with freefall factory run sizes (FRS) glass up to, and including, 10 mm thick

Freefall 6.38 mm (or less) laminated glass

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Principles and techniques of freefalling glass from a rack to a table

Workplace safety system requirements related to the freefalling of glass

Work flow requirements in relation to freefalling of glass using rack and table

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment may be conducted in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment may occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass freefall rack and table, workplace operating procedures and glass sheets.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2004 Process thin glass by hand

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cutting, shaping and applying finishing techniques to annealed glass up to, and including, 10 mm thick, and laminated glass up to, and including, 11.76 mm thick.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements, including materials, types of cuts, shapes, holes and edges, processes and quantities required, are identified from work instructions or job order in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools, equipment and thin glass materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Cutting list and quality standards are determined and procedures identified in accordance with workplace requirements and industry standards
1.5	Glass to be cut, and holes drilled or shaped by hand are selected using information from the work order, including type of glass, thickness, colour and dimensions
1.6	Equipment and settings required to perform the work are identified and prepared
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Sequence of work is planned to ensure processing is conducted in a logical order
2.2	Suitable cutting, shaping and lubrication methods are selected
2.3	Glass processing table is selected and work surface is cleared of debris and dust
2.4	Work area is cleared of obstructions and potential hazards with cullet bins located close to work area
2.5	Glass is checked for imperfections and damage prior to handling
2.6	Glass to be processed is located in the work area using correct manual handling procedures
2.7	Glass is measured accurately to minimise waste and within specified tolerances according to enterprise standards
3	Process glass	3.1	Tools and equipment are operated and monitored in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to ensure correct product quality and output
3.2	Glass is processed to required standard in accordance with job order, work instructions and procedures, including the performance of routine lubrication and adjustments of tools/equipment
3.3	Problems occurring during work operations are identified and reported to appropriate persons
3.4	Authorised changes in working procedures are followed
3.5	Completed product is inspected for quality of work and repaired, reprocessed or discarded in accordance with workplace procedures
4	Complete work	4.1	Processed glass is labelled and stored following workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections
4.2	Scraps and off-cuts are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed, as required
4.5	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Materials include:	annealed and laminated glass for residential and commercial glazing furniture applications and mirrors
Tools and equipment include:	flat felt covered cutting tables tungsten wheel glass cutters speed cutters circle cutters L-squares and straight edges tape measures marking pens chinagraph pencils templates and lubricants tables appropriate for cutting glass sheets, including mobile air floatation tables roller castor tables or tilt tables with air flotation and breaker bars
Thin glass includes:	annealed sheet glass less than or equal to 10 mm thick and can include mirrors laminated glass less than or equal to 11.76 mm thick
Glass processing by hand includes:	cutting shaping
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and Australian Standard policies and practices: gloves safety glasses gauntlets footwear earmuffs aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG2004C Process thin glass by hand.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2004 Process thin glass by hand

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify and use AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Complete straight cuts by hand and speed cutter and cut simple shapes, truncated and radius corners, circles, fan holes and freehand pay holes in annealed glass less than or equal to 10 mm and up to 1.0 m2

Cut simple shapes, truncated corners and ovals in laminated glass less than or equal to 11.76 mm and up to 1.0 m2

Calculate the cost of glass jobs

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Correct identification and use of glass cutting equipment, their functions and procedures for use

The set-up and operation of glass cutting equipment, including procedures for reporting product defects or equipment faults

Workplace safety system requirements related to glass cutting

Work flow requirements in relation to glass cutting

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass sheet/product, cutting equipment, such as hand glass cutter, circle cutter and speed cutter and a table.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2005 Apply basic glass handling

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers handling and moving sheets of flat glass by hand safely and efficiently in a production, processing or installation environment, as an individual and involving teamwork for lifting.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for glass handling	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type and quantity of glass to be relocated are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for movement of glass sheets by hand, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Sheet glass to be moved is identified and weight, shape and points of balance, and dimensions estimated or calculated
1.4	Tools and equipment and manual handling procedures for lifting, lowering and carrying, pushing and pulling are identified
1.5	Risks to self, others, material and equipment are identified arising from the required lifting, load carrying, set down or movement of the glass
1.6	Need for glass lifting equipment or team lifting is determined and team lifting processes are considered for application
1.7	Glass is checked for imperfections and damage prior to movement
2	Plan glass movement	2.1	Locations for glass storage are identified and routes to be followed determined
2.2	Required clearances are compared to available space and adjustments made, as required
2.3	Process for relocating glass is planned, including predicting and planning for potential difficulties
2.4	Proposed process is checked against advisory standards and workplace procedures for compliance
3	Relocate glass	3.1	Actions of lifting, lowering and carrying, pulling and pushing are carried out in accordance with approved advisory standards and workplace procedures
3.2	Team lifting tasks (where used) are coordinated according to approved advisory standards
3.3	Planned process and route are followed and glass is relocated without damage to material, personnel or equipment
3.4	Glass is labelled and stored following workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections
3.5	Relocation is checked to see that it meets work requirements, and any differences reported
4	Complete work	4.1	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.2	Workplace documentation is completed, as required

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Sheet glass includes:	glass for residential and commercial windows and doors tinted and heat reflecting mirrors and furniture applications annealed laminated glass
Tools and equipment include:	glass handling equipment and hand tools lever and pump vacuum lifters slings trolleys
Team lifting processes include:	nomination of team leader calculation of capacity of team techniques to be used identifying tasks of team members
Glass relocation includes:	loading and unloading of trucks and skips
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG2005C Move glass sheets by hand.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2005 Apply basic glass handling

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Demonstrate safety and inspection procedures prior to lifting

Safely lift and relocate annealed and laminated glass up to, and including, 1.2 m2 (17 kg)

Safely team lift and relocate annealed and laminated glass up to, and including, 4.5 m2 (68 kg)

Load and unload glass safely and efficiently

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements and the behaviour of glass sheets when lifted and moved

Work flow requirements in relation to the movement of glass by hand

Principles, requirements and techniques of moving glass sheets by hand and loading and unloading glass to/from trucks and skips

Workplace safety system requirements related to the moving of glass sheets by hand

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass sheet to be relocated, workplace operating procedures and personal protection equipment, and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2006 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers moving single sheets of flat glass by mechanical means individually or in a team environment in workplaces which are involved in the manufacture, processing and/or installation of sheet glass.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for glass moving	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type and quantity of glass to be relocated are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for movement of glass sheets by mechanical means, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Glass sheets to be moved are identified and weight is estimated or calculated and safe movement requirements applied
1.4	Appropriate mechanical handling equipment, tools and equipment are identified
1.5	Risks arising from the required lifting to self, others, material and equipment are identified, load carrying, set down or movement of the glass
1.6	Equipment and controls, including emergency stops and guards, are identified and checked for safe operation with any damaged or worn parts reported to appropriate personnel
1.7	Glass is checked for imperfections and damage prior to movement
2	Plan glass movement	2.1	Locations for glass storage are identified and routes to be followed determined
2.2	Required clearances are compared to available space and adjustments made
2.3	Process for relocating glass is planned, including predicting and planning for potential difficulties
2.4	Proposed process is checked against advisory standards and workplace procedures for compliance
3	Relocate glass	3.1	Equipment is operated in accordance with approved advisory standards, manufacturer instructions, workplace procedures and WHS requirements
3.2	Planned process and route are followed and glass is relocated without damage to material, personnel or equipment
3.3	Glass is labelled and stored following workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections
3.4	Relocation is checked to see that it meets work requirements, and any differences reported
4	Complete work	4.1	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.3	Handling equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored according to workplace procedures
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed, as required

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Glass includes:	annealed laminated toughened tinted obscured heat reflecting mirrors
Safe movement requirements include:	complying with relevant WHS regulations determining the safe weight load limit (WLL) using safe working load (SWL) limit tables
Mechanical handling equipment includes:	gantry cranes up to 4.9 SWL scissor or vacuum grabs
Tools and equipment include:	air and tilt tables A-frames and stillage racks
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG2006C Move single glass sheets by mechanical means.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2006 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Use correct personal protective safety apparel and safety regulations for overhead lifting

Safely use gantry cranes up to 4.9 SWL, including relevant standards and regulations

Safely use vacuum rigs or scissor grabs for lifting single glass sheets

Follow pre-safety and inspection procedures, calculate weight, and safely load and secure glass

Relocate single sheets of glass by vacuum or scissor grabs up to 4.5 m2 (170 kg)

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements, and the behaviour of glass sheets when lifted and moved

Work flow requirements in relation to the movement of glass by mechanical means

Principles, requirements and techniques of moving glass sheets by mechanical means

Workplace safety system requirements related to the moving of glass sheets by mechanical means

Capabilities, operating processes and procedures of mechanical handling equipment

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to mechanical glass handling equipment, glass sheet to be relocated, workplace operating procedures, personal protection equipment and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2007 Process glass by basic machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cutting, shaping, drilling and edging annealed glass up to, and including, 6 mm thick, and laminated glass up to 7 mm thick by basic machines.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements, including materials, types of cuts, shapes and edges, processes and quantities required, are identified from work instructions or job order in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, of the appropriate quality, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Cutting list and quality standards are determined and procedures for operation of basic cutting machines identified in accordance with workplace requirements and industry standards
1.5	Glass to be cut, shaped, drilled or edged is selected using information from the work order, including type of glass, thickness, colour and dimensions
1.6	Machines, equipment and settings required to perform the work are identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Technique and sequence of work are planned to ensure glass processing is conducted in a logical order
2.2	Procedures for monitoring quality of materials, work in progress and finished items are identified in accordance with workplace requirements and industry practice
2.3	Suitable cutting, shaping, drilling and edging machines are selected
2.4	Glass processing table is selected and work surface is cleared of debris and dust
2.5	Components and controls of machines, including emergency stops and guards, are identified and tested, and appropriate action taken if not in working order
2.6	Work area is cleared of obstructions and potential hazards
2.7	Glass to be processed is located in the work area using appropriate handling techniques
2.8	Glass is measured accurately to minimise waste and within specified tolerances according to enterprise standards
2.9	Glass is checked for imperfections and damage prior to handling
3	Conduct processing operations	3.1	Tools and equipment are operated and monitored in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to ensure correct product quality and output
3.2	Glass is processed to required standard in accordance with job order, work instructions and procedures, including the performance of routine lubrication and adjustments of machines/equipment, if required
3.3	Problems occurring during work operations are identified and reported to appropriate persons in accordance with enterprise procedures
3.4	Authorised changes in working procedures are followed
3.5	Completed product is inspected for quality of work and repaired, reprocessed or discarded in accordance with workplace procedures
4	Complete work	4.1	Processed glass is labelled and stored following workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections
4.2	Scraps and off-cuts are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Work area clean-up is completed following workplace procedures
4.4	Equipment is cleaned and stored according to workplace requirements
4.5	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
4.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Materials include:	annealed and laminated glass for residential and commercial glazing and furniture applications
Tools and equipment include:	flat felt covered cutting tables tungsten wheel glass cutters L-squares and straight edges tape measures glass handling gloves safety glasses gauntlets aprons marking pens chinagraph pencils templates lubricants
Basic cutting machines include:	portable diamond saw circle cutters speed cutters
Drilling equipment includes:	portable diamond drill wall-mounted and free-standing diamond drill presses
Edging includes:	arrising flat round and mitre grinding round and mitre polishing and bevelling
Glass processing includes:	straight cutting circle cutting freehand cutting drilling and edging
Edging machines include:	finishing or belt machines diamond or pencil edgers pumice or cork polishers horizontal wheels finger slotters hand tools
Tables appropriate for cutting large glass sheets include:	air flotation tables roller castor tables or tilt tables with air flotation breaker bars or roller castors
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG2007C Process glass by basic machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2007 Process glass by basic machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Set up for and prepare to process glass identifying and using AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Complete straight cuts, truncated and radius corners, circles and fan holes, and pay holes by basic cutting machine in glass up to 7 mm in annealed, and laminated glass up to 1.0 m2

Cut up to 7 mm annealed and laminated glass using a diamond saw

Arrise, grind and polish flat, round and mitre edges on up to 7 mm annealed, and laminated glass up to 0.5 m2

Drill holes with tungsten or diamond drill bits in up to 7 mm annealed, and laminated glass up to 0.5 m2

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Workplace safety system requirements related to glass processing by basic machines

Identification of glass processing equipment, including functions and procedures

Set-up and operation of glass processing equipment, including procedures for reporting machine/product defects or equipment faults

Work flow requirements in relation to glass processing

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass sheet/product up to 7 mm thick, processing facilities/equipment (such as basic cutting and edging machines), table, work area, work orders and appropriate safety and personal protection equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2008 Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers fitting glass to residential windows and doors, other openings, or to other frames performed in workplaces involving on-site and off-site fabrication, installation and replacement of glass.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements for the type of glass to be used and the method of fixing are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for glazing/re-glazing of windows and doors, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	The process for fitting glass to window and doorframes is identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job and in accordance with workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials (other than glass and frames) are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Type of glass to be fitted and frames are selected to match job requirements and glass checked for type, size and imperfections
2.4	Glass fixing method is selected and frame condition is assessed to ensure suitability for glazing in accordance with customer order and Australian Standards
2.5	Defective frames are reported for repair or replacement in accordance with workplace procedures
2.6	Fixing and sealing materials are prepared by mixing or cutting to length, as appropriate
3	Identify site conditions and restraints	3.1	On-site difficulties are recognised and corrective action taken in accordance with regulations and workplace requirements
3.2	Covering material is applied, where necessary, to protect existing fixtures and fittings
3.3	Special characteristics of the window or door which may affect the finished job are identified and corrective action taken
3.4	Prefabricated, modular scaffolding system to a maximum of one platform is erected safely and in the correct order of assembly, if required
3.5	Access stairway or ladder and edge protection components are fitted to the modular scaffolding, where used
4	Perform glazing	4.1	Frame is prepared to receive glass by checking size against specifications, removing remains of glass and any sealants, cleaning and surface preparation, if required
4.2	Glass is fixed to the frame using the selected method and in accordance with recognised industry procedures and Australian Standards
4.3	Solvents and sealants are used in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards
4.4	Excess sealing material is removed and glass and frame cleaned after fixing
5	Complete work	5.1	Completed installation is checked to ensure compliance with customer requirements and specifications
5.2	Prefabricated modular scaffolding, where used, is dismantled safely in the correct order and packed for transport
5.3	Tools, equipment and materials are cleaned and stored following workplace procedures
5.4	Work area is cleaned and left in a safe condition and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
5.5	Waste and scrap materials are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
5.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements including calculating the cost of glass, fittings, materials and labour

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Types of glass include:	annealed glass toughened glass laminated glass wired glass tinted and heat reflective glass coated glass and insulated glass units patterned glass
Methods of glazing include:	channel glazing beaded glazing and double glazing
Glazing and re-glazing includes:	installation of glass to metal and/or timber doors, windows and other frames, and re-glazing of existing windows and doors residential glazing/re-glazing that is confined to simple doors and windows: residential windows, such as fixed, sliding, casement, awning and double hung and louvres residential doors, such as sliding, hinged, pivot and bi-fold
Tools and equipment include:	tungsten wheel glass cutters speed cutters cutting lubricants running pliers straight edges and squares tape measures glass handling and lifting equipment hack-out knives chisels putty knives sprig/diamond guns vinyl cutters and rollers pry bars sealant guns blade and Phillips head screwdrivers pop rivet guns electric and pneumatic drills rubber mallets claw hammers nail punches personal protective equipment
Materials include:	flat glass and acrylic glazing products plastic aluminium steel solid timber gaskets sealants adhesives glazing tapes setting blocks
Matching job requirements includes:	customer order existing glass type
Glass fixing factors include:	specification type of glass and frame security requirements sealing methods compliance with relevant Australian Standards
Prefabricated, modular restricted height scaffolding includes:	completed scaffolding less than 3 m in completed height from the ground erection as close as practicable to the working face, and where the scaffold is greater than 225 mm from the working face, guardrails and mid-rails to the inner face must be installed dismantling by accessing the scaffold platform by stairway or ladder and start dismantling from an end bay dismantling sequence is to dismantle guardrails, mid-rails, ledgers, transoms and standards first
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures on-site procedures and regulations relating to the handling and movement of glass Australian Standards: AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation AS/NZS 4666:2012 Insulating glass units Note, wherever Australian Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG2008C Glaze/re-glaze residential windows and doors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2008 Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Optimise glass sizes for economical cutting and assembling of required materials and glaze or re-glaze the following:

timber putty faced window sashes or door panel

timber beaded sidelight, fixed panel, sliding, hinged, pivot and/or bi-fold doors

metal framed channel glazed door or window

metal framed beaded door or window

Glazing is to include:

calculating glazing clearance and cutting size

cutting glass to AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Note, wherever Australian Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used).

selecting correct glazing tools, equipment, glazing sealants, vinyls and tapes

preparing the working area

preparing glazing rebates and channels prior to installation

cleaning glass, tools, equipment and work area

calculating the cost of glass, glazing materials and labour

selecting re-glazing tools and equipment

hacking out/removing beads and glass safely from timber windows and doors

removing and disassembling metal window sashes and doors and removing glass safely

installing and/or adjusting sash cords, unique, spiral or spring balances on double hung windows

Erect, use and dismantle modular scaffolding equipment safely

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Techniques, methods, materials and process of glazing simple/complex window and doorframes

Workplace safety system requirements related to the glazing simple/complex window and doorframes

Relevant Australian Standards

Work flow requirements in relation to fitting glass

Characteristics, purpose and operation of tools and equipment used in glazing simple/complex window and doorframes

Safe methods for erecting and dismantling restricted height modular scaffolding systems

Correct identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to frames, glass, fixing material, sealants, modular scaffolding, workplace operating procedures and work orders, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area/site.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2009 Fabricate and assemble frames

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers fabricating and assembling frames from aluminium and/or steel, timber or unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) and involves the set-up and operation of relevant machines.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements and components	1.1	Work requirements in the form of product to be fabricated and assembled, its use, specifications, components and attachments are identified from work instructions
1.2	Australian Standards relating to glass components and products associated with the process are identified and complied with
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for fabrication and assembly of metal frames, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Components, attachments, materials and tools required for the fabrication and assembly are identified and their availability, suitability (in terms of size, quantity, finish and profile), quality and serviceability ascertained
1.5	Tools, equipment and fasteners, fixing and joining devices suitable for the method of fixing are identified and the process for the fabrication and assembly of metal frames determined
2	Prepare for fabrication and assembly	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the product specifications and workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, equipment, components, attachments and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Required jigs are prepared or selected and checked for suitability for purpose
2.4	Measurements are checked for accuracy, legibility and tolerance, and mating or directional marks noted and positioned
2.5	Machines and equipment are set up in accordance with production objectives, manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
3	Fabricate and assemble components	3.1	Machines, tools and equipment are operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to produce components in conformance to specifications
3.2	Components are laid out and frames assembled ensuring conformity to specifications, alignment and appropriate fastening
4	Complete work	4.1	Completed frame is inspected to ensure compliance with quality standards and customer requirements
4.2	Equipment is cleaned, inspected and stored in accordance with workplace procedures, with unserviceable items tagged, faults identified and appropriate personnel informed
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.4	Waste materials are removed from work area and disposed of in accordance with relevant statutory requirements and enterprise requirements
4.5	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
4.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with enterprise requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Fabrication and assembly includes:	selection of materials, components and attachments required for a frame, its fabrication and assembly prior to its installation cutting routing milling pressing drilling crimping
Materials include:	aluminium alloys and steel timber and plastic-coated timber uPVC and other composite materials hardware fasteners (screws and pop rivets) plastics sealants tapes vinyl gaskets timber reveals
Tools and equipment include:	assembly benches drop and up-cut saws pneumatic hydraulic and manual presses frame and sash tooling copy routers end millers crimpers electric and pneumatic powered drills and screwdrivers pop rivet guns pleuws guns hand tools
Components are assembled using:	a jig (if required) appropriate fastenings appropriate tools and equipment
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFGG2009C Fabricate and assemble metal frames.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2009 Fabricate and assemble frames

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete work from product specification data sheets which may include fabricating frame and sash components, identifying and selecting necessary product materials

Identify, select and install component hardware, including:

weather seals

wheels

stays

hinges

guides

locks

Assemble metal, timber or uPVC frames, including:

gaskets

tapes

sealants

adhesives

fasteners

Reveal linings and flashings in accordance with AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation (Section 6)

Label and certify frames in accordance with AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation (Section 8)

Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Work flow requirements in relation to frame production

Workplace safety system requirements related to the fabrication and assembly of metal, timber and uPVC frames

Operation of tools and equipment used in the fabrication and assembly process

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Relevant Australian Standards

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to frame materials and components, consumables, workplace operating procedures, personal protective equipment and appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2010 Fabricate and install insect and security screens

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers measuring, fabricating and installing insect screens, heavy-duty security mesh, security doors and window grills using aluminium.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for work	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type of insect or security screen to be fabricated and installed are determined from work instructions, including the identification of its pattern or plan
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for fabrication and installation of insect or security screens, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	The suitable process for fabricating and installing insect or security screens is identified
1.4	Quantities of materials required are calculated from plans and/or work instructions and/or by measuring the screen opening in accordance with Australian Standards and industry practice
1.5	Cutting lists are prepared from plans, work instructions or measurements of opening to suit the type of screen to be installed
1.6	Fittings, fixings and joining devices or materials are selected in accordance with specifications or type of materials to be joined or fixed
1.7	Tools and equipment appropriate to the work method are identified and assembled for use
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is determined in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Components of the insect or security screen are checked against specifications or job order for size, quantity, finish and profile
3	Fabricate and install insect or security screen	3.1	Materials are measured and marked to cutting list requirements and most economical use of materials
3.2	Materials are cut and stamped to cutting list requirements in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.3	Components of insect or security screen are assembled in accordance with recognised industry standards
3.4	Fittings are installed to screen in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.5	Insect or security screen is installed in opening in accordance with recognised industry standards
4	Complete work	4.1	Installed insect or security screen is inspected for quality of work and repaired, re-fabricated or reinstalled, as required, in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Material which can be reused is collected and stored
4.3	Waste and scrap materials are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.4	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.5	Tools, equipment and unused materials are cleaned and removed and stored appropriately
4.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Insect and security screens include:	fixed, sliding and emergency exit grills to suit various commercial and domestic window types sliding and hinged door applications
Materials include:	extruded door framing corner stakes interlocks fly mesh heavy-duty security mesh fittings and fixing/fasteners (screws and pop rivets) anti-jemmy protection hardware
Fittings include:	hinges wheels lock mechanisms that comply with Australian Standards door closures lock guards
Tools and equipment include:	assembly benches drop and up-cut saws pneumatic and manual presses stamping and notching tools copy routers end millers crimpers electric and pneumatic powered drills and screwdrivers pop rivet guns fly screen spline rollers soft rubber mallets knives bolt cutters or mechanical shears
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG2010C Fabricate and install insect and security screens.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2010 Fabricate and install insect and security screens

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Measure for security windows and doors and identify and select product materials to be used

Fabricate frame and components, including optimisation of materials, cutting, tooling, drilling and/or crimping to ensure compliance to Australian Standards

Select and install component hardware, including wheels, hinges, guides and locks

Assemble frames and/or grills to comply with Australian Standard requirements

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Work flow requirements in relation to the fabrication and installation of insect and security screens

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced

Workplace safety system requirements related to fabricating and installing insect and security screens

Correct identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Relevant Australian Standards

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to aluminium or other framing material, aluminium or other sheeting, fittings, fixing and fasteners, workplace operating procedures, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3001 Store and handle glass

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers handling, relocating and storing sheet glass in the workplace.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify storage requirements	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type and quantity of glass to be handled and stored are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for storage and handling of glass, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Glass to be stored is checked against paperwork and any discrepancies reported according to workplace procedures
1.4	Storage requirements are identified from manufacturer instructions, statutory regulations and workplace procedures
1.5	Locations for glass storage are identified and checked for availability and suitability
1.6	The process and procedures for moving, handling and storing glass are identified
1.7	Team lifting processes are considered for application, including nomination of a team leader and calculating the capacity of the team
2	Prepare for glass movement	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job in accordance with workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Planned route for relocating glass is determined and checked for hazards, and the work area is cleared of obstructions
2.4	Risks to self and others are identified and acted upon according to statutory requirements and workplace procedures
2.5	Required clearances are compared to available space and adjustments made
2.6	Process for relocating glass is planned, including predicting and planning for potential difficulties
2.7	Proposed process is checked against codes of practice and workplace procedures for compliance
3	Relocate glass	3.1	Safety checks are carried out on required handling equipment, and any damaged or worn parts reported according to workplace practices
3.2	Handling equipment is operated safely and correctly in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
3.3	Planned process and route are followed and glass relocated without damage to material, personnel or equipment
3.4	Glass is labelled and stored following workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections
3.5	Relocation is checked to see that it meets work requirements, and any differences are reported
4	Complete job requirements	4.1	Handling equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored according to workplace procedures
4.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.3	Workplace documentation is completed, as required, according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Glass includes:	annealed laminated toughened patterned tinted heat reflecting domestic and commercial glass mirrors shower screens furniture glass safety glass patterned or specialty glass
Handling and storing glass includes:	handling and storing of glass in quantities appropriate to the workplace requirement team lifting as well as the application of individual skills
Tools and equipment include:	hand trolleys pallet truck gantry crane scissors slings air and tilt tables vacuum lifters crawler track articulating spider lifts
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures quality standards, including AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3001C Store and handle glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3001 Store and handle glass

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify equipment for the handling and storage of glass and calculate the weight of glass

Handle annealed and/or laminated glass up to, and including, 2.3 m2 (17 kg)

Team handle annealed and/or laminated glass up to, and including, 4.5 m2 (68 kg)

Relocate single sheets of glass by vacuum and/or scissor grabs up to 4.5 m2 (170 kg)

Safely load and secure glass

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Work flow requirements in relation to the movement and storage of glass

Glass storage requirements

Correct identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Workplace safety system requirements related to the handling, relocation and storage of glass

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass to be stored, workplace operating procedures, personal protective equipment, and an appropriate work area and others to assist, as required.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3002 Assess glass and glazing requirements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assessing and identifying glass and glazing requirements for buildings to comply with Australian Standards. It involves determining and evaluating glass and glazing requirements and may be performed in workplaces which are involved in the manufacture, processing and/or installation of sheet glass.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Customer requirements and expectations regarding glass and glazing work or technical advice are identified
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for assessing glass and glazing requirements are observed throughout the work
1.3	Requirements are recorded according to workplace procedures and requirements
1.4	The process for assessing glass and glazing requirements is identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job
2.2	Research materials are accessed and analysed for applicability
2.3	Product supply sources are contacted to ascertain current developments, if appropriate
3	Conduct assessment	3.1	Influencing factors are identified and their significance and impact on the end product determined
3.2	Products/types of glass are identified and their application determined
3.3	Technical or other professional advice is sought, if applicable and available, in accordance with workplace procedures
3.4	Optimal solution is identified and specifications confirmed
4	Complete work	4.1	Solution is converted into work instructions/job orders in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Other documentation, including any advice/referral to customer, is completed in accordance with workplace practices

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Glass and glazing assessment includes:	the formal and documented process or informal on-the-job assessment of a situation/requirement assessment required for all glass and glazing tasks compliance with: AS 1288:2006 Glass and glazing in buildings - Selection and installation (sections 4, 5 and 8) AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings AS/NZS 4668:2000 Glossary of terms used in the glass and glazing industry factors influencing the assessment, including: wind loading considerations human impact considerations
Tools and equipment include:	tape measures calculators glass thickness and glazing material indicators product data and samples relevant standards/codes stationery and calculator
Workplace procedures include:	work procedures/instructions relating to assessment of glass and glazing requirements regulatory/legislative requirements, particularly those pertaining to building codes, WHS and environmental requirements manufacturer specifications and instructions, particularly those pertaining to new products/developments

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFGG3002C Assess glass and glazing requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3002 Assess glass and glazing requirements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate, interpret and apply information for situation to be assessed and:

apply the requirements of AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation (sections 4, 5 and 8, including scope, definitions, abbreviations and symbols) and AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings and AS/NZS 4668:2000 Glossary of terms used in the glass and glazing industry

correctly complete measurements, calculate work requirements, optimise glass sizes for application and assembly of required resources

use workplace technology related to the assessment of glass and glazing requirements

determine thickness limits for standard nominal thickness of glass

identify and calculate aspect ratios

understand and apply the principles of wind loadings

determine minimum nominal glass thicknesses for various glazing situations affected by human impact

identify types of safety glazing materials

determine the appropriate safety glazing materials for various glazing situations

identify basic installation details for glazing

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Workplace operating procedures and AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation (sections 4, 5 and 8)

AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings

AS/NZS 4668:2000 Glossary of terms used in the glass and glazing industry

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including types, qualities, applications and limitations

Products and processes and current trends and developments in glass and glazing techniques/applications

Workplace safety system requirements related to the handling and installation of glass

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to work requirements for glass and glazing assessment, workplace operating procedures and relevant equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3003 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers moving block/bulk flat glass by mechanical means in workplaces which are involved in the manufacture, processing and/or installation of sheet glass.

It may include meeting local licensing requirements for use of slings and chains where these apply.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for the task	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type and quantity of glass to be relocated are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety(WHS) requirements for movement of bulk/block glass sheet by mechanical means, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Blocks of glass sheet to be moved are identified and weight estimated or calculated
1.4	Appropriate mechanical handling equipment is identified
1.5	Risks to self, others, material and equipment are identified arising from the required lifting, load carrying, set down or movement of the glass
1.6	Equipment and controls, including emergency stops and guards, are identified and checked for safe operation, and any damaged or worn parts reported to appropriate personnel
1.7	Glass is checked for imperfections and damage prior to movement
2	Plan glass movement	2.1	Locations for glass storage are identified and routes to be followed determined
2.2	Required clearances are compared to available space and adjustments made
2.3	Process for relocating glass is planned, including predicting and planning for potential difficulties
2.4	Proposed process is checked against advisory standards and workplace procedures for compliance
3	Relocate glass	3.1	Equipment is operated in accordance with approved advisory standards, manufacturer instructions, workplace procedures and WHS requirements
3.2	Planned process and route are followed and glass relocated without damage to material and equipment or injury
3.3	Glass is labelled and stored following workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections
3.4	Relocation is checked to see that it meets work requirements, and any differences are reported
4	Complete work	4.1	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.3	Handling equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored according to workplace procedures
4.4	Workplace documentation is completed, as required

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Block/bulk glass sheets include:	end caps cased or factory run size (FRS) blocks large glass panels annealed or laminated glass
Mechanical handling equipment include:	gantry cranes up to 4.9 safe working load (SWL) block grabs slings and chains (AS 1418 Set:2009 Cranes, hoists and winches Set, and licensing requirements for use of slings and chains should be considered)
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices for overhead lifting: gauntlets gloves safety glasses safety footwear hard hats aprons and overalls Bolero and harness
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3003C Move block/bulk glass sheet by mechanical means.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3003 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Use personal protective safety apparel and follow safety regulations for overhead lifting

Safely use gantry cranes up to 4.9 SWL, complying with relevant standards and regulations

Use block grabs, slings and/or chains for lifting blocks or end caps of glass sheets

Calculate the weight of glass and safely load and secure glass

Relocate blocks and/or end caps of glass sheets by grabs, slings and/or chains up to 2 tonnes, complying with AS 1418 Set:2009 Cranes, hoists and winches Set and licensing requirements, where applicable

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements, and the behaviour of block glass sheet when lifted and moved

Work flow requirements in relation to the movement of glass by mechanical means

Principles, requirements and techniques of moving block glass sheet by mechanical means

Workplace safety system requirements related to the moving of block glass by mechanical means

Capabilities, operating processes and procedures of mechanical handling equipment

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to mechanical glass handling equipment, glass sheet to be relocated, workplace operating procedures, personal protection equipment and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3004 Process thick glass

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cutting, shaping, drilling and edging annealed and laminated glass, which is 12 mm thick and over. It involves the planning, preparation and processing of thick glass sheet.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements for processing thick glass, including materials, types of cuts, shapes and edges, processes and quantities required, are identified from work instructions or job order in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Cutting list and quality standards are determined and procedures identified in accordance with workplace requirements and industry standards
1.5	Glass to be cut, shaped, drilled or edged is selected using information from the work order, including type of glass, thickness, colour and dimensions
1.6	Machines, equipment and settings required to perform the work are identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Sequence of work is planned to ensure processing is conducted in a logical order
2.2	Suitable cutting, shaping, drilling, edging and lubrication methods are selected
2.3	Glass processing table is selected and work surface is cleared of debris and dust
2.4	Work area is cleared of obstructions and potential hazards with cullet bins located close to work area
2.5	Glass is checked for imperfections and damage prior to handling
2.6	Glass to be processed is located in the work area using correct manual handling procedures
2.7	Glass is measured accurately to minimise waste and within specified tolerances according to enterprise standards
2.8	Components and controls of machines, including emergency stops and guards, are identified and tested for working order
3	Process glass	3.1	Tools and equipment are operated and monitored in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to ensure correct product quality and output
3.2	Glass is processed to required standard in accordance with job order, work instructions and procedures, including the performance of routine lubrication and adjustments of machines/equipment
3.3	Problems occurring during work operations are identified and reported to appropriate persons, and any authorised changes in working procedures followed
3.4	Completed product is inspected for quality of work and repaired, reprocessed or discarded in accordance with workplace procedures
4	Complete work	4.1	Processed glass is labelled and stored following workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections
4.2	Scraps and off-cuts are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.4	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
4.5	Workplace documentation is completed, as required

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Thick glass includes:	annealed sheet and laminated glass for residential and commercial windows and doors greater than 12 mm thick structural glass
Materials include:	table tops shower screens
Glass processing includes:	cutting use of portable diamond saws shaping drilling and edging (edging may include arising)
Tools and equipment include:	cutting tables tungsten wheel glass cutters speed cutters circle cutters portable diamond saws L-squares and straight edges tape measures marking pens chinagraph pencils templates and lubricants
Drilling equipment includes:	portable diamond drills glass drilling machine
Edging tools include:	edging stones and hand arrisers upright belt handheld belt machines
Glass processing tables include:	air flotation tables roller castor table or tilt table with air flotation or roller castors
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise practices and procedures: glass handling gloves safety glasses gauntlets aprons safety footwear
Workplace procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment required for the handling and processing of glass workplace instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communications manufacturer instructions for the use of equipment and materials quality standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to LMFGG3004C Process thick glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3004 Process thick glass

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Identify the materials, patterns/plans, processes, machines, equipment and settings to undertake a glass processing task

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Set up for and prepare to process glass

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Use AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass to process glass to specifications

Complete straight cuts by hand and diamond saws, simple shapes, truncated and radius corners, circles and ovals in annealed and laminated glass 12 mm and over and up to 1.0 m2

Rough and smooth arrise annealed and laminated glass 12 mm and over by hand and up to 0.5 m2

Drill holes with diamond drills in annealed glass 12 mm and over and up to 0.5 m2

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area, estimate glass requirements and minimise waste

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Identification of glass processing equipment, functions and procedures

Set-up and operation of glass processing equipment, including procedures for reporting product defects or equipment faults

Workplace safety system requirements related to glass processing

Work flow requirements in relation to glass processing

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass sheet/product greater than 12 mm thick; processing facilities/equipment, such as cutting equipment and glass edging/drilling equipment; a work table and appropriate work area; work orders; and appropriate safety and personal protective equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3005 Process glass by semi-automatic machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cutting, drilling, shaping and edging glass by semi-automatic glass processing equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements, including glass, types of cuts, shapes and edges, processes and quantities required, are identified from work instructions or job order in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, of the appropriate quality, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Cutting list and quality standards are determined and procedures identified in accordance with workplace requirements and industry standards
1.5	Glass to be cut, shaped, drilled or edged is selected using information from the work order, including the type of glass, thickness, colour and dimensions
1.6	Semi-automatic machines, related equipment and settings required to perform the work are identified, and information required to be entered into machine to match work requirements or job order is calculated
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Technique and sequence of work is planned to ensure processing is conducted in a logical order
2.2	Procedures for monitoring quality of materials, work in progress and finished items are identified in accordance with workplace requirements and industry practice
2.3	Tools, equipment and attachments required for the work are assembled and checked for good working order
2.4	Components and controls of machines, including emergency stops and guards, are identified and appropriate action taken if not in working order
2.5	Information required by machine for required process is entered
2.6	Work area is cleared of obstructions and potential hazards
2.7	Glass to be processed is located in the work area using appropriate handling techniques
2.8	Glass to be processed is checked for imperfections and damage
3	Conduct processing operations	3.1	Tools, equipment and tables are operated and monitored in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to ensure correct product quality and output
3.2	Glass is processed to required standard in accordance with job order, work instructions and procedures, including the performance of routine lubrication and adjustments of machines/equipment, if required
3.3	Problems occurring during work operations are identified and reported to appropriate persons in accordance with enterprise procedures, and any authorised changes in working procedures followed
3.4	Completed product is inspected for quality of work and repaired, reprocessed or discarded in accordance with workplace procedures
4	Complete work	4.1	Processed glass is labelled and stored following workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections
4.2	Scraps and off-cuts are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Work area clean-up is completed following workplace procedures
4.4	Equipment is cleaned and stored according to workplace requirements
4.5	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
4.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Glass includes:	annealed or laminated float glass and coated glass commercial windows and doors architectural glazing mirrors and furniture applications
Glass processing includes:	cutting shaping drilling and edging
Tools and equipment include:	flat felt covered cutting tables gloves safety glasses marking pens chinagraph pencils templates and lubricants
Cutting includes:	straight line cutting shape cutting circle and oval cutting
Edging includes:	arrising flat and mitre grinding polishing and bevelling
Semi-automatic machines include:	milling washing semi-automatic straight line and variable angle edgers semi-automatic straight line annealed and laminated glass cutters shape cutters single and double head diamond drill machine
Glass processing tables include:	air flotation tables roller castor table or tilt table with air flotation or roller castors
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gloves gauntlets safety glasses footwear aprons/overalls
Workplace procedures include:	machine manufacturer specifications, operational and maintenance procedures workplace procedures relating to the setting and operation of computerised glass cutting, shaping, drilling and edging machines work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists and plans safety standards, including personal protective equipment, WHS regulations and enterprise requirements AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Unit Mapping Information

LMFGG3005C Process glass by semi-automatic and automatic machines replaced by MSFGG3005 Process glass by semi-automatic machines and MSFGG3006 Process glass by automatic machines. Not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3005 Process glass by semi-automatic machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Identify the materials, patterns/plans, processes, machines, equipment and settings to undertake a glass cutting, drilling, shaping and/or edging task with semi-automatic machines

Apply safe handling requirements for machines, equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Set up for and prepare to process glass

Using developing workplace technology related to the processing of glass by semi-automatic machines, including handling aids, tools and equipment

Using pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate processing problems, and avoid re-working and wastage

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Load and position sheets onto semi-automatic cutting, drilling and edging machines and/or tables

Perform tool and machinery checks and cut given dimensions from stock sheets with minimal wastage/off-cuts

Drill and edge glass to specification

Cut shapes from optimisation data

Remove, pack and store processed glass, including labelling for despatch

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Workplace safety system requirements related to glass processing by semi-automatic machines

Correct identification of semi-automatic glass processing machines, including their functions and procedures

Set-up and operation of semi-automatic glass processing machines, including procedures for reporting machine/product defects or equipment faults

Work flow requirements in relation to glass processing

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to semi-automatic glass processing equipment, an appropriate work area, standard operating procedures, work orders, unprocessed materials, and appropriate safety and personal protection equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3006 Process glass by automatic machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers cutting, drilling, shaping and edging glass by automatic glass processing equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements, including glass, types of cuts, shapes and edges, processes and quantities required, are identified from work instructions or job order in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, of the appropriate quality, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Cutting list and quality standards are determined and procedures identified in accordance with workplace requirements and industry standards
1.5	Glass to be cut, shaped, drilled or edged is selected using information from the work order, including the type of glass, thickness, colour and dimensions
1.6	Automatic, including computer numerically controlled (CNC) machines, related equipment and settings required to perform the work are identified, and information required to be entered into machine to match work requirements or job order is calculated
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Technique and sequence of work is planned to ensure processing is conducted in a logical order
2.2	Procedures for monitoring quality of materials, work in progress and finished items are identified in accordance with workplace requirements and industry practice
2.3	Tools, equipment and attachments required for the work are assembled and checked for good working order
2.4	Components and controls of machines, including emergency stops and guards, are identified and appropriate action taken if not in working order
2.5	Information required by machine for required process is entered
2.6	Work area is cleared of obstructions and potential hazards
2.7	Glass to be processed is located in the work area using appropriate handling techniques
2.8	Glass to be processed is checked for imperfections and damage
3	Conduct processing operations	3.1	Tools, equipment and tables are operated and monitored in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to ensure correct product quality and output
3.2	Glass is processed to required standard in accordance with job order, work instructions and procedures, including the performance of routine lubrication and adjustments of machines/equipment, if required
3.3	Problems occurring during work operations are identified and reported to appropriate persons in accordance with enterprise procedures, and any authorised changes in working procedures followed
3.4	Completed product is inspected for quality of work and repaired, reprocessed or discarded in accordance with workplace procedures
4	Complete work	4.1	Processed glass is labelled and stored following workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections
4.2	Scraps and off-cuts are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Work area clean-up is completed following workplace procedures
4.4	Equipment is cleaned and stored according to workplace requirements
4.5	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
4.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Glass includes:	annealed or laminated float glass and coated glass commercial windows and doors architectural glazing mirrors and furniture applications
Glass processing includes:	cutting shaping drilling and edging
Tools and equipment include:	flat felt covered cutting tables gloves safety glasses marking pens chinagraph pencils templates and lubricants
Cutting includes:	straight line cutting shape cutting circle and oval cutting
Edging includes:	arrising flat and mitre grinding polishing and bevelling
Automatic machines include:	computer-navigated and CNC: straight line and shape annealed and laminated glass cutters laser glass cutters diamond saws edgers bevellers and brilliant cutter water jet machines
Information requirements of CNC machines include:	glass thickness size type stock sheet size off-cut sizes print-out information or spreadsheets
Glass processing tables include:	air flotation tables roller castor table or tilt table with air flotation or roller castors
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gloves gauntlets safety glasses footwear aprons/overalls
Workplace procedures include:	machine manufacturer specifications, operational and maintenance procedures workplace procedures relating to the setting and operation of computerised glass cutting, shaping, drilling and edging machines work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists and plans safety standards, including personal protective equipment, WHS regulations and enterprise requirements AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Unit Mapping Information

LMFGG3005C Process glass by semi-automatic and automatic machines replaced by MSFGG3005 Process glass by semi-automatic machines and MSFGG3006 Process glass by automatic machines. Not equivalent.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3006 Process glass by automatic machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Identify the materials, patterns/plans, processes, machines, equipment and settings to undertake a glass cutting, drilling, shaping and/or edging task with automatic machines

Apply safe handling requirements for automatic machines, equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Set up for and prepare to process glass

Using developing workplace technology related to the processing of glass by automatic machines, including handling aids, tools and equipment

Using pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate processing problems, and avoid re-working and wastage

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Load and position sheets onto automatic cutting, drilling and edging machines

Perform tool and machinery checks and cut given dimensions from stock sheets with minimal wastage/off-cuts

Drill and edge glass to specification

Cut shapes from optimisation data

Remove, pack and store processed glass, including labelling for despatch

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Workplace safety system requirements related to glass processing by automatic machines

Correct identification of automatic glass processing machines, including their functions and procedures

Set-up and operation of automatic glass processing machines, including procedures for reporting machine/product defects or equipment faults

Work flow requirements in relation to glass processing

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to automatic glass processing equipment, an appropriate work area, standard operating procedures, work orders, unprocessed materials and appropriate safety and personal protection equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3007 Apply and handle films and coated glass

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing glass surfaces and applying window film and coatings in an enterprise workplace or in a domestic, commercial or automotive application.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking application of window film and coating work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type and quantity of glass and type and colour/nature of coating/film and related materials are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for application of coating/film to glass, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools, equipment, accessories and materials are identified for the application of coating/film in accordance with workplace procedures
1.4	Materials safety data sheets (MSDS) and/or product application and safety information are read and used to guide work practices
1.5	Particular process techniques, time and safety requirements are noted and used to plan work, and the appropriate process for applying coating/film to glass are identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Coating/film to be applied is checked for defects or damage
2.4	Surfaces are measured and materials and templates cut without causing damage according to accepted industry methods, materials and procedures
2.5	Glass is checked for damage and suitable preparation, and cleaned/prepared using approved methods, materials and equipment following coating/film product manufacturer instructions and/or workplace practices
2.6	Any faults/flaws are identified and reported in accordance with workplace procedures
2.7	Appropriate workplace documentation is completed and handled, as required, by measuring, cutting and surface preparation outcomes
3	Apply coating/film	3.1	Equipment and accessories are used to handle the coating/film in accordance with manufacturer and workplace instructions
3.2	Surfaces are kept clean and free of contamination according to the specifications and procedures for materials/product used
3.3	Problems occurring during operation are identified and reported to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures, and any authorised changes in working procedures and/or requirements followed
4	Inspect tinted product and refurbish work area	4.1	Glass is inspected and any film faults rectified in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Australian Standard sticker is applied, if appropriate
4.3	Tinted/coating products are removed for storage/further processing as required by workplace procedures
5	Complete work	5.1	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
5.2	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
5.3	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
5.4	Appropriate workplace documentation to reflect application and inspection is completed and handled as required by workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Glass includes:	annealed, laminated or toughened glass for: automotive domestic and commercial glass mirrors shower screens furniture glass
Coatings/films include:	solar reflective tinted safety security decorative film
Materials include:	window film coatings trim and scraper blades slip solution glass cleaner soft coat glass hard coat glass adhesive remover and other consumables (e.g. towel and steel wool)
Tools and equipment include:	squeegees and holsters five-way cutting-in tools edge bumping gold card tools hard edge spear cards screen wiping tools trim knives scrapers scourers measures drop sheets calculator chamois steamers heat guns flushing units filter units hand tools (e.g. pliers, files, screwdrivers and spanners)
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures quality and Australian Standards and procedures coating/film manufacturer specifications and instructions vehicle manufacturer specifications/insurance company instructions/statutory requirements, including Australian Design Rules (ADRs) customer requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3006C Apply and handle films and coated glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3007 Apply and handle films and coated glass

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Indicate ideal shapes for accurate pattern making

Demonstrate a sound knowledge of glass types and the need for care in cutting both film, glass and coating procedures

Accurately cut film from patterns and trim film on glass correctly handling and processing filmed and/or coated glass products

Clean all types of glass to ensure it is correctly prepared in accordance with coating/film manufacturer recommendations prior to coating/film applications

Follow manufacturer guidelines for correct processing procedures for the application of various films and coated products ensuring correct handling, storage and application of the products

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements, for the different types of coated and/or filmed glass

Work flow requirements in relation to the application of coating/film to glass

Workplace safety system requirements and relevant technical information for applying coating/film to glass

Relevant Australian Standards

Glass film measuring and cutting procedures

Relevant surface preparation procedures, including cleaning agents and relevant cleaning procedures

Relevant application methods, including equipment, processes and procedures

Statutory legislation appropriate to the range of duties, including ADRs

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to film/coating materials, coated and uncoated glass sheet/product for processing, personal protective equipment, cleaning and other consumables, and work orders.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3008 Form glass

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers operating and monitoring glass forming in kilns for manufacture of customised formed glass products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements relevant to forming glass, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	The process for obtaining materials and moving completed work to the next process is identified
1.4	Procedures for checking the quality of materials and items produced, working condition of kiln and any other equipment/attachments and the quality requirements for each stage of the forming process are identified
1.5	Communication with others involved with the work is established and maintained to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety throughout the work
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job
2.2	Kiln, tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Kiln components and controls, including emergency stops and guards, are identified and checked for correct operation
3	Conduct glass forming operations	3.1	Kiln and forming equipment are operated, adjusted and monitored in accordance with workplace procedures to ensure correct product quality and output
3.2	Problems occurring during work operations are identified and reported to appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures
3.3	Authorised changes in working procedures and/or requirements are followed
4	Complete work	4.1	Product is inspected for quality against work instructions, and items that do not meet requirements are re-worked or discarded
4.2	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and/or stored, as appropriate
4.4	Work area and kiln are cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.5	Workplace documentation is completed as required by workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Work instructions include:	materials to be used pattern or mould to be used process required to complete work tasks number of sheets to be formed and holding area for completed items the correct kiln settings for the glass being formed
Glass for forming includes:	sheet glass float glass patterned glass
Materials include:	float glass sand and patterning material, such as silicone dowel sea shells
Tools and equipment include:	kiln bed (sand bed screed flat and firm to create the patterns or artwork) moulds and items for background patterns, such as paint rollers wire trowels
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3007C Form glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3008 Form glass

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Complete forming glass of four (4) differing patterns using varying slumping techniques to the capacity of the kiln being used (patterns may be existing moulds or improvised designs)

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Correct identification of equipment, processes and procedures for forming glass

Procedures for reporting materials, product or equipment faults

Correct operation of kilns

Workplace safety system requirements related to the forming of glass

Work flow requirements in relation to forming of glass

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass forming equipment, kiln, an appropriate work area, work order, standard operating procedures and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3009 Apply patterns and designs to glass

Modification History

Release 2 - Minor additional information added to Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying patterns and/or designs to glass surfaces to manufacture decorative glass products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work instructions are obtained and followed
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for application of patterns and designs to glass surfaces, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Tools and equipment suitable to the work method are assembled and the process for applying patterns and designs to glass surfaces identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Pattern or design template, if required, is produced from plan or design or drafted from existing design or pattern
2.4	Procedures are identified for checking the quality of materials and items produced and quality requirements for each stage of the application process
3	Apply pattern or design to glass surface	3.1	Pattern or design template is applied or glass surface is masked, as necessary, with appropriate materials
3.2	Pattern or design is applied to glass surface in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.3	Problems occurring during operation are identified and reported to appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures, and any authorised changes in working procedures followed
4	Complete work	4.1	Product is inspected for quality of work and repaired or discarded, as required, in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.4	Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored following workplace procedures
4.5	Workplace documentation is completed, as required

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, relevant Australian Standards, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Work instructions include:	material to be used for application of design or pattern pattern or plan to be followed process required to complete work tasks items to which pattern or design is to be applied holding area for completed items the material curing time (if required) for the type of material used and type of glass
Applying patterns and designs includes:	chemical etching sandblasting screen printing digital printing
Tools and equipment include:	sandblasting equipment masking materials templates etching chemicals screen printing equipment digital printing equipment
Materials include:	annealed glass laminated glass toughened glass mirrors
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices and those prescribed in the relevant material safety data sheets for the products being used: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear respirator aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures Material Safety Data Sheets and Technical Data Sheets

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3008C Apply patterns and designs to glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3009 Apply patterns and designs to glass

Modification History

Release 2 - Minor additional information added to Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Draw and cut freehand designs

Set up, process, upload, cut and apply designs from computerised software programs

Complete a minimum of two from the following methods of applying patterns and designs to glass:

Stage sandblasting on glass

Stage screen printing on glass

Stage digital printing on glass

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Qualities and characteristics of glass and materials, including hazards and handling requirements

Procedures, techniques and means of applying patterns and designs to glass surfaces

Workplace safety system requirements related to the application of patterns and designs to glass surfaces

Work flow requirements in relation to other stages of the work process

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to template materials/patterns, masking materials, application equipment, workplace operating procedures, unprocessed glass, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3010 Set up and operate glass laminating equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, monitoring and operating glass laminating equipment, including operator maintenance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work requirements from work instructions are determined
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements relevant to operating glass laminating equipment, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, of the required quality, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls
1.6	Procedures for checking the quality of materials and items produced, rating system compliance, working condition of equipment and quality requirements for each stage of the laminating process are identified
1.7	Communication with others involved with the work is established and maintained to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety throughout the work
2	Set up equipment	2.1	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.2	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work, and any necessary adjustments made to machine settings
3	Conduct glass laminating operations	3.1	Glass to be laminated is prepared for the process in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.2	Start-up and shutdown procedures for equipment used in the laminating process are completed in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
3.3	Glass flopping and washing procedures are conducted in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
3.4	White room procedures are conducted in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
3.5	White room hoist is operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
3.6	Pre-press oven and glass stacker are operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures to recognised industry standards
3.7	Air lifter is operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
3.8	Autoclave is loaded, operated and unloaded in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
3.9	Cutting table is operated to cut glass to required size (if applicable) in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
3.10	Straight line linear machine is operated in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
4	Complete work and maintain equipment	4.1	Product is inspected for quality of work and items which do not meet quality requirements discarded or returned for reprocessing in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Completed work is placed in holding area in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.4	Equipment is cleaned and inspected for serviceability in accordance with workplace procedures
4.5	Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace procedures
4.6	Equipment and tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures
4.7	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
4.8	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Work instructions include:	material to be used process required to complete work tasks the type, thickness and colour of the interlayer number of sheets to be laminated and holding area for completed items the correct machine heat and pressure settings for the materials being used
Laminated glass includes:	safety glass automotive glass bullet and bandit resistant glass patterned laminated glass insulated glass
Tools and equipment include:	glass flopping and washing machines white room hoist pre-press oven glass stacker air lifter autoclave packing equipment cutting machine straight line linear machine standards stamping equipment, including stamp
Materials include:	annealed float sheet and patterned glass
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3009C Set up and operate glass laminating equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3010 Set up and operate glass laminating equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify and demonstrate glass flopping and washing operation and procedures

Identify and demonstrate the white room operation and procedures

Safely load glass into the pre-press oven and stacker and operate the pre-press oven and stacker during the glass laminating process

Operate an air lifter and an autoclave

Safely complete the requirements of the packing area

Operate a laminating cutting table and carry out post-laminating procedures

Perform testing, classification and marking of laminated glass in accordance with AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Procedures for the set-up, operation and operator maintenance of glass laminating equipment

Glass and window rating systems for noise, fade control and security applications

Work flow requirements relating to the operation of glass laminating equipment

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced in the glass laminating process

Workplace procedures for the reporting of material, product or equipment faults

Workplace safety system requirements related to the operation of glass laminating equipment

Relevant Australian Standards

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass laminating equipment, workplace operating procedures, unprocessed materials, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3011 Set up and operate glass toughening equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up and operating glass toughening equipment, including operator maintenance of plant and equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work requirements are determined from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements relevant to operating glass toughening equipment, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, of the required quality, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Machines are identified and checked for safe and effective operation, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls
1.6	Procedures for checking the quality of materials and items produced, working condition of equipment, and quality requirements for each stage of the toughening process are identified
1.7	Communication with others involved with the work is established and maintained to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety throughout the work
2	Set up equipment	2.1	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.2	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work and any necessary adjustments made to machine settings
3	Conduct glass toughening operations	3.1	Glass to be toughened is prepared for process in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.2	Glass to be toughened is positioned on furnace load table and stamped with product identification in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.3	Glass is loaded into furnace in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
3.4	Correct furnace pre-start, start-up and set-up procedures are completed in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
3.5	Furnace operation is monitored and adjustments made, as required, in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
3.6	Problems occurring during work operations are identified and reported to appropriate persons
3.7	Correct furnace shutdown and end of shift procedures are followed in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
3.8	Glass is unloaded from furnace in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
4	Complete work and maintain equipment	4.1	Product is inspected for quality of work and items which do not meet quality requirements discarded or returned for reprocessing in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Completed work is placed in holding area in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.4	Equipment is cleaned and inspected for serviceability, unserviceable equipment tagged, and faults identified and reported in accordance with workplace procedures
4.5	Equipment is maintained in accordance with workplace procedures
4.6	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
4.7	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Work requirements include:	material to be used process required to complete work tasks required machine settings and adjustments number of sheets to be toughened and holding area for completed items
Glass toughening equipment includes:	equipment and machines for toughening glass involving the controlled heating and cooling of glass
Tools and equipment include:	glass washing machines toughening furnaces
Materials include:	clear glass tinted and patterned annealed glass
Furnace pre-start, start-up and set-up procedures include:	operating controls lift pump furnace lever furnace rollers quench potentiometer fans dampers actuators inlet veins gearboxes
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3010C Set up and operate glass toughening equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3011 Set up and operate glass toughening equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify the features of the glass toughening process, including the principles, purpose and properties of toughened glass

Identify the procedures required in the glass toughening process

Perform pre-inspection and preparation procedures on glass for toughening and safely load and operate a glass toughening furnace

Perform testing, classification and marking of toughened glass in accordance with AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Correct procedures for the set-up, operation and operator maintenance of glass toughening equipment

Work flow requirements relating to the operation of glass toughening equipment

Workplace procedures for the reporting of material, product or equipment faults

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced in the glass toughening process

Correct identification of relevant equipment, processes and procedures

Workplace safety system requirements related to the operation of glass toughening equipment

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass toughening equipment, workplace operating procedures, unprocessed materials, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3012 Set up and operate glass mirroring equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up and operating glass mirroring equipment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work requirements are determined from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements relevant to operating glass mirroring equipment, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job requirements and workplace procedures
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, of the required quality, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	Machines are identified and checked for safe and effective operation, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls
1.6	Procedures for checking the quality of materials and items produced, working condition of equipment and quality requirements for each stage of the mirroring process are identified
1.7	Communication with others involved with the work is established and maintained to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety throughout the glass mirroring process
1.8	The processes for obtaining materials and moving completed work to the next process are identified
2	Prepare glass for mirroring	2.1	If applicable, existing mirror is removed by acid washing, cleaning and/or polishing
2.2	Glass to be mirrored is washed with detergent in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
2.3	Glass to be mirrored is rinsed with demineralised water in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3	Conduct glass mirroring operations	3.1	Tinning solution is applied in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.2	Glass is rinsed with demineralised water in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.3	Mirror solution is applied to glass in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.4	Glass is washed and blow dried in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.5	Backing paint is applied in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
4	Complete work	4.1	Product is inspected for quality of work and items which do not meet quality requirements discarded or returned for reprocessing in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Completed work is placed in holding area in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.4	Equipment is cleaned and inspected for serviceability and stored in accordance with workplace procedures, unserviceable equipment tagged, and faults identified and reported in accordance with workplace procedures
4.5	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
4.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Work requirements include:	material to be used process required to complete work tasks number of sheets to be mirrored and holding area for completed items
Glass mirroring involves:	processes and equipment to mirror glass for the manufacture of mirrors and other glass products
Tools and equipment include:	semi-automatic and computer-navigated mirroring equipment buffing and cleaning tables spray booths copper plating electrodes extractor fans dual nozzle spray guns compressors solution containers heated drying racks water distiller mirroring formulas tinning solution backing paint stripping acid tanks for re-mirroring
Materials include:	annealed glass sheet glass laminated glass toughened glass
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls respiratory masks
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures relevant Australian Standards

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3011C Set up and operate glass silvering equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3012 Set up and operate glass mirroring equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare mirroring formulae

Perform equipment checks and set up and prepare mirroring equipment

Clean and prepare glass for mirroring

Apply tinning, mirroring and copper solutions on glass, dry and apply packing paint

Strip, buff, clean, prepare and re-mirror mirrors

Handle and store mirrors

Clean solution tanks, lines, spray guns and equipment after use

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Correct procedures for the planning, preparation, operation and completion of glass mirroring operations

Work flow requirements in relation to the operation of glass mirroring equipment

Workplace procedures for the reporting of material, product or equipment faults

Relevant Australian Standards

Correct identification, handling and storage requirements for hazardous chemicals

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced by glass mirroring operations

Workplace safety system requirements related to the operation of glass mirroring equipment

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass mirroring equipment, demineralised water, acid, mirroring chemicals, backing paint, workplace operating procedures, unprocessed materials, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3013 Set up and operate insulated glass unit (IGU) manufacturing equipment

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up and operating IGU manufacturing equipment to process two sheets of glass that are separated by a spacer, and sealed to form an airtight unit and conducting associated quality testing.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work requirements are determined from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements relevant to operating insulating glass equipment, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job requirements and workplace procedures
1.4	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, of the required quality, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.5	IGU machines, tools and equipment are identified and checked for safe and effective operation, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls
1.6	Procedures for checking quality of materials and items produced, rating system compliance, working condition of equipment, and quality requirements for each stage of the IGU manufacturing process are identified
1.7	Communication with others involved with the work is established and maintained to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety throughout the insulated glass manufacturing process
2	Set up equipment	2.1	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.2	IGU spacers are cut and sorted into order of run in accordance with workplace procedures
2.3	The desiccant hygroscopic substance that induces or sustains a state of dryness (desiccation) to be used in process is tested in accordance with industry standards and workplace practices
2.4	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work, and any necessary adjustments made to machine settings
3	Conduct IGU manufacturing operations	3.1	Glass sheets are loaded into IGU machine using the appropriate mechanical handling equipment
3.2	IGU spacers are assembled in accordance with specification/order and workplace procedures
3.3	IGU machine is operated to wash and dry glass and to press the unit
3.4	Unit is unloaded from IGU machine and relocated for sealing using appropriate mechanical handling equipment in accordance with workplace practices
3.5	Primary and secondary seal equipment is operated in accordance with workplace procedures
3.6	Testing for water vapour (dewpoint) and integrity of sealing (moisture) is conducted in accordance with workplace procedures
3.7	Serviceable units are labelled and stored in accordance with industry standards and workplace procedures, with items not meeting quality requirements being discarded or returned for reprocessing in accordance with workplace procedures
4	Complete work and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.2	IGU machine is cleaned and inspected for serviceability in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in accordance with workplace procedures
4.4	Equipment and tooling are maintained in accordance with workplace procedures
4.5	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately
4.6	Documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Work requirements include:	material to be used process required to complete work tasks the required size of the units number of IGUs required and holding area for completed items
Tools and equipment include:	cutting equipment (e.g. saws) spacer preparation equipment (appropriate size) sieve machine and desiccant equipment primary seal equipment secondary seal equipment basic hand tools (e.g. screwdrivers and scrapers) mechanical handling equipment
Materials include:	customer requirements for glass (annealed, toughened or laminated) corner keys for spacers appropriate primary (polyisobutylene) and secondary sealant (polysulphide) separation paper
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hearing protection hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures Australian Standards: AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation. AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings AS/NZS 4666:2012 Insulating glass units AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3012C Set up and operate insulated glass unit manufacturing equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3013 Set up and operate insulated glass unit (IGU) manufacturing equipment

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare, set up, manufacture and conduct the appropriate quality testing of five (5) differing IGU patterns to the capacity of the IGU machine

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Correct procedures for the set-up, operation and operator maintenance of IGU manufacturing equipment

Glass and window rating systems for insulation applications

Work flow requirements relating to the operation of IGU manufacturing equipment

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced in the IGU manufacturing process

Relevant workplace procedures for the reporting of material, product or equipment faults

Workplace safety system requirements related to the operation of IGU manufacturing equipment

Relevant Australian Standards

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to IGU manufacturing equipment, workplace operating procedures, unprocessed materials, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3014 Construct and repair leadlight panels

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers constructing and repairing leadlight panels and may involve restoration and conservation of historically important stained glass and leadlighting works. It includes measuring, design and selection of materials and tools, and disassembly/assembly, weatherproofing and polishing of leadlight panels.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Purpose of the leadlight panel is established, including performance requirements in terms of safety, quality and function
1.2	Research is conducted, where necessary, to establish if leadlight panels to be repaired are historically important
1.3	Construction method and materials to be used in the panel to be constructed or repaired are identified
1.4	Leadlight panel to be repaired is inspected to identify faults and any faults found compared with customer requirements and any previous identified faults
2	Plan leadlight panel construction/repair	2.1	Plan or design of leadlight panel to be constructed/repaired is analysed to identify work requirements, methods and/or specifications
2.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for construction and repair of leadlight panels, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
2.3	Work sequences are identified and a personal work plan is developed, when required, compliant with workplace procedures
2.4	Steps or stages in construction/repair are planned, noting check points for (any) measurements and tests
2.5	Approval of work construction plan is obtained as required by workplace procedures and a suitable work area identified
3	Identify suitable materials and equipment	3.1	Tools and equipment are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
3.2	Leadlight construction materials are selected according to specification of performance requirements, proposed use, cost and availability of materials, if required, matching the original texture, colour, thickness and opacity of the stained glass
3.3	Equipment suitable for working the chosen material is identified
4	Construct/repair the leadlight panel	4.1	Plan is followed to construct/repair the leadlight panel, including any special requirements for historically important works
4.2	Checks are conducted at the identified points
4.3	Modifications are identified and recommended within workplace procedures
4.4	Modifications to the plan are documented and appropriate approvals are sought in accordance with workplace procedures
5	Complete work	5.1	Leadlight panel is inspected for quality of work and repaired or reconstructed, as required, in accordance with workplace procedures
5.2	Material which can be re-used is collected and stored
5.3	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
5.4	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
5.5	Equipment is cleaned and stored according to workplace requirements
5.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Repair methods include:	re-leading strap repair and lead lifting restoration and conservation of historically important stained glass and leadlighting works
Tools and equipment include:	timber benches light boxes glass grinders lead knives lead vice lathekins farrier's nails glass cutters grozing and small running pliers soldering irons and bits suede cleaning and polishing brushers and pickers
Leadlight construction materials include:	coloured/plain glass panels patterns/templates timber lathes ornamental fittings lead came solder and fluxes
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses safety footwear
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3013C Construct and repair leadlight panels.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3014 Construct and repair leadlight panels

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Interpret work order/job instruction to identify requirements and plan the process to construct/repair leadlight panels

Select and use appropriate materials and processes for the panel being constructed/repaired optimising glass sizes for economical cutting and assembling of required materials

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

End use of leadlight panels and required safety, quality and structural standards

Characteristics, including hazards and workplace safety system requirements, associated with the materials used in leadlight panel construction

Operation of tools and equipment used in constructing/repairing leadlight panels

Research techniques to establish the historical importance of stained glass and leadlighting works

Processes and procedures involved in the construction/repair process of leadlight panels, including historically important works

Impact of design features of the leadlight panel on purpose, materials and construction

Relevant Australian Standards

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to leadlight panels for repair or plans for new panels, glass, leadlighting materials, personal protective equipment and work instructions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3015 Fabricate and install shower screens and wardrobe doors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning, fabricating and installing shower screens and wardrobe doors fitted with safety vinyl backed mirror or textured vinyl coated board in residential and commercial locations.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements for the type of shower screen/wardrobe door to be fabricated and installed are identified from work instructions, including the identification of its pattern or plan
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for fabrication and installation of shower screens and wardrobe doors, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	The process for fabricating and installing shower screens and wardrobe doors is identified
1.4	Glass fixing method and joining devices or materials are identified in accordance with specifications or type of materials to be used and Australian Standards
1.5	Quantities of materials required are calculated from plans/work instructions or by measuring the fixture opening
1.6	Tools and equipment appropriate to the fixing method are identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is determined in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Components of the shower screen/wardrobe door are checked against specifications or job order for size, quantity, finish and profile
3	Fabricate and install shower screen/wardrobe door	3.1	If required, aluminium frame is fabricated in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.2	Fittings are attached to screen in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.3	Shower screen/wardrobe door is installed in shower opening/wardrobe in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.4	Shower screen is waterproof sealed in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
4	Complete work	4.1	Shower screen/wardrobe door is inspected for quality of work and repaired, re-fabricated or reinstalled, as required, in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Material which can be reused is collected and stored and waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.4	Tools, equipment and unused materials are cleaned and removed and stored appropriately
4.5	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements including calculating the cost of glass, fittings, materials and labour

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Shower screens are glass panels and include:	framed semi-frameless and frameless screens sliding screens pivot screens and returns
Materials include:	aluminium shower screen and wardrobe extrusions laminated toughened and organic coated glass vinyl backed mirror textured vinyl board glazing and bump rubbers shower screen wardrobe hardware sealants
Tools and equipment include:	power saws pneumatic equipment hydraulic and manual presses tooling drills screwdrivers and rubber mallets and general glazing tools spirit and laser levels
Fittings include:	wheels hinges handles pivot blocks corner blocks fasteners
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation AS 3740:2010 Waterproofing of domestic wet areas

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3015C Fabricate and install shower screens and wardrobe doors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3015 Fabricate and install shower screens and wardrobe doors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Measure for fabrication and installation of two (2) of the following in accordance with AS 3740:2010 Waterproofing of domestic wet areas:

sliding shower door

pivot shower door

semi-frameless and frameless shower screens

Measure for installation of wardrobe doors:

working from product specification data sheets identifying and selecting product materials

selecting glass in accordance with AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selections and installation

fabricating frame and sash components, including cutting, tooling and drilling

identifying, selecting and installing component hardware, including weather seals, wheels, hinges, guides and handles

assembling frames, including glass and gaskets

Install shower screens and wardrobe doors

Calculate the cost of shower screens and wardrobe doors

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Work flow requirements in relation to the fabrication and installation of shower screens and wardrobe doors

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced

Workplace safety system requirements related to the fabrication and installation of shower screens and wardrobe doors

Correct identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Relevant Australian Standards

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to shower screen/wardrobe door glass and mirror, aluminium framing material, fixtures, waterproof sealant, workplace operating procedures, personal protective equipment and a fabrication and installation location.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3016 Fabricate and install residential windows and doors

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning, fabricating and installing residential windows and doors, including framing, using aluminium, steel, unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) and timber materials.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type of residential window or residential door to be fabricated and installed are identified from work instructions, including the identification of its pattern or plan
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for fabrication and installation of windows and doors, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	The process for fabricating and installing windows and doors is identified
1.4	Types and quantities of materials, including glass required, are calculated from plans or work instructions or by measuring the fixture opening in accordance with Australian Standards and industry practice
1.5	Cutting lists are prepared from plans, work instructions or measurements of opening to suit the window or door to be installed
1.6	Fittings, fixings and joining devices or materials are selected in accordance with specifications or type of materials to be joined or fixed and Australian Standards
1.7	Tools and equipment appropriate to the fixing method are identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is determined in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Components of the window or door and hardware are checked against specifications or job order for size, quantity, finish and profile
3	Fabricate and install window or door	3.1	Materials are measured and marked to cutting list requirements and most economical use of materials
3.2	Materials are cut to cutting list requirements in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.3	Metal, timber or uPVC components of the window or door are assembled in accordance with recognised industry standards
3.4	Fittings are installed to window or door in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.5	Window or door is installed in opening using appropriate fixing method in accordance with recognised industry standard
4	Complete work	4.1	Installed window or door is inspected for quality of work and repaired, re-fabricated or reinstalled, as required, in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Material which can be re-used is collected and stored
4.3	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.4	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.5	Tools, equipment and unused materials are cleaned and removed and stored appropriately
4.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements, including calculating the cost of glass, fittings, materials and labour

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Residential windows include:	aluminium or steel sliding timber or uPVC framed double hung casement and awning windows louvre windows double glazed windows
Residential doors include:	aluminium or steel sliding timber framed hinged bi-fold doors
Tools and equipment include:	assembly benches hand, drop and up-cut saws pneumatic equipment hydraulic and manual presses frame and sash tooling copy routers end millers crimpers electric and pneumatic powered drills and screwdrivers pop rivet guns heat guns for uPVC glue guns general hand tools
Materials include:	aluminium alloys and steel uPVC hardware fasteners (screws, pop rivets and knock-downs) plastics sealants tapes gaskets flashings timber timber reveals
Glass includes:	annealed glass safety glass patterned glass tinted heat reflective insulated glass units (IGU)
Hardware includes:	locks wheels stays hinges springs and balances and any component required for the operation of residential windows
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures Australian Standards: AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation; section 6 regarding construction and section 8 on labelling and certification of glass installations AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass AS/NZS 4666:2012 Insulating glass units AS/NZS 4668:2000 Glossary of terms used in the glass and glazing industry Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used. the Window Energy Rating System (WERS)

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3016C Fabricate and install residential windows and doors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3016 Fabricate and install residential windows and doors

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Measure for the installation of windows and doors and plan work from product specification data sheets and/or specified software programs

Identify and select product materials, including selection of mullions and transoms in relation to wind loading

Fabricate frame and sash components from metal and uPVC, including cutting, tooling, routing, milling, drilling and/or crimping

Identify, select and install component hardware, including weather seals, wheels, stays, hinges, guides and/or locks

Apply the WERS

Select and cut glass in accordance with AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation and AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Assemble frames, including glass, gaskets, tapes, sealants, adhesives, fasteners, reveal linings and flashings in accordance with AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation (Section 6)

Label frames in accordance with AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation (Section 8) and AS/NZS 4668:2000 Glossary of terms used in the glass and glazing industry

Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Install residential windows and doors

Calculate cost of residential windows and doors

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Work flow requirements in relation to the fabrication and installation of windows and doors

Characteristics of glass and framing materials used and uses of products produced

Workplace safety system requirements related to the fabrication and installation of windows and doors

Correct identification of equipment, processes and procedures

AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation

AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation (Section 6)

AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation (Section 8)

AS/NZS 4668:2000 Glossary of terms used in the glass and glazing industry

Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to aluminium or steel framing material, timber framing material, uPVC framing material, door or window glass, fittings and fixing/fasteners, workplace operating procedures, personal protective equipment, and suitable fabrication and installation locations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3017 Fabricate and install commercial glazing

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning, fabricating and installing flat or curved glass in commercial shopfronts, doors and windows.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type of glass, frames and the method of fixing are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for fabrication and installation of commercial glazing, including personal protective equipment, are identified and observed throughout the work
1.3	Process for fabricating and installing commercial flat and/or curved glazing is determined
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials, other than glass and frames, are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Type of glass to be fitted and frames are selected to match the customer order
2.4	Glass is checked for type, size and imperfections
2.5	Glass fixing method and appropriate method of glazing are selected
3	Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1	Site safety hazards are recognised and corrective action taken to reduce injury to self and others
3.2	Other on-site difficulties are identified and corrective action taken in accordance with regulations and enterprise agreements
3.3	Special characteristics of the glass aperture are identified in relation to the effect of the glass fitting process on the finished job
3.4	Covering material is applied, where necessary, to protect existing fixtures and fittings
4	Prepare frame	4.1	Frame condition is assessed to ensure suitability for glazing in accordance with customer order and Australian Standards
4.2	Defective frames are reported for repair or replacement in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Frame is prepared, if required, to receive glass
4.4	Fixing and sealing materials are prepared by mixing or cutting to length, as appropriate
5	Fit glass	5.1	Glass is fixed to the frame using the selected method and in accordance with recognised Australian and industry standards
5.2	Solvents and sealants are used in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards
5.3	Excess sealing material is removed and the glass and frame are cleaned after fixing
6	Complete work	6.1	Completed installation is checked to ensure compliance with customer requirements, specifications and Australian Standards
6.2	Work area is cleaned and left in a safe condition and rubbish removed from work area and disposed of in accordance with relevant statutory requirements and workplace requirements
6.3	Tools, equipment and materials are cleaned and stored following workplace procedures
6.4	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
6.5	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements including calculating the cost of glass, fittings, materials and labour

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Types of glass include:	annealed glass toughened glass laminated glass bandit-resistant glass bullet-resistant glass heat-reflective glass
Fabrication and installation of commercial glazing includes:	the fabrication, assembly, glazing and installation of framed and/or frameless shopfronts and returns, fixed and operable windows, hinged, pivot, sliding and automatic doors toughened glass assemblies watertight glazing techniques, including use of silicone balustrading
Curved glazing includes:	cylindrical and non-cylindrical (or ‘J’) curves used for: revolving doors shopfronts lifts and foyers partitions pool surrounds
Tools and equipment include:	assembly benches drop and up-cut saws pneumatic tools hydraulic and manual presses frame and sash tooling copy routers end millers crimpers electric and pneumatic powered drills and screwdrivers pop rivet guns glue guns general hand tools
Materials include:	all forms of flat and curved glass and acrylic glazing products plastic aluminium steel solid timber gaskets sealants adhesives
Glass fixing method covers:	specifications type of glass and frame security requirements sealing methods Australian Standards
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures Australian Standards: AS 1228:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings AS/NZS 2343:1997 Bullet-resistant panels and elements AS 3555.1:2003 Building elements - Testing and rating for intruder resistance - Intruder-resistant building panels Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3017C Fabricate and install commercial glazing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3017 Fabricate and install commercial glazing

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Measure for the installation of flat and curved commercial windows, shopfronts and doors and work from product specification data sheets and/or specified software programs

Identify and select product materials that are fit for purpose and fabricate frame and sash components, including cutting, tooling/milling, routing, drilling and/or crimping

Identify, select and install component hardware, including weather seals, wheels, stays, hinges and concealed overhead closer (COC) pivots, guides and/or locks

Select and cut glass to AS 1228:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation, and AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Assemble frames, including glass, gaskets, tapes, sealants, adhesives and fasteners in accordance with AS 2047:2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation

Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Install framed and frameless commercial windows

Calculate the cost of commercial windows, shopfronts and doors

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, qualities and characteristics of flat and/or curved glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Techniques, methods, materials and processes of fabricating and installing commercial glazing

Curved glass characteristics and uses

Work flow requirements in relation to the fabrication and installation of commercial glazing

Relevant Australian Standards

Application and operation of tools and equipment used

Correct identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Workplace safety system requirements related to the fabrication and installation of commercial glazing

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to frames, flat and/or curved glass, fixing materials, sealants, workplace operating procedures and work orders, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area/site.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3018 Prepare and install architectural engineered glazing

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing and installing glass in structural and other architectural engineered applications.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type of glass, frames and the method of fixing are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for fabrication and installation of architectural engineered glazing, including personal protective equipment, are identified and observed throughout the work
1.3	The process for fabricating and installing architectural engineered glazing is identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials, other than glass, acrylic glazing products and frames, are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Type of glass and/or acrylic glazing products to be fitted and frames are selected to match the customer order, requirements for security, noise or light control and relevant Australian Standards
2.4	Glass is checked for type, size and imperfections and the appropriate glass fixing method selected to meet specifications
2.5	Ladders and scaffolding to comply with the relevant regulations and standards are identified and erected, where required, for the installation
2.6	Frame or opening is prepared to receive glass
2.7	Fixing and sealing materials are prepared by mixing or cutting to length, as appropriate
3	Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1	Site safety hazards are recognised and corrective action taken to reduce injury to self and others
3.2	Any on-site difficulties are identified and addressed in accordance with regulations and enterprise agreements
3.3	Special characteristics of the glass aperture are identified in relation to the effect of the glass fitting process on the finished job
3.4	Covering material is applied, where necessary, to protect existing fixtures and fittings
4	Fit glass	4.1	Glass and/or acrylic glazing product is fixed to the frame or opening using the selected method and in accordance with recognised Australian and industry standards
4.2	Solvents and sealants are used in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards
4.3	Excess sealing material is removed and the glass and frame cleaned after fixing
5	Inspect final product and clean up work area	5.1	Completed installation is checked to ensure compliance with customer requirements, specifications and Australian Standards
5.2	Work area is cleaned and left in a safe condition and rubbish removed from work area and disposed of in accordance with relevant statutory requirements and enterprise requirements
5.3	Any ladders or scaffolding used in the installation are disassembled and removed
5.4	Tools, equipment and materials are cleaned and stored following workplace procedures
5.5	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
5.6	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements, including calculating the cost of glass, fittings, materials and labour

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Types of glass include:	annealed glass toughened glass laminated glass wired glass bandit-resistant glass bullet-resistant glass heat-reflective glass solar controlled glass spandral panels
Methods of fixing include:	consideration of the specification type of glass and frame security requirements sealing methods relevant Australian Standards glazing methods: beaded pocket flush channel glazing structural glazing
Fabricating and installing include:	aluminium glazing systems, including planar assemblies, curtain wall systems, spider assemblies and panel wall systems (hung and stacked) identifying and erecting appropriate ladders and scaffolding
Tools and equipment include:	general cutting and glazing tools electric and pneumatic portable power tools saws drills portable compressors
Materials include:	all forms of flat glass and acrylic glazing products plastic aluminium steel solid timber gaskets sealants adhesives
Preparation includes:	cleaning surface preparation (if required) checking size against specification
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures Australian Standards: AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass AS 4285:2007 Skylights AS/NZS 4666:2012 Insulating glass units Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3018C Prepare and install architectural engineered glazing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3018 Prepare and install architectural engineered glazing

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Measure glass for curtain walls, balustrades, suspended and/or overhead glazing

Select glass to comply with AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation, and cut and process glass in accordance with AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Identify and erect appropriate ladders and scaffolding to comply with the relevant regulations and standards

Identify and apply glazing, structural sealants and tapes, and install glazing materials and weatherproofing

Calculate the cost of glass, fittings, materials and labour

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, qualities and characteristics of glass and acrylic glazing products, including hazards and handling requirements

Techniques, methods, materials and process of preparing and installing structural glazing

Relevant Australian Standards

Work flow requirements in relation to the preparation and installation of structural glazing

Correct application and operation of tools and equipment used

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Workplace safety system requirements related to the preparation and installation of structural glazing

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to frames, glass and acrylic glazing products, fixing material, sealants, workplace operating procedures and work orders, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area/site.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3019 Conduct commercial and structural re-glazing

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This of competency unit covers replacing glass in commercial, structural and/or architectural engineered applications.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type of glass, frames and the method of fixing are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for fabrication and installation of commercial re-glazing, including personal protective equipment, are identified and observed throughout the work
1.3	The process for fabricating and installing commercial re-glazing is identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job and workplace requirements
2.2	Tools, equipment and materials, other than glass and frames, are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Type of glass to be fitted and frames are selected to match the customer order, existing glass type, requirements for security, noise or light control and relevant Australian Standards
2.4	Glass fixing method is selected to meet specifications
2.5	Glass is checked for type, size and imperfections
3	Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1	Site safety hazards are recognised and corrective action taken to reduce injury to self and others including working at heights and on scaffolding
3.2	Other on-site difficulties are recognised and corrective action taken in accordance with regulations and glazing requirements
3.3	Covering material is applied, where necessary, to protect existing fixtures and fittings
3.4	Special characteristics of the window or door which may affect the finished job are identified and corrective action taken
4	Prepare frame and materials	4.1	Frame condition, if applicable, is assessed to ensure suitability for re-glazing in accordance with customer requirements and Australian Standards
4.2	Defective frames are reported for repair or replacement in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Frame is prepared, if required, to receive glass
4.4	Fixing and sealing materials are prepared by mixing or cutting to length, as appropriate
5	Fit glass	5.1	Glass is fixed to the frame using the selected method and in accordance with recognised industry procedures and Australian Standards
5.2	Solvents and sealants are used in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards
5.3	Excess sealing material is removed and glass and frame cleaned after fixing
6	Inspect final product and clean up work area	6.1	Completed installation is checked to ensure compliance with customer requirements, specifications and Australian Standards
6.2	Work area is cleaned and left in a safe condition and rubbish removed from work area and disposed of in accordance with relevant statutory requirements and enterprise requirements
6.3	Tools, equipment and materials are cleaned and stored following workplace procedures
6.4	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
6.5	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace requirements, including calculating the cost of glass, fittings, materials and labour

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Types of glass include:	annealed glass toughened glass laminated glass wired glass bandit-resistant glass bullet-resistant glass heat-reflective glass sputter coated spandral glass
Methods of fixing include:	considering the specification type of glass and frame security requirements sealing methods relevant Australian Standards glazing methods: pocket flush channel glazing structural and double glazing
Fabrication and installation of commercial re-glazing includes:	work involving the on-site installation or replacement of framed and unframed glass for commercial, structural and other architectural engineered applications. This covers: commercial windows and doors: casement sash awning and double hung windows shopfronts and returns louvres hinged, pivot and sliding doors and windows automatic doors mirrors facetted glazing fin-supported glazing furniture applications showcases sliding tracks and food cabinets curtain walls balustrading structural and suspended glazing overhead glazing toughened glass assemblies aluminium glazing systems, including planar assemblies, curtain wall systems, spider assemblies, panel wall systems (hung and stacked) Armour-view balustrading watertight glazing techniques
Tools and equipment include:	glass cutters pliers hack-out knives drills putty knives tape measures scaffolding ladders
Materials include:	all forms of flat glass and acrylic glazing products plastic aluminium steel solid timber gaskets sealants structural silicone adhesives
Preparation includes:	removing any remains of glass and sealants cleaning surface preparation, if required checking size against specification
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures Australian Standards: AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation, Section 9 – Framed, unframed and partly framed glass assemblies AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3019C Conduct commercial and structural re-glazing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3019 Conduct commercial and structural re-glazing

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Safely remove glass from commercial and architectural frames and prepare frame and opening, including clean-up

Measure glass for commercial projects, doors, show and/or food cabinets, including sliding tracks, shopfronts and returns, architectural, curtain wall, structural and/or overhead glazing

Select glass to comply with AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation – Section 9

Cut and process glass in accordance with AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

Work at heights and on scaffolding to the relevant regulations and standards

Apply suitable glazing, structural sealants and tapes

Calculate the cost of glass, fittings, materials and labour

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

Relevant Australian Standards

Techniques, methods, materials and process of commercial and structural re-glazing

Work flow requirements in relation to fitting glass

Correct application and operation of tools and equipment used

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Types of silicone products and their use, including structural silicone

Workplace safety system requirements related to commercial and structural re-glazing

Regulations and standards for safe working at heights and on scaffolding

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to frames, glass, fixing material, sealants, workplace operating procedures and work orders, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area/site.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3020 Use static machines for aluminium and unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) fabrication

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using a range of machines for fabrication of aluminium and uPVC extrusions and related materials.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify static machines suitable for aluminium fabrication, their operation and safety requirements	1.1	Types of aluminium and uPVC fabrication static machines are identified, including their purpose and limitations
1.2	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to operation of static machines for aluminium and uPVC materials fabrication are verified and complied with
1.3	The method of operation for static machines is identified in accordance with manufacturer operating instructions
2	Prepare static machines for use	2.1	Fabrication requirements are determined from drawings and specifications in a logical machining order to suit the job, following workplace procedures
2.2	Necessary tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment, are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the fabrication process, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.3	Extrusions are measured and marked according to drawings and specifications
2.4	Machines are set up for the required operating process with fences and guides locked into position in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3	Operate machine	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out and checked
3.2	Extrusions are handled carefully and masked, where necessary, to protect finishes from damage and fed to the machine in accordance with operating procedures
3.3	Extrusion is set up and held in place, where applicable, for mobile machinery and moving table operations
3.4	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity, job requirements and manufacturer instructions with excess lubricant and cuttings cleaned from extrusions, tools and equipment regularly
3.5	Machine shutdown procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions after completion of the job and checked for safety
4	Check machine and attachments for serviceability	4.1	Machine is monitored to determine operation is to performance standards, and any faults rectified and/or reported for further action
4.2	Replacement cutters and attachments are fitted and secured in accordance with manufacturer specifications
5	Complete machining operations	5.1	Tools, equipment and unused materials are cleaned, removed and stored appropriately
5.2	Waste and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
5.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
5.4	Workplace documentation is completed, as required, according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Aluminium and uPVC fabrication static machines include:	mitre saw: single double v-notch saw router: single head triple drilling semi-automatic variable angle end miller beader crimper digital measuring system groover: transom corner reverse butt drills: vertical horizontal uPVC welder computer numerically controlled (CNC) machines (operation only)
Aluminium and uPVC materials for fabrication include:	extruded aluminium: window profile door profile custom profile anodised powder-coated extruded uPVC: window profile door profile custom profile
Manufacturer operating instructions include:	set-up procedures start-up and shutdown procedures location and use of safety switches tooling requirements capacity and throughput tolerances travel speed operating conditions handling and feeding of materials safe operation, including guarding on machinery
Tools and equipment include:	squares brushes spanners screwdrivers hammer clamps packers wedges measuring equipment feeler gauges
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3020A Use static machines for aluminium and uPVC chloride fabrication.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3020 Use static machines for aluminium and unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) fabrication

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify the likely impact of various environmental effects on machining aluminium and uPVC, and machine aluminium and uPVC extrusions on a range of static machines to meet specifications

Comply with legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and established safe practices and procedures for machining aluminium and uPVC to meet specified outcomes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice, organisational and site standards, requirements, and policies and procedures relevant to aluminium and uPVC machining terminology and techniques

Types of aluminium, uPVC extrusions and other materials, their characteristics, properties, uses and limitations

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution in machining of aluminium and uPVC

Relevant storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to machining aluminium and uPVC, personal protective equipment, specifications and work instructions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3021 Prepare and install mirrors and glass splashbacks

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers measuring, preparing, fabricating and installing mirrors and glass splashbacks in residential and commercial locations.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and plan work requirements	1.1	Work requirements in the form of type, pattern/plan and quantity of mirrors or glass splashbacks to be prepared and installed are identified from work instructions
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for fabrication and installation of mirrors and glass splashbacks, including personal protective equipment, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Work sequence is planned in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures
1.4	Quantities of materials required are calculated from plans or work instructions or by measuring the installation site
1.5	Fixing and joining devices or materials are selected in accordance with specifications or type of materials to be joined and the surface on which the mirror or splashback is to be installed
1.6	Tools and equipment suitable to the work method are identified
2	Prepare for work	2.1	Compatible materials, fixings, fasteners, tools and equipment needed to complete the work are selected and checked prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
2.2	Components of the mirror or splashback are checked against specifications or job order for size, quantity, finish and profile
3	Fabricate and install mirrors and glass splashbacks	3.1	Frame, if required, is fabricated in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.2	Mirror or splashback glass is cut to size in accordance with workplace procedures and industry practice
3.3	Mirror or splashback is edge worked, if required, in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice
3.4	Holes, where required, are drilled in frame, mirror or splashback in accordance with the plan, workplace procedures and industry practice
3.5	Glass splashbacks are finished according to customer specifications
3.6	Mirror or splashback is installed using appropriate fixing method in accordance with workplace procedures and industry practice
4	Complete work	4.1	Installed mirror or splashback is inspected for quality of work and repaired, re-fabricated or reinstalled, as required, in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Waste, unused and scrap material are removed for disposal or recycling, as required
4.3	Work area is cleaned and rubbish disposed of, as appropriate
4.4	Tools, equipment and unused materials are removed and stored appropriately according to workplace requirements
4.5	Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Mirrors include:	framed frameless wall return safety and security mirrors tinted
Glass splashbacks include:	framed frameless wall return toughened (tempered) clear or low iron glass used in: kitchens bathrooms laundries (wet areas) feature walls
Materials include:	timber and metal framing materials float and vinyl backed mirrors fixings and fasteners paint and other finishes for glass splashbacks
Tools and equipment include:	tungsten wheel glass cutters speed cutters straight edges and squares plate and running pliers glass lifting and handling equipment personal safety equipment glass edging equipment diamond drills and saws water spirit level dumpy and laser levels plumb bobs chalk lines tape measures portable drills general hand tools paint and digital print application equipment light emitting diode (LED) backlighting installation tools
Fixings and fasteners include:	adhesive tapes screws and rosettes mirror and spring clips hollow wall fasteners rawl plugs cloth and glues and non-acidic silicones
Hole requirements include:	power points switches warning lights other cut-outs in specifications
Splashback finishes include:	painted: solid metallic satin sparkle gilded digitally printed images mirrored sandblasted tinted LED back-lit
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices: gauntlets gloves safety glasses hard hats safety footwear aprons and overalls
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures Australian Standards: AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass AS 2047:1999 Windows in buildings - Selection and installation

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGG3021A Prepare and install mirrors and glass splashbacks.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3021 Prepare and install mirrors and glass splashbacks

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Measure for mirror and glass splashback installations and cut mirror and glass up to 8 mm, including vinyl-backed

Carry out edge working

Prepare walls for installation of mirrors and glass splashbacks

Construct and fit mirrors and glass splashbacks, which may include frames

Cut and drill holes in mirrors and glass splashbacks to cut-out specifications

Identify and use spirit and/or laser levels to set plumb and level lines

Fit framed and/or unframed, wall, safety and/or security mirrors, including return mirrors with minimal deflection

Finish and fit glass splashbacks to specification and clean and present finished mirrors and/or glass splashbacks

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Work flow requirements in relation to the processing and installation of mirrors

Workplace safety system requirements related to the processing and installation of mirrors and glass splashbacks

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures related to the fabrication and installation of mirrors and glass splashbacks

Relevant Australian Standards, including minimum proximity of glass splashbacks to gas cooking appliances

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to mirror and splashback specifications, mirrors, aluminium framing material, toughened glass for splashbacks, splashback finishing materials and equipment, fixing/fasteners, workplace operating procedures and word orders, personal protective equipment and an appropriate work area.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4001 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers evaluating glass and glazing requirements for buildings to comply with relevant Australian Standards and codes of practice. It involves determining all aspects of Australian Standards and codes of practice that apply to glass processing and installation. It may be performed in workplaces which are involved in the manufacture, processing and/or installation of glass components and in job roles requiring leadership, judgement and complex problem solving.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Evaluate glass and glazing work requirements	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements for determining glass and glazing requirements are observed throughout the work
1.2	Glass and glazing job requirements are identified from workplace documentation, client and specialist specifications, and a technical evaluation conducted
1.3	Confirmed requirements for compliance with glass and glazing standards in the work are recorded according to workplace procedures and requirements
2	Determine application of glass and glazing standards	2.1	Products/types of glass for the job are identified and product supply sources are examined to ascertain current developments, if appropriate
2.2	Relevant standards are assessed against job requirements
2.3	Influencing factors are identified and their significance and impact on the end product determined
2.4	Professional technical advice is sought, if applicable and available, in accordance with workplace procedures
2.5	Optimal solution to completion of the work is identified and specifications meeting all applicable standards is confirmed
3	Communicate advice	3.1	Solution is converted into detailed work instructions/job specifications in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Other documentation, including any advice/referral to client of other building professionals, is completed in accordance with workplace practices
3.3	Communication with clients, building professionals and other workers is maintained to ensure all work is carried out to comply with glass and glazing standards

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	evaluation of all glass and glazing tasks with a formal and documented process of the Australian Standards requirements application of: AS 1288:2006 Glass and glazing in buildings - Selection and installation AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings AS/NZS 1170:2 2011 Structural design actions (wind loads) AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass AS/NZS 4668:2000 Glossary of terms used in the glass and glazing industry National Construction Code (NCC) references to windows and doors in buildings Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures written, verbal or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit of competency

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4001 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Apply the full requirements of AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation, AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings, AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass, and AS/NZS 4668:2000 Glossary of terms used in the glass and glazing industry, and other industry codes of practice for all aspects of glass processing and installation, including for:

stairways

suspended balustrading

sloped or overhead glass

5-star rated buildings

Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Correctly complete measurements, calculate work requirements, optimise glass sizes for application and assembly of required resources

Use workplace technology, relevant resources and product specifications related to glass and glazing requirements to:

determine glass thickness limitations

assess the impact of glass shape for determining application

identify and calculate aspect ratios

understand and apply the principles of wind loadings

identify glazing situations affected by human impact, including where activity could generate a high risk of breakage, and where glass could be mistaken for a door

determine the appropriate glazing materials, processing and installation methods for various glazing situations, including all types of safety glass

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Workplace operating procedures, AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation, AS/NZS 2208:1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings, AS/NZS 1170:2 2002 Structural design actions (wind loads), AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass, and AS/NZS 4668:2000 Glossary of terms used in the glass and glazing industry, and NCC references to windows and doors in buildings

Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

The qualities and characteristics of glass, including types, qualities, applications and limitations

Products and processes and current trends and developments in glass and glazing techniques/applications

Workplace safety system requirements related to the handling and installation of glass

Principles of operation of glass processing plant/equipment

The architecture and location of glass process/production equipment

Interactions between glass plant items/processes

Glass product specifications and tolerances

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to work requirements for glass and glazing jobs, Australian Standards, workplace operating procedures and relevant equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4002 Use glass industry data systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using glass and glazing industry data systems and the use of computer equipment and company or proprietary software for the glass industry. This competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team in job roles requiring discretion, judgement and problem solving.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Use data system and information for work role	1.1	Applicable specialist software for data and workplace information needs is identified and its application to work role determined
1.2	Data which needs to be entered in the system is accessed and confirmed as accurate
1.3	Data system is opened and operator logged on for the work
2	Enter and manipulate data	2.1	Data/information is entered in to the system and the system navigated, as required
2.2	Entered or edited data is checked for accuracy
2.3	Features of the system are used effectively in the manipulation, processing and presentation of data
2.4	Data is transferred between applications, linking and embedding related data files, as required
3	Generate reports	3.1	Processed data is generated in the correct format
3.2	Generated reports and other documentation are checked for accuracy and completeness of information
3.3	Any data or processing errors are identified and corrected before completion
4	Save data and exit system	4.1	Data is saved and stored in appropriate directory or folder in accordance with organisational procedures
4.2	File is closed and application exited without loss of data
4.3	Reports and other data are backed-up in accordance with organisational procedures
5	Respond to problems with the system	5.1	Faults that occur during data entry, processing and outputting are recognised
5.2	Causes of data processing faults are identified and appropriate action taken
5.3	Problems are logged and reported as required and in accordance with organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	software applications for: glass and glazing quotations, including: material composition (glass colour and thickness) stock size of the inventory quantity of stock sheets used square footage used and cost application of AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation, to glass and glazing jobs modular design for glass and glazing work glass and glazing product stock control delivery scheduling glass production reporting Window Energy Rating Scheme (WERS) applications
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and organisational safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manufacturers documentation and organisation insurance requirements
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures written, verbal or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Software features include:	selecting standard products by code, description or design managing complex pricing scheduling production of glass products scheduling delivery and installation of glass and glazing re-cost and ‘what-if’ selecting correct glass based on engineering properties and job specifications generating glass designs and geometric shapes, including 3-D, pyramids, barrel vaults, greenhouses, arches and rakes estimating environmental efficiency ratings of glass products and installations applying Australian Standards for the glass industry appointment tracking and reminders sales activity integration with other applications

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4002 Use glass industry data systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Use at least three (3) glass and glazing computer applications employing advanced features and import and export capacities for generating:

glass designs, including compliance with AS 1288:2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation, and WERS

production and delivery schedule reports

job estimates and quotations

inventory and sales reports

Use the data system correctly and recognise and resolve problems, including the ability to:

input and access data to and from the system

evaluate the scope and range of data required from the system, in order to support the solution of problems

identify the causes and remedies of common problems

follow principles of operation of the equipment and software, hazard policies and procedures and work instructions

Isolate causes of problems to a component of the data system and distinguish between causes of problems, such as:

incorrect or misleading data

system software faults

system equipment faults

Complete reports and documents to the standard required

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Glass industry software vendor applications and their features

Computer equipment features and operation

Principles of operation of glass processing plant/equipment

Glass installation processes

Glass product specifications and tolerances

Glass industry standards and codes of practice

Stock control and delivery scheduling techniques

Glass and glazing design principles

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to computers and software applications currently used in the glass and glazing industry, documents or information containing data suitable to demonstrate advanced features of computer applications, and support resources, including online, manuals and training booklets.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4003 Manage glass industry production scheduling

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning, monitoring and adjusting schedules to meet operational requirements in a glass industry production operation. It involves communication of production scheduling plans and issues with key personnel. Production schedules may relate to daily, weekly and/or monthly production and involves job roles requiring discretion, judgement and problem solving.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify production outcomes	1.1	Forecast, sales, stock holding and other relevant information is used to identify production requirements
1.2	Production priorities are identified and confirmed
2	Confirm resources needed to meet production requirements	2.1	Stock levels of raw materials/ingredients, packaging components and consumables are confirmed against production requirements
2.2	Equipment capacity and human resources to meet production requirements are determined
3	Develop the production schedule	3.1	Production schedule is developed to meet demand and delivery timelines within production capacity and budget
3.2	Production schedule establishes the stock levels, storage capacity, equipment capacity and product mix to minimise stock and product holdings and maximise production efficiency
3.3	Communication with other key production personnel is established and maintained
3.4	Production schedule is recorded and made available to relevant personnel in a timely manner format
4	Monitor production	4.1	Production is monitored to identify any actual or potential barriers to achieving the schedule
4.2	Resource usage rates are monitored regularly to identify potential shortages
4.3	Unplanned events that could affect the schedule are identified, assessed and appropriate action plans in place
5	Adjust production schedules	5.1	Production schedules adjustments are assessed to take account of changed conditions and changes to the production schedule negotiated and communicated to relevant key production personnel in a timely manner
5.2	Resource implications of amended schedules are identified with resources accessed to meet requirements
5.3	Any potential failure to meet delivery deadlines is identified and communicated to relevant personnel in a timely manner and schedule documentation amended, as required
6	Review production schedule	6.1	Production scheduling process is reviewed to identify opportunities for improvement with variances in production against schedule identified, investigated and reported
6.2	Personnel responsible for implementing the schedule are consulted to identify improvement opportunities and the scheduling process revised to reflect improvements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	the use of planning and systems control software customer orders and/or market forecasts
Work health and safety (WHS) requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures production equipment capacity human resources information written, verbal or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility established communication channels with key production personnel quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and reuse guidelines)

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4003 Manage glass industry production scheduling

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect and interpret sales and/or market forecast information, such as liaising with sales departments/functions and/or direct contact with customers, to identify production priorities that meet customer/market expectations

Produce a glass industry production schedule that:

confirms production requirements and resource implications

establishes and documents the production schedule

coordinates implementation of the schedule with key production personnel

ensures production schedule is fully communicated and reported to all appropriate production personnel

manages unplanned production issues

assesses production outcomes against schedule and make required adjustments

Identify and confirm resource requirements to meet the schedule, such as stock levels, equipment availability and capacity, personnel, storage capacity, and transport, and where required, identify alternate sources of supply for resources in short supply

Record and communicate the schedule in appropriate formats, such as use of software and communicating information, to meet workplace and audience requirements

Monitor actual production and materials usage levels against production plan to identify variances and take appropriate corrective action, including assessing the consequences of any adjustments to the schedule for the customer, the company and resource availability

Adjust the schedule in response to typical and atypical variables affecting achievement of schedule and respond to unplanned events to minimise disruption and optimise efficiency

Confirm that resources and personnel are available to meet amended schedule and, if not, take action to secure requirements

Communicate schedule changes to all production personnel

Follow review procedures to identify opportunities to improve scheduling process

Use planning and systems control software according to enterprise procedures

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

The role and scope of the scheduling function, including communication methods and channels, flow of information to and from the scheduling process, and the impact of scheduling for related planning, purchasing, production and despatch processes

Factors to be taken into account in planning the schedule, including interrelationships between :

customer requirements

stock levels and supply options

glass product specifications, tolerances and applicable Australian Standards

glass plant capacity to ensure that production quantities and timelines are achievable

competencies required by the work process and competencies held by the work team, where relevant

product compatibility

specific glass plant process operations and interactions between glass plant items/processes

transport capacity

hierarchy of control and basis of control for glass plant/s

supplier capacity and timeframes

Consequences of failing to meet delivery timelines

Principles of operation of glass processing plant/equipment

Interactions between plant units within the entire plant and the architecture and location of the glass process/production equipment

The characteristics of glass raw materials/ingredients, packaging components and consumables, and production process to determine the most efficient plan to meet production requirements

Methods used to monitor actual to planned production, such as use of systems software and key performance indicators, where these are collected on a real time basis

Relevant personnel and departments to be consulted/notified of production schedule and related amendments, including the information relevant to each group/person and recording systems and requirements

Conditions that can affect achievement of a production schedule, including conditions that are unusual or unplanned, and related options for response

Options for maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste, including options for alternate resource allocation in response to unplanned events

Process improvement procedures

Communication systems and the interactions between plant units within the entire plant

The architecture and location of the glass process/production equipment

Specific glass plant process operations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a scheduling system and associated information and communication systems, a production area and related functions and resources, relevant standard operating procedures, and workplace information recording systems, requirements and procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4004 Perform laser measurement and levelling for glass windows and doors in buildings

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using and maintaining laser measuring and levelling devices to check measurements and apply levelling for installation of glass windows and doors in buildings. It involves taking accurate measurements/readings, making calculations for levelling and alignment glass component installation tasks in job roles requiring discretion, judgement and problem solving.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for glass laser measurement and levelling	1.1	Task requirements are determined by inspection of glass window and door components to be installed in a building and following relevant plans, drawings and texts in accordance with the work plan
1.2	Appropriate laser levelling equipment for the installation job is selected and set up to manufacturer recommendations
1.3	Levelling is planned in detail including sequencing and prioritising tasks and system requirements
1.4	Potential hazards to personnel and other building components at the installation site are identified and prevention and/or control measures are selected in accordance with the work plan
1.5	Individual’s roles and responsibilities within the installation team are identified, and where required, assisted with provision of on-the-job training for the tasks
2	Use laser devices to make measurements	2.1	Measurements are taken accurately, interpreted and recorded correctly to standard operating procedures
2.2	Laser levelling devices are operated to manufacturer specifications or standard operating procedures
2.3	Datum point is set up or located
2.4	Readings are taken to datum and at nominated or selected stations, to project specifications
3	Perform levelling	3.1	Levelling realignment calculations are performed using correct and appropriate method for the installation levelling/alignment application
3.2	Glass window and door components are levelled and aligned to specifications using correct and appropriate techniques, and adjustments made to ensure compliance with manufacturer specifications and the work plan
3.3	Glass components are temporarily fixed in the assigned installation positions prior to final measurement
3.4	Final level and alignment inspections are undertaken, any adjustments made and glass components fixed to the building using appropriate fasteners
4	Complete work	4.1	Glass installation rating compliance certificate is completed
4.2	Levelling equipment is closed own and appropriate personnel notified of completed installation in accordance with enterprise requirements
4.3	Work area is cleared of waste, cleaned, restored and secured in accordance with site/enterprise procedures
4.4	Plant, tools and equipment are maintained and stored in accordance with site/enterprise procedures
4.5	Work completion details are finalised in accordance with enterprise procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	implementation of procedures and techniques for the safe, effective and efficient management of laser levelling equipment used in installing glass windows and doors the identification of viable options and the selection of options that best meet the required outcomes working with others to undertake and complete the application of precise laser levelling during glass component installation in buildings
Work health and safety (WHS) requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures written, verbal or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Equipment and tools include:	dumpy/optical level rotating laser level line and dot level duel beam level laser square level other associated levelling and aligning equipment
Levelling and/or alignment procedures include:	face and rim, reverse indicator, use of jacking bolts and shimming material, and use of levelling equipment

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4004 Perform laser measurement and levelling for glass windows and doors in buildings

Modification History

Release 2 - Update of Australian Standards codes. Statement regarding currency of Australian Standards included in Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Accurately select, set and use laser levelling devices to obtain and interpret specified measurements

Maintain and store laser levelling devices

Read, interpret and follow information on standard operating procedures, manufacturer recommendations, drawings and other applicable reference documents

Set up levelling equipment and take levelling measurements and perform necessary calculations

Confirm accuracy of the readings taken, including set up and movement of laser levelling device in two locations

Level and align a range of glass window and door components for installation in buildings

Confirm work requirements and specifications and the report work outcomes and problems and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

AS 2047-2014 Windows in buildings - Selection and Installation

AS1288-2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and Installation

Note, wherever Australia Standards are listed they apply at the time of publication, but the most current version (including amendments) or replacement versions are to be used.

Terminology and concepts relating to electrical/electronic measurement

Specifications of a range of commonly used laser levelling devices and their features for application in the glass industry

Settings and the correct scale for each setting on laser levelling devices and procedures for obtaining accurate measurements

Levelling device types, characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations

Maintenance and storage requirements for a range of laser levelling devices

Principles of levelling and alignment and numerical operations, geometry and calculations/formulae for levelling

Effects on installed glass window and door components if not correctly levelled and aligned

Techniques, tools, equipment and procedures to carry out levelling and installation of glass components in buildings

Hazards and control measures associated with levelling and alignment and relevant safe work practices and procedures

Use and application of personal protective equipment

Relevant environmental, WHS legislation and regulations

Technical drawings and manufacturers manuals

Shimming and packing materials

Glass product specifications and tolerances

Hierarchy of control and basis of control for glass plant/s

Communication protocols (e.g. radio, phone, computer and paper, permissions/authorities)

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to laser levelling equipment, glass window and door components, work instructions, manufacturer documentation and organisational guidelines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4005 Set up, configure, upgrade and troubleshoot glass and glazing plant and ancillary equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, testing, adjusting, troubleshooting and quality assuring a range of glass and glazing processing plant and equipment. It includes non-numerical control (NC)/computer numerically controlled (CNC) production machines and processes for semi-automatic or automatic operation. Troubleshooting involves using testing equipment to identify problems and take corrective action.

Job roles require discretion, judgement and problem solving with complex technical difficulties resolved in consultation with appropriate technical advisers. Training of plant operators in correct operational procedures and techniques is required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify plant set-up requirements	1.1	Required specifications for glass processing are identified and interpreted for process application
1.2	Plant machinery and ancillary equipment are identified and checked for safe and effective operation, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls
1.3	Procedures for checking the quality of glass produced, working condition of equipment, and quality requirements for each stage of the process are identified
2	Set machine/s	2.1	Sequence of glass processing operations is determined and plant machine/s set or programmed accordingly
2.2	Plant machine/s and programs are adjusted to meet glass product specifications and operational requirements.
2.3	Plant pre-start, start-up and set-up procedures are completed in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
3	Trial program	3.1	Plant is operated to process glass, observing all safety procedures
3.2	Sample glass product is checked for compliance with specifications
3.3	Program editing to change operational sequence, speed and tolerance requirements is undertaken as required to ensure processing conforms to specification
4	Identify abnormal plant and/or process performance	4.1	Tests are conducted to determine if plant machines and ancillary equipment is operating to specification and products produced meet quality standards
4.2	Signs of equipment or product degradation and impending failure are recognised
5	Identify causes of substandard performance	5.1	Maintenance records are examined to ensure that plant machinery and equipment does not require simple maintenance
5.2	Calibration records are accessed and equipment tested to determine if plant is operating within calibration
5.3	All plant and testing variables are evaluated to identify possible causes of substandard performance and equipment isolated using appropriate elimination techniques
6	Rectify plant faults	6.1	Adjustments or corrections for plant and ancillary equipment are assessed and made as required
6.2	Plant is checked to ensure correct operation
7	Instruct machine operator	7.1	Operator of set-up and programmed plant is instructed on correct operation of the plant ensuring that all safety procedures and devices are in place
7.2	Operator is monitored to ensure plant is operated correctly and remedial instruction provided where necessary

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	setting up and programming semi-automatic and automatic machines in glass processing plants testing machines, ancillary equipment and processed glass products against operational specifications quality assurance of products and identifying faults and out of specification operation of glass plant machinery and ancillary equipment rectifying common plant faults or referring complex problems to appropriate technicians training plant operators on correct procedures
Work health and safety (WHS) requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures written, verbal or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Glass plant/equipment include:	glass laminating plant glass toughening plant insulated glass plant glass silvering plant glass printing plant cutting (including water jet), seaming, edge grinding non-NC and CNC milling

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4005 Set up, configure, upgrade and troubleshoot glass and glazing plant and ancillary equipment

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Comply with all relevant safety requirements, including isolation or shutdown of machines, use of safety and lockout devices, and attachment of appropriate warning tags

Interpret glass processing machine and ancillary equipment specifications for machine setting and maintenance

Set-up and edit programs for at least three (3) different types of glass processing plant

Conduct sample runs of machines and manage quality assurance by checking products against required standards

Perform normal testing, setting and maintenance of machines, investigate improper operation, and identify and rectify operating problems, including adjustments/rectifications/modifications

Document and communicate work-related information, including reporting of non-conforming outcomes and other problems

Instruct machine operator on the correct sequence of operations and processing specifications

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Principles of operation of glass processing plant/equipment

Interactions between plant units within the entire plant

The architecture and location of the glass process/production equipment

Specific glass plant process operations

Interactions between glass plant items/processes

Glass product specifications and quality standards

Hierarchy of control and basis of control for glass plant/s

Glass and glass processing plant technical specifications and repair manuals

Principles and techniques of machine setting and adjustment

Troubleshooting procedures for testing equipment, typical fault conditions and relevant fault finding procedures

Maintenance and repair processes and techniques

Workplace procedures and maintenance planning

Procedures for attaching ancillary device(s) to non-NC/CNC machines

Measuring devices/techniques for checking glass products

Effects of changes to cutting feeds and speeds

Hazards and control measures associated with computer controlled machines, including housekeeping

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to glass processing plant and ancillary equipment, relevant setting, operating, testing, maintenance and repair manuals for plant, glass products specifications, and quality standards and organisational procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4006 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers operating a complex glass processing plant control panel utilising control loops and a broad range of control algorithms to control plant areas and multiple products/process streams. It will typically be located in a control room and require managing multiple complex tasks.

The technician/central control room operator takes overall responsibility for the operation of all equipment and processes within the plant area and may include optimisation of the area using the control system.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Use operator interface	1.1	Keyboards, track ball and monitor and/or stand-alone controllers are used to access control system/panel
1.2	Glass processing task is monitored using the operator interfaces selecting appropriate controller modes
1.3	Historical data and information are accessed as required
1.4	Messages and alarms are monitored and acknowledged with appropriate action taken
1.5	Advanced control features are accessed and managed as appropriate
2	Access control information	2.1	Relevant data and information are accessed from the control system by applying systems knowledge
2.2	Status of individual pieces of equipment is determine from the control panel readings and the information used to identify potential faults
2.3	Fluctuations and variations in process through the interpretation of existing trends and control schematics are minimised
2.4	Overall operating effectiveness of the plant area is determine and related to the required targets for the area
2.5	Process variations/irregularities to procedures are recoded as necessary
3	Control process variations and monitor operations	3.1	Historical data on plant operations are used to assist the identification of problems and all available information processed to identify potential faults
3.2	Required set point/output changes are undertaken to meet plant area and process requirements
3.3	Production is adjusted in response to test results and control panel information
3.4	Key process and environmental variables are monitored and appropriate action taken
3.5	Controller settings are adjusted in accordance with procedures with advanced control features utilised as appropriate
3.6	Plant area is optimised in accordance with guidelines
3.7	Calibration operations are made as appropriate
3.8	Coordination with stakeholders external to the plant area is undertaken as required
3.9	Adjustments and variations to specifications/schedules are recorded and communicated to appropriate personnel
4	Facilitate planned and unplanned process start-ups and shutdowns	4.1	Procedures to planned startup and shutdown processes are selected and applied
4.2	Procedures to unplanned shutdown processes are selected and applied where required
4.3	Required emergency responses are implemented
4.4	Necessary information is communicated to all personnel affected by events
4.5	Required information is logged regularly
5	Respond to alarms or out of specification conditions and control hazards	5.1	System(s) affected by the alarm or condition are identified, prioritised and appropriate action taken
5.2	Alarm or incidents are responded to promptly by following procedures
5.3	Any out of specification material is dealt with in accordance with procedures and the problem/solution communicated to appropriate personnel
5.4	Incident information is recorded as required and details of the alarm and action taken communicated to the next shift at change over
5.5	Incidents are followed up to confirm that appropriate action has been taken
5.6	Hazards in the production/processing work area are identified and the risks arising from those hazards assessed
5.7	Measures to control risks are implemented in line with procedures and duty of care
6	Resolve other problems within scope of responsibility	6.1	Possible problems in equipment, control systems or process are identified to determine problems needing action
6.2	Possible fault causes are established and problems rectified using appropriate solution within area of responsibility
6.3	Initiated control actions are followed through until final resolution has occurred with problems outside area of responsibility reported to designated person

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	equipment and unit operations which form part of the glass processing control system, such as: process control systems (e.g. distributed control systems) use of multiple control systems personal computers printers fire and gas detection/protection systems emergency shutdown systems communication systems
Typical problems for glass processing plant include:	operating without advanced control features loss of power/utilities analysing failure modes variation/loss of feed unstable control of pressure, temperature level and flows control equipment failure process plant trips change in atmospheric conditions (rain, temperature, wind and lightning) emergency situations
Work health and safety (WHS) requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Alarms or abnormal conditions include:	emergencies, including emergency shutdown partial or complete controller failure
Appropriate action includes:	determining problems needing action determining possible fault causes rectifying problem using appropriate solution within area of responsibility following through items initiated until final resolution has occurred reporting problems outside area of responsibility to designated person
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures processing data and requirements batch sheets temporary instructions any instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant verbal, written or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS procedures emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4006 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Consistently:

recognise early warning signs of equipment/processes needing attention or with potential problems

determine and analyse the range of possible plant problem causes and the most likely cause

take appropriate action to ensure a timely return to full performance

recognise obvious problems in related plant areas and make an appropriate contribution to their solution

Distinguish between causes of problems/alarms/fault indications, such as:

instrument failure/malfunction

electrical failure/malfunction

mechanical failure/malfunction

equipment design deficiencies

product parameters (temperature, flows, pressure and levels)

process control system malfunction

power/utility failures

software problems

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Interactions between control loops

Interactions between plant units within the entire plant

The architecture and location of the glass process/production equipment

Specific glass plant process operations

Interactions between glass plant items/processes

Glass product specifications and tolerances

Systems operating parameters

System integrity limits

Process control philosophies and strategies

Emergency shutdown procedures

Basic science of upstream and downstream glass processes

Impact of external factors (e.g. variations in weather and feed)

Complex process drawings (e.g. piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&ID), probability of failure on demand (PFD) and cause and effect)

Basis of control for glass processing plant/s

Instrumentation and control systems, including feed forward, feedback and open control

Instrumentation and control system components (e.g. relevant primary sensing devices, final control elements, and transducers/transmitters)

Control loops, including P&ID control, set points, controlled variable and indicated variable

Interaction between multiple control loops, including cascade control

Impacts of changing controller settings and the limits within which changes can be made

Effective communication techniques

Organisational procedures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to control systems for glass processing plant and equipment, workplace documentation, procedures and job requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4007 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and re-start

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers the coordination of the shutdown and re-starting of a glass production or processing plant in a safe and efficient manner due to a planned or an unplanned shutdown or emergency situation. It does not apply to individual plant operators shutting down individual production units or following directions during a shutdown and would typically be exercised by the leading plant technician on a shift.

This unit requires the exercise of discretion as the plant technician's responses are governed by the cause of the shutdown and the plant's responses to that. It requires the coordination of all personnel involved in the shutdown to ensure it happens in as orderly a fashion as possible and that the plant is left in the best condition possible for a quick re-start.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Manage shutdown sequence	1.1	Glass plant safety systems are checked and verified to ensure that the unit has been made safe
1.2	The reason for, or cause of, the plant shutdown is identified by troubleshooting the system and utilising all available data and information systems
1.3	Confirmation of the identified shutdown is obtained from operators to verify both the nature and the reliability of the shutdown
1.4	Procedures are initiated to rectify the fault or shutdown cause through either repair of the operational fault or readjustment before returning the system to start-up status
2	Conduct start-up process	2.1	All start-up permissives are satisfied prior to start-up process being commenced
2.2	Start-up is conducted according to procedures and in a safe and efficient manner, ensuring a return to normal operation is achieved
3	Document shutdown and start-up process	3.1	All logs and workplace documentation relating to the shutdown/start-up process are completed ensuring all details, actions and responses are accurately recorded
3.2	Any further ongoing production problems are recorded and reported to appropriate persons or authority

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Reasons for glass processing plant shutdown include:	planned (e.g. for maintenance or other planned work) unplanned (e.g. in response to a plant upset or equipment failure) emergency (e.g. in response to an automatic shutdown sequence or plant trip)
Shutdown includes:	shutdown 'to cold' (e.g. complete plant shutdown and purging of all process materials from equipment) short shutdown to allow minor work 'warm shutdown' (e.g. partial shutdown, with retention of some or all of process materials) managing a plant trip and restart 'hot shutdown' (e.g. short duration shutdown in response to a plant upset or trip)
Shutdown actions include:	coordinating the shift team implementing emergency procedures using the permit to work system (for repairs required) performing all operations according to procedures
Relevant personnel include:	panel technicians outside technicians technicians seconded to a shutdown role other relevant personnel
Work health and safety (WHS) requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Appropriate action includes:	determining problems needing action determining possible fault causes rectifying problem using appropriate solution within area of responsibility following through items initiated until final resolution has occurred reporting problems outside area of responsibility to designated person
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating procedures formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant written, verbal or computer-based procedures
Glass plant/equipment include:	glass laminating plant glass toughening plant insulated glass plant glass silvering plant glass printing plant cutting (including water jet), seaming, edge grinding and computer numerically controlled (CNC) milling
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards WHS procedures emergency and evacuation ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4007 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and re-start

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Consistently:

recognise early warning signs of equipment/processes needing attention or with potential problems

determine and analyse the range of possible plant problem causes and the most likely cause

take appropriate action to ensure a timely return to full performance

recognise obvious problems in related plant areas and make an appropriate contribution made to their solution

Shutdown and re-start a glass processing plant safety and efficiently

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Principles of operation of glass processing plant/equipment

Interactions between plant units within the entire plant

The architecture and location of the glass process/production equipment

Specific glass plant process operations

Interactions between glass plant items/processes

Glass product specifications and tolerances

Hierarchy of control and basis of control for glass plant/s

Communication protocols (e.g. radio, phone, computer, paper and permissions/authorities)

Routine glass processing plant problems, faults and their resolution

Relevant alarms and actions

Complex process drawings (e.g. piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&ID), probability of failure on demand (PFD), and cause and effect)

Plant process idiosyncrasies

Correct methods of starting, stopping, operating and controlling glass processing plants

Corrective action appropriate to the problem cause

Function and troubleshooting of major glass processing plant components and their problems

Process control philosophies and strategies

Emergency shutdown procedures

Physics, chemistry and mathematics relevant to the process

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to control systems for glass processing plant and equipment, workplace documentation, procedures and job requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4008 Undertake planning and coordination for commercial glazing installation operations

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning and scheduling commercial glazing installation resources, coordinating on-site communications and work ensuring compliance with building codes and standards and glass product quality control.

State and territory legislation should be checked for any required licensing or permits and a construction site supervisor’s safety certificate is essential.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Interpret installation contract documentation to identify operational requirements	1.1	Contract documentation is reviewed to identify all aspects of installation requirements, use of plant and equipment or penalties, variations and costs
1.2	Principal contractors and architects/engineers for the construction project are consulted to confirm glass installation specifications and timing
1.3	Subcontractors necessary to complete the installation are determined, where necessary
1.4	Availability of installation plant and equipment is assessed and confirmed from organisational supplies or other suppliers
1.5	Site access requirements and limitations are identified, including any necessary permits to facilitate entry
1.6	Documentation for authorities controlling construction work is accessed and glass installation dates confirmed
1.7	Procedures for controlling and recording site deliveries are determined and recorded
1.8	On-site labour requirements are determined and documented
2	Plan installation operations and prepare a project schedule	2.1	Installation glass and on-site plant and equipment are scheduled and confirmed
2.2	Installation operations are sequenced and operational details entered into a manual or computer-based project schedule
2.3	Critical path of the installation is defined and revised, as required
2.4	Project timeframes are adjusted to account for other construction activity scheduling
2.5	Installation site and safety plans are developed for coordinating with other building trades and contractors
2.6	Necessary permits for the installation are obtained
3	Coordinate delivery of glass, installation plant and on-site human resources	3.1	On-site plant delivery and placement is checked and supervised
3.2	On-site human resource requirements are managed
3.3	Construction work supervisor and other trades are identified and engaged in meetings and day-to-day contact to coordinate installation activity
4	Coordinate on-site installation operations	4.1	On-site communication is maintained, including communications with clients, contractors, inspectors and suppliers
4.2	Installation work is coordinated to ensure quality outcomes and a safe working environment
4.3	Subcontracted plant operators are supervised
4.4	Site reports of specific supervisory inspections are prepared with any variation requests or requirements communicated to the appropriate person
4.5	Administrative processes are conducted with reference to relevant regulatory and organisational requirements
5	Manage compliance with installation quality control procedures	5.1	Site checklists detailing specific items to be inspected at appropriate stages are used and completed
5.2	Industry and organisational quality manuals and procedures are used in managing the quality process with all quality requirements communicated to on-site personnel
5.3	Regulatory inspections of the completed installation are arranged
5.4	Contractual quality standards are met

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	planning and scheduling commercial glass products, installation plant/equipment and human resources for a commercial glass installation project communicating with construction senior personnel, such as architects, engineers and primary contractors obtaining necessary plans, specifications, permits and other documentation for the installation process variations to contracts in time of construction completion supervising commercial glass installation including plant, equipment, subcontractors and installation personnel liaising with construction site personnel ensuring quality installation outcomes and safe working environment
Work health and safety (WHS) requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures material safety data sheets (MSDS) job safety analysis (JSA) forms hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures safe working at heights licensing of crane, scaffolding, rigging and dogging personnel the use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination of hazardous materials and substances manual handling, including lifting and carrying
Procedures include:	work instructions standard operating verbal, written or computer-based procedures
Organisational requirements include:	legal, organisational and site guidelines, policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility quality assurance procedural manuals quality and continuous improvement processes and standards ethical standards recording and reporting access and equity principles and practices equipment use, maintenance and storage environmental management (waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines)
Planning documentation includes:	plans and specifications project schedules contracts and subcontracting agreements applications for permits and service connections copies of plans, drawings and specifications environmental applications parking restriction applications
Project scheduling includes:	human resource schedules glass and other materials delivery schedules project critical path project timeframes schedules of installation plant and equipment delivery and use
Regulatory and organisational requirements include:	building approval conditions contract documents architect and engineer reports environmental standards planning and scheduling plans and specifications safety management plans site consultations wage and taxation requirements
On-site coordination includes:	allocating and managing human resources applying communication and interpersonal skills to facilitate dispute prevention and resolution communicating with regulatory authorities and ensuring conformity with relevant requirements dispersal and scheduling of plant and equipment maintaining environmental controls and obligations participating in on-site meetings liaising with other construction personnel
Quality control includes:	checking glass supplied to the site comparing installation processes against specifications quality checklists and reporting regular on-site progress and quality checks reviews of plans and specifications with clients

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4008 Undertake planning and coordination for commercial glazing installation operations

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Access and accurately interpret all contracts, glass specifications and construction reports for an installation project

Plan a commercial glass installation project with formal schedules and contingency plans

Coordinate a commercial glass installation, including ordering and scheduling of glass products, other materials, plant and equipment, and human resources

Maintain the quality of the glass installation

Check contracts for variation of term (time)

Comply with state, territory and local government regulations for the on-site activity

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory building and construction codes, standards and government regulations relevant to the glass installation being undertaken

Glass industry standards, codes of practice and commercial glass handling and installation techniques

Certification requirements for glass installation work performed under regulations or local authority requirements and processes and timeframes for regulatory approvals

Contract variation procedures and associated documentation requirements

Project management and critical path techniques to the organisation of materials, plant and people

Protocols for construction industry subcontractor and supervisor coordination

Types of plant and equipment employed in commercial glass installation

Safety requirements for construction site operations

Glass product specifications and tolerances

Communication protocols (e.g. radio, phone, computer, paper and permissions/authorities)

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to commercial glass installation plans, contractual documentation and standards for commercial glass installation work, construction site access, glass installation plant, equipment and personnel.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers taking measurements and making calculations for furnishing tasks undertaken in a variety of sites and locations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify appropriate measurements and equipment	1.1	Appropriate measuring equipment for the task is selected
1.2	Measuring units to be used, and the detail required, is identified from work documents
1.3	Measuring equipment condition and calibration is checked to confirm it is fit for purpose
2	Perform measurements	2.1	Range of results that may be obtained is estimated
2.2	Relevant external factors affecting measurement accuracy are identified and taken account of
2.3	Measurements are performed using appropriate techniques
2.4	Measurements are compared against the range of expected results
2.5	Numerical information is checked for accuracy and correctness
3	Perform calculations	3.1	Measurement data to be used for calculations is identified from work instructions
3.2	Appropriate calculation methods and techniques and tools are determined
3.3	Calculations are carried out and results checked and confirmed as accurate
3.4	Material quantities are estimated using relevant standard packaging units
4	Record measurements and calculations as required	4.1	Measuring and calculation results are accurately recorded in the appropriate format
4.2	Results are recorded to the required level of detail
5	Recognise routine and non-routine problems	5.1	Known faults that can occur during measurement activity are recognised
5.2	Necessary action on causes of routine faults is identified and taken
5.3	Any problems are logged as required
5.4	Non-routine problems are identified and reported to designated person

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements
Measuring and calculating equipment include:	rules tapes measures squares callipers weighing scales calculators computers laser or equivalent technology
Measurements include:	quantities of materials size, weight and volume of materials dimensions of products and components size and volumes of installation spaces plans for cutting, drilling and shaping materials placement of templates and production sizing use of analogue, dial, scale and digital readouts
Calculations include:	area perimeter volume mass scales and ratios (ingredients/elements and triangulation) addition subtraction multiplication division percentages staff and other business costs
Materials include:	furniture (timber and composites) resilient, woven and timber flooring materials soft furnishing items liquids used in furnishing manufacture and installation glass components (outputs of production processes)
Routine and non-routine problems include:	measuring instrument not fit for use (e.g. not within calibration) appropriate measuring device not available deviations from normal range of measurement readings effect of temperature and humidity on material properties uneven and irregular shaped surfaces
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs standard unit packaging of furnishing materials workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures work documents and logs are to include hard copy and computerised versions

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work documents correctly

Plan and organise activities, including selecting and checking appropriate measuring equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate material quantities and spatial size

Use a range of measuring, calculating and recording devices

Record results accurately

Perform calculations accurately and check results

Work from specific project plans or briefs, determine and cost the material quantities for a minimum of three (3) different furnishing projects

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Purpose and techniques for using measuring and calculating equipment

Mathematical principles for making basic calculations

Work documentation for instructions and recording

Requirements for minimising damage to materials and completed products while undertaking measurement

Requirements of working with others in a team

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to relevant measuring, calculating and recording equipment, quality standards and enterprise procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers moving, storing and recording stocks of raw materials, goods and finished products for the furnishing industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify products to be stored and appropriate stock records/inventory systems	1.1	Materials, goods and products to be stored are identified
1.2	Potential uses, frequency of use of the materials or frequency of despatch to other work sections or customers are identified
1.3	Size, shape and special storage requirements are determined
1.4	Requirements for safe storage are identified and forwarded to appropriate personnel
1.5	Stock/inventory systems records are maintained
1.6	Relevant product information, including instructions, care labels and product identification information, are located
1.7	When required, reorder documentation is forwarded to appropriate personnel
2	Establish storage areas	2.1	Storage areas selected meet requirements for storing product type and quantity
2.2	Appropriate workplace clearances for use of storage areas are obtained
2.3	Storage areas are cleared of waste and contaminants and any required safety equipment is installed
2.4	Storage areas are planned to safely and effectively store goods based on frequency of use, safe height, weight and size
2.5	Storage arrangements take into account potential damage to raw materials or finished products from other stored items, handling, rearranging and crushing, scratching or contamination
2.6	Access and working space for safe use by appropriate manual handling equipment, forklifts or safe lifting by personnel is ensured
3	Move materials	3.1	Movement activities are completed as an individual or working directly with others as required by the work tasks
3.2	Roles and related responsibilities for the successful completion of the safe lifting activity are identified and applied
3.3	Materials handling equipment appropriate to the task is selected and used in accordance with regulatory and/or site requirements
3.4	Feedback from others is constructively accepted and acted on to continuously improve team and work performance
4	Store materials, goods and products	4.1	Condition of materials, goods and products is observed on arrival and any product below specification is returned to appropriate work areas
4.2	Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
4.3	Materials, goods and products are stored observing any requirements for separation of particular types of hazardous or incompatible materials, goods or products
4.4	Materials are stacked appropriately for weight loading, size and crushability of goods or products
4.5	Products are located to enable access to frequently required items
4.6	Work is undertaken in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements
Materials include:	perishable and non-perishable inventory required to support production operations
Materials handling equipment:	is restricted to non-regulated machines and appliances
Products include:	furniture furnishing items components and other outcomes (outputs of the local production processes)
Tools and equipment include:	pre-fabricated and fixed shelving open and enclosed pallets shipping containers non-motorised lifting and movement aids
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures includes:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN2002B Move and store materials and products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Plan and organise activities, including the preparation and layout of the storage site to avoid any backtracking or work flow interruptions

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Establish and maintain storage areas for:

raw materials

production outputs

Use a range of non-regulated materials handling devices

Collect, organise and understand information related to the movement and storage of materials and products, work orders, plans and safety procedures

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area, estimate storage requirements and material requirements

Use checking and inspection techniques to anticipate movement and storage problems, avoid re-working and avoid wastage

Use workplace technology related to movement and storage, including inventory systems, tools, equipment, and measuring and recording devices

Knowledge Evidence

Work flow in relation to use of goods and materials in store

Potential hazards, including fire and explosion risk, security issues and operator safety around products to be stored

Appropriate controls and safety equipment to manage risk

Requirements for minimising damage to and maintaining contaminant-free unfinished materials goods and completed products

Requirements of working with others in a team

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to storage area, manual materials handling equipment, products/materials for storage, safety procedures, regulations, quality standards, and enterprise procedures and all necessary facilities and associated equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers interpreting work documents, including cutting lists, standards, drawings and specifications, to produce or repair furnishings and to install floor coverings, glass and other furnishing items.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify document type and purpose	1.1	Key information is identified, such as title, version, scale, legend and keys
1.2	Any relevant explanatory or additional information needed to interpret the document is located and evaluated
1.3	Clarification is sought to confirm the intention of information where necessary
2	Read and interpret the document	2.1	Information, such as symbols, abbreviations, acronyms and technical terms, are identified and interpreted
2.2	Document information is compared to component or supplier advice for use of the materials and, where relevant, Australian Standards
2.3	Design and style features shown in drawings are identified by industry recognised terms
3	Plan own work sequence	3.1	Work sequence, required tools and equipment, and tasks to be performed are identified from the documents
3.2	Work sequence is planned, identifying stages where checks against specifications must be made
3.3	Specifications noted in the work plan are checked for accuracy against the drawings and specifications, and any errors are rectified
4	Maintain document files	4.1	Plans and documents are handled carefully and maintained intact
4.2	Any explanatory documentation, additional information and/or modification information is kept with the work plan and original documentation according to workplace procedures
4.3	All documentation is replaced in workplace filing or storage system for retrieval by others, as required

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the reading of work documents and the preparation of work plans workplaces may be involved in the manufacture or repair of installation of musical instruments; manufacture of domestic or commercial furniture; manufacture and installation of kitchen and bathroom cabinets, furniture components, picture frames, soft furnishings, floor covering and finishing, and glass and glazing
Work documents to be considered include:	relevant Australian Standards the work to be completed the equipment and tools to be used the items to be produced or repaired drawings cutting lists job specifications and architect/builder plans or equivalent manufacturer specifications and/or operating instructions hard copy or computerised versions
Information and procedures include:	workplace plans, drawings and specifications applicable to all sectors of the industry Australian Standards applicable to the industry sectors workplace procedures relating to the preparation of own work plans and the maintenance of work documentation supplier and manufacturer technical data and information workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN3001B Read and interpret work documents.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to the range of work documents relevant to the sector

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications

Plan and organise activities to minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise information management

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly interpret the content of work documents

Identify alternative methods of accessing and sources of work information, including using workplace technology related to work documentation, its access and storage

Recognise and explain the meanings of symbols, technical terms and conventions of specifications and plans

Check accuracy of copied specifications

Maintain condition of documentation

Locate, read and interpret a minimum of ten (10) selected/specified work documents which must include:

Australian Standards relevant to the sector

manufacturer technical instructions and specifications

real or simulated local work documents, including:

work plans

material safety data sheets (MSDS)

relevant building codes

job procedures

safe work instructions or equivalent

Knowledge Evidence

Different types of work documents used in the furnishing industry and their function

Conventions and symbols of plans, drawings and specifications

Workplace procedures for maintenance of documentation

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a range of drawings, standards, plans, specifications and cutting lists relevant to the work, safety procedures, regulations, quality standards, enterprise procedures, and all necessary facilities and associated equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job

Modification History

Release 2 - Text missing from Assessment Requirements reinstated

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers estimating materials, labour and time requirements to establish costs for provision of furnishing services or products. Estimation and job costing is that undertaken by a tradesperson in relation to a sector product for a single client or customer.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Gather information	1.1	Details of customer requirements are obtained through discussion with customer and information supplied
1.2	Details of products and/or services to be provided are developed
1.3	Delivery point and methods of transportation are determined, where necessary
2	Estimate materials, time and labour	2.1	Types and quantities of materials required for product manufacture are estimated
2.2	Labour requirements to achieve product manufacture and perform required services are estimated
2.3	Time requirements to manufacture and/or install item and perform required services are estimated
3	Calculate costs	3.1	Total materials, labour and overhead costs are calculated in accordance with enterprise procedures
3.2	Total job cost is calculated, including overheads, government charges and mark-up percentages
3.3	Final cost to customer is calculated
4	Document details and verify, where necessary	4.1	Details of costs and charges are documented in accordance with enterprise practice
4.2	Costs, calculations or other details are verified in accordance with enterprise practice
4.3	Customer quotation is prepared
4.4	Details are documented for future reference in accordance with enterprise practice

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements the client or customer may be external or internal
Workplace context includes:	work organisation procedures and practices relating to the provision of information and preparation of quotations reporting actions which may include verbal and written communication in accordance with enterprise policies and procedures oral, written or visual communication, including completion of standard forms, interpretation of information and instructions associated with workplace activities, and recording and reporting of work outcomes use of calculators and/or computers running appropriate software for estimating and calculating necessary details
Information and procedures include:	enterprise work orders and instructions industry codes and symbols product designs, patterns and prototypes building/architectural plans Australian, international and enterprise quality standards and procedures work scheduling documentation job procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN3002B Estimate and cost job.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job

Modification History

Release 2 - Text missing from Assessment Requirements reinstated

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, costs and government charges

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Complete an outline plan of activities, including the preparation and layout of the worksite, the obtaining of equipment and materials, and the avoidance of backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Estimate and cost three (3) varied jobs, including:

estimate quantities of material required

determine the types and amount of labour required to complete the work

estimate time required to complete the work

estimate overheads associated with the job

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, estimate material, labour and overhead requirements and accurately cost the product/service

Use checking techniques to anticipate and overcome costing problems

Use workplace technology related to the estimation and validation of job costs

Knowledge Evidence

Range of products and services offered by the enterprise

Enterprise or equivalent costing procedures

Components of overheads costs

Components of labour costs

Labour rates and approximate costs of products and materials

Basic mathematical processes

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to specifications and costs of relevant products, equipment and materials; information on labour costs and availability; safety procedures; regulations; quality standards; enterprise procedures; and all necessary facilities and associated equipment, including calculators, computers and relevant software.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID1001 Plan the decoration of a simple space

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers planning the decoration of a simple space by selecting the theme, colours, layout and furnishings, resulting in the visual representation of the space through drawings or colour boards.

The unit is suitable for project-related work as part of a VET in Schools program.

It requires the application of employability skills associated with communication and problem solving to develop storyboards, sketches and design concepts, explore decoration concepts with supervisors and document and interpret decoration requirements. Initiative and enterprise and planning and organising skills are required to design space. Learning skills are also required in order to experiment with and develop decoration skills.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify the decoration requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS) requirements relevant to decorating a simple space are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed and clarified with supervisor to identify decoration requirements
1.3	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.4	Communication requirements for decoration project are identified
2	Plan the space decoration	2.1	Space dimensions and locations of features are measured and recorded
2.2	Sketches and drawings are prepared to illustrate the space
2.3	Plan layout is prepared
2.4	Theme is selected and alternative options provided
2.5	Colours are selected and confirmed
2.6	Supplies necessary to complete the project are selected
2.7	Materials and processes are selected
2.8	Furnishings and other accessories are selected and placement coordinated
2.9	Costing and timeline estimates are compiled and developed into a full project proposal
2.10	Decoration proposal is considered for its environmental qualities
3	Present decoration proposal	3.1	Colour board presentation is made
3.2	Drawings are completed to show layout of decorative components
3.3	Presentation of the design and decoration plan is made

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Project brief includes:	aims objectives any design requirements image requirements function, effect and feel trying to be achieved budget timelines
Simple spaces include:	a room within a domestic residence, such as: bedroom bathroom kitchen laundry living space multi-purpose room storage room study garage rumpus room media room toilet pantry entertainment area hall workstation
Sketches and drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings drawings produced on computer using computer-aided design (CAD) software packages
Layout includes:	the plan of how a room will be designed and decorated showing the placement of design elements and decorative features, including plans, section elevations and other projections
Themes include:	variations of colour ways furnishing trends decoration trends
Supplies include:	paints furnishings decorations other internal fit-out products
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID1001A Plan the decoration of a simple space.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID1001 Plan the decoration of a simple space

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Plan the decoration of a simple space in the designated timeframe effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate decoration ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Elements and principles of design

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Relevant interior decoration problem identification and resolution techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to computers, computer software, design software, CAD software, colour boards, storyboards, swatches, Pantone Matching System (PMS), journals (directions magazines), artistic equipment, and products and model making equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID3001 Source and specify decoration products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers sourcing, assessing suitability of, and specifying products used in design and decoration projects in a retail or wholesale sales environment according to client and project brief requirements.

No legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess client product need	1.1	Client is engaged and design and decoration needs discussed
1.2	Budget, time, colour and function parameters for decoration product are identified
1.3	Client documentation is completed
2	Source and assess suitability of products	2.1	Products are researched and suitable choices made for potential use
2.2	Performance and characteristics of products are evaluated and recorded
2.3	Use requirements of the product are analysed for appropriateness to the application
2.4	Quality and compliance issues are assessed to ensure the products state manufacturer specifications for use
2.5	Environmental issues are considered in sourcing and selecting products
2.6	Sustainability of products is assessed in terms of durability and wear
2.7	Manufacturing standards and equipment are reviewed to comply with the chosen materials
2.8	Sources or suppliers of products are found and recorded
2.9	Costs associated with purchasing and obtaining the products are recorded and reported
3	Specify products	3.1	Products are selected according to the style of the space
3.2	Final selection of products and finishes is compiled and verified based on the assessment of suitability
3.3	Presentation of the product and finish information is made to the client

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, material safety management systems, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, Australian Standards, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Products include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built-in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing tapware laundry fittings bathroom fittings toilet fittings kitchen fittings finishes: paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Research includes:	computer internet research viewing swatches studying the Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) design shows retail and wholesale outlets trade fairs
Performance and characteristics include:	assessment of products to determine if they meet the requirements of the intended end use application and how well they do it, and the durability and composition of the product
Quality includes:	an inspection system for ensuring that pre-determined quality standards are being met, highlighting non-conformances requiring intervention
Compliance includes:	ensuring that the product meets with Australian Standards or ISO 9000 series quality standards and state and territory manufacturing specifications (where applicable)
Environmental issues include:	how the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from, and what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Sustainability includes:	life of the product durability maintenance and repair issues what protective elements it may possess
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Sources include:	suppliers wholesalers retailers manufacturers designers
Costs include:	the cost of products and materials together with the cost of obtaining them either locally, interstate or overseas
Spaces include:	commercial or domestic spaces rooms, such as: bedrooms bathrooms kitchens laundries living spaces multi-purpose rooms storage rooms studies offices garages rumpus rooms media rooms toilets pantries entertainment areas halls workstations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID3002A Source and specify decoration products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID3001 Source and specify decoration products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Source and specify decoration products to provide the client with cost-effective options which meet the project brief requirements, and effectively apply design elements and principles

Maintaining current knowledge of interior decoration and design techniques

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for sourcing and specifying decoration products

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for sourcing and specifying decoration products

Applicable Australian Standards

Basic elements and principles of design

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values of available product range

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant sourcing and decoration product problem identification and resolution

Workplace information resources on decoration products

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to sourcing and specifying products and finishes, specifications and work instructions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID3002 Style a retail display

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers styling a display to present and sell concepts and ideas in a retail or wholesale sales environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for display	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to styling a retail display are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed and confirmed with client to identify display requirements
1.3	Parameters for the display are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
2	Plan and design display	2.1	Market needs are evaluated and a display brief developed that capitalises on current trends
2.2	Display dimensions are measured and needs of the display space assessed
2.3	Sketches and drawings are prepared to illustrate the display
2.4	Plan layout is prepared
2.5	Theme is selected and alternative options provided
2.6	Supplies, products and finishes necessary to complete the project are sourced and costed
2.7	Materials and processes are specified
2.8	Costing and timelines are compiled and developed
3	Style display	3.1	Final selection of products and finishes is coordinated
3.2	Arrangement is resolved to meet client needs and display brief
3.3	Trims and hardware are selected and coordinated with the products or finishes
3.4	Graphics and text style for signage are selected and applied

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Scope of brief includes:	aims objectives milestones for the project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes (legislative and planning) effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Displays include:	an effective display of a simulated and designed space to sell and promote ideas, concepts, trends, products and decorations associated with the outlet
Sketches and drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages (these usually contain project specifications)
Layout includes:	the plan of how a room will be designed and decorated showing the placement of design elements and decorative features
Themes include:	variations of colour ways (based on directions media), furnishing trends and decoration trends
Supplies include:	paints furnishings decorations other internal fit-out products
Products include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built-in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing tapware laundry fittings bathroom fittings toilet fittings kitchen fittings
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Costing include:	the cost of products and materials used during completion of the project, labour and overhead expenses
Timelines include:	the agreed project time span set and agreed for the project
Trims and hardware include:	haberdashery cabinet hardware, such as knobs and handles light fittings rugs tie backs curtain rods

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID3005A Style a retail display.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID3002 Style a retail display

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Style a retail display with the products, finishes, trims and hardware to promote trends and design concepts to potential clients effectively apply design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Initiating new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for styling a retail display

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for styling a retail display

Basic understanding of elements and principles of design

Concepts of ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colour, furnishing and decoration options

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant decoration and styling problem identification and resolution techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to styling a retail display, specifications and work instructions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4001 Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching, analysing and applying colour for interior decoration projects, including experimentation and application of colour in interior decoration projects in order to achieve desired effects using design tools, such as colour wheels and formulas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess colour requirements for the project	1.1	Project brief is reviewed and clarified with client to identify colour requirements
1.2	Parameters for the colour application are assessed and confirmed
1.3	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.4	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.5	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching, analysing and applying colours are verified and complied with
2	Research colour schemes for interior decoration	2.1	Colour psychology is researched and analysed in accordance with the needs of the project
2.2	Impact of colours upon an interior space are researched and information compiled
2.3	Additive and subtractive colour mixing is researched for interior decoration applications
2.4	Cultural and historical influences on colour use are examined
3	Explore colour schemes	3.1	Colour wheels are used to mix and match alternative colour schemes in assisting with suitability of colours to a space
3.2	Colour systems and colour combinations are explored for interior design application
3.3	Relationship of colours juxtaposed are assessed for their suitability in the space and proportions
3.4	Effect of light is assessed against the impact of colours being proposed for use in certain spaces
3.5	Coordination and visual perception of colours is assessed in accordance with the project brief
3.6	A range of colour mixing techniques are used to match samples
3.7	Light sources are used to mix and throw coloured light onto a range of coloured surfaces to evaluate and record colour effect perceptions
3.8	Contrast and harmony of colours are ascertained through selection of colours in accordance with the project brief
4	Present colour scheme	4.1	Final selection of colours is compiled and verified based on the research and analysis and presented to the client
4.2	Presentation of the colour information is made to the client and specifications recorded
4.3	A range of rendering media is used to present colour schemes
4.4	Colour application is critiqued to assess the effectiveness of the project brief to meet client needs

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product-based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Colour psychology influences include:	strength boldness excitement determination desire courage enthusiasm cheerfulness affordability stimulation creativity attention-grabbing comfort liveliness intellect happiness energy durability reliability safety honesty optimism harmony freshness depth stability professionalism loyalty reliability honour trust power nobility luxury mystery royalty elegance magic conservatism traditionalism intelligence seriousness endurance relaxing confident casual reassuring earthy elegance sophistication formality strength cleanliness purity newness virginity peace innocence simplicity
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels hue chromaticity saturation value luminance tints tones shades complimentary primary secondary tertiary colours
Interior spaces include:	commercial or domestic spaces rooms, such as: bedrooms bathrooms kitchens laundries living spaces multi-purpose rooms storage rooms studies offices garages rumpus rooms media rooms toilets pantries entertainment areas halls offices cafes shops restaurants
Additive and subtractive colour mixing includes:	two types of colour mixing: the mixing of lights or differently coloured beams projected onto a screen occurs according to the principle of additive colour mixing the mixing of pigments or paints according to the principles of subtractive colour mixing
Cultural issues include:	demography geography (local, regional and national) religious climatic societal cultural lifestyle attitudinal gratification honour living conditions infrastructure status habitude
Historical includes:	colour study of early civilisation, Berlin & Kay, Aristotle, Newton, Hippocrates, Leonardo Da Vinci, the Renaissance, Goethe’s theory of colours, Chevreul and Bauhaus School
Colour wheel includes:	that formed by colours in order around a wheel of 12 colours comprising: three primary colours three secondary colour (created by mixing primary colours) six tertiary colours (created by mixing the primary and secondary colours) electronic colour wheels have more colour options
Effects of light include:	naturally occurring light caused by: windows doors changes in space size sky lights artificial light using: fluorescent halogen or incandescing methods reflective light
Contrast includes:	opposing elements of colour which are suitably different yet work together
Harmony includes:	colours that work well together, that produce a colour scheme that looks attractive; the colour wheel can be used as a valuable tool for determining harmonious colours
Research includes:	computer internet research viewing swatches studying the PMS journals (directions magazines) design shows retail and wholesale outlets trade fairs
Trends include:	new directions resulting from events that are at times subtle and others significant colour trends where experts gather information from around the world and study changing events and ideas to produce a comprehensive colour story, in the same way that designers seek unique styles and incorporate current philosophies into their work
Rendering media includes:	dry media: pencils charcoal pastels spirit-based markers wet media: ink water-based paints CAD
Critique includes:	the process of undertaking a critical analysis of a colour, the process used to decide upon it, and the application methodology and final outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4001A Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4001 Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Identify materials used in the work process

Research, analyse and apply colours to provide the client with cost-effective options which meet the project brief requirements for a minimum of two (2) projects, and effectively apply design elements and principles

Visually present colour schemes to illustrate how ideas meet overall project requirements

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for researching, analysing and applying colours

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching, analysing and applying colours

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Colour systems and theories

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Psychology of colours

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment, specifications and work instructions relevant to researching, analysing and applying colours.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4002 Decorate residential interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers decorating residential interiors for interior decoration projects in accordance with project briefs by analysing the design brief, conducting research and generating decoration ideas and concepts to create a visual experience in a previously defined interior space. It includes selecting materials and finishes for surface decoration and arranging the objects and elements within the space. It does not cover skills required to alter established structural aspects of the building or building services.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to decorating for residential spaces are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.6	Problems or underlying factors to be addressed by the project brief are verified
2	Conduct research for the design	2.1	Areas for research are identified
2.2	Impacts of cultural, social and economic influences and trends are identified and analysed
2.3	Ergonomic and anthropometric influences are identified and analysed
2.4	Environmental issues are identified and analysed
2.5	Other relevant information is assessed and used to guide research
2.6	Design influences are prioritised for relevancy to design brief
2.7	Collected information is documented
3	Confirm the design brief	3.1	Design requirements are translated in a manner which is clear and concise
3.2	Factors affecting the outcome of the project are documented
3.3	Criteria for assessing and evaluating design concepts are determined
3.4	Final design brief outlining all the requirements is compiled, produced and refined with the client
4	Generate decoration concepts	4.1	Creative methodologies are used to generate a range of decoration concepts and themes
4.2	Concepts are assessed against the project brief to select most viable solution
4.3	Concept is presented to client using a range of concept presentation methods
4.4	Ideas are discussed with client and concept is modified according to feedback
5	Translate concepts into 3-D decoration ideas	5.1	The elements and principles of design that are derived from the concept are explored
5.2	A range of 3-D decoration ideas are generated from the concept
5.3	Surface materials, finishes, and colours are explored and assessed for their ability to express the concept
5.4	Furniture, fixtures, fittings and accessories are explored and assessed for their ability to express the concept
5.5	The allocation and arrangement of objects within the space are explored
5.6	2-D and 3-D sketches are developed to document the 3-D space
6	Revise and refine solution	6.1	Planning is revised and refined, and ergonomics considered
6.2	Regulatory requirements relating to decoration are assessed to determine compliance
6.3	Finishes, fittings, fixtures, furniture, materials and accessories are selected
6.4	Colour scheme is selected to complement the space and create the required visual experience
6.5	Environmental aspects of decoration solution are examined and areas for improved sustainability are identified and incorporated where possible
6.6	Preliminary drawings are developed
7	Present decoration solution to client	7.1	Final presentation is prepared for the client
7.2	Final presentation is presented to the client with key features and benefits of the solution explained
7.3	Client is engaged to gain feedback on decoration elements
8	Reflect on decoration process	8.1	Client feedback and response are analysed to determine success in achieving client satisfaction
8.2	Own performance in the design process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
8.3	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources may include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Areas for research include:	similar products and typologies and spaces materials social and cultural influences site analysis site conditions functional requirements
Environmental issues include:	use of renewable resources energy efficiency conservation of resources recycling waste by-products emissions environmental consciousness/green design
Other information includes:	industry codes and symbols Australian and international Standards and regulations historical literature on design styles and movements ethical reference material supplier’s material data sheets ergonomic and anthropometric statistical information market research documents photographic reference material site plans and drawings lifestyle requirements cultural issues proxemics costs product performance and characteristics existing conditions
Documentation includes:	working notes hand written records computer-based information and reports diagrams sketches tables matrixes images visual essays
Creative methodologies include:	brainstorming word association imaging modelling lateral thinking application of a range of media
Concepts include:	ideas generated to respond to the design brief through both ideation drawings or sketching and written explanation
Concept presentation methods include:	mood board concept board 3-D models sketches photos
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Fixtures, fittings and accessories include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Environmental aspects include:	how the use of raw materials affects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Drawings may include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages (these usually contain project specifications) elevations sections plans perspectives
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4002A Decorate residential interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4002 Decorate residential interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Analyse a project brief to determine client requirements and work through the decoration process collecting the required information

Establish criteria for the intended solutions to meet the requirements of the project brief and effectively design at least two (2) interior residential spaces applying design elements and principles to provide the client with creative solutions that satisfy the project brief

Draw using manual and computer based techniques and visually and verbally present decoration solution

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for decorating for residential space

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for decorating for residential space

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant decoration and design problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Historical design styles and movements

Current ethical issues in society affecting designs

Current market segments

Aesthetic aspect of elements and principles in 3-D design

Ergonomic and anthropometric standards

Basic construction technologies

Techniques for the preparation and presentation of research information

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment, specifications and work instructions relevant to decorating residential interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4003 Prepare a materials board for client presentation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing a materials or sample board for client presentation for interior decoration and design projects. The materials board includes visual demonstration of colour, materials, samples, finishes and textiles used in the decoration and design project.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify presentation requirements from project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to presenting documentation are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed to determine presentation requirements
1.3	Parameters for the project are confirmed with client
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.6	All required information is accessed and interpreted to inform the presentation process
2	Prepare materials board	2.1	Substrate for the materials board is obtained in the selected colour and cut to the desired size
2.2	Fabric and paint swatches are gathered, proportionally arranged with selected fabrics cut to size and paint samples set aside
2.3	Visual information is gathered and prepared in accordance with the design theme and project brief
2.4	Products, materials and accessories are gathered and selected items prepared
2.5	Material and sample board components are composed and arranged before secure fixing to base board
2.6	Fixtures are labelled or a legend compiled to translate the parts and colours
2.7	Materials board is finalised in readiness for presentation
2.8	Sketches and drawings are completed and prepared for positioning of products, materials and accessories
3	Prepare for client presentation	3.1	Presentation methodology is developed and prepared
3.2	Materials board presentation is made to the client, selling the attributes of the design solution
3.3	Presentation of materials board information is supported using multimedia and computer based strategies

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Substrates include:	mat board sponge board frames mounts 3-D relief boards
Samples include:	fabric paint laminate stone
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas and colour wheels hue chromaticity saturation value luminance tints tones shades complimentary primary secondary tertiary colours
Fabric swatches include:	small pieces of fabric cut as samples from rolls of fabric, or commercial display fabric swatches used for retail purposes
Paint swatches include:	painted cards or commercially available paint cards (available free in paint and hardware shops)
Visual information includes:	photographs magazine clippings drawings sketches
Themes include:	variations of colour ways (based on directions media), furnishing trends and decoration trends
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Accessories include:	haberdashery cabinet hardware, such as knobs and handles light fittings rugs tie backs curtain rods
Secure fixing includes:	spray glue (in booth with extraction fan) double-sided tape blue tack Velcro
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages (these usually contain project specifications)
Materials board include:	a presentation on board displaying the colour usage and coordination with surface finishes, materials and textiles used throughout the project
Presentation methodology includes:	a justification of the selections made for the decoration or design proposal a visual presentation and prepared script to accompany the colour board
Multimedia includes:	presentation boards portfolios photography data projectors video other forms of multimedia
Computer-based strategies include:	PowerPoint presentations CAD demonstrations written presentations other scenarios utilising different software applications
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4003A Prepare a materials board for client presentation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4003 Prepare a materials board for client presentation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Prepare a materials board for client presentation to provide the client with cost-effective options which meet the project brief requirements effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for preparing a materials board and client presentation

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for preparing a materials board and client presentation

Creativity and artistic relevance

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant decoration and design computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colour, furnishing and decoration options

Psychology of colours

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment, specifications and work instructions relevant to preparing a colour board for client presentation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4004 Research and recommend furniture and accessories

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and recommending furniture and accessories for various decoration and design solutions to meet client and project brief requirements and applies to a design and decoration, retail, consulting or studio environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Interpret decoration requirements from project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending furniture and accessories are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed and clarified with client to determine requirements for furniture and accessories
1.3	Parameters for furniture and accessories are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
2	Research furniture	2.1	Aesthetic and style requirements of the furniture are assessed
2.2	Intended application for the furniture is analysed and reviewed
2.3	New furniture technologies are researched and reported
2.4	Tactile requirements of the furniture in relation to the design are researched
2.5	Properties of the materials used in the production of furniture are analysed and evaluated
2.6	Manufacturing processes and available expertise for the desired furniture are assessed
2.7	Costs and availability of furniture are assessed and compared
2.8	Environmental impact of furniture materials used are assessed
2.9	Longevity and restorability qualities of furniture are researched
2.10	Space is measured for furniture requirements, calculating quantities and requirements
2.11	Principles of anthropometrics, ergonomics and spatial relationships are applied
3	Research accessories	3.1	Aesthetic and colour requirements of the accessories are assessed
3.2	Intended application for the accessories is analysed and reviewed
3.3	New accessory technologies are researched and reported
3.4	Tactile requirements of the accessories in relation to the design are researched
3.5	Properties of the materials used in the production of accessories are analysed and evaluated
3.6	Manufacturing processes and available expertise for the desired accessories are assessed
3.7	Costs and availability of accessories are assessed and compared
3.8	Environmental impact of accessory materials used is assessed
3.9	Longevity and restorability qualities of accessories are researched
3.10	Space is measured for accessory requirements, calculating quantities and requirements
3.11	Sketches and drawings are completed and prepared for positioning of products, materials and accessories
4	Make recommendations to client	4.1	Quantities and qualities of selected furniture and accessories are presented and promoted to the client
4.2	Performance and characteristics of selected furniture and accessories are presented and promoted to the client
4.3	Costs associated with purchasing and obtaining the furniture and accessories are provided in quote form to the client
4.4	Presentation of research information and samples is made, highlighting the findings and rationale for the furniture and accessories chosen
4.5	Feedback and follow up is instigated and maintained with the client

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters may include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Aesthetics include:	the consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Styles include:	furniture designers and key figures, such as Frank Lloyd Wright, Charles Eames and Antonio Gaudi schools and movements, such as Bauhaus in Germany, Federal style in the United States, and Art Nouveau in Europe periods and styles, such as the neo-classical Adams style, the simple lines of Art Deco, and the asymmetrical style of Rococo to decorative details, such as rosettes, foots, hinges and mouldings
Furniture requirements include:	kitchens and bathrooms family rooms lounges bedrooms dining rooms rumpus rooms offices reception areas hallways laundries media rooms entertainment rooms
Tactile includes:	that perceived by the sense of touch and producing the effect of three-dimensional depth
Properties include:	durability level of fire retardancy fibre make up composition textile use material use finishes quality environmental sustainability ergonomics flammability maintenance requirements wear and tear construction methods
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Manufacturing processes include:	the methods by which the product will be produced, these steps require working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Environmental impacts include:	how the sourcing and use of materials effects the environment and how its continued use will affect the area the material was sourced from energy consumption in processing the material greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the material
Longevity and restorability include:	an analysis of how long the material is expected to maintain its structure and colour, while maintaining quality of aesthetic value and how readily the material can be repaired or replaced
Anthropometrics include:	the scientific study of the measurements of the human body
Ergonomics include:	the study of the efficiency of persons in their working environment
Accessories include:	trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages (these usually contain project specifications)
Quality includes:	an inspection system for ensuring that pre-determined quality standards are being met, highlighting non-conformances requiring intervention
Performance and characteristics include:	assessment of products to determine if they meet the requirements of the intended end use application and how well they do it, and the durability and composition of the product
Costs include:	the cost of products and materials together with the cost of obtaining them either locally, interstate or overseas
Quoting includes:	a price for a project taking account of the sizes associated with the project, the cost of materials, labour and overheads
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4004A Research and recommend furniture and accessories.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4004 Research and recommend furniture and accessories

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research and recommend furniture and accessories to assist with informing the design and decoration process and arrive at a solution which meets client requirements, and effectively apply design elements and principles to the research and recommendation

Research and recommend furniture and accessories in accordance with the project brief

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for researching and recommending furniture and accessories

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching and recommending furniture and accessories

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Furniture types and styles

Accessory types and styles

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards (NSSC) Council or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to researching and recommending furniture and accessories.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4005 Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and recommending soft furnishings for various decoration and design solutions to meet client and project brief requirements in order to achieve integrated decoration and design solutions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess soft furnishing requirements for the project	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending soft furnishings are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed to determine desired effects for interior space
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
2	Research materials for soft furnishings	2.1	Aesthetic, visual characteristics and colour requirements of the soft furnishings are assessed
2.2	Intended applications for the soft furnishings are analysed and reviewed
2.3	New soft furnishing and material technologies are researched and assessed against the project brief
2.4	Tactile requirements of the soft furnishings in relation to the design are researched
2.5	Properties of the materials used in the production of soft furnishings are analysed and evaluated
2.6	Manufacturing processes and available expertise for the materials are assessed
2.7	Costs and availability of materials are assessed and compared
2.8	Environmental impact and benefits of materials are assessed
2.9	Durability, restorability and maintenance care quality of materials are researched and requirements for residential and industrial applications examined
3	Research and recommend decorative treatments for windows and openings	3.1	Range of window treatments, their application and fixing technologies are researched
3.2	New technologies in window treatments are researched and relevance for decorative project identified
3.3	The features, limitations and environmental impact of window treatments are identified
3.4	The types of openings and their requirements are identified and a range of possible creative solutions determined
3.5	Window or opening is measured and details recorded accurately for a range of window treatments
3.6	Fabric requirements are calculated and manufacturing requirements determined for a range of window treatments taking into consideration pattern repeats
3.7	Window treatment is selected and specified to meet client requirements and minimise environmental impact
3.8	Fixing technology is specified appropriate to selected window treatment
3.9	Cost estimates are calculated and assessed against project budget
4	Research and recommend soft floor coverings	4.1	Range of floor coverings, their application and installation requirements are researched
4.2	The features, limitations and environmental impact of floor coverings are identified
4.3	Floor area is measured and details recorded accurately for flooring solution
4.4	Flooring solution is selected and details specified to meet client requirements
4.5	Cost estimates are calculated and assessed against project budget
5	Document and present decorative recommendations	5.1	Soft furnishings are selected to achieve parameters of design brief
5.2	Specifications are documented for all soft furnishing recommendations
5.3	Schedule is presented to support decorative solution
5.4	Sample board is created to enhance and support the decorative intention
5.5	Feedback and follow up is instigated and maintained with the client

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timelines consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Aesthetics include:	the consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Soft furnishings include:	window treatments blinds awnings trimmings bedding treatments lampshades carpet rugs cushions upholstery accessories
Tactile includes:	that perceived by the sense of touch and producing the effect of three-dimensional depth
Properties include:	durability level of fire retardancy fibre make up composition textile use quality environmental sustainability level of insulation level of light control useable width of fabric
Manufacturing processes include:	the methods by which the product will be produced, these steps requires working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Materials include:	fabrics and textiles, including sisal, coir and plant-based products natural flooring wool cotton polyester silk nylon blends
Environmental impacts include:	how the sourcing and use of materials effects the environment and how its continued use will affect the area the material was sourced from energy consumption in processing the material greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the material when applied to window fittings, environmental impact includes: the amount of natural light made available from decorative solution in order to reduce requirements for powered light sources
Durability and restorability include:	an analysis of how long the material is expected to maintain its structure and colour, while maintaining quality of aesthetic value and how readily the material can be repaired or replaced
Window treatments include:	curtains blinds awnings
Pattern repeats include:	textiles or fabrics with a distinctive print and how often that pattern repeats within the applicable square metreage required for a project so as to meet conformity
Floor coverings include:	carpets rugs
Cost include:	the cost of products and materials together with the cost of obtaining them either locally, interstate or overseas
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4005A Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4005 Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research soft furnishings to assist with informing the decoration process and arrive at a solution which meets client requirements and effectively apply design elements and principles to the recommendation of soft furnishings for a minimum of two (2) integrated decorative solutions

Correctly calculate quantities and costing required to achieve decorative solutions

Visually present decorative ideas

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching and recommending soft furnishings

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Soft material types and textiles

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decoration options

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem-solving techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to researching and recommending soft furnishings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4006 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and recommending hard materials and finishes for various interior decoration and design solutions and applies to a design and decoration retail, consulting or studio environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify hard material and finishing requirements for project	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending hard materials and finishes are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed to determine desired effects for interior space
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed with client
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with appropriate personnel is established and maintained
2	Identify types and features of hard materials and finishes	2.1	Types of hard materials and finishes and their suitability to wall, floor, ceiling and stair applications are identified
2.2	Types of hard materials and finishes and their suitability to window and door applications are identified
2.3	Other hard material and finish products and their features and applications are identified
2.4	Hard material and finish requirements for application in a residential environment are analysed
2.5	Hard material and finish requirements for application in a commercial or industrial environment are analysed
2.6	Environmental and sustainability considerations for hard materials and finishes are examined
3	Research hard materials and finishes	3.1	Aesthetic requirements of the space are assessed
3.2	New hard material and finish technologies are researched and reported
3.3	Tactile requirements of the hard materials and finishes in relation to the design are researched
3.4	Application methods and available expertise for the desired effect are assessed
3.5	Manufacturing processes and available expertise for the desired material and finish are assessed
3.6	Costs of hard materials and finishes are assessed and compared
3.7	Environmental impact of hard materials and finishes are assessed
3.8	Longevity and restorability of hard materials and finishes are researched
3.9	Hazards associated with the use and application of hard materials and finishes are researched
3.10	Quality of hard materials and finishes are assessed
4	Recommend hard materials and finishes	4.1	Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility, are used to examine the appropriateness of hard materials and finishes for client brief requirements
4.2	Hard materials and finishes are selected to meet client brief requirements
4.3	Presentation of research information is made highlighting the findings and rationale for the hard materials and finishes chosen
4.4	Presentation includes a range of presentation strategies, including one or more materials boards

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Hard materials and finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils traditional finishes plastic coatings UV-protected coatings liquid coatings synthetic coatings synthetics paper glass vinyls laminates plastics stainless steel metals veneers ceramics stone-based products solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products reconstituted products composite materials fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Appropriate personnel include:	trainers supervisors suppliers clients colleagues managers
Aesthetics include:	the consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Tactile includes:	that perceived by the sense of touch and producing the effect of three-dimensional depth
Application methods include:	spraying painting applicators gluing vacuum wrapping rubbing bonding
Manufacturing processes include:	the methods by which the product will be produced, these steps requires working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Environmental impacts include:	how the sourcing and use of materials effects the environment and how its continued use will affect the area the material was sourced from energy consumption in processing the material greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the material
Longevity and restorability includes:	an analysis of how long the material is expected to maintain its structure and colour, while maintaining quality of aesthetic value and how readily the material can be upgraded, repaired or replaced
Hazards include:	toxins and gases released by some finishes, glues and materials which may be harmful to people if not used correctly
Elements of design include:	line shape form (geometric or organic) texture colour function
Principles of design include:	balance proportion (symmetry and asymmetry) harmony contrast pattern movement rhythm unity style focus scale dominant sub-dominant subordinate relationship emphasis proximity alignment space anthropometry ergonomics arrangement workload materials handling capacity skills available equipment capabilities aesthetic relations tension development methods
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4006A Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4006 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research and select hard materials and finishes to assist with informing the design process and arrive at a solution which meets client requirements, and effectively apply design elements and principles

Research and select hard materials and finishes in accordance with the concepts and design brief

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to researching and recommending hard materials and finishes

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching and recommending hard materials

Elements and principles of design including liveability and accessibility

Aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Research techniques

Effects of finishes and finishing techniques

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to researching and recommending hard materials and finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4007 Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and documenting the materials, construction techniques and methods associated with the construction of residential buildings for work in interior decoration and design businesses of all sizes.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish structural components and materials used in residential buildings	1.1	Residential building process is delineated into separate construction stages and expressed chronologically
1.2	Trades, construction techniques and materials associated with each stage are summarised
1.3	Individual component members are identified and sorted into structural or non-structural categories
1.4	Demolition methods for the removal of existing work can be identified
2	Interpret plans and specifications	2.1	Specific components and materials on given building plans are located
2.2	Construction methods are explained from a given plan
2.3	Specific component details in a given building specification are located and identified
2.4	Bill of quantities and other relevant specification documents are interpreted
2.5	Prime cost items are located and extracted from a given set of documents
3	Specify the materials and methods involved in the refurbishment of wet areas	3.1	Properties of materials used in wet area construction are evaluated
3.2	Installations of wet area cabinetry are specified
4	Develop and maintain relevant and current reference material	4.1	Relevant Building Services Authority building licensing requirements applicable to interior decoration projects are complied with
4.2	Evidence of contact with industry suppliers to obtain information relevant to building components and equipment used in residential interiors is presented
4.3	An index to the portfolio to reflect industry topics and to allow easy access to the information is provided
4.4	Future additions of reference material are allowed for and details of the information, such as date, source, author and reference to any related information, are included
4.5	A strategy to ensure that the portfolio remains current and accurate is prepared

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Sets of documents include:	drawings plans schedules specifications bill of quantities
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4007A Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4007 Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Access and interpret information about building materials and processes and identify key elements and participants in the building process

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Present findings in a creative and convincing format

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for identifying building materials and methods

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for identifying building materials and methods

Relevant Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Awareness of different forms of construction

Local environmental plans and relevant building authorities

Basic building and architectural terminology

Common structural and non-structural components of a residential building

Geographical implications of a building site/location

Materials and methods involved in the refurbishment of a wet area

Materials and methods involved in the construction and installation of contemporary built-in cabinetry

Equipment involved in the installation of home theatre systems

Climate control devices, including fans, heaters and air conditioners

Relevant research techniques

Residential building demolition methods

Construction trades, techniques and materials associated with each stage

Residential building process

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to identifying materials, techniques and methods used in building interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4008 Assess interior light and recommend light fittings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assessing natural and artificial light sources of an interior space and making recommendations for light fittings as part of an integrated decorative solution.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Interpret lighting requirements from project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending light fittings are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed and clarified with client to determine lighting requirements
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.6	Available budget for lighting is verified
2	Assess natural light sources	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the natural light and ultraviolet (UV) penetration
2.2	Project brief and building plans are acquired to assess aspect and orientation
2.3	Window treatments and placement are examined to analyse their efficiency in controlling light
2.4	Selection of colours for walls, ceilings, furnishings and wall hangings are reviewed in their effect on raising or lowering the effect of light into the space
2.5	Characteristics of natural light are researched and reported in accordance with the project brief goals
2.6	Methods of light control and light control devices are assessed for their affect on natural light
3	Assess artificial light sources	3.1	Artificial light sources and their properties are assessed for adequacy in achieving desired lighting effects
3.2	Environmental impact of artificial lighting devices are researched and assessed and current technologies identified
3.3	Location of artificial lights are identified and required changes to location to meet desired effects are determined
3.4	Affect of artificial lighting on the colour spectrum is analysed
3.5	Technical terms associated with artificial lighting are used to communicate lighting requirements
3.6	Special effects that can be achieved using artificial lighting are identified
3.7	Industry standards and requirements for artificial lighting are researched and identified
4	Select light fittings	4.1	Research is conducted to determine cost and energy efficient light fittings to meet the requirements of an integrated decoration solution
4.2	Required locations of light fittings are identified
4.3	Light fittings are selected and specifications documented
4.4	Electricity board is assessed to determine potential complications with selected light fittings
4.5	Electrician is consulted to confirm costing and installation requirements to implement lighting schedule
5	Draw and present lighting layouts for an interior space	5.1	Lighting layout is documented using industry symbols and conventions
5.2	Selection of light fittings are related to layout, including furniture, ceiling forms and natural light
5.3	Formats for schedules of light fittings are researched
5.4	Lighting schedule is completed
5.5	Costing are determined and documented
5.6	Lighting layout is presented to client

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Light fittings include:	lamps ceiling lights wall lights spot lights flood lights
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the building (home, office or other) to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how natural light may effect it, to assess the level of radiation from the sun into the space and the angles and obstructions caused by other buildings, vegetation or man-made objects. It includes recording information and taking photos
Natural light includes:	light emitted directly by the sun or reflected from it
UV light includes:	light that is so blue humans cannot see it. A band of the electromagnetic spectrum between the visible and the X-ray. Photons of UV light are more energetic than photons of visible light
Aspect and orientation include:	the direction in which a building or space is facing (e.g. north, east, south, west or any variation of this)
Window treatments include:	blinds curtains awnings shutters shades window tinting
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Wall hangings include:	mirrors paintings etchings framed memorabilia certificates
Spaces include:	commercial or domestic spaces rooms, such as: bedrooms bathrooms kitchens laundries living spaces multi-purpose rooms storage rooms studies offices garages rumpus rooms media rooms toilets pantries entertainment areas halls workstations
Characteristics include:	energy efficiency glare reflection intensity dynamic (not constant value)
Methods of light control include:	window treatments sails building extensions patios motorised or automated devices
Light control devices include:	motorised or automated mechanisms linked to window treatments
Artificial lighting devices include:	dimmers wall lights light-emitting diode (LED) energy efficient globes incandescent halogen fluorescent discharge lamps
Special effects include:	dimming spotlighting flooding brightness creating space creating focus
Electricity board assessment includes:	identification of approximate age of board number of circuits safety switches signs of rewiring
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4008A Assess interior light and recommend light fittings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4008 Assess interior light and recommend light fittings

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Assess light for it environmental impact and ability to meet decorative requirements, and provide the client with cost-effective and efficient lighting solutions

Apply design elements and principles in recommending light fittings and provide a documented lighting layout and schedule

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for assessing interior light and recommending light fittings

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures

Australian lighting standards and drawing conventions

Research sources for lighting

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Natural light characteristics and controls

Design themes and design development

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to assessing interior light and recommending light fittings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4009 Research architectural styles and movements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching architectural styles and movements and identifying and analysing how they influence interior decoration and design projects. It includes documenting findings and information for use in decoration and design projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan research	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching architectural styles are verified and complied with
1.2	Relevant research sources of information on architectural styles are located
1.3	Formal and informal research techniques are selected to access the information
1.4	Scope of research is determined
2	Conduct research and document findings	2.1	Research is conducted using a range of research techniques
2.2	Geographical research is conducted to detect influences
2.3	Historical, cultural, economic and environmental influences on architectural styles and movements are examined
2.4	Features of architecture are identified
2.5	Significant trends in decorative art and architecture, and the use of materials and techniques are analysed
2.6	The influence and impact of architecture on interior decoration and design, and the relationship of the two disciplines are analysed
2.7	Research information is applied to current architectural design trends, philosophy and surrounding buildings
2.8	Information is documented to develop reference materials to inform decoration and design projects
2.9	Research materials and results of the research are organised and compiled into easy to access facilities for further reference
3	Maintain currency with architectural styles and movements	3.1	Research sources and compiled information are regularly checked for usefulness in informing design and decoration projects
3.2	Current cultural, economic and environmental influences on architecture are analysed
3.3	Opportunities to update and expand research of styles and movements are scheduled
3.4	Findings from research are regularly incorporated into design outcomes

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Research sources include:	scientific texts historical texts and journals oral histories journals periodicals images objects films videos microfiche internet technical information stories libraries museums universities collections of catalogues
Information includes:	philosophy Australian histories cultural issues spiritual issues religious issues histories of Australian and imported architectural trends linguistics aesthetics politics gender and identity issues land and place signs and symbols criticism new technologies light
Architectural styles include:	Colonial Georgian Colonial Regency Greek Revival Gothic Revival Early Victorian Mid Victorian Late Victorian Italianate Boom Style Queen Anne Edwardian Federation Californian Bungalow Old English Spanish Mission Early Modern Waterfall (including Art Deco) L-shape Triple Front (Cream Brick) 1970s 1980s (Eclectic) Federation Revival Environmental New Modern Bauhaus Art Nouveau de Stijl Art Nouveau Scandinavian organic deconstructivism post-modern hi-tech minimalism a range of pre-20th Century styles
Research techniques include:	internet searches interview discussions books journal reviews films documentary reviews on-site visits
Geographical research includes:	international national regional local influences
Facilities include:	files computer files indices databases charts diagrams
Documented includes:	freehand drawings sketches ideation drawings working drawings computer-generated documentation pictures illustrations photos multimedia presentations materials or theme boards specifications measurements
Analysis includes:	comparing contrasting reflecting critiquing considering merit discussion debate
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4009A Research architectural styles and movements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4009 Research architectural styles and movements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Use appropriate techniques and research a range of architectural styles and movements to assist with informing current design practices, effectively analysing design elements and principles in architecture

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Sketch and record information visually

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for researching architectural styles and movements

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching architectural styles

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of research techniques

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Computer programs

Design themes and design development

Procedures for the recording and documentation of information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to researching architectural styles used in Australia.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4010 Research interior decoration and design influences

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching significant influences on contemporary and historical interior decoration and design styles to access a range of information sources on historical, 20th Century and contemporary interior decoration and design styles. The information is used to identify how these influences inform current and future decoration and design projects.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Research and analyse significant influences on interior decoration and design	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching interior decoration and design influences are verified and complied with
1.2	Relevant research sources of information on interior decoration and design influences are located
1.3	Significant historical influences on interior decoration and design are investigated
1.4	Effects of influences on interior decoration and design preferences are identified
1.5	Current interior decoration trends are researched to identify influences on their adoption and dissemination
2	Research and analyse historical development of interior decoration	2.1	Research is conducted using a range of research techniques
2.2	Significant decorators and designers in interior decoration and design history are identified and their styles and practices analysed
2.3	Key developments and trends affecting interior decoration and design are identified and their impact on styles and practices analysed
2.4	Changes in decoration and design trends and philosophy are examined and influences on styles and practices analysed
2.5	Historical influences on the development of contemporary styles and practices, including architectural, cultural, economic and environmental, are examined
2.6	Information is documented to develop reference materials to inform interior decoration and design projects
2.7	Research materials and results of the research are organised and compiled into easy to access facilities for further reference
3	Maintain currency with decoration styles and movements	3.1	Research sources and compiled information are regularly checked for usefulness in informing decoration and design projects
3.2	Impact of environmental considerations on decoration and design is analysed
3.3	Information sources on design predictions and trends are identified and accessed to maintain currency of industry knowledge

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Research sources include:	scientific texts historical texts and journals oral histories journals periodicals images objects films videos microfiche internet technical information stories libraries museums universities collections of catalogues
Information includes:	philosophy Australian histories cultural issues spiritual issues religious issues histories of Australian and imported architectural trends linguistics aesthetics politics gender and identity issues land and place signs and symbols criticism new technologies light
Research techniques include:	internet searches interview discussions books journal reviews films documentary reviews on-site visits
Significant decorators and designers include:	Florence Broadhurst Marc Newson Philipe Starck Ron Arad Ettore Sottsas
Documented includes:	freehand drawings sketches ideation drawings working drawings computer-generated documentation pictures illustrations photos multimedia presentations materials or theme boards specifications measurements
Facilities include:	files computer files indices databases charts diagrams
Environmental considerations include:	sustainability use of environmentally friendly materials energy efficiency water efficiency
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4010A Research interior decoration and design influences.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4010 Research interior decoration and design influences

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Use research techniques and develop research facilities to research design influences that assist with informing current design practices

Identify historical developments of interior decoration and design practices and how they influence current styles and practices

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for researching decoration and design styles and movements

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching decoration and design styles

Types of research techniques

Decoration and design themes and development

Procedures for the recording and documentation of information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials and equipment relevant to researching interior decoration and design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4011 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers identifying and assessing the WHS implications of effects used in interior decoration and design, including furniture, hard and soft materials and accessories, to determine potential hazards for a range of customer groups.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify principles of WHS	1.1	Duty of care and responsibilities of individuals and organisations are defined
1.2	Concepts of hierarchy of control are identified and related to the workplace
1.3	Codes of practice relating to specific workplace risks are identified
1.4	Importance of a systematic approach to WHS is understood
1.5	Applicable WHS, legislative and organisational requirements relevant to interior decoration and design are identified
2	Assess WHS implications for interior decoration and design	2.1	Hazards associated with materials used in interiors are identified
2.2	Hazards associated with effects are identified
2.3	Safety measures implemented to control hazards are identified and implications for interior decoration and design evaluated
2.4	Information resources on safety aspects of materials, effects and technology used in interior decoration and design are identified and accessed
2.5	Furniture and joinery ergonomics are assessed
3	Assess safety implications for customers	3.1	Range of customers for interior decoration and design are identified and potential hazards for customers determined
3.2	Safety measures implemented to control hazards to customers are identified and implications for decoration and design are evaluated
4	Assess risk	4.1	Likelihood of hazards causing harm is considered and determined
4.2	Consequence if the event should occur is evaluated and determined
4.3	Risk level (likelihood and consequence combined) is considered and determined
5	Apply risk control measures to decoration and design solutions	5.1	Project brief is analysed and potential safety issues identified
5.2	Solutions are evaluated for WHS implications
5.3	Range of options which may eliminate or minimise risks are identified
5.4	Most appropriate treatment for addressing risk is selected and applied to solution

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Duty of care:	requires everything ‘reasonably practicable’ to be done to protect the health and safety of others at the workplace. This duty is placed on: all employers their employees any others who have an influence on the hazards in a workplace
Responsibilities of individuals and organisations include:	complying, as far possible, with all activities carried out in accordance with the standard and reporting anything that might affect compliance with the standard
Hierarchy of control include:	the range of feasible options for managing the risk to health and safety. The hierarchy has the following controls: elimination of the hazard its substitution with a less harmful version its redesign engineering controls isolation of the hazard from people at the workplace safe work practices redesigning work systems the use of personal protective equipment by people at the workplace
Systematic approach includes:	hazard identification risk assessment risk control review
WHS requirements include:	Commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations organisational safety policies and procedures use of personal protective equipment and clothing firefighting equipment first aid equipment hazard and risk control and elimination control of hazardous materials and substances manual handling including lifting and carrying
Materials include:	adhesives nails, and staples paint treatments and finishes fixtures fabrics animal skin wood metal plastic foam oils
Hazards associated with materials include:	chemical properties: toxicity fumes combustibility physical properties: strength weakness splintering breakage weight components: adhesives nails and staples manual handling requirements
Effects include:	furniture fixtures finishes accessories soft furnishings lighting special effects
Hazards associated with effects include:	location and positioning considerations, such as: accessibility and obstruction fixing and securing placement of power sources and leads ergonomics
Range of customers include:	aged and the elderly people with disabilities children adults
Potential hazards to customers include:	allergies to materials injury from materials or components injury due to design faults lack of stability breakages difficult to handle or install effects electric shock
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID4011A Determine occupational health safety (OHS) implications of interior effects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4011 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Locate and apply safety information and assess safety aspects of interior decoration and design solutions for a range of customers

Address risks and hazards in interior decoration and design and complete a minimum of three (3) risk assessments of interior decoration and design solutions, including the determination of required treatments

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to risk management in an interior decoration and design environment

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for interior decoration and design

Types of tools and equipment, their operating characteristics and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Common interior decoration and design related hazards and the range of commonly applied treatments

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to determining WHS implications of interior effects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5001 Design residential interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying researched information to formulate creative and complex design solutions to a range of residential interior design situations satisfying the physiological, psychological, social, cultural and environmental requirements of the brief. Designs include those which require changes to established structural aspects of the building interior or to building services.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing for residential spaces are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Key requirements for the project are assessed and confirmed and constraints determined
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.6	Relevant research is conducted to gain all information which may be used to inform the design process
1.7	All required information is accessed and interpreted to inform the design process
2	Conduct project research	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the requirements of the space requiring work
2.2	Intended function of the space is ascertained from the client
2.3	Contextual information relating to the brief is researched and evaluated
2.4	Functional and planning issues are determined specific to the site and client requirements
2.5	Research material is organised and presented in the form of a design proposal
2.6	Project is planned to make effective use of time and available resources
3	Develop design concepts	3.1	Multiple ideas and concepts are generated in a creative and diverse manner that is sympathetic to the design brief
3.2	Concepts are presented through appropriate presentation methods
3.3	Viability of concepts are assessed in conjunction with others
3.4	Environmental implications of the project are assessed and design concepts reviewed to ensure maximum energy efficiency achieved in solution
3.5	Access issues relating the project are identified and addressed in design solution
4	Design the space	4.1	Ideas are translated into 3-D space satisfying functional criteria
4.2	Evidence of 3-D notions are explored through modelling
4.3	The arrangement and allocation of space is explored to express the concept
4.4	Idea with the greatest potential for success is presented to promote the design's acceptance using both 2-D and 3-D representations
4.5	Client feedback is sought, amendments are agreed to and recorded, and ideas are revised and refined
4.6	A colour and materials palette is selected to enhance spatial ideas
4.7	Design is modified in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5	Revise and refine solution	5.1	Ergonomic and anthropometric principles are assessed in respect to the space and the intended products
5.2	Spatial planning is further revised and resolved in response to client feedback
5.3	Materials, colours, furniture, finishes, fixtures and fittings are selected appropriate to the concept and brief parameters
5.4	Feedback is received through consultation with the client and incorporated into design solution
6	Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1	Resource requirements are identified for presentation
6.2	Final design solution is communicated effectively and creatively using a range of techniques and media
6.3	Documentation drawings and material selections are prepared that are consistent with, and that best communicate, the design intent
6.4	Work is completed to plan and within brief constraints
6.5	Client feedback and response are analysed to determine success in achieving client satisfaction
6.6	Own performance in the design process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
6.7	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Relevant research includes:	similar products and typologies materials social and cultural influences site analysis site conditions functional requirements
Information includes:	philosophy Australian histories cultural issues spiritual issues religious issues histories of Australian and imported architectural trends linguistics aesthetics politics gender and identity issues land and place signs and symbols criticism new technologies
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site and recording information and taking photos
Creative methodologies include:	brainstorming word association imaging modelling lateral thinking application of a range of media
Presentation methods include:	mood board concept board 3-D models sketches photos
Environmental implications include:	the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will effect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels, resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Fixtures, fittings and accessories include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages (these usually contain project specifications) elevations sections plans perspectives
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5001A Design residential interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5001 Design residential interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design for at least two (2) residential interiors to provide the client with creative solutions that satisfy the design brief effectively applying design elements and principles

Draw using manual and computer based techniques

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designing for residential space

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for designing for residential space

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA) relating to interior residential design

Environmental protection requirements relating to interior residential design

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant design problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing for residential interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5002 Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers developing a complete proposal for a complex site which may include a high-end residential or commercial site with multiple themes and usage areas, that satisfies the requirements of a client brief by specifying the furniture, fixtures, fittings and artworks.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing for complex sites are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Key requirements for the project are assessed and confirmed and constraints determined
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others involved in the project is established and maintained
1.6	Relevant research is conducted to gain all information which may be used to inform the decoration process
1.7	All required information is accessed and analysed to inform the decoration process
2	Conduct project research	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the requirements and environmental aspects of the spaces requiring work
2.2	Intended function of the spaces are ascertained from the client
2.3	Contextual information relating to the brief is researched and evaluated
2.4	Functional and planning issues are determined specific to the site and client requirements
2.5	Research material is organised and presented in the form of a decoration proposal
2.6	Project is planned to make effective use of time and available resources
3	Generate decorative themes and concepts	3.1	Multiple ideas and concepts are generated in a creative and diverse manner that is sympathetic to the project brief
3.2	Ideas are translated into 2-D and 3-D space resolution using a range of techniques and media
3.3	Themes and concepts are presented to the client using support documentation, sketches, mood boards, and concept boards
3.4	Viability of concepts are assessed in conjunction with others
3.5	Client feedback is obtained and ideas revised and refined accordingly
4	Select and specify internal finishes, furniture, furnishings, lighting and object d'art	4.1	Internal elements and wall and floor finishes are selected and specified according to brief parameters
4.2	Materials board and schedules are developed
4.3	Lighting effects are designed and detailed
4.4	Furniture, accessories and art objects are selected, specified and costed using established workplace system
4.5	Furnishings and window treatments are selected to enhance the design scheme within the constraints of the brief and budget
4.6	Rendered 2-D and 3-D drawing of the scheme are prepared to represent the desired effect
5	Present a fully resolved scheme and evaluate client response	5.1	Final decoration solution is presented to the client in a professional manner using a range of digital media
5.2	Client feedback is sought, amendments are agreed to and recorded, and ideas are revised and refined without losing design integrity
5.3	Own performance in the design process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
5.4	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timelines consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Relevant research includes:	similar products and typologies materials social and cultural influences site analysis site conditions functional requirements
Information includes:	lifestyle requirements cultural issues ergonomics anthropometrics proxemics costs product performance and characteristics existing conditions
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site, and recording information and taking photos
Environmental aspects include:	how the use of raw materials affects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages (these usually contain project specifications) elevations sections plans perspectives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5002A Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5002 Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Develop an interior design for at least two (2) complex sites to provide the client with creative solutions that satisfy the design brief effectively applying design elements and principles

Draw using manual and computer based techniques

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for decorating high-end residential and commercial spaces

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA) relating to decoration projects

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Elements and principles of design including liveability and accessibility

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Computer programs used for drawings and preparation of decoration documentation

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing to architectural drawing standards

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to developing a decoration proposal for a complex site.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5003 Evaluate site for interior design brief

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers evaluating materials and construction methods used on a site in order to determine their impact on the interior design brief. It involves identifying the features and implications associated with common structural techniques used for walls, ceilings and floors, and the materials used, plus a simple assessment of main services to determine suitability for design requirements.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for site evaluation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to conducting site visits are verified and complied with
1.2	Scope of brief is reviewed and any available drawings accessed
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Site visit is arranged with client
1.5	Tools used to assist in site evaluation are prepared
2	Assess structural aspects of interior space	2.1	Wall construction and features are identified and suitability to design requirements are determined
2.2	Flooring construction and features are identified and suitability to design requirements are determined
2.3	Roof construction and features are identified and suitability to design requirements are determined
2.4	Other structures and their features are analysed to determine requirements to meet design brief
2.5	Changes required for structural aspects to meet design brief are identified and implications examined
2.6	Measurements are undertaken and recorded to inform budget calculations and design documentation
2.7	Costs associated with making structural changes are estimated
3	Assess materials used in interior space	3.1	Materials used in interior walls are identified and their features, applications and limitations assessed
3.2	Materials used in flooring are identified and their features, applications and limitations assessed
3.3	Finishes and other materials used are assessed and implications for design brief are identified
3.4	Properties of the materials used in structures are analysed and evaluated
4	Assess services	4.1	Plumbing, water and drainage features that may impact on design brief are identified and assessed
4.2	Features of electrical service are assessed to determine suitability for design requirements
4.3	Other services are assessed to determine suitability for design requirements
5	Conduct additional research to support site evaluation	5.1	Specialist professionals are consulted to verify or further determine outcomes relevant to design requirements
5.2	Building information, plans, drawings and materials data is accessed to gain additional information relevant to the project
5.3	New technologies are researched to determine relevance to project
5.4	Longevity and restorability quality of structures and materials are researched
5.5	Environmental considerations for project are identified and further information accessed to ensure currency of knowledge

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Scope of brief includes:	aims objectives milestones for the project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes (legislative and planning) effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Tools include:	measuring devices cameras colour charts note taking equipment
Wall construction includes:	solid masonry stud frame load bearing non-load bearing bracing
Flooring construction includes:	concrete slab timber steel under floor access
Roof construction includes:	rafter and truss construction sheeted suspended underside of floor of level above
Other structures include:	beams lintels columns
Materials used in interior walls include:	timber (softwood and hardwood) concrete block brick concrete aerated concrete plasterboard fibrous cement products manufactured timber products metal acrylic sheeting laminate sheeting
Materials used in flooring include:	concrete timber manufactured timber products hard floor finishes, including ceramic tiles and floating floor systems) soft floor coverings
Other materials include:	building products of all types used for the manufacture of: beams columns windows doors railings finishing trims manufactured from: solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Properties include:	principles of structural systems terminology modification capability compression tension shear bending twisting wind forces durability level of fire retardancy fibre make up composition material use finishes quality environmental sustainability ergonomics flammability maintenance requirements wear and tear construction methods
Features of electrical service include:	approximate age of electrical distribution board number of circuits safety switches circuit breakers signs of rewiring position and number of power outlets position and number of lights data and communications cabling
Other services include:	gas data communications air extraction air conditioning
Specialist professionals include:	engineers plumbers electricians communications consultants licensed builders architects
Longevity and restorability include:	an analysis of how long the material is expected to maintain its structure and colour, while maintaining quality of aesthetic value and how readily the material can be repaired or replaced
Environmental considerations include:	design sustainability how the use of raw materials affects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5003A Evaluate site for interior design brief.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5003 Evaluate site for interior design brief

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Assess structural and non-structural elements of a site to determine implications for interior design and identify the features and implications of construction techniques

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Access and apply the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Resource information appropriate to interior construction

Evaluate a site and establish drawing requirements and document construction details in a range of scales, notation of materials, techniques and finishes

Initiate new ideas and work techniques from the evaluation as necessary

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for evaluating a site

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for evaluating a site

Role of Australian Standards and the BCA

Elements and principles of design including liveability and accessibility

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Procedures for documenting workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Basic building and architectural terminology

Common structural and non-structural components of a residential building

Materials and methods involved in interior refurbishment

Local regulations and councils

Construction techniques/technologies

Statutory planning regulations affecting interior design

Subcontractor roles

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to assessing viability of structures for domestic properties.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5004 Specify structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers specifying structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces in order to achieve design requirements and includes the production of drawings that have layout specifications using computer-aided design (CAD) programs. Interior designs may relate to residential or small to medium scale commercial spaces and may include new or existing buildings.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

MSFID5003	Evaluate site for interior design brief

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Conduct project evaluation	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to conducting site visits and preparing design specifications are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed and parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.3	Site measurements and drawings are analysed and information on structures and services confirmed
1.4	Construction methods used are identified and implications for design determined
2	Design structural aspects of design	2.1	Location and features of walls are determined and documented
2.2	Location and features of flooring are determined and documented
2.3	Location and features of ceilings are determined and documented
2.4	Location and features of other structures are determined and documented
2.5	Implications of structural designs are identified and addressed
2.6	Costs associated with making structural changes are calculated
2.7	Environmental considerations and access implications for structural ideas are identified and integrated into the design
3	Design service aspects	3.1	Location and features of plumbing are determined and documented
3.2	Location and features of air conditioning, if applicable, are determined and documented
3.3	Location and features of electricity outlets are determined and documented
3.4	Location and features of other service aspects, if applicable, are determined and documented
3.5	Implications of service designs are identified and addressed
3.6	Costs associated with making service changes are calculated
3.7	Environmental considerations and access implications for service ideas are identified and integrated into the design
4	Liaise with specialist professionals	4.1	Specialist professionals are sought out and contacted to assess viability of design
4.2	Costs and work requirements are confirmed with specialist professionals
4.3	Work schedule is developed and tested with industry professionals
5	Prepare design documentation	5.1	Design drawings are completed with layout and specifications for structural, non-structural and service information
5.2	Budget and project implementation schedule is developed
5.3	Design documentation is prepared for client
5.4	Design is presented to client and reviewed for further improvement

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Scope of brief includes:	aims objectives milestones for the project organisational or personal profiles target audience budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements image requirements function
Structural elements include:	walls flooring ceiling components
Services include:	plumbing drainage electrics gas air conditioning
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes (legislative and planning) effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Structural aspects include:	walls ceilings flooring columns posts poles windows doors beams cables trusses
Environmental considerations include:	design sustainability how the use of raw materials affects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Access implications include:	implications for people with disabilities the aged
Specialist professionals include:	engineers plumbers electricians communications consultants licensed builders architects
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5004A Specify structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5004 Specify structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Assess structural and non-structural elements of a site to determine implications for interior design and design structural aspects of interior space

Identify service aspects of interior space to complete drawings and specifications for interior design incorporating structural elements and services

Access and apply the Building Code of Australia (BCA) and resource information appropriate to interior construction

Establish drawing requirements and document construction details in a range of scales using correct notation of materials, techniques and finishes, and draft specifications for interior space structural elements and services

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques in specification as necessary

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designing structural and service aspects of an interior space

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures

Role of Australian Standards and the BCA

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Procedures for documenting workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Basic building and architectural terminology

Common structural and non-structural methods and technologies used in a residential or small to medium commercial building

Types of services and their structural implications

Materials and methods involved in interior construction

Local regulations and councils

Statutory planning regulations affecting interior design

Subcontractor roles

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to specifying structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5005 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers manipulating 3-D interior space and form applying the elements and principles of design in response to a brief. It involves observing and analysing a range of complex spatial typologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Research and evaluate a range of complex spaces	1.1	The spatial relationships of objects in a range of interior spaces are observed and evaluated
1.2	A range of existing spatial typologies are observed and compared
1.3	A range of existing spatial arrangements and organising systems are observed and evaluated
2	Manipulate 3-D space and form applying design methodologies	2.1	The elements and principles of design are applied to organise elements in 3-D interior space to satisfy brief requirements
2.2	3-D space is manipulated using colour, texture and light
2.3	Complex spatial arrangements are explored to satisfy brief requirements
2.4	Scale, volume and proportion are explored for 3-D space and form to satisfy brief requirements
3	Resolve interior design problems applying design methodologies	3.1	Interior space is resolved applying the elements and principles of design
3.2	Interior design elements are resolved applying the elements and principles of design
3.3	Design solution is evaluated and further refined to satisfy brief requirements
3.4	Interior design solution is communicated through a range of media
3.5	Feasibility of solution is explored and qualified
3.6	Design solution and processes used are reviewed to assess own skill and identify areas for improvement or modification

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Spatial typology includes:	voids apertures thresholds atriums vertical and horizontal circulation systems public spaces multi-level spaces mezzanines transitional spaces staircases ceiling planes
Spatial arrangements and organising systems include:	axis grids lineal arrangements centralised arrangements nested spaces modular systems hierarchical systems repetition structures
Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility, include:	balance similarity texture contrast size ground, volume composition orientation form structure 2-D space position proportion 3-D space repetition scale line rhythm pattern point symmetry tone plane
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5005A Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5005 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Apply design elements and principles to complex 3-D form and interior space and manipulate the elements and principles of design

Use conceptual models and other 3-D and spatial visualisation techniques

Observe and analyse the way complex spaces are configured and arranged and apply this to resolving interior design problems by exploring, evaluating and refining design solutions

Observe and compare 3-D spaces to understand and apply the elements and principles of design when organising 3-D space

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for applying creative methodologies

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying creative methodologies

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Interrelationship of forms in space

Concept of space

Uses of objects and forms

Interior elements

Space, volume and proportion and their application to interior design

Spatial concepts, such as illusion (e.g. Trompe d'l oeil)

Relationship of objects in space

Methods of interpreting space

Design process and progression of ideas

Environmental protection considerations for interior design

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Design communication techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to exploring and applying creative design methodologies to interior space.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5006 Design interior lighting

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers designing lighting for an interior space to achieve lighting effects required by a design brief.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

MSFID4008	Assess interior light and recommend light fittings

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess project	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending lighting design are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
2	Assess current light sources	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the natural light and artificial light sources
2.2	Project plans and drawings and site documents are analysed to determine current and potential influences on light source
2.3	Factors for consideration are analysed with regards to their impact on lighting
2.4	Environmental sustainability of design is assessed in terms of lighting
2.5	Design is analysed to determine requirements for achieving desired lighting effects
3	Design lighting for interior project	3.1	Research is conducted to determine cost and energy efficient lighting options to meet the requirements of the integrated design solution
3.2	Light fittings and light control devices and their locations are selected and specified on design documentation
3.3	Structural design features are reviewed in terms of effect on lighting and specifications determined to support the overall design solution
3.4	Non-structural design features are reviewed in terms of effect on lighting and potential improvements identified
3.5	Special effects are selected and specified for design
3.6	Electrician is consulted to confirm potential complications with changes to lighting design, estimate costing and determine wiring requirements to implement lighting schedule
3.7	Lighting design is assessed for conformance to industry standards and regulations
4	Draw and present lighting design	4.1	Structural and non-structural design features required to achieve lighting effects are documented on design drawings
4.2	Work and product schedules are developed
4.3	Costing is determined and documented
4.4	Lighting features are presented to client

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Lighting design includes:	selection of light fittings determination of window positions and dimensions uses of skylights position of walls balance of artificial and natural light sources inclusion of light control devices
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes (legislative and planning) effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the building (home, office or other) to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how natural light may effect it, to assess the level of radiation from the sun into the space and the angles and obstructions caused by other buildings, vegetation or man-made objects, and recording information and taking photos
Natural light includes:	light emitted directly by the sun or reflected from it
Artificial light includes:	lamps ceiling lights spotlights floodlights dimmers wall lights light-emitting diode (LED) energy efficient globes
Factors for consideration include:	ultraviolet (UV) exposure aspect and orientation window treatments light characteristics colour space layout construction methods and materials
Light control devices include:	motorised or automated mechanisms linked to window treatments
Structural design features include:	placement and dimensions of walls windows doors flooring and ceiling features poles posts columns
Non-structural lighting design features include:	use of colour fixtures fittings finishes soft furnishings furniture
Special effects include:	dimming spotlight flooding brightness creating space creating focus
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5006A Design interior lighting.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5006 Design interior lighting

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Assess light for its environmental impact and ability to meet lighting design requirements and provide clients with cost-effective and efficient lighting solutions

Apply design elements and principles in recommending light design and provide documented lighting layout and schedule

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Use computer operations for internet searches and CAD operations

Analyse light fitting performance characteristics

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for assessing interior light and recommending light design

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures

Australian lighting standards and drawing conventions

Research sources for lighting

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Natural light characteristics and controls

Artificial light characteristics and controls

Structural influences on lighting

Design themes and design development

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing interior lighting.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5007 Decorate for events

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers decorating for events in accordance with project briefs in a retail, consulting or design and decoration studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a paraprofessional level.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to decorating for events are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Key requirements and parameters for the event are assessed and confirmed and constraints determined
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with event organisers is established and maintained
2	Analyse event information	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the requirements of the space requiring work
2.2	Marketing strategy for the event is analysed and themes and concepts explored and evaluated in accordance with event objectives
2.3	Lifestyle requirements and key characteristics of the target market are assessed and confirmed with event organisers
2.4	Restrictions and timelines are ascertained from the event organisers
2.5	Intended function of the event display is ascertained taking into account movement of people around displays and other displays
2.6	Environmental considerations are analysed in respect to the space
2.7	Cultural considerations are evaluated in respect to the space
2.8	Ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic principles are assessed in respect to the space and the intended products
3	Develop decoration ideas	3.1	Products, materials and finishes are explored in accordance with the marketing strategy and discussed with event organisers
3.2	Product quantities and qualities are calculated in accordance with event budget
3.3	Performance and characteristics of products are assessed and reviewed in accordance with event requirements
3.4	Costs associated with purchasing and obtaining the products are analysed and evaluated
3.5	Colour options are explored and discussed for the event
3.6	Sketches and drawings are completed and positioning of products and accessories identified
4	Complete decoration proposal	4.1	Supplies necessary to complete the project are sourced and costed
4.2	Suitable contractors are sourced and quotes obtained
4.3	Specifications for materials and processes are developed
4.4	Work plan is developed and evaluated
4.5	Costing and timelines are compiled and developed into a full project proposal
4.6	Proposal is presented to client
4.7	Client feedback and response is analysed to determine success in achieving client satisfaction
4.8	Own performance in the design process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
4.9	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timelines consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Events include:	expos design shows private displays trade shows magazine spreads newspaper articles advertising for local, national and international events
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site and recording information and taking photos
Marketing strategy includes:	the overall marketing objectives and the strategies and programmes of action designed to achieve those objectives
Themes include:	variations of colour ways (based on directions media), furnishing trends and decoration trends
Concepts include:	ideas generated to respond to the project brief and client requirements through both ideation drawings or sketching and written explanation
Lifestyle requirements include:	influences such as religious, climatic, societal, lifestyle, living conditions, infrastructure, status and habitude
Restrictions include:	laws, regulations or policies which may affect a project or those working on it, such as: local government planning approval worksite entry legislation licensing heritage laws
Timelines include:	the agreed project time span set and agreed for the project
Environmental aspects include:	how the use of raw materials affects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste level resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Cultural includes:	demography geography (local, regional and national) religious climatic societal cultural lifestyle attitudinal gratification honour living conditions infrastructure status habitude
Ergonomics include:	the study of the efficiency of persons in their working environment
Anthropometrics include:	the scientific study of the measurements of the human body
Proxemics include:	the study of socially conditioned spatial factors in ordinary human relations
Products include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built-in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Quality includes:	an inspection system for ensuring that pre-determined quality standards are being met, highlighting non-conformances requiring intervention
Performance and characteristics include:	assessment of products to determine if they meet the requirements of the intended end use application and how well they do it, and the durability and composition of the product
Costs include:	the cost of products and materials together with the cost of obtaining them either locally, interstate or overseas
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages (these usually contain project specifications)
Accessories include:	trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Supplies include:	paints furnishings decorations other internal fit-out products
Contractors include:	builders painters tilers carpet/flooring layers and sanders cabinetmakers curtain makers picture framers electricians plumbers plasterers
Quoting includes:	a price for a project taking account of the sizes associated with the project, the cost of materials, labour and overheads
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5007A Decorate for events.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5007 Decorate for events

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Develop decoration proposal for one (1) event to provide cost-effective options that meet all event objectives effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Use computer aided design techniques

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for decorating for events

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Computer programs used to support proposal development

Event display techniques

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to decorating for events.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5008 Design for people with disabilities and the elderly

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers designing interior residential spaces for people with disabilities and the elderly in residential environments for the solution of interior decoration and design projects and in accordance with project briefs. It applies to a retail, consulting or design and decoration studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a paraprofessional level.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing for residential spaces are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.6	Relevant research is conducted to gain all information which may be used to inform the design process
1.7	All required information is accessed and interpreted to inform the design process
2	Obtain client information	2.1	Site analysis of the residential environment is conducted to assess work requirements
2.2	Nature of the disability or age reducing senses are confirmed
2.3	Clients' health professionals/family members/carers are liaised with to ascertain any further requirements
2.4	Themes and concepts are presented and discussed with the client in accordance with their capacity
2.5	Products, materials and finishes are proposed and discussed with the client
2.6	Colour options are proposed and discussed with the client
2.7	Restrictions and timelines are ascertained from the client
2.8	Lifestyle requirements are assessed and confirmed with the client
2.9	Product quantities and qualities are calculated in accordance with client budget information
3	Design space	3.1	Intended function of the domestic space is ascertained from the client taking into account the position of doors and windows and any physical requirements
3.2	Performance and characteristics of products are assessed and reviewed in accordance with client requirements
3.3	Existing conditions of the domestic space are analysed for current or previous usage and any special requirements for access or egress
3.4	Environmental considerations are analysed in respect of the space
3.5	Cultural considerations are evaluated in respect of the space
3.6	Ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic principles are assessed in respect of the space, the intended products and client special requirements
3.7	Costs associated with purchasing and obtaining the products are analysed and reported
3.8	Sketches and drawings are completed and prepared for use by contractors and for positioning of products and accessories
4	Plan space	4.1	Supplies necessary to complete the project are sourced and costed
4.2	Suitable contractors are sourced and quotes obtained
4.3	Specifications for materials and processes are developed
4.4	Work plan is developed and evaluated
4.5	Costing and timelines are compiled and developed into a full project proposal
4.6	Proposal terms and conditions are negotiated with the client

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	residential care providers private clients
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site and recording information and taking photos
Disabilities include:	physical disabilities which have rendered a person to a wheelchair or walking frame dementia or other intellectual disabilities
Reducing senses include:	senses reduced by the cause of age, such as: reduced eyesight loss of colour recognition perception of space reduced strength and capacity to move around easily reduced sense of touch to tactile surfaces reduced capacity to hear
Themes include:	variations of colour ways (based on directions media), furnishing trends and decoration trends
Concepts include:	ideas generated to respond to the project brief and client requirements through both ideation drawings or sketching and written explanation
Products include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built-in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Restrictions include:	laws, regulations or policies which may affect a project or those working on it, such as: local government planning approval worksite entry legislation licensing heritage laws health care requirements
Timelines include:	the agreed project time span set and agreed for the project
Lifestyle requirements include:	influences, such as: physical capacity religious climatic societal lifestyle living conditions infrastructure status habitude
Quality includes:	an inspection system for ensuring that pre-determined quality standards are being met, highlighting non-conformances requiring intervention
Spaces include:	domestic environments with rooms, such as: bedrooms living spaces multi-purpose rooms storage rooms studies garages rumpus rooms media rooms entertainment areas halls pantries
Physical requirements include:	wheelchair turning requirements height of basins showers mirrors benches shower space for wheelchair toilet access handgrips or rails lights for hearing impaired increased lighting higher magnifying mirrors non-slip tiles
Performance and characteristics include:	assessment of products to determine if they meet the requirements of the intended end use application and how well they do it, and the durability and composition of the product
Existing conditions include:	traffic flow architectural features style furniture placement electrical outlets features
Access and egress include:	ensuring door widths will accept wheelchairs ramps are established to allow for rise or fall from exits and entrances
Environmental aspects include:	how the use of raw materials affects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Cultural issues include:	demography geography (local, regional and national) religious climatic societal cultural lifestyle attitudinal gratification honour living conditions infrastructure status habitude
Ergonomics include:	the study of the efficiency of persons in their working environment
Anthropometrics include:	the scientific study of the measurements of the human body
Proxemics include:	the study of socially conditioned spatial factors in ordinary human relations
Costs include:	the cost of products and materials together with the cost of obtaining them either locally, interstate or overseas
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages (these usually contain project specifications)
Accessories include:	trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Supplies include:	paints furnishings decorations other internal fit-out products
Contractors include:	builders painters tilers carpet/flooring layers and sanders cabinetmakers curtain makers picture framers electricians plumbers plasterers
Quoting includes:	a price for a project taking account of the sizes associated with the project, the cost of materials, labour and overheads
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5008A Design for people with disabilities and the elderly.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5008 Design for people with disabilities and the elderly

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design for at least two (2) spaces to cater for people with disabilities or the elderly to provide the client with cost-effective options which inform the project brief development effectively apply design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designing for people with disabilities and the elderly

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for designing for people with disabilities and the elderly

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Design-related computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Disabilities and age considerations

Sketching and drawing

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing for people with disabilities and the elderly in domestic environments.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5009 Research and recommend colour and applied finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and recommending colour and applied finishes to achieve special effects for interior decoration and design solutions using research methodologies to identify the latest technologies.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse project requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending colour and applied finishes are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed and analysed to determine desired effects for interior space
1.3	Aesthetic requirements of the space are assessed
1.4	Tactile requirements of the desired effect in relation to the design are analysed
1.5	Client requirements and desired effects are reviewed, confirmed and clarified
2	Research colour and applied finishes	2.1	Social, psychological, cultural and historical relationships of colour are researched in relation to their interior decoration uses and applications
2.2	Colour trends are researched to ascertain the latest colour fashions and influences
2.3	New technologies are researched and reported
2.4	Application methods and available expertise for the desired effect are assessed
2.5	Application processes and techniques, and available expertise for the desired effect are assessed
2.6	Costs of materials and application methods are assessed and compared
2.7	Environmental impact of materials and application methods are assessed
2.8	Longevity and restorability of materials and application methods are researched
2.9	Hazards associated with the use and application of materials are researched
2.10	Quality of materials and application methods are assessed
2.11	Sources or suppliers of coloured products or finishes are found and recorded
3	Recommend colour and applied finishes	3.1	Research information is critically analysed in the context of the design brief requirements
3.2	Effects are examined in terms of elements and principles of design to determine fit for client requirements
3.3	Experimentation with colour and applied finishes is undertaken to refine and test material and application methods
3.4	Colour products and finishes are selected according to the style, size, lighting and intended use of the space
3.5	Paint finishes are selected to suit surface types, location and spaces
3.6	Application methods are selected and specified to meet client requirements
3.7	Presentation of research information is made highlighting the findings and rationale for the materials and application methods chosen

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Colour and applied finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils traditional finishes plastic coatings UV-protected coatings liquid coatings synthetic coatings synthetics paper glass vinyls textiles laminates plastics stainless steel metals veneers ceramics stone-based products application techniques new and emerging technologies
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Aesthetics include:	the consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Tactile includes:	that perceived by the sense of touch and producing the effect of 3-D depth
Cultural issues include:	demography geography (local, regional and national) religious climatic societal cultural lifestyle attitudinal gratification honour living conditions infrastructure status habitude
Historical includes:	colour study of early civilisation, Berlin & Kay, Aristotle, Newton, Hippocrates, Leonardo Da Vinci, the Renaissance, Goethe’s theory of colours, Chevreul and Bauhaus School
Trends may include:	new directions resulting from events that are at times subtle and others significant colour trends where experts gather information from around the world and study changing events and ideas to produce a comprehensive colour story, in the same way that designers seek unique styles and incorporate current philosophies into their work
Application methods include:	spraying painting applicators gluing vacuum wrapping rubbing bonding
Costs include:	the cost of products and materials together with the cost of obtaining them either locally, interstate or overseas
Environmental impacts include:	how the making and use of finishes and materials effects the environment and how its continued use will affect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in applying the material greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the finish or materials
Longevity and restorability include:	an analysis of how long the finish or material is expected to last, while maintaining quality of aesthetic value and how readily the finish or material can be upgraded, repaired or replaced
Hazards include:	toxins and gases released by some finishes, glues and materials which may be harmful to people if not used correctly
Sources include:	paint shops suppliers wholesalers retailers manufacturers designers
Products include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built-in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Critical analysis includes:	comparing contrasting reflecting critiquing considering merit discussion debate
Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility, include:	balance similarity texture contrast size ground and volume composition orientation form structure 2-D space position proportion 3-D space repetition scale line rhythm pattern point symmetry tone plane
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5009A Research and recommend colour and applied finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5009 Research and recommend colour and applied finishes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research and select colour and applied finishes to arrive at a solution which meets client requirements for a minimum of two (2) projects

Visually present scheme to illustrate how ideas meet overall design requirements effectively applying design elements and principles

Analyse performance characteristics

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to researching and recommending materials and application methods

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching and recommending materials and application methods

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Aesthetic values

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Research techniques

Effects of finishes and finishing techniques

Colour theory

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to researching and recommending colour and applied finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5010 Provide interior styling service

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers providing design styling services for a range of interior spaces, including selecting, sourcing and placing objects and accessories for visual effect. Styling may be for residential, retail, or commercial environments and may be for permanent or temporary application.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Confirm services with client	1.1	The range of services offered as interior stylist are discussed with client
1.2	Services typically provided to client target market are discussed with client
1.3	Suppliers appropriate to client target market are identified and ability to manage supply for the project discussed with client
1.4	Styling service to be provided is negotiated and confirmed with t client
2	Determine client style requirements	2.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to styling a space are verified and complied with
2.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
2.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
2.4	Communication with others is established and maintained
2.5	Styling requirements are identified and confirmed with client
3	Develop style design	3.1	Space dimensions are measured and needs of the space assessed
3.2	Sketches and drawings are prepared to illustrate the space
3.3	Plan layout is prepared taking into account artistic relevance and colour balance
3.4	Entertainment values and the effect on end users are analysed
3.5	Cultural and historical considerations are evaluated in respect of the space style
3.6	Styling requirements for the space are determined in order to create a specific style
3.7	Products, finishes and accessories necessary to complete the project are selected and costed
3.8	Materials and processes are specified
3.9	Costing and timelines are compiled and developed
3.10	Detailed budget is prepared to meet styling requirements
4	Create visual impact by styling a space	4.1	Products, finishes and accessories are sourced and organised to meet brief requirements
4.2	Visual impact is created by strategically placing objects into the space, taking into consideration design elements and principles
4.3	Installation of products, finishes and accessories is monitored to ensure the essence of the image or style is maintained
4.4	Arrangement is resolved to meet client needs and project brief

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Stylists include:	interior decorators or designers providing services to create visual effects in interior spaces
Roles of a stylist include:	visual merchandiser in a retail or commercial environment home stylist magazine/TV stylist stylist for trade show displays, display units and car showrooms
Clients include:	real estate agents wanting properties prepared for sale events coordinators requiring themed or decorated venues retailers preparing shop themes or displays suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Supplier goods include:	furniture furnishings accessories fittings
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Sketches and drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using computer-aided design (CAD) software packages (these usually contain project specifications)
Layout includes:	the plan of how a room will be designed and decorated showing the placement of products
Artistic relevance includes:	the connection between creativity and the design theme
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Entertainment values include:	comical informative meditative sales focused visually pleasing
Cultural issues include:	demography geography (local, regional and national) religious climatic societal cultural lifestyle attitudinal gratification honour living conditions infrastructure status habitude
Historical considerations include:	influences from styles, periods and movements over the past centuries and how this research may inform current projects
Products include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built-in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing tapware laundry fittings bathroom fittings toilet fittings kitchen fittings
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Accessories include:	trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Costing includes:	the cost of products and materials used during completion of the project, labour and overhead expenses
Timelines include:	the agreed project time span set and agreed for the project
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5010A Provide interior styling service.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5010 Provide interior styling service

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Style a space with the products, finishes and accessories to style concepts as part of the final solution to the project brief effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Determine requirements of the 'unseen client'

Source accessories, including furniture, cushions, throws, rugs, vases, flowers, object d'art, pictures, wall hangings, kitchen implements, crockery and cutlery, and prepare specification 'shopping list' and costing

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for styling a space

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for styling a space

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Client target markets, including real estate agents, home owners or vendors, magazines and television, project marketers, display units, project homes and retail outlets/window displays

Client lifestyle issues, personal taste and budget

Clients' background, intentions, future plans and current fashions/trends

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to providing interior styling services.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5011 Specify soft furnishings for complete interior solution

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching, specifying and recommending innovative and cost-effective styles, technologies and decorative solutions to enhance and complement interior design schemes using soft furnishings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess project requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending decorative solutions are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.6	Intended applications and effects for the windows, furniture and soft furnishings are identified
2	Determine decorative treatments for windows and openings	2.1	Window treatments, their application and fixing technologies are researched to determine suitability for client requirements
2.2	New technologies in window treatments are researched and relevance for decorative project s identified
2.3	The types of openings and their requirements are identified and a range of possible creative solutions determined
2.4	Window or opening is measured and details recorded accurately for a range of window treatments
2.5	Fabric requirements are calculated and manufacturing requirements determined for a range of window treatments taking into consideration pattern repeats
3	Specify furniture transformation	3.1	Methods of transforming a range of furniture and furnishings are researched
3.2	Design considerations are investigated and assessed against the project brief
3.3	Fabrics and materials are selected for furniture
3.4	Furniture transformation ideas are documented and specified
3.5	Cost estimates are calculated and assessed against project budget
4	Specify soft floor coverings	4.1	Range of floor coverings available for application are identified and analysed to determine most suitable fit
4.2	New technologies in flooring are researched and relevance for decorative project identified
4.3	The features, limitations and environmental impact of selected floor covering is assessed against performance requirements and environmental standards
4.4	Floor area is measured and specifications recorded for flooring solution
4.5	Costs are calculated and assessed against project budget
5	Specify soft furnishings	5.1	Soft furnishings are selected to meet the requirements of the brief and the overall design scheme
5.2	Specifications are documented to record colour, sizing, style and fabric details
5.3	Arrangement of soft furnishings is documented in design schedules
5.4	Costs of soft furnishings are calculated and assessed against project budget
6	Document and present decorative recommendations	6.1	Innovative design solution to brief is presented taking into consideration parameters of design brief
6.2	Fabrics, furnishings and fixing technologies are selected taking into consideration parameters of project brief
6.3	Specifications are documented for all treatment recommendations
6.4	Schedule is presented that includes both high and low costing to support design solution
6.5	Solution to brief is visualised graphically and in 3-D form
6.6	Sample board is created to enhance and support the design intention
6.7	Feedback and follow up is instigated and maintained with the client

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Research includes:	internet magazines catalogues retail or wholesale outlets books site visits
Pattern repeats include:	textiles or fabrics with a distinctive print and how often that pattern repeats within the applicable square metreage required for a project so as to meet conformity
Environmental impacts include:	how the sourcing and use of materials effects the environment and how its continued use will affect the area the material was sourced from energy consumption in processing the material greenhouse gases created waste levels and resource utilisation what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping use of the material when applied to window fittings, environmental impact may include: the amount of natural light made available from decorative solution in order to reduce requirements for powered light sources
Soft furnishings include:	window treatments and curtains blinds awnings trimmings bedding treatments lampshades carpets rugs cushions upholstery accessories
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5011A Specify soft furnishings for complete interior solution.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5011 Specify soft furnishings for complete interior solution

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research and recommend decorative treatments for interior design schemes using soft furnishings for windows, flooring and furniture to meet the design requirements of at least two (2) project briefs effectively applying design elements and principles to recommended decorative solution

Visually present decorative solutions to illustrate how ideas meet overall design requirements correctly calculating quantities and costing required

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for researching and recommending decorative treatments

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching and recommending decorative treatments

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Soft material types and textiles

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decoration options

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to researching and recommending soft furnishings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5012 Research and recommend artwork

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers researching and recommending artwork for various design and decoration solutions to client and project brief requirements in interior decoration and design operations of all sizes. It applies to a retail, consulting or design and decoration studio environment, and involves application of skills and knowledge at a supervisory equivalent level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan for artwork research	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to researching and recommending artwork are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
2	Research artwork	2.1	Aesthetic requirements of the artwork are assessed and compared with surrounding furniture and colours
2.2	Intended application for the artwork is analysed and reviewed in accordance with the available space
2.3	Artwork and artists are sourced, researched and reported
2.4	Framing types and styles are researched and reported
2.5	Properties of the materials used in the production of artwork are analysed and evaluated
2.6	Manufacturing processes, art styles and available expertise for the desired artwork are assessed
2.7	Costs and availability of artwork are assessed and compared
2.8	Environmental impact of artwork materials used are assessed
2.9	Longevity and restorability quality of artwork is researched
2.10	Project is measured for artwork requirements, calculating quantities and requirements
3	Recommend artwork	3.1	Selected or commissioned artwork quantities and qualities are presented and promoted to the client
3.2	Performance and characteristics of selected artwork are presented and promoted to the client
3.3	Costs associated with purchasing and obtaining the artwork are provided in quote form to the client
3.4	Presentation of research information is made highlighting the findings and rationale for the artwork chosen
3.5	Artwork is selected and positioned according to client requirements, project brief and nature of the space
3.6	Feedback and follow up is instigated and maintained with the client

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Aesthetics include:	the consideration of appeal to a large number of people; products are pleasing to the eye of many who view it
Artwork includes:	gothic Byzantine early renaissance high renaissance northern renaissance mannerism baroque rococo neoclassicism academic Japanese Ukiyo-e Romanticism the Hudson river school the pre-Raphaelite brotherhood Victorian classicism the arts and crafts movement symbolism realism the Barbizon school impressionism post-impressionism les Nabis pointillism fauvism 19th Century arts and crafts art nouveau the golden age of illustration art deco ashcan school Camden town group American scene American regionalism social realism the Canadian group of seven magic realism contemporary realism modernism expressionism die Brucke der blaue reiter die neue sachlichkeit Bauhaus cubism dada futurism neo-plasticism surrealism precisionism the Harlem renaissance abstract expressionism pop art op art arte Provera photorealism minimalism the sensation show folk art
Framing includes:	mouldings of solid timber composites metal alloy extrusion synthetics
Properties include:	durability level of fire retardancy composition textile use material use finishes quality environmental sustainability flammability maintenance requirements wear and tear production methods
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Manufacturing processes include:	the methods by which the product will be produced that require working from working drawings and specifications, producing components utilising machine operations, assembly of the components and finishing techniques
Environmental implications include:	how the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will effect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Longevity and restorability include:	an analysis of how long the material is expected to maintain its structure and colour, while maintaining quality of aesthetic value and how readily the material can be repaired or replaced
Commissioned includes:	the contracting of an artist for the purposes of producing an art piece to specified requirements or a style
Qualities include:	an inspection system for ensuring that pre-determined quality standards are being met, highlighting non-conformances requiring intervention
Performance and characteristics include:	assessment of products to determine if they meet the requirements of the intended end use application and how well they do it, and the durability and composition of the product
Costs include:	the cost of products and materials together with the cost of obtaining them either locally, interstate or overseas
Quote includes:	a price for a project taking account of the sizes associated with the project, the cost of materials, labour and overheads
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5012A Research and recommend artwork.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5012 Research and recommend artwork

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Research and recommend artwork to assist with informing the design and decoration process and arrive at a solution which meets client requirements effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for researching and recommending artwork

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for researching and recommending artwork

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant research computer programs

Artwork types and styles

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to researching and recommending artwork.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5013 Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying researched information to formulate creative and complex design solutions to a range of small to medium scale commercial or institutional interior design situations satisfying the physiological, psychological, social, cultural and environmental requirements of the brief.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing for commercial or institutional spaces are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Key requirements for the project are assessed and confirmed and constraints determined
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.6	Relevant research is conducted to gain all information which may be used to inform the design process
1.7	All required information is accessed and interpreted to inform the design process
2	Conduct project research	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the requirements of the spaces requiring work
2.2	Intended function of the space is ascertained from the client
2.3	Contextual information relating to the brief is researched and evaluated
2.4	Functional and planning issues are determined specific to the site and client requirements
2.5	Research material is organised and presented in the form of a design proposal
2.6	Project is planned to make effective use of time and available resources
3	Develop design concepts	3.1	Multiple ideas and concepts are generated in a creative and diverse manner that is sympathetic to the design brief
3.2	Concepts are presented through sketches, mood boards, concept boards and concept models
3.3	Viability of concepts are assessed in conjunction with others
3.4	Environmental implications of the project are assessed and design concepts reviewed to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution
3.5	Access issues relating the project are identified and addressed in design solution
4	Design the space	4.1	Ideas are translated into 3-D space satisfying functional criteria
4.2	Evidence of 3-D notions are explored through modelling
4.3	Idea with the greatest potential for success is presented to promote the design's acceptance using both 2-D and 3-D representations
4.4	Client feedback is sought, amendments are agreed to and recorded, and ideas are revised and refined
4.5	A materials palette is selected to enhance spatial ideas
4.6	Design is modified in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5	Revise and refine solution	5.1	Ergonomic and anthropometric principles are assessed in respect to the space and the intended products
5.2	Spatial planning is further revised and resolved in response to client feedback
5.3	Materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings are selected appropriate to the concept and brief parameters
5.4	Feedback is received through consultation with the client and incorporated into design solution
6	Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1	Resource requirements are identified for presentation
6.2	Final design solution is communicated effectively and creatively using a range of techniques and media
6.3	Documentation drawings and material selections are prepared that are consistent with, and that best communicate, the design intent
6.4	Work is completed to plan and within brief constraints
6.5	Client feedback and response is analysed to determine success in achieving client satisfaction
6.6	Own performance in the design process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
6.7	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Relevant research includes:	similar products and typologies materials social and cultural influences site analysis site conditions functional requirements
Information includes:	philosophy Australian histories cultural issues spiritual issues religious issues histories of Australian and imported architectural trends linguistics aesthetics politics gender and identity issues land and place signs and symbols criticism new technologies
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site, and recording information and taking photos
Creative methodologies include:	brainstorming word association imaging modelling lateral thinking application of a range of media
Presentation methods include:	mood board concept board 3-D models sketches photos
Environmental implications include:	how the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will effect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Fixtures, fittings and accessories include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages elevations sections plans perspectives
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5013A Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5013 Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design for at least (2) two interior small to medium scale commercial or institutional spaces to provide the client with creative solutions that satisfy the design brief and effectively applies design elements and principles in designing for commercial space

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Draw using manual and computer based techniques

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designing for commercial or institutional space

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for designing for commercial or institutional space

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA) relating to commercial or institutional interior design

Environmental protection requirements relating to commercial or institutional interior design

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing for small to medium commercial or institutional spaces.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using computer-aided design (CAD) applications to produce models and documentation for interior decoration and design projects to meet client and project brief requirements. It applies to the development of 2-D and 3-D drawings that incorporate all standard practice notations and drawing protocols.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine project requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing with CAD applications are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed and confirmed
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Design concepts and details of design solution are examined to determine drawing requirements
1.5	Sketches, drawings and materials board are analysed
1.6	Calculations and measurements are confirmed
1.7	Documentation requirements for the design are clarified and confirmed
1.8	Computing equipment and suitable software is selected and prepared for use
1.9	Customised template created for individual workplace
2	Use CAD applications to produce 3-D model and documentation	2.1	Layering strategy for project is designed, created and applied
2.2	Architectural library is developed to acquire relevant design components
2.3	Custom designed library parts are created
2.4	Text, line, font and dimension styles are applied
2.5	Pan, zoom and orbit tools are used to navigate in the 2-D and 3-D windows within the model
2.6	Text and notations are added to the drawing in accordance with drawing protocols
2.7	Dimensions are added to the drawing in accordance with drawing protocols
2.8	3-D detailed suite of rooms, complete with fenestration and doors is produced on appropriate layers
2.9	Advanced features of drawing tools are used to generate 3-D form
3	Edit drawing components	3.1	Editing tools are used to modify drawing elements and text
3.2	Object properties are modified changed or transferred to a different layer
4	Render surfaces	4.1	Library is used to assign materials to surfaces and objects of the model
4.2	New material creations are explored
4.3	Texture, transparency, luminescence and patterns are edited to achieve desired surface effects using shader settings
4.4	Light fixtures are included in model and parameters adjusted to achieve desired effects
5	Create 3-D views of the model	5.1	Isometric, two and three point perspective views are created using a range of camera settings and rendering techniques
5.2	Camera or target is repositioned to provide alternate views using a variety of camera techniques
5.3	Effect of natural and artificial lighting are created in 3-D space to achieve photo realistic awareness of the 3-D model and the effect of light on surfaces
5.4	Rending time considerations are examined to achieve specific output
6	Plot and print for final presentations	6.1	Perspective views are saved and are appropriate for final media presentation
6.2	Appropriate views are saved to meet requirements of brief
6.3	Page layout is created for plotting and printing
6.4	Page layout is prepared using saved views and documentation
6.5	2-D documentation is plotted with appropriate line weights
6.6	Slide show presentation is prepared using saved views and documentation
7	Save and back up files	7.1	Folders and files are created to store drawing projects
7.2	Drawings are saved and filed to allow easy access according to workplace documentation system
7.3	Appropriate techniques for reducing file size are identified and compared
7.4	Copies of files are backed up

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes (legislative and planning) effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Details of design solution include:	products materials fixtures and finishes dimensions features openings furnishings and accessories colour effects and lighting electrical sources
Documentation requirements include:	site plans floor plans sections elevations projections general notes construction notes area analysis services structures location neighbouring buildings any other space or area addressed by interior designers
Layering includes:	the use of different overlays to portray a range of applications, including: architectural civil electrical fire protection general landscaping mechanical plumbing equipment or furnishings structural telecommunications
Architectural library includes:	a catalogued reference of interior decoration and design components which can be uploaded into a model
Pan, zoom and orbit tools include:	procedures for moving around the window and the ability to look closer or more broadly at certain components
Drawing protocols include:	commonly used symbols lettering standards standard units of measurement paper size scale numbering legends abbreviations
Editing tools include:	tools which enable changing of: components sections text measurements on a model
Rending time considerations include:	global settings quality settings and impact on rendering times specific rendering quality issues
Appropriate views include:	sectional views internal and external elevations removal of wire frames and hidden lines use of desired output settings
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5014A Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design and produce at least two (2) 2-D CAD drawings and two (2) 3-D CAD drawings that document the requirements of the design brief applying drafting and drawing protocols in accordance with Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Apply design elements and principles to designing with CAD applications

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Apply design concepts to drawings

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for using CAD applications

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for using CAD applications

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Types of CAD equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Relevant computer programs and CAD applications

Drafting and drawing codes and practices relevant to interior design

2-D and 3-D drawing techniques

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Documentation control procedures

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing with CAD applications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5015 Decorate interiors for restoration projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers specifying interior decoration solutions for restoration projects, including analysing the project brief, conducting research and developing solutions for the decoration of interiors, according to the conservation and heritage requirements of the building style and era.

It does not cover skills required for interior designs that require changes to established structural aspects of the building or to building services.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to decorating for residential spaces are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
1.6	Problems or underlying factors to be addressed by the project brief are verified
2	Conduct research on decoration requirements	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the requirements of the spaces requiring decoration
2.2	Intended function of the space is ascertained from the client or project brief
2.3	Style, era, theme and feature of the site are identified
2.4	Issues relating to the conservation and heritage environment are identified and their implications for the project determined
2.5	Environmental issues are identified and analysed
2.6	Areas for research are identified to inform the decoration process
2.7	Collected information is documented
3	Generate decoration solution	3.1	Decoration concepts are generated and assessed against restoration requirements
3.2	Decoration treatments are selected according to the needs of the restoration style and era
3.3	Regulatory requirements relating to decoration are assessed to determine compliance
3.4	Environmental aspects of decoration solution are examined and areas for improved sustainability are identified and incorporated where possible
3.5	Conceptual approach is developed and clearly defined
3.6	Concept is presented to client using a range of concept presentation methods
3.7	Ideas are discussed with client and feedback received and analysed
3.8	Concept is modified according to feedback
3.9	Agreement on the concept is gained from the client
4	Prepare client presentation	4.1	Preliminary drawings are developed with decoration treatment inclusions and positioning
4.2	Final decoration solution is communicated effectively and creatively using a range of techniques and media
4.3	Work is completed to plan and within restoration brief constraints
4.4	Client feedback and response are analysed to determine success in achieving client satisfaction
4.5	Own performance in the decoration process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
4.6	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem solving, plus self-management and learning skills
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site, and recording information and taking photos
Issues relating to the conservation and heritage environment include:	building standards safety standards guidelines relating to the specific commercial use size access flexibility of structural changes decision-making processes electricity supply services available building conditions other occupancy lease conditions conservation orders and conditions compatibility and matching of new and old materials protection and conservation of features
Areas for research include:	products and typologies of the style and era materials used in architecture of the style and era social and cultural influences site conditions functional requirements
Documentation includes:	working notes hand written records typed information and reports diagrams sketches tables matrixes images visual essays
Decoration treatments include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments bed covers built in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures colours and effects
Environmental implications include:	how the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will effect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Concept presentation methods include:	fully rendered 3-D CAD drawings mood boards concept boards 3-D models sketches photos
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages (these usually contain project specifications) elevations sections plans perspectives
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID5015A Decorate interiors for restoration projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5015 Decorate interiors for restoration projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work orders and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Analyse a project brief to determine client requirements, conduct research to determine decoration requirements for restoration projects and effectively determine decoration solution for at least two (2) restoration projects

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area/volume and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Present ideas visually and draw using manual and computer based techniques

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for decorating for restoration projects

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for decorating residential spaces

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

The Burra Charter, the Australia ICOMOS charter for places of cultural significance, 1999

Environmental protection requirements

Features of architectural styles and eras

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Historical design styles and movements

Techniques for the preparation and presentation of research information

Characteristics of decoration materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Sketching and drawing techniques

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to decorating interiors for restoration projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6001 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers extending, developing and resolving complex spatial design problems to develop and refine a conceptual model and inform design work through experimentation with a range of spatial modelling techniques. It includes managing and organising resource requirements for new work and realising a fully resolved interior scheme through modelling.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Adapt and develop concepts as a result of design research	1.1	Criteria are established that are most likely to facilitate the achievement of the conceptual vision
1.2	Consultation is conducted with colleagues to develop conceptual thinking approaches
1.3	A range of spatial problems are examined to determine suitable approaches
1.4	Relevant ideas and approaches are researched, adapted and incorporated from other practitioners
2	Visualise design concepts using a range of modelling techniques	2.1	Capabilities of a range of 2-D conceptual notions are extended through 3-D modelling
2.2	The conceptual vision is refined based on ongoing experimentation using sophisticated modelling techniques
2.3	A sophisticated concept model appropriate to the brief is presented to the client and feedback evaluated
3	Manage and organise resource requirements for new work	3.1	Materials, tools, equipment and computer-aided design (CAD) applications are researched for the achievement of different 3-D effects
3.2	Resource requirements that arise from the use of techniques and experimental approaches are determined and organised for new work
3.3	Critical path is determined, projecting completion dates of each stage of the project
4	Develop extend and resolve spatial ideas through modelling	4.1	Experimentation is undertaken with a range of modelling techniques to explore and develop complex 3-D notions
4.2	Design elements and principles are applied and manipulated to assist in design development
4.3	Scale, volume and proportion are explored and manipulated as part of a design development process
4.4	A range of models are developed by hand or using CAD applications to revise and refine spatial ideas
5	Present a fully resolved interior space using sophisticated modelling techniques	5.1	Modelling technique is selected to meet the established criteria
5.2	Appropriate scale is selected to meet brief criteria
5.3	Resolved spatial ideas are accurately represented to scale
5.4	Materials and textures are accurately represented to scale
5.5	Construction, detailing and finishes are resolved and demonstrated through sophisticated modelling
5.6	Detailed model is presented to client and feedback evaluated

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements
Spatial problems include:	voids apertures thresholds atriums vertical and horizontal circulation systems public spaces multi-level spaces mezzanines transitional spaces staircases ceiling planes
Design elements and principles include:	balance similarity texture contrast size ground volume composition orientation form structure 2-D space position proportion 3-D space repetition scale line rhythm pattern point symmetry tone plane

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID6001A Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6001 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Use, apply and experiment with modelling techniques to explore a design solution and apply individual creativity to modelling

Fully resolve a final design solution using modelling techniques effectively applying design elements and principles to models

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, make calculations, estimate material requirements and cost work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems through models

Establish a personal work methodology

Visualise 2-D notions into 3-D space and form

Manipulate a range of relevant computer software programs

Display critical evaluation skills, creativity, innovation, research skills and independent thinking

Experiment in both the planning of projects and methods of execution

Present design ideas

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for modelling

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for modelling

Elements and principles of design including liveability and accessibility

Spatial concepts

Concept modelling techniques

Mass modelling techniques

Detailed modelling techniques

Model making techniques

3-D visualisation techniques, such as computer modelling

Features and uses of White models

Features and uses of Maquettes

Scale for design modelling

Proportion and proportioning systems

Structures in design contexts

Modular systems and repeats

Advanced 3-D geometry

Design process and progression of ideas

Environmental protection considerations for interior design

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Design communication techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to resolving complex spatial design problems through modelling.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6002 Apply 3-D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers using 3-D computer visualisation techniques to represent designs for interior environments using computer program applications commonly used to create 3-D visualisation representations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse project	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to producing visual representations are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with relevant personnel is established and maintained as required
2	Select rendering application	2.1	Features of rendering software packages used in interior design and decoration visualisations are identified and uses determined
2.2	Rendering requirements are determined from project documentation
2.3	Rendering software with capability to achieve desired effects within the project timeframe and budget is selected
2.4	Equipment and media are assessed as suitable for software and the achievement of desired effects
2.5	Planning tasks are undertaken to prepare for rendering
3	Apply rendering functions	3.1	Image resolutions are selected and applied to meet project requirements
3.2	Image aspect ratio is selected and applied
3.3	Pixel ratio is selected and applied
3.4	Renderer attributes are adjusted to obtain desired visual effects
4	Check render integrity and quality	4.1	Render integrity is tested and refined
4.2	Missing images and textures are identified and re-linked as required
4.3	Render times for optimising process are tested
4.4	Alpha channels and opacity matts are tested
4.5	Render layers and passes are tested
5	Optimise images for render processes	5.1	All relevant pre-rendering optimisations tasks are completed
5.2	Renderer attributes are adjusted and refined to optimise render time
5.3	Appropriate file output format is selected
5.4	Appropriate file names and output destinations are selected
6	Render image	6.1	Final rendering processes are undertaken and completed
6.2	Files are stored and archived
6.3	Completed render is reviewed to ensure compliance with system and client requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Relevant personnel include:	interior designer modeller texture animator programmer technical director systems support officer
Rendering software packages include:	AutoCAD AutoCAD Revit 9 3D Studio Max Form Z Animator Pro Rhino Photoshop Illustrator CorelDraw
Rendering includes:	the pictorial representation of plans and elevations using colours, highlighting and shading to provide depth and photo-like drawings
Equipment and media include:	computer workstation ergonomic furniture 3-D animation software rendering software render network distribution software hubs switches input device (e.g. stylist tablet, keyboard and mouse) output device (e.g. monitor, TV, printer and speakers) render farm
Planning tasks include:	research production planning production management team discussions lighting texturing shading networking
Pre-rendering optimisation tasks include:	selection of most appropriate renderer for specific outcome assessing options with key personnel deleting any unnecessary geometry and components preparing renderer attributes preparing layer or pass control preparing opacity mattes and alpha channels testing and diagnosing rendering issues optimising and refining for best render performance rendering organisation of output
File output format includes:	TIFF

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID6002A Apply 3-D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6002 Apply 3-D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design and apply rendering tasks using and refining render components for best performance

Store rendered components in an organised manner for further use

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, make calculations, estimate material requirements and cost work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Establish a personal work methodology

Build models to scale and create effects, such as lighting, shading, rendering and texturing, using software programs

Visualise 2-D notions into 3-D space and form

Manipulate a range of relevant computer software programs

Display critical evaluation skills, creativity, innovation, research skills and independent thinking

Experiment in both the planning of projects and methods of execution

Present design ideas

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for rendering processes

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for rendering

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Design themes and design development

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to producing digital presentations for interior design projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6003 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying researched information to formulate creative and complex design solutions to large scale commercial or institutional interior design situations satisfying the physiological, psychological, social, cultural, technical and environmental requirements of the brief.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing for large scale commercial or institutional spaces are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Key requirements for the project are assessed and confirmed and constraints determined
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others in the design project is established and maintained
1.6	Relevant research is conducted to gain all information which may be used to inform the design process
1.7	All required information is accessed and interpreted to inform the design process
2	Conduct project research	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the requirements of the spaces requiring work
2.2	Intended function of the space is ascertained from the client
2.3	Contextual information relating to the brief is researched and evaluated
2.4	Functional and planning issues are determined specific to the site and client requirements
2.5	Issues relating to the commercial or institutional environment are identified and their implications for the design project determined
2.6	Research material is organised and presented in the form of a design proposal
2.7	Project is planned to make effective use of time and available resources
3	Develop design concepts	3.1	Multiple ideas and concepts are generated in a creative and diverse manner that is sympathetic to the design brief
3.2	Concepts are presented through sketches, mood boards, concept boards and concept models
3.3	Viability of concepts are assessed in conjunction with others
3.4	Environmental aspects of the project are assessed and design concepts reviewed to ensure maximum energy efficiency achieved in solution
3.5	Access issues relating the project are identified and addressed in design solution
4	Design the space	4.1	Ideas are translated into 3-D space satisfying functional criteria
4.2	Evidence of 3-D notions are explored through modelling
4.3	Idea with the greatest potential for success is presented to promote the design's acceptance using both 2-D and 3-D representations
4.4	Client feedback is sought, amendments are agreed to and recorded, and ideas are revised and refined
4.5	A materials palette is selected to enhance spatial ideas
4.6	Design is modified in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5	Revise and refine solution	5.1	Ergonomic and anthropometric principles are assessed in respect to the space and the intended products
5.2	Spatial planning is further revised and resolved in response to client feedback
5.3	Materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings are selected appropriate to the concept and brief parameters
5.4	Feedback is received through consultation with the client and incorporated into design solution
6	Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1	Resource requirements are identified for presentation
6.2	Final design solution is communicated effectively and creatively using a range of techniques and media
6.3	Documentation drawings and material selections are prepared that are consistent with, and that best communicate, the design intent
6.4	Work is completed to plan and within brief constraints
6.5	Client feedback and response is analysed to determine success in achieving client satisfaction
6.6	Own performance in the design process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
6.7	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements
Large scale commercial or institutional spaces include:	office buildings institutions apartment buildings public spaces exhibitions spaces conference centres
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Relevant research includes:	similar products and typologies materials social and cultural influences site analysis site conditions functional requirements commercial or institutional application
Information includes:	usage requirements building and service plans ergonomics anthropometrics proxemics costs product performance and characteristics existing conditions
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site, and recording information and taking photos
Issues relating to the commercial or institutional environment include:	building standards safety standards guidelines relating to the specific commercial or institutional use size access flexibility of structural changes decision making processes electricity supply services available building conditions other occupancy and lease conditions
Environmental implications include:	how the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will effect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Fixtures, fittings and accessories include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID6003A Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6003 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design for a multi-purpose large scale commercial or institutional space to provide the client with creative solutions that satisfy the design brief effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, make calculations, estimate material requirements and cost work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Establish a personal work methodology

Visualise 2-D notions into 3-D space and form

Manipulate a range of relevant computer software programs

Display critical evaluation skills, creativity, innovation, research skills and independent thinking

Experiment in both the planning of projects and methods of execution

Present design ideas

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designing for commercial or institutional space

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for designing for commercial or institutional space

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Regulations, conditions and variables relating to the specific commercial context

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing for large scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6004 Design interiors for hospitality environments

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying researched information to formulate creative and complex interior design solutions to hospitality environments, such as commercial kitchens, bars, restaurants, hotels and function centres, satisfying the physiological, psychological, social, cultural and environmental requirements of the brief.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing for hospitality environments are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Key requirements for the project are assessed and confirmed and constraints determined
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others in the design project is established and maintained
1.6	Relevant research is conducted to gain all information which may be used to inform the design process
1.7	All required information is accessed and interpreted to inform the design process
2	Conduct project research	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the requirements of the spaces requiring work
2.2	Intended function of the space is ascertained from the client
2.3	Contextual information relating to the brief is researched and evaluated
2.4	Functional and planning issues are determined specific to the site and client requirements
2.5	Issues relating to the hospitality environment are identified and their implications for the design project determined
2.6	Research material is organised and presented in the form of a design proposal
2.7	Project is planned to make effective use of time and available resources
3	Develop design concepts	3.1	Multiple ideas and concepts are generated in a creative and diverse manner that is sympathetic to the design brief
3.2	Concepts are presented through sketches, mood boards, concept boards and concept models
3.3	Viability of concepts are assessed in conjunction with others
3.4	Environmental aspects of the project are assessed and design concepts reviewed to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution
3.5	Access issues relating the project are identified and addressed in design solution
4	Design the space	4.1	Ideas are translated into 3-D space satisfying functional criteria
4.2	Evidence of 3-D notions are explored through modelling
4.3	Idea with the greatest potential for success is presented to promote the design's acceptance using both 2-D and 3-D representations
4.4	Client feedback is sought, amendments are agreed to and recorded, and ideas are revised and refined
4.5	A materials palette is selected to enhance spatial ideas
4.6	Design is modified in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
4.7	Ideas are translated into 3-D space satisfying functional criteria
5	Revise and refine solution	5.1	Ergonomic and anthropometric principles are assessed in respect to the space and the intended products
5.2	Spatial planning is further revised and resolved in response to client feedback
5.3	Materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings are selected appropriate to the concept and brief parameters
5.4	Feedback is received through consultation with the client and incorporated into design solution
6	Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1	Resource requirements are identified for presentation
6.2	Final design solution is communicated effectively and creatively using a range of techniques and media
6.3	Documentation drawings and material selections are prepared that are consistent with, and that best communicate, the design intent
6.4	Work is completed to plan and within brief constraints
6.5	Client feedback and response is analysed to determine success in achieving client satisfaction
6.6	Own performance in the design process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
6.7	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines and organisation insurance requirements
Hospitality environments include:	multiple use, multi-themed commercial spaces, such as: hotels bars restaurants kitchens entertainment function centres
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Relevant research includes:	similar products and typologies materials social and cultural influences site analysis site conditions functional requirements commercial or institutional application
Information includes:	usage requirements building and service plans ergonomics anthropometrics proxemics costs product performance and characteristics existing conditions
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site, and recording information and taking photos
Issues relating to the hospitality environment include:	building standards safety standards guidelines relating to the specific use such as health standards guidelines for traffic flow public use patterns occupancy rates size access flexibility of structural changes decision making processes electricity supply services available building conditions other occupancy lease conditions spatial planning issues
Environmental implications include:	how the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will effect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Fixtures, fittings and accessories include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID6004A Design interiors for hospitality environments.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6004 Design interiors for hospitality environments

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design for a multi-purpose hospitality site to provide the client with creative solutions that satisfy the design brief effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, make calculations, estimate material requirements and cost work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Establish a personal work methodology

Visualise 2-D notions into 3-D space and form

Manipulate a range of relevant computer software programs

Display critical evaluation skills, creativity, innovation, research skills and independent thinking

Experiment in both the planning of projects and methods of execution

Present design ideas

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designing for hospitality spaces

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for designing for hospitality spaces

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Regulations, conditions and variables relating to the specific commercial context

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing for hospitality environments.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6005 Design for retail interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying researched information to formulate creative and complex interior design solutions to retail environments, such as large department stores or supermarkets, satisfying the physiological, psychological, social, cultural and environmental requirements of the brief.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing for retail environments are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Key requirements for the project are assessed and confirmed and constraints determined
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others in the design project is established and maintained
1.6	Relevant research is conducted to gain all information which may be used to inform the design process
1.7	All required information is accessed and interpreted to inform the design process
2	Conduct project research	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the requirements of the spaces requiring work
2.2	Intended function of the space is ascertained from the client
2.3	Contextual information relating to the brief is researched and evaluated
2.4	Functional and planning issues are determined specific to the site and client requirements
2.5	Issues relating to the retail environment are identified and their implications for the design project determined
2.6	Research material is organised and presented in the form of a design proposal
2.7	Project is planned to make effective use of time and available resources
3	Develop design concepts	3.1	Multiple ideas and concepts are generated in a creative and diverse manner that is sympathetic to the design brief
3.2	Concepts are presented through sketches, mood boards, concept boards and concept models
3.3	Viability of concepts are assessed in conjunction with others
3.4	Environmental aspects of the project are assessed and design concepts reviewed to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution
3.5	Access issues relating the project are identified and addressed in design solution
4	Design the space	4.1	Ideas are translated into 3-D space satisfying functional criteria
4.2	Evidence of 3-D notions are explored through modelling
4.3	Idea with the greatest potential for success is presented to promote the design's acceptance using both 2-D and 3-D representations
4.4	Client feedback is sought, amendments are agreed to and recorded, and ideas are revised and refined
4.5	A materials palette is selected to enhance spatial ideas
4.6	Design is modified in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5	Revise and refine solution	5.1	Ergonomic and anthropometric principles are assessed in respect to the space and the intended products
5.2	Spatial planning is further revised and resolved in response to client feedback
5.3	Materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings are selected appropriate to the concept and brief parameters
5.4	Feedback is received through consultation with the client and incorporated into design solution
6	Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1	Resource requirements are identified for presentation
6.2	Final design solution is communicated effectively and creatively using a range of techniques and media
6.3	Documentation drawings and material selections are prepared that are consistent with, and that best communicate, the design intent
6.4	Work is completed to plan and within brief constraints
6.5	Client feedback and response is analysed to determine success in achieving client satisfaction
6.6	Own performance in the design process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
6.7	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements
Retail environments include:	supermarkets department stores specialised chain stores
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients retailers
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Relevant research includes:	similar products and typologies materials social and cultural influences site analysis site conditions functional requirements commercial or institutional application
Information includes:	usage requirements building and service plans ergonomics anthropometrics proxemics costs product performance and characteristics existing conditions
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site, and recording information and taking photos
Issues relating to the retail environment include:	building standards safety standards guidelines relating to the specific use such as health standards guidelines for traffic flow public use patterns occupancy rates size access flexibility of structural changes decision making processes electricity supply services available building conditions other occupancy lease conditions spatial planning issues
Environmental implications include:	how the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will effect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Fixtures, fittings and accessories include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID6005A Design for retail interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6005 Design for retail interiors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design for a large retail site to provide the client with creative solutions that satisfy the design brief effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, make calculations, estimate material requirements and cost work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Establish a personal work methodology

Visualise 2-D notions into 3-D space and form

Manipulate a range of relevant computer software programs

Display critical evaluation skills, creativity, innovation, research skills and independent thinking

Experiment in both the planning of projects and methods of execution

Present design ideas

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designing for retail space

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for designing for retail space

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Regulations, conditions and variables relating to the specific retail context

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing for retail interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6006 Design for conservation and restoration projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers applying researched information to formulate creative and complex design solutions to conservation and restoration projects satisfying the physiological, psychological, social, cultural and environmental requirements of the brief and in accordance with heritage style and conservation conditions.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to designing for conservation and heritage projects are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Key requirements for the project are assessed and confirmed and constraints determined
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others in the design project is established and maintained
1.6	Relevant research is conducted to gain all information which may be used to inform the design process
1.7	All required information is accessed and interpreted to inform the design process
2	Conduct project research	2.1	Site analysis is conducted to assess the requirements of the spaces requiring work
2.2	Intended function of the space is ascertained from the client
2.3	Contextual information relating to the brief is researched and evaluated
2.4	Functional and planning issues are determined specific to the site and client requirements
2.5	Issues relating to the conservation and heritage environment are identified and their implications for the design project determined
2.6	Research material is organised and presented in the form of a design proposal
2.7	Project is planned to make effective use of time and available resources
3	Develop design concepts	3.1	Multiple ideas and concepts are generated in a creative and diverse manner that is sympathetic to the design brief
3.2	Concepts are presented through sketches, mood boards, concept boards and concept models
3.3	Viability of concepts are assessed in conjunction with others
3.4	Environmental aspects of the project are assessed and design concepts reviewed to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution
3.5	Access issues relating the project are identified and addressed in design solution
4	Design the space	4.1	Ideas are translated into 3-D space satisfying functional criteria
4.2	Evidence of 3-D notions are explored through modelling
4.3	Idea with the greatest potential for success is presented to promote the design's acceptance using both 2-D and 3-D representations.
4.4	Client feedback is sought, amendments are agreed to and recorded, and ideas are revised and refined
4.5	A materials palette is selected to enhance spatial ideas
4.6	Design is modified in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5	Revise and refine solution	5.1	Ergonomic and anthropometric principles are assessed in respect to the space and the intended products
5.2	Spatial planning is further revised and resolved in response to client feedback
5.3	Materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings are selected appropriate to the concept and brief parameters
5.4	Feedback is received through consultation with the client and incorporated into design solution
6	Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1	Resource requirements are identified for presentation
6.2	Final design solution is communicated effectively and creatively using a range of techniques and media
6.3	Documentation drawings and material selections are prepared that are consistent with, and that best communicate, the design intent
6.4	Work is completed to plan and within brief constraints
6.5	Client feedback and response is analysed to determine success in achieving client satisfaction
6.6	Own performance in the design process is examined to identify strengths and weaknesses
6.7	Areas for improvement are identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Relevant research includes:	similar products and typologies materials social and cultural influences site analysis site conditions functional requirements commercial application heritage or conservation style influences condition heritage construction methods and materials
Information includes:	usage requirements building and service plans ergonomics anthropometrics proxemics costs product performance and characteristics existing conditions new technologies restoration techniques
Site analysis includes:	a visit to the site to achieve a feel for the intention of the project brief and how services may be affected by it, identifying constraints of site, and recording information and taking photos
Issues relating to the conservation and heritage environment include:	building standards safety standards guidelines relating to the specific commercial use size access flexibility of structural changes decision making processes electricity supply services available building conditions other occupancy lease conditions conservation orders and conditions compatibility and matching of new and old materials protection and conservation of features
Environmental implications include:	how the use of raw materials effects the ecology and environment and how its continued use will effect the area it has been sourced from energy consumption in achieving the material greenhouse gases created waste levels resource utilisation and transport effects what impact will be felt by reducing or stopping material from the source
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Colours include:	colour principles psychology fundamentals coordination perception language tonal translucent contrast harmony effects on space formulas colour wheels
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Fixtures, fittings and accessories include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Drawings include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work instructions, including plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID6006A Design for conservation and restoration projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6006 Design for conservation and restoration projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Design for a conservation and restoration project to provide the client with creative solutions that satisfy the design brief effectively applying design elements and principles in designing for conservation and restoration

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, make calculations, estimate material requirements and cost work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Establish a personal work methodology

Visualise 2-D notions into 3-D space and form

Manipulate a range of relevant computer software programs

Display critical evaluation skills, creativity, innovation, research skills and independent thinking

Experiment in both the planning of projects and methods of execution

Present design ideas

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designing for conservation and restoration

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for designing for conservation and restoration

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Heritage and conservations regulations and conditions

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Conservation and restoration design themes and design development

Conservation and restoration of furnishings, soft furnishings and decorations

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to designing for conservation and restoration projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6007 Select and instruct consultants and contractors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers selecting and instructing consultants and contractors for all aspects of the project in the solution of interior design projects and in accordance with project briefs that apply to a retail, consulting or design and decoration studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a managerial level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse the project brief	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to selecting and instructing consultants and contractors are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed, confirmed and clarified with client
1.3	Key requirements for the project are assessed and confirmed and parameters determined
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others in the design project is established and maintained
1.6	Relevant research is conducted to gain all information which may be used to inform the selection process
1.7	All required information is accessed and interpreted to inform the selection process
2	Select consultants and contractors	2.1	Consultants are selected to assist with project design information
2.2	Contractors are selected to undertake decorating, building or services work
2.3	Consultants and contractors are contracted to undertake the negotiated work
2.4	Insurances necessary in the engaging of contractors and consultants are obtained
3	Instruct consultants and contractors	3.1	Consultants and contractors are communicated with to specify the requirements of the project brief, costing, quotes and the schedule
3.2	Timelines and restrictions are agreed with consultants and contractors
3.3	Budget constraints for consultants and contractors are set and adhered to in accordance with the project schedule
3.4	Design specifications and constraints for consultants and contractors are set and adhered to in accordance with the project brief
3.5	WHS policies and procedures are transmitted to consultants and contractors and adhered to

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients retailers
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes (legislative and planning) effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Relevant research includes:	internet searches phone/personal liaison interviews applications
Information includes:	contractor and consultant reputations and outcomes contractor and consultant prices required insurances work schedules budget and payments required skills available skills
Consultants include:	builders architects engineers decorators designers
Contractors include:	builders painters tilers carpet/flooring layers and sanders cabinetmakers curtain and soft furnishing makers picture framers electricians plumbers plasterers
Contracts include:	methods of securing agreement between parties
Insurances include:	professional indemnity public liability income protection third-party, comprehensive, building and contents insurance workers compensation any other legally prescribed insurance
Engaging includes:	hire or appointment of the contractors by direct engagement or for engagement by the client
Schedules include:	detailed descriptions of which materials, products, finishes and accessories will be selected, and how they will be applied
Timelines include:	the agreed project time span set and agreed for the project
Restrictions include:	laws, regulations or policies which may affect a project or those working on it, such as: local government planning approval work site entry legislation licensing heritage laws
Budgets include:	the amount of funds the client has available to complete the project
Specifications include:	the measurements, procedures by which a product is constructed and materials to be utilised

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID6007A Select and instruct consultants and contractors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6007 Select and instruct consultants and contractors

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Select and instruct consultants and contractors to complete a project in accordance with the project brief and schedule effectively applying quality and authorised procedures

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, make calculations, estimate material requirements and cost work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Establish a personal work methodology

Display critical evaluation skills, creativity, innovation, research skills and independent thinking

Present design ideas

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for selecting and instructing consultants and contractors

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for selecting and instructing consultants and contractors

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA)

Contract management

Contractor and consultant types and management

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution techniques

Project management techniques

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to selecting and instructing consultants and contractors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6008 Evaluate design project outcomes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers evaluating design project outcomes, including all aspects of the project against the requirements of the project brief, to make comparative judgements against evaluation criteria.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify evaluation criteria	1.1	Project brief is analysed to determine key design requirements
1.2	Problems or underlying factors to be addressed by the project brief are verified
1.3	Communication requirements are identified for the project
1.4	Current industry design trends relating to project brief are researched and identified
1.5	Workplace and industry standards in relation to design presentation are researched and identified
1.6	Quality criteria that apply to design processes are researched and identified
1.7	Evaluation criteria are identified
2	Apply evaluation criteria	2.1	Drawings, mood boards and all associated documentation are examined to identify all features of the finished design
2.2	Finished design is evaluated against original design concept
2.3	The design and all specifications are evaluated against project brief to check consistency
2.4	The design is evaluated to identify how well elements and principles of design have been applied
2.5	The design is evaluated for consistency with current industry trends and influences
2.6	The design is evaluated to ensure client suitability, including adherence to time and budget requirements
2.7	The design is evaluated for quality and innovative elements
2.8	Processes engaged to develop finished design are evaluated for effectiveness in achieving final outcomes
3	Suggest design improvements	3.1	Factors affecting the outcome of the project are examined and documented
3.2	Suggestions are made for adjustments to design to increase its ability to meet criteria
3.3	Technical design skills are used to reflect evaluation outcomes and communicate improvements
3.4	Potential design improvements are identified and tested for viability
3.5	Selection, adaptation and introduction of materials, tools, technology and design processes are applied to design improvements
3.6	Compliance with intellectual and copyright requirements is observed when incorporating ideas from others
3.7	Evaluation report is compiled and produced

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Evaluation criteria includes:	how the design: achieves project brief meets budget meets timeline meets client needs meets workplace and industry standards is suitable for end use and target market is suitable for current interior design trends and expectations complies with building standards applies environmental standards includes suitable access for people with disabilities and the elderly
Finished design includes:	themes and concepts fixtures fittings and interior design products furniture soft furnishings and accessories colour and finishes specifications quantities quality
Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility, include:	balance similarity texture contrast size ground, volume composition orientation form structure 2-D space position proportion 3-D space repetition scale line rhythm pattern point symmetry tone plane
Technical design skills include:	sketching and drawing computer-aided design (CAD) representations visual documentation specification

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID6008A Evaluate design project outcomes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6008 Evaluate design project outcomes

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Evaluate three (3) design project outcomes, including one (1) residential and one (1) commercial design, against project brief and additional evaluation criteria effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, make calculations, estimate material requirements and cost work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Establish a personal work methodology

Visualise 2-D notions into 3-D space and form

Manipulate a range of relevant computer software programs

Display critical evaluation skills, creativity, innovation, research skills and independent thinking

Experiment in both the planning of projects and methods of execution

Present design ideas

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for evaluating design project outcomes

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for evaluating design project outcomes

Australian Standards and the Building Code of Australia (BCA) applying to interior design

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Product, material and finish types and descriptions

Evaluation and reflective practice techniques

Sketching and drawing techniques

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to evaluating design project outcomes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6009 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects

Modification History

Release 2 - Prerequisite for MSFID6009 reinstated due to transfer error. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing, producing and presenting commercial project digital presentations for the promotion and marketing of design services, for the solution of interior decoration and design projects and in accordance with project briefs. It applies to a retail, consulting or design and decoration studio environment and involves application of skills and knowledge at a managerial level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

MSFID5014	Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess project presentation requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to producing digital presentations for commercial projects are verified and complied with
1.2	Project brief is reviewed and clarified with client to determine presentation requirements
1.3	Parameters for the project are assessed and confirmed
1.4	Resources are selected appropriate to work requirements and checked for operational effectiveness
1.5	Communication with others is established and maintained
2	Prepare for digital presentation	2.1	Space is measured to obtain all dimensions and specifications
2.2	Placement of products and accessories are examined and planned together with application of finishes
2.3	Spatial organisation of the area is assessed and planned in accordance with intended use
2.4	Options for digital presentation solutions are explored
2.5	Concept presentation is prepared and discussion of ideas and themes negotiated with client and other stakeholders
3	Produce digital presentation	3.1	Digital presentation options are assessed and compared
3.2	Project-specific digital methodologies are developed
3.3	Personal or business promotional strategies are developed
3.4	Electronic business files and financial tools are managed and used to assist in the development of the presentation
3.5	Final digital presentation is produced and finalised in readiness for the client demonstration
4	Present digital demonstration	4.1	Presentation methodology is developed and prepared
4.2	Digital strategies are presented to the client, selling the attributes of the design solution
4.3	Sketches, perspective drawings, axonometrics and schedules are electronically presented to support the presentation
4.4	Materials and product schedules are produced and included in the developed design statement and digital presentation
4.5	Floor plan and elevations are produced to portray placement of products and specify finishes using rendering techniques and portrayed digitally
4.6	Presentation of digital information is supported using colour boards and working drawings

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures, Liveable and Accessible Housing Design guidelines, and organisation insurance requirements
Project brief includes:	client needs and objectives client aims and objectives, and criteria for evaluation milestones organisational or personal profiles and aims image requirements and function target market budget timeline consultation requirements colour requirements
Clients include:	suppliers manufacturers private clients colleagues retailers the public
Parameters include:	scope of brief approval to make changes (legislative and planning) effect or feel trying to be achieved functionality (short and long term) budget restrictions established timelines
Resources include:	computers computer software design software computer-aided design (CAD) software colour boards storyboards swatches product based colour systems, such as Munsell or similar colour matching system, such as Pantone Matching System (PMS) journals (directions magazines) artistic equipment and products model making equipment
Spaces include:	commercial spaces rooms, such as: meeting rooms offices work areas media rooms entertainment areas halls foyers lunch or break areas workstations ancillary areas
Specifications include:	the measurements and procedures by which a product is constructed, and materials to be utilised
Products include:	furniture soft furnishings floor treatments curtain treatments built-in cabinetry or fittings light fittings lamps picture framing tapware kitchen fittings, such as stoves, sinks, hotplates, extractors, scales, fridges, dishwashers and coffee machines hand basins shower parts toilets bidets toilet fittings bathroom fittings connection points switches circuits hot water systems residual current detectors (safety switches) lights fans down lights halogen lights power outlets power boards television points phone points internet connections automated systems standard wiring systems personal computer-integrated bases (data and power)
Accessories include:	trinkets ceramics trays vases carvings baskets pots plants candles clocks silverware mirrors frames screens floral displays haberdashery glassware fireplace items gifts hand crafts water features photographs pottery personal items statues book ends bowls bottles
Finishes include:	paints waxes lacquers stains pigments oils plastic coatings veneers ceramics stone glass textiles other textures
Spatial organisation includes:	studying the positioning of elements, traffic flow and suitability of layout for the intended use of the area
Digital presentations include:	presentation boards portfolios photography data projectors video and other forms of multimedia PowerPoint presentations CAD demonstrations written presentations other scenarios utilising different software applications
Themes include:	variations of colour ways (based on directions media), furnishing trends and decoration trends
Project-specific digital methodologies include:	electronic walk throughs product or technique slide shows virtual galleries for the presentation of ideas and concepts project-specific details and specifications presented digitally
Personal or business promotional strategies include:	websites blogs virtual galleries e-portfolios other profile raising techniques
Electronic business files and financial tools include:	conventional computer-based software (word processing, databases and spreadsheets) desktop publishing applications electronic pricing and quoting systems
Presentation methodology includes:	a strategic business case for selecting the digital strategy presented a visual presentation and prepared script to accompany the presentation
Sketches include:	hand drawn images or ideation drawings completed freehand
Perspective includes:	perspective drawing techniques, including one, two and three point perspective, to demonstrate eye lines and balance
Axonometrics for revealing the construction and the interiors of buildings include:	a method of drawing in which vertical lines are drawn to scale from an accurate plan which has usually been turned through 45°
Materials include:	solid timber (native and imported) manufactured timber products plastic metal alloys stone glass textiles fibreglass foam cardboard paper products any other manipulable substance
Schedules include:	detailed descriptions of which materials, products, finishes and accessories will be selected and how they will be applied
Design statements include:	a statement which should demonstrate how good design has been taken into account in drawing up the development proposals. Its purpose is to improve the design of all new development. It should include a site analysis, set out the design principles and produce design solutions
Floor plans include:	a graphical representation in drawing form of the plans that represent how rooms or spaces are linked together in building plans
Elevations include:	the various views of a design, including front view, rear view, side views, plan view and cut through views
Rendering includes:	the pictorial representation of plans and elevations using colours, highlighting and shading to provide depth and photo-like drawings
Colour boards include:	a presentation on board displaying the colour usage and coordination with surface finishes, materials and textiles used throughout the project
Working drawings include:	drafted technical drawings or drawings produced on computer using CAD software packages

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFID6009A Produce digital presentations for commercial projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6009 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects

Modification History

Release 2 - Prerequisite for MSFID6009 reinstated due to transfer error. No change in outcomes.

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Produce a digital presentation for a commercial property, planning at least two (2) spaces, to digitally provide the client with cost-effective options which inform the project brief development effectively applying design elements and principles

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, make calculations, estimate material requirements and cost work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications, presentation of design/colour concepts, the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Establish a personal work methodology

Visualise 2-D notions into 3-D space and form

Manipulate a range of relevant computer software programs

Display critical evaluation skills, creativity, innovation, research skills and independent thinking

Experiment in both the planning of projects and methods of execution

Present design ideas

Initiate new ideas and work techniques

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

State or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for producing digital presentations for commercial projects

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for producing digital presentations for commercial projects

Elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

Creativity and artistic relevance

Ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

Types of equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Characteristics of materials, products and defects

Relevant computer programs

Design themes and design development

Colours, furnishings and decorations

Digital presentation development and use

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

Environmental protection requirements

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to producing digital presentations for commercial projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB2001 Prepare for cabinet installation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing a site and confirming completeness of cabinets and components required for installation. It requires checking of job information and identifying quality issues.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Follow work health and safety (WHS) procedures for on-site work	1.1	WHS responsibilities for on-site work are identified
1.2	All legislative requirements are adhered to in work activity
1.3	Personal protective equipment is used according to workplace practices
2	Prepare workplace	2.1	Installation plan is checked to identify requirements relevant to own work
2.2	Tools and equipment required for installation are located and checked for operational readiness
2.3	Area is cleared and prepared for operations
2.4	Power source is identified and accessed for power tools
3	Confirm cabinet readiness for assembly and installation	3.1	Cabinet components are identified and checked against delivery documentation and installation plan to confirm completeness
3.2	Cabinet components are transported from delivery vehicle to site in a manner that prevents injury to self and others or damage to cabinets
3.3	Cabinets and components are assessed for quality

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving work is conducted to assist in the installation of cabinets in new or renovated kitchens and bathrooms cabinets include flat pack pre-cut cabinets, made to measure manufactured board, or solid timber cabinets within a kitchen, bathroom or other domestic environment
Installation plans include:	drawings and specifications component lists cabinet layout and design information installation instructions
Tools and equipment include:	screws, nails, bolts and wall plugs cabinets components glues and finishes hand and power tools measuring devices
Cabinet components include:	hinges, runners and latches locks handles drawer runners and slides legs, plinths and kickboards door and drawer systems cabinet sections
Quality assessment of components includes:	checks for completeness scratches chips and markings colour and texture variations
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFKB2001A Prepare for cabinet installation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB2001 Prepare for cabinet installation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare the installation site for cabinet installation and use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements and calculate areas for cabinetry

Assemble all necessary tools, equipment and cabinetry components for the installation

Conduct quality checks on components prior to installation and report readiness of the site for the installation work

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Safe work practices

Documentation procedures

Quality checking procedures

Symbols and terminology on plans and drawings

Features of cabinets and components

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to cabinet installation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB2002 Provide assistance in cabinet installation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers assisting in the on-site installation of cabinets for kitchens or bathrooms. It includes assembling cabinets, fitting components, and fixing cabinets to wall and floor surfaces, and making a limited range of adjustments in the installation of new or renovated kitchens and bathrooms.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Lay out components and materials according to installation plan	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protective equipment are identified
1.2	Floor layout and individual cabinet construction requirements are determined from the installation plan or through checking with supervisor or tradesperson
1.3	Components are laid out to match sequence of assembly
1.4	Product codes and labels are checked for any special installation requirements
2	Assemble carcass	2.1	Joining methods are applied according to the installation plan or instructions from supervisor or tradesperson
2.2	Facings are completed
2.3	Carcass levels are checked
2.4	Components are attached
2.5	Minor adjustments are made according to instruction from supervisor or tradesperson
2.6	Carcasses are completed and checked for quality against instructions
2.7	Hand and power tools are used safely and according to operating instructions
3	Fix cabinets as specified by site supervisor or tradesperson	3.1	Cabinet fixing techniques are confirmed with supervisor or tradesperson according to site requirements
3.2	Cabinets are fixed to walls and floors according to the installation plan and instruction of supervisor or tradesperson
3.3	Components are fixed according to installation instructions
4	Finish work	4.1	Cabinets are cleaned and checked for quality
4.2	Site is cleaned and all tools put away
4.3	Project documentation is completed
4.4	Waste is disposed of according to environmental standards
4.5	Property is secured

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individual to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving cabinets include flat pack, pre-cut, made to measure manufactured board or solid timber cabinets within a kitchen, bathroom or other domestic environment on-site installation work covered by this unit is undertaken under direction of a qualified tradesperson or supervisor
Components include:	hinges, runners and latches locks handles drawer runners and slides legs, plinths and kickboards door and drawer systems cabinet sections
Joining methods include:	screws and hinges adhesives patented devices connectors
Hand and power tools include:	drills jigs hammers screwdrivers power saws drop saws
Cabinet fixing techniques include:	glue staples bolts screws wall plugs
Secured includes:	locked services turned off work area sealed off
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFKB2002A Provide assistance in cabinet installation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB2002 Provide assistance in cabinet installation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare the installation site for cabinet installation by checking measurements and laying out carcasses to fit

Effectively and safely interpret and implement work instructions to assemble and install cabinets that are level, correctly located and meet specifications

Efficiently and safely use required hand and power tools to assist in installation of cabinet components

Clean up installation site and installed components after completing work

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Follow instruction of supervisor and work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Assembly processes for cabinets

Safe work practices

Documentation procedures

Quality checking procedures

Symbols and terminology on plans and drawings

Features of cabinet components

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications relevant to cabinet installation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB3001 Identify processes in kitchen and bathroom projects

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers identifying the processes used in new and renovated kitchen and bathroom projects. Identification includes key stages, service providers and quality elements that typically characterise a project concerned with the development of kitchens and bathrooms.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify key stages of a kitchen and bathroom renovation project	1.1	Processes engaged in a site assessment for kitchen and bathroom renovation projects are identified and relevance for work determined
1.2	Elements of a project design brief for renovation work are identified
1.3	Project plan and contracting and legislative requirements for renovation work are identified
1.4	Sequence of work for renovations is determined
2	Identify key stages of a new kitchen and bathroom project	2.1	Processes for engaging in a site assessment for new kitchen and bathroom projects are identified and the relevance for work determined
2.2	Elements of a project design brief for new work are identified
2.3	Project plan and contracting and legislative requirements for new work are identified
2.4	Sequence for new work is determined
3	Identify the services to be provided by other personnel and companies for kitchen and bathroom projects	3.1	Services to be provided by tradespeople in kitchen and bathroom projects are identified
3.2	Other services involved in kitchen and bathroom projects are identified
4	Examine quality elements for kitchen and bathroom projects	4.1	Key information resources for kitchen and bathroom projects are determined and accessed
4.2	Manufacturing processes used for cabinet construction are identified and features and benefits of techniques are explained
4.3	Sources for supply of materials, fixtures and fittings are identified
4.4	Market standards for finish quality and relate to own work environment and requirements are determined

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions